Increase in US Army suicides

0

Press TV |

Ten months into 2012, the number of suspected suicides by active-duty soldiers has surpassed last year’s total, even as the Pentagon struggles to stem the persistent problem.

According to the Army, there were 20 possible suicides in October, bringing the total for the year to 166 – one more than the total for 2011. The 20 suspected soldier suicides in October is also a spike, compared to 15 in September.

U.S. Army officials have been worried about the pace of suicides this year and were concerned the numbers would surge higher than last year despite efforts to increase programs and outreach. In late September, the Army ordered a service-wide “stand down” requiring soldiers to put aside their usual duties and spend time discussing suicide prevention, including how to identify signs of trouble with their comrades.

Military leaders have wrestled with ways to identify factors that trigger suicides. While it has been linked to combat stress, many of the suicide victims are soldiers who have never deployed. Other pressures, including marital, financial or health problems, are also known causes of suicides.

Officials have also been puzzled by the rise in suicides after years of working to blunt the problem with new programs such as a regime of resilience training starting at boot camp and the hiring of more psychiatrists and other mental health workers.

Suicides among National Guard and Reserve soldiers who are not on active duty are also on pace to surpass last year’s numbers. According to the Army, there were 13 potential suicides – nine Army Guard and four Army Reserve – in October, bringing the year’s total to 114. The total for 2011 was 118. AP
FACTS & FIGURES
More members of the U.S. Armed Forces died by their own hand – usually with a gun – during the first nine months of 2012 than had their lives ended by the enemy in Afghanistan during the same period. Telegram.com

During the first nine months of 2012, there were 247 suspected suicides among Army active- and reserve-duty personnel, compared to 222 military deaths among active and reserve personnel from “hostile causes” as of Sept. 28. Telegram.com

Nationally, suicides among active and non-active military personnel are increasing. In July alone, a record 38 confirmed or suspected suicides were recorded, including 26 among active-duty soldiers and 12 among National Guard or reserve soldiers who were not on active duty. Telegram.com

Mental-health problems were the top reason troops were hospitalized in 2011, according to a May Pentagon report. Nearly 22,000 troops were hospitalized with mental disorders last year, 54% more than in 2007. Time

The Army has been struggling to deal with the suicide problem since numbers began rising in 2004. This year, the average is nearly one soldier suicide a day. NPR

In comments before Congress in July, Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta characterized the suicide rate as “an epidemic”. Gen. Loyd J. Austin III, the Army’s vice-chief of staff, commented, “Suicide is the toughest enemy I have faced in my 37 years in the Army”. wsws.org
DT/DT

Your BBC licence fee used to pay Lord McAlpine £185,000

0

 and , guardian.co.uk |

The BBC will pay £185,000 in damages to Lord McAlpine following the Newsnight broadcast on 2 November that wrongly linked the former Conservative party treasurer to historic allegations child sexual abuse.

It is one of the largest sums ever paid out by the publicly funded corporation, which is on the losing end of six-figure libel cases infrequently, and will set a precedent for other legal actions the peer has in train against ITV and any other media organisations and individuals.

The BBC said it had “agreed terms with Lord McAlpine to settle his claim of libel against the corporation. The settlement is comprehensive and reflects the gravity of the allegations that were wrongly made”.

It is understood that, despite the payment, the BBC and McAlpine have reached an agreement in which will say he still holds the BBC “in great esteem” when statements are read out in open court confirming the damages. The concession was welcomed by the BBC as it battles to restore its reputation after the error, which led to the resignation of director general George Entwistle on Saturday.

Despite the payout, McAlpine’s lawyer said the peer was “more than aware that the ultimate people who will be paying any monies that he may receive are in fact the licence payers, the people who really own the BBC” and that any settlement “reached is tempered in the light of that”.

The highest amount paid by the BBC in recent years was £500,000 to African diamond firm Oryx Natural Resources after the broadcaster wrongly linked it to Osama bin Laden.

Earlier on Thursday, McAlpine’s lawyer Andrew Reid said ITV’s This Morning was top of “a very long list” of those facing legal action from his client over false accusations in relation to child abuse. Also likely to be targeted is Sally Bercow, the wife of Speaker John Bercow, who tweeted the peer’s name after the transmission of the Newsnight programme, which did not reveal his name.

Reid said he would have no choice but to sue if those on the list failed to come forward to apologise. Some people, including Guardian columnist George Monbiot, have already apologised to the peer in writing. Bercow had made an apology on Twitter, but Reid appeared not to be aware of this.

The U.S. Dictatorship

0

Lew Rockwell talks to Gary Franchi about the totalitarian government, how we got here, and what can be done.

Why Donald Rumsfeld Can’t Be Sued for Torture

0

, Slate |

Former Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld may not be sued by two U.S. citizens who were tortured by members of the military. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the 7th Circuit, which issued the decision, is the third appeals court to let Rumsfeld off the hook legally. But the 7th Circuit decision goes further than the others. By a vote of 7-4, its judges said that no member of our military–presumably even one who personally inflicts torture–can be sued for his related conduct in office.

The facts are a case study in system failure. Donald Vance and Nathan Ertel were Americans working for a private security firm in Iraq. When Vance became suspicious that his employer was selling weapons to groups hostile to the United States, he went to the FBI. Vance and Ertel were then fingered as arms dealers. Military personnel arrested them in 2006 and held them for several weeks.

According to the complaint, Vance and Ertel were held in solitary confinement and subjected to violence, sleep deprivation, extremes of temperature and sound, denial of food, water, and medical care, and other abuses. Though the Army Field Manual (and four judges) calls this torture, the majority opinion prefers the euphemism “harsh interrogation techniques.”

he majority and the dissents clashed over military accountability and the role of the judiciary. The starting point for both sides is Bivens, a 1971 Supreme Court case that allows a victim of a constitutional violation to sue a responsible federal officer for damages when no other law or court ruling gives them an entry into court. The majority argued that the Supreme Court has spent the last three decades reining inBivens, and it thus cannot sanction Vance and Ertel’s “novel damages remedy” against military personnel. The dissenters attacked this entire mode of analysis: It is incorrect to say that Vance and Ertel are asking the court to create a right to seek damages, they argued, because Bivens already provides it.

The majority also read Supreme Court precedent to say that civilian courts should not “interfere with the military chain of command” without guidance from Congress. And here, Congress has addressed the rights of detainees in laws such as the Torture Victim Protection Act and has chosen not to provide for damages against military personnel. End of story. The dissenters respond by accusing the majority of converting a narrow rule–one that prevents military personnel from suing for injuries related to their service–into a sweeping rule that shields the military entirely from lawsuits by civilians. One telling and troubling point they make: In the 7th Circuit now (Illinois, Indiana, and Wisconsin), a victim of torture by a foreign military who finds his torturer in the United States has a remedy, but a U.S. citizen who is tortured by his own military does not.

Revealed: Common Purpose and the Leveson Inquiry

0

Kencraggs |

Anthony Salz is Executive Vice-Chairman of Rothschild and was formerly Vice Chairman of the BBC Governors. Anthony Salz is also on the board at the Common Purpose controlled Media Standards Trust that launched the hacking inquiry. The Scott Trust and the Rothschild ‘Eranda Foundation’ have both funded the Media Standards Trust. Anthony Salz is a trustee of the Scott Trust which owns the Guardian Media Group. It was the Guardian newspaper that first published information about Milly Dowler’s phone having been hacked.

Sir David Bell is Chair of Trustees at Common Purpose and has suspended his position as Chair of the Media Standards Trust while he assists the Leveson Inquiry. The phone hacking campaign was launched by the Media Standards Trust. Shami Chakrabarti, Director, Liberty, is also a member of Common Purpose (See ‘Panel Discussion’ page 5). Sir David Bell and Shami Chakrabarti are both on the panel assisting Lord Leveson. Shami Chakrabarti does not declare her Common Purpose membership.

Shami Chakrabarti is Chancellor of Oxford Brookes University and was a member of the Council and Court of Governors of the London School of Economics and a governor of the Ditchley Foundation. Other governors of the Ditchley Foundation include: David Cameron, Andrew Knight Director of News Corp, Peter Mandelson, Jack Straw, Chris Patten, David Miliband, Leon Brittan, Neil Kinnock, Geoff Mulgan co-founder of Demos, and Alan Rusbridger. Some of the aforementioned names have been speakers at Common Purpose programmes.

Joanna Foster was formerly Deputy Chair and Governor of ‘Oxford Brookes University’ and chaired the Lloyds TSB Foundation and the Equal Opportunities Commission. Joanna Foster is also an Associate Fellow of the University of Oxford SAID Business School. Another Common Purpose graduate at the SAID Business School is Elizabeth Paris who has been Managing Director at JPMorgan and Managing Director at The Chase Manhattan Bank. Dame Helen Alexander is a trustee of the Oxford University SAID Business School and was Chief Executive of the Economist Group until 2008. Lady de Rothschild and Chair of Common Purpose Sir David Bell are on the Board of Directors at The Economist Group. Dame Helen Alexander is also on the World Wide Web Foundation Board of Directors along with Ex – Prime Minister Gordon Brown.

Members of Common Purpose who are in key positions at the BBC or have held key positions at the BBC include: Anthony Salz, formerly Vice Chairman of the BBC Governors and on the board of the Media Standards Trust that launched the hacking inquiry.

Chris Bryant MP, was Head of European Affairs at BBC. From 1994-1996 London manager of Common Purpose..
Lord Patten, Chairman, BBC Trust.

Jon Williams, World News Editor, BBC.

Robert Peston, Business Editor, BBC, a member of Common Purpose and on the board at the Common Purpose controlled Media Standards Trust.

Liz Molyneux delivered a whole range of Current Affairs TV including Panorama. She was Director of Development for BBC Specialist Factual and Editorial executive within the BBC Commissioning group. Liz Molyneux worked closely with commissioners and channel controllers. Liz Molyneux is a member of the board at Bradford City of Film along with Sandy Needham who is a member of the Bradford District Common Purpose Advisory Group and was formerly Regional Manager with TV-am and Yorkshire Television (ITV). Sandy Needham’s boss at ITV was Common Purpose graduate Gerry Robinson, Chief Executive, Granada Group plc (now known as ITV plc).

Peter Bury, formerly Head of Research and Development, BBC. Peter Bury is now Director of Spectrum Policy at Ofcom.

Tom Watson MP, who was Tony Blair’s Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State at the Ministry of Defence, is a member of Common Purpose and is aware that the key posts at the BBC have been filled by members of Common Purpose since the early 1990’s. At the Media Standards Trust, Common Purpose launched the hacking inquiry with the intended outcome being that press regulation will be under the auspices of Common Purpose. While at the BBC, Common Purpose have spent years preventing information about all kinds of wrongdoings being leaked into the public domain.

Helena Kennedy QC is Acting Chair of the Media Standards Trust while Sir David Bell assists with the Leveson Inquiry. Here is Helena Kennedy QC and fellow Common Purpose graduate Ruth Turner at the Common Purpose event, Generation Infinity, in July 2009. Ruth Turner is Chief Executive of the Tony Blair Faith Foundation’.

Additional Info:

Common Purpose is now connected to the British Monarchy.

List of Common Purpose Board members and Trustees (2010) in various countries.http://web.archive.org/web/20100410171952/http://www.commonpurpose.org/about/commonpurposetrustees.aspx

First ever Common Purpose programme in the Asia-Pacific region. The courses will be based in Hong Kong with modules in Beijing and Shanghai to give participants access to some of the key players in mainland China.

Common Purpose is an international political organisation masquerading as a charity. Dame Suzi Leather, Formerly Chair of the Charity Commission, was a speaker at the ‘Common Purpose Leadership Development’ event, 21 January 2012 (p. 10).  http://www.charitycommission.gov.uk/Library/about_us/paper10obm08.pdf
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Common_Purpose_UK#Thought_leadership_and_campaigns
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Charity_Commission_for_England_and_Wales
http://www.commonpurpose.org.uk/media/videos/question-of-leadership-1

Leaders with a Common Purpose
http://kencraggs.livejournal.com/2064.html

Archived info: You may find it easier to copy & paste these links into your browser.
http://wayback.archive.org/web/*/http://www.commonpurpose.org*

http://wayback.archive.org/web/*/http://www.commonpurpose.org.uk*

http://wayback.archive.org/web/*/http://www.commonpurpose.net*

Marc Faber: Watch for massive market meltdown

0

J. D. Heyes, NaturalNews |

A noted expert says it’s not the tsunami of tax hikes and spending cuts coming down the pike that will bludgeon the nation’s economy in the coming weeks, but rather a raft of poor corporate performances and a lack of global growth that will take their toll on the markets.

Marc Faber, author of the Gloom, Boom and Doom report, told financial network CNBC this week that the markets are set for a meltdown soon and could lose as much as 20 percent of their value.

“I don’t think markets are going down because of Greece, I don’t think markets are going down because of the ‘fiscal cliff’ – because there won’t be a ‘fiscal cliff,'” said Faber – referring to mandatory spending cuts and tax increases that are set to take effect Jan. 1, barring congressional action – told the network’s Squawk Box program.

“The market is going down because corporate profits will begin to disappoint, the global economy will hardly grow next year or even contract, and that is the reason why stocks, from the highs of September of 1,470 on the S&P, will drop at least 20 percent, in my view,” he told the program.

Some degree of fiscal pain is needed

In fact, he noted, the market decline has already begun. To underscore his concerns, Faber, known for his bearish views, cited technology giant Apple, a company that has posted disappointing earnings in recent months, causing its stock to tumble 20 percent from September highs. Apple’s stock has fallen 14 percent in the last month alone.

Additional figures from other companies show similar dismal results. Corporate giants Amazon, McDonald’s, and Google have all damaged investor sentiment in the past few weeks.

Faber went on to argue that the fiscal cliff would actually involve some minor tax increases in “five years’ time” and some spending cuts “in 100 years.”

The reality is the U.S. needed some fiscal pain, said Faber, as demonstrated by the eurozone’s austerity measures that government leaders there are attempting, with mixed success, to close gaping budget gaps.

“There will be pain and there will be very substantial pain,” Faber said. “The question is do we take less pain now through austerity or risk a complete collapse of society in five to 10 years’ time?”

He also noted that there was simply no political will in the White House or Congress to seriously tackle overspending and the shredding of the U.S. budget.

“In a democracy, they’re not going to take the pain, they’re going to kick down the problems and they’re going to get bigger and bigger,” he said.

‘We’ll be lucky to have 50 percent of the assets we have today’

The economic guru said there were several issues hampering an economic recovery. One of them was the nation’s real estate market, which he said was way “overbuilt.” In addition, he said there was much more deleveraging of debt ahead.

According to Investopedia:

Companies will often take on excessive amounts of debt to initiate growth. However, using leverage substantially increases the riskiness of the firm. If leverage does not further growth as planned, the risk can become too much for the company to bear. In these situations, all the firm can do is delever by paying off debt. …Any sign of deleverage shown by a company is a red flag to investors who require growth in their companies.

“In the Western world, including Japan, the problem we have is one of too much debt and that debt now will have to be somewhere, somehow repaid or it will slow down economic growth,” Faber said. “I think we lived beyond our means from 1980 to 2007, and now it’s payback period.”

He went on to say that stimulus funding provided by central banks was useless and that allowing markets to implode was about the only real way to restructure the financial system.

“I think the whole global financial system will have to be reset and it won’t be reset by central bankers but by imploding markets – either the currency markets, debt market or stock markets,” he said. “It will happen – it will happen one day and then we’ll be lucky if we still have 50 percent of the asset values that we have today.”

As always, prepare.

Sources:

http://www.cnbc.com/id/49802535

http://www.investopedia.com/terms/d/deleverage.asp

http://www.naturalnews.com

Learn more: http://www.naturalnews.com/037975_Marc_Faber_market_meltdown_corporate_profits.html#ixzz2CJwBKM2b

Exposed – massive Israeli manipulation of US media

0

YT |

Files declassified in America have revealed covert public relations and lobbying activities of Israel in the U.S. The National Archive made the documents public following a Senate investigation. They suggest Israel has been trying to shape media coverage of issues it regards as important. You can download the files from the web-site of the Institute for Research on Middle Eastern policy. And we can cross to Washington now and talk to Grant F. Smith who is a director at that Institute.

BP admits to criminal activities

0

RT |

Oil giant BP will fork over the largest criminal penalty in the history of the United States and plead guilty to criminal misconduct, sources report, with more charges possibly forthcoming over the 2010 Deepwater Horizon spill in the Gulf of Mexico.

Several persons with direct knowledge of the case have confirmed to the Associated Press that at least two BP employees could face manslaughter charges in a future court case for their involvement in the disaster that left 11 workers dead. Meanwhile, the sources say BP will pay the US a settlement worth $4.5 billion, including $1.3 in criminal fines, breaking the record for criminal penalties in the country previously held by drug maker Pfizer, who was penalized to the tune of $1.2 billion in 2009.

In exchange for the plea and for also admitting guilt to obstructing Congress, BP will reportedly be in the clear from any further prosecution relating to the oil spill, the sources allege. At least two BP employees might not be off the hook themselves, however, possibly facing criminal manslaughter charges for their role

The April 20, 2010 explosion at the Deepwater Horizon rig managed by BP not only caused the death of nearly a dozen employees onboard a barge near the Mississippi River, but ravaged the Gulf shore by polluting it with 4.9 million barrels of crude oil in the worst spill ever to happen off of America. Up until that point, the 1989 Exxon Valdez spill was the most severe in US history, having resulted in a comparably meager 750,000 barrels polluting Prince William Sound, Alaska due to a tanker crash. In that case, Exxon settled with the US government for what would be only $1.8 billion by today’s standards.

Only this past August, the US Justice Department filed pretrial papers revealing that they hoped to charge BP with “reckless management” of their Macondo well in what they attested “constituted gross negligence and willful misconduct.” That matter was expected to end up the focus of a civil trial scheduled for early 2013, although the federal government has not yet delivered them with criminal charges.

“We do not use words like ‘gross negligence’ and ‘willful misconduct’ lightly,” a Justice Department attorney wrote in papers. “But the fact remains that people died, many suffered injuries to their livelihood, and the Gulf’s complex ecosystem was harmed as a result of BP and Transocean’s bad acts or omissions.”

While this week’s deal is believed to relieve BP from further prosecutions, sources say the civil charges already brought up by the Justice Department will remain intact. According to the Associated Press, BP acknowledged before Thursday’s plea that the proposed settlement “would not include civil claims under the Clean Water Act and other legislation, pending private civil claims and state claims for economic loss.”

Other claims as well against BP exist, the AP notes, from banks, businesses and local governments who want compensation for losses caused by a mandated moratorium on drilling announced after the spill, none of which are covered by BP’s proposed settlement with private attorneys.

BP has previously estimated that it will spend an additional $7.8 billion or so to settle class-action claims from private plaintiffs including over 100,000 individuals and businesses impacted by the disaster.

Child poverty in Britain – redefine it, or reduce it?

0

INGRID WOLFE, Open Democracy |

The UK government claims today that current measures of child poverty fail to tackle the “root causes of poverty. . . worklessness, educational failure and family breakdown”. A paediatrician asks: what’s really behind the urge to redefine? 

“Life change is the key to moving people out of poverty by addressing the issues that hold some families back,” claimed work and pensions minister Iain Duncan Smith today. Launching a consultation on “better measurements” of child poverty at a children’s centre in Deptford, South East London, he said: “Current relative income measure by itself is not providing an accurate picture of child poverty.”

Iain Duncan Smith is right when he says that child poverty is about more than household income. He is wrong, however, to try to redefine child poverty. Of course poverty is about more than income. But income is a crucial factor. The stark reality is that you need to ensure sufficient money is available to improve children’s life chances.

There seems to be a concerted effort in government to shift the debate around child poverty – by arguing that poverty is about more than income, and by claiming that defining poverty as a percentage below median income doesn’t make sense.

Why might the government be trying to alter the way we think about, and measure, poverty?

One reason might be that, according to the current measurement system, after years of progress, child poverty is set to rise dramatically.

Why poverty definitions matter

Currently, the UK and EU use 60 per cent of the median household income as the poverty threshold. It is one of many useful definitions, and there are distinct advantages in sticking to this one. It has been used for a long time, so is helpful for tracking what’s happening; it is used in many places, so it is useful for comparing how well the UK performs compared with others. By both sets of comparisons, our children are getting poorer.

The Poverty and Social Exclusion partnership has a helpful explanation of median and mean poverty, why these definitions matter, and how Frank Field (who chaired a recent independent review into poverty) was wrong to argue that using a percentage of median poverty as a target doesn’t work.

Poverty is a matter of life and death

Growing up in poverty can affect every aspect of a child’s life, and the effects can last through generations.

Child health is directly related to poverty. This is the social gradient of health. Poor children suffer worse health than their richer peers. Many dimensions of health and wellbeing are strongly affected by poverty. Here are just a few:

  • – Birthweight: babies born into the most deprived families have the lowest birthweights. And poor children continue to grow more slowly as they get older.
  • – Chronic illnesses such as asthma, and disabilities such as cerebral palsy, are more common in children who live with social and economic disadvantages.
  • – Acute illnesses, such as pneumonia, are more common among poor children, and are more likely to lead to hospital admission, compared with their well-off peers.
  • – Mental disorders and behavioural disorders such as attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, and signs of social distress including self-harm and antisocial behaviour are also strongly affected by poverty. To make matters worse, child maltreatment — abuse — is commoner in families who suffer financial strain.
  • – Death in the first few days and weeks of life (perinatal mortality) is more common in babies from poor families. Infant mortality too (deaths up to 1 year). In fact, at all ages the risk of death is higher the poorer you are. A baby in a family whose income is below £60 per week has a nearly ten times higher risk of Sudden Unexpected Death in Infancy than a baby whose family early more than £200 per week.

Poverty matters – to children’s lives, and deaths. This is why the debate about measuring poverty matters so much. It is also deeply political.

There are more than 3.6 million children living in poverty in the UK. One out of every four children is poor, and more — up to 70 per cent – in some areas. If we continue along the same path, with the same policies, child poverty is expected to rise. There could be 4.2 million poor children in Britain by 2020.*

The government has made a commitment, enshrined in law, to reducing child poverty – the Child Poverty Act 2010. Although significant progress has been made over the last decade, things are now set to worsen considerably. The global economic crisis threatens health and wellbeing. But governments do have choices. Social policy can alleviate some of the most dire consequences of poverty. But it requires investment, and political will.

The meaning of poverty

Understanding the meaning and experience of poverty is hard. Money matters, but so does the distribution of resources. Social capital and family structures are important. Quality of life is about much more than income. But there is no escaping the fact that poverty affects every aspect of children’s lives. We can argue about how to measure poverty, and indeed there are many different ways to do so.

Clearly it is right to look beyond income and consider other aspects of poverty. But it need not be one or the other.

Save the Children have called for other indicators to be included in the Child Poverty Act for example parental employment, housing, and childcare, recognising that although income is central, it is one of the many things that matters in helping to improve children’s life chances.

There is no need to redefine poverty — instead we should strengthen our efforts to reduce child poverty.

What can you do? The government is asking for your views: Tell them!

Leaked “grand bargain” document details Obama’s plan for cuts in entitlement programs

0

Barry Grey, WSWS|

In his first post-election press conference, President Barack Obama on Wednesday reiterated the claim that his focus in deficit-reduction talks with the Republicans is to provide jobs and help the struggling “middle class” recover from the economic crisis.

To this end, Obama declared, he is determined to reach a “balanced” compromise that will require the wealthy to “pay a little bit more.” In practical terms, that means, at most, slightly raising the income tax rates of the richest 2 percent of US households–those making more than $250,000 a year–by allowing the Bush-era tax cuts for this income group to expire on January 1st.

Obama spoke, as always in the vaguest terms, of the need to “reform” Medicare and other social entitlements. He made no mention of the scheduled expiration at the new year of federally funded extended unemployment benefits, a cruel cost-cutting measure that will, if implemented, deprive over 2 million jobless workers of cash assistance.

The real social and class interests served by the administration’s fiscal policy were indicated by the next item on the president’s calendar–a closed-door White House meeting with the CEOs of 12 of the biggest US corporations, including General Electric, Walmart, American Express, Honeywell, Ford, IBM, Pepsico and Chevron. This gathering of multi-millionaires was convened to ensure that the demands of the corporate elite for drastic cuts in social spending and further tax cuts for big business would be carried out.

Obama’s pretense of “fairness” and concern for working people, against the backdrop of the supposed looming disaster of the “fiscal cliff,” is a cynical sham. It is a cover for a calculated and ruthless assault on all that remains of the social reforms of the 20th century–most centrally, Medicare, Medicaid and Social Security–combined with a restructuring of the tax system that will cut taxes for corporations and the rich and increase the tax burden on working people.

The far-reaching and reactionary substance of Obama’s social policy emerges very clearly in secret documents that were leaked last weekend relating to negotiations in the summer of 2011 between the White House and Republican House Speaker John Boehner over raising the US debt limit. In response to Republican demands for massive spending cuts in return for an agreement on raising the debt limit, Obama proposed a “grand bargain” to slash the federal deficit by $4 trillion over ten years through a combination of cuts in social programs and increased revenues from “comprehensive tax reform.”

Obama proposed more than $2 in cuts for every $1 dollar in revenue increases ($2.8 trillion in cuts, $1.2 trillion in increased tax revenues). However, the talks broke down due to opposition to any tax increases among House Republicans.

This led to the deal to raise the debt limit that set the stage for the more than $700 billion in automatic across-the-board spending cuts and tax increases, beginning January 1, 2013, that are a major component of the so-called “fiscal cliff.” (See: “What is the fiscal cliff”?).

Speaking on NBC News’ “Meet the Press” program last Sunday, Washington Post investigative journalist and associate editor Bob Woodward announced that he had obtained a copy of the secret final offer from Obama to Boehner for a “grand bargain” on austerity and tax “reform.” NBC posted a portion of the document on the “Meet the Press” web site.

Regarding the document, Woodward said, “But what it shows is a willingness to cut all kinds of things, like TRICARE, which is the sacred health insurance program for the military, for military retirees; to cut Social Security; to cut Medicare. And there are some lines in there about, ‘We want to get tax rates down, not only for individuals, but for businesses.’ So Obama and the White House were willing to go quite far.”

In fact, the document, dated July 19, 2011, spells out an unprecedented assault on social welfare programs and a pro-corporate revamping of the tax system that would have been politically unthinkable for Republican presidents from Reagan to George W. Bush.

On Medicare, the document proposed reducing spending by “at least $250 billion” from 2012 to 2021 and “at least $800 billion” from 2022 to 2031. This would be achieved, in part, by “alteration of the eligibility age for Medicare” and “adjustments to premiums collected for services and benefits currently covered under Part B and Part D.” In other words, the eligibility age for Medicare health coverage would be raised and premiums for a range of hospital and clinical services as well as for drugs would be hiked.

On Social Security, the document proposed changing the formula for the consumer price index (CPI) as applied to cost-of-living increases in benefits so as to slash outlays by $112 billion over 10 years. The new CPI would also apply to veterans’ disability payments, cutting $24 billion.

The proposal further stipulated: “Reduce the 75-year estimated shortfall of the Social Security program by 0.7 percent… as a percentage of taxable payroll, with a balanced package of tax and benefit changes.” In plain English: increase payroll taxes and decrease benefits.

In addition to these sweeping cuts in the two most basic entitlement programs, the document spelled out a list of additional reductions, including:

* Civilian retirement, i.e., retirement benefits for civilian federal workers: $33 billion

* Military retirement: $11 billion

* TRICARE drug copayments/TRICARE for Life: $16 billion

* Postal reform: $16 billion

* Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation: $9 billion

* Flood insurance: $4 billion

* Agriculture subsidies/conservation programs: $33 billion

* Nutrition assistance: $2 billion

* Higher education: $10 billion.

On the tax side, the document proposed to “Enact reform that improves international competitiveness and increases incentives for companies to invest in the United States and succeed globally.” This is an open-ended formula for cutting business taxes and increasing profits through the decimation of social programs and the further impoverishment of the working class.

The document specifically endorsed cutting both corporate tax rates and individual income tax rates for the wealthy, with the injunction to “Reduce the number of individual and corporate income tax rates… reducing each rate to the lowest possible level consistent with the overall revenue target…”

This “get richer, quicker” scheme for the American ruling class, whether or not it is enacted in precisely the form outlined by the White House in July 2011, remains the basic agenda of Obama and the Democratic Party. This was underscored by William Daley, a former top executive at JPMorgan Chase who was White House chief of staff in the summer of 2011 and led the negotiations with Boehner and the Republicans.

Last week, Daley told Bloomberg News that there was “80 to 85 percent” agreement between Obama and Boehner at the time and that the “grand bargain” offer should serve as the starting point for new talks on deficit reduction. “It’s logical that that’s where you’d go back to, the points where there was either agreement or close to an agreement, and try to begin there,” Daley said.

Anti-NWO event to take place in Manchester

0

PRINT & SHARE THIS.

The Truth Comes to Manchester!! Sponsored by criticalmassradio.co.uk

Saturday 24th November 2012 will see a conference held in Manchester bringing together various speakers from around the country exposing the lies and deceit of a system that is holding the people of this nation, and the rest of the globe, in enslavement and controlling them with wars, terror, debt and manipulation.

From false flag terror attacks like the great deceptions of September 11th and the 7/7 London bombings to Bank bailouts that have put us, our children and their children in eternal debt servitude to the Bloodline families that run the usurious banking system. From the Council Tax fraud to Statute Law replacing natural Common Law and from language manipulation to the great UFO deception — This conference seeks the TRUTH and real SOLUTIONS!!!

The hidden Rulers of the World have a final solution for Humanity — A Mass Culling of up to 5.5 billion people and total slavery for the few remaining. IT’S TIME TO WAKE UP!!!

Never before will the people of Manchester have had a chance to hear the reality of their enslavement and listen to genuine solutions to remedy mankind of the evil humanity faces. A unique opportunity to listen to speakers from all walks of life. Speakers free of the dogmatic Left/Right paradigms with which so many so called thinking people are blinkered with.

8 in 10 believe their online privacy is under threat

0

Eight out of 10 UK consumers who use a computer, tablet PC or smartphone for work activities feel their online privacy is threatened, but many persist with actions and attitudes that put their privacy and security at risk, according to a survey of 1,000 UK office workers by global non-profit IT association ISACA. ISACA also conducted a separate survey of more than 4,500 of its members from 83 countries, including 980 in Europe. The majority of respondents say that the risk of Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) outweighs the benefits, yet year over year, but there has been a 22-point percentage drop in enterprises that prohibit BYOD. With the increasingly blurry line between work and personal devices, behaviours that put privacy and security at risk have the potential to impact enterprises.

Sharing information online is riskier than ever, say one-quarter of the respondents. And only 12% say they do not think their online privacy is threatened. Yet despite these concerns, UK consumers reported engaging in the following risky behaviour:

  • 10% have clicked on links in email from people they did not know
  • 16% have used the same passwords for work and shopping sites
  • 20% have clicked on links from social media sites
  • 23% have used their work email address for online shopping
  • 8% have lost their work or personal device they used for work

Employees’ online activities pose a special challenge to employers during the holiday season, since 69% of survey participants plan to shop online during the holiday season of November and December. Of those, 27% will spend five hours or more shopping on a work device and nearly 10% will spend 10 hours or more. Additionally, 44% will spend five hours or more and 16% will spend 10 hours or more shopping on personal mobile devices also used for work–a practice called “bring your own device” (BYOD).

According to the UK consumer edition of ISACA’s 2012 IT Risk/Reward Barometer, employees who have a work-supplied or BYOD device reported:

  • To save 50 percent off a £100 item, 80% would be willing to reveal personal information; 59% would give up their email address, 20% would give up the name of the street they grew up on, 17% would provide their mother’s maiden name, and 7% would even be willing to share their current social media password.
  • 22% are more concerned with protecting the security of their personal devices than their work-supplied devices.
  • 12% would be just as inclined to use their personal device for work purposes even if they knew their online activity could be tracked by their employer.

“Using the same password for different sites will make it easier for criminals to hack into your accounts and compromise the data held by the organisation you work for. The more personal details you share about yourself online, the more likely you are to be a victim of social engineering attacks, especially with all of the data aggregators that combine seemingly innocent pieces of data into one comprehensive picture,” said Ramsés Gallego, CISM, CGEIT, CISSP, SCPM, CCSK, security strategist and evangelist at Quest Software -now part of Dell – and ISACA international vice president.

While a quarter (25%) of respondents feel that sharing information online has become riskier over the past year, 87% reported engaging in a range of potentially risky actions:

  • 80% do not verify the security settings of online shopping sites.
  • 22% assume their IT department is ensuring that their work-supplied device has the most recent security patches.
  • 13% are not concerned that their personal online activities at work may affect their organization’s IT network.
  • 11% have clicked on a link in an email before confirming its authenticity.
  • 9% used a cloud service like Dropbox or Google Docs for work documents without their company’s knowledge.

“The 2012 IT Risk/Reward Barometer shows that despite considerable concern about their online privacy and security, consumers are simply not willing to give up behaviour that is high-risk and could compromise their own and their employer’s cash, data and reputation,” said Marc Vael, CISA, CISM, CGEIT, CRISC, an international vice president of ISACA. “The survey shows a sizable gap between what people believe they should do and how they actually act. Given that 23% of employees in the UK now use their own personal devices for work purposes–devices over which the enterprise has limited control–companies need to advocate an embrace-and-educate approach. Embrace the technology, but provide ongoing training about the personal and enterprise risks and how to avoid them.”

£10,000 in lost productivity from employee holiday shopping online, predicts IT

ISACA also conducted a separate survey of more than 4,500 of its members from 83 countries, including 159 in the UK. The enterprise will lose £10K or more in lost productivity as a result of an employee shopping online during work hours in November and December, say 29% percent of those surveyed. Over a third believe that employee will spend on average more than a full work day shopping online during work hours using a personal computer or smartphone, and 27% estimate they will spend more than a full day shopping from a work-supplied device.

Several of the “unsafe” actions consumers admitted taking were among the most worrisome to ISACA members–for example, storing work passwords on personal devices (77% say it poses a high risk to the enterprise) and using online file-sharing services like Google Docs or Dropbox for work documents (75%) were top two actions rated as high risk. In fact two-thirds of organisations prohibit using a file-sharing service for company documents and 40% prohibit using a personal mobile device for work purposes. The majority (59%) of respondents say that the risk of BYOD outweighs the benefits, yet year over year there has been a 22-point percentage drop in enterprises who prohibit BYOD (down from 66% to 44%).

Source

Bilderberg Group Quietly Meets in Italy

0

Brandon Turbeville, Activist Post |

While the attention of most Americans was focused on whatever trivia dished out from the mainstream media such as the current hot celebrity or the David Petraeus incident, it appears that the Bilderberg Group has arranged what some have described as an impromptu meeting in Rome, Italy.

Yet, although much of the European press is dark on the issue, which is unfortunately characteristic of the mainstream media in any nation, some Italian newspapers are reporting the information regarding the meeting.

According to 21stCenturyWire, the agenda apparently centered around the fate of EU countries such as Italy, Spain, and Greece, three nations that have been hit hard with the worldwide derivatives crisis and the subsequent imposition of austerity.

Various newspapers from all across Italy are reporting that around 80 members of the Bilderberg Group, particularly the Bilderberg Steering Committee, have been

In contradiction to the traditional methods of secrecy used by the Bilderberg Group such as renting entire hotels for days on end and dispensing with the guests and even some of the workers during the conference, this Italian Bilderberg meeting is taking place at the same time as another popular event, the Rome Film Festival.

Thus, instead of meeting in total secret, it appears the Bilderberg Group is attempting to hide its treachery in plain sight while blending in with the rest of the crowd of actors, actresses, directors, and general celebrities.

In this instance, one might suspect that the strategy of the group was to use the Film Festival as a cover for the attendees. If any were sighted at the Hotel de Russie, the sight of both the festival and the meeting, they could always claim they had only come to attend the film festival, do a short interview on the importance of film in Italian life and their favorite movie, and remain largely ignored in favor of the real celebrities walking about.

In a cruel twist of irony and outright disdain for the “little people,” and as J.G. Vibes of the Intel Hub writes, Italian newspapers estimate the cost of the Rome meeting to be around 100,000 euros for 80 people in attendance.

According to Italian website, DagoSpia.com, the attendees list appears as follows:

Enrico Letta, Enrico Bondi, Mario Monti, Marlieke de Vogel, Corradino Passera, Education Minister Francesco Profumo, Paola Severino, Elsa Fornero, Guiliano Amato, Governor of the European Central Bank Mario Draghi, Lilli Gruber, Chicco Mentana, “Bebe Bernabe”, Flebuccio de Bortoli, Vendeline von Bredow, Mauro Moretti of CGIL, Alberto Nagel the CEO of Mediobanca, Angelo Gimbals the Chairman of Agcom, Federico Ghizzoni of Unicredito, Enrico Teaspoons of Intesa, Fulvio Conti of Enel, Anna Marion Tarantola who is the President of Rai, Rodolfo De Benedetti the President of the CIR, and Ignazio Vis the Governor of the Bank of Italy.

Read other articles by Brandon Turbeville here. 

Brandon Turbeville is an author out of Florence, South Carolina. He has a Bachelor’s Degree from Francis Marion University and is the author of three books, Codex Alimentarius — The End of Health Freedom, 7 Real Conspiracies, and Five Sense Solutions and Dispatches From a Dissident. Turbeville has published over 175 articles dealing on a wide variety of subjects including health, economics, government corruption, and civil liberties. Brandon Turbeville’s podcast Truth on The Tracks can be found every Monday night 9 pm EST at UCYTV. He is available for radio and TV interviews. Please contact activistpost (at) gmail.com. 

Video: Retailers Track Consumers With Facial Recognition Technology As They Shop

0

Disinfo |

Time to go shopping in a ski mask? Fashion retailers and others are unleashing surveillance systems equipped with NeoFace, a face detection and comparison engine, allowing them to track customers’ visits, behaviors, and characteristics, thus building a record of where you have been, and presumably the ability to predict your actions:

TSA Vendor Accused of Faking Body Scan Software

0

Paul Joseph Watson, Prison Planet.com |

One of the vendors that provides the TSA with x-ray body scanning machines has been accused of faking tests of software which was supposed to eliminate naked images of passengers passing through the devices.

Rapiscan “may have attempted to defraud the government by knowingly manipulating an operational test,” Representative Mike Rogers, chairman of the House Transportation Security Subcommittee, said in a letter to Transportation Security Administration chief John Pistole Nov. 13. Rogers said his committee received a tip about the faked tests,”reports Bloomberg.

While L-3 Communications Holdings Inc, the other vendor that provides the federal agency with body scanners, responded to the TSA’s request to write “privacy friendly” software that eliminates the need to display a naked image of the passenger, Rapiscan failed to do so.

On November 9, Rapiscan received a show-cause letter from the TSA demanding to know why the company was not complying with the TSA’s terms in failing to develop the privacy friendly software.

Rogers slammed the TSA’s “apparent lack of oversight throughout the testing and evaluation of this technology,” and is set to grill members of the agency on when they discovered Rapiscan’s alleged manipulation of test results, which the company itself denies.

Dan Gordon, former head of federal procurement for the Obama administration, said criminal charges could follow for Rapiscan as a result of an upcoming enquiry.

“Fake test results are incredibly serious,” said Gordon. “Every false statement is a criminal act, sending someone in that company to jail.”

The TSA recently relocated Rapiscan machines from larger to smaller airports, a move some quarters of the media falsely characterized as a scrapping of the devices. The TSA denies the relocation was related to the allegations of faked software tests, claiming it was fueled by the fact that the backscatter machines take longer to scan passengers.

Numerous prestigious health bodies have indicated that the backscatter x-ray devices will statistically cause an increase in cancer, including Johns Hopkins, Columbia University, the University of California, and the Inter-Agency Committee on Radiation Safety. To put that in perspective, the probability of dying in a terrorist attack is the same as the probability of getting cancer when passing through the x-ray scanner just one time.

Johns Hopkins’ biophysics expert Dr Michael Love warned that, “statistically someone is going to get skin cancer from these X-rays,” after conducting a study of the naked body scanners.

It has also been proven that the scanner can be fooled by sewing a metallic object into the side of one’s clothing, rendering the entire $1 billion dollar fleet of machines virtually useless.

Infowars is launching the national Opt Out and Film Week during Thanksgiving, November 19-26.Click here for more details or click here for the campaign’s Facebook page.

A World in Which Truth is a Dying Species

0

GAITHER STEWART |

Hidden away somewhere within the labyrinth of the Pentagon there must be a top secret euphemism department engaged in the invention of the Orwellian surrogate words that have crept surreptitiously into the American English vocabulary and from there translated into many other languages. In my mind I see a unit of studiously serious executives, coffee mugs in their hands and their neckties awry, devising senseless terms for terrible things and used unthinkingly by people today from New York to California, from Maine to Texas. The goal of my imaginary secret unit is to render ugly terms meaningless or to transform them into their opposite. To quote the perceptive Scottish writer, Candia McWilliam, “plain words are always under threat.” There are words that don’t say what they mean and there are words that say what they don’t mean.

Intensified or enhanced interrogation sounds oh so much more genteel than the hideous word TORTURE. Collateral damage goes down quite well instead of the savage bombing and strafing of a funeral procession or a wedding party. Military leaders themselves have come to love the suggestive word “footprints” to indicate the evidence of America’s powerful presence throughout the world: “We were here and we leave this little sign with you.” A little footprint, maybe a fleet of super bombers or Predator drones.

The point to keep in mind is that the names of things, issues, objects of life change, but the substance of the object itself remains-torture will always be torture, no matter what the gnomes propose and the media parrot.

Today, though generally unknown among the public, the relatively new term, “lily pad”, is making its way forward to describe not that beautiful manifestation of nature but the new version of America’s over 1000 military bases and garrisons spreading across some 150 countries of planet Earth. You can always count on those Pentagon gnomes. They regularly come up with something new. It remains unclear however if they first invent the terms and the military executes their implications or if the military experiments with a new lethal strategy and the gnomes then give it a purified label.

In the case of the “lily pad”, this linguistic version of the sheep in wolf’s clothing, was allegedly conceived to spread the U.S. footprint into every corner of our planet and to make military bases more effective and comprehensive while giving the impression that the government is both protecting “our way of life”, while also saving taxpayer money-money then used for more weapons and the hiring of more mercenaries and for payoffs to eager satraps of the Empire’s vassal states; some nations, peoples, and even minor empires can be more easily bought than subdued militarily.

WHAT IS A MILITARY LILY PAD?

Nature’s lily pad is a floating leaf of the white water lily family. The scientific name of lily pad is nymphaea odorata. You might see a bullfrog sitting on a lily pad in a pond. The lily pad does not sink under its weight. The giant water lily, victoria amazonica, has the world’s biggest lily pad, up to four feet, which can support the weight of several people at once. The lily pad lies tranquilly on the surface of the pond, offering both refuge and camouflage for the frog, protecting it from predators. The lily pad fits in with its natural surroundings, as does the frog.

Some nature-loving gnome then had the genial idea of a military base-lily pad. Why? For what purpose? For it is not true that smaller, more mobile lily pad-like bases, remain hidden and much cheaper. Nor is it true that local people, even in the jungle of a Pacific island do not know about them, are blind to their presence. Soldiers in jungle clothing jogging through the bush are not invisible. That planes landing and taking off are unheard and unnoticed is absurd. The 1000 military bases today cost the U.S. taxpayer’s less? Not on your life, naïve taxpayer!

Is the U.S. objective to make less impact on local populations with a smaller presence, a less visible footprint and simultaneously perhaps offer employment to a few locals? Jamais de la vie! As if anyone in those secret Pentagon rooms gave one hoot in hell about those little brown people? Besides, just because a lily pad base appears to be the opposite of huge Ramstein or other city-like military bases in Germany and in the USA home territory itself doesn’t mean that what begins as a lily pad in Bulgaria will not quickly become small towns as well. Soldiers have to be offered comfortable living conditions, which means bars and shops and eating places and medical facilities and private rooms for many; it means no latrine cleaning and kitchen police jobs for soldiers; locals do that for low pay. Soldiers today demand to have their families with them, which means apartment blocks and private cars and schools and hospitals. Moreover, every job the lily pad gnomes remove from the USA and outsource abroad, means less jobs in America.

That 1000 lily pad bases across the world cost the American taxpayer less is thus an illusion, a false clue to the raison d’etre of the so-called lily pad bases. The law of the unstoppable growth of bureaucracy dictates that with enough time small bases will become big bases. That is the way of the world. You build runways and training grounds and a few barracks and voila, the initially Spartan lily pad grows into another Ramstein. Meanwhile, military bases, whether lily pads or Ramsteins, continue to erode what remains of the U.S. image the world over, exacerbating hate for the USA wherever they are found.

So why? Why the string of America’s military bases. Why the already failed experiment of tiny lily pads when all they mean is expanded U.S. militarization of the world? The why lies in the answer: it is part and parcel of American occupation of the world. The New World Order. The American Century.

Of course U.S. world domination remains the ultimate goal but the explanation is insufficient. Though a great part of the globe is already under U.S. domination, whether of the direct military sort or purely economic, there are still some hurdles to achieve total dominion. Not only obstacles but America’s own manias and phobias to be overcome.

For there remains Russia and China to be dealt with. Touchy subjects indeed. Though total madness to consider, war with either is possible but in my estimation not probable. In any case, it is a mistake to lump the two great nations together or even to attempt to juxtapose the two. Russia is Russia; China is China. Russia is a much more immediate problem for U.S. aims than is China. As the astute student of international affairs and Presidential candidate Mitt Romney said in the third presidential debate “Russia is America’s greatest enemy.”

Here I have zeroed in on the Russian hurdle, wondering if the USA even has a legitimate Russian policy. In the mind of the mad planners, Russia is more than just a geopolitical problem. More than New World Order. The answer to the riddle to many like Romney is Russia. America rejects anything that can strengthen Russia. America fears Russia. America fears the revival of the Russian empire. The USA might prefer to bypass unbypassable Russia. But it cannot. Remember the old post-World War II quip that “the real role of NATO is to keep the Russians out (of Europe), the Americans in and the Germans down”? Still valid today.

Ideologically Europe might agree with America even though it makes no economic sense because Europe’s real, long-term interests lie in Russia. It depends on its neighbor Russia. Russia is more European than America’s Neocons even imagine. Even Adolf Hitler knew that. Especially today, Europe depends on the natural gas of which Russia has the world’s greatest reserves. Geopolitically, Russia was also the reason for America’s theft of the province of Kosovo from Serbia. It is not for oil. It is not to inch closer to Iran. It is Russia. Though Russia lost many lands after 1989, it still supported its brothers in Serbia, a nation which refused to embrace capitalism. America’s military establishment and their Neocon pals accused Serbia of genocide. But Serbs were no more criminal than Croats and Bosnians and Albanians . and Americans.

Like space shield bases in Czech Republic and military bases in Poland and the Baltic States, the encirclement of Russia lies at the heart of lily pad strategy, which means nothing more than more military bases. Crush the Russians so they never rise again. Russia and its Socialist messianism. Its mission to save the world! You cannot nuke Russia because they have the bomb too . and the possibility of delivering it. So encircle them. Then squeeze them.

Let me says a few words about the relationship between Russia and the U.S. theft of the heart of Serbia. You might read entire studies that it was for protection of the oil pipelines. The Anglo-American alliance to dominate oil and gas routes and corridors from the Caspian to the Black Sea across the Balkans. The scramble for control of the national economies of the entire former Soviet bloc. The alliance between the U.S. Defense Department and oil cartels. OK! Granted, oil is a small part of the reason. Meanwhile all kinds of covert activities originate in Kosovo.CIA secret detention-torture centers. Drugs from Afghanistan and the recycling of drug money. Militarization along the strategic East-West corridors. Kosovo is a living footprint of American power moving steadily eastwards.Imposition of the sacred dollar over the euro. That is all part of it. But never forget the containment of Russia. Control of the Balkans starts in Russia’s friend, Serbia. To crush Russia, smash Serbia. That is the fundamental point. Behind every Serb, the saying goes, stands a Russian. Fucking Russian Commies anyway! Let them drink themselves to death without ever ever regaining one centimeter of world control.

Think of U.S. policies toward Russia-“America’s great enemy!”-and remember that the old geopolitical encirclement philosophy is still on the table. Since 1917 when revolutionary Russia dared oppose capitalism encirclement of Russia has been right in the center of the table. Crush Russia and you crush Socialism. The final solution of the Russian-Socialism question. Crush any idea that smacks of Socialism, America’s eternal obsession.

For American planners Communism is always a threat and old habits of containment of Great Russia are hard to break. Russians believe U.S. hostility toward them derives from something buried in America’s puritanical genetic make-up. That Americans consider them barbarians they have to contain . as ancient Rome did the barbarians in the wild north. That America has to encircle and circumscribe them and dictate and preach to them and look down on them . just as one Adolf Hitler did. Maybe there is also jealousy, Russians suspect. Envy of Russia’s vast lands. Envy of its great culture. Russia has something that America lacks. Ignorant cynics might say that it has to do with the great natural gas reserves in Siberia. In any case, though the source of the perceived Russian threat is a mystery, the memory of competition with Russia for world domination during the Cold War remains alive in the West, especially across the Atlantic. Russia has something to do with the existence of the soul. That famous Russian soul that prompted the esoteric thinker Rudolf Steiner to predict that the “cultural epoch” after the present one dominated by Europe and the USA would be led by spiritual, messianic Russia.

Time lends transparency to events that are jumbled when they happen but which turn out to be historical landmarks. Post-communist Russia was defenseless. The USA could do as it liked in the world. Attack Iraq to get back at Russia. Establish lily pad bases along Russia borders to threaten Russia. Get Serbia to get Russia.

Despite Castro and Chavez and victories by left-leaning leaders in a handful of nations to the South, Latin America remains pretty much a great American colony. The Arab world and the Middle East are under attack and one nation after the other has already fallen. The little publicized U.S. penetration in Africa is practically unopposed. America controls Asia from Australia, Japan, Hawaii, the Guam military island and power economic influences in Southeast Asia. But there remain Russia and China. I believe Russia is truly American enemy number 1. I believe the attack on China is to be an economic-dominated one of accommodation in which the rest of the world becomes Coolies.

In any case, for now the lily pad bases spread from West to East along the belly of Russia. Step by step. From base to base. A new language of conquest. Creeping, creeping inexorably from West to East. Along the underbelly of deep, deep Russia, lying in wait.

For Russia is back. Russia is not about to roll over like a poodle for America. If Washington is pointing toward another Cold War-this time with even greater stakes and threats to world peace-Russia too is getting ready. Russia feels targeted by America. Russia asks which countries are targets for America’s space shields in East Europe? The U.S. answer is silence. What country has the type of missiles America aims at intercepting? The answer is Russia. Therefore Russia assumes the U.S. space shield is aimed at it. Now American-led NATO land forces have passed the River Oder into Poland-just as Hitler once did-and deployed its lily pads near Russia’s borders. This is much more menacing than another Cold War.

Russia, in American eyes the enemy of progressive mankind. Russia, guilty of the Great October Revolution of 1917. Russia, a threat to the New World Order. Communist Russia chose a new direction of social evolution, qualitatively different from the Western direction, and it achieved certain successes. Communist Russia’s solutions to fundamental social problems and its quickly developed scientific, intellectual and creative potential in such a short time frightened the West no less than Russia’s military potential and its messianism. For many nations of the world the experience of Socialist Russia became an infectious prototype, a paradigm for the poor of the world. The post-war Soviet Union imposed its social order on the countries of Eastern Europe, immensely increasing its influence in the rest of the world while the Communist idea expanded over the planet.

At that point Capitalism faced the threat of decline or historical death while Soviet Russia became the second Superpower. That meant Cold War. Cold because both sides had enough nuclear power to destroy the planet. For many decades the West feared the Russian threat because it realized that in an open military confrontation between the USA and Soviet Russia, the victory of world Communism might have become real. Under the influence of Russian Communism the West itself had to adopt socialist features for a short time-the profit motive was cut short, an antiracist movement was born in the West, working people insisted on social rights, social security was established, colonialism declined, a kind of popular democracy seemed to be developing; social democracy flourished.

Such is the accusation against Russia. The threat to “our way of life”. Thus the Russian nation is the heart of evil, the propaganda gnomes preached, guilty of crimes against humanity. We must inculcate in people the truth that Russia is the Empire of Evil, the Soviet period a black hole in the history of mankind, and Socialism a crime against human progress. Russia itself must be destroyed for the sake of the salvation of the Western world and its values.

For Russia the growing number of U.S. bases near their borders threaten to set off new Cold Wars. Great Britain, like empires before it, had to close most of its foreign bases in the midst of an economic crisis in the 1960s and 1970s. The United States is headed in that direction. For surely it is only a question of time before America is forced to do the same-its mountainous national debt ought to be crippling it. But it seems to have discovered the capacity to live on virtual money-at everyone else’s expense.

The USA is again facing the same old conundrum. The US military believes that America must maintain its advantage as Russia and China start to expand their own military. Both are starting from a base a tenth the size of the US military without all the overhead of the cold war infrastructure. But America can’t afford the military machine it maintains today. Meanwhile Neocon gnomes have convinced Americans that they have a divine right to protect their selfishly affluent lifestyle and the global corporate interests on which it depends-but that Russia, spiritual, messianic Russia, stands in the way to freedom and “our way of life”, the never-ending American dream, which must be preserved at any cost. “Freedom”, “democracy” and “our way of life” (selfish and unsustainable)-all lies in the service of American Empire.

-###-

Senior editor Gaither Stewart lives in Rome and serves as European correspondent for The Greanville Post, His latest novel, Lily Pad Roll was just published by Punto Press. Lily Pad Roll is volume two of Stewart’s Europe Trilogy, dealing with post Cold War espionage, the encirclement of Russia, and the maintenance of a global strategy of tension.

Americans to track Chinese rocket and missile tests

Officials say powerful radar and space telescope will enable the Americans to track Chinese rocket and missile tests.

Aljazeera |

The US military will station a powerful radar and a space telescope in Australia as part of its strategic shift towards Asia, the two countries have announced.

US Defence Secretary Leon Panetta described the deal as a “major leap forward in bilateral space co-operation and an important new frontier in the US’ rebalance to the Asia-Pacific region”.

The transfer of the C-band radar “will add considerably to surveillance of space debris in our part of the world,” Australian Defence Minister Stephen Smith told a news conference on Wednesday.

The plan, unveiled at annual strategic talks between the two nations attended by US Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, will also allow Americans to track Chinese space launches, senior US defence officials said.

“It will give us visibility into things that are leaving the atmosphere, entering the atmosphere, really all throughout Asia”, including China’s rocket and missile tests, a US defence official told reporters on condition of anonymity.

At the meeting of foreign and defence ministers in the western Australian city of Perth, the two governments also launched discussions on granting the Americans future access to air bases in northern Australia as well as naval ports, including one in nearby Stirling, Smith said.

‘Here to stay’

Before Wednesday’s meeting Clinton vowed that the US was fully committed to its pivot to Asia over the long term, despite crises in the Middle East and budget pressures at home.

Speaking on Tuesday at the University of Western Australia, she underlined America’s “expanding engagement” in the region.

“It’s important that we make absolutely clear we are here to stay,” she said, adding that it was important to see India become more involved in the region and that the US would welcome Australia-India joint naval exercises.

US Marines were deployed this year in Australia’s north; 250-strong contingents will spend six-month tours.

Smith said the two sides would soon increase the number of Marines on the ground to 1,100 by 2014, with the goal of 2,500 Marines in place by 2016-17.

US officials have grown anxious over China’s growing military might and territorial tensions with its neighbours, notably, Japan, and are pushing for a more visible military role across the region.

This includes expanding military exercises and deploying more advanced ships and hardware, particularly in southeast Asia.

Although US and Australian officials privately worry about Beijing’s assertive stance in the South China Sea and elsewhere, Clinton insisted the US supported the peaceful rise of China.

Ron Paul slams ‘corrupt’ US system

0
American Congressman Ron Paul has blasted the US ruling establishment as corrupt, bent on promoting wars, undermining liberties, and assassinating those it considers terrorists.

Throughout a 50-minute address to the chamber of the US House of Representatives on Wednesday, the retiring Texas congressman questioned not only the fundamental well-being of his nation’s social compact, but specifics such as the power of the Federal Reserve, the PATRIOT Act, and Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act modifications.

He also questioned the US’s undeclared wars, TSA searches, federal debt and borrowing, the White House’s authority to assassinate those it declares terrorists, the legalization of detaining American citizens for national security purposes and the political power of the pro-Israeli lobby (AIPAC).

“Restraining aggressive behavior is one thing, but legalizing a government monopoly for initiating aggression can only lead to exhausting liberty associated with chaos, anger and the breakdown of civil society,” Paul said. “We now have a standing army of armed bureaucrats in the TSA, CIA, FBI, Fish and Wildlife, FEMA, IRS, Corp of Engineers, etc., numbering over 100,000 civil society.”

“All branches of our government today are controlled by individuals who use their power to undermine liberty and enhance the welfare/warfare state – and frequently their own wealth and power,” he emphasized.

The American lawmaker further reiterated that he has not been able to accomplish much during his 36-year career as a US congressman. “No named legislation, no named federal buildings or highways, thank goodness,” he said mockingly. “In spite of my efforts, the government has grown exponentially, taxes remain excessive, and the prolific increase of incomprehensible regulations continues. Wars are constant and pursued without congressional declaration.”

“The number one responsibility for each of us is to change ourselves with hope that others will follow,” said the 77-year-old lawmaker, urging an end to two motives that have hindered US society, namely envy and intolerance.

Paul, who is an obstetrician-gynecologist by training, also emphasized, “If it’s not accepted that big government, fiat money, ignoring liberty, central economic planning, welfarism, and warfarism caused our crisis, we can expect a continuous and dangerous march toward corporatism and even fascism with even more loss of our liberties.”

He concluded his remarks by calling on the people across the globe to continue vying for liberty. “The best chance for achieving peace and prosperity, for the maximum number of people worldwide, is to pursue the cause of liberty. If you find this to be a worthwhile message, spread it throughout the land.”

MFB/HJL/MA

Child Sex Rings Reveal The Worst of the Power Elite

0

Nicholas West, Activist Post |

One of the most difficult things to convey to people who are relatively new to information that appears in the so-called alternative media is just how diabolical the controlling elite really are.

People can seem to accept that the world is run by a bunch of ruthless bankers, or perhaps they realize that presidents and national leaders are puppets to corporate interests, or perhaps they even have come to grips with the fact that “The Elite” are willing to destroy nations and people to consolidate power and form a one-world government. Poison the planet with depleted uranium? Yes. Poison the food supply with GMO’s? Definitely.

But one topic that has been routinely shrugged off as manifestly impossible is that those at the very top of the pyramid, including well-known politicians and public figures, have engaged consistently — and on a widespread basis — in the organized sale, rape, torture and murder of children. Frankly, we had a hard time fully believing it ourselves until recently. But the evidence has become so overwhelming that we must have the courage to look into the very worst cesspit; one which better belongs in paintings of Hell’s torments, not on the evening news.

According to Missingkids.com, 800,000 children under the age of 18 go missing each year globally — 2,185 per day. Their hotline received an average of 580 calls per day to this point in the last quarter of 2012 — 3.5 million calls since the organization’s inception in 1984. It is clearly an epidemic of staggering proportions.

When Fritz Springmeier and David Icke began talking 20 years ago about organized pedophile rings and mind-controlled sex slaves (often with overtly Satanic themes) within the highest levels of society, most readers met them with serious doubt or outright dismissal. We would be very unwise to dismiss their research now.

The Jimmy Savile scandal has taken center stage in bringing these revelations to a wider audience, as it is embedded within Britain’s BBC corporate media itself where they were forced to lamely issue an apology that the original Newsnight investigation into numerous claims of sex acts with children was dropped, all the while insisting that “there was not enough evidence to say whether sexual abuse or harassment at the corporation was ‘endemic'”.

David Icke certainly has a different take on it. According to Icke, Savile “was the child-supplying fixer for the rich and famous in politics, entertainment and royalty” and can be linked to a massive child abuse scandal in North Wales. (Source) Icke’s 1998 book The Biggest Secret details a seemingly unbelievable number of prominent U.S. and UK political leaders who centrally figure into these scandals. Icke details how Savile is indicative not of a single evil person using their position of power to destroy innocence, but is indicative of an entire lifestyle embraced within the top echelons of society.

Savile’s close connections to the royal family cannot be denied, and even skeptics have to wonder how people in the highest positions could not have at least known and covered up the details of what was taking place.

Savile himself would boast about his connections to the royals and it was publicly acknowledged that he was a regular visitor to Buckingham Palace, Kensington Palace (where Princess Diana lived after her marriage ended with Prince Charles), and Highgrove (the country estate of Prince Charles).

Savile told Esquire: ‘The thing about me is I get things done and I work deep cover. I’ve known the Royal Family for a million years.’ (Source)

As Icke highlights, one of Savile’s own nephews, Guy Mardsen, is now discussing what happened at Savile’s “paedophile parties” with many children coming from orphanages or children’s homes.

To those who still think Icke might be crazy to suggest something much larger, The Telegraph just released statements from the former policeman who exposed Savile. He says that Savile “engineered” his show specifically as a vehicle to gain access to children.

I believe he engineered his programmes within the BBC and Radio Luxembourg in order to gain access to children.

The classic examples are Top Of The Pops, Savile’s Travels, Jim’ll Fix It – all of them gave him access to young children. That’s why there were so many victims. (Source)

At least 300, and many more inquires.

This is not the only scandal that large news outlets like the BBC have failed to cover. Sian Griffiths, a local council official in North Wales, collected details about allegations made between 1991 and 2000. The stacks of documents she reveals in the video below is beyond shocking, but nothing more so than the evidence of a coverup which followed the mention of high-profile figures who attended child sex parties. (Source)

The Jerry Sandusky case in America has every indication of, again, not being one demented predatory individual, but a systemic acceptance of a severely twisted lifestyle. As vile as he was shown to be, the fact that he could conduct his activities so openly over at least a 15-year period forces one to question how many others might have been involved. Some have speculated that his sexual acts with children dated back to the 1970s. Penalties were imposed on Sandusky and Penn State, but it was his connection with Second Mile (whose motto is “Providing Children With Help and Hope”) that becomes even more disturbing. A child prostitute later came forward to give the following account which implicates another school and shows the abuse to be much more widespread:

In the email to Poly Prep, Bucceroni said he was ‘a child prostitute’ and was associated with a pedophile ring that included Sandusky, Foglietta, now-deceased Philadelphia businessman Ed Savitz and former Wharton School of Business professor Lawrence Scott Ward, who is serving a lengthy prison sentence for trafficking in child porn and smuggling photos and videos of himself having sex with a teenage Brazilian boy.

‘(Between) 1977-1980 I was a child prostitute associated with a tri-state (NYC-NJ-PA) pedophile ring. (During the) summer of 1979 I was brought to the State College area by Ed Savitz for the purpose of child prostitution with Jerry Sandusky at a Second Mile fundraiser,’ Bucceroni wrote in the email. ‘Due to time constraints, Sandusky became unavailable and I was introduced to Phil Foglietta by Ed Savitz & Jerry Sandusky. Foglietta was introduced to us as Coach Phil who coached youth football in NYC. Foglietta agreed to pay $200.00 for child sex and followed us back to a Philadelphia hotel, myself and another child prostitute then engaged coach Phil in child sex. (Source)

Here is a graphic showing only what was proved to have happened at Penn State.

Systemic indeed. Australia has now launched its own investigation into child sex allegations that comprise “churches, state care facilities, schools, charities, child services agencies and police.”

The prime minister’s announcement of a judicial inquiry follows allegations last week by a police officer of a cover-up by the Catholic church into child sexual abuse in the Hunter region, north of Sydney.

‘I can testify from my own experience that the church covers up, silences victims, hinders police investigations, alerts offenders, destroys evidence and moves priests to protect the good name of the church,’ he wrote in an open letter to the New South Wales state premier, Barry O’Farrell.

Fox, a veteran of decades of investigations into child sexual abuse, said he had ‘irrefutable’ evidence of a cover-up involving a number of diocese bishops. ‘It potentially goes even higher than that,’ he told ABC television. (Source)

This is on par with what we already know about institutional child abuse that has taken place within the Orwellian-named “Child Protective Services.” A range of studies have shown that at least 28% of children put into state care wound up being abused, with numbers much higher in certain states. And in Arizona alone, 500 of 4,000 children were sexually abused while in the care of the state. (Source and more studies here)

But one group really shows the scope of child sex slavery, abuse, and every vile activity imaginable: DynCorp. DynCorp is responsible for recruiting, training and deploying civilian peacekeepers and police trainers to 11 countries, including Haiti, Bosnia, Afghanistan, and Iraq, for the Department of State. (Source)

Whistleblowers, Ben Johnson and Kathryn Bolkovac, were both fired after attempting to stop DynCorp employees and supervisors engaging in sex acts with children. These children had been purposely kidnapped from other regions to serve as sex slaves. No one was formally prosecuted, even as more reports came out that DynCorp was part of a large network of child prostitution involving international aid workers.

More recently in Afghanistan it was revealed by a WikiLeaks cable that DynCorp threw “boy-play” parties for new Afghan police recruits. The exploits of DynCorp — funded by the U.S. taxpayer — is perhaps the supreme example of the predators stalking this planet. Here is Donald Rumsfeld stammering through an attempt to explain the continued governmental support for DynCorp:

An excellent two-part report “Children Under Attack,” about the systemic abuse and coverup, can be found here.

It seems that every rock overturned reveals worse and worse. The Jimmy Savile scandal has opened up a door into truly demonic realms. The overwhelming amount of testimony across the board paints a picture of widespread torture and rape of children that produces a cognitive dissonance in any normal human being.

The realization that there are individuals in suits, crowns, and uniforms who are literally blood-drinking psychopaths that would make notorious elites like Elizabeth Bathory and Vlad the Impalerblush, is almost too much for an innocent mind to comprehend. And, yet, it seems to be so vast in numbers that it would appear to be the norm rather than the exception of a just a few demented people — especially since the protection and cover-up for these groups is clearly vast as well.

We are programmed to fear the next Ted Bundy, or “lone nut” stalking our neighborhood, but we would do better to scrutinize more closely those to whom we pay our taxes and falsely look up to as protectors — they are stalking the planet … and they are doing it in packs. These are “people” who have no problem lying their country into war, bombing the innocent on a routine basis, and tanking economies on purpose. It is a matter of policy to starve entire populations into submission without a second thought. And apparently that’s the least of their crimes.

However, before we can council our children, as adults we need to grow up ourselves. It is not an awakening that should produce fear and paranoia, but rather an admission that we are much better, and more capable of directing the course of our lives and communities than those who have been officially charged with the task. We also must admit to ourselves that the strangers to whom we have acquiesced our power are being revealed as stranger than we could ever have imagined.

Police chairman caught in dodgy deal – what the corporate media forgot to tell you

0

Mick Meaney, rinf.com |

Another fine example of how the establishment are only interested in preserving and advancing their own power.

Last week the corporate media reported that Mike Bull, chairman of the Devon and Cornwall police authority, had breached data protection laws so he could send unsolicited emails – that’s right, spam, to police officers urging them to vote for his preferred police crime commissioner candidate in the up-coming election.

Now, here’s what the corporate media didn’t tell you – the real reason why Mike Bull stole private information and sent those emails.

Brian Greenslade, who is Mike Bull’s preferred candidate, had promised to appoint him as his deputy if elected.

Yep, you read that right folks.

It appears that Bull asked police officers to vote for Greenslade in order to secure a cushy position for himself.

But wait, surely a respected and upstanding member of society like a police chairman would never abuse his position of authority to breach data protection laws to influence the actions of his colleagues, right?

Well, a formal complaint made on behalf of “furious” police officers was made to  the Information Commissioner, by former Culture Secretary Ben Bradshaw.

In his email, Mr Bradshaw had “serious questions about a possible misuse of police data for the purpose of electioneering and about the security of that data in the first place.”

And the “official” response from Devon and Cornwall Police?

“Because the e-mail was sent in a personal capacity, no further action was necessary.”

No really, it seems that if you’re the chairman of a police force then it’s perfectly legal to steal data, make dodgy deals and use your position of authority to swing police elections.

This would be funny if it didn’t reflect the culture of ‘scratch my back and I’ll scratch yours’, right across the establishment.

Who profits from arms problems in Iraq?

0

Pravada |

World politics is full of intrigues. They are often built around powerful countries and their interests in the international arena. The hype surrounding the alleged failure of a large Russian arms deal with Iraq has made numerous headlines across the world. The matter has been solved now, but who was behind it and who profits from such intrigues?

The contract for the supply of Russian weapons was signed by Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev and Nouri al-Maliki, his Iraqi counterpart, in October of this year. Under the agreement, Russia agreed to supply 48 “Panzer-1” air defense missile system and 36 Mi-28N attack helicopters. The total amount of the contract made up $4.2 billion. In addition, an agreement was achieved on Iraq’s intention to purchase Russian MiG-29M/M2 jets and armored vehicles. It was the largest Russian-Iraqi deal since the fall of Saddam Hussein’s regime in Baghdad. In addition, the contract testified to the fact that Iraq no longer looked at the United States in such an important issue as arms trade.

Everything went according to plan until November 10, 2012, when France Presse news agency said with reference to the adviser of the chairman of the Iraqi government that the contract could be terminated. Assistant to Iraqi Prime Minister, Ali Mousavi, said that the contract had been canceled over concerns related to corruption.

“When the prime minister of Iraq returned from the Russian Federation, he had suspicions about corruption. This is why he decided to revise the deal,” said the adviser. The official added that there was investigation filed into the case. Mousavi did not specify whom exactly the investigation targeted. According to former Iraqi ambassador to Russia, Abbas Kunfuda, Baghdad was establishing a special commission to revise the contract, as Iraqi officials, who were involved in the deal, collected the bribes worth about $200 million. The contract will definitely be canceled, he said.

Iraqi officials tried to correct the situation after this sensational statement. Defense Minister Sadun al-Dulaimi called an urgent conference the same day and rebutted all the remarks by the prime minister’s advisor. According to him, confusion could arise due to the delay in providing information about the contract to the anti-corruption service of Iraq. “The deal is going according to plan,” the minister stated. However, despite the assuring statements from the Iraqi Defense Minister, Moscow will demand an official explanation from Baghdad.

“Negotiations with the Iraqi side have been conducted for a long time, we clarify their position on the controversial statements that have been made recently. We have not received any information about the changed plans that Baghdad supposedly had,” a spokesperson for the Russian government said.

The Federal Service for Military and Technical Cooperation and Rosoboronexport (the company that executes the deal), has not received a notification of termination of the contract. There was no information received about the cancellation of the contract through diplomatic channels either. However, sources do not rule out the fact that there could be complications in the implementation of the deal, in which a third party could be involved.

Who benefits from the failure of the Russian-Iraqi contract? Even though the parties say that all goes according to plan, the concerns about the disruption of the contract are not unfounded. There are many opponents of the deal. The main ones of them are the United States and Ukraine. A senior official with the Russian military-industrial complex accused the Americans of disrupting the contract. “Washington stands behind the statements from Baghdad about the refusal to execute the arms supply contract. Washington tries to prevent the implementation of agreements between Russia and Iraq,” the official said.

“The Americans have not been conducting combat operations in Iraq to give the arms market to Russia so easily,” another source at military and diplomatic circles said. He also recalled that Ukraine was the first post-Soviet country that tried to enter the arms market of Iraq, but Russia came first. This could not but make Kiev angry. Opponents of the deal appealed to the sum of 4.2 billion dollars and tried to convince Baghdad that the price was too high. To confirm their words, they resorted to the contract concluded by Russia and Syria in 2006 for the delivery of 50 “Panzer-S1” complexes for the total cost of about $900 million. They claimed that the amount was several times lower than the amounts in the Russian-Iraqi contract.

Russia’s competitors of on the arms market hinted to the Iraqi authorities on the corruption constituent. Supposedly, they said, the real cost of the package deal was much lower, whereas the difference would be lost. When Russian and Iraqi officials were working on the terms of the agreement, the Iraqi partners had no  questions to the Russian side. There were no talks about corruption at all. The ministry also said that after the information about the deal was released, they launched a media war against Russia.

Experts believe that the deal could be complicated due to a number of internal Iraqi factors. “There was a Kurdish formation created on a part of the country, which may eventually become the basis for independent Kurdistan, – said Ruslan Pukhov, the director of the Center for Analysis of Strategies and Technologies. – Representatives of the Kurds in the administration of the country (President Jalal Talabani and Foreign Minister Hoshyar Zebari are ethnic Kurds) do not want the central government in Baghdad to purchase Mi-28N helicopters, which theoretically could be used against the Kurds.”

All the experts agree that there is no corruption at all, it is the U.S. authorities showing pressure on Iraq. After all, Washington used to be Baghdad’s main military supplier.

The Defense Ministry of Iraq launched the rearmament program in the country after the combat action was over. As part of the program, Iraq purchased 36 fighters, vehicle sets for the assembly of tanks, armored vehicles and other weapons from the United States worth around $12 billion. Recently, however, the government of Nouri al-Maliki tries to show independence and comes into conflict with the United States. As a result, Iraq started to look for another supplier of weapons and found it in the face of Russia. Certainly, the U.S. authorities did not like it, and they decided to act more decisively. Washington showed tremendous political pressure to force Iraq to terminate the agreement. The U.S. seeks to monopolize the Iraqi military market so that U.S. companies could continue to profit from arms supplies in the still unstable country. Immediately after al-Maliki’s return from Moscow, a U.S. representative for defense cooperation arrived in Iraq for talks.

“The Russian side has no understanding of what is really happening in Iraq,” the former Iraqi ambassador to Russia said. He noted that many people mistakenly began to associate the failure of the contract with the dismissal of Russia’s former Defense Minister Anatoly Serdyukov, as well as with the inefficiency of Russian weapons. However, this is not the case. It should be noted that Iraqi officials, as it seems, do not understand what to do next either. Besides the U.S., local MPs show pressure on the Prime Minister of the country. They signed a petition demanding the arms deal should be suspended. However, the government of Iraq plans to send a delegation to Russia in the near future to renew the contract.

Some experts give a different version of the conflict. According to them, the deal is on the verge of failure, because the Iraqi government could not share the prize for the arms contract that certain contractors were supposed to receive. Some experts say that the compensation amounts to $500 million. But this version, like the version of corruption, seems unconvincing.

Russian officials said they were not going to give up without a fight. Moscow wants official explanations from Baghdad. If the Russian-Iraqi contract is going to be executed, Russia will become the second largest supplier of arms to Iraq (the first place is taken by the United States). This will create excellent conditions for further promotion of Russian arms to the Iraqi market.

Sergei Vasilenko

Pravda.Ru

Is Impeachment Gone for Good?

War is a Crime |

Henry Kissinger’s winning of the Nobel Peace Prize didn’t, in the end, eliminate satire from the earth (or peace prizes for war-makers, for that matter). Conceivably, the impeachment of Bill Clinton and the lack of impeachment of George W. Bush haven’t eliminated presidential impeachment from the Constitution.

I’ll grant you, it looks pretty grim. Congress is dominated by the two real branches of the U.S. government: the Democratic and the Republican. Democrats obey Democratic presidents and fear Republican ones. Republicans obey Republican presidents and attack Democratic ones for imaginary nonsense rather than their real abuses. These patterns seem firmly established and locked into escalating feedback loops, as does the unending career of Nancy “impeachment is off the table” Pelosi.

The public, for its part, seems increasingly convinced that presidents should be kings, kings should serve the military, citizens should volunteer for electoral campaigns instead of activist campaigns, and a police state is necessary to protect the freedoms sacrificed to the police state. One-third of the residents of the Home of the Brave now approve of cavity searches prior to airplane travel.

But consider: the U.S. public, unlike Congress, opposed the Clinton impeachment and favored Bush’s impeachment — the latter a rather remarkable finding by pollsters given the general lack of impeachment discussion on corporate television during the Bush years. Many Republicans hate Democratic presidents enough to support their impeachment even for legitimate reasons. And some Democrats could conceivably be brought around to supporting an impeachment that was both Constitutionally solid and allowed them to act like Republicans.

These presidents have faced impeachment or serious attempts at impeachment as lame ducks: Andrew Johnson, Harry Truman, Richard Nixon, Bill Clinton, and — if we count popular movements blocked decisively by Congress — George W. Bush. While Barack Obama was just reelected with 51% of the vote, Nixon got 61% and was quickly thrown out on his ear.

And consider this: During the effort to impeach Bush, there was virtually no debate over the validity of the charges against him. Rather, our misrepresentatives in Congress told us that impeaching Bush would give us Cheney or impeaching Cheney would leave us Bush, or impeaching Bush and Cheney would hurt the Democratic Party because the unpopular impeachment of Clinton had supposedly hurt Republicans (never mind the disaster of the Albert “I never met Bill Clinton” Gore presidential campaign). Or, alternatively, we were told there was no point in impeaching Bush when he only had a few years left, or Hillary Clinton was running for president and preferred that impeachment not be mentioned, or the Senate wasn’t pre-committed to convicting Bush so there was no requirement for House members to uphold their oaths of office. None of the debate actually disputed that Bush was clearly guilty of high crimes and misdemeanors — that is, severe abuses of power.

Now here’s the interesting part: Obama has expanded upon those abuses.

In fact, if Bush had been known to keep a secret list of men, women, and children, American and foreign, to be killed, and had routinely killed them, support for his impeachment would not have been the bare majority it was but almost certainly a good deal higher and a greater priority.

We were told, when we tried to impeach Bush and Cheney, that we simply hated those men. No, we replied, we want to prevent the precedent that will make the next men or women worse — guaranteed. That our gloomy prediction has proved right ought to constitute grounds for being taken seriously now when we say that further failure to impeach will result in still worse abuses to come. The simple and obvious, but almost universally uncomprehended, point is not that Joe Biden or Mitt Romney or anyone else is a better human being than Barack Obama. The point is that a President Biden entering office following the impeachment and removal of his predecessor for particular crimes and abuses would be less likely to engage in those crimes and abuses, as would other presidents to come.

President Obama has developed an assassination program, in violation of the Fifth Amendment, targeting men, women, and children, but overwhelmingly killing non-targeted victims who happened to be in the wrong place. He has launched a war on Libya, facilitated a war on Syria, sent so-called special forces and drones and missiles into numerous sovereign nations, threatened war on Iran, and given war-making powers to the CIA in violation of Article I, Section 8 of the U.S. Constitution, the Kellogg-Briand Pact, the War Powers Resolution, and the United Nations Charter. President Obama has seized the power to imprison without charge or trial in violation of Article I, Section 9 and the Forth, Fifth, Sixth, Seventh, and Eighth Amendments. He has claimed the power to torture and directed the Attorney General not to prosecute the crime of torture, in violation of the Convention against Torture and Other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment. He has engaged in widespread warrantless spying in violation of the Fourth Amendment. He has escalated a war in Afghanistan and built permanent military bases there. He has selectively revealed classified information, even while falsely and vindictively prosecuting whistleblowers under the Espionage Act, and while holding accused whistleblower Bradley Manning in cruel and inhuman conditions for over two years prior to any trial. President Obama has abused claims of state secrets to block judicial review of government abuses. He has created secret laws through the Office of Legal Counsel. He has announced his intent to violate laws with signing statements.

A full collection of what would in previous decades have been considered obvious impeachable offenses would run for pages. Standards have changed. As Daniel Ellsberg has pointed out, Nixon’s abuses have now been legalized. But can a president or a secret office or a corrupted Congress legalize what is unconstitutional? Clearly the answer is yes, if we let them.

Meditating Measurably Changes The Brain Even When Not Actively Meditating

0

April McCarthy,  | 

A new study has found that participating in an 8-week meditation training program can have measurable effects on how the brain functions even when someone is not actively meditating.

Published research has demonstrated that the practice of regular meditation can increase brain density, boost connections between neurons, decrease symptoms of depression and anxiety, provide clarity of thought, and increase positive mood endorphins. Other published studies have shown meditation can improve physical functioning, decrease chronic disease risks, and enhance overall quality of life.

In a 2008 study published in the journal PloS One, researchers found that when meditators heard the sounds of people suffering, they had stronger activation levels in their temporal parietal junctures, a part of the brain tied to empathy, than people who did not meditate.

These studies demonstrate that regular meditation effectively supports mental, emotional and physical health in numerous tangible ways. In building upon this strong body of evidence, researchers are continuing to deepen our understanding of the profound and inspirational benefits of regular meditation practice in everyday life.

In their latest report in the November issue of Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, investigators at Massachusetts General Hospital (MGH), Boston University (BU), and several other research centers also found differences in those effects based on the specific type of meditation practiced.

“The two different types of meditation training our study participants completed yielded some differences in the response of the amygdala – a part of the brain known for decades to be important for emotion – to images with emotional content,” says Gaelle Desbordes, PhD, a research fellow at the Athinoula A. Martinos Center for Biomedical Imaging at MGH and at the BU Center for Computational Neuroscience and Neural Technology, corresponding author of the report. “This is the first time that meditation training has been shown to affect emotional processing in the brain outside of a meditative state.”

Several previous studies have supported the hypothesis that meditation training improves practitioners’ emotional regulation. While neuroimaging studies have found that meditation training appeared to decrease activation of the amygdala – a structure at the base of the brain that is known to have a role in processing memory and emotion – those changes were only observed while study participants were meditating. The current study was designed to test the hypothesis that meditation training could also produce a generalized reduction in amygdala response to emotional stimuli, measurable by functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI).

Participants had enrolled in a larger investigation into the effects of two forms of meditation, based at Emory University in Atlanta. Healthy adults with no experience meditating participated in 8-week courses in either mindful attention meditation – the most commonly studied form that focuses on developing attention and awareness of breathing, thoughts and emotions – and compassion meditation, a less-studied form that includes methods designed to develop loving kindness and compassion for oneself and for others. A control group participated in an 8-week health education course.

Within three weeks before beginning and three weeks after completing the training, 12 participants from each group traveled to Boston for fMRI brain imaging at the Martinos Center’s state-of-the-art imaging facilities. Brain scans were performed as the volunteers viewed a series of 216 different images – 108 per session – of people in situations with either positive, negative or neutral emotional content. Meditation was not mentioned in pre-imaging instructions to participants, and investigators confirmed afterwards that the volunteers had not meditated while in the scanner. Participants also completed assessments of symptoms of depression and anxiety before and after the training programs.

In the mindful attention group, the after-training brain scans showed a decrease in activation in the right amygdala in response to all images, supporting the hypothesis that meditation can improve emotional stability and response to stress. In the compassion meditation group, right amygdala activity also decreased in response to positive or neutral images. But among those who reported practicing compassion meditation most frequently outside of the training sessions, right amygdala activity tended to increase in response to negative images – all of which depicted some form of human suffering. No significant changes were seen in the control group or in the left amygdala of any study participants.

“We think these two forms of meditation cultivate different aspects of mind,” Desbordes explains. “Since compassion meditation is designed to enhance compassionate feelings, it makes sense that it could increase amygdala response to seeing people suffer. Increased amygdala activation was also correlated with decreased depression scores in the compassion meditation group, which suggests that having more compassion towards others may also be beneficial for oneself. Overall, these results are consistent with the overarching hypothesis that meditation may result in enduring, beneficial changes in brain function, especially in the area of emotional processing.”

The neuroscientists at UCLA compared meditators of different experience levels to people who never meditated. In those who meditated, they found significant increases in cortical folding across a wide area of the brain responsible for numerous functions beyond rapid information processing and retrieval. Additional areas of the brain markedly affected by meditation involve emotional and mental health capacities, influencing processes of emotional control, heightened awareness, and introspection. This falls directly in line with some of the more noticeable results of regular meditation, which often include increased compassion for one’s self and others, enhanced self awareness and introspection, and greater emotional stability.

Mexico considers change to Marijuana policy

0

Michael Roberts |

The response to Amendment 64’s passage has gone international, with Felipe Calderon, Mexico’s president suggesting that his country’s pot policies may have to change as a result of the measure, as well as a similar one approved in Washington. A marijuana analyst sees the comments as evidence Mexico and other the Latin American nations would like to move toward cannabis legalization and view A64 as a way to raise the subject.

“Prohibition has been a failed public policy in the United States,” says Dan Riffle, a legislative analyst with the Washington, D.C.-based Marijuana Policy Project — one of the principal funders of Amendment 64’s campaign. “But in Mexico, it’s been lethal. It’s been catastrophic.”

Riffle is using these terms literally. “There have been 50,000 deaths” related to drug trade in Mexico, he says. “That’s about how many servicemen we lost in the Vietnam war. And I think it’s been pretty clear for a while that Mexico has been sending signals as best they can that we need to look at legalization as an alternative to a failed policy.”

Calderon was not nearly so explicit in remarks made in Mexico City yesterday. As reported by CBS, he met there with Honduran President Porfirio Lobo, Costa Rican President Laura Chinchilla and Prime Minister Dean Barrow of Belize. Afterward, Calderon was quoted as saying, “It has become necessary to analyze in depth the implications for public policy and health in our nations emerging from the state and local moves to allow the legal production, consumption and distribution of marijuana in some countries of our continent.”

He added that marijuana legalization measures by these states — meaning Colorado and Washington, whose pot measure is known as Initiative 502 — represents “a paradigm change on the part of those entities in respect to the current international system.”

Granted, Calderon won’t be on the job for much longer; he was elected in 2006 to a single six-year term. But while President-elect Enrique Pena Nieto is publicly opposed to drug legalization, CBS points out that he’s promised to focus more on preventing violence against the citizenry as a whole as opposed to pouring all of the nation’s resources into a duel to the death with drug cartels. Moreover, Calderon’s predecessor, Vicente Fox, is now an advocate for broad drug legalization.

“After he left office, Fox made the conversion immediately,” Riffle says. “And President Calderon has been talking about market solutions. I think that once he’s out of office, he’ll become a full-throated advocate for legalization.”

Such sentiments have been tough for leaders in Mexico to voice while they’re still in office, Riffle acknowledges. However, he sees change on the horizon.

The Rolling Jubilee – Occupy’s plan to cancel consumer debt

0

Press TV |

A new initiative is re-energizing the Occupy movement. Called the Rolling Jubilee, it is a plan to use money from donations to buy distressed consumer debt from lenders at a marked down price, just as debt collection agencies normally would. But instead of hounding debtors for payments, it will simply cancel the debts. The hope is that the liberated debtors will themselves contribute to the fund, “rolling” the jubilee forward.

The Rolling Jubilee is a genius move for several reasons. First, debt relief is a transpartisan message that eludes conventional political categorization. As such, it returns Occupy to its origins as an advocate for the wellbeing of ordinary people, neither leftwing nor rightwing. The Rolling Jubilee says, non-threateningly, “We just want to help people in this unfair system.”

But despite its non-threatening appearance, the Rolling Jubilee has significant transformative potential. Two pillars uphold the present debt regime: the moral legitimacy of debt in society’s eyes, ie, the idea that a person “should” pay back what he owes; and the coercive mechanisms that enforce repayment, such as harassment, seizure of assets, garnishment of wages, denial of employment or housing, and even imprisonment. The Rolling Jubilee erodes both. It destigmatizes debt by saying, “we’re all in this together, we believe your situation is unfair, not shameful, so we’re going to help you out”. And it lessens the severity of the consequences of default. If defaulting means you might get bailed out, why keep paying?

For this reason, we might expect lenders to balk at co-operating with the Rolling Jubilee, perhaps by refusing to sell loans to anyone who doesn’t agree to seek collection. So here is a third reason why the idea is so brilliant: if the lenders block debt cancellation even when it comes at no cost to themselves (as they would have sold it at the same price to a collection agency), they appear as a bunch of greedy, vindictive Scrooges. Given their current vulnerability, banks might not want to incite hostility by preventing people from helping each other out.

Accordingly, it is important that the Jubilee organizers continue to frame it in precisely that way: people helping each other out of hardship. Yes, they might understand that its political significance runs deeper, but if they portray it as a political ploy then it will be met as such by the banks or other authorities. Public opinion might also not be as sympathetic.

This also goes for the way the organizers portray it to themselves. In a political system that is lost in a maelstrom of hype, spin and messaging, we crave authenticity in others and in ourselves. Let the Rolling Jubilee stay grounded in the simple goal of freeing people from debt. The political effect will be greater, not less, when it comes from a place of sincerity.

The Rolling Jubilee could influence economic policy as a model for a very different kind of bailout in response to the next financial crisis. The problem of unpayable debts bedevils every corner of our financial system – public, corporate, and personal. So far, the response of the monetary and fiscal authorities to nearly every financial crisis has been to bail out the creditors but not the debtors. Governments and central banks purchase all kinds of shoddy loans from the private sector, but rather than reduce interest or principal on those loans, they merely become the new creditor. The underwater homeowner, the indebted university graduate, the laid-off worker juggling credit cards … they get no relief at all.

The Rolling Jubilee brings a different kind of solution into the public consciousness. The next time a systemic crisis breaks, central banks can rescue the banking system by once again buying the delinquent loans – and then cancel them or reduce the amount borrowers owe. Central banks, with their unlimited capacity to print money, have the power to do this at no cost to the taxpayer. The result would be a release of pent-up consumer purchasing power that had been stuck in debt service. Rising demand would fuel employment, wages, and a broad-based economic expansion.

Would this solution be inflationary? Yes. But a little inflation isn’t necessarily a bad thing, as long as wages rise as fast as prices. Then it is an equalizer of wealth, as the relative value of hoarded wealth shrinks.

Debt cancellation, whether a “people’s bailout” or government policy, is only part of the solution to our economic woes. Deep systemic reforms are necessary, especially given the reality that we are operating a growth-dependent system on a finite planet. But right now, debt is the issue staring us in the face. As always, the most innovative solutions rise from the margins. The Rolling Jubilee may be showing us a glimpse of what is to come.

AHT/ARA

Israel assassinates Hamas military chief

0

The Israeli airforce has killed Ahmad Jabari, the head of Hamas’ military wing, in an aerial attack on his vehicle in Gaza City.

Wednesday’s attack comes after several days worth of Israeli air strikes on the Gaza Strip, leaving at least seven Palestinians dead and several more wounded.

The Israeli army said its forces had targeted Jabari, who it said was ” directly responsible for executing terror attacks against the State of Israel in the past number of years”.

Defence Minister Ehud Barak warned Tuesday that a flare-up in violence with Gaza was “not over,” after Palestinian fighters fired two more rockets and Israel carried out air strikes throughout the previous night.

Barak, meeting Israeli military chiefs, warned that the current round of confrontations was ongoing, adding that Israel would decide how and when to respond to the rocket fire.

“It is certainly not over and we will decide how and when to act if necessary,” he said in remarks communicated by his office.

“We intend to reinforce the deterrence, and strengthen it, so that we are able to operate along the length of the border fence in a way that will ensure the security of all our soldiers who are serving around the Gaza Strip,” he said.

“At this time… it is preferable to act [in a timely fashion] rather than just talk.”

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu told community leaders in southern Israel that he would decide when to retaliate.

“Anyone who thinks that he can harm the daily lives of southern residents and not pay a heavy price for it is mistaken,” a statement from his office quoted him as saying during a meeting in the city of Beersheba.

“I am responsible for choosing the right time for exacting the most heavy price and that’s how it will be.”

On Monday night, Israeli planes struck three sites in Gaza, which the military identified as a weapons facility and two rocket launch sites.

And the following morning, the army said fighters fired two rockets into Israel, causing no injuries, with local media reporting one of them was a longer-range Grad rocket, which landed near the coastal town of Ashdod.

In Gaza, medics said 20-year-old Mohammed Ziad, a member of Hamas’s armed wing, the Ezzedine al-Qassam Brigades, died Tuesday of wounds he sustained on Saturday, after the flare-up began when fighters fired at an Israeli army jeep.

That attack injured four soldiers and prompted a quick escalation in violence, with Israel carrying out air strikes and shelling that killed six other Palestinians and injured more than 30.

Gaza fighters fired 123 rockets into southern Israel, lightly injuring four people.

Despite Barak’s comments, and a series of bellicose statements from Israeli politicians on Monday, other officials sounded a more cautious tone on Tuesday.

“I don’t think it will be necessary to enter the Gaza Strip,” former military intelligence chief Amos Yadlin told Israel’s army radio.

“The army has at its disposal a series of measures that it has not yet used, it can raise the level of its response without resorting to a ground operation.”

Source

Pro-Israeli Media Coverage

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Gaza rockets respond defensively to provocative Israeli bombing and shelling. Blame the victim articles and commentaries follow.

It’s standard Western media practice. Haaretz knows better.
More below on woeful coverage.

Since Saturday, Israeli air strikes killed at least seven Palestinians, injured dozens more, and damaged or destroyed civilian property. Israel committed war crimes. Media reports ignored them. War winds blow ominously.

In early November, Israel dropped leaflets on Gaza. Palestinians were warned about popular resistance militancy. They were also told not to approach border areas on their own land.

In January 2009, post-Cast Lead, similar leaflets were dropped. Gazans were told not to come within 300 meters of the border. Security forces would target anyone trying.

Israel’s buffer zone strategy is lawless and belligerent. It’s enforced to provoke conflict. Farmers are shot in their fields. So are children there for any reason. Soldiers kill them for target practice. Fishermen are accosted at sea. Some are killed.

Palestinians are maliciously targeted for whatever reasons Israel chooses. Doing so provokes responses. Under international law, the right of self-defense is sacrosanct. Israel calls it terrorism. Bombing, shelling, and at times war follow.

A week before the latest Israeli attacks, Israelis near Gaza’s border wrote Netanyahu and Defense Minister Barak, saying:

“We, members of ‘The Other Voice’ from the communities near the Gaza Strip, urge the Government of Israel to stop playing with our lives, and immediately open diplomatic contacts with the Hamas government!”

“We are tired of being sitting ducks in a shooting range serving political interests. Missiles from there and bombing from here do not protect us.”

“This country has tried long enough, over years, the games of war and of brute force. Both sides have paid, and are still paying, a high price of suffering and loss.”

“It’s time to talk and strive for long-term understandings which will enable citizens on both sides of the border to live a normal life.”

“Other Voice” residents live in Sderot. It’s close to Gaza’s border. They maintain contact with Palestinians. They promote good relations and dialogue.

They call for “creative action” for long-term solutions. They want civilians on both sides of the border safe from ongoing conflict.

They hope one day regional calm and peace will replace confrontation and violence. They recognize and reject Palestinian suffering. They believe both sides can find solutions.

“The shared pain and shared hopes are the building blocks upon which we can stop the vicious circle of fear and suffering and build a new and better future.”

They urge Israeli and world leaders to work for peace and “bring hope back into the lives of” ordinary Palestinians and Jews.

Human tragedy accompanies conflict. Media reports ignore it. Israeli missiles, shells and bullets killing Palestinian children get scant attention.

Thirteen year old Hamid Abu Daqqa died a few hours after being shot in the head. His offense was being in the wrong place at the wrong time. In the past week, Israel killed six other Palestinian teenagers.

Haaretz prioritized other reporting. On November 13, it headlined “Between violence on Gaza border and Syria tension, Israel mulls next move,” saying:

“It seems Netanyahu would rather avoid a significant operation in the Strip, which is why the logical course of action for him would be to increase aerial strikes.”

Israel plans new “offensive measures against Hamas and the other Palestinian militant groups in the Gaza Strip, amid continued fire from the coastal enclave….”

Targeted air strikes and assassinations are likely. Israeli military and government officials met to consider options.

“(S)ignificant military action can be expected in the near future….(The) moment of truth is drawing closer.”

Netanyahu said the “world has to understand that Israel has the right and the duty to defend its citizens. We will not sit idly by. We will act to stop this situation.”

Premeditated aggression is called self-defense. Haaretz failed to notice. Instead it said “Israeli action would be to restore quiet to the Gaza border….”

A Haaretz editorial was no better. Headlined “The limits of deterrence,” it said:

“The State of Israel is not entitled to let thousands of its citizens live under fire.”

Ignored was that rocket fire follows Israeli provocations. Self-defense is inviolable.

Haaretz stressed the limits of blockade, border fences, bombing and shelling, as well as targeted killing. These and other measures haven’t “deterred the Gaza terrorist organizations from attacking Israel….”

Like Western media, Haaretz calls Palestinian resistance fighters “terrorists.” It knows better but does it anyway.

It also doesn’t call Israeli force lawless aggression. At the same time, it advocates alternative options to achieve “a more submissive enemy.”

Hamas is Palestine’s legitimate government. It wants the same rights as other sovereign states. So do all Palestinians. They’re entitled to them.

Harsh occupation, siege, and provocative Israeli belligerence deny them. Like Western media, Haaretz blames the victims.

So does the Jerusalem Post (JP). It’s more hardline. An op-ed headlined “Living under Hamas’s rockets.”

JP calls Hamas leaders “terrorists.” They “crave power….It isn’t their own sons they send on suicide missions….(A)narchy in the Strip would bode ill for Israel….”

“Not a day goes by without (southern Israel) being attacked from within the Strip.”

“Hamas (has) the best of both worlds – terror attacks continue, and its power isn’t threatened.”

This is what passes for most Israeli journalism. Ugly distortion and lies substitute for vital truths. More bombing, shelling and perhaps Cast Lead 2.0 is suggested to stop “terror.” Many, perhaps most, Israelis support it.

A JP editorial headlined “Explaining Gaza,” saying”

Israel should enlist international community support before launching another major military operation. Gaza rocket fire was called “unprovoked.” Israelis live under “constant fear.”

Gaza “terrorists” bear full responsibility, said JP editors. It’s “not the first time (they) purposely target(ed) Israeli civilians.”

Netanyahu and likeminded officials plan escalated deterrence. Israel “has a moral obligation to protect its citizens from terrorist aggression.”

JP editors invoked the “responsibility to protect (R2P)” canard. Imperial powers use it to wage wars. JP barely stopped short of urging it. If it’s planned, it said, world support should be enlisted in advance.

On November 13, Israel National News headlined “Barak: It’s not Over,” saying:

“Defense Minister hint(ed) that IDF plans action against Gaza, (but) won’t give details.” Following a “situation assessment” meeting, Barak said:

“A proper, professional and systematic operation is being undertaken here, in which the Hamas and terror organizations in Gaza are being hit hard, but the matter is definitely not over and we will decide how and when to act once the need arises.”

“I do not want to discuss the date nor the means, because it would be wrong to supply this information to the other side.”

“Under no circumstances do we accept the harm to the way of life of civilians on our side of the border, and we intend to bring back deterrence and strengthen it in a way that will make it possible to act along the perimeter fence, in a way that will better ensure the safety of the soldiers who operate on all sides of the Gaza Strip.”

“Hamas, in our eyes, is responsible for everything that happens in Gaza, even when it is carried out by other organizations, and it will not get away with this.”

Western media ignored a near declaration of war or military action perhaps approaching it. Consider the timing. On November 29, Abbas will seek non-member UN observer status. He’ll likely get it.

Israel is in full battle mode against it. So is Washington. Both countries threaten retaliatory measures. Bombing and shelling provocations called self-defense may be part of Netanyahu’s strategy.

Israeli leaders often escalate violence to serve state interests. Each time self-defense is claimed. Sabotaging Palestine’s UN bid is prioritized. Israel may wage war to prevent it.

Days earlier, US ambassador Michael Oren called upgraded Palestinian UN status Israel’s top immediate concern. “We regard this with the utmost seriousness,” he said.

He and other Israeli officials are pressuring world leaders for support. Palestinian UN observer status would be “calamitous,” said Oren.

At issue is greater potential clout if Palestinian leaders wish to use it. Israel could be sued in the Hague for war crimes.

Someone other than Abbas would have to do it. He’s a longtime Israeli collaborator. He’s also aging and plans to retire. When is unknown. Perhaps sometime next year.

Israel takes no chances. Expect anything to maintain occupation control. Bombing and shelling Gaza ahead of greater belligerence may be planned.

Western media barely notice. Days of bombing and shelling got scant coverage. Palestinians are blamed for Israeli provocations.

Dismissively, The New York Times referred to “growing volatility along the border between Israel and Gaza.” A confrontational atmosphere “simmer(ed) for months.”

Hamas, other “radical groups,” and “several militants inspired by Al Qaeda” are blamed. Inflammatory buzzwords demonize Israeli and UN enemies for propaganda purposes. Vital truths are suppressed.

Western media report this way in lockstep. State-controlled BBC is no better. On November 12, it headlined “Israel hit by fresh volley of rockets from Gaza.”

Distorted coverage followed. What readers, listeners and viewers most need to know is suppressed. BBC is notorious for its pro-Israeli bias. So is virtually the entire Western media establishment.

Truth is willfully suppressed. Victims are called terrorists. Willful aggression is reported as self-defense. Most people believe lies repeated often enough. Media scoundrels feature them ad nauseam.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Sandy: Katrina Redux?

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

On August 29, 2005, New Orleans was woefully unprotected. It wasn’t accidental. It was planned.

In early 2001, FEMA predicted the three most likely US disasters. They included a terrorist attack on New York, a major San Francisco earthquake, and a hurricane and flood in New Orleans.

Shaped like a bowl below sea level, unprotected areas didn’t have a chance. Predatory capitalism took full advantage. Vulnerable poor Black communities suffered most.

Levees were deliberately left weak. They were no match for hurricane strength winds. They reached landfall as a Category 3. Then Congressman Richard Baker said, “We finally cleaned up public housing in New Orleans. We couldn’t do it but God did.”

At the time, Common Ground Relief (CGR) co-founder Malik Rahim said:

“They wanted them poor niggers out of there and they ain’t had no intention to allow it to be reopened to no poor niggers, you know? And that’s just the bottom line.”

Ethnic cleansing was long-planned. Katrina erased poor neighborhoods. Upscale condos and other high-profit projects on choice city land replaced them.

Developers took full advantage. Political New Orleans and Bush administration officials provided generous support.

Most displaced Blacks weren’t allowed back. They were no match for corporate predators and complicit politicians.

Lower Ninth Ward residents drew national attention. Floodwaters displaced them. Much of the area remains desolate. Around 85% of the population was displaced. Other Black areas suffered the same way.

Choice areas were redeveloped. Others were left barren. Residents got little help. For-profit projects were prioritized.

In August 2012, Loyola University New Orleans Law Professor/Center for Constitutional Rights Legal Director Bill Quigley headlined “Katrina Pain Index 2012: Seven Years Later,” saying:

New Orleans has the world’s highest prison rate. “Louisiana imprisons more of its people, per head, than any of the other 50 states.”

One out of every seven Black men is in prison, on parole or on probation.

New Orleans has the second highest US homeless and poverty rates in cities over 10,000 population. Income inequality is the highest in America.

The city murder rate is nearly two and a half times the national average. It also has one of the nation’s highest crime rates. It ranks 11 on a scale of one to 100 (the safest).

Police abuse is notorious. Poor Blacks are most vulnerable. Justice Department data includes scathing findings.

Seven years post-Katrina, “35,700 abandoned or blighted homes and empty lots” remain. They represent 21% of residential housing.

A Princeton University study found many low income mothers still suffered post-traumatic stress systems in summer 2010.

Fewer bus routes now exist. Half of all Black households are “asset poor.” They haven’t enough savings to survive three months without income.

Around 65% of Black children are poor. Public school enrollment is way down. Charter school figures are the nation’s highest.

Three years post-Katrina, Quigley said displaced residents got no rental financial aid. Rental homes weren’t repaired. Unaffordable housing rose to 46%.

Destroyed or heavily damaged public housing wasn’t rebuilt. Thousands of poor neighborhood homes were demolished to prevent residents from returning.

Half the city’s public schools were replaced by charter ones. About 75% were for-profit. Whites were favored. Blacks were shut out.

Unionized school employees were fired. Selective rehiring offered less pay and few or no benefits.

Displaced Blacks were entirely disenfranchised. Four of the 13 city Planning Districts remained as vulnerable to floods as pre-Katrina.

About 25% of hospitals were lost. Around 38% fewer beds were available. Thousands still lived in temporary trailers. Many were displaced to other areas and not allowed back.

The city’s Black population was halved. Thousands of Black kids never returned to school.

Quigley’s Katrina Pain Index 2010 said:

“(T)ens of thousands of (New Orleans) homes….remain vacant or blighted. Tens of thousands of African American children who were in the public schools (aren’t) back, nor have their parents been able to return.”

“The metro area lost over 140,000 people, the city itself over 100,000. Thousands of elderly and displaced people (were affected).”

“Affordable housing” is in short supply. Poor and low income people were most affected.

Supply shortages affect schools, medical care, jobs, public assistance, and affordable housing. Three-fourths of public apartments were gone.

Billions of dollars in promised aid never came. Funding instead went for luxury hotels, casinos, private clubs, the oil industry, and gentrification.

Post-Katrina New Orleans metaphorically represents the worst of disaster capitalism. Will New York and other Sandy-impacted areas be next?

Post-Katrina, the right-wing Heritage Foundation promoted predatory “free-market” ideas. They included:

suspending Davis-Bacon Act law; it guarantees prevailing wages on federally funded or assisted construction projects;

make flood-ravaged areas free-enterprise zones; let corporate predators exploit exploit them for profit;

make the entire region a deregulated, tax-incentivized economic competitiveness zone;

free capital gains and dividends from taxes for two years;

waive the estate tax for deaths from date of storm through yearend;

repeal or waive environmental regulations;

provide other business friendly tax incentives; and

various other pro-corporate ideas; Heritage and similar right-wing groups want them made permanent.

Watch for similar schemes promoted now. Some already surfaced. The Heritage Foundation criticized a New York Times editorial headlined “A Big Storm Requires Big Government.”

It called it “a shameless attempt to politicize” Sandy. The Times grossly exaggerated Obama administration federal disaster aid. New York coastal area residents got little.

Two weeks after Sandy struck, hundreds of thousands lack power, heat, and other public services. Cost-cutting, under-investment, poor infrastructure, and indifference bear responsibility.

One report called Staten Island “the forgotten Borough.” Residents say it closer to hell than any of them ever saw. A local firefighter called the island “a dump.” An area nurse said people will die from lack of heat and proper shelter.

Another resident asked “where’s FEMA or the Red Cross? Down here, it’s people helping people.” The Times claimed Obama restored FEMA to “working order.” Neglected New Yorkers haven’t seen it.

Heritage, of course, wants most government functions privatized. Other than major disasters, it wants no federal involvement post-“tornadoes, fires, floods, snowstorms, severe storms,” and similar events having “no national impact.”

FEMA “lacks key capabilities,” said Heritage. Budget cuts and federal disinterest explain why. Obama wants FY 2013 disaster relief cut by $1 billion.

Part of what’s cut he wants allocated to state and local programs. They’re also cutting back. Most functions face reductions. Budget-cutting is de rigueur nationwide.

On October 31, The Citadel visiting scholar in entrepreneurship Russell Sobel headlined “The Free Market Can Do a Better Job,” saying:

FEMA and other federal initiatives don’t work. At issue is “central planning. Fixing disaster relief is simple:” privatize, privatize, privatize. Business works better than government so let it.

“Government should stick to law enforcement and major public works repairs.”

Sobel advocates regulatory-free, tax incentivized free trade zones. So-called NGOs also have a role, he says. Most profiteer for themselves. They’re predators, not humanitarians.

Nearly all have entrenched bureaucracies. Their officials are highly paid. Their operating rules are secret. Their financing sources and amounts aren’t disclosed.

They all claim non-profit status, yet operate unethically. They collude with governments or business interests. They profiteer handsomely, own unrelated businesses, and exploit people they claim to serve.

Government should get largely out of the way, says Sobel. It should protect law and order, deregulate prices, secure property rights, decentralized markets, and let business operate freely.

The Competitive Enterprise Institute’s (CEI) Iain Murray headlined “Hurricane Sandy, and the Invisible Hand of Recovery,” saying:

“(D)isaster response provides an excellent example of how the invisible hand of the market works to alleviate suffering and bring quick relief to those in need.”

After getting the lights back on, let business take over. Emergency supplies are needed. Let Wal-Mart, Target, and other big box stores supply them. “Mom-and-pop stores can’t do what (they) can in these circumstances.”

Big government “get(s) in the way.” Environmental and other regulations, David Bacon, union rules, and similar impediments interfere with business operations and profits. Murray wants them scrapped.

What about FEMA, he asked? Instead of helping, “its bureaucracy and empire-building get in the way.” Murray’s solution is cut it down to a shadow of its current form.

He and likeminded ideologues feel the same way about all government functions. Grover Norquist is notorious. He wants government shrunk in size to where he “can drag it into the bathroom and drown it in the bathtub.”

Murray stresses lean and mean. So do others like him. Freedom, they think, depends on it. Cut these people enough slack, and it’ll disappear altogether.

Only wealth and power matter. Ordinary people are to be used, abused, and discarded when not needed. It’s the American way.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Government surveillance is on the rise

0

RT |

The email accounts of Generals David Petraeus and John Allen aren’t the only ones being targeted by the feds. Google has released its bi-annual transparency report and says that the government’s demands for personal data is at an all-time high.

Internet giant Google published statistics from their latest analysis of requests from governments around the globe this week, and the findings show that it is hardly just the inboxes of the Pentagon’s top-brass that are being put under the microscope. Details pertaining to nearly 8,000 Google and Gmail accounts have been ordered by Uncle Sam during just the first six months of the year, and figures from the periods before suggest that things aren’t about to get any better for those wishing to protect their privacy.

“This is the sixth time we’ve released this data, and one trend has become clear: Government surveillance is on the rise,” Google acknowledges in a blog post published Tuesday, November 13.

From January through June, the US government filed more than 16,000 requests for user data from Google on as many as 7,969 individual accounts, the report shows.

The Silicon Valley company notes that “The number of requests we receive for user account information as part of criminal investigations has increased year after year,” but says that it doesn’t necessarily mean it’s the government that’s ramping up the acceleration into a full-blown surveillance state. According to Google’s take, “The increase isn’t surprising, since each year we offer more products and services, and we have a larger number of users.”

For all of those requests in the US, Google says they complied with the government’s demands 90 percent of the time; but while it seems like a high number, that figure actually constitutes the smallest success rate the feds have had since Google began tracking these numbers in 2010. In a separate report published earlier this year by the Electronic Frontier Foundation, the San Francisco-based advocacy group awarded Google high praise for doing more than other industry titans in terms of letting feds force them into handing over information without good reason, citing specifically their efforts – albeit unsuccessfully – in handing over user info to the Justice Department during the start of its ongoing investigation into WikiLeaks.

Of the 20,938 user data request sent from governments around the globe, the United States came in first with the number of demands at 7,969, with India at a distant second with 2,319 requests. The US government’s success rate in terms of getting that information trumps most every other country, however, with full or partial compliance on the part of Google rarely exceeding 70 percent.

Elsewhere in the report, Google says it’s more than just surveillance of individual users that is on the rise. The US has also been adamant with censoring the Web, writing Google five times between January and June to take down YouTube videos critical of government, law enforcement or public officials. In regards to the five pleas to delete seven offending videos, Google says, “We did not remove content in response to these requests.”

The company was more willing to side with authorities in other cases, though, admitting to taking down 1,664 posts from a Google Groups community after a court order asked for the removal of 1,754 on the basis of “a case of continuous defamation against a man and his family.” Google also followed through with around one-third of the requests to remove search results that linked to websites that allegedly defamed organizations and individuals (223 of the 641 pleas) and say “the number of content removal requests we received increased by 46% compared to the previous reporting period.”

According to the report, Google only received one request from the US government to remove a video from YouTube on the grounds of ensuring “national security” but does not disclose the results of that plea. No further information is available in the report as to what the government demanded removed, but in the immediate aftermath of the September 11, 2012 terrorist attack in Benghazi originally blamed by many on an anti-Islamic video clip linked to a California man, Google rejected demands from the US to delete the ‘Innocence of Muslims’ from YouTube.

That isn’t to say that Washington is responsible for the bulk of the demands that end up on the desks of Google’s administrators. The report notes Google has received requests to remove search results that link to sites that host alleged copyright-infringing content more than 8 million times in just the last month, with more than 32,000 websites being singled out by the materials’ respective owners. Taking into account the last year and a half, the Recording Industry Association of America (RIAA) – the largest trade-group representing the US music industry – asked Google to stop linking to roughly 4.5 million URLs that they say hosted illegal content.

Last month, the Supreme Court heard arguments to decide whether or not a case can go forth that will challenge the FISA Amendment Act of 2008, an update to the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act that allows the government to eavesdrop on emails sent as long as one of the persons involved is suspected of being out of the country. When asked earlier in the year to give an estimate of how many Americans have their electronic communications wiretapped by the National Security Administration, the inspector general of the NSA declined to issue a response, even to members of the Senate Intelligence Committee.

According to statements made by NSA whistleblower Bill Binney at the Hackers On Planet Earth (HOPE) conference in New York this year, the US government is “pulling together all the data about virtually every US citizen in the country and assembling that information, building communities that you have relationships with, and knowledge about you; what your activities are; what you’re doing.”

McGrath: There Is a Disaster Coming. Get Ready For It

0

Mac Slavo, SHTFplan.com |

Do you think the government will be there for you in the middle of a crisis?

If they can’t handle the emergency response after a Category 1 hurricane, what will this country look like when the economic and fiscal crisis comes to a head?

What happens if the US dollar comes under attack from foreign creditors who choose to no longer accept it in trade? How will we as a nation import oil and food in such a scenario?

What if monetary easing by the Federal Reserve causes price increases so drastic that current employee wages or nutritional assistance allotments provide only a couple of days worth of food?

What if states and local municipalities are so broke that they withhold pay from government employees like police officers and emergency medical responders?

We’re talking about the potential for an absolute credit freeze that will make the situation in New York spread across this country almost overnight.

Ask yourself this question: Are you prepared to take care of yourself?

If you cannot answer that question with the affirmative it is time to stop just listening to alternative media and thinking of it as entertainment, but taking the advice seriously and considering if you have a plan to take care of yourself and loved ones if the situation arises.

Because if you look around this world, if you look at the mainstream media, they’re forewarning you about what’s coming.

There is a disaster coming. Get ready for it. Make sure you are mentally and physically prepared for what is coming.

From Charlie McGrath of Wide Awake News

For many, the looting, hunger, lack of electricity, total desperation and ineffectiveness of government emergency planning experienced in the aftermath of Hurricane Sandy would have been unbelievable just a month ago.

Likewise, Americans feel sheltered in their current paradigm, completely oblivious to the fact that the United States and most industrialized economies around the world areon the brink. At last count, 99% of Americans are totally unprepared to personally deal with even a short-term disaster.

Those 99% of people, like the victims of Sandy before the storm hit, simply can’t imagine a world where their daily conveniences are no longer available.

But it can happen. It’s happened in small-scale scenarios around the world over the course of the last decade, and it’s happened on regional and global scales throughout history.

There are a variety of catalysts that can set off such an event — and one of these days the trigger is going to get pulled (if it hasn’t been already).

American military gets away with torture

NY Times |

In a decision that ignored a 41-year-old precedent and American obligations under international law, a United States appeals court has ruled that American civilians who are tortured by the American military cannot recover damages from the people responsible.

The 8-to-3 ruling by the full United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit overturned an important ruling last year by a three-judge panel of the same court, which held that two Americans who say they were tortured by American military forces in Iraq could sue former Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld for violating their constitutional rights. That ruling relied on a landmark 1971 ruling by the Supreme Court known as Bivens, under which government officials could be held accountable for the intentional mistreatment of American citizens, even if that conduct happened in a war zone.

Reversing that decision, the full court’s majority incorrectly joined the Fourth Circuit and the District of Columbia Circuit in rejecting damage suits against American officials based on torture claims. But its ruling was much broader and a lot worse. The court held that all military personnel are exempt from civil liability for breaching civilians’ rights. “Unless there is a right of action against soldiers and their immediate commanders,” it said, “there cannot be a right of action for damages against remote superiors such as former Secretary Rumsfeld.”

The majority talked derisively about lawsuits causing “other problems, including diverting cabinet officers’ time from management of public affairs to the defense of their bank accounts.” It is a bizarre argument for a cabinet officer who developed policies that permitted torture.

Mr. Rumsfeld and other defendants made an argument limited by place: it was in a war zone that no government or military employee could be sued for torture. The Seventh Circuit ruling has no limit. Instead, as a dissent in the case explained, “We leave citizens legally defenseless to serious abuse or worse by their own government.”

In 2006, the United Nations asked the United States how it would meet its obligations under a treaty to enforce the international law against torture. The State Department said American law provides redress, including by allowing plaintiffs to sue “federal officials directly for damages under provisions of the U.S. Constitution.”

That is no longer true in cases like this one in the Seventh Circuit. The military often prosecutes its own malefactors, but if it does not, the federal courts should be available to protect American liberty. Foreign citizens can sue foreign officials under American law. Americans can sue foreign officials. But in the Seventh Circuit, covering Illinois, Indiana and Wisconsin, Americans are the only citizens who have no remedy under American law against American officials allegedly responsible for torture.

Your Dog: Big Brother’s Best Friend

0

A parish council has proposed plans to use DNA testing on dog waste in a bid to catch owners who allow their pets to soil the pavement.

The Telegraph |

Councillors sitting on Sundridge with Ide Hill Parish Council in Kent discussed the plans after hearing a string of complaints from locals in the villages.

Villagers living in Sundridge and Ide Hill, about five miles from Sevenoaks, complained inconsiderate pet owners were “ruining the area”.

The council plans to collect DNA from waste and use it to prosecute anti-social owners.

Although never before used in the UK, DNA testing on dog mess has been used in Germany and the USA with databases being created for persistent offenders. The mess can be matched to individual dogs.

Waste is matched against samples of fur or saliva taken from dogs.

Owners must give consent for the DNA sample to be taken from their pet, but once they are on the database their behaviour can be logged for their entire lifetime.

According to council documents, the council resolved that the dog warden should visit ‘fouling hotspots’ in the villages to try and catch the offenders, as well as explore the creating a canine DNA database.

The council stated: “(This meeting) was in response to complaints from residents that some dog owners living in the parish were not picking up after their dogs.

“Notices regarding fining owners should be renewed and that the dog warden should make regular visits to the area.

“If this still remains a problem (we will look into the possibility of taking) DNA from the poo and tracing it back to the dog and its owner.”

However locals fear the plans represent a ‘Big Brother’ society.

Margaret Greenway, 54, said: “You wouldn’t expect a human being to be forced to give a DNA sample unless they were suspected of something serious.

“To expect a dog to do this for something so small is just too much. “There has been a problem with dog fouling around this area but I don’t think this is the way to solve it.”

How the CIA and FBI can read your email

0

 |

The U.S. government — and likely your own government, for that matter — is either watching your online activity every minute of the day through automated methods and non-human eavesdropping techniques, or has the ability to dip in as and when it deems necessary — sometimes with a warrant, sometimes without.

That tin-foil hat really isn’t going to help. Take it off, you look silly.

Gen. David Petraeus, the former head of the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency, resigned over the weekend after he was found to have engaged in an extra-marital affair. What caught Petraeus out was, of all things, his usage of Google’s online email service, Gmail.

This has not only landed the former CIA chief in hot water but has ignited the debate over how, when, and why governments and law enforcement agencies are able to access ordinary citizens’ email accounts, even if they are the head of the most powerful intelligence agency in the world.

If it makes you feel any better, the chances are small that your own or a foreign government will snoop on you. The odds are much greater — at least for the ordinary person (terrorists, hijackers et al: take note) — that your email account will be broken into by a stranger exploiting your weak password, or an ex-lover with a grudge (see “Fatal Attraction“).

Forget ECHELON, or signals intelligence, or the interception of communications by black boxes installed covertly in data centers. Intelligence agencies and law enforcement bodies can access — thanks to the shift towards Web-based email services in the cloud — but it’s not as exciting or as Jack Bauer-esque as one may think or hope for.

The easiest way to access almost anybody’s email nowadays is still through the courts. (Sorry to burst your bubble, but it’s true.)

The ‘save as draft’ trick

Petraeus set up a private account under a pseudonym and composed email messages but never sent them. Instead, they were saved in draft. His lover, Paula Broadwell, would log in under the same account, read the email and reply, all without sending anything. The traffic would not be sent across the networks through Google’s data centers, making it nigh on impossible for the National Security Agency or any other electronic signals eavesdropping agency (such as Britain’s elusive GCHQ) to ‘read’ the traffic while it is in transit.

And yes, terrorists and pedophiles have been known to use this ‘trick’, but also sophisticated criminals also use this technique. It eliminates a network trail to a greater or lesser extent, and makes it more difficult to trace.

But surely IP addresses are logged and noted? When emails are sent and received, yes. But the emails were saved in draft and therefore were not sent. However, Google may still have a record of the IP addresses of those who logged into the account.

However, most Internet or broadband providers offer dynamic IP addresses that change over time, and an IP address does not always point to the same computer, let alone the same region or state every time it is assigned to a user. Even then, recent U.S. court cases have found that IP addresses do not specifically point to a computer, meaning even if the authorities were sure that it was Petraeus, for instance — though IP addresses very rarely give the exact house number and street address — it would not stick in court.

As is often the case, human error can land someone in the legal spotlight. 37-year-old Florida resident Jill Kelley, a family friend to the Petraeus’, allegedly received emails from an anonymous account warning Kelley to stay away from the CIA chief.

But when Broadwell sent these messages, it left behind little fragments of data attached to the email — every email you send has this data attached — which first led the FBI on a path that led up to the very door of Petraeus’ office door in Langley, Virginia.

Get a warrant, serve it to Google?

There’s no such thing as a truly ‘anonymous’ email account, and no matter how much you try to encrypt the contents of the email you are sending, little fragments of data are attached by email servers and messaging companies. It’s how email works and it’s entirely unavoidable.

Every email sent and receive comes with ‘communications data,’otherwise known as “metadata” — little fragments of information that carries the recipient and the sender’s address, and routing data such as the IP addresses of the sender and the servers or data center that it’s passed through. Extracting this metadata is not a mystery or difficult, in fact anyone can do it, but if you have the legal tools and law enforcement power to determine where the email was passed through — such as an IP address of one of Google’s data center in the United States.

The system is remarkably similar to the postal system. You can seal the envelope and hide what’s inside, but it contains a postmark of where it came from and where it’s going. It may even have your fingerprints on it. All of this information outside the contents is “metadata.”

That said, even if you use a disposable Gmail account — such as iamananonymousemailsender@gmail.com, for instance — it’s clearly a Gmail account, and Gmail is operated by Google. Sometimes it just takes a smidgen of common knowledge.

Ultimately, only Google had access to the emails. Because it’s a private company, it does not fall under the scope of the Fourth Amendment. If the U.S. government or one of its law enforcement agencies wanted to access the private Petraeus email account, it would have to serve up a warrant.

In this case, however, the Foreign Intelligence Services Act (FISA) would not apply. Even the Patriot Act would not necessarily apply in this case, even though it does allow the FBI and other authorized agencies to search email. However, in this case, above all else, the Stored Communications Act does apply — part of the Electronic Communications Privacy Act.

The act allows for any electronic data to be read if it has been stored for less than 180 days. In this case, the law was specifically designed — albeit quite some time before email became a mainstream communications medium — to allow server- or computer-stored data to be accessed by law enforcement.

However, a court order must be issued after the 180 days, and in this case it was. Reporting from London, the BBC News’ Mark Wardsummed it up in a single sentence:

Once it knew Ms. Broadwell was the sender of the threatening messages, the FBI got a warrant that gave it covert access to the anonymous email account.

And that’s how they do it. No matter which way you look at it, no matter how much the government or its law enforcement agencies want the data or the proof of wrongdoing, they must almost always get a court order.

And Petraeus is no different from any other U.S. citizen, U.K. citizen, or European citizen — and further afield for that matter. What it always boils down to is a court order, and it’s as simple as that. It’s not ECHELON or an episode of “24” using hacking or cracking techniques; it’s an afternoon in a fusty courtroom with a semi-switched on (and preferably sober) judge.

That said, it doesn’t grant unfettered or unrestricted access to a user’s inbox or email account, but when an alleged crime has been committed or law enforcement starts digging around, it allows a fairly wide birth of powers to request access to electronically stored data.

Former assistant secretary to the U.S. Department of Homeland Security Stewart Baker told the Associated Press:

The government can’t just wander through your emails just because they’d like to know what you’re thinking or doing. But if the government is investigating a crime, it has a lot of authority to review people’s emails.

So there it is. A court order is all you need to access a person’s inbox, but sufficient evidence is often required in order to do this — particularly through the Stored Communications Act, or the Electronic Communications Privacy Act.

It sounds obvious, of course, that’s because it is.

That said, if there is reasonable suspicion albeit lacking evidence, or a U.S. law enforcement agency is dealing with a foreign national outside of the United States, that normally requires a secret FISA court order to be granted in order to proceed with the interception of data or warranted access to an email account, for example.

Outside the U.S.: Is it still ‘just’ a court order?

A simple court order is all it takes and it can apply to anyone in public officer or the man on the street holding a sign warning that “the end is nigh.”

But it’s OK; you’re in Europe, or Australia, or Asia. The U.S. can’t use their laws against you in a foreign country because, well, you’re outside of its jurisdiction. Again, sorry to burst your privacy bubble but that excuse didn’t wash with the European Parliament, it shouldn’t with you either.

If you’re a European citizen with a Microsoft, Google, Yahoo or Apple account — or any email offered in the cloud by a U.S. company — which is most consumer email services nowadays — it is accessible to the U.S. courts and other nations through various acts of law, such as the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) or the PATRIOT Act, in which the latter amended much of what the former had implemented in the first place.

(“Oh great, he’s talking about the Patriot Act again,” says everybody.)

It’s worth noting a common few misconceptions. Since first reporting this some years ago (and subsequently sparking a trans-Atlantic diplomatic row, whoops) analysts and experts alike, some who are under the thumb of the cloud companies themselves, claim that the Patriot Act — to use the umbrella, common term — does not allow the U.S. government or its law enforcement agencies the powers that others (*cough* including me) claim.

Let’s just run through a few examples of false claims on top of false claims:

Myth Fact
The Patriot Act is the magic wand that allows the U.S. government unrestricted access to any data, anywhere, anytime. Untrue.
The Patriot Act gives the U.S. government unprecedented access to data hosted by U.S. companies anywhere in the world. Untrue.
All countries have similar legislation that gives the authorities a means to requisition data on cloud services, to investigate and prevent acts of terrorism. Unt… actually, quite true.

It doesn’t give “unrestricted” or “unprecedented” access to date outside the U.S., because for the most part these warrants must go through a special FISA court. The trouble is even though there is some level of accountability via the FISA courts, these sessions are held in secret and there are no public minutes or record to go from, so swings and roundabouts.

Only in exceptional cases where warrants are not issued is when there is an immediate threat to life. But because these courts are secret, there’s no definitive and ultimate way to know for an absolute fact that the U.S. authorities don’t just bypass the FISA courts and skip ahead with their investigations anyway. (You only really have my word — and my sources in the U.S. government, such as legal counsels and spokespeople, to go on.)

On the third point, other countries do have similar laws and this should be noted. (I personally thought it was relatively common knowledge, forgive my naivety.) The U.K., for instance, has the Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act that can be used to acquire data from a third-country via a U.K.-based firm, just as the Patriot Act can be used on a U.S. firm to access data in a third-country via a local subsidiary.

But in terms of where the major email and cloud providers are based — the United States, notably on the West Coast — it means that U.S. law must apply, in spite of foreign laws that attempt to or successfully counteract the provisions offered in U.S. law. Not many major cloud providers operate solely in the U.K., whereas Microsoft, Google, Apple and Amazon are all U.S. headquartered with a subsidiary in the U.K. and other countries.

The lesson here? We’re all as bad as each other and no legally or financially reasonable place is safe to store data if you’re a massive criminal or looking to stash a bunch of secret or uncouth documents away from the authorities.

As for Petraeus, he may have been careful but in spite of his counter-terrorism knowledge and clever tricks in going under the radar, ultimately there was a weak link in the security chain — and no matter how far you go to try and cover your tracks, often it always falls down to two things: human error, or sex.

FBI Agents Raid Home of Author in Petraeus Scandal

0

WBTV | 

Federal agents are inside the home of the Charlotte author at the center of a scandal involving CIA Director David Petraeus, who resigned on Friday.

The Federal Bureau of Investigations confirms that it has agents inside Paula Broadwell’s Dilworth home.

While agents on scene would not confirm what they were looking for, nearly a dozen agents were seen carrying boxes and taking photographs inside the home.

Paula Broadwell, the biographer who wrote a book about retired four-star general David Petraeus, 60, has not been seen at her Dilworth home since the news connecting her to an extramarital affair with Petraeus.

Broadwell spent a year with Petraeus in Afghanistan from July 2010 through July 2011 interviewing him for a book she co-wrote, “All In: The Education of General David Petraeus.” This was during the period while he led the International Security Assistance Force there.

On Friday it was announced that Petraeus tendered his resignation to President Barack Obama, citing the affair.

An investigation started with harassing emails sent by Broadwell to another woman and eventually led the FBI to discover the affair, U.S. officials told The Associated Press on Saturday.

The official said the FBI investigation began several months ago with a complaint against Broadwell, a 40-year-old graduate of the U.S. Military Academy and an Army Reserve officer.

Some of Broadwell’s neighbors describe the family as “likeable, outgoing, and ambitious.”

One neighbor who didn’t want to go on camera said the family is on “a planned vacation,” but their home here in Dilworth is catching part of the glow of an intense national spotlight.

“People all over Dilworth, all over Charlotte, all over the country do things that none of us know about, and this is some that just became very public,” neighbor Sarah Curme said.

A note from Fed Ex is attached to the door, the family’s vehicles are parked in the driveway and those who are curious drive by with a simple question. Is that the house ?

Former Charlotte Observer editor Ed Williams has worked with the woman at the center of the storm on a project to assist wounded veterans.

“She’s our neighbor and they’re a good young couple,” he said. “I think if people knew her whole and as a full person, they’ll understand that she did something that if she could take it back, I’m sure she would.”

Liz Kearley showed up with her camera, but she expressed a concern for the younger residents who live inside the home, the Broadwell children.

“I don’t think you can ever get used to it,” she said. “And the bad thing to all this there are children involved, and also they’re thrust into this kind of environment they don’t need in.”

The Broadwells have been in touch with their neighbors, but so far there is no word when the family will return home.

Meanwhile, information has emerged about a Florida woman who allegedly received harassing emails from Broadwell which led federal investigators to discover Petraeus’ sexual indiscretion with Broadwell.

A senior U.S. military official identified the second woman as Jill Kelley, 37, who lives in Tampa, Fla., and serves as an unpaid social liaison to MacDill Air Force Base in Tampa, where the military’s Central Command and Special Operations Command are located.

Staffers for Petraeus said Kelley and her husband were regular guests at events he held at Central Command headquarters.

In a statement Sunday, Kelley and her husband, Scott, said: “We and our family have been friends with Gen. Petraeus and his family for over five years. We respect his and his family’s privacy and want the same for us and our three children.”

According to a friend and former top aide, the affair began in 2011, two months after Petraeus took the reins as CIA director. It reportedly ended nearly 4 months ago.

Petraeus and his family are said to be devastated over the affair, especially his wife Holly, who “is not exactly pleased right now,” said Steve Boylan, a friend and former Petraeus spokesman who spoke to Petraeus over the weekend.

“After being married for over 37 years, I showed extremely poor judgment by engaging in an extramarital affair,” Petraeus said in the letter to the CIA workforce on Friday. “Such behavior is unacceptable, both as a husband and as the leader of an organization such as ours.”

Concerned that the emails he exchanged with Broadwell raised the possibility of a security breach, the FBI brought the matter up with Petraeus directly, according to the official, who spoke on condition of anonymity because he was not authorized to publicly discuss the investigation.

The FBI approached the CIA director, who earned acclaim for his leadership of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, because his emails in the matter were in most instances sent from a personal account, not his CIA one.

By Friday evening, multiple officials identified Broadwell, who spent the better part of a year reporting on Petraeus’ time in Afghanistan.

Members of Congress said they want answers to questions about the affair that led to Petraeus’ resignation.

“We received no advanced notice. It was like a lightning bolt,” Democratic Sen. Dianne Feinstein of California, who heads the Senate Intelligence Committee, said.

House intelligence committee chairman Mike Rogers, R-Mich., and ranking member Dutch Ruppersberger, D-Md., will meet Wednesday with FBI deputy director Sean Joyce, and CIA acting director Michael Morell to ask questions, including how the investigation came about, according to a senior congressional staffer who spoke anonymously because he was not authorized to discuss the investigation publicly.

“He screwed up, he knows he screwed up, now he’s got to try to get past this with his family and heal,” said Boylan.

Since Petraeus’ resignation, the book jumped from a ranking on Amazon of 76,792 on Friday to 145 by lunchtime on Monday. Broadwell’s website was taken offline around 7:15 p.m. on Friday night.

Broadwell, who is married with two young sons, has not responded to multiple emails and phone messages. Broadwell planned to celebrate her 40th birthday party in Washington over the weekend, with many reporters invited.

But her husband emailed guests to cancel the event late Friday.

In a March 2012 interview with CBS News’ Jeff Glor, Broadwell said of Petraeus, “I got to see a more personal side – he’s confident – but he is also very compassionate about the loss of troops and the sacrifices we’re making in Afghanistan on the front lines.”

“He, at the end of the day, is a human and is challenged by the burdens of command and has mastered wearing the mask of command, if you will,” she added. “Because he knows that the commander of 150,000 forces to whom our nation and many other nations were looking for leadership and decisive action needed to show resolve and commitment.”

In a feature written by Broadwell in the latest issue of Newsweek called “Petraeus’ Rules for Living,” rule No. 5 was, “We all will make mistakes. The key is to recognize them and admit them, to learn from them, and to take off the rearview mirrors — drive on and avoid making them again.”

CIA officers long had expressed concern about Broadwell’s unprecedented access to the director.

She frequently visited the spy agency’s headquarters in Langley, Va., to meet Petraeus in his office, accompanied him on his punishing morning runs around the CIA grounds and often attended public functions as his guest, according to two former intelligence officials.

As a military intelligence officer in the Army Reserve, Broadwell had a high security clearance, which she mentioned at public events as one of the reasons she was well-suited to write Petraeus’ story.

But her access was unsettling to members of the secretive and compartmentalized intelligence agency, where husbands and wives often work in different divisions, but share nothing with each other when they come home because they don’t “need to know.”

In one incident that caught the CIA staff by surprise, Broadwell posted a photograph on her Facebook page of Petraeus with actress Angelina Jolie, taken in his 7th floor office where only the official CIA photographer is permitted to take photos.

Petraeus had apparently given Broadwell the photo just hours after it was taken.

Petraeus’ staff in Afghanistan similarly had been concerned about the time Broadwell spent with their boss on her multiple reporting visits to the war zone.

Following standard military procedure with senior officers, they almost always had another staffer present when she met with him at his headquarters, though they did have some meetings alone.

Military officers close to him insist the affair did not begin when he was in uniform.

In the preface to her book, Broadwell said she first met Petraeus in the spring of 2006. She was a graduate student at the Kennedy School of Government at Harvard; he was visiting the university to discuss his experiences in Iraq and a new counterinsurgency manual he was working on.

She had graduated from West Point with academic, fitness, and leadership honors, according to a biography posted on her publisher’s website that lists authors available for speaking engagements.

Harvard invited some students to meet with Petraeus, and Broadwell was among them because of her military background, which she wrote included being recalled to active duty three times to work on counterterrorism issues after the Sept. 11 attacks.

After President Obama put Petraeus in charge in Afghanistan in 2010, Broadwell decided to expand her research into an authorized biography.

Broadwell has deep ties and friendships throughout the Washington media sphere and often was sought for comment on Petraeus’ viewpoints as he proved harder and harder to reach.

A White House official told CBS News’ Nancy Cordes that the White House did not know before the election that Petraeus would resign and that the news comes as a surprise to everyone.

In a statement, President Obama said he is “completely confident that the CIA will continue to thrive and carry out its essential mission,” adding that he has the “utmost confidence” in Acting Director Michael Morell and the CIA workforce. The White House has had high praise for Morell, who may be in line to replace Petraeus.

The president said his “thoughts and prayers” are with Petraeus and his wife Holly Petraeus. He praised Petraeus for his long history of serving the nation.

Petraeus’ resignation comes just before a crucial scheduled appearance before congressional intelligence committees next week to testify on what the CIA knew, and what it told the White House, before, during and after the attacks that killed the U.S. ambassador and three other Americans in Libya on Sept. 11.

Congressional officials say Morell will testify instead, as acting director of the CIA.

Copyright 2012 WBTV. CBS News contributed to this report. All rights reserved.

American Immorality Is At A Peak

0

Paul Craig Roberts, rinf.com |

When Chris Floyd is at his best, as he is below, he puts things in perspective for readers that they otherwise never confront. Obama has won reelection, and his supporters think that somehow things are going to be different. Fat chance.

While evil continues to envelop America, the public is focused on CIA director General Petraeus’ resignation. The FBI spied on him and found that he was having an affair with his biographer, a woman 20 years younger than his 60 years.

What is it with Americans and sex? Why is an illicit affair the ONLY reason for removing someone from political office? Why is it that government officials, presidents and vice presidents included, can violate US statutory law and torture people, spy on Americans without the necessary warrants, murder US citizens without due process, confine US citizens to dungeons for life without evidence and due process of law, start multi-trillion dollar wars on the basis of contrived allegations that have no basis in fact, murder civilians in seven countries, overthrow legitimate governments, and all of these massive crimes against humanity can be accepted as long as no one in Washington gets any sex out of it? Is this feminism’s contribution to American morality?

Has the United States, the hero of the cold war, become in its behavior and motivations the enemy it overcame? Why does Washington want hegemony over the world? Why does Washington want this hegemony so badly that Washington is willing to murder women, children, aid workers, husbands and fathers, village elders, anyone on earth including its own American heroes?

What is the evil that drives Washington?

How can the evil that drives Washington be contained, stamped out, prevented from destroying the human race?

What does the world do when it confronts unbridled evil, which is what Washington is?

The Reality of the “Lesser Evil”

Is This Child Dead Enough for You? ~ Chris Floyd

To all those now hailing the re-election of Barack Obama as a triumph of decent, humane, liberal values over the oozing-postule perfidy of the Republicans, a simple question:

Is this child dead enough for you?

This little boy was named Naeemullah. He was in his house – maybe playing, maybe sleeping, maybe having a meal – when an American drone missile was fired into the residential area where he lived and blew up the house next door. [http://www.wired.com/dangerroom/2011/12/photos-pakistan-drone-war/?pid=999]

As we all know, these drone missiles are, like the president who wields them, super-smart, a triumph of technology and technocratic expertise. We know, for the president and his aides have repeatedly told us, that these weapons – launched only after careful consultation of the just-war strictures of St. Augustine and St. Thomas Aquinas – strike nothing but their intended targets and kill no one but “bad guys.” Indeed, the president’s top aides have testified under oath that not a single innocent person has been among the thousands of Pakistani civilians – that is, civilians of a sovereign nation that is not at war with the United States – who have been killed by the drone missile campaign of the Nobel Peace Prize Laureate.

Yet somehow, by some miracle, the missile that roared into the residential area where Naeemullah lived did not confine itself neatly to the house it struck. Somehow, inexplicably, the hunk of metal and wire and computer processors failed – in this one instance – to look into the souls of all the people in the village and ascertain, by magic, which ones were “bad guys” and then kill only them. Somehow – perhaps the missile had been infected with Romney cooties? – this supercharged hunk of high explosives simply, well, exploded with tremendous destructive power when it struck the residential area, blowing the neighborhood to smithereens.

As Wired reports, shrapnel and debris went flying through the walls of Naeemullah’s house and ripped through his small body. When the attack was over – when the buzzing drone sent with Augustinian wisdom by the Peace Laureate was no longer lurking over the village, shadowing the lives of every defenseless inhabitant with the terrorist threat of imminent death, Naeemullah was taken to the hospital in a nearby town.

This is where the picture of above was taken by Noor Behram, a resident of North Waziristan who has been chronicling the effects of the Peace Laureate’s drone war. When the picture was taken, Naeemullah was dying. He died an hour later. [http://www.wired.com/dangerroom/2011/12/photos-pakistan-drone-war/?pid=998]

He died.

Is he dead enough for you?

Dead enough not to disturb your victory dance in any way? Dead enough not to trouble the inauguration parties yet to come? Dead enough not to diminish, even a little bit, your exultant glee at the fact that this great man, a figure of integrity, decency, honor and compassion, will be able to continue his noble leadership of the best nation in the history of the world?
Do you have children? Do they sit your house playing happily? Do they sleep sweetly scrunched up in their warm beds at night? Do they chatter and prattle like funny little birds as you eat with them at the family table? Do you love them? Do you treasure them? Do you consider them fully-fledged human beings, beloved souls of infinite worth?

How would you feel if you saw them ripped to shreds by flying shrapnel, in your own house? How would you feel as you rushed them to the hospital, praying every step of the way that another missile won’t hurl down on you from the sky? Your child was innocent, you had done nothing, were simply living your life in your own house – and someone thousands of miles away, in a country you had never seen, had no dealings with, had never harmed in any way, pushed a button and sent chunks of burning metal into your child’s body. How would you feel as you watched him die, watched all your hopes and dreams for him, all the hours and days and years you would have to love him, fade away into oblivion, lost forever?

What would you think about the one who did this to your child? Would you say: “What a noble man of integrity and decency! I’m sure he is acting for the best.”

Would you say: “Well, this is a bit unfortunate, but it’s perfectly understandable. The Chinese government (or Iran or al Qaeda or North Korea or Russia, etc. etc.) believed there was someone next door to me who might possibly at some point in time pose some kind of threat in some unspecified way to their people or their political agenda – or maybe it was just that my next-door neighbor behaved in a certain arbitrarily chosen way that indicated to people watching him on a computer screen thousands of miles away that he might possibly be the sort of person who might conceivably at some point in time pose some kind of unspecified threat to the Chinese (Iranians/Russians, etc.), even though they had no earthly idea who my neighbour is or what he does or believes or intends. I think the person in charge of such a program is a good, wise, decent man that any person would be proud to support. Why, I think I’ll ask him to come speak at my little boy’s funeral!”

Is that what you would say if shrapnel from a missile blew into your comfortable house and killed your own beloved little boy? You would not only accept, understand, forgive, shrug it off, move on – you would actively support the person who did it, you would cheer his personal triumphs and sneer at all those who questioned his moral worthiness and good intentions? Is that really what you would do?
Well, that is what you are doing when you shrug off the murder of little Naeemullah. You are saying he is not worth as much as your child. You are saying he is not a fully-fledged human being, a beloved soul of infinite worth. You are saying that you support his death, you are happy about it, and you want to see many more like it. You are saying it doesn’t matter if this child – or a hundred like him, or a thousand like him, or, as in the Iraqi sanctions of the old liberal lion, Bill Clinton, five hundred thousand children like Naeemullah – are killed in your name, by leaders you cheer and support. You are saying that the only thing that matters is that someone from your side is in charge of killing these children. This is the reality of “lesser evilism.” [http://powerofnarrative.blogspot.co.uk/2012/11/to-honor-value-of-single-life-first.html]

***



Before the election, we heard a lot of talk about this notion of the “lesser evil.” From prominent dissidents and opponents of empire like Daniel Ellsberg and Noam Chomsky and Robert Parry to innumerable progressive blogs to personal conversations, one heard this basic argument: “Yes, the drone wars, the gutting of civil liberties, the White House death squads and all the rest are bad; but Romney would be worse. Therefore, with great reluctance, holding our noses and shaking our heads sadly, we must choose the lesser evil of Obama and vote accordingly.”

I understand that argument, I really do. I don’t agree with it, as I made plain here many times before the election. I think the argument is wrong, I think our system is so far gone that even a “lesser evil” is too evil to support in any way, that such support only perpetuates the system’s unconscionable evils. But I’m not a purist, not a puritan, not a commissar or dogmatist. I understand that people of good will can come to a different conclusion, and feel that they must reluctantly choose one imperial-militarist-corporate faction over the other, in the belief that this will mean some slight mitigation of the potential evil that the other side commit if it took power. I used to think that way myself, years ago. Again, I now disagree with this, and I think that the good people who believe this have not, for whatever reason or reasons, looked with sufficient clarity at the reality of our situation, of what is actually being done, in their name, by the political faction they support.

But of course, I am not the sole arbiter of reality, nor a judge of others; people see what they see, and they act (or refrain from acting) accordingly. I understand that. But here is what I don’t understand: the sense of triumph and exultation and glee on the part of so many progressives and liberals and ‘dissidents’ at the victory of this “lesser evil.” Where did the reluctance, the nose-holding, the sad head-shaking go? Should they not be mourning the fact that evil has triumphed in America, even if, by their lights, it is a “lesser” evil?

If you really believed that Obama was a lesser evil – 2 percent less evil, as I believe Digby once described the Democrats in 2008 – if you really did find the drone wars and the White House death squads and Wall Street bailouts and absolution for torturers and all the rest to be shameful and criminal, how can you be happy that all of this will continue? Happy – and continuing to scorn anyone who opposed the perpetuation of this system.

The triumph of a lesser evil is still a victory for evil. If your neighborhood is tyrannized by warring mafia factions, you might prefer that the faction which occasionally doles out a few free hams wins out over their more skinflint rivals; but would you be joyful about the fact that your neighborhood is still being tyrannized by murderous criminals? Would you not be sad, cast down, discouraged and disheartened to see the violence and murder and corruption go on? Would you not mourn the fact that your children will have to grow up in the midst of all this?

So where is the mourning for the fact that we, as a nation, have come to this: a choice between murderers, a choice between plunderers? Even if you believe that you had to participate and make the horrific choice that was being offered to us – “Do you want the Democrat to kill these children, or do you want the Republican to kill these children?” – shouldn’t this post-election period be a time of sorrow, not vaulting triumph and giddy glee and snarky put-downs of the “losers”?

If you really are a “lesser evilist” – if this was a genuine moral choice you reluctantly made, and not a rationalization for indulging in unexamined, primitive partisanship – then you will know that we are ALL the losers of this election. Even if you believe it could have been worse, it is still very bad. You yourself proclaimed that Obama was evil – just a bit “lesser” so than his opponent. (2 percent maybe.) And so the evil that you yourself saw and named and denounced will go on. Again I ask: where is the joy and glory and triumph in this? Even if you believe it was unavoidable, why celebrate it? And ask yourself, bethink yourself: what are you celebrating? This dead child, and a hundred like him? A thousand like him? Five hundred thousand like him? How far will you go? What won’t you celebrate?

And so step by step, holding the hand of the “lesser evil,” we descend deeper and deeper into the pit.

Chris Floyd is an American writer based in the UK. His blog, “Empire Burlesque,” can be found at http://www.chris-floyd.com.

Israel Shells Syria and Gaza

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

A previous article said beware of false flags. For months throughout the Syrian conflict, possible full-scale Western intervention loomed. It still does. Post-US elections, it’s more likely, not certain, but reports suggest expect it.

Several stray mortar shells from Syria struck occupied Golan. No injuries were reported. Israel holds Damascus responsible. On November 9, Israel warned Assad.

Vice Prime Minister Moshe Ya’alon said, “We see the regime in Syria as responsible for what is happening along the border.”

“If we see that it is spreading in our direction, we will know how to defend the citizens of the State of Israel and the State of Israel’s sovereignty.”

Defense Minister Ehud Barak added, “We have made clear via UNDOF (Golan’s United Nations Disengagement Observer Force) that we intend for there not to be shells falling on us.”

Without elaborating, he added: “I hope this will not continue, and that the rebels will win in Syria, that Assad will fall and that, at long last, a new stage in the life of Syria will begin.”

It’s hard imagining what he means or wants. Israel already has post-Mubarak Egypt to deal with. Mohamed Morsi is more outspoken on issues where both countries disagree.

Similar or more extremist Syrian governance would substitute a peaceful opponent for one more adversarial. The adage about being careful for what you wish applies.

On November 11, another stray mortar shell struck Golan. In response, Israel fired cross-border warning shots. On November 12, Haaretz headlined “IDF strikes Syria mortar bomb battery, after errant shell lands in Israel,” saying:

Doing so was the second time in two days. It was the sixth time in over a week. Warning shots were fired earlier. Israel had a target in mind this time. It claimed a direct hit.

Israeli tanks “fired artillery at two Syrian mortar shell batteries.” The IDF “fired a Tamuz anti-tank missile with a range of 25 kilometers in the direction of a Syrian army mortar crew that had launched a shell which overshot the Golan disengagement fence. There were no casualties on either side.”

Israel has had Tamuz missiles since the 1980s. It wasn’t made public until last year. They were used in the 2006 Lebanon war and Cast Lead. Last week, Israel warned Assad about conflict spilling over into Golan.

In early November, three Syrian tanks entered Golan’s demilitarized zone. They remained in Syrian-controlled Be’er Ajam village. After several hours they left.

Nonetheless, Israel elevated its Golan alert level. It also lodged a UN complaint for a ceasefire violation. At the same time, it knows Syria didn’t act provocatively. Assad wants no conflict on his southern neighbor.

It’s uncertain what Tel Aviv wants. Ahead perhaps we’ll know one way or the other. Israel’s Northern Command remains on alert. In mid-September, live-fire Golan drills were conducted.

IDF head General Benny Gantz said it was to test preparatory readiness in case of emergency. A similar exercise was held on Yom Kippur eve last year. Two IDF divisions were involved. The occasion was “more than a coincidence,” according to a military spokesman.

In early September 2012, Israel began reinforcing its Golan border with Syria. New information-gathering sensors were installed. Parts of a fence separating the two nations were electrified. Mines were also laid.

Tel Aviv will have to explain what it plans or fears. Israel and Syria haven’t been at war since 1973. Damascus, of course, won’t initiate conflict. Israel may have other ideas in mind.

In October, it evacuated Mount Hermon tourists. Allegedly it was over armed Syrians or opposition fighters approaching its border. They never advanced closer than 500 meters. No incident followed.

General Gantz warned about greater numbers of Al Qaeda and other extremist elements. They’re heavily armed and could use them against Israel.

At the same time, Israel bombed and shelled Gaza for three days. Over the weekend, Hamas complained to the UN. Hamas spokesman Taher al-Nunu called on Secretary-General Bank Ki-moon to intervene.

He’s a pro-Western/pro-Israeli imperial tool. Expect little more than hollow rhetoric at best. Since Saturday, at least five Palestinians died. Some reports say seven. Three were children. Over 50 were injured. Ten or more serious cases were reported.

Four deaths and 38 injuries resulted from attacking a football playground in al-Shoja’ila neighborhood east of Gaza City. Israel willfully struck a non-military target. Civilians alone were harmed.

On November 8, Israel killed a young Palestinian child. He was playing football with friends when he was shot in the abdomen and died. Southern Gaza’s Abassan village was targeted. Indiscriminate live fire followed.

Israeli ground and air attacks continued into Monday. Targets included a water tank, electricity distribution facility, brick and metalworking workshops, a concrete factory, and agricultural store. All were civilian sites. Crimes of war and against humanity were committed. It’s standard Israeli policy.

Fourth Geneva obligates High Contracting Parties to protect civilians in time of war and hold those responsible accountable. Throughout its history, Israel’s gotten away with murder. It wages aggressive war on Palestine with impunity.

When Hamas and other resistance groups respond, it’s called terrorism. Conflicting reports disagree on what Israel plans. The International Middle East Media Center (IMEMC) cited a Haaretz report. It said Netanyahu is preparing public opinion perhaps for Cast Lead 2.0.

He’ll also launch an international propaganda offensive. He plans “to conduct a large ground offensive against the coastal region.” He needs Israeli and international community support.

On November 12, Israel National News headlined “PM: Israel Ready to Fight for Defense of the South,” saying:

“Indications are that Israel would begin a military campaign against Gaza Arab terrorists sooner rather than later, analysts said.”

Official propaganda manipulates public opinion by claiming terrorists threaten Israelis. Netanyahu said “the whole world understands that this is not acceptable.”

People paying attention, of course, know Israel bears full responsibility. Claiming Israel can “take whatever action” it wishes doesn’t wash. Netanyahu and other Israeli officials try to package naked aggression as self-defense.

The argument wore thin long ago. Nonetheless, he’ll likely convince enough people to believe war with Gaza is good. Most Israelis are as much out of the loop as Americans. International leaders say nothing. Most offer support.

On November 12, Haaretz headlined “Israel will avoid Gaza war but may mull Hamas assassinations,” saying:

Gaza is Netanyahu’s “main problem.” He plans confronting it with harsher measures. Targeted killings are most likely. Ahead of January elections, he wants to look tough.

His options are “limited.” Diplomatic reality today is different than pre-Cast Lead. Syria is embroiled in conflict. Morsi replaced Mubarak in Egypt. Perhaps Western nations may tire of Israel’s belligerence. No sign of it showed up so far.

Assassinations are simpler than war. Israel has lots of experience with both. Egypt’s been trying to broker a ceasefire. Hamas and other Gazan resistance groups will respond defensively to Israeli aggression.

Assassinations assure escalated responses. Perhaps Israel wants them as justification for larger-scale aggression. Haaretz said when Israel attacks Gaza, “civilian communities” are targeted.

Hamas plans meeting with other resistance groups Monday evening. Responding to Israeli aggression will be discussed.

Israel’s Home Front Defense Minister Avi Dichter said Israeli deterrence will have to be reshaped to “leave no doubt.” He barely stopped short of declaring war.

Netanyahu, those around him, and IDF commanders alone know for sure what’s planned or considered. Given longstanding Israeli belligerence, expect conflict, not diplomatic resolution.

A Final Comment

On November 6 in Istanbul, four ex-IDF commanders stood trial in absentia for murder and related crimes.

Numerous observers attended. They included human rights groups, journalists, and lawyers from different countries.

At issue was attacking and killing nine Mavi Marmara humanitarian activists in international waters, as well as injuring and abusing dozens more.

Charges include voluntary manslaughter, attempted voluntary manslaughter, intentional injury, incitement to assault with a deadly weapon, robbery, abduction or confiscation of maritime vessels, property damage, false arrest, and mistreatment of prisoners.

Istanbul’s Public Prosecutor listed 490 “complainant-victims” from 36 countries. They include passengers as well as family members of victims.

Hearings so far heard testimonies from 74 Turkish and foreign eyewitnesses and complainants. Clear evidence was presented.

On November 9, the trial’s first session concluded. Further hearings were scheduled to begin on February 21.

The court also decided to check the validity of notices sent defendants, assure others scheduled to testify are heard during the next session, and get updated medical information on Ugur Suleyman Soylemez.

He was assaulted aboard the Mavi Marmara. He’s been in a coma for almost two and half years.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Syrian Opposition Unity Deal

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Last week, Doha hosted Washington’s reinvented scheme to forge new Syrian opposition unity. Only pro-Western puppets need apply. So-called Friends of Syria are its enemies.

Most live outside the country. They haven’t been there for months or years. They’re out of touch. They have no connection to what most Syrians support. They’re involved for whatever benefits them at the expense of the majority of the population that opposes their agenda.

Many opposition figures boycotted the meeting. They want no part of Washington’s scheme. Movement for a Peaceful Settlement in Syria leader, Fateh al-Jamus, told Voice of Russia (VOR):

“We are holding back our opinion of the external opposition. Any action taken by an organization outside the borders of our country can not make a difference.”

“This activity leads to a dependence on foreign players from a geopolitical and a financial point of view. The work of a true opposition must be implemented from within the country.”

“As for external conferences, they have shown that they only contribute to strife amidst the opposition, and do not unite it. Such conferences cause a distorted view of the regime.”

VOR cited Whitehall sources saying UK special forces are actively involved in training opposition death squads. Assassinating Assad is prioritized. SAS, SBS, and Special Reconnaissance Regiment elements are involved.

Expect US special forces and CIA elements to be part of this as well. Washington heads all regime change efforts.

Prime Minister David Cameron “is preparing to use the RAF to enforce no-fly zones….” Doing so effectively declares war. It initiates Libya 2.0 without Security Council authorization.

Cameron and Obama are “considering military action and officially arming rebels.” Unofficially they’ve been doing it all along.

“The first stage of the plan involves a no-fly zone that will be patrolled by British, US and French forces. Safe havens will be set up in Syria, Turkey, and Jordan.”

If VOR is right, all-out war looms. Perhaps it’s Obama’s way of celebrating electoral victory.

On November 12, Russia Today (RT) headlined “Britain could intervene in Syria within months – top UK general,” saying:

Britain’s Chief of the Defense Staff General David Richards said:

“The situation this winter I think may deteriorate and may well provoke calls to intervene in a limited way. It’s my job….to make sure these options are continually brushed over to make sure we can deliver them.”

Britain’s Defense Secretary Phillip Hammond also suggested direct intervention can’t be ruled out. “At the moment,” he said, “we don’t have a legal basis for delivering military assistance to the rebels.”

“This is something the prime minister keeps asking us to test – the legal position, the practical military position, and we will continue to look at all options.”

Politics First editor, Marcus Papadopoulous, disagrees, saying:

“I think (what’s said is) more designed to actually invigorate the Syrian militants – who are, of course, (Western) proxies – and at the same time to try and scare (Assad’s) government (and) try to demoralize the Syrian armed forces….”

The London Guardian said London will “host talks on further support for opposition” on Friday. Foreign Secretary William Hague said Britain “will host a meeting (of) donors and coalition representatives which will consider further support to the Syrian opposition at this critical time.”

These and similar reports are worrisome. It suggests full-scale war looms. It could happen before yearend or early next year. If so, all bets are off. Neighboring countries and perhaps the entire region will be affected.

The new opposition organization replaces the Syrian National Council (SNC). It’s called the Syrian National Coalition for the Forces of the Opposition and the Revolution (SNC 2.0).

Syrian loyalists want no part of foreign interference. Doha attendees have no legitimacy whatever.

Done deal, said Reuters. “Syria’s opposition groups strike unity deal against Assad.”

US strong-arming forced agreement. Days of dissension and wrangling succumbed to pressure. A so-called government in exile was formed.

Muslim Brotherhood leader/Syrian exile attendee Sadr el-Din Bayanouni said, “We have agreed on the broad platform and all (opposition) parties, without any exception, support this initiative.”

He meant, of course, opposition elements favoring violence and instability. Those wanting diplomacy and peace boycotted Doha.

Moaz al Khatib heads SNC 2.0. Until July, he was Damascus Umayyad mosque imam. He favors Sharia law governance. Most Syrians oppose it.

He’s relatively unknown abroad. Heading Washington’s belligerent regime change agenda won’t gain him support at home.

Syrians want no part of Western interference. Khatib sided with the enemy. He’ll have a hard time explaining why. Extremist elements support him.

Syrian businessman and former parliamentarian Riad Seif was Washington’s first choice. He declined but agreed to serve as deputy president.

Suhair al Atassi, a female Assad opponent, was elected second vice president. Businessman Mustafa Sabbagh serves as general secretary.

SNC members secured 22 seats of a new coalition body. SNC secretary-general, Bassam Ishak, said it “will help us mobilize more international support and resources for the Syrian opposition.”

Expect the same imperial support as before. It remains to be seen how long so-called unity holds.

US State Department spokesman Mark Toner said America looks “forward to supporting the National Coalition as it charts a course toward the end of Assad’s bloody rule and the start of the peaceful, just, democratic future that all the people of Syria deserve.”

Washington, of course, deplores “peaceful, just, democratic” rule. It tolerates none at home or abroad. It wants pro-Western puppets running Syria.

It wants Iran isolated in preparation for longstanding regime change plans there. Syrians and Iranians have other ideas altogether. They want no part of Western dominance. They’ll resist strongly to prevent it. What’s ahead remains to be seen.

Syrian Information Minister Omran al-Zoubi said individuals who “meet in hotels” abroad are “deluding themselves” if they think they can oust the government.

Consider their arrogance. Syrian loyalists and most others internally have no say in deciding who’ll lead them. Dissidents convening abroad have no legitimacy whatever.

Forming a government in exile violates fundamental international law. There’s no ambiguity. It recognizes sovereign states rights, equality among all states, non-interference in their internal affairs, and responsibility to settle disputes peacefully by refraining from threats or use of force.

Under no circumstances may one nation, or combination thereof, intervene in the internal affairs of others except in self-defense if attacked.

Article 8 of the 1933 Montevideo Convention of Rights and Duties says, “No state has the right to intervene in the internal or external affairs of another.”

Under Article 10, differences between states “should be settled by recognized pacific methods.”

Article 11 calls sovereign state territory “inviolable….”

Non-intervention is also included in the following charters:

the Organization of American States;

Organization of African Unity; and

League of Arab States.

On November 11, Press TV interviewed London-based Syrian Social Club member Isa Chaer. He said Washington’s so-called “government in exile has no basis in Syria.”

Doha attendees “represent nothing but themselves. They do not have any representations of the Syrian people.”

“In our opinion, this is just another ploy to try to attract attention, the Western-backed attention, to have some kind of a government in exile that has no basis in Syria but has basis and affiliation with the Western countries and their backers in the Persian Gulf region.”

Syrians want no part of this. They want peace and stability. They oppose foreign interference. The “voice of dialogue has to override the voice of guns and violence.”

Washington depends on conflict to achieve regime change. SNC 2.0 will form a Revolutionary Military Council. It doesn’t have peace and stability in mind. Intensified conflict is planned.

Expect stepped up US aid. CIA elements actively supply opposition fighters with weapons. Expect more of the same ahead.

On November 12, Russia Today headlined “Syrian opposition agrees to form unified coalition,” saying:

At best the agreement is paper thin. Washington insisted something get done. Whether Clinton’s scheme holds is another matter entirely. Syrians have little respect for foreign opposition elements.

They’ve got blood on their hands. They’re responsible for daily violence. Arab Lawyers Association president Sabah Mukhtar told RT:

Opposition figures are out of touch with what’s ongoing in Syria. They had no “credibility before and I don’t think they have credibility” now.

Imperial dominance is longstanding US policy. Permanent wars continue. Washington hasn’t won one since WW II. It doesn’t deter policy makers’ rage for more.

War profiteers demand it. So does Wall Street. All conflicts benefit giant financial interests. The entire Middle East is at risk. Destroying it doesn’t matter. Bottom line priorities count most.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Obama’s Presidency Through Palestinian Eyes

0

Dr. Elias Akleh |

People worldwide were very interested and following the 2012 American election believing that their future would, somehow, be affected by the foreign policies of the new American President. Only the Palestinian people were totally apathetic to the election. They believe that the American stance toward the Palestinian cause, specifically, and towards the Middle East, generally, would not change no matter who becomes the American president; whether a democrat or a republican.

 

Many people, including large percentage of the American people, are under the illusion that the President really has the power to change things. It appears that a president may have the power to take his country to war, to create jobs, to improvise and improve medical care plans, or to change tax laws or any other law, in that matter. Such matters are determined by a power elite representing the very rich and very influential 1% of the population, who owns, controls and manipulates the economic, political, industrial, and social structures of the country. The President is just an employee, who is appointed in a theatrical game of fake democratic election, in order to carry the plans of this power elite.

A thorough analytical study of American policies and regulations shows that the long succession of the American Presidents, democrats as well as republicans, had abused and manipulated the majority of Americans to serve the interests of the rich 1% to acquire and control the natural richness of the US and other countries around the world. The American people have been in uninterrupted continuous state of wars of aggression against other countries since the establishment of the federation for the control of natural resources locally and around the world. The real war has always been a class war, where the rich abuse and manipulate the poor.

 

The Palestinian people understand very well that such self-acclaimed righteous American presidents, who call for justice, freedom and democracy to all, would not help them achieve these noble goals. Successive American administrations had always armed Israel, supported the Israeli occupation of Palestine, and covered the Israeli war crimes, terrorism and violations of international laws and humanitarian rights of Palestinians and other Arab citizens. President Obama had done that during his first four years, and he will continue to do the same during his next four years.

When Obama was first elected a president in 2008 with the slogans of “change” and “yes we can” addressing the Muslim and Arab world in his June 2009 speech in Cairo university, many Arabs and Palestinians had the illusion that Obama; coming from a black African and Muslim background, may be more sympathetic towards the Palestinian cause than any other American President. Unfortunately Obama turns out to be a more aggressive president towards the Muslim world and worst to the Palestinian cause.

 

His previous four years of presidency show that Obama cared about Israeli citizens more than he cared even about his own American citizens. During the last four years many Americans had lost their jobs, their businesses, and their homes. American jobs and businesses were exported to other countries, where labor is cheaper and environmental regulations are laxed. Some states and major cities had filed for bankruptcy. Public schools were devastated by budget cuts and overcrowded, and university tuitions were raised out of proportion. Budget cuts had devastated many Americans including military veterans, who served their country but don’t get social re-habilitation leading many of them to crimes of family violence and many are homeless. Necessary social services were severely decreased. Many Americans lack medical coverage and the suffering and misery of many others are numerous to mention. The American wars and failed economical policies had raised the national dept to staggering amount of $16 trillion.

 

There is a dire need for Americans to spend their tax money internally to solve their own problems. Yet, during the past three years the Obama administration, instead, had contributed American tax money to Israeli military budget more than the contribution of the Israelis themselves according to Israeli military commander Gabi Ashkinazi. The US had given nearly $3.1 Billion to Israel this year alone. The US has also spent about $2.5 Billion bribing countries such as Egypt and Jordan to silence them against Israeli human crimes and violations of international laws and to prevent them from supporting the human rights of Palestinians. After the so-called Egyptian revolution and ousting of the pro-American/pro-Israeli President Mubarak the new Egyptian president, Mohamed Morsi, is still maintaining the illegal and inhumane Israeli siege of Gaza Strip despite all his rhetoric about helping his Palestinian brothers.

 

This Tuesday, November the 13th, the Congress will meet with the President to pass and enact into law the 2013 fiscal budget. It is expected that the new budget will allocate as much as $4 Billion to Israel; $3.1 billion in regular military aid plus up to $950 million more in anti-missile projects, at the expense of the devastated American taxpayers. These amounts would be given to Israel in a lump sum amount rather than in monthly installments similar to other financial aids to other countries. This means that, in order to pay Israel, the administration will take out a loan of this amount and will eventually pay interest on the loan that may amount to hundreds of millions of Dollars. On the other hand Israel will deposit this amount in banks and earn interest on it. Such unconditional annual military gift to Israel comes in total disregard to a historic letter signed by 15 American Christian leaders and endorsed by once-president Jimmy Carter calling on the Congress to hold Israel accountable for the misuse of American weapons, in violation of US law, to commit war crimes and human rights abuses of Palestinians.

 

On top of all this money the US provides Israel with free military technologies and help fund and build Israeli missile weapon systems. The American military, also, conduct war games in cooperation with the Israeli army, in the Mediterranean and in the Persian Gulf to intimidate the surrounding Arab countries and Iran. The latest war game dubbed “Operation Austere Challenge” had started last month and is still going in full operation today. It includes 3500 American troops and surface to air missile (SAM) equipment to train Israeli military and to test the effectiveness of the Israeli “Iron Dome” system that suppose to protect Israel from any in-coming hostile missiles such as those launched from Gaza Strip and to down any future anticipated Iranian missiles. To test the Iron Dome System in real action the Israeli air forces are conducting air raids against Gaza to provoke them to launch their missiles. According to the Israeli paper “Yediot Aharanot” the Iron Dome System has intercepted only two missiles out of 48. Each SAM missile Israel launches in this aggression costs between $35 – $50 thousand; of course all this expense is paid by the American tax payers.

 

Just last week while Americans were re-electing President Obama, the Israeli terrorist army were very busy demolishing more Palestinian homes and water wells in the villages of al-Deirat and Jawaya in the south Hebron Hills area in the occupied West Bank. According to the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs, Israel had demolished 484 Palestinian homes in the occupied West Bank and East Al-Quds (Jerusalem) in 2012. Israel had also announced plans to demolish about 22,500 more Palestinian homes in Al-Quds (Jerusalem). The lives of many Palestinian families had been savagely disrupted by such Israeli illegal actions that are supported and protected by American policies and funded with American tax dollars. Officials in the Obama administration aggressively call for the support and protection of Syrian citizens from the oppression of al-Asad regime. Yet their lips are sealed tight when it comes to Israeli oppression and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians by demolishing their homes, theft of their land to build illegal settlements, the continuing occupation of Palestine, the construction of the apartheid wall, the adoption of racist and discriminatory policies, and the criminal choking siege of 1.5 million Palestinians in the Gaza Strip.

 

Successive American administrations keep repeating their absurd mantra that “Israel is our only democratic ally in the Middle East”. The truth is that Israel is far from being a real democratic country. Arab Israeli citizens don’t have the same rights as Jewish citizens. The Arab citizens are not allowed to nominate themselves to any governmental position, and definitely not to the position of the Prime Minister. The Israeli Prime Ministers are chosen in rigged elections and many had been exposed as corrupt serving the interests of foreign business typhoons and corporations. A democratic state respects and adopts the international laws. Israel, on the other hand, has violated many international laws and had committed many war crimes in contradiction to these laws. Last July an official Israeli-government appointed commission had concluded that the Fourth Geneva Convention does not apply to Israel’s military occupation of Palestinian West Bank, East Al-Quds (Jerusalem) and Gaza Strip, because, in its twisted extreme religious logic, Israel is not actually engaged in a military occupation because Palestine is Israel’s God’s promised land to the Jews, and therefore the convention’s prohibition against colonizing occupied territory does not apply.

 

On the other hand, if the American administration really respects democracy it would have stopped supporting and arming oppressive dictatorships and monarchies in the Middle East such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia and Bahrain, and would have accepted and recognized the democratically elected Hamas government, who won in the most democratic election according to international monitors headed by President Jimmy Carter. Instead the Bush administration had plotted to topple this government.

 

The Obama administration claims to support oppressed people to get rid of their dictators, to acquire freedom, and to become an active member of the international community. This is the justification given for American interference in countries such as Iraq, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Tunisia, Libya, Egypt, and lately Syria. Yet when it comes to Palestine all American administrations make themselves the major stumbling block against Palestinians acquiring freedom, independence and recognition as a member in the international community. The State Department had vehemently opposed all Palestinian attempts to acquire recognition as a member, or even as a non-member state permanent observer at the UN General Assembly.

 

In October 2011 UNESCO voted overwhelmingly to admit Palestine as a full member. This membership had automatically triggered American sanctions against UNESCO per the American Foreign Relations Authorization Acts that prohibit any US funding to any UN agency that gives the PLO the same standing as member states. Prior to this vote the US contributed nearly one quarter of UNESCO’s annual budget. Now, the US had stopped funding UNESCO resulting in a big blow to the organization.

 

In September 2011 the Palestinian Authority had submitted an application for full membership in the UN to the Security Council. But due to the American threat to veto the application the Security Council was unable to make any recommendation in this regard to the Security Council. Today, November 12th, Mahmoud Abbas, the PLO Chair and President of the Palestinian Authority, has declared in an exceptional meeting for Arab ministers in Cairo that the PA will go to the UN again in November 29th to ask for a vote on a resolution at the UN General Assembly to upgrade Palestine’s status to a non-member state permanent observer. If approved Palestinians could gain some important additional powers that would allow them to protect their citizens from some of the Israeli oppressive policies. Palestine could become a signatory to the Rome Statues of the International Criminal Court. This would potentially enable Palestinians to hold Israeli military and political officials accountable for their crimes through this international judicial venue. Since the US does not have a veto power in the General Assembly the Palestinian application is expected to pass by an overwhelming majority. This has prompted President Obama, himself, to call Abbas directly in an attempt to pressure him not to submit such an application.

 

Some think that being re-elected for a second term a president becomes free from pressures of any special interest group since he knows that he is not allowed to nominate himself for a third term. On the contrary, the pressure becomes harder, for the President would be looking for a future lucrative employment and future-to-collect bribes in the forms of perks and paid fees after leaving the office. President Clinton was “paid” hundreds of thousands of dollars for one hour meaningless speech and had occupied some prestigious political positions. Obama is looking for similar positions after his second term.

 

Palestinians understand very well that the American strategic interests do not change with every new president. They stay the same regardless whether a republican or a democrat holds the office of presidency. President Obama is just another façade and a subservient to the greedy American power elite. Thus Palestinians don’t expect any change in the American policies towards Palestine and the Middle East, but more of the same.

Kerry, John Kerry: Defense Secretary

Zero Hedge |

Just when the newsflow surrounding America’s military-industrial complex couldn’t get any more surreal, and on Veterans day on top of everything, here comes the WaPo with news that virtually assures all defense companies should open limit up tomorrow: “President Obama is considering asking Sen. John F. Kerry (D-Mass.) to serve as his next defense secretary, part of an extensive rearrangement of his national security team that will include a permanent replacement for former CIA director David H. Petraeus.” That’s right: John “Swiftboat” Kerry, the same John Kerry who accused Vietnam vets of committing war crimes; the same John Kerry of the whole military service controversy.

 More “Although Kerry is thought to covet the job of secretary of state, senior administration officials familiar with transition planning said that nomination will almost certainly go to Susan E. Rice, the U.S. ambassador to the United Nations.” As to Petraeus, who may or may not testify over the Benghazi affair, but apparently is excused due to his familial infidelities, and whose sexual dalliances were (not) ironically captured best byThe Onion, his replacement is also becoming clear: “John O. Brennan, Obama’s chief counterterrorism adviser, is a leading contender for the CIA job if he wants it, officials said. If Brennan goes ahead with his plan to leave government, Michael J. Morell, the agency’s acting director, is the prohibitive favorite to take over permanently. Officials cautioned that the White House discussions are still in the early phases and that no decisions have been made.”

WaPo continues:

Rice, one of an inner circle of aides who have been with Obama since his first presidential campaign in 2007, is under particular fire over the Benghazi incident, in which the U.S. ambassador and three other Americans were killed.

 

Some Republican lawmakers have suggested that she was part of what they suspect was an initial, election-related attempt to portray the attack as a peaceful demonstration that turned violent, rather than what the administration now acknowledges was an organized terrorist assault.

 

Rice’s description, days after the attack, of a protest gone wrong was either intentionally misleading or incompetent, Sen. Lindsey O. Graham (R-S.C.) said Sunday. Rice, he said, “would have an in­cred­ibly difficult time” winning Senate confirmation as secretary of state.

 

But several White House officials said Obama is prepared to dig in his heels over her nomination to replace outgoing Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton.

 

Rice’s post-Benghazi remarks on several television news shows were merely a recitation of administration talking points drawn directly from intelligence available at the time, said the senior administration officials, who agreed to discuss the closely held transition planning only on the condition of anonymity.

While the “cons” of Kerry in charge of US defense are quite obvious to everyone, the “pros” is undeniable: Kerry will soon be given the chance to talk any and all US enemies, foreign and domestic, if not to death then certainly to near comatose state.

Skype shares private details of WikiLeaks supporter

0

RT |

Say goodbye to online service providers protecting the identities of their users. With just a bit of begging, a Texas-based intelligence firm succeeded in convincing Skype to send over sensitive account data pertaining to a teenage WikiLeaks fan.

Reports out of Amsterdam this week suggest that Microsoft-owned Skype didn’t wait for a court order or warrant with a judge’s signature before it handed over the personal info of a 16-year-old Dutch boy. The youngster was suspected of being involved in Operation Payback, an Anonymous-endorsed initiative that targeted the servers of PayPal, Visa, Mastercard and others after those companies blocked WikiLeaks from receiving online payment backs in December 2010. When hacktivists responded to the blockade by overflowing the servers of those sites with distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks, PayPal asked Dallas, Texas’ iSIGHT Partners Inc., a self-described“global cyber intelligence firm,” to investigate.

It appears that iSIGHT didn’t have deals with just PayPal either. Skype is also a client of the online private eye, and they reached out to the chat company for assistance. Normally the court would enter the equation here and write out a warrant to try and track down that information, but the initial report by Brenno de Winter of Nu.nl reveals that investigators skipped that step.

According to English-language transcription of Winter’s account, “the police file notes that Skype handed over the suspect’s personal information, such as his user name, real name, e-mail addresses and the home address used for payment.” While that in it of itself isn’t all that unusual, Winter writes that Skype sent over that information voluntarily,“without a court order, as would usually be required.”

Joep Gommers, the senior director of global research from iSIGHT, defended the action to Winter, admitting, “On occasion, we share our research findings with relevant law enforcement parties as a public service, just as you would report what appeared to be a crime that you witnessed in your neighborhood.”

In emails obtained by Winter, Gommers bragged of his findings to Dutch authorities, writing after he first received assistance from Skype, “Hey, I will have login information soon — but not yet.”

Skype doesn’t stand by the move, though, and says any virtual handshake between one of their staffers and iSIGHT doesn’t fit with the company’s practices when it terms to protecting private user info.

“It is our policy not to provide customer data unless we are served with valid request from legal authorities, or when legally required to do so, or in the event of a threat to physical safety,” Skype said in a statement to Nu.nl. Commenting to Slate, a representative for the chat service noted that it has worked with iSIGHT in the past to “combat spam and malware,” but acknowledged “it appears that some information may have been inappropriately passed on to Dutch authorities without our knowledge.”

Now Skype says they are conducting an internal investigation to see why their privacy policies were ignored and the teenager’s info was sent to iSIGHT, but it might be too late for the company. Other hacktivists that already had a bone to pick with PayPal and other targets of Operation Payback now have their sights set on Gommers and the intelligence company.

In a post published to the AnonNews.org website, one user asks other hacktivists to help find out more about iSIGHT and what damage they may have already done as an intelligence firm willing to bend the rules for helping their high-profile customers.

“It has recently come to our attention that a security company known as isightpartners has been providing sensitive user information obtained from their customers to governments around the world to target activists linked to Anonymous,” one user writes. “We seek your assistance and demand answers to this activity. Who are isightpartners other customers they are using to target Anons? How long has isightpartners targeted Anonymous? These are questions we must answer. isightparters declared war on Anonymous so we must declare war on them.”

Meanwhile, others are unsure of what good the data will do for iSIGHT or PayPal since it could have been obtained illegally.

“You would imagine that subscriber data aren’t simply handed over. They have to be provided when the police has a valid demand or court order, but not in any other case,” Gerrit-Jan Zwenne, a professor of Law and Information Society in Leiden and a lawyer at Bird & Bird in The Hague, tells Winter. “You can also wonder whether police can use that information if it was acquired this way.”

Earlier this year, Skype came under attack by privacy advocates for failing to answer questions about whether or not authorities can access thought-to-be private conversations carried over the chat client. In June, Microsoft had a patent approved for the “legal intercept” of online communications, allowing them the ability to “silently copy communication transmitted via the communication session” without asking for user authorization. When Ryan Gallagher of Slate asked Skype to explain if they were using that patent already this July, he was met with rampant refusals to answer the magazine’ questions.

“But when I repeatedly questioned the company on Wednesday whether it could currently facilitate wiretap requests, a clear answer was not forthcoming. Citing ‘company policy,’ Skype PR man Chaim Haas wouldn’t confirm or deny, telling me only that the chat service ‘co-operates with law enforcement agencies as much as is legally and technically possible,’” Gallagher wrote.

Meanwhile, last month a federal judge ruled that the US Justice Department and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) will have to go back and more adequately respond to a Freedom of Information Act request for information involving any of the DoJ’s efforts to make back-door access for authorities mandatory in future chat protocol updates across the board through an initiative referred to as “Going Dark.”

Argentina unrest brought to you by Goldman Sachs

0

Tony Cartalucci, Land Destroyer Report |

The US-engineered “Arab Spring” brought us the “April 6 Youth Movement” in Egypt, run by Wall Street-backed Mohammed ElBaradei in coordination with the Muslim Brotherhood, the “February 17 Revolution,” consisting of Al Qaeda terrorists of the Libyan Islamic Fighting Group in Libya, and now Argentina has the “8N,” or “November 8″ movement working in coordination with foreign-owned Argentinian media group, “Clarín.” Clarin has been enthusiastically supporting the protesters and laying the rhetorical groundwork justifying their street presence.

The Guardian reported in their article, “Argentina protests: up to half a million rally against Fernández de Kirchner,” that (emphasis added):

Word of the demonstration spread through social networks. Many organisers remain anonymous, but Mariana Torres, administrator of the Facebook page El Anti-K, one of the most active in calling for the rally, said she was delighted: “It was a true feast for democracy.”

There was no single cause of discontent. Many in the middle class are angry at the highest inflation in a decade, estimated at a yearly 25% by private economists, currency controls that have created a black market in dollars, and one of the slowest economic growth rates in Latin America.

Banners and chants also took aim at recent corruption cases and Fernández’s efforts to limit the power of big newspaper and TV conglomerates. Clarín, the country’s most powerful media group, has stepped up its criticism of the government before the introduction on 7 December of a law that will weaken its empire.


Mention of the “El Anti-K” Facebook page by the Guardian is interesting for two reasons. First, Mariana Torres and collaborator Marcelo Moran who created the page, have made the unlikely and unqualified claim that they possess no affiliations whatsoever with any political organization. The level of support the protests have received from special interests within Argentina and abroad alone raise serious concerns regarding the veracity of “El Anti-K’s” claims.

Second, while the Guardian attempts to portray “El Anti-K” as a separate entity from Clarin, the page itself is riddled with suspicious defenders of Clarin, with one comment even reading (translated roughly from Spanish):

Clarín is a company and as a company is defined is precisely to unite human effort and capital to obtain a benefit. If this is within the law, we who bought their products or services should shut up or find another alternative. The Kristina government is the one who uses our money that we pay (in taxes), then steals it and distributes it for its own interests.

While surely any government is guilty of taking from the people their hard earned cash and misappropriating it in a variety of ways — to somehow claim that Clarin is simply an honest business operating within the law to “unite human effort and capital to obtain benefit,” and that its own unwarranted influence is not a factor, is naive at best. Just how much unwarranted influence does Clarin have to draw from? It is backed by one of the largest corporate-financial institutions on Earth, Goldman Sachs.

And as illustrated throughout the duration of the US-engineered “Arab Spring,” a corporate-financial institution like Goldman Sachs is not a single entity operating on its own, but part of a larger cartel of corporate-financier interests, who do not secretly plot in smoke-filled board rooms their agenda, but fund well-known policy think-tanks like the Brookings Institution, Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the American Enterprise Institute, and the International Crisis Group (ICG). These think-tanks in turn produce policy that is executed by Western politicians, and talking points which are sold to the public through the vast Western corporate media as well as local outfits like the Clarin Group in Argentina.

US government-funded fronts like the National Endowment for Democracy, Freedom House, and George Soros’ Open Society build up opposition groups inside targeted nations, at times directly funding groups when indigenous special interests are either incapable or disinterested in collaborating with foreign special interests.

In Argentina it is clear that indigenous special interests are linked with Western designs — just as they are in Venezuela, and a nearly identical campaign to undermine both nations is underway.

There is a Real Opposition in Argentina.

And while the current government of Argentina is an obstacle for foreign interests, it is by no means perfect. According to readers from Argentina, there are legitimate opposition groups without ties to foreign interests, or the protesters who recently took to the streets, and in fact, are vehemently opposed to foreign meddling in their country. They have enumerated grievances against the government of President Cristina Kirchner, but they are poorly covered by local and international media.

It would benefit these groups immensely if they exposed the current protests for what they are, and instead of holding their own protests, began pursuing a program of pragmatic solutions to address their grievances.

The governments of both Venezuela and Argentina do employ populism. If they did not, a Western proxy-candidate would move in and use populism to build a pro-West “people’s movement” as an unassailable voting bloc, just as US-backed Thaksin Shinawatra has been doing in Thailand. Populism is a socioeconomic tool, and only as good or as bad as the people wielding it. And like any tool, overuse has its consequences.

The tension in Argentina is produced by the benefits of populism reaching their limitations in the face of external pressure, sanctions, and attempts at destabilization both political and economic. Just as has been pointed out in Venezuela after recent elections, more permanent solutions must be explored, and genuine opposition groups have an opportunity to lead the way.

Video: From endless growth to a new model of democracy

0

Youtube |

Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed take us on a journey crammed with apparently discouraging facts about the state of our world today, but he manages to answer the question:

“How can the world move from a paradigm ruled by a few, who have had constant growth as the major goal, to a paradigm with community cooperation guiding the creation of a prosperous society for all?”

In a way that makes you want to start acting today.

Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed is a bestselling author, international security analyst and consultant. He is Chief Research Officer at Unitas Communications and founder and president of the Institute for Policy Research & Development (IPRD).

UK activists to battle secret justice bill

0
British human rights groups are gearing up for a muscle-flexing with the British government over “secret justice” plan that allows closed court sessions for evidence deemed sensitive in national security terms.

The Justice and Security Bill will be debated in the House of Lords on November 19 and 21.

Amnesty International, Human Rights Watch, Liberty campaign group and legal charity Reprieve will step up their campaign against the bill in the run-up to the debate.

Critics of the move say it is a “real threat” to fair trial while it enables the government to “hide the truth” and dodge embarrassing revelations in such cases as police shootings, soldiers killed by friendly fire and maltreatment of detainees.

“It is not too late for ministers to think again before taking a wrecking ball to the British tradition of fairness and equality,” Reprieve executive director Clare Algar said.

Amnesty International’s UK researcher Alice Wyss warned in October that the government’s secret courts plan that allows prosecutions without a clear charge or evidence creates a dark justice system “straight from the pages of a Kafka novel.”

Wyss, who was speaking after the publication of a study on the proposals which included testimony from 25 barristers and solicitors involved in cases where evidence had been heard in secret, added that the plan gives the government the power to “simply play the ‘national security’ card whenever it wants to keep things secret.”

The report– called Left in the Dark: the use of secret evidence in the UK– said the new bill will substantially extend the use of the so-called closed material procedures (CMPs) even to the cases where the government faces a lawsuit for human rights violations such as torture and enforced disappearance.

Amnesty said the government can already rely on secret evidence in at least 21 different contexts and the new bill is apparently designed solely to give the government a “cloak of secrecy” to cover its “wrongdoing” rather than to protect the national security.

AMR/HE

California hoodwinked by big business

Carolanne Wright, NaturalNews |

Big money wins yet again — this time defeating Prop. 37 in California. Monsanto, DuPont and others contributed $45 million to keep the American public in the dark about genetically modified organisms. Even though the failure of this ballot measure is a blow to those who value safe food, the battle continues on a grassroots level. Taking the initiative and protecting yourself from GM food remains a significant issue for health and well-being. With awareness and perseverance, GMOs can be defeated once and for all through informed choices.

The dangers of mystery food

Mega biotech corporations like Monsanto depend on an uninformed population to keep the GMO industry humming. After all, if people are ignorant they are easier to control, poison and rob. The problem is that genetically modified organisms are outrageously dangerous to health, the environment and even the economy. A thousand farmers in India commit suicide each month due to the failure of GM crops and the crushing debt that follows. Intestinal disease, autism and cancer are all linked with the consumption of genetically modified food. Monarch butterflies die from contact with GM corn pollen. But this is just business as usual for Monsanto. As long as there is a profit to be made, who cares about people or the environment?

Hit Monsanto where it hurts – The pocketbook

The phrase “Vote With Your Dollar” is relevant now more than ever. If demand disappears, so does the product. If Americans refuse to buy food containing GMOs, profits dry up for Monsanto. We need to be savvy about our purchases and help others make informed choices as well. GMOs are lurking everywhere, vigilance is required.

Fortunately, organizations like the Non-GMO Project have made it easy to identify and support companies that provide safe food which is free of genetically modified organisms. Or try a smartphone application that not only spots GM food on the shelf, but also provides contact information — making it simple to tell the company you will no longer purchase their GMO infested product. This is a crucial point: financially undermining companies who use GM ingredients and informing them of the boycott.

Five ways to protect yourself from GMOs

Until genetically modified organisms are outlawed, it is vital to protect ourselves. Here are a few ideas:

– Buy organic, always. If finances are tight, make sure to avoid the following conventional crops which are typically genetically modified: corn, soy, canola, cottonseed oil, sugar, papaya, zucchini and yellow squash.

– Eat at home more often. Restaurants are notorious for GMOs. Examples include food cooked in oil made from genetically modified corn, soy and canola. Or GM corn chips at a Mexican eatery. Conventional meat and dairy from animals that consume genetically modified corn and alfalfa is also standard when we eat out.

– Be suspicious of any kind of packaged food, whether ‘natural’ or not. It’s estimated that 80 percent of all convenience food contains genetically modified organisms.

– Use vitamins certified by the Non-GMO Project. Magnesium stearate, a common additive in supplements, is derived from GM corn and soy.

– Put that smartphone to work. Try a mobile application like True Food Shoppers Guide to really see what is in the food you are about to buy. It allows the user to search by food type, category or brand.

The fight is far from over for safe food. With these tips in hand, not only can we protect our health and environment, but also actively weaken the GMO industry and ultimately achieve victory.

Sources for this article include:

www.nongmoproject.com

“What’s Really In Your Food?” Prevention. Retrieved on November 6, 2012 from: http://www.prevention.com/food/smart-shopping/5-food-apps-smartphones

“Avoiding GMOs in Your Daily Life” Anthony Gucciardi, Nation of Change, August 23, 2012. Retrieved on November 6, 2012 from: http://www.nationofchange.org/avoiding-gmos-your-daily-life-1345735195

“5 ways to protect your family from GMOs” Kimi Harris, Mother Nature Network, October 10, 2011. Retrieved on November 6, 2012 from: http://www.mnn.com

“Must Have Mobile App: Be GMO in The Know” Shilo Urban, Organic Authority. Retrieved on November 6, 2012 from: http://www.organicauthority.com

“The GM genocide: Thousands of Indian farmers are committing suicide after using genetically modified crops” Andrew Malone, Mail Online, November 2008. Retrieved on November 6, 2012 from: http://www.dailymail.co.uk

About the author:
Carolanne enthusiastically believes if we want to see change in the world, we need to be the change. As a nutritionist, natural foods chef and wellness coach, Carolanne has encouraged others to embrace a healthy lifestyle of organic living, gratefulness and joyful orientation for over 13 years. Through her website www.Thrive-Living.net she looks forward to connecting with other like-minded people from around the world who share a similar vision.

The BBC’s Culture of Self-Censorship

0
TARIQ ALI |

Is the BBC in such a petrified or paralysed state, so badly decayed, that it is beyond repair? Are all hopes of inner movement or structural reform misplaced?

To read the national press this would appear to be the case. I’m not so sure. Hysteria has now reached absurd proportions, as has the level of public discussion on the issues at stake. George Entwistle, his predecessor Mark Thompson and Helen Boaden, director of news, are reminiscent more of middle-level bureaucrats in Honecker’s Germany than creative-minded managers. Entwistle has fallen on his sword. More might opt for hara-kiri, but on its own this will solve very little.

There is an underlying problem that has confronted the BBC since Sir John Birt was made director general in Thatcher’s time. His predecessor (bar one) had been sacked effectively on Thatcher’s orders in 1987 for not “being one of us”.

A reliable toady, Marmaduke Hussey, was catapulted on to the BBC board as chairman. His first task was to sack director general Alasdair Milne for “leftwing bias”. Thatcher was livid that the BBC had permitted her to be grilled on the Falklands war on a live programme by a woman viewer from Bristol who successfully demolished the prime minister’s arguments.

Thatcher disliked the BBC’s coverage of the Falklands war and the miners’ strike and highlighted a number of other documentaries that were considered “too leftwing”. A faceless bureaucrat replaced Milne till the appointment of John Birt, a dalek without instincts or qualities, who transformed the BBC into the top-heavy managerial monster that it has become.

Birt feared that the Tories would privatise the BBC. He pre-empted this by institutionalising private sector methods and dumbing down the BBC so effectively as to destroy any notion of diversity within British television. The number of managers assigned to broadcast units became a sad joke and instead of considered argument management-speak, lampooned fortnightly by Private Eye, became the norm. Not wishing to offend Thatcher, the BBC gave Murdoch much of what he wanted to stabilise Sky. Cricket, for instance, was no longer available to those who paid the licence fee.

When New Labour won, a New BBC was already in place. Blair and his spin doctors Campbell and Mandelson turned out to be even worse control freaks than Thatcher. Together with their subordinates, they regularly harassed producers complaining about what they perceived to be anti-government bias. Radio 4′s Today programme became a favourite Blairite target. Simultaneously they were crawling to Murdoch at regular intervals, hobnobbing regularly with the editors and staff of the Sun and happily inhaling the stench of the Murdoch stables.

After Birt’s departure there was some improvement. Greg Dyke did have some instincts. For one he defended BBC journalists, for another he sometimes resisted the blandishments and abuse that emanated from Downing Street.

But just as the Falklands war had brought down Milne, the Iraq war did for Dyke. Treating an accurate report from Andrew Gilligan on the Today programme as lese majesty, a British judge, Hutton by name, seemed to ignore the bulk of the evidence and declared the BBC guilty. Dyke had to resign while an exultant Alastair Campbell, crowing like a cock on a dung heap, addressed the rest of the media. Hundreds of BBC journalists assembled on the street to bid a fond farewell to Dyke. That had never happened before.

The atmosphere of fear and the self-censorship that followed is hardly a secret. Under Birt, creativity had been suffocated. The new management structures had destroyed departmental autonomy. Heads of departments no longer had the same freedoms as before: current affairs, drama, light entertainment all suffered. The right to fail, so essential to creativity, was no longer part of the deal. Ratings and competition is all that mattered, give or take a few good documentaries. Would a current department boss have taken on a contemporary equivalent of Monty Python with the words: “I don’t like it myself, but make six programmes and then we’ll see.” Ask those who work there.

This is the background to the present crisis. This is the reason why editors of TV programmes are too often scared to take the right decisions. This is why only tried and trusted (ie, safe and sound) people are promoted. Peter Rippon was one of them, but he was not alone in dumping the investigation. That decision was taken by a superior and everybody in the BBC knows their name. Who did they consult? Perhaps we will now find out.

It is the culture of the BBC that needs to be overhauled with the redundant parts (mainly useless management appendages) replaced and some freedom given to programme-makers. There is no sign whatsoever that this is what the government or the opposition wants. Time, perhaps, for licence-fee payers to occupy.

Tariq Ali is the author of The Duel: Pakistan on the Flightpath of American Power.  He can be reached at tariq.ali3@btinternet.com.

Waging War Without Declaring It

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

America does it in proxy wars and some direct ones. Israel waged war on Palestine since 1948.

Daily violence against innocent civilians persists largely below the radar. So does occupation harshness. Media scoundrels turn a blind eye.

In the week ending November 7 alone, Israel killed a Gaza civilian epileptic victim sufferer. Airstrikes killed two other Gazans.

In the West Bank Hares village, 12 civilians were attacked and wounded, including a child. Three attacks targeted Palestinian fishermen at sea.

Peaceful West Bank protesters were assaulted. Dozens were beaten and/or suffered from tear gas inhalation. Israeli security forces conducted 92 incursions into West Bank communities – an average of 13 a day.

They usually occur belligerently pre-dawn. Families are terrorized. Homes are ransacked. Property is damaged or destroyed. Adults and children are arrested, beaten, and detained.

Two incursions targeted Gazan communities. Five dozen arrests were made throughout Palestine, including five children and two women. One was the wife of Palestinian prisoner, Bassam al-Sa’di.

Several homes were demolished in ‘Anata and al-Tour neighborhoods. Tenders were issued for 1,200 new Pisgat Ze’ev and Ramot settlement housing units. They’ll be build on stolen Palestinian land.

EU Foreign Affairs/Security Policy head Catherine Ashton issued a pathetic statement. Doing so reflected Western contempt for Palestinian suffering.

Effectively she endorsed Israeli land theft. She called new construction “regrettable.” It’s lawless. She knows it but wouldn’t say.

Most important, she and EU leaders do nothing to stop it. Nor does Washington. They support it directly and by inaction.

Ashton added that new construction complicates peace efforts. In fact, none exist and never did. Israel and Washington won’t tolerate it. Officials like Ashton know but won’t explain.

She said nothing about Israel bombing and shelling Gaza. Reports that eight Israeli tanks and four armored bulldozers invaded the town of Abasan, east of Khan Younis, went unnoticed.

Smoke bombs and live ammunition were fired. Overhead Israeli drones were ready to attack. Civilians are targeted, killed or wounded. Incursions like this happen regularly. Western officials are silent. These are war crimes. Responsible officials commit them with impunity.

Gaza’s siege and blockade continues. Dozens of new West Bank checkpoints were established. About a dozen Palestinians were arrested at West Bank checkpoints, including four children and one woman.

Extremist settlers continue attacking Palestinians. They commit violence and vandalism with impunity. Other West Bank and East Jerusalem crimes against humanity were committed.

On Fridays, Bil’in village residents protest peacefully against Israel’s apartheid wall construction. It’s being built on stolen village land. An activist’s sign reads, “The occupation will not remove us from our land.”

On November 9, Israeli security forces attacked demonstrators. Tear gas and rubber bullets were used. Injuries were reported. An Italian activist was wounded.

Many residents suffered from tear gas inhalation. The Popular Committee Against the Wall and settlements issued a statement, saying its struggle against occupation harshness will continue.

On November 8, Haaretz contributor Roman Bronfman said:

“The forces of democracy in Israel must now to unite to fight the enemy within. That enemy is our own government, as a whole and in its components.”

“Anti-democratic legislation, inflammatory rhetoric, concentrated and anti-social economics and teaching racist and xenophobic – all are dangers to peace within Israel.”

Israeli Arabs and Jews for democracy must unite against dark internal forces threatening Israel, Palestine and regional security.

Bronfman urges support for candidates supporting real democracy. Netanyahu/Lieberman and likeminded extremists threaten it and humanity.

What kind of country bombs and shells innocent civilians? Israel does it often and much more. What kind of nations endorse Israeli crimes of war and against humanity? They do it overtly, through silence, and by not acting to stop it as international law demands.

On November 9, an explosion on Gaza’s Israeli border wounded four Israeli soldiers. Hamas and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine claimed responsibility. It followed earlier Israeli attacks.

On November 8, Israeli soldiers killed a Palestinian child. Multiple Israeli attacks occur before Palestinians respond. It’s their legitimate self-defense right.

Israel calls it terrorism. IDF attacks followed. Israeli tanks shelled Gaza. Four Palestinians were killed. At least another 30 were wounded. Ten are in serious condition.

Residents said a crowded mourning tent in the al-Shujaiyeh neighborhood near Gaza City was targeted. People there were paying respects to the family of a Palestinian killed by shell fire.

Israelis also targeted Khan Younis. Four injuries were reported. Hamas spokesman Fawzi Barhoum said:

“The occupation’s targeting of civilians was a grave escalation that must not pass in silence. Resistance must be reinforced in order to block the aggression.”

The Popular Resistance Committees said it fired four rockets at communities close Gaza’s border with Israel. It referred to what it called “the revenge invoice” for Palestinian deaths.

Days earlier, Israeli soldiers shot and killed a Palestinian man. He threatened no one.

Defense Minister Ehud Barak said, “The IDF responded harshly to the incident and further action will be considered in the coming days. We will not tolerate any escalation along the border.”

He ignored Israel’s responsibility for initiating violence. He and other Israeli officials call it self-defense. It’s willful aggression. It’s cold-blooded murder.

As usual, The New York Times blamed Palestinian victims. On November 10, it headlined “Violence Surges on Israeli-Gaza Border,” saying:

“Palestinian militants fired an antitank missile on Saturday at an Israeli military jeep patrolling Israel’s border with Gaza.”

Israel returned fire. “Gaza militants then fired a barrage of rockets and mortar shells into southern Israel; one of the militants was killed by a return airstrike.”

A confrontational atmosphere “simmer(ed) for months,” said The Times. Hamas and other “militant” groups were blamed.

Ignored was over five years of lawless siege, the protracted humanitarian crisis, ordinary Palestinians defending their land, and Israeli belligerence responsibility for virtually all violent incidents.

Throughout decades of occupation harshness, Times reports are consistently pro-Israeli. Palestinian rights get short shrift. Other media scoundrels report the same way.

On November 11, Israeli bombing and shelling continued. Five more Palestinian deaths were reported. Others were wounded. Greater Israeli escalation is feared.

Weeks before Israel’s 2009 elections, Cast Lead was launched. Over 1,400 Gazans were killed. Around 5,000 were injured. Enormous damage was caused. Parts of Gaza remain barren. Broken lives aren’t the same.

Netanyahu may have Cast Lead 2.0 in mind. Stoking fear, talking tough, and attacking civilians called militants may be his reelection strategy.

It wouldn’t be the first time Israel waged aggressive war called self-defense. Targeting Gaza again is very possible and perhaps likely.

On November 11, Reuters headlined “Israel says ready to escalate as Hamas joins Gaza clashes,” saying:

Israeli broadcasters quoted Netanyahu saying:

“The world needs to understand that Israel will not sit with arms crossed when faced by attempts to hurt us. And we are prepared to harshen the response.”

Netanyahu is a belligerent warmonger. He’s a world class thug. He menaces Israelis, Palestinians, and others regionally. He represents the worst of rogue governance. Anything ahead is possible with him in charge.

Palestinian activist Derek Graham told Press TV that Israel’s strategy is “slow genocide.” They intend to “wipe out the Palestinians.”

They’re doing it multiple ways. Illegal weapons and munitions are “used in civilian areas but Israelis use them with impunity. It is unjust and they are allowed to do this and get away with it because they have the Americans backing what they do.”

He also mentioned a recent UN report. It said Gaza will be unlivable by 2020. It’s practically that way now. Crippling siege and blockade causes enormous hardships. Enforcing it has nothing to do with security.

It’s about committing slow motion genocide. It’s been ongoing throughout Palestine for years. Nations able to stop it turn a blind eye. Gazans suffer most.

December 27 marks Cast Lead’s fourth anniversary. Missiles, bombs, shells, and illegal weapons caused mass slaughter and destruction. Parts of Gaza remain devastated.

Israel uses illegal weapons regularly. Densely populated areas are targeted. Toxic white phosphorous residue and depleted uranium contaminated large parts of Gaza. A spring 2012 International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health report said:

“Children with BD (birth defects) were born with higher frequency in families where one or both parents were under ‘white phosphorus’ attack, than in the general population.”

“Bombing of the family home and removal of the rubble were also frequently reported by couples with BD occurrence.”

In January 2010, the Baheth Center for Strategic & Palestinian Studies confirmed Israeli depleted uranium (DU) use, saying:

“The ruined buildings and debris left after the Israeli attack on Gaza are contaminated with depleted uranium and similar types of weapons.” London-based Palestinian Return Center activist Sameh Habeeb reported it.

Nuclear experts confirmed it. Contamination is permanent. Current and future generations will suffer enormously. Nothing is safe to eat or drink. Cancer and other diseases may become epidemic.

In May 2011, Press TV headlined “Cancer cases on the rise in Gaza,” saying:

Shifa Hospital is Gaza’s main healthcare provider. Doctors reported many more cancer patients. Norwegian physician volunteers said some victims have DU traces in their bodies.

Environmental damage and pollution are byproducts of war and continued conflict.

Post-Cast Lead readings show some Gazan areas are “1,000 times more radioactive than natural levels, and now cancer cases emerge on a daily basis.”

Affected patients live in mainly bombed areas. Others in Gaza are affected. DU munitions aerosolize on impact. Wind spreads toxic residue. Contaminated air, water and soil results.

Post-war cancer rates increased 30%. Expect continued escalation for many more years. Israel has no concern for human suffering.

Civilians are willfully targeted to inflict as much as possible. It’s official strategy in all violent attacks. Accountability is long overdue.

A Final Comment

Beware of false flags. For months throughout the Syrian conflict, possible full-scale Western intervention loomed. It still does. Post-US elections, it’s more likely though not certain.

Easy to manufacture pretexts launch wars. America did it repeatedly for over a century. Most-recently, 9/11 initiated a belligerent holocaust. It continues unabated.

Syrian and Iranian regime change is longstanding US policy. All means are considered. War is the bottom line option when others fail.

On November 11, a stray mortar shell from Syria struck occupied Golan. No injuries were reported. A statement said Israel fired cross-border warning shots in response. It added:

“The IDF has filed a complaint through the UN forces operating in the area, stating that fire emanating from Syria into Israel will not be tolerated and shall be responded to with severity.”

Defense Secretary Ehud Barak said he expects Assad to fall, and “a new stage in the life of Syria will begin.” He left unsaid whether Israel will try to force him out. He warned Damascus that Israel would respond if shells hit Golan.

IDF head General Benny Gantz warned Israel’s Golan forces, saying: “This is a Syrian issue that could become our issue.”

Netanyahu said Israel is “closely monitoring what is happening on our border with Syria, and there too we are ready for any development.”

Earlier stray mortars also struck Golan. Israel knows they’re not intentional. Damascus is still held responsible. In January, Netanyahu faces reelection.

Anything he believes enhances his prospects is possible. He may decide it includes acting tough on Syria. The situation bears watching.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Petraeus: Resignation or Sacking?

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Some observers call Washington a city of scandals. Lots of intrigue reflects daily life in the nation’s capital. Elected and appointed officials come and go.

Most often it’s uneventful. Other times once powerful figures fell from grace or scandals affecting them rose to the level of affixing a “gate” suffix on what happened.

Watergate, Whitewatergate, Iran/Contragate, Koreagate, Travelgate, and Troopergate among others come to mind.

Perhaps Petraeusgate will enter the lexicon of political scandals. You read it here first.

Forget resignation over extramarital sex nonsense unless state secrets were compromised. Lots of elected and appointed Washington officials had affairs. Many likely have current ones.

Resignations don’t generally follow. Newt Gingrich survived sex and ethics scandals. He resigned as House Speaker after the Republicans faired poorly in 1998 off-year elections.

In 1999, extramarital sex defrocked Speaker-elect Bob Livingstone. He could have stayed, but opted to become a high-paid DC lobbyist.

Extramarital affairs didn’t defrock past notable officials. They included Alexander Hamilton, Thomas Jefferson, James Buchanan, Grover Cleveland, Warren Harding, Franklin Roosevelt, Dwight Eisenhower (during WW II), Jack Kennedy, Lyndon Johnson, and Bill Clinton. Unconfirmed rumors also surfaced about GHW and GW Bush.

Jimmy Carter once admitted to having “lusted in his heart,” but never let it go further than that.

As more information and rumors surface, expect lots more written about Petraeus. Another emperor has no clothes. Petraeus was more paper hero than real one.

The man behind the image was fake. He’s a shadow of how he and spin doctors portrayed him publicly.

Competence didn’t earn him four stars. Former peers accused him of brown-nosing his way to the top. It made him a brand as much as general. Talk about him being presidential material surfaced.

In 2007, Time magazine made him runner-up as Person of the Year. The designation is as meaningless and unworthy as Nobel Peace awards.

So is current and previous praise. John McCain once called him “one of (our) greatest generals.” His judgment leaves much to be desired.

He’s not the best and brightest on Capitol Hill. He once admitted to graduating near the bottom of his Naval Academy class.

White House and media spin praised Petraeus’ performance as Iraq commander and CENTCOM head. It was falsified hype. Performance contradicted facts. Iraq was more disaster than success. His Afghanistan surge failed. Syria on his CIA watch didn’t fare better.

Before he fell from grace, he was called aggressive in nature, an innovative thinker on counterinsurgency warfare, a talisman, a white knight, a do-or-die competitive legend, and a man able to turn defeat into victory.

In 2008, James Petras described him well in an article titled “General Petraeus: Zionism’s Military Poodle. From Surge to Purge to Dirge.”

He explained what spin doctors concealed. He quoted Petraeus’ former commander, Admiral William Fallon, calling him “a piece of brown-nosing chicken shit.” Petras added:

“In theory and strategy, in pursuit of defeating the Iraqi resistance, General Petraeus was a disastrous failure, an outcome predictable form the very nature of his appointment and his flawed wartime reputation.”

The generalissimo is more myth than man. He shamelessly supported Israel “in northern Iraq and the Bush ‘Know Nothings’ in charge of Iraq and Iran policy planning.”

Petraeus had few competitors to head CENTCOM. It was because other candidates wouldn’t stoop as low as he did. He shamelessly flacked for Israel and supported Bush administration belligerence.

Petras criticized his “slavish adherence to….confrontation with Iran. Blaming Iran for his failed military policies served a double purpose – it covered up his incompetence and it secured the support of” uberhawk Senator Joe Lieberman.

Doing so also served his unstated presidential ambitions. He climbed the ladder of success by being super-hawkish, brown-nosing the right superiors, lying to Congress, surviving the scorn of some peers, hiding his failures, hyping a fake Iranian threat, supporting Israel, unjustifiably claiming Iraq success, and boasting how he’d do it throughout the region.

In other words, he hoped to rise to the top by manufacturing successes and concealing failures. Manipulated media hype made a hero out of what Petras called “a disastrous failure” with a record to prove it.

Petraeus benefitted from supporting Bush imperial ambitions and Israel’s regional agenda. At one time, the Israeli Lobby loved him. Perhaps no longer after March 2010. In testimony before the Senate Armed Services Committee, he said:

“The enduring hostilities between Israel and some of its neighbors present distinct challenges to our ability to advance our interests in the AOR (Area of Operations).”

“Israeli-Palestinian tensions often flare into violence and large-scale armed confrontations. The conflict foments anti-American sentiment, due to a perception of US favoritism for Israel.”

“Arab anger over the Palestinian question limits the strength and depth of US partnerships with governments and peoples in the AOR and weakens the legitimacy of moderate regimes in the Arab world.”

“Meanwhile, al-Qaeda and other militant groups exploit that anger to mobilize support. The conflict also gives Iran influence in the Arab world through its clients, Lebanese Hizballah and Hamas.”

In other words, Petraeus echoed others saying Israeli interests often run counter to America’s. The so-called special relationship at times does more harm than good.

At the same time, Petraeus very much supports Washington’s imperial agenda. Apparently he believes achieving it depends on delinking from Israeli interests when they harm America’s.

Anti-Defamation League head Abe Foxman responded angrily, saying:

“Gen. Petraeus has simply erred in linking the challenges faced by the US and coalition forces in the region to a solution of the Israeli-Arab conflict, and blaming extremist activities on the absence of peace and the perceived US favoritism for Israel. This linkage is dangerous and counterproductive.”

This may have contributed to his leaving. Challenging Israeli Lobby power is high-risk. Perhaps it decided Petraeus had to go.

Whether so or not, he’s a four-star, now defrocked, failure. Another paper emperor has no clothes. He never did but now we know.

Other opinions surfaced on why he left. WND breaking news said:

“Forget what you’ve heard – could this be why Petraeus resigned?” Speculation “focus(ed) in large part on his role in an alleged cover-up of the attacks against the U.S. mission in Benghazi this past September.”

Overlooked are secret CIA Benghazi operations. Involved are heavy weapons sent to Syrian opposition fighters. Petraeus left days before his scheduled congressional testimony.

He’ll either come voluntarily or be subpoenaed. What he’ll be asked or say remains to be seen. If it’s too controversial, expect closed hearings.

The Benghazi operation is erroneously called a US consulate. It’s “a meeting place to coordinate aid for the rebel-led insurgencies in the Middle East.”

Tasks performed include “collaborating with Arab countries on the recruitment of fighters — including jihadists — to target Bashar al-Assad’s regime in Syria.”

Consulate designation provides cover. Obama and Clinton call the post a “US mission.” The State Department lists no consulate in Benghazi.

WND reported earlier that ambassador Stevens “played a central role in recruiting (anti-Assad) jihadists.” He coordinated with Saudi and Qatari efforts. Fighters go to Syria via Turkey.

Washington claims only non-lethal aid is provided. In fact, the CIA and perhaps Pentagon are actively involved in arming anti-Assad fighters.

Agency efforts to conceal its operations may have contributed to Stevens’ death. Perhaps Petraeus is blamed and was sacked. Letting him resign for any reason is how Washington usually orchestrates exits. Why he chose extramarital sex he’ll have to explain.

Robert Parry said Petraeus’ departure “removes the last high-ranking neoconservative holdover from George W. Bush’s administration and gives the reelected President Barack Obama more maneuvering room to negotiate a settlement over Iran’s nuclear program.”

Petraeus wasn’t an Obama favorite. He had suspect loyalties. An unnamed administration source said “some key figures close to the President wanted (him) out, and there was no sadness” to see him go.

The New York Times and Washington Post said FBI investigations began months age into a “potential criminal matter.” It wasn’t focused on Petraeus.

Information surfaced about a potentially compromised computer he used. Security concerns were raised. FBI agents discussed this with him.

An unnamed congressional official briefed on the matter urged him to fall on his sword and leave. Whether he did or was pushed who knows.

Parry thinks Obama is “clearing the decks (to) move ahead more aggressively with his own foreign policy.” Defense Secretary Gates is gone. Now Petraeus, and word is Clinton and others want out or will be replaced.

Perhaps Obama “learned a key lesson of modern Washington: surrounding yourself with ideological and political rivals may sound good, but it is usually an invitation to have your policies sabotaged.”

A Final Comment

Ray McGovern is a retired CIA officer (1963 – 1990), turned activist and political critic. He’s also a valued Progressive Radio News Hour guest.

In April 2011, he wrote about “Petraeus at CIA – Can He Tell the Truth?” He said Obama picking him as CIA director “raise(d) troubling questions.”

“What if CIA analysts assess(ed)” his Iraq and Afghanistan performance as failure? Would he accept or punish “critical analysis?”

“The Petraeus appointment also suggests that the President places little value on getting the straight scoop on these key war-related issues.”

“If he did want the kind of intelligence analysis that, at times, could challenge the military, why is he giving the CIA job to a general with a huge incentive to gild the lily regarding the ‘progress’ made under his command?”

McGovern compared Petraeus to the “ghost of Westmoreland Past.” His Southeast Asia record included “deliberate distortion and dishonesty.” Intelligence analysts proved it.

Progress he touted was failure. Petraeus appears to be Westmoreland redux. Lots of evidence confirms it. Now he’s gone. Expect lots more said about him. It remains to be seen how much dirty linen will be aired.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

8 million children are on secret database

0

Steve Nolan |

A huge ‘Big Brother’ style database containing details of around eight million schoolchildren is being compiled without the knowledge of their parents.

IT systems specialists are creating the database – including such information as a child’s age, sex, and academic records – which can be shared among officials from other agencies such as the police, NHS and charities.

Teachers are uploading information on pupils as often as six times a day to the database, created by Capita, one of the UK’s largest contractors to both central and local government.

The database is said to be already being used by as many as 100 local authorities, according to The Sunday Times, with 22,000 schools nationwide uploading to the service to provide a ‘thread’ of data that is accessible to all those working with children.

It is thought that youth offending teams, which include police officers, will also be offered access to the information.

As well as basic details such as the child’s address and attendance records, information about special needs and behavioural records are also included.

Capita hires photographers to take pictures of schoolchildren, which are offered for sale to parents before being uploaded onto the database – known as the One system – to accompany the information compiled.

The majority of parents are not informed that the data is being gathered and can be held on file indefinitely.

Director of civil liberties and privacy campaign group Big Brother Watch, Nick Pickles, said: ‘Parents will be shocked that they are being kept in the dark about how their child’s information is being gathered and exactly what it is used for.’

Although the firm has provided information management systems to schools for many years, teachers could now upload files to the central One database.

Local councils then collate the information and can add information from other authorities to the file. Although councils upload the information, they do not use the children’s pictures.

A separate software program called API can allow external officials such as social workers to access a child’s information.

Swindon Borough Council already shares the details of more than 48,000 pupils on its database with youth offending teams and NHS Swindon.

The authority said that the data is held within data protection laws and only provided to those who need to see it.

But the Information Commissioners Office has confirmed that it will investigate whether use of the One system falls within data protection guidelines.

Capita confirmed that local authorities using the system take data protection laws seriously and confirmed that only a few councils were using the software that allows external agencies to view children’s information.

A spokesman told The Sunday Times: ‘Each local authority holds and manages permission and access to its own information held in its Capita One database.

‘Capita One is not a centralised database for the whole country.’

According to the Department for Education there are currently no plans to centralise the information available through the Capita One scheme.

 

Video: Child abuse the BBC has failed to report about

0

Channel 4 |

From the initial investigation into north Wales child abuse in 1991 to the Waterhouse inquiry in 2000, Sian Griffiths has collated details of every allegation and document surrounding the scandal.

The Political Trial of a Caring Man and the End of Justice in America

0

John Pilger |

In 1999, I travelled to Iraq with Denis Halliday who had resigned as assistant Secretary-General of the United Nations rather than enforce a punitive UN embargo on Iraq. Devised and policed by the United States and Britain, the extreme suffering caused by these “sanctions” included, according to Unicef, the deaths of half a million Iraqi infants under the age of five.

Ten years later, in New York, I met the senior British official responsible for the imposition of sanctions. He is Carne Ross, once known in the UN as “Mr. Iraq”. I read to him a statement he made to a parliamentary select committee in 2007: “The weight of evidence clearly indicates that sanctions caused massive human suffering among ordinary Iraqis, particularly children. We, the US and UK governments, were the primary engineers and offenders of sanctions and were well aware of this evidence at the time but we largely ignored it or blamed it on the Saddam government. [We] effectively denied the entire population a means to live.”

I said, “That’s a shocking admission.”

“Yes, I agree,” he replied, “I feel very ashamed about it… Before I went to New York, I went to the Foreign Office expecting a briefing on the vast piles of weapons that we still thought Iraq possessed, and the desk officer sort of looked at me slightly sheepishly and said, ‘Well actually, we don’t think there is anything in Iraq.’ ”

That was 1997, more than five years before George W. Bush and Tony Blair invaded Iraq for reasons they knew were fabricated. The bloodshed they caused, according to recent studies, is greater than that of the Rwanda genocide.

On 26 February 2003, one month before the invasion, Dr. Rafil Dhafir, a prominent cancer specialist in Syracuse, New York, was arrested by federal agents and interrogated about the charity he had founded, Help the Needy. Dr. Dhafir was one of many Americans, Muslims and non-Muslims, who for 13 years had raised money for food and medicines for sick and starving Iraqis who were the victims of sanctions. He had asked US officials if this humanitarian aid was legal and was assured it was – until the early morning he was hauled out of his car by federal agents as he left for his surgery. His front door was smashed down and his wife had guns pointed at her head. Today, he is serving 22 years in prison.

On the day of the arrest, Bush’s attorney-general, John Ashcroft, announced that “funders of terrorism” had been caught. The “terrorist” was a man who had devoted himself to caring for others, including cancer sufferers in his own New York community. More than $2 million was raised for his surety and several people pledged their homes; yet he was refused bail six times.

Charged under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, Dr. Dhafir’s crime was to send food and medicine to the stricken country of his birth. He was “offered” the prospect of a lesser sentence if he pleaded guilty and he refused on principle. Plea bargaining is the iniquity of the US judicial system, giving prosecutors the powers of judge, jury and executioner. For refusing, he was punished with added charges, including defrauding the Medicare system, a “crime” based on not having filled out claim forms correctly, and money laundering and tax evasion, inflated technicalities related to the charitable status of Help the Needy.

The then Governor of New York, George Pataki, called this “money laundering to help terrorist organisations … conduct horrible acts”. He described Dr. Dhafir and the supporters of Help the Needy as “terrorists living here in New York among us … who are supporting and aiding and abetting those who would destroy our way of life and kill our friends and neighbours”. For jurors, the message was powerfully manipulative. This was America in the hysterical wake of 9/11.

The trial in 2004 and 2005 was out of Kafka. It began with the prosecution successfully petitioning the judge to prohibit “terrorism” from being mentioned. “This ruling turned into a brick wall for the defence,” says Katherine Hughes, an observer in court. “Prosecutors could hint at more serious charges, but the defence was never allowed to follow that line of questioning and demolish it. Consequently, the trial was not, in fact, what it was really about.”

It was a political show trial of Stalinist dimensions, an anti-Muslim sideshow to the “war on terror”. The jury was told darkly that Dr. Dhafir was a Salafi Muslim, as if this was sinister. Osama bin Laden was mentioned, with no relevance. That Help the Needy had openly advertised its humanitarian aims, and there were invoices and receipts for the purchase of emergency food aid was of no interest. Last February, the same judge, Norman Mordue, “re-sentenced” Dr. Dhafir to 22 years: a cruelty worthy of the Gulag.

With their “terrorist” case “won”, the prosecutors held a celebration dinner, “partying,” wrote a Syracuse lawyer to the local newspaper, “as if they had won the Super Bowl… having perpetuated a monstrous lie [against a man] who had helped thousands in Iraq suffering unjustly … the trial was a perversion”. No executive of the oil companies that did billions of dollars of illegal business with Saddam Hussein during the embargo has been prosecuted. “I am stunned by the conviction of this humanitarian,” said Denis Halliday, “especially as the US State Department breached its own sanctions to the tune of $10bn.”

During this year’s US presidential campaign, both candidates agreed on sanctions against Iran which, they claimed, posed a nuclear threat to the Middle East. Repeated over and again, this assertion evoked the lies told about Iraq and the extreme suffering of that country. Sanctions are already devastating Iran’s sick and disabled. As imported drugs become impossibly expensive, leukaemia and other cancer sufferers are the first victims. The Pentagon calls this “full spectrum dominance”.

John Pilger is an internationally renowned investigative journalist and documentary filmmaker. His latest film is The War on Democracy. His most recent book is Freedom Next Time: Resisting the Empire(Bantam/Random House, 2006). Read other articles by John, or visit John’s website.

About the Untold History of the United States

0

War is a Crime |

Oliver Stone and Peter Kuznik have produced a phenomenally great book of U.S. history, and an accompanying television series premiering on Showtime on Monday. Having just read half the book and having watched an advance copy of the first episode, my conclusion is that the book is dramatically better than the TV show, but that both are at the top of what’s available in their respective genres.

The Untold History of the United States is not people’s history in the sense of telling the stories of popular movements. This is very much top-down history dominated by key figures in power. But it is honest history that tears through myths and presents a reality not expected by most Americans — and backs it up with well-documented facts.

This is a history that focuses on foreign policy, and — at least in the book — begins with World War I. No book can include everything one might have liked to see included, but this one is a terrific sampling of things I’ve wished were told more often and things I never knew before. Some will call it a depressing tale lacking “all the good things the United States has done too.” I call it a refreshingly honest tale aimed at improving our conduct going forward. I also come away with a deep sense of gratitude that — for the moment anyway — our society is still around at all. After considering the steps that certain presidents and scientists have taken to destroy life as we know it, one has to be amazed we’re still here. Truman and Eisenhower figure prominently, and I believe that I have found in these authors a couple of men who might just agree with me that Harry Truman is the worst president we’ve ever seen. They certainly make that case quite powerfully.

The book is excellent on World War I and on the New Deal, as well as on forbidden topics like the Wall Street Putsch of 1934 or the Nye Committee hearings on war profiteering. The section on the dropping of the nuclear bombs on Japan is the best I’ve seen. The history of the Cold War and who started it is invaluable. The authors take on McCarthyism, the Eisenhower presidency, the Mossadeq overthrow, the Guzman overthrow, the Cuban Missile Crisis, and numerous other topics with great skill and insight — and careful research.

The Kennedy assassination, which Stone has famously dramatized on film before, gets a mere two paragraphs. The discussion of the formation of Israel leaves much to be desired, but at least it’s there. The Korean War account is incomplete to say the least, as is the discussion of moves to impeach Truman — for which there were motives the authors don’t touch on. But this is quibbling. I would love for everyone to read this book, and I’ll read the second half on Monday.

The book’s take on World War II is far superior to that of the television show’s first episode. The episodes don’t line up with the chapters, and so — for whatever reason — the TV viewers begin in World War II, not World War I. The book has more useful material than the film and is lacking some material the film ought to have left out too. The authors are very much in favor of U.S. entry into the war and wish it had come earlier. They claim that Pearl Harbor was a surprise and reject claims that it was “abetted” by the U.S. government. But who claims that? Many have well documented that it was expected and in a certain sense desired by the Roosevelt White House. But Stone and Kuznick’s account makes crystal clear Roosevelt’s desire for some such war-beginning incident, and their general account of the war is miles above any taught in any U.S. school I’ve ever seen. (Kuznik teaches at American University, so students might consider enrolling there.)

The TV episode on WWII lacks background and context that the book provides in various chapters. The bulk of it is standard history of supposed forces at work and intentions acted on. The “untold” bits include Truman’s racist murderousness, and a particular focus on the starring role the Soviet Union played in “winning” the war. If Episode I serves to ease viewers into the fact-based reality being presented in “The Untold History,” I’m all for it. I suspect, however, that some of the other episodes that I haven’t yet had time to watch will be far more engaging and exciting, as well as controversial — or because controversial. The episode on the dropping of the nuclear bombs might be the one to start your viewing with. Or, if you really want to take my strongest advice: read the book!

How Was Petraeus’ Affair Uncovered?

0

Daniel Politi, Slate |

In a town where watching powerful men and women fall from grace is a particularly perverse sport, no one in Washington seemed to be taking joy at the resignation of CIA Director David Petraeus, the man many have qualified as the best military mind in decades, after admitting he had an extramarital affair. As Slate’s Fred Kaplan has reported, the woman with whom he was having an affair was Paula Broadwell, co-author of his biography.

There’s a bit of disagreement over how exactly the unfair was uncovered. While everyone notes the affair became public during an FBI investigation, the Wall Street Journal specifically notes that an inquiry into access to Petraeus’ Gmail account led to the belief that Broadwell, or someone close to her, tried to access his e-mail. NBC News says Broadwell is currently under an FBI investigation for “improperly trying to access his e-mail and possibly gaining access to classified information.”

Politico, however, hears that is likely an exaggeration and that concern over access to Petraeus’ e-mail was not what initiated the investigation. McClatchy hears similar information, noting that sources say “the FBI did not investigate the author for attempting to compromise Petraeus’ computer.” According to this version it seems that, as Reuters hears, investigators stumbled across evidence of the affair while investigating news leaks. Although it’s unclear exactly why the FBI was monitoring Petraeus’ e-mail, a source tells the Washington Post, the FBI found e-mails describing the affair.

Did Petraeus have to resign? In Foreign Policy, Thomas Ricks, who has described Petraeus as the best post-Sept. 11 commander in the U.S. military, hears that President Obama tried to talk him out of resigning. And Ricks describes Petraeus’ decision as the result of overabundance of honor: “Petraeus took the samurai route and insisted that he had done a dishonorable thing and now had to try to balance it by doing the honorable thing and stepping down as CIA director.”

Yet it seems Petraeus didn’t really have much of a choice. It’s not just that an extramarital affair is a no-no for the intelligence community due to fears that it could be used as a tool for blackmail. But the fact that the affair was all seemingly registered in Petraeus’ personal account may have been the decisive factor since foreign hackers have been known to access e-mail of officials in sensitive posts, points out the Wall Street Journal.

Ron Paul: America has already gone over the fiscal cliff

0

RT |

US President Barack Obama demanded from Congress immediate action to prevent America from falling of a so-called fiscal cliff, but Rep. Ron Paul (R-Texas) says it might be too late to keep the country afloat.

Speaking with Bloomberg Television on Thursday, the lawmaker who ran against Pres. Obama during the last two elections said he expects that America’s financial woes are beyond repair.

“We’re so far gone,” said the congressman, who will retire from the Hill this year after serving 12 terms in the House.“We’re over the cliff. We cannot get enough people in Congress in the next 5 to 10 years who will do the wise things. We have to prepare for having already fallen off the fiscal cliff.”

On the campaign trail leading up to the Nov. 6, 2012 election, Rep. Paul proposed an array of ideas he said would save the country from economic disaster, including returning to a gold standard and abolishing the Federal Reserve, America’s central bank. On his part, Pres. Obama vowed to keep the company in tact if elected to a second term, and Friday told reporters at the White House that he expects Congress to come to his side and do what’s right to prevent what Rep. Paul says is inevitable now.

“I’ve invited leaders from both parties to the White House next so we can start to build consensus around the challenges that we can only solve together,” said the president in reference to worries over America’s fiscal standing next year. “At a time when our economy is still recovering from the great recession, our top priority has to be jobs and growth.”

“We can’t just cut out way to prosperity,” said Obama. “If we’re serious about reducing the deficit, we have to combine spending cuts with revenue. That means asking the wealthiest Americans to pay a little more in taxes.”

“I’m not wedded to every detail of my plan,” he said. “I’m open to compromise; I’m open to new ideas.”

According to Rep. Paul, that’s just more pandering from the president.

“They’re just looking for the truth,” said the congressman. “They say, ‘Well, all we need is a little compromise.’ Well nobody expects that because they do not admit the truth, and the truth is that we are broke.”

“How do you compromise? The only way you can compromise is if you agree on what to cut.”

From the White House on Friday, the president said, “The American people voted for action, not politics as usual,” and insisted that “What the American people are looking for is cooperation,” consensus and common sense from the government. “Most of all they want action,” he added, insisting, “I intend on delivering for them during my second term.”

Rep. Paul tells Bloomberg it’s a “bad sign” that the public, not the president, is on the receiving end of however the White House tries to fix the country’s financial woes. “People do not want anything cut,” he said. “They want all the bailouts to come. They want the Fed to keep printing money. They do not believe we have gone off the cliff or are close to going off the cliff.”

Doom Economist’s Asset Protection Strategy: Buy A Machine Gun… and a Tank

0

Mac Slavo, SHTFplan.com |

When most economists talk about asset diversification they’ll often recommend a portfolio of stocks, bonds and cash.

Marc Faber, however, isn’t your everyday mainstream economist.

Appropriately named Dr. Doom for his past predictions of coming market chaos and global economic destruction, Faber has long recommended a different strategy. Fromhigh voltage fences and barbed wire  to heavily weighted allocations of precious metals and raw farmland, he’s seen the writing on the wall since before the crash of 2008. He not only warned subscribers of his Gloom Boom & Doom Report to exit financial markets in early 2008, but called for a market rebound on the exact day of its 2009 lows.

Faber is a student of history, economics, and monetary policy, and he has an almost prophetic ability to see what’s coming next.

This week he offered investors and concerned Americans another “buy” recommendation — one that you’ll never hear from your favorite financial adviser or media pundit.

I would have thought that the market on his re-election should have been down at least 50%.

I think Mr. Obama is a disaster for business, is a disaster for the United States. Not that Mr. Romney would be much better, but I think the Republicans understand the problems of excessive debt better than Mr. Obama. who basically doesn’t care about piling up debts. And you also have in the background Mr. Bernanke, who with artificially low interest rates enables the debt to essentially escalate endlessly.

…

They should buy themselves a machine gun…I need to buy a tank. 

…look, we have manipulated markets. Whenever you manipulate markets, you will get unintended consequences.

I think the reelection of Mr. Obama is an unintended consequence of money printing, that favors the so- called, I wouldn’t even call them the 1%, the so-called quarter of a percent. It was easy for the Democrats to attack the wealthy fat cats of Wall Street, the elite, and the privileged people to portray them as a profiteer of the system, which to some extent, they are. Not because they wanted to, but Mr. Bernanke enabled them to be profiteers.

We have a situation where you have today Mr. Obama, I doubt he will stay at the presidency for another four years. I think there will be so many scandals, but that’s another story.

…there is so much smoke, I suppose there is some fire.

The train has derailed. It’s flying through the air at 100-plus miles per hour, and there is no way to get it back on the track. When it finally hits the ground it’s going to cause a level of destruction never before seen in our lifetimes.

Faber may be joking about the machine gun, but only a little. He, like many others, understands what happens when financial and economic systems meltdown on a massive scale.

You think Americans digging through the trash scrounging for food after a hurricane is bad? Wait until the devastation spans from coast to coast. Paradigm shifts of this  magnitude come with riots, starvation and bloodshed, and you can be guaranteed that if events culminate in this way you’ll wish you had a machine gun.

Supreme Court to decide if DNA can be collected from the innocent

0

 |

The US Supreme Court on Friday agreed to take up a case examining whether the Fourth Amendment permits police to collect and analyze a person’s DNA at the time of arrest or whether they have to wait until after the suspect has been convicted to take a DNA sample.

The case raises the thorny issue of when the government is allowed to collect a DNA sample from an individual and store it in a national database.

DNA information has become a major crime-fighting tool, providing a significantly more accurate method of identifying individuals than the subjective art of fingerprint comparisons. DNA data have helped police solve crimes and have also helped defense lawyers identify and correct wrongful convictions.

But unlike fingerprints, DNA material can reveal far more about an individual, including details that most people consider highly personal and private.

Nonetheless, law enforcement officials insist that they are interested in using DNA technology only for identification, as a kind of enhanced form of fingerprinting.

The issue arises in the case of Alonzo King, who was arrested in southern Maryland in 2009 on an assault charge.

As part of his processing by police, officers used a swab to collect a sample of his saliva from his cheek. The sample yielded an identifying DNA profile which was fed into a national database.

Mr. King’s DNA profile was found to match the DNA profile of the person who robbed and raped a woman in the same area of southern Maryland in 2003.

Armed with that information, authorities applied for a search warrant and obtained a second swab of King’s cheek. The second sample also matched the DNA evidence from the 2003 rape. King was charged with the rape and robbery.

Prior to the trial, his lawyer moved to invalidate the use of the DNA evidence because it allegedly violated King’s Fourth Amendment right to be free from unreasonable searches and seizures. The judge denied the motion. King was convicted of first-degree rape and sentenced to life in prison.

His lawyer appealed and the Maryland Court of Appeals reversed the conviction. In a 5-to-2 vote, the court said that the initial collection of King’s DNA at the time of his arrest violated his Fourth Amendment rights.

The Maryland court said that even though King was in police custody following his arrest, he nonetheless had an “expectation of privacy to be free from warrantless searches of his biological material and all of the information contained within that material.”

Prosecutors defended the taking of a DNA sample at the time of arrest as similar to taking a suspect’s fingerprints and feeding the prints into a national database. If the prints linked the suspect to another crime, police would be entitled to use that information as evidence against the suspect.

The Maryland court disagreed. It said there is a difference between a DNA sample and a fingerprint. DNA samples contain a massive amount of personal information about a suspect — well beyond identifying the suspect. “We cannot turn a blind eye to the vast genetic treasure map that remains in the DNA sample retained by the state,” the court said.

The Maryland judges said it would be like the state seizing a person’s private medical records without a warrant and pledging to only use that portion of the records the might help identify the patient.

The majority judges concluded that the state could not take a DNA sample at the time of arrest, but must wait until the suspect had been convicted.

Maryland officials asked the judges to stay their decision, pending further appeal. They refused. The officials then took their request for a stay to US Supreme Court Chief Justice John Roberts, who granted it.

In its action on Friday, the Supreme Court agreed to hear the underlying case.

All 50 states and the federal government have laws authorizing the collection of DNA from convicted individuals. In contrast, 27 states and the federal government have laws permitting DNA collection from arrestees.

“States have been collecting DNA from arrestees since 1999. Nearly 14 years later, the constitutionality of these statutes should be clarified,” Assistant Maryland Attorney General Brian Kleinbord wrote in his brief urging the high court to take the case.

King’s lawyers acknowledged that the case raised “indisputably substantial issues concerning the privacy implications of the government’s collection and analysis of DNA.” But they said the justices should allow other cases to emerge and be resolved in the lower courts before they weigh in.

“The science and technology behind DNA analysis continue to evolve rapidly, and the legal landscape is also shifting as officials develop new uses of DNA analysis and refine the governing laws in an effort to strike an appropriate balance between law-enforcement and privacy interests,” Washington lawyer Kannon Shanmugam wrote in his brief. He said the court should allow the issue to continue “percolating” in the lower courts.

Maryland’s Mr. Kleinbord insisted the time was right for high court review.

He said five state courts and five federal courts have considered the issue in the past seven years. Five upheld DNA samples from arrestees, five others did not.

“Ten cases in seven years, in a variety of state and federal courts, resulting in an even split in outcomes, is not ‘percolation,’ ” Kleinbord wrote. “It is disarray.”

“Criminal suspects, prosecutors, and the lower courts require clarity and uniformity in the application of the Fourth Amendment to the use of DNA for identification purposes,” he said.

“The forensic application of DNA science has been in common use longer than GPS devices, the Internet, and cellphones,” Kleinbord added.

The case is Maryland v. King (12-207). It will be set for oral argument in February, March, or April, with a decision expected by late June.

Obama’s Post-Election Militancy

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Obama didn’t miss a beat. He picked up where he left off. He’s America’s most belligerent leader. He’s waging multiple direct and proxy wars abroad and at home by other means.

Despite pressing unresolved domestic issues, he celebrated his electoral victory belligerently.

On November 7, he bombed Yemen. Washington’s been waging proxy war there for years. Daily attacks occur. Drones are the weapon of choice.

Remote warriors conduct sanitized killing on the cheap. Death and injury tolls rise. Mostly civilians are harmed. On November 8, Press TV headlined “US drone kills three in Yemen.” US media scoundrels ignored it.

Hours after Obama’s reelection, a “drone strike near the Yemeni capital has killed three people and injured two others.”

Deadly attacks persist. International, constitutional, and US statute laws are violated. Ordinary people are harmed most. Civilian men, women and children are terrorized and traumatized.

Obama’s victory lap also included more Iranian sanctions. Multiple rounds imposed are illegal. A November 8 State Department press release announced the latest measure, headlining:

“Designations of Iranian Individuals and Entities for Censorship Activities Under the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act and Executive Order 13628.”

Five Iranian entities and four individuals were targeted. Accusations are part of America’s longstanding anti-Iranian hostility.

Washington claims they engage in “censorship or other activities that prohibit, limit, or penalize freedom of expression or assembly by citizens of Iran, or that limit access to print or broadcast media, including by jamming international satellite broadcasts into Iran, and related activities.”

“U.S. persons are prohibited from engaging in transactions involving the designated individuals or entities, and all designated individuals and members of designated entities are subject to a ban on travel to the United States. This action also blocks, or freezes, the property and interests in property of designated individuals or entities.”

The press release disingenuously claimed Washington “will continue to stand with the Iranian people in their quest to protect their dignity and freedoms and prevent the Iranian Government from creating an ‘electronic curtain’ to cut Iranian citizens off from the rest of the world.”

Sanctions in place impose enormous hardships on Iranian civilians. A health crisis exists. Vital medications aren’t available or are in short supply. Medical equipment breaks down for lack of spare parts.

Human suffering and deaths result. Crimes against humanity breach fundamental international law. Civilians must be protected at all times.

Targeting nonbelligerent countries is lawless and unconscionable. Washington prioritizes it. Obama is America’s most belligerent president in history. He exceeded the worst of his predecessor. His second term may eclipse his war on humanity so far.

A previous article explained US and Israeli anti-Iranian red lines, timelines, deadlines, sanctions, sabotage, subversion, cyber attacks, assassinations, saber rattling, falsified IAEA hype, ad nauseam warmongering, Obama/Netanyahu bluster, spurious accusations, manipulated to fail P5+1 talks, and inflammatory headlines intended to promote regime change and war.

Iran and Syria top America’s target list. Syrian opposition groups wrap up their Doha meeting Friday. AFP said opposition elements are “under pressure to unite and bring in all parties (under) new leadership with Islamists heavily represented.”

On Thursday, a 40-member general secretariat was elected. On Friday, a president will be chosen. Dissension and disarray marked days of discussions.

Washington wants officials in place serving US interests. Russia’s Foreign Ministry said Clinton issued “direct orders about what the Syrian opposition should do to form a ‘government in exile’ and” who’d be permitted to join it.

Syrian National Council (SNC) head Abdelbaset Sieda objected to being marginalized and perhaps shut out. It’s unclear what’s in place.

On November 7, the UK Telegraph headlined “Syrian opposition plan falls apart on eve of Doha conference,” saying:

Ahead of Thursday’s meeting, three dissident factions pulled out. Representatives from the National Coordinating Committee, Syrian Democratic Platform, and Kurdish minority rejected Clinton’s plan. An unnamed Western source said, “There are too many people against this initiative for it to work now.”

SNC military representative Jamal al-Wa’ard said, “The components that were not in the SNC are not coming. The idea of a bigger coalition initiative has failed.”

SNC members rejected Western efforts to impose a solution on Syria. Deputy Revolutionary Council head Ahmed Zaidan said, “Everyone feels that this initiative is imposed. They’ve weaved the cloth but now there is no one to wear it.”

Washington-style diplomacy imposes its will on others whether or not they concur. America, Britain and France announced their support for newly appointed Secretariat members “as the legitimate representative of the Syrian people.”

Financial and military support will be provided. It’s been ongoing since last year. Most weapons used come from Washington, Britain, France, and other NATO members.

British Prime Minister David Cameron toured Middle East countries to sell arms. He also wants the 2011 Syrian weapons embargo lifted. The measure’s text in part says:

“By way of derogation….the competent authorities in the Member States….may authorize the sale, supply, transfer or export of equipment which might be used for internal repression, under such conditions as they deem appropriate, if they determine that such equipment is intended solely for humanitarian or protective use.”

Cameron wants the meaning twisted to do openly what’s been ongoing covertly since conflict began last year. The London Guardian said he’ll press Obama to prioritize Syria. He wants stepped up efforts to oust Assad.

He said he’s determined to act. “That means more help for the opposition, more pressure at the UN, more help for the refugees, more work with the neighbors but also a general sort of:”

“Look, let’s be frank what we’ve done for the last 18 months hasn’t been enough. The slaughter continues. The bloodshed is appalling, the bad effects it’s having on the region, the radicalization but also the humanitarian crisis that is engulfing Syria.”

“So let’s work together on really pushing what more we can do, what other steps we can take to hasten the end of this regime.”

He wants more aggressive options on the table. Expect direct Western intervention if what he has in mind fails. With US elections concluded, it’s more likely. It could happen early next year or sooner.

On November 8, Russia Today interviewed Assad. He’ll not leave Syria, he stressed. He’ll live or die there. He was frank and clear, saying:

“We are the last stronghold of secularism and stability in the region and coexistence, let’s say, it will have a domino effect that will affect the world from the Atlantic to the Pacific and you know the implication on the rest of the world.”

“I am not a puppet. I was not made by the West to go to the West or to any other country,” he said. “I am Syrian, I was made in Syria, I have to live in Syria and die in Syria.”

He doesn’t expect direct Western intervention, but isn’t sure what’s next. He calls “the price of (possible foreign) invasion….more than the whole world can afford.”

“My enemy is terrorism and instability in Syria.”

“The West creates enemies. In the past, it was the communism then it became Islam, and then it became Saddam Hussein for a different reason. Now, they want to create a new enemy represented by Bashar.”

“The fight now is not the president’s fight — it is Syrians’ fight to defend their country.”

It’s “not about the power of the President. It is about the whole society.”

“Syria faces not a civil war, but terrorism by proxies….(F)oreign fighters (came) from abroad.”

“Without foreign rebel fighters and smuggled weapons, we could finish everything in weeks.”

“Al-Qaeda’s final aim is an Islamic emirate in Syria.”

He’ll talk with anyone willing to help Syrians. He won’t waste time with elements wanting conflict to persist for their own interests.

“We are fighting terrorism. We are implementing our constitution by protecting the Syrian people.”

Asked if he’d do anything differently from when protests began last March, he said, “I would do what I did on March 15 (2011).”

“Exactly the same. (He’d) ask different parties to have dialogue and stand against terrorists because that is how it started. It did not start as marches.”

“The umbrella or cover was the marches, but within those marches you had militants who started shooting civilians and the army at the same time.”

“Maybe on the tactical level, you could have done something different but as a president you are not tactical. You always take the decision on a strategic level which is something different.”

He hopes Syria will emerge from conflict safe, stable, secure, and more prosperous. He knows it won’t happen soon. Washington’s regime change plans won’t change. Achieving them is something else entirely.

A Final Comment

Daily violence rages in Syria. Terror attacks are a way of life. Car bombs and other violence happen regularly. No place is safe.

The longer conflict persists, the more public support grows for Assad. He’s the last line of defense for ordinary Syrians. Even those against him rely on security forces for help.

Western-backed foreign mercenaries lack support and credibility. Syrians deplore who they are and what they stand for. They want Syria transformed into a fundamentalist caliphate. They want Sharia replacing secular law.

Syrians want to choose their own form of government. They don’t want outsiders doing it for them. Foreign invader control will make Syria ungovernable like Libya. People know what’s going on there and want no part of it.

Even The New York Times expressed some rare candor. It admitted that “rebel fighters….are losing crucial support from a public increasingly disgusted by the actions of some rebels, including poorly planned missions, senseless destruction, criminal behavior and the coldblooded killing of prisoners.”

The shift in public sentiment is palpable. Radicalized opposition elements scare people. Daily bloodshed reminds everyone of what’s coming if they gain control.

An unnamed Saraqib Syrian said, “They were supposed to be the people on whom we depend to build a civil society.” Instead, they’re destroying it.

An Aleppo resident “begged rebels not to camp in a neighborhood telecommunications office. But they did, and government attacks knocked out phone service.”

“One fighter shot into the air when customers at a bakery did not let him cut into a long line for bread. Another was enraged when a man washing his car accidentally splashed him. He shot at him.” He escaped unharmed.

Twenty months after conflict began, people “are trapped in a darkening mood of despair, revulsion and fear that neither side can end the conflict.”

“The most significant change is (that people openly) criticize rebels.”

“Small acts of petty humiliation and atrocities like executions have led many more Syrians to believe that (many) rebels are (morally) depraved….”

They “forced government soldiers from a milk factory, then destroyed it, even though residents needed the milk and had good relations with the owner.”

“They shelled the factory and stole everything. Those are repulsive acts.”

Syrians also know who bears responsibility for months of conflict and what’s at stake. LIke others throughout the region, they deplore Washington for good reason. They want to live free from Western dominance. They may end up dying for it.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Whenever Britain perceives threats to national security, the gloves come off

0

Deaglán de Bréadún |

The award-winning Guardian journalist Ian Cobain has been investigating human rights abuses by his own country in the wake of the World Trade Centre terrorist attacks. His findings are revealed in Cruel Britannia: A Secret History of Torture, published by Portobello Books of London, which also has two chapters on the Troubles in Northern Ireland.

Cobain was examining Britain’s attitude to CIA rendition of al-Qaeda suspects after 9/11. programme. But you never know what you will turn up when you start digging.

“I came across a slightly-veiled reference to a place called the ‘London Cage’ in a book review,” he says. He followed up the lead and discovered this was the name for an interrogation centre in Kensington run by the British army during the second World War, which operated until 1948.

“The purpose of the book was to try and bridge the gap between what we were doing in 1940-48 and what we were doing after 9/11, and to see if there were any connections. There were, in terms of development of techniques — of torture, frankly — and concealment. But also, the same characters keep cropping up now and again.”

For example, one of those who ran the MI5 interrogation centre in wartime was the urbane Dick — later Sir Dick — White (1906-93) who later became head of MI5, then MI6; by 1969, he was the security coordinator of the Cabinet Office.

“In early 1971, when it is known that internment is going to be introduced, Dick White flies to Belfast and he says to the Royal Ulster Constabulary that what they need is an interrogation centre, and they build this at Ballykelly, an old airfield outside Derry. It’s all there in declassified documentation you can find down at the British National Archives in Kew.”

The British army intelligence corps sent a team over to help train RUC special branch officers. “So, on the opening day of internment, the hooded men, the guinea pigs, whatever you want to call them, are subjected to the five techniques.”

White noise

The techniques were: starvation (or “sparse diet”); sleep deprivation; hooding; the use of an incessant hissing sound known as “white noise”; and “wall-standing”, in which victims are spreadeagled against a wall with much of their weight supported by the tips of their fingers. Initially, there were only four techniques; the fifth — white noise — was developed in Oman in 1970,“in a war the British authorities weren’t even acknowledging they were fighting at that time”.

White noise involved “using a generator which you modified in a particular way, and they had actually worked out the exact amount of decibels they wanted to get out of it, which would create a huge amount of noise. It was all about sensory deprivation and alienation, but nobody’s eardrums get damaged.”

The Irish Government brought a case to the European Court of Human Rights, which ruled that, although these procedures did not constitute torture, they did amount to “inhuman and degrading treatment” contrary to Article 3 of the European Convention on Human Rights. The Tory government led by Edward Heath eventually disavowed them. However, Cobain says the techniques continued to be used. He discovered a series of documents at Kew that included a draft — and therefore deniable — directive to the Intelligence Corps which “allowed them to continue to use the five techniques”.

Fast-forward to Basra after the Iraq invasion in 2003, and prisoners are forced to kneel bolt upright on rough ground for long periods with hoods over their heads in the sun.

“They just can’t divorce themselves from coercive interrogation — they think it’s too useful.”

Iraq scraps $4.2 bln Russian arms deal

0

Suadad al-Salhy |

The Iraqi government said on Saturday it had cancelled a $4.2 billion deal to buy military jets, helicopters and missiles from Russia, citing possible corruption in the contract.

In a confusing exchange, the announcement by Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki’s office was immediately contradicted by the acting defense minister who denied the corruption charges, claiming the deals were still valid.

U.S. military hardware remains key for Iraq’s armed forces, but security analysts said the Russian deal had appeared to open a way for Maliki to resist U.S. political pressure by diversifying his arms suppliers.

The Russian deal was agreed just as Washington warned the Iraqi Shi’ite leader to curb Iranian flights ferrying weapons through Iraqi airspace to aid Syrian President Bashar al-Assad in his fight against a revolt there.

Maliki’s media adviser Ali al-Moussawi said the decision to renegotiate the agreements was taken after the prime minister was informed about possible wrongdoing in the contract.

“Our need for weapons still stands so we will renegotiate new contracts,” Moussawi said. “This is a precautionary measure because of suspected corruption.”

But acting Defense Minister Sadoon al-Dulaimi, who negotiated with the Russians, dismissed the corruption charges.

“We have not transferred even one dinar, there was no agent, no contract was signed. These were just technical and financial offers,” he told reporters in Baghdad.

Russian arms exporter Rosoboronexport declined to comment. Russia’s Interfax news agency also said the Russian embassy in Iraq said it had not been informed the deal had been scrapped.

Russia’s daily Kommersant said the contract, announced in October, envisaged the delivery of 42 combined short- to medium- range surface-to-air missile and anti-aircraft artillery weapon systems Pantsir-S1.

It also said Russia could be selling Baghdad MiG-29M/M2 aircraft as well armoured vehicles. Previous news reports had detailed the sale of attack helicopters.

News of the cancellation of the deal came at a time when Russia has been entangled in a series of corruption scandals involving its defence ministry and its space ministry.

On Friday, President Vladimir Putin fired the chief of his military staff, days after sacking the defence minister over a corruption and sleaze scandal. [ID: nL5E8M97F1].

The deals would have made Russia the second largest military supplier to Iraq after the United States, which has sold Baghdad billions of dollars in arms including F-16 fighters and tanks since the 2003 invasion that ousted Saddam Hussein.

Maliki’s Russian agreements fit into the wider context of his juggling interests over the war against Syria’s Assad. Iran and Russia support Assad, while the rebels fighting him are backed by Saudi Arabia, Turkey and Western powers.

Maliki relies on the United States for military aid, but also depends on Iranian influence at home to keep control over Shi’ite allies in his fragile cross-sectarian government among Shi’ites, Sunnis and Kurds.

Israel’s Dr. Strangelove

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Uniting Netanyahu and Lieberman is bad enough. Combined with Uzi Arad’s influence makes it combustible. More on him below.

Netanyahu and Lieberman represent the worst of rogue Israeli leadership. Both are out-of-control warmongers. They’re also war criminals. They deserve prison, not high office.

They deplore peace. They spurn democratic values. Why Israelis tolerate them they’ll have to explain. They should vote them out of office instead.

In January they’ll have a chance. Don’t bet they’ll do the right thing. Elections rarely resolve things. More often in recent decades they make them worse.

Haaretz expressed concern. An October 29 editorial headlined “Moment or Truth,” saying:

“A special responsibility lies on the shoulders of several major Likud figures, members of the party’s more moderate wing, most of whom have been holding their peace. This is a test for those who are not part of Israel’s extreme right.”

Uniting Likud and Yisrael Beiteinu “requires all of Israel’s political players to regroup and make some clear and binding statements to their voters, right now.”

It’s time for center and left-leaning parties to unite against this lethal combination. “It’s time to act,” said Haaretz. “Grumbling isn’t enough now. This is a test for those who are not part of Israel’s extreme right. This a moment of truth for Israeli politics.”

Like America, Israel’s been on a slippery slope to tyranny. Netanyahu elevated the risk. Partnered with Lieberman shifts it higher. Arad’s influence makes regional or global catastrophe more likely.

In 2007, he and then opposition leader Netanyahu discussed Iran with Dick Cheney. They argued for “sufficient punch” to stop its nuclear program.

They urged “crippling sanctions,” especially against oil exports, combined with “a clear and present credible military option that continuing the program would not succeed because inevitably it will bring military action.”

Much the same things are said today. Then and now, Arad remains hardline in all respects. He opposes Palestinian self-determination. Gaining it will compromise Greater Israel ambitions, he claims.

Earlier he said, “We want to relieve ourselves of the burden of Palestinian populations, not the territories.” Palestinians need “one man, one job,” not “one man, one vote.”

He advocates relocating many Palestinians to Sinai so Israel can more easily have all valued West Banks areas Arab free. Like other Israeli hardliners, he barely disguises his contempt for Islam.

He also founded the Herzliya Institute for Policy and Strategy. He established and chaired is annual Conference Series on the Balance of Israel’s National Security.

It’s the most important event on Israel’s calendar. It attracts high-level Israeli and US politicians, military officials and diplomats. Key domestic and geopolitical security issues are featured. Views similar to Arad’s are discussed.

Previously he was Advisor to the Knesset Foreign Affairs and Defense Committee. He was Founding Chairman of the Atlantic Forum of Israel. His Mossad career spanned 20 years. It included serving as its intelligence chief.

He was also a staff member with the neoconservative Hudson Institute and a Research Fellow at Tel Aviv University’s Center for Strategic Studies.

He now teaches international strategy, Middle East politics and security, and transatlantic affairs at Israel’s Lauder School of Government, Diplomacy and Strategy.

He opposed Washington’s 2003 Iraq war and Sharon’s 2005 Gaza disengagement. He urged prioritizing Iran.

Last June, the Jerusalem Post headlined “Uzi Arad: World at ‘moment of truth’ on Iran,” saying:

On the sidelines of the fifth International Luxembourg Forum on Preventing Nuclear Catastrophe, he said, “The Iranians want to get rid of sanctions against them, and the international community wants Iran to cease its nuclear program.”

Events are now on a “collision path. Both sides have advanced. Iran advanced its nuclear program, and the international community has increased sanctions.”

Arad formerly was Netanyahu’s national security adviser. He’s Israel’s super-hawk. Some call him the nation’s Dr. Strangelove. Stanley Kubrick’s film satirically depicted a deranged general’s obsession to wage nuclear war.

With or without portfolio, Arad has Netanhayu’s ear. Perhaps he has more influence than anyone. He wants Iran’s nuclear capability ended in any form.

He believes current sanctions are ineffective. Despite no evidence whatever that Iran has nuclear weapons ambitions, he claims Tehran wants to acquire them.

Last July, Haaretz headlined “Israel’s former national security adviser warns against wasting time on Iran,” saying:

Earlier it would have been easier to stop Tehran, he believes. Now it’s much harder. “It’s a crying shame.” He calls a nuclear Iran “akin to Auschwitz.”

“The Iranian challenge is the supreme challenge.” He believes America is coming around to favor resolving it militarily. He believes the road to Tehran runs through Washington.

“It’s clear that only the United States can ensure for the long-term that Iran does not go nuclear. So it is obvious that our central objective must be to achieve an unshakable American-Israeli partnership on the issue.”

He believes dealing with Iran requires deterrence. America must take the lead, he says. Unilateral Israeli action won’t work. He stopped short of revealing state secrets or Israel’s chosen strategy.

At the same time, he wants Iran to halt all nuclear enrichment for starters. He insists its entire nuclear capability must end.

Otherwise he calls attacking the Islamic Republic legitimate. He wants America and NATO partners taking the lead.

Stopping Iran before it’s too late is vital, he argues. He, Netanyahu, Lieberman, and other Israeli hardliners obsessively crave regional dominance. Claiming an Iranian nuclear threat is red herring cover to eliminate their main regional rival.

Crippling Iranian oil exports and surgically striking Tehran’s nuclear facilities and military capability is his strategy of choice. He rejects the notion that attacking Iran will embroil the entire region.

He’s hardline and uncompromising. He believes attacking Iran is far less risky than living with its “nuclear threat.” He claims having these weapons would “enhance the clout of a militant, extremist Islamic regime.”

Arab states would want their own programs. Proliferation would make the region nightmarish, he believes. Destroying Iran’s nuclear program should be prioritized.

All means should be employed, he argues. It’s vital to enhance Israel’s regional dominance, he claims. It may, in fact, hasten its demise.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Greece: Profile of a Failed State

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Greece exhibits failed and rogue state characteristics. It governs irresponsibly. It’s beholden more to foreign interests than its own. Banker needs are prioritized. Ruling authority outside Greece dictates terms.

The country’s unable or refuses to provide public services. It threatens the welfare of its people. It spurns legitimate rule. It’s bankrupt but won’t declare it.

Governance in Greece combines travesty, tragedy and shame. Democracy’s birth place spurns it. It also displays an unprincipled disregard for human need at a time of rampant corruption and prioritized military spending.

In 2011, seven billion euros went for arms. Greece is the tenth largest weapons importer. It’s one of 28 NATO countries. Collective defense requires member states to purchase arms and buy them from alliance partners.

As a percent of GDP, Greek defense spending is nearly double that of other EU nations. Germany is one of Athens’ main creditors. It’s also one of its largest arms suppliers. They account for 15% of Berlin’s weapons exports.

No justification exists. Greece has no enemies. It’s also broke. It can’t or won’t provide public services. It borrows hugely to repay and service debt, and rampant corruption is out-of-control.

Transparency International (TI) says “Greek people live in a state of ‘corrupt legality,’ meaning that the law often condones or even fosters corrupt practices. Corruption is endemic: not limited to any party or social class, nor to the public sector.”

“The public sector suffers from substantial gaps in both law and practice, thus allowing corruption to thrive. Public officials have been allowed to act for decades without any transparency or effective oversight.”

“As a result, lack of integrity, tendency to demand and accept bribes, and unfaithfulness to public service have proliferated. Wrongdoing has eroded the rule of law and facilitated a culture of impunity.”

Privileged elites hide wealth in favored tax havens. Doing so explains part of the problem.

Unaccountability lets them get away with what no one should tolerate. It’s especially outrageous at a time of economic crisis and appalling human deprivation. Force-feeding more pain exacerbates deplorable conditions.

Last May, dominant parties polled poorly. Voters rejected austerity. Many voted with their feet and opted out. Ordinary Greeks are beset by crushing wage, benefit, and other social cuts.

Impoverishment, homelessness, and unemployment result. Public anger expresses itself in street protests, strikes, and opportunities sought elsewhere.

Some of Greece’s best and brightest are leaving. Why stay without job prospects or futures. Other professionals abroad aren’t returning.

Dire economic conditions created a lost generation. Brain drain exodus affects the country’s future. Greece is inhospitable to human welfare. Who can survive without jobs, income or futures?

Rage against rogue governance grows. On November 6, The New York Times headlined “Normal Life on Pause, and a Sense of Simmering Rage,” saying:

Proprietors go out of business for lack of enough customers and revenue to cover expenses. Deepening Depression conditions exist. Greece’s economy is on a downward spiral to oblivion.

“The vitriol toward politicians is in many ways more intense than the outrage expressed toward the European Union and the International Monetary Fund.”

“Politicians here rarely venture out in public, and when they do, even the most obscure member of Parliament is accompanied by at least one bodyguard.”

On November 7, more austerity measures were enacted. Included are some of the most draconian so far. Street rage became violent. Prior to the vote, 100,000 angry Greeks marched on parliament in Syntagma Square.

Why they haven’t stormed it so far they’ll have to explain. Don’t be surprised if they do ahead in a country best described as a tinderbox ready to explode.

People only take so much. Once pain levels exceed a threshold of no return, all bets are off. Politicians are playing with fire. Revolutionary anger is visceral. One spark too many may ignite it.

Police used tear gas and water cannons to disperse crowds. Protesters threw Molotov cocktails at security forces. A bus stop and kiosk were set ablaze. Athens resembles a war zone.

Dozens of arrests followed. Hundreds or thousands more won’t quell rage. Greeks are justifiably mad and show it. It’s just a matter of time perhaps before the whole country explodes.

Strikes brought Greece to a halt. Hospitals operate with skeleton crews. Commerce shut down. Journalists walked out. They joined strikers. Broadcasts and publications were suspended.

Troika authority demanded and got another $17.2 billion in budget cuts. At issue is qualifying for $39.6 billion in bailout funds. Greece barely gets enough to pay bureaucrats. Debt service and bailing out bankers get top priority.

The term bailout is a misnomer. Grand theft and extortion more accurately explain policy. Ordinary Greeks are victimized. So is Greece’s economy.

It’s a shell of its former self. It’s a zombie waiting for its obituary to be written. Bankers responsible for crisis conditions are rewarded. Irresponsible governance steals from ordinary people to pay rich ones and corporate crooks.

Prime Minister Antonis Samaris heads Greece’s rogue government. On Wednesday, he said Athens took “a big, decisive and optimistic step. A step toward recovery. I am very pleased.”

The more Greece borrows, the greater its debt, the harder it is to service and repay, the more future aid that’s needed, and faster the country heads toward total collapse.

Catastrophic conditions are pushing people toward deplorable living conditions and starvation. Prioritizing debt service and repayment by greater borrowing guarantees an eventual bad ending.

Impossible to bear pain may become uncontainable rage. More than buildings may burn. Politicians may be targeted. They could be tarred, feathered or shot.

University of the Aegean lecturer Panagiotis Sotiris told Russia Today:

“Every austerity package in the last two and a half years was supposed to be the last one. So it won’t be the last one this time. We are going to see more of this.”

With minimal discussion, parliament “pass(ed) a huge law. We are very far from democratic procedure. This is a set of measures, which are actually dictated by the Troika.”

Ordinary Greeks have no say. Parliament surrendered to diktat authority. A banner one protestor held expressed mass sentiment, saying: “TRAITOR SAMARAS GET OUT”

In August, Greek unemployment hit a record high. Officially at 25.4%, one in four workers have no jobs. Monthly for the last three years, figures rose. True unemployment may be much higher. Moreover, most jobs pay subsistence wages and poor or no benefits.

Young people are hardest hit. In the 15 – 24 age category, 58% are jobless. It’s likely closer to two-thirds. In the last three years, wages have been cut up to 60%. Around 70,000 small business ceased operating.

The latest austerity round targets another 150,000 jobs, further wage cuts up to 30%, pensions cut up to 15%, and fewer healthcare benefits.

Bureaucrats across the board are affected. Minimum wages, holiday benefits, and severance pay will be reduced.

Education will also be hit hard. Universities will be shut. Mass staff reductions will follow. Retirement will be raised from 65 to 67. Job protections are weakened. Layoffs are now easier. Redundancy notice was decreased from six to four months.

The done deal isn’t quite complete. On November 11, parliamentarians have to meet Troika officials. Their revised budget must be approved.

Greece also wants more. It seeks a further “emergency growth package.” It’s worth another 10 billion euros. It’s nowhere near enough for what Athens needs. Expect more bailout deals to follow.

On November 5, Greek journalist walked out for the second time in a week. They’re protesting plans to merge their social security fund with a national system.

Finance Minister Yannis Stournaras initially couldn’t get a parliamentary agreement to merge the social security funds of journalists, civil engineers, lawyers, and others into the National Organization for Healthcare Provisions (EOPYY). On November 7, the measure passed.

Greece stands at the abyss of collapse. It’s mired in deepening Depression. Since 2007, it’s economy shrunk nearly 22%. It continues heading south.

Ordinary Greeks bear the greatest burden. Multiple rounds of wage cuts, layoffs and lost benefits created unforgivable hardships.

Bad as things are now, more force-fed austerity is planned. Expect no end of it ahead. Greece is banker occupied. It’s debt entrapped.

Class war rages. Living standards plummeted precipitously. Troika authorities demand state-run enterprises, public land, tourist sites, ports, water, and other Greek crown jewels stripped of all worth and sold at fire sale prices.

Brussels calls it a rescue. Ordinary Greeks know it’s impoverishment and unemployment. It’s financial warfare. It’s more destructive than pillaging armies.

It grabs everything in sight and wants more. Corrupt politicians steal what they can and agree. Ordinary people bear unconscionable pain. Earlier hard times produced Nazism.

World War II followed. Failure to learn from history risks repeating it. At issue is doing it disastrously. No one seems to notice or care. It may be too late to matter once reality hits home. It may come sooner than most imagine.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Shooting the messengers to protect the powerful

0

Child abuse, corruption, war crimes, whistleblowers and WikiLeaks — a Welsh perspective.

The north Wales child abuse scandal, whistleblowing in Wales and elsewhere, Bradley Manning, Julian Assange, WikiLeaks and the need for transparency.

Genny Bove  |

Dedicated to Alison Taylor, who kept blowing the whistle in north Wales until people had no choice but to listen, and to whistleblowers everywhere.

WATERHOUSE NOT FIT FOR PURPOSE

In the wake of the outing of the late Jimmy Savile as a serial child abuser whose activities were facilitated by the BBC, health professionals, government officials and so on, the north Wales child abuse scandal is back in the headlines as the mainstream media finally picks up on the fact that the Waterhouse Inquiry wasn’t fit for purpose. This isn’t news to us here in north Wales — the news is that it’s getting some coverage at last.

YET ANOTHER INQUIRY?

Some of us raise our eyes skywards at the prospect of more Inquiries that will guarantee big fat pay cheques for their officials (Waterhouse cost £13 million) and no promise of justice for abuse victims and whistleblowers. While everyone focuses attention on this particular scandal, who’s going to investigate the scandal of today’s failing “care” system; the untimely deaths of so many young people (and others) in custody within the “justice” system; the abuse of our elders, especially those with dementia in nursing homes; neglect on hospital wards; the mistreatment of adults with physical and learning disabilities; the abysmal state of mental health services; the neglect of soldiers whose war experiences in places they should never have been sent have left them with post-traumatic stress disorder and the suffering of the forgotten civilians maimed, traumatised, bereaved, displaced and impoverished in these same wars?

Who will find and care for all the whistleblowers who over the years have lost their careers, reputations, health and in many cases their families for daring to speak the truth? Who will support all the surviving victims of this abuse who will likely have their hopes for justice raised by the announcement of one new Inquiry or another only to be doused in bucket-loads of whitewash as the interests of the abusers and their colluders prevail?

The north Wales child abuse scandal doesn’t exist in splendid isolation. Child abuse doesn’t exist in isolation. It is part of a much bigger picture across Wales, Britain and the world in which uncomfortable truths are suppressed at almost any cost by abusers of all descriptions (assisted by their friends in high places) to avoid being exposed for their acts or omissions and to maintain their positions of power and control. This is done at the expense of the victims and those who have refused to remain silent in the face of all kinds of wrongdoing.

CHILD ABUSE – SOME ANECDOTAL EVIDENCE

My own knowledge of abuse in Wrexham children’s homes comes mainly from “care” leavers who lived at a hostel where I worked in the late 1980s. Those I met hadn’t been sexually abused in the system or at least if they had they didn’t share it with me and I don’t recall meeting ex-residents of Bryn Estyn. One young woman, however, who had been in the care of the authority because she had been sexually abused by her father for years and who has since committed suicide showed me a scrapbook detailing the time when her social worker, charged with her protection, had become romantically involved with her paedophile father; she lost her job while the young woman lost all trust in adults purporting to support her.

Life in Wrexham children’s homes seemed relentlessly grim at that time. I recall making phone calls to Bersham Hall on behalf of one lad whose girlfriend was living there to try to help resolve an apparent injustice — these seemed to crop up almost daily. I no longer remember the details but I clearly remember the staff member there telling me that I was being “taken in” by “manipulative” young people. When I persisted with my enquiries to try to get to the bottom of the matter, I was met with open hostility. Soon afterwards, I met a young German woman on an international exchange scheme who was placed at Bersham Hall but had demanded to be moved elsewhere at the earliest opportunity because of the punitive regime and lack of care and concern for the troubled young people living there.

At least two of the hostel residents had spent time at Cherry Hill Home, which seemed to have been run by the most sadistic of staff teams. I had no reason to question the veracity of this information gained in the context of two ex-residents reminiscing together and that came across as wholly genuine. They recounted being hit over the knuckles with a wooden spoon; being locked in a dark shed and told to clean the floor with a toothbrush as punishment for minor infractions; being ridiculed by staff; being forced to dress in horrible and unfashionable clothes while their good clothes were locked away in the attic. Later, when an Inquiry was taking place into children’s homes in Wrexham — it may have been Waterhouse or the previous Clwyd County Council internal inquiry that never reported publicly and whose report was pulped — I encouraged these two to go forward with their evidence but they feared reprisals if they did so and refused to take part. They may well have been right.

WHO PAYS THE PIPER…

When Waterhouse reported, I was working as an advocate for children with disabilities while others in the team visited children’s homes and provided advocacy for “looked after” children — a way for children in the “care” system to have a voice and be heard. The issues I looked into for young people with disabilities often centred around assessments carried out and services provided — or not provided — by the local authorities but these same authorities funded our advocacy work, leading to obvious conflicts of the “biting the hand that feeds you” variety. In the end I left because of the lack of independence resulting from the funding arrangements, because I was not supported by my managers, because successful cases that should have led to policy changes within local authorities did not and because the focus was on statistics and “throughput” rather than providing a quality service for the most disabled and disadvantaged children. Many of those I worked with had no effective communication systems in place. It simply wasn’t possible to offer a good service in a short timescale and I wasn’t prepared to close unfinished cases and open new ones just to make the stats look more impressive.

THE CHILDREN’S COMMISSIONER, BULLYING AND COVER-UP

While I was in this post, the Children’s Commissioner for Wales (CCfW) and a team of staff were appointed in direct response to the recommendations of the Waterhouse Report and with a remit to promote whistleblowing amongst other related functions. I had cause to contact the CCfW office in north Wales to seek assistance in relation to young people I was working with and through this came to know senior policy officer Mair Jones, as well as meeting her elsewhere in peace and justice groups.

Mair was part of the Policy Team responsible for publishing a Report, Telling Concerns in 2003 that reviewed whistleblowing, complaints and advocacy practices in Social Services Departments of all local authorities in Wales. At around the same time, she found herself in the unenviable position of blowing the whistle at the CCfW. Mair spoke out about the damaging, bullying culture that pervaded, the absence of policies and procedures for employees and her fears that such failures of management led to unsafe practices and decisions about children. She is also convinced that she was bullied by her senior managers for doing exactly what she was paid to encourage others to do — blowing the whistle.

Mair eventually resigned from the CCfW in 2007. Although her employment tribunal should have included a claim under the Public Interest Disclosure Act (PIDA), a combination of poor advice from the Welsh Assembly Government (WAG), the PCS Union and solicitors resulted in her losing this option. I sat and watched the Judge behave in a bullying and abusive manner towards Mair as she sought justice at the tribunal with only a constructive dismissal claim having refused two offers to settle, the first of £12k and the second of £28k, both sanctioned by the current Children’s Commissioner for Wales, Keith Towler and both of which would have included gagging clauses.

A freelance reporter who regularly attends employment tribunals said he had never seen a Judge behave in such an appalling way towards a claimant. Mair was additionally disadvantaged by having to present a complex case without legal representation or experience while the CCfW enjoyed the benefit of a publicly funded barrister and it was no surprise that the tribunal didn’t uphold the claim, but the mismatch between the evidence I heard on the days I attended that revealed much about the problems at the CCfW at the time and how this was later interpreted and presented by the Judge in her whitewashed ruling was striking and shocking.

In 2007, Mair had sent a whistleblowing statement to the relevant Minister in the Welsh Assembly, Jane Hutt. This was never acknowledged, but Mair eventually discovered that Jane Hutt had established a Review in response, and that this had been conducted without interviewing her and reported without informing her. Mair pursued a major complaint about how WAG, in her opinion, failed in its duties towards her as a whistleblower and insisted that this time she should be interviewed. This investigation was restricted to looking at WAG’s response to Mair’s statement, unhelpfully concluding after 14 months that WAG was under no obligation to investigate Mair’s concerns about the CCfW, but identifying that WAG had “not carried out a thorough investigation”, that “the commitment to keep Mair Jones informed was overlooked” and that she was “entitled to a response which informs her what view WAG takes of her concerns.” Mair has still not received this.

MY OWN WHISTLEBLOWING EXPERIENCES AND MORE COVER UP
http://notavow.wordpress.com

In 2011, I represented myself at a six day employment tribunal against my former employers, the Association of Voluntary Organisations in Wrexham (AVOW) on a claim of constructive dismissal and disability discrimination, including victimisation, that was upheld on all counts. One of many issues in the case was an inappropriate request for an enhanced Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) check that I subsequently discovered was not motivated by any desire to protect children but rather was an attempt by the Chief Officer, John Gallanders, to get rid of me. John Gallanders was also the Chair of Wrexham’s Children and Young People Framework Partnership which operates with the underpinning principle of keeping children safe from harm, as well as protecting them from discrimination; it’s a shame he didn’t extend this principle to his employees. My whistleblowing at the time was dismissed by the Princess Royal Trust for Carers acting as a CRB umbrella body and by those responsible for compliance at the Criminal Records Bureau, both of whom claimed there was no wrongdoing in spite of documentary evidence to the contrary and it was not until the tribunal’s judgment over two years later, by which time I was suffering with serious depression, that my actions were vindicated. I also blew the whistle to the Charity’s Trustees over the misconduct of AVOW’s Chief Officer John Gallanders, behaviour that included unilaterally withdrawing the organisation’s whistleblowing policy. The Trustees completely failed in their duty to investigate and in their duty of care towards me and were severely criticised in the judgment.

After the tribunal ruled, I continued to blow the whistle on AVOW’s nefarious activities to all the bodies responsible for overseeing its work. Although the tribunal’s findings showed that the Chief Officer was guilty of Gross Misconduct on several counts under AVOW’s own policy and therefore liable to instant dismissal he remains in post while many of the trustees who were found to have failed in their duties are still in charge of the organisation. None of the funding or regulatory bodies has shown the slightest interest in the fact that, in the days after the verbal ruling of the tribunal was handed down, detailing and roundly condemning serious failings in AVOW’s governance — failings of the Chief Officer and Trustees — the Chief Officer John Gallanders was busy negotiating the take over of Plas Madoc Communities First project, whose own serious failings in governance had been exposed by another whistleblower, and making statements to the media about the importance of good governance. The bodies that could have taken action included the Welsh Government, Wales Council for Voluntary Action, the Charity Commission and Wrexham County Borough Council (WCBC).

THE TROUBLE WITH EQUALITIES

The Tribunal found that AVOW failed to make reasonable adjustments to enable me, as a disabled employee, to work there, that it directly discriminated against me and victimised me in various ways on grounds of my disability. Commenting on my attempts to resolve the situation through AVOW’s grievance processes, the Tribunal wrote: “This is a conclusion that we reach in only exceptional cases, but we have reached it in this case without hesitation: from start to finish, the grievance processes were a sham.”

AVOW is signatory to and recruiter for WCBC’s One Wrexham Charter of Belonging. Since the Charter places obligations on signatories to promote equality and challenge discrimination and unfair practices it was clear that, post-Tribunal and with no change of personnel at the top, AVOW had no credibility to have its name on the Charter, let alone recruit for it. My extensive efforts to point this out and get the council to take action were wasted.

One would hope that there would be respect for whistleblowers and a commitment to openness and fairness at the Commission charged with upholding human rights and equalities in Wales. Apparently not. In 2007, the Disability Rights Commission (DRC), Equal Opportunities Commission (EOC) and Commission for Racial Equality (CRE) were in the process of being amalgamated into the Equalities and Human Rights Commission (EHRC or CEHR as it was then called). The new Commission had a wider remit than the sum of the old Commissions, but the CEHR in England had proposed a drastic drop in staff numbers for Wales: from 58 to around 20, with the new Wales Commission being downgraded to a satellite of the England-based Commission, rather than operating autonomously as the old Commissions had done. These issues were withheld from the WAG by the Directors of the DRC, EOC and CRE in Wales, who colluded in this against the interests of their staff and apparently to avoid upsetting their new bosses although the information was already in the public domain in Scotland.

The whistleblower in this case, a union representative at the DRC concerned about job losses, leaked an email containing this information to Leanne Wood, AM. After a long workplace investigation, she was disciplined, sacked and appealed against her dismissal. Although reinstated on appeal, she was ostracised on her return to work and then sacked again after a blog referring to the matter was shown to belong to her. I first heard this story when I met the whistleblower during solidarity actions for accused whistleblower Bradley Manning in Cardiff. Her account and the leaked email can be read on the WikiLeaks website.
http://wikileaks.org/wiki/Wales_Equality_and_Human_Rights_Commission_email

MORE WHISTLEBLOWERS VICTIMISED

Once you’re aware of whistleblowing, you find whistleblowers all over the place. The last council whistleblower I met, who had worked in adult learning disability services in Wrexham, was treated in a way that led to her becoming extremely ill and losing her job before eventually being gagged by the council with an agreement to keep her mouth shut. I know that not because she broke the gagging contract but because she wouldn’t. A long-time member of staff working in WCBC’s learning disability services told me that she had NEVER come across a case where anyone who had blown the whistle on bad practice, abuse, misconduct etc. had NOT been victimised as a result of their actions. No amount of whistleblowing policies, fine words or inquiries led by judges or ex-police officers are going to change the prevailing and pervasive culture of shooting the messenger. It is worth remembering that judges and police officers were reported to have been part of the north Wales paedophile ring.

The whistleblower in the Plas Madoc case mentioned earlier, Mrs. Mandy Bostwick, was subjected to the most appalling victimisation at the hands of various government officials including two officers of North Wales Police, who were ultimately moved from duties in the Plas Madoc community. Mrs. Bostwick eventually received a personal and formal apology from the Police in the presence of an Assembly Member after the IPCC upheld her complaint twice against the officers concerned. In its report, the IPCC stated that North Wales Police was not capable of investigating Mrs. Bostwick’s complaint. Meanwhile, investigations have continued for three years into senior government officials who wrote libellous statements against Mrs. Bostwick in connection with her work at the Plas Madoc Communities First Project and circulated these through official channels without her knowledge. These government officials went further by sending statements to her governing body in an attempt to shut her up and wipe her out. A legal case against those involved is currently being pursued by Mrs. Bostwick following these investigations.

Earlier this year, as part of solidarity actions for Welsh-American accused whistleblower Bradley Manning, a group of whistleblowers met in Denbigh, north Wales, to share experiences and offer support to one another. The stories of those who attended and those who sent their support to the meeting covered a wide range of settings but in all other respects were remarkably similar: people speaking up when they witnessed abuse or misconduct — as all whistleblowing policies recommend we should do — hoping to stop the wrongdoing from happening, but instead finding themselves under attack (in one case physically assaulted), investigated, smeared, hounded, threatened, persecuted, sacked. When disclosures expose the corruption and lies of the very powerful, loss of liberty is a real possibility.

THE PERSECUTION OF BRADLEY MANNING
http://bradleymanning.org

No discussion of Wales and whistleblowing would be complete without a look at the case of the young intelligence analyst in the US military accused of the biggest information leak in history. Bradley Manning’s mother is Welsh, his parents met here, his elder sister was born here and he spent several years living in Pembrokeshire as a teenager after his parents separated. The files Brad is alleged to have passed on to WikiLeaks include the Collateral Murder footage of a helicopter gunship attack that killed two Reuters journalists and ten others in Baghdad and which the US military had suppressed; the Iraq War Logs and Afghan War Diary that detail the ugly truth about the wars in those countries and expose government lies; hundreds of thousands of US diplomatic cables that reveal the extent of US interference and undue influence in countries around the world.

Bradley Manning has been held by the US in pre-trial detention for 900 days as of 8 November and a motion is in the process of being heard to dismiss charges because he has been denied the “speedy trial” he is entitled to. He was tortured for nearly a year, treatment condemned by the UN Special Rapporteur on Torture, while the Commander-in-Chief of the military, Barack Obama has declared that he’s guilty before he’s even been tried. None of the perpetrators of the crimes revealed in the leaks have been arrested, tried or punished and the clear message this sends to others in the military is that war crimes are acceptable but speaking the truth will not be tolerated. Contrary to his election promises last time round, Obama has waged an unprecedented war on whistleblowers, prosecuting in one short term more than all other US Presidents put together.

PUNISHED FOR HAVING PRINCIPLES

When Ben Griffin, a soldier in the SAS who was educated in Wales and signed up for the army here, refused to return to the war in Iraq in 2005 and left the military, he received a glowing commendation from his commanding officer but when in 2008 he began to speak out about his experiences and to blow the whistle on British complicity in torture, he was gagged by a High Court injunction forbidding any further disclosures under threat of a prison sentence.

Michael Lyons was a British Navy medic who, having read the Afghan War Diary and Iraq War Logs, attempted to register as a conscientious objector. His commanding officer accepted this, but the decision was subsequently reversed and Michael was ordered (inappropriately for his post) to undertake rifle training, which he refused to do. He was court martialled and sentenced to seven months in a military prison.

Ben Griffin points out that the WikiLeaks disclosures about Iraq and Afghanistan allow disaffected soldiers returning from these war zones to back up their first hand experiences with hard facts. The government does not want people to know the truth about the wars it is sending soldiers off to fight and it certainly does not want military personnel to develop a critical conscience about those wars based on the irrefutable evidence published by WikiLeaks and will do everything it can to discourage soldiers and others in the military from speaking out.

JULIAN ASSANGE AND WIKILEAKS

While Bradley Manning is in extended pre-trial custody in the US, the editor-in-chief of WikiLeaks Julian Assange has been confined within the Ecuadorian Embassy in London for nearly five months at the time of writing. Although he has been granted political asylum in Ecuador the British government refuses to guarantee his safe passage out of the country as it should. It is using as an excuse for this behaviour the European Arrest Warrant issued by Sweden over allegations of sexual misconduct. However, the circumstances surrounding the investigation and the way the case has been handled in Sweden, Sweden’s continued refusal to interview Julian in London, the existence of a secret Grand Jury in the US known to be carrying out a huge investigation of WikiLeaks and many other factors all point to political motivation behind the extradition request and an intention to deliver Julian into the hands of the US at some point where he risks life imprisonment or worse for publishing the truth. His own country, Australia, has also manifestly failed to offer him protection or support.

There is a Welsh, Irish, Scottish and English grassroots network of people acting in solidarity with Julian Assange and Bradley Manning. If enough people around the world offer their visible support and solidarity, it will become politically impossible for the US or any other country to continue to persecute these two courageous individuals and the sustained attack on WikiLeaks would have to be dropped.
http://wiseupaction.info

THE IMPORTANCE OF TRANSPARENCY

It seems that the remit of the Waterhouse Inquiry was to consider primarily the conduct of the staff at the children’s homes and not to look too far beyond them to the wider picture of abuse perpetrated by a paedophile ring operating outside these establishments and apparently including some very high profile individuals. The Waterhouse Report, Lost in Care, did not include the names of the alleged ring members and the media were prevented from publishing the name of any person still alive accused of abuse unless they had previously been convicted of such an offence. Waterhouse claimed the allegations against high profile figures were in “the realm of fantasy”.

Telling victims now to go to the police is all very well, but we know that previously reported allegations were not followed up and some victims did not and do not trust the police, with good reason.

We have something to learn from the approach of WikiLeaks and its success at exposing wrongdoing. Compare and contrast, for example, the Chilcot Inquiry into the Iraq War, yet to report and widely criticised for its make up, terms of reference, for the government’s right of veto on what goes in the final report and so on, with what we know about the Iraq War as a result of the publication by WikiLeaks of the Iraq War Logs — the unvarnished truth.

Welsh MP Ann Clwyd has called, along with many others, for an over-arching Inquiry into child abuse. Ms Clwyd knows perfectly well that Inquiries don’t always get to the truth. She herself, a strong supporter of the war in Iraq, was given a very easy ride when she appeared before the Chilcot inquiry in spite of being personally responsible for disseminating an uncorroborated and later discredited story just before the crucial Parliamentary vote on the Iraq war. This described an industrial machine used by Saddam Hussein as a “people shredder” into which opponents of the regime would be fed feet first for maximum suffering, their remains put into plastic bags and used as fish food. Without this story, it is quite possible that Britain would not have supported the war. The tall tale was also picked up around the world and used by proponents of the illegal invasion, notably in Australia and the US. In these circumstances and with so much blood on her hands it is ironic that Clwyd claims to support Bradley Manning. Without her intervention on Iraq, Brad might never have been sent there and the events he is accused of disclosing to WikiLeaks, including the Collateral Murder attack, might never have happened.

Inquiries don’t bring justice. They are always going to be led by establishment figures with a vested interest in maintaining the status quo or at least saving their colleagues from embarrassment or prosecution. They will always be limited by restrictive terms of reference. We don’t need our information filtered, redacted and massaged. Let’s have the raw data and we can make up our own minds, starting with the pulped Clwyd County Council Jillings Report and all the evidence it was based on.

As Julian Assange has said of WikiLeaks:

“The goal is justice. The method is transparency.”

Shocking survey result shows how much freedom Americans are willing to sacrifice

0

Paul Joseph Watson, Propaganda Matrix |

A survey commissioned by Infowars and conducted by Harris Interactive has found that 35% of American adults would be willing to wear an electric shock bracelet in order to fly, another startling example of how many Americans are willing to give up their rights in the name of safety.

The idea of mandating travelers wear an electric shock bracelet sounds like something out of a dystopian sci-fi movie, but the proposal was seriously considered and very nearly implemented by the Department of Homeland Security back in 2008.

As the video above highlights, not only would the bracelets have been used to deliver incapacitating electric shocks to suspected terrorists, they would also have contained tracking technology to spy on the wearer.

American adults participating in the Harris Interactive survey were asked the following question;

In 2008, the Department of Homeland Security expressed an interest in having travelers wear electric shock bracelets that would both track travelers through the airport as well as allow airport officials and flight crews to incapacitate potential terrorists. How willing, if at all, would you be to wear such a bracelet in order to fly?

An astounding 35% of American adults responded that they would be “completely” or “somewhat willing” to wear the shock bracelet. Republicans were more likely to be willing than Democrats, 41% to 34%.

Only a slim majority (52%) said they would be “completely” unwilling or “somewhat unwilling” to wear the shock bracelet. The rest (13%) responded “don’t know”.

The fact that a sizable portion of American adults are willing to wear a device that would allow a TSA agent or other airline official to arbitrarily deliver a paralyzing electric shock similar to a taser gun is a shocking indication of how much freedom and dignity Americans are happy to give up in the name of security.

Given how close the DHS came to actually implementing the plan, one wonders if it is likely to rear its head once more.

In 2008, the Washington Times reported on how DHS official Paul S. Ruwaldt of the Science and Technology Directorate, office of Research and Development, wrote to Lamperd Less Lethal, Inc. indicating that the Department of Homeland Security was ready to purchase devices from the company that would be used to deliver incapacitating shocks to airline passengers, all of whom would be mandated to wear the shock bracelet once they checked in for their flight.

In his letter, Ruwaldt also noted how the bracelet could be used as a “method of interrogation,” in other words a torture device. He also raised the prospect of using the device against protesters to allow the temporary “restraint of large numbers of individuals in open area environments by a small number of agents or Law Enforcement Officers.”

The letter stated that the DHS was “interested in…. the immobilizing security bracelet” and that it was “conceivable to envision a use to improve air security, on passenger planes.” Other letters made it clear that the DOD, the CDC, Department of Interior, Department of Agriculture Forestry service, as well as unnamed law enforcement agencies were also keen on acquiring the device.

Following a wave of negative publicity, the DHS pulled the plug on its interest in the electric shock bracelet, and Lamperd Less Lethal, Inc. set about removing the letters from Ruwaldt it had previously proudly displayed on its website.

As we reported yesterday, the Harris survey produced several other jaw-dropping results, the most notable being that almost a third of American adults would be willing to submit to a “TSA body cavity search” in order to fly.

*********************

Abbreviated Methodology

This survey was conducted online within the United States by Harris Interactive on behalf of Free Speech Systems from November 5-7 among 2,059 adults ages 18 and older. This online survey is not based on a probability sample and therefore no estimate of theoretical sampling error can be calculated. For complete survey methodology, including weighting variables, please contact watson-paul3@sky.com.

HSBC at the centre of HMRC investigation

0

Britain’s biggest bank is at the centre of a HMRC investigation after allegations that criminals opened offshore accounts for money laundering purposes in the bank’s Jersey operation.

The tax affairs of more than 4,000 Britons with an HSBC bank account in Jersey were under scrutiny after their details were leaked to HM Revenue & Customs.

The list, which was passed to authorities this week by a whistleblower, reportedly includes the names of serious criminals, according to the Daily Telegraph.

It will raise further questions about HSBC’s procedures at a time when the group is facing fines of about 1.5bn dollars (£938m) in the US for breaching money laundering rules.

HSBC released a statement saying it was investigating “an alleged loss of certain client data in Jersey as a matter of urgency”, but said it had not been contacted by HMRC.

Banks are required to report any suspicious activity that could suggest money laundering, although the responsibility for paying tax lies with the individual.

The list identifies the names, addresses and account balances of 4,388 Britons holding £699m in offshore bank accounts at HSBC Jersey, according to the Daily Telegraph. It includes a well-known drug dealer living in Venezuela, three bankers facing major fraud allegations and a convicted criminal, the paper says.

In total, there are 8,474 account holders, including 602 addresses from Israel and 527 in France.

HMRC confirmed it had received the data and is studying it. The list will now be used by HMRC to identify whether any of the Jersey accounts were used to avoid paying taxes.

HSBC said: “We have not been notified of any investigation in relation to this matter by HMRC or any other authority but, should we receive notification, we will co-operate fully with the authorities.”

Source

Obama continues war on whistleblowers

Press TV |

Wikileaks founder Julian Assange polarizes people. Some love him, some hate him, others believe he is, whether knowingly or not, a useful tool for the spy hierarchy in the U.S. and elsewhere in the West. Assange’s reaction to the reelection of Obama is worthy of note, however. Not only because he is one of the only high profile dissenting voices in the public eye, but also because he has experienced first hand how Obama has instituted one of the most extreme under the radar crack-downs on dissenters in history.

In a telephone interview with AFP from his asylum at Ecuador’s London embassy, Assange urged that Obama’s reelection should not be any cause for celebration.

“It’s better to have a sheep in wolf’s clothing than a wolf in sheep’s clothing,” Assange said, adding that he expects the Obama administration to continue attacking and persecuting anti-secrecy activists.

“All of the activities against WikiLeaks by the United States have occurred under an Obama administration,” Assange said, adding that the Republican party has not acted to try and restrain such excessive activity.

“There is no reason to believe that will change – in fact, the Republicans will push the administration into ever greater excesses,” Assange noted.

“The re-election of Barack Obama coincides with the 899th day of Bradley Manning’s confinement,” Assange said, referring to the soldier, currently being held in solitary confinement in a military prison, accused of leaking thousands of classified military documents to WikiLeaks in 2010 relating to the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Yesterday, a federal judge in Virginia ruled that a 2-year-old federal grand jury probe into WikiLeaks is still “ongoing.”

WikiLeaks released a statement echoing Assange’s remarks, noting that Obama has forged a “state within a state” that is “replete with secret laws, secret budgets, secret bailouts, secret killings, secret mass spying, and secret detention without charge.”

“Four more years in the same direction cannot be tolerated,” the statement concluded.

It is a well documented fact that Attorney General Eric Holder, Obama’s top Justice Department official, has prosecuted more whistleblowers under the Espionage Act during his tenure than all of his predecessors combined.

In a very informative piece in September, London Guardian journalist Glenn Greenwald noted:

“In 2008, candidate Obama hailed whistleblowing as “acts of courage and patriotism,” which “should be encouraged rather than stifled as they have been during the Bush administration.”

“President Obama, however, has waged the most aggressive and vindictive assault on whistleblowers of any president in American history,” Greenwald clarifies.

In addition, as journalist Peter Van Buren has pointed out,

Obama’s zeal in silencing leaks that don’t make him look like a superhero extends beyond the deployment of the Espionage Act into a complex legal tangle of retaliatory practices, life-destroying threats, on-the-job harassment, and firings. Lots of firings.

At the heart of Obama’s war on whistleblowers is protection of his continued undeclared and unauthorized secret drone war.

Yesterday it was revealed that within 24 hours of his reelection, Obama sanctioned yet another drone missile strike on Yemen.

The strike was said to have killed three militants and injured several others, including a child. Local journalists were surprised that the strike was carried out less than 40km from the capital, making it the closest ever to the country’s centre of government. Activists condemned the strike as part of Obama’s “secret war” on Yemen.

Adam Banron, a freelance journalist based in Yemen, tweeted:

@adammbaron: coming > 24 hours after Obama’s reelection, its hard not to see the suspected U.S. strike in sanhan as a message…if not a provocation. #yemen

Yemeni activist Ibrahim Mothana tweeted:

@imothanaYemen: Drone strikes in a “Secret War” by a “Nobel Peace Laureate”! Life can’t get more surreal #Yemen

Yemeni Blogger Afrah Nasser tweeted:

@Afrahnasser:”Yes We Can #Drone!” #Obama #Yemen #Somalia #Pakistan

Yemeni doctor Wedad Abood tweeted:

@WedadAbood: @BarackObama 4 more years of #drone strikes killing innocent peoples not to forget women & children #NoDrones #Yemen

U.S. envoy Michele Sison indicts Sri Lanka but ignores Obama’s tyrannical Executive Orders

Daya Gamage |

“The United States remains concerned by the consolidation of executive power”, was what American ambassador to Sri Lanka Michele Sison declared in her maiden media interview since she took up her duties in Colombo last August.

Anyone who knows the basics of political science is aware what the ambassador is endeavoring to convey: Sri Lanka’s president Mahinda Rajapaksa is using his ‘executive position’ toward the consolidation of executive power, meaning usurping the legislative power of the parliament to make laws or legislate from his presidential secretariat.

In the caption we used the word ‘tyrannical’, and that’s not our adjective to give a better description of Mr. Obama’s executive orders but one that has been used by political analysts and media personnel in the United States to project the routine exercise of the Obama White House usurping the legislative responsibilities of the U.S. Congress.

This is what the Sri Lanka media outlet reported following Ambassador Michele Sison’s interview:

“The United States remains concerned by the consolidation of executive power, the fact that no agreement has yet been reached on political devolution, and the militarization of the former conflict zones,” she added. Referring to the country’s judiciary, Sison urged the Sri Lankan government to strengthen judicial independence by ending interference in the judicial process; protecting members of the judiciary from attack; and restoring a fair, independent, and transparent mechanism to oversee judicial appointments.

The media outlet further reported, “In her first interview with the media since assuming duties as the US Ambassador to Sri Lanka, Michele Sison says the United States, along with its partners in the international community, continue to urge Sri Lanka to address outstanding issues related to the Rule of Law, governance, accountability and reconciliation.”

It is not a surprise that these serious indictments of foreign diplomats, especially that of the American envoy, simply go unchallenged in Sri Lanka. The Asian Tribune does not advocate to start a diplomatic battle with the United States but there is a way in which some official who holds responsible position in the Rajapaksa administration could use some space to let the American diplomatic post in Colombo know that it shouldn’t come out with this type of indictments when the Obama administration itself uses ‘Executive Orders’, tyrannical as some observers believe, to bypass the Congress’ legislative responsibilities.

What Ambassador Sison leveled is a very serious allegation if not an indictment against the president of Sri Lanka. And, it comes from President Obama’s diplomatic envoy accredited to Sri Lanka. It is very serious than a political observer or a media personnel in the U.S. describing President Obama’s ‘Executive Orders’ as ‘tyrannical’.

For Ambassador Michele Sison’s information and the readers knowledge let us list here some of the ‘Executive Orders’ President Obama has issued that have been interpreted as ‘tyrannical’ by political observers and media personnel here in the United States and not by Sri Lanka’s diplomatic representatives in Washington which is most undiplomatic and unethical.

And the following is a compilation using several media outlets, print and online, which gave somewhat a comprehensive list of ‘Executive Orders’ issued by Obama White House by-passing the Congress.

A September 24 a Wall Street Journal editorial warned that President Obama is moving to control the Internet by executive order. “Any day now, the White House will issue an executive order on cyber security, according to Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano who said last week that the measure ‘is close to completion.’”

It noted that “the White House intends to go ahead with its order in the face of vociferous opposition on Capitol Hill.”

“According to leaked versions of the draft, the executive order would impose security standards for 16 critical industries” and that “private companies have innovated and invested heavily to protect themselves without regulatory prodding. What they need from the government is an information-sharing program and liability protection.”

This is just one more executive order that would, along with others, impose a totalitarian control over every aspect of life in America on the pretext of a national emergency. We had a national emergency on 9/11 and no laws were abrogated, no Constitutional freedoms denied.

A Homeland Security Department study, “Hot Spots of Terrorism and Other Crimes in the United States 1970-2008”, listed Americans who are “fiercely nationalistic”, “suspicious of centralized federal authority” and “reverent of individual liberty”. .Jeffery T. Kuhmer, writing in The Washington Times in March, noted that “On March 15, the White House released an executive order, ‘National Defense Resources Preparedness.’ The document is stunning in its audacity and a flagrant violation of the Constitution.”

To understand how extensive this is, the Western Center for Journalism published a list of“Obama’s Worst Executive Orders” asserting that some 900 Obama executive orders had been initiated when in fact Obama has signed 139. However, added to active EOs from previous administrations, the Center is correct in its fears that he is “creating a martial law ‘Disney Land’ of control covering everything imaginable.”

Executive Order 10990 allows the Government to take over all modes of transportation and control of highways and seaports.

– Executive Order 10995 allows the government to seize and control the communication media.

– Executive Order 10997 allows the government to take over all electrical power, gas, petroleum, fuels, and minerals.

– Executive Order 11000 allows the government to mobilize civilians into work brigades under government supervision.

– Executive Order 11001 allows the government to take over all health education and welfare functions.

– Executive Order 11002 designates the Postmaster General to operate a national registration of all persons.

– Executive Order 11003 allows the government to take over all airports and aircraft, including commercial aircraft.

– Executive Order 11004 allows the Housing and Finance Authority to relocate and establish new locations for populations.

– Executive Order 11005 allows the government to take over railroads, inland waterways, and public storage facilities.

– Executive Order 11049 assigns emergency preparedness function to federal departments and agencies, consolidating 21 operative Executive Orders issues over a fifteen-year period.

– Executive Order 11051 specifies the responsibility of the Office of Emergency Planning and gives authorization to put all Executive Orders into effect in times of increased international tensions and economic or financial crisis.

– Executive Order 11310 grants authority to the Department of Justice to enforce the plans set out in Executive Orders, to institute Industrial support, to establish judicial and legislative liaison, to control all aliens, to operate penal and correctional institutions, and to advise and assist the President.

– Executive Order 11921 allows the Federal Emergency Preparedness Agency to develop plans to establish control over the mechanisms of production and distribution of energy sources, wages, salaries, credit, and the flow of money in U.S. financial institutions in any undefined national emergency. It also provides that when the president declares a state of emergency, Congress cannot review the action for six months.

Political observers and media personnel observe that these executive orders are a blueprint for the takeover by the government by White House fiat, by-passing Congress.

They go on to say by declaring that “international tensions and economic or financial crisis” or a “national emergency” exists, it puts all powers of governance in the hands of one man, the president of the United States.

Waiving Freedom

Among the objections to ObamaCare, one that has not gotten as much attention as it should is the president’s power to waive the law for any company, union or other enterprise he chooses.

The 14th Amendment to the Constitution provides for “equal protection of the laws” for all Americans. To have a law that can cost an organization millions of dollars a year either apply or not apply, depending on the whim or political interest of the President of the United States, is to make a mockery of the rule of law.

How secure is any freedom when there is this kind of arbitrary power in the hands of one man?

What does your right of freedom of speech mean if saying something that irritates the Obama administration means that you or your business has to pay huge amounts of money and get hit with all sorts of red tape under ObamaCare that your competitor is exempted from, because your competitor either kept quiet or praised the Obama administration or donated to its reelection campaign?

Arbitrary ObamaCare waivers are bad enough by themselves. They are truly ominous as part of a more general practice of this administration to create arbitrary powers that permit them to walk roughshod over the basic rights of the American people.

The checks and balances of the Constitution have been evaded time and time again by the Obama administration, undermining the fundamental right of the people to determine the laws that govern them, through their elected representatives.

You do not have a self-governing people when huge laws are passed too fast for the public to even know what is in them.

You do not have a self-governing people when “czars” are created by Executive Orders, so that individuals wielding vast powers equal to, or greater than, the powers of Cabinet members do not have to be vetted and confirmed by the people’s elected representatives in the Senate, as Cabinet members must be.

You do not have a self-governing people when decisions to take military action are referred to the United Nations and the Arab League, but not to the Congress of the United States, elected by the American people, whose blood and treasure are squandered.

You do not have a self-governing people when a so-called “consumer protection” agency is created to be financed by the unelected officials of the Federal Reserve System, which can create its own money out of thin air, instead of being financed by appropriations voted by elected members of Congress who have to justify their priorities and trade-offs to the taxpaying public.

You do not have a self-governing people when laws passed by the Congress, signed by previous Presidents, and approved by the federal courts, can have the current President waive whatever sections he does not like, and refuse to enforce those sections, despite his oath to see that the laws are faithfully executed.

Barack Obama, for example, has refused to carry out sections of the immigration laws that he does not like, unilaterally creating de facto amnesty for those illegal immigrants he has chosen to be exempt from the law. The issue is not — repeat, NOT — the wisdom or justice of this President’s immigration policy, but the seizing of arbitrary powers not granted to any President by the Constitution of the United States.

You do not have a self-governing people if President Obama succeeds in having international treaties under United Nations auspices govern the way Americans live their lives, whether with gun control laws or other laws.

Obama’s “citizen of the world” mindset was revealed back in 2008, when he said “We can’t drive our SUVs and eat as much as we want and keep our homes on 72 degrees at all times … and then just expect that every other country is going to say okay.”

The desire to circumvent the will of the American people was revealed even more ominously when Barack Obama said to Russian President Medvedev — when he thought the microphone was off — that, after he is reelected and need never face the voters again, he can be more “flexible” with the Russians about missile defense.

There are other signs of Obama’s contempt for American Constitutional democracy, but these should be more than enough. Dare we risk how far he will go when he never has to face the voters again, and can appoint Supreme Court justices who can rubber stamp his power grabs? Will this still be America in 2016?

Thomas Sowell is a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution at Stanford University. His Web site is www.tsowell.com. To find out more about Thomas Sowell and read features by other Creators Syndicate columnists and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate web page.

Copyright © 2012 Creators Syndicate

CIA using drug money to overthrow Ecuador President

0

Matías Rojas |

The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) is using drug money to fund Rafael Correa’s opposition in the coming 2013 Ecuadorian elections, intelligence sources have revealed to Chilean independent media. The accusations do not stand alone. In October, former UK diplomat Craig Murray said that the CIA had tripled its budget to destabilize the government of Ecuador.

The allegations were made public by President Rafael Correa on November 3rd on national television, just days after his official visit to Chile to meet with President Sebastian Piñera.

http://youtu.be/yDtUUPpTTVg

For translation, click on the CC (captions) widget, choose Spanish, then select Translate and English (or preferred language).

Correa reaffirmed information that appeared in an article written by Chilean independent media outlet Panoramas News, revealing that the CIA and DEA stations in Chile were running a narcotics trafficking network through that country with the full knowledge of Chilean authorities and police.

One of the sources quoted by Chilean media, a former police officer in the Policia de Investigaciones (PDI) by the name of Fernando Ulloa, said that 300 kilograms of cocaine were entering Chile monthly under the escort of members of his own institution, the Carabineros, and the Chilean Army. In May 2011, Fernando Ulloa met with then Chilean Minister of Interior Rodrigo Hinzpeter in La Moneda to inform him about the drug network. After more than one year, the Piñera’s government had done nothing to investigate the case.

The scandal resurfaced again after 10 Chilean cops were detained with links to a minor drug smuggling ring, not connected to the one Ulloa was exposing. Although Chilean television was more open to talk about police corruption, Ulloa was only interviewed by two TV networks, where he accused Minister Rodrigo Hinzpeter of covering up the larger narcotics ring he was investigating before being kicked out of his job as PDI inspector.

http://youtu.be/HYHWAq8uqqw

The links to US intelligence emerged after an anonymous source from the Agencia Nacional de Inteligencia (ANI) told Panoramas News that the smuggling of 300 kilos of cocaine was in fact a highly sensitive CIA/DEA operation that would help to raise money to topple the government of Ecuador. The operation is similar to the one carried out by the Agency in Central America during the Iran-Contra scandal in the 1980’s, the source said.

The director of Panoramas News, journalist Patricio Mery Bell, was planning to hand over the information to Rafael Correa while the Ecuadorian President was visiting Chile, but he was strangely accused of beating a woman after she stole his cell-phone. The cell-phone memory contained a video testimony of Mery’s intelligence source, destined to be passed to Correa, but it ended up in the hands of the police after the mysterious incident.

Once he was in Ecuador, President Rafael Correa connected the dots and decided to go public with the information. He quoted Murray’s early warnings about the CIA’s intent to “fund, bribe or blackmail media and officials”, originally written in the former diplomat’s own blog, adding that the Agency was dealing drugs just as Oliver North had done during the Contra support effort.

In an interview with NTN24, journalist Patricio Mery added more details to the case, relating the cover-up of the CIA drug dealing operation to the deaths of two different people in the last seven years: former soldier Fabian Vega, who was found hung in the northern city of Calama in 2005, and young citizen Nestor Madariaga Juantok, found death with two bullets in the port of Valparaiso in 2006. Both were ruled as suicides.

http://youtu.be/QFhem4EBrZc

For translation, click on the CC (captions) widget, choose Spanish, then select Translate and English (or preferred language).

Mery also gave the name of the alleged CIA liaison with the Chilean Navy, former captain Jesus Saez Luna, who is now being held in a penitentiary after he mysteriously escaped from Navy custody. Saez Luna was described in his arrest as the biggest drug dealer of the coastal city of Viña del Mar, with networks in Santiago de Chile and the Bio-Bio southern region of the country. Known as “El Marino”, the former captain utilized “military intelligence” tactics to avoid detection by police,according to the Chilean newspaper La Segunda.

The case is being depicted as “Chile-Contras”, in reference to the history of CIA narcotics trafficking in Nicaragua. This is just another example of how drug money is used to fund covert operations, such as the ones we have seen in Syria, with whole guerrilla armies and opposition forces being financed to overthrow countries that aren’t part of the Anglo-American establishment and don’t bow to American corporate interests.

This article was originally posted at Strapp Magazine

New York Times Opposes Palestinian Self-Determination

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Longstanding NYT articles, op-eds, and editorials are notoriously one-sided for Israel. Palestinian rights don’t matter, only Jewish ones.

Life in Occupied Palestine harshness goes largely unreported. Crimes of war and against humanity are ignored. An earlier If If Americans Knew report explained “highly disturbing patterns” of distorted, one-sided coverage.

Little changed from then to now. In February 2012, Jodi Rudoren became Times Jerusalem bureau chief. Like earlier ones, she’s Jewish. A previous article quoted Alison Weir asking “(w)ho is Jodi Rudoren?”

Previously she reported on domestic issues. It’s unclear what she knows about Israel/Palestine. She admits having little regional knowledge. She hopes to be a fast learner. Her marching orders are clear.

She’s uncomfortable addressing Israeli torture, murder, and other lawless policies. At best she says some call West Bank settlements “controversial.” International law calls them illegal. No ambiguity exists.

Early in her tenure, she connected with David Ha’ivri. He’s an extremist settler rabbi. He’s involved with Jewish Defense League founder Meir Kahane’s Kach group.

Kahanism is known for racist, ultranationalist, terrorist policies. Israel, America, EU nations and Canada declared Kach a terrorist organization. Kahanists call Arabs enemies of Jews and Israel.

Times editors bear full responsibility for pro-Israeli bias. On November 4, their editorial headlined “Palestinians at the UN, Again.” The title alone expresses arrogance and dismissiveness.

“With peace negotiations at an impasse since 2008 and unlikely to resume any time soon,” it said, “the Palestinians have only one diplomatic card left – their status at the United Nations – and once again they are trying to play it.”

Fact check

On and off for nearly four decades, so-called “peace” talks were stillborn from inception. Illusion masks an Israeli/Washington partnership intolerant of peace.

Israeli and US leaders don’t negotiate. They demand. Palestinians get nothing but take-it-or-leave it diplomacy. Conflict resolution isn’t possible because Palestinians have no legitimate peace partner.

Privately, Netanyahu calls talks a waste of time. Going through the motions assures institutionalized injustice. Times editors don’t notice or care.

“Last year, the Palestinian Authority toyed with submitting an application for full United Nations membership, but backed off in the face of overwhelming opposition from the United States and Israel.”

Now they plan to seek “nonmember observer state” status. They’ll likely get it. “It is not a move that will do anyone any good. It will not change facts on the ground, and it will come at a cost.”

“Israel and the United States say unilateral moves like these by the Palestinians violate the 1993 Oslo accords, which were intended to pave the way to a ‘final status agreement’ within five years.”

“And it is clear that a negotiated deal is the only way to ensure the creation of a viable Palestinian state and guarantee Israel’s security.”

Fact check

Previous articles explained that Palestinian statehood was established on November 15, 1988. At the time, the PLO adopted the Palestinian Declaration of Independence. It’s official and binding. Palestine satisfies all essential criteria for sovereign independence and full de jure UN membership.

On May 11, 1949, General Assembly Resolution 273 recommended UN membership for Israel. On November 5, 1949, it was officially granted. It was conditional on its government accepting and implementing Resolutions 181 and 194.

On November 29, 1947, the General Assembly passed Resolution 181, the Palestine Partition Plan.

It granted 56% of historic Palestine to Jews (with one-third of the population) and 42% to Palestinians.

It designated Jerusalem international city (a corpus separatum – separate body) under a UN Trusteeship Council. It called for an Independent Arab state by October 1, 1948.

It asked “all Governments and peoples to refrain from taking any action which might hamper or delay the carrying out of these recommendations.”

It called for the Security Council to be empowered with “the necessary measures as provided for in the plan for its implementation.”

Israel’s 1948 “War of Independence” intervened. On May 14, 1948, a Jewish state was proclaimed. It’s on stolen land. It’s on 78% of historic Palestine.

International law affirms the universal right of return. It’s not negotiable.

UN Resolution 194 (December 1948) said “refugees wishing to return to their homes and live at peace with their neighbors should be permitted to do so at the earliest practicable date, and that compensation should be paid for the property of those choosing not to return and for loss of or damage which, under the principles of international law or in equity, should be made good by the governments or authorities responsible.”

The General Assembly affirmed the right of return 135 or more times. Residents everywhere outside their native lands for any length of time have similar rights. Diaspora Palestinians have no fewer ones than others.

They’re not negotiable. International law affirms them. They’re binding and won’t change. Oslo Accord provisions represented unilateral Palestinian surrender. Negotiating terms were vaguely defined.

Timelines and outcomes weren’t specified. Israeli officials obstruct and delay. Concessions aren’t made. They never will be.

Official policy reflects occupation harshness and land theft. It’s hard-wired and unchanged. Negotiations accomplish nothing. Times reports don’t explain.

Perhaps as an afterthought, its editorial admitted that Netanyahu refuses serious compromise. Uniting with Avigdor Lieberman suggests “even more hard-line” policies ahead.

The Times shamelessly endorsed Obama. It did so for the wrong reasons. It ignored nearly four years of unprincipled leadership. It said, “Whatever chance exists of a new American peace initiative after the election is likely to vanish if Mitt Romney wins.”

Implied is that Obama’s reelection holds the best chance for Israel/Palestinian conflict resolution. Ignored is why no progress occurred during his first term.

He rejects Palestinian self-determination. He won’t accept full or partial UN membership. He’s one-sidedly pro-Israel. Rhetoric alone separates him from Romney. Both represent rogue governance.

The Times also rejects Palestinian statehood. It does so by ignoring what’s existed for 24 years. Dismissiveness defines longstanding editorial policy. Palestinians have no friend in Times Square.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Haaretz on Obama’s Reelection

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Haaretz used most of its November 7 issue covering it. Doing so reflects the importance of America to Israeli interests.

Netanyahu and Obama don’t like each other. Nonetheless, the Israeli prime minister extended congratulatory best wishes, saying:

“The strategic alliance between Israel the U.S. is stronger than ever. I will continue to work with President Obama to protect the security interests of Israeli citizens.”

Expect both leaders to continue working with each other normally. Personal likes and dislikes won’t interfere. Even when doing so harms US interests, American presidents and Congress yield to Israeli Lobby pressure.

In September, a nonbinding sense of the Senate resolution reminded Obama in case he forgot. At issue was open friction with Netanyahu.

Senators voted 90 – 1 for action against Iran to prevent it developing nuclear weapons. It was a thinly veiled pro-Netanyahu motion. Senators supported him over their own president. It shows the power of Israeli influence in America.

Netanyahu accepted Obama’s victory. He expressed certainty of continued US support. It’s forthcoming no matter who governs both countries.

Defense Minister Ehud Barak congratulated Obama first, saying:

“I have no doubt that the Obama administration will continue with its policy of supporting Israel’s security, and with its effort to confront the obstacles facing all of us in our region, to help advance the political process.”

“I believe that in the tradition of the deep friendship we have formed with President Obama, we will be able to overcome the difference of positions as much as possible. I wish Obama success in all the tasks before him.”

Other Israeli Knesset members and US ambassador Michael Oren extended their own best wishes. Relations between both countries won’t change.

Exit polls showed Obama won 69% of America’s Jewish vote. Gallup estimated he’d win from 65 – 70%. In 2008, he got nearly 75%.

Haaretz contributor Amos Harel said “Iran to take center state again on” Obama’s agenda. He never “threw Israel under the bus.” He prioritizes what’s important to both countries. They’re in lockstep on most issues. Very much so on Iran.

Longstanding policies pursue regime change. At times, tactics and timing differences surface.

Obama “is the first American president to back up the tough public line against Iran with even tougher sanctions, and it was he who more than any previous president contributed toward the strengthening of defense aid to Israel, as Defense Minister Ehud Barak stated in a line that was widely quoted by the Democrats in their effort to court the Jewish vote.”

Americans vote their pocketbook and other domestic issues. Foreign policy is secondary except in times of war when sentiment is strongly pro or con. It doesn’t happen often.

Harel said expect Obama to focus heavily on Iran. Robert Satloff, executive director for the pro-Israeli Washington Institute for Near East Policy (WINEP), said he’ll soon present Tehran with a “big program.”

“Big” for Washington won’t likely please Iran. US policy is all take and no give. Whatever’s offered won’t change regime change plans. Tehran justifiably is wary.

Satloff claims a comprehensive deal will be proposed in exchange for Iran abandoning its legal nuclear program. Expect it to fall flat. If so, says Satloff, military measures may follow.

Netanyahu’s “red line” will get more headlines. His electoral campaign will prioritize it. Fear is a powerful motivator. Western media will support him. Expect a bogus Iranian threat to take center stage. Obama has lots more on his plate at home and abroad.

Reza Kahlili is a pseudonym. He formerly worked for CIA. Currently he serves on the Task Force on National and Homeland Security. It’s a congressional advisory board. On November 3, he headlined “It’s official! Iran Fulfills Obama Surprise,” saying:

In secret negotiations with Washington, Iran agreed “to suspend uranium enrichment to the 20 percent level for its nuclear program.”

Iran’s Mohammad Hassan Asfari, a National Security and Foreign Policy Commission parliamentary member, said in return Tehran wants all sanctions ended.

Iran’s halt was a goodwill gesture. It requires Washington responding in kind.

“In order to build trust, the Islamic regime has set aside the 20 percent enrichment process. It is expected that the 5+1 will remove the sanctions. If such action does not take place, Iran will continue with its process of reaching peaceful nuclear energy,” said Asfari.

Iran’s Fars News Agency denied the report. Enrichment continues, it said. Asfari reworded his original statement from Tehran halted enrichment to suspending it will occur to show good will.

Obama likely wanted something concluded pre-election. It’s not clear if he got it. US media reports didn’t say so. An unnamed source claimed Washington passed on a message intended for Ayatollah Khamenei.

Allegedly it requested Tehran announce a deal pre-election. Nothing official was forthcoming. Iranian officials dismissed reports. General Mohammad Reza Naghdi denounced it, saying:

“It is delusional to think that any contacts with America will reduce threats because America itself is the threat.”

According to the Revolutionary Guards’ Javan Online publication, Naghdi added:

“America must close all its military bases in fifty countries of the world and remove all its naval assets from the Persian Gulf and the Mediterranean Sea, taking them to its own shores.”

“America must also dismantle the CIA…and must officially announce that it will not support the (Israeli) Zionist regime.”

“America must also close down its prisons at Guantanamo and across the world and only then will it be worthy of talks with Iran.”

Expect US/Iranian relations to be no different now than pre-election. Tehran’s nuclear program is red herring cover for regime change.

Iran knows it and will do whatever it takes to defend its national security and right to produce peaceful nuclear energy. It should do no less and won’t.

Washington has no right to dictate Iranian policy. It does it all the time, of course, globally. Growing numbers of nations aren’t pleased. Expect more ahead to express displeasure. Obama hasn’t learned that lesson so far. He’s unlikely to change.

Haaretz contributor Carlo Stenger knows less about America than he thinks. He headlined “Obama’s victory and the American social contract: Lessons for Israel,” saying:

Obama’s victory suggests the “resilience of the US social contract, which commits all citizens to respect differences and to create a culture of tolerance.”

Perhaps he meant Venezuela and said America by mistake. Obama’s committed to destroying social America. He’s been doing it for four years. He plans much more ahead.

Perhaps he’ll end it entirely on his watch. Both parties are in lockstep on prioritizing militarism, corporate favoritism, and neoliberal harshness.

“What can Israel learn from the success of the American social contract,” asked Stenger?

It learned plenty already. It replicated it since the 1980s. Israelis are plagued by the same dynamic harming America.

Their political leaders don’t give a damn about ordinary people. They target, abuse and neglect those most vulnerable.

What best can be learned from America is go another way. Social, political, and economic reactionary policies define both countries.

Stenger is right saying “as long as one group is treated as second-class, all Israelis will continue to feel threatened in their honor and integrity.”

Too bad Israeli leaders don’t feel the same way. It goes double for US ones. Humanity waited much too long to exhale.

Doing so depends on ending the real existential threat humanity faces. Prioritizing it rises above all other issues.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Tribunal tried to suppress journalists from revealing care home abuse

0

Martin Shipton |

THE tribunal which investigated child abuse at care homes in North Wales threatened TV journalists with legal action if they screened allegations that the abuse was more extensive than believed at the time, it has been revealed.

HTV — now known as ITV Wales — was planning to run a programme at the time of the Waterhouse Tribunal in 1997 that included an interview with a care home’s deputy manager who raised concerns about his boss, John Allen, and said that many years before he had reported rumours about Allen to the police.

Allen was eventually jailed in 1995 for six years after being convicted of six sex offences against young boys resident at the Bryn Alyn Community homes he owned in North Wales.

Allen’s deputy Des Frost was interviewed for HTV’s Wales This Week programme, during which he referred to contemporary rumours that had circulated about Allen’s sexual activity with some of the residents in the late 1970s and early 1980s.

In the interview, Mr Frost said: “I was approached by a member of staff who told me briefly of some rumours that were going around the organisation. And I explained it would be better not to talk about it at Bryn Alyn. So I went up to his house at a later stage and he told me some pretty hairy stories about allegations of child abuse by John.”

Mr Frost said he did not personally believe at the time that Allen was abusing boys: “Nevertheless, I was concerned about these rumours but the question is, what do you do about it? Because do you go to your boss and say ‘excuse me, are you assaulting these children?’ If he wasn’t, or rather if he was, he would have said ‘mind your own business’. And if he wasn’t, I would have been down the road without a job.”

Mr Frost told HTV he had gone to see a local magistrate about the concerns, who turned out to have suspicions of his own. He then decided to go to the police.

Worried that Allen would find out if he went to the local police station in Wrexham, he said he reported the matter to Chester CID. He claimed two detectives came to see him at his home and that he reported the rumours about Allen to them.

After recording the interview with Mr Frost, Wales This Week asked Cheshire Police if they had any record of contact with the former care home deputy manager. The force responded that all records would have been destroyed long before, but that Chester Police would have produced a report and passed it to North Wales Police.

In an article on his website, rebeccatelevision.com, journalist Paddy French — a member of the HTV team that investigated the North Wales child abuse scandal — writes that in October 1997 a representative of the Waterhouse Tribunal rang to say there was concern that a number of people, including Mr Frost, had been interviewed by Wales This Week. The following day, the representative rang again and warned the programme’s editor that running the interview could amount to contempt of the Tribunal. Shortly after, says Paddy French, the Tribunal’s lawyers threatened to refer the programme to the Attorney General for contempt if the programme contained any new allegations.

On that basis, says French, HTV decided not to include the interview with Mr Frost.

When the Waterhouse Tribunal published its report it effectively cleared North Wales Police of the charge that it had failed to investigate child abuse properly.

ITV Wales confirmed last night the veracity of the account given by Paddy French.

On Tuesday Newport West MP Paul Flynn raised the issue of the suppressed interview in the House of Commons with Home Secretary Theresa May.

Mr Flynn said: “I believe there was a cover-up and that powerful people were responsible for ensuring that allegations were not aired in public as they should have been.

“I know journalists who were deeply affected after persuading people to speak about the appalling abuse they were subjected to yet being unable to get the justice they were seeking. They came forward for nothing, and some of them took their own lives.”

Responding to Mr Flynn, Mrs May said: “The police investigation will look at the evidence that was available at the time in these historical abuse allegations, and at whether the evidence was properly investigated and whether avenues of inquiry were not pursued that should have been followed up and that could have led to prosecutions.

“I can therefore say to {Mr Flynn} that the police will indeed be looking at that historical evidence. That is part of the job they will be doing.”

 

FACT: A handful of companies control the global economy

0

Andrew Gavin Marshall |

In October of 2011, New Scientist reported that a scientific study on the global financial system was undertaken by three complex systems theorists at the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich, Switzerland. The conclusion of the study revealed what many theorists and observers have noted for years, decades, and indeed, even centuries: “An analysis of the relationships between 43,000 transnational corporations has identified a relatively small group of companies, mainly banks, with disproportionate power over the global economy.”

As one of the researchers stated, “Reality is so complex, we must move away from dogma, whether it’s conspiracy theories or free-market… Our analysis is reality-based.” Using a database which listed 37 million companies and investors worldwide, the researchers studied all 43,060 trans-national corporations (TNCs), including the share ownerships linking them.[1~footnotes at the end of the article]

The mapping of ‘power’ was through the construction of a model showing which companies controlled which other companies through shareholdings. The web of ownership revealed a core of 1,318 companies with ties to two or more other companies. This ‘core’ was found to own roughly 80% of global revenues for the entire set of 43,000 TNCs. And then came what the researchers referred to as the “super-entity” of 147 tightly-knit companies, which all own each other, and collectively own 40% of the total wealth in the entire network. One of the researchers noted, “In effect, less than 1 per cent of the companies were able to control 40 per cent of the entire network.” This network poses a huge risk to the global economy, as, “If one [company] suffers distress… this propagates.” The study was undertaken with a data set established prior to the economic crisis, thus, as the financial crisis forced some banks to die (Lehman Bros.) and others to merge, the “super-entity” would now be even more connected, concentrated, and problematic for the economy.[2]

The top 50 companies on the list of the “super-entity” included (as of 2007):

Barclays Plc (#1), Capital Group Companies Inc (#2), FMR Corporation (#3), AXA (#4), State Street Corporation (#5), JP Morgan Chase & Co. (#6), UBS AG (#9), Merrill Lynch & Co Inc (#10), Deutsche Bank (#12), Credit Suisse Group (#14), Bank of New York Mellon Corp (#16), Goldman Sachs Group (#18), Morgan Stanley (#21), Société Générale (#24), Bank of America Corporation (#25), Lloyds TSB Group (#26), Lehman Brothers Holdings (#34), Sun Life Financial (#35), ING Groep (#41), BNP Paribas (#46), and several others.[3]

In the United States, five banks control half the economy: JP Morgan Chase, Bank of America, Citigroup, Wells Fargo, and Goldman Sachs Group collectively held $8.5 trillion in assets at the end of 2011, which equals roughly 56% of the U.S. economy. This data was according to central bankers at the Federal Reserve. In 2007, the assets of the largest banks amounted to 43% of the U.S. economy. Thus, the crisis has made the banks bigger and more powerful than ever. Because the government invoked “too big to fail,” meaning that the big banks will be saved because they are very important, the big banks have incentive to make continued and bigger risks, because they will be bailed out in the end. Essentially, it’s an insurance policy for criminal risk-taking behaviour. The former president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis stated, “Market participants believe that nothing has changed, that too-big-to-fail is fully intact.” Remember, “market” meansthe banking cartel (or “super-entity” if you prefer). Thus, they build new bubbles and buy government bonds (sovereign debt), making the global financial system increasingly insecure and at risk of a larger collapse than took place in 2008.[4]

When politicians, economists, and other refer to “financial markets,” they are in actuality referring to the “super-entity” of corporate-financial institutions which dominate, collectively, the global economy. For example, the role of financial markets in the debt crisis ravaging Europe over the past two years is often referred to as “market discipline,” with financial markets speculating against the ability of nations to repay their debt or interest, of credit ratings agencies downgrading the credit-worthiness of nations, of higher yields on sovereign bonds (higher interest on government debt), and plunging the country deeper into crisis, thus forcing its political class to impose austerity and structural adjustment measures in order to restore “market confidence.” This process is called “market discipline,” but is more accurately, “financial terrorism” or “market warfare,” with the term “market” referring specifically to the “super-entity.” Whatever you call it, market discipline is ultimately a euphemism for class war.[5]

The Global Supra-Government and the “Free Market”

In December of 2011, Roger Altman, the former Deputy Secretary of the Treasury under the Clinton administration wrote an article for theFinancial Times in which he explained that financial markets were “acting like a global supra-government,” noting:

They oust entrenched regimes where normal political processes could not do so. They force austerity, banking bail-outs and other major policy changes. Their influence dwarfs multilateral institutions such as the International Monetary Fund. Indeed, leaving aside unusable nuclear weapons, they have become the most powerful force on earth.[6]

Altman continued, explaining that when the power of this “global supra-government” is flexed, “the immediate impact on society can be painful — wider unemployment, for example, frequently results and governments fail.” But of course, being a former top Treasury Department official, he went on to endorse the global supra-government, writing, “the longer-term effects can be often transformative and positive.” Ominously, Altman concluded: “Whether this power is healthy or not is beside the point. It is permanent,” and “there is no stopping the new policing role of the financial markets.”[7] In other words, the ‘super-entity’ global ‘supra-government’ of financial markets carries out financial extortion, overthrows governments and impoverishes populations, but this is ultimately “positive” and “permanent,” at least from the view of a former Treasury Department official. From the point of view of those who are being impoverished, the actual populations, “positive” is not necessarily the word that comes to mind.

In the age of globalization, money — or capital — flows easily across borders, with banks, hedge funds and other financial institutions acting as the vanguards of a new international order of global governance. Where finance goes, corporations follow; where corporations venture, powerful states stand guard of their interests. Our global system is one of state-capitalism, where the state and corporate interests are interdependent and mutually beneficial, at least for those in power. Today, financial institutions — with banks at the helm — have reached unprecedented power and influence in state capitalist societies. The banks are bigger than ever before in history, guarded by an insurance policy that we call “too big to fail,” which means that despite their criminal and reckless behaviour, the government will step in to bail them out, as it always has. Financial markets also include credit ratings agencies, which determine the supposed “credit-worthiness” of other banks, corporations, and entire nations. The lower the credit rating, the riskier the investment, and thus, the higher the interest is for that entity to borrow money. Countries that do not follow the dictates of the “financial market” are punished with lower credit ratings, higher interest, speculative attacks, and in the cases of Greece and Italy in November of 2011, their democratically-elected governments are simply removed and replaced with technocratic administrations made up of bankers and economists who then push through austerity and adjustment policies that impoverish and exploit their populations. In the age of the “super-entity” global “supra-government,” there is no time to rattle around with the pesky process of formal liberal democracy; they mean business, and if your elected governments do not succumb to “market discipline,” they will be removed and replaced in what — under any other circumstances — is referred to as a ‘coup.’

Banks and financial institutions provide the liquidity — or funds — for what we call “free markets.” Free markets in principle would allow for free competition between companies and countries, each producing their own comparative advantage — producing what they are best at — and trading with others in the international market, so that all parties rise in living standards and wealth together. The “free market” is, of course, pure mythology. In practice, what we call “free markets” are actually highly protectionist, regimented, regulated, and designed to undermine competition and enforce monopolization. The “free markets” serve this purpose for the benefit of large multinational corporations and banks.

When we use the term “free markets” we are generally referring to the “real” economy, legitimate and legal. When it comes to illegitimate markets, for example, the global drug trade, we do not tend to refer to them as “free markets” but rather, “illegal” and run by “cartels.” Cartels, like corporations, are hierarchically organized totalitarian institutions, where decisions and power and exercised from the top-down, with essentially no input going from the bottom-up. Large multinational corporations, like large international cartels, seek to control their particular market throughout entire nations, regions, and beyond. Often, co-operation between corporations allow them to function in an oligopolistic manner, where the collectively dominate the entire market, carving it up between them. Major oil companies, agro-industrial firms, telecommunications, pharmaceutical, military contractors and water management corporations are well-known for these types of activities.

Cartels have often been known to engage in a similar practice, though typically they are more competitive with each other. When interests are threatened — which is defined as when a corporation or cartel is at risk of losing its total dominance of its market in a particular region — conflict arises, and often violently so, with the potential for coups, assassinations, terror campaigns, and war. This is when the state intervenes to protect the market for the cartel or corporate interests. Thus, a market like the global drug trade functions relatively similar to those of the “legitimate” economy, pharmaceuticals, energy, technology, etc. The illicit trade in drugs is as much a “free market” as is the trade in automobiles or oil. And of course, the money ends up in the same place: the global supra-government of “financial markets.”

Banking Cartel or Drug Cartel… or What’s the Difference?

In 2009, the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime reported that billions of dollars in drug money saved the major banks during the financial crisis, providing much-needed liquidity. Antonio Maria Costa, the head of the UN Office on Drugs and Crime stated that drug money was “the only liquid investment capital” available to banks on the brink of collapse, with roughly $325 billion in drug money absorbed by the financial system. Without identifying specific countries or banks, Costa stated that, “Inter-bank loans were funded by money that originated from the drugs trade and other illegal activities… There were signs that some banks were rescued that way.”[8]

In 2010, Wachovia Bank (now owned by Wells Fargo) settled the largest action ever under the U.S. bank secrecy act, paying a fine of $50 million plus forfeiting $110 million of drug money, of which the bank laundered roughly $378.4 billion out of Mexico. The federal prosecutor in the case stated, “Wachovia’s blatant disregard for our banking laws gave international cocaine cartels a virtual carte blanche to finance their operations.” The fine that the bank paid for laundering hundreds of billions of dollars in drug money was less than 2% of the bank’s 2009 profit, and on the same week of the settlement, Wells Fargo’s stock actually went up. The bank admitted in a statement of settlement that, “As early as 2004, Wachovia understood the risk” of holding such an account, but “despite these warnings, Wachovia remained in the business.” The leading investigator into the money laundering operations, Martin Woods, based out of London, had discovered that Wachovia had received roughly six or seven thousand subpoenas for information about its Mexican operation from the federal government, of which Woods commented: “An absurd number. So at what point does someone at the highest level not get the feeling that something is very, very wrong?” Woods had been hired by Wachovia’s London branch as a senior anti-money laundering officer in 2005, and when in 2007 an official investigation was opened into Wachovia’s Mexican operations, Woods was informed by the bank that he failed “to perform at an acceptable standard.” In other words, he was actually doing his job. In regards to the settlement, Woods stated:

The regulatory authorities do not have to spend any more time on it, and they don’t have to push it as far as a criminal trial. They just issue criminal proceedings, and settle. The law enforcement people do what they are supposed to do, but what’s the point? All those people dealing with all that money from drug-trafficking and murder, and no one goes to jail?[9]

As the former UN Office of Drugs and Crime czar Antonio Maria Costa said, “The connection between organized crime and financial institutions started in the late 1970s, early 1980s… when the mafia became globalized,” just like other major markets. Martin Woods added that, “These are the proceeds of murder and misery in Mexico, and of drugs sold around the world,” yet no one went to jail, asking, “What does the settlement do to fight the cartels? Nothing — it doesn’t make the job of law enforcement easier and it encourages the cartels and anyone who wants to make money by laundering their blood dollars. Where’s the risk? There is none.” He added: “Is it in the interest of the American people to encourage both the drug cartels and the banks in this way? Is it in the interest of the Mexican people? It’s simple: if you don’t see the correlation between the money laundering by banks and the 30,000 people killed in Mexico, you’re missing the point.” Woods, who now runs his own consultancy, told the Observer in 2011 that, “New York and London… have become the world’s two biggest laundries of criminal and drug money, and offshore tax havens. Not the Cayman Islands, not the Isle of Man or Jersey. The big laundering is right through the City of London and Wall Street.”[10]

Just as the “too big to fail” program acts as an insurance policy for the big banks to engage in constant criminal activity, taking ever-larger financial risks with the guarantee that they will be bailed out, the settlements and lack of criminal prosecutions for banks laundering drug money provides the incentive to continue laundering hundreds of billions in drug money, because so long as the fine is smaller than the profit accrued from such a practice, it comes down to a simple cost-benefit analysis: if the cost of laundering drug money is less than the benefit, continue with the policy. The same cost-benefit analysis goes for all forms of criminal activity by banks and corporations, whether bribery, fraud, or violating environmental, labour and other regulations. So long as the penalty is less than the profit, the problem continues.

An article in the Observer from July of 2012 referred to global banks as “the financial services wing of the drug cartels,” noting that HSBC, Britain’s biggest bank, had been called before the U.S. Senate to testify about laundering drug money from Mexican cartels, holding one “suspicious account” for four years on behalf of the largest drug cartel in the world, the Sinaloa cartel in Mexico.[11] In fact, a multi-year investigation into HSBC revealed that the bank was not only a major international drug money-laundering conduit, but also laundered money for clients with ties to terrorism. In July of 2012, as the Senate was publicly investigating HSBC, Antonio Maria Costa stated, “Today I cannot think of one bank in the world that has not been penetrated by mafia money.” The global drug trade is estimated to be worth roughly $380 billion annually, with most of the money made in the consumer markets of North America and Europe. Using the example of the $35 billion per year cocaine market in the United States, only about 1.5% of these profits make their way to the coca-leaf producers (mostly poor peasants) in South America (who became the target of our bombing and chemical warfare campaigns in the “war on drugs”), while the international traffickers get roughly 13% of the profits, with the remaining 85% earned by the distributors in the U.S. HSBC was accused of laundering the profits of the distributors.[12]

The U.S. Senate report concluded that HSBC had exposed the U.S. financial system to “a wide array of money laundering, drug trafficking, and terrorist financing,” including billions in “proceeds from illegal drug sales in the United States.” HSBC acknowledged, in an official statement, that, “in the past, we have sometimes failed to meet the standards that regulators and customers expect.” Among those “standards” that HSBC “sometimes failed to meet,” according to the Senate investigation, were financing provided to banks in Saudi Arabia and Bangladesh which were tied to terrorist organizations, while the bank’s regulator failed to take a single enforcement action against HSBC.[13] Among the terrorist organizations which potentially received financial assistance from HSBC through Saudi banks was al-Qaeda. HSBC put aside $700 million to cover any potential fines for such activities, which is not uncommon for banks to do. Banks like ABN Amro, Barclays, Credit Suisse, Lloyds and ING had all reached major settlements for admitting to facilitating transactions and engaging in money laundering for clients in Cuba, Iran, Libya, Myanmar and Sudan.[14]

As executives from HSBC appeared in the U.S. Senate, the bank’s head of compliance since 2002, David Bagley, resigned as he testified before the committee, commenting, “Despite the best efforts and intentions of many dedicated professionals, HSBC has fallen short of our own expectations and the expectations of our regulators.”[15] As Ed Vulliamy reported in the Observer, in May of 2012, a poor black man named Edward Dorsey Sr. was convicted of peddling 5.5 grams of crack cocaine in Washington D.C. and was given 10 years in jail. Meanwhile, just across the river from where Dorsey had committed his crime, executives from HSBC admitted before the U.S. Senate that they laundered billions in drug money, just as Wachovia had admitted to the previous year, with no one going to prison.[16] The lesson from this is clear: if you are poor, black, and are caught with a couple grams of crack-cocaine, you can expect to go to prison for several years (or in this case, a decade); but if you are rich, white, own a bank, and are caught laundering billions of dollars (or hundreds of billions of dollars) in drug money, you will be fined (but not enough to make such practices unprofitable), and may have to resign. Too big to fail is simply another way of saying “too big to jail.”

Of course, it’s not fair to put all the blame for international drug money-laundering on the shoulders of HSBC and Wachovia, as Bloombergreported, Mexican drug cartels also funneled money through the Bank of America and even the banking branch of American Express, Banco Santander, and Citigroup.[17] Even the FBI has accused Bank of America of laundering Mexican drug cartel funds.[18] But it’s not just drug money that banks launder; all sorts of illicit funds are laundered through major banks, many of which have been fined or are now being investigated for their criminal activities, including JPMorgan, Standard Chartered, Credit Suisse, Lloyds, Barclays, ING, and the Royal Bank of Scotland, among others.[19] Another major Swiss bank, UBS, has been very consistent in committing fraud and engaging in various conspiracies, a great deal of which was committed against Americans, though the bank was given “conditional immunity” from the U.S. Department of Justice.[20]

Financial Fraud and the ‘Get Out of Jail Free Card’

The major banks of the world have been caught in conspiracies of ripping off small towns and cities across the United States, which allowed banks like JPMorgan Chase, GE Capital, UBS, Bank of America, Lehman Brothers, Wachovia, Bear Stearns, and others, to steal billions of dollars from schools, hospitals, libraries, and nursing homes from “virtually every state, district and territory in the United States,” according to a court settlement on the issue. The theft was done through the manipulation of the public bidding process, something that the Mafia has become experts in with regards to garbage and construction industry contracts. In short, the banking system actually functions like a Mafia cartel system, not to mention, taking money from the Mafia and cartels themselves.[21] Banks like JP Morgan Chase and Goldman Sachs engaged in bribery, fraud, and conspiracies which resulted in the bankruptcy of counties all across the United States.[22] Still, they continue to be ‘respected’ by the political class which refuses to punish them for their criminal activity, and instead, rewards them with bailouts and follows their instructions for policy.

Over the summer of 2012, another major banking scandal hit the headlines, regarding the manipulation of the London inter-bank lending rate known as the Libor. The Libor rate, explained the Economist, “determines the prices that people and corporations around the world pay for loans or receive for their savings,” as it is used as a benchmark for establishing payments on an $800 trillion derivatives market, covering everything from interest rate derivatives to mortgages. Essentially, the Libor is the interest rate at which banks lend to each other on the short term, and is established through an “honour system” of where 18 major banks report their daily rates, from which an average is calculated. That average becomes the Libor rate, and reverberates throughout the entire global economy, setting a benchmark for a massive amount of transactions in the global derivatives market. Whereas the derivatives market is a massive casino of unregulated speculation, the Libor scandal revealed the cartel that owns the casino.

The scandal began with Barclays, a 300-year old bank in Britain, revealing that several employees had been involved in rigging the Libor to suit their own needs. More banks quickly became implemented, and countries all over the world began opening investigations into this scandal and the role their own banks may have played in it. By early July, as many as 20 major banks were named in various investigations or lawsuits related to the rigging of the Libor.[23]

Among the major global banks which are being investigated by U.S. prosecutors are Barclays, Deutsche Bank, Citigroup, JPMorgan Chase, Royal Bank of Scotland, HSBC, UBS, Bank of America, Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi, Credit Suisse, Lloyds Banking Group, Rabobank, Royal Bank of Canada, Société Générale, and others. Prosecutors in the U.S., U.K., Canada and Japan were investigating collusion between the major banks on the manipulation of the Libor. In June of 2012, Barclays paid a fine to US and UK authorities, admitting its culpability in the rigging with a $450 million settlement.[24] With information and documents pouring out, implicating further banks and institutions in the scandal, a general consensus was emerging that the Libor had been manipulated since at least 2005, though, as one former Morgan Stanley trader wrote in the Financial Times, the rigging had began as early as 1991, if not before. The British Banker’s Association was responsible for setting the Libor rate by polling roughly 18 major banks on their highest and lowest rates daily. Thus, rigging by one bank would require the co-operating of at least nine other banks in purposely manipulating their rates in order to have any effect upon the Libor. Douglas Keenan, the former Morgan Stanley trader, wrote that, “it seems the misreporting of Libor rates may have been common practice since at least 1991.”[25]

Rolf Majcen, the head of a hedge fund called FTC Capital told Der Spiegel that, “the Libor manipulation is presumably the biggest financial scandal ever.” As regulators were using words like “organized fraud” and “banksters” to describe the growing scandal, it was becoming common to refer to the major banks as functioning like a “cartel” or “mafia.”[26] The CEO of Barclays, Bob Diamond, resigned in disgrace, as did Marcus Agius, the Chairman of Barclays (who also serves as a director on the board of BBC, and is married into the Rothschild banking dynasty). The “cartel” manipulated the Libor for a great number of reasons, among them, to appear to be in better health by rigging their credit ratings upwards.[27] The Business Insider referred to the Libor rigging as a “criminal conspiracy” from the start, essentially designed to promote manipulation as the Libor was determined by an “honor system” for banks to properly report their rates.[28] Imagine giving a pile of credit cards to a group of credit card fraud convicts and establishing an “honour system.” Could one truly be surprised if it didn’t work out? Well, the Libor scandal is effectively based upon the same logic, except that the repercussions are global in scope.

Traders at the Royal Bank of Scotland referenced, in internal emails, to their participation in operating a “cartel” that made “amazing” amounts of money through the manipulation of interest rates, with a former senior trader at RBS writing that managers at the bank had “condoned collusion.” The same trader, who was later hung out to dry by RBS as a scapegoat, wrote in an email to a trader at Deutsche Bank that, “It is a cartel now in London,” where the Libor is established.[29]

The cartel, however, did not simply include the major banks, but also required the cooperation or at least negligence of regulators and central banks. Documents released by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Bank of England show correspondence between then-President of the NY Fed Timothy Geithner (who is now Obama’s Treasury Secretary) and Bank of England Governor Mervyn King discussing how Barclays was manipulating the Libor rates during the 2008 financial crisis. While the NY Fed corresponded with both the Bank of England and Barclays itself on the acknowledgment of interest rate manipulation, it never told the bank to stop the rigging practice. An official at Barclays even informed the NYFed in 2008 that the bank was under-reporting the rate at which it could borrow from other banks so that Barclays could “avoid the stigma” of appearing to be weaker than its peers, adding that “other participating banks were also under-reporting their Libor submissions.”[30]

A Barclays employee told the New York Fed in an April 2008 phone call that, “We know that we’re not posting um, an honest Libor… and yet we are doing it, because, um, if we didn’t do it, it draws, um, unwanted attention on ourselves.” The New York Fed official replied: “You have to accept it… I understand. Despite it’s against what you would like to do. I understand completely.” Several months later, a Barclays employee told a New York Fed official that the Libor rates were still “absolute rubbish.”[31]

While the New York Fed expressed sympathy for the poor and helpless global banks need to engage in fraud and interest rate manipulation in order to lie and appear to be healthier than it was, the Bank of England went a step further, when Paul Tucker, the head of markets at the BoE wrote a note to Barclays CEO Bob Diamond in 2008 suggesting that Barclays lower its Libor rate, thus encouraging the rigging itself, instead of just expressing sympathy for the “need” to commit fraud.[32]

The main British banking lobby group, the British Banker’s Association (BBA), which was responsible for overseeing the Libor rate process (no conflict of interest there, right?), was, in late September of 2012, stripped of its right to oversee the Libor, to be replaced with a formal regulator. The BBA’s “oversight” of Libor dates back to 1984, when the City of London (Britain’s Wall Street) had begun an experiment to establish a new way of setting interest rates, asking the banking lobby group to set the rate in 1986 when the Libor began.[33] The BBA’s Foreign Exchange and Money Markets Committee is responsible for setting the Libor, and they meet every two months to review the process in secret without any minutes being published, and even the membership of the Committee is kept a secret. Spokespersons at Credit Suisse, Royal Bank of Scotland, and UBS refused to comment on whether they had any representatives on the committee, while Barclays, Deutsche Bank, HSBC, Bank of America and Citigroup didn’t even respond to emailed inquiries about their involvement with the committee, as Bloomberg reported. A British regulator, in the understatement of the century, stated, “There is an apparent lack of transparency,” adding that the BBA’s committee “doesn’t appear to be sufficiently open and transparent to provide the necessary degree of accountability to firms and markets with a direct interest in being assured of the integrity of Libor.”[34] When the fox guards the henhouse, it takes a great deal of stupidity to be “surprised” when some hens go missing.

In an April 2008 meeting with officials at the Bank of England, Angela Knight, the head of the British Banker’s Association, suggested that the BBA perhaps should no longer be responsible for oversight of “the world’s most important number,” which had become too big for the BBA to manage. No one at the meeting cared enough to do anything about it, however, and so nothing changed.[35] Where was the incentive to change the system, after all? Yes, massive fraud was taking place, and this was well understood by the banks committing it, as well as the regulators and central banks overseeing it. But on the plus side, everyone was getting away with it. So indeed, there was no incentive to change the system. From the point of view of those managing it, the Libor was functioning as it should. A cartel was established because a cartel was desired. The fact that it was all highly illegal, fraudulent, and immoral was — and is — beside the point. Mexican drug cartels do not worry about the legality of their operations because they are, by definition, illegal. They worry simply about getting away with their illegal operations. The same can be said for the global banking cartel. So long as they get away with criminal cartel operations, there is no incentive to change the system, and instead, there is only an incentive to expand and further entrench the cartel’s operations.

Canada’s antitrust regulator began an investigation into the “international cartel” of banks rigging the Libor, focusing on the role played by banks such as JP Morgan Chase, Royal bank of Scotland, Deutsche Bank, HSBC, and Citigroup, among others. A law professor at the University of Toronto who was hired by the regulator to study the case commented that, “international cartels are of a significant concern for the Canadian economy.”[36] We have truly reached an impressive circumstance when the actual regulators of the banks refer to the banking system as an “international cartel.”

A lawsuit was being filed by several homeowners in the U.S. who were attempting to sue some of the world’s largest banks for fraud, as the Libor manipulation sparked increases on their mortgages, resulting in illegal profits for banks. The class action lawsuit filed in New York in October of 2012 accused banks such as Bank of America, Citigroup, Barclays, UBS, JPMorgan Chase, Deutsche Bank and others of fraud over a period of ten years.[37] For U.S. states and municipalities that bought interest-rate swaps before the financial crisis, the Libor rigging was poised to more than double their losses. Banks had sold roughly $500 billion of interest-rate swaps (in the derivatives market) to municipalities before the financial crisis, with roughly $200 billion of those swaps tied to the Libor. As one legal expert who studies derivatives told Bloomberg, “Almost all interest-rate swaps begin with Libor.” This prompted several states in the U.S. to begin their own investigations into how the Libor-rigging may have negatively affected them.[38]

Punishing the World’s Population into Poverty: Life Under the Global Cartel

While the global cartel of criminal banks rig rates, launder drug money, fund terrorists, engage in bribery, fraud and demand multi-trillion dollar bailouts from our governments (effectively selling their bad debts to the public), and then give themselves massive bonuses, they are also demanding — through what is called “market discipline” — that our governments deal with our debts by undertaking policies of “austerity” and “structural reform,” which are euphemisms for impoverishment and exploitation. Thus, after the cartel helped create a massive financial crisis, and after our governments rewarded them for their criminal activity, the cartel now demands that our governments punish their populations into poverty and open their economies, resources and labour up for cheap and easy exploitation by banks and multinational corporations. This is referred to as the “solution” for getting out of the ‘Great Recession,’ and which is sure to great a Great Depression. Greece is now two and a half years into its “austerity” and “adjustment” reforms, with its debt growing as a result, poverty exploding, misery spreading, health, education, welfare rapidly declining, suicide rates and hunger increasing, as the Greek people are subjected to a program of “social genocide.” Market discipline demands austerity and adjustment, or in other words, class warfare creates poverty and exploitation.[39]

Countries that refuse to implement programs of austerity and adjustment are subjected to financial terrorism by the “international cartel,” as financial markets engage in “market discipline” by using the derivatives market to speculate against that particular country’s ability to pay its interest or debt, thus making its credit ratings decrease and borrowing rates increase, plunging the country into a deeper crisis. In any other scenario, this is called terrorism or in the very least, extortion: do what I say or I will punish you and destroy you. This is what former U.S. Treasury official Roger Altman referred to in the Financial Times as the new “global supra-government” who can “force austerity, banking bail-outs and other major policy changes,” and thus, “have become the most powerful force on earth.”[40] Countries, regional, and international organizations all bow down to the dictates of the “international cartel” of the “global supra-government,” and so countries like Greece, Spain, Ireland, Italy, and Portugal, organizations like the European Union, European Central Bank, powerful states like Germany, France, Britain, and the U.S., and other international organizations like the IMF, Bank for International Settlements, and the OECD all demand and implement austerity measures and structural “reforms.” Either they follow the orders of the “cartel” — which we commonly refer to as the “invisible hand” of the “free market — or they directly challenge “the most powerful force on earth.” In the global economy, a small country like Greece standing up to the “global supra-government” is much like a small Greek restaurant trying to stand up to the city Mafia.

In the U.S., states that were defrauded in the billions of dollars by the cartel, and took on major debts as a result, are now the harbingers of austerity in America. Beginning in 2010, roughly 20 states across the U.S. began implementing austerity measures, and have been doing much worse economically as a result (the predicted effect of austerity). Even the institutions which are the most militant in demanding austerity measures, such as the European Union and the IMF, have acknowledged in recent reports that countries which pursue austerity to supposedly reduce their debts end up getting much larger debts as a result, and that such measures are actually extremely damaging to economies. This is not news, of course, since there is a rather large sample of data from the past 30 years of forced austerity and adjustment measures across Africa, Asia, and Latin America (at the behest of the IMF, World Bank, western governments, and of course, the “cartel”), which show quite clearly the effect that austerity and adjustment have in rapidly expanding poverty and facilitating exploitation. As austerity is hitting several U.S. states, jobs are lost and poverty increases with debt, standards of living decline and the recession deepens into a depression. The population is essentially punished for the crimes of the global cartel, while public employees, pensioners, welfare recipients, teachers and workers get the blame.[41]

In late October of 2012, the CEOs of 80 major corporations and banks in the United States banded together (as any well functioning cartel does) in order to pressure Congress, regardless of who the next President is, to pursue an agenda of harsh austerity measures and structural reforms. In a statement to Congress signed by the 80 CEOs, the American branch of the global cartel (its most significant branch), demanded that policies be enacted immediately, though implemented gradually, “to give Americans time to prepare for the changes in the federal budget.” Among the demands are to reform Medicare and Medicaid, healthcare, Social Security, increase taxes, and generally reduce spending. All of this amounts to a large federal program of austerity, to cut social spending and increase taxes on the population, thus impoverishing the population. This, in the words of the letter to Congress, “must be bipartisan and reforms to all areas of the budget should be included.”[42] Among the signatories to the letter were the CEOs of AT&T, Bank of America, BlackRock, Boeing, Caterpillar, Dow Chemical Company, General Electric, Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan Chase, Merck, Microsoft, Motorola, Time Warner, and Verizon, among many others.[43]

This followed roughly one week after a group of 15 major global bank CEOs sent a letter to President Obama and the U.S. Congress lecturing the U.S. political class on “moral authority,” giving their formal orders to the U.S. political establishment, that regardless of Democratic or Republican administrations, they are losing patience with the democratic apparatus of the state, and warned: “The solvency, productive capacity, and stability of the United States, as well as its moral authority as a global leader, require that its fiscal challenges be credibly met.” Among the signatories to the letter were the CEOs of Bank of America, Citigroup, Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan Chase, Morgan Stanley and Wells Fargo. The Wall Street Journal, reporting on this letter, commented that even for “a dying democracy, it’s embarrassing enough to see bankers telling our government what to do,” but in this letter, “we even see foreign bankers telling our government what to do,” as other CEOs of the global cartel signed the letter, from banks such as UBS, Credit Suisse, and Deutsche Bank. The “consequences of inaction” on the U.S. debt, read the letter, “would be very grave.” In other words, the U.S. political class has received a threat from the global cartel that it is now time to implement austerity and adjustment measures, or to face the consequences of financial terrorism.[44]

Hiding the Loot: The Offshore Economy in the Age of the Global Plutonomy

While people are being forced into poverty to pay off the bad debts of the “super-entity” global banking cartel of drug-money laundering banks which make up the “global supra-government,” the richest people in the world have been hiding their wealth in offshore tax havens, and of course, with the help of those same banks. James Henry, a former chief economist at McKinsey, a major global consultancy, published a major report on tax havens in July of 2012 for the Tax Justice Network, compiling data from the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), the IMF and other private sector entities which revealed that the world’s superrich have hidden between $21 and $32trillion offshore to avoid taxation. Henry stated: “This offshore economy is large enough to have a major impact on estimates of inequality of wealth and income; on estimates of national income and debt ratios; and — most importantly — to have very significant negative impacts on the domestic tax bases of ‘source’ countries.” John Christensen of the Tax Justice Network commented that, “Inequality is much, much worse than official statistics show, but politicians are still relying on trickle-down to transfer wealth to poorer people… This new data shows the exact opposite has happened: for three decades extraordinary wealth has been cascading into the offshore accounts of a tiny number of super-rich.” Roughly 92,000 of the super-rich, globally, hold at least $10 trillion in offshore wealth. In many cases, the worth of these offshore assets far exceeds the debts of the countries that they flow from, the same debts that are used to keep these countries and their populations in poverty and a constant state of exploitation.[45]

The estimated total of hidden offshore wealth amounts to more than the combined GDP of the United States and Japan, hidden in secretive financial jurisdictions like Switzerland and the Cayman Islands. The process of hiding this wealth is largely facilitated by the major global banks, which compete with one another to attract the assets of the world’s super-rich. James Henry explained that the wealth of the world’s super-rich is “protected by a highly paid, industrious bevy of professional enablers in the private banking, legal, accounting and investment industries taking advantage of the increasingly borderless, frictionless global economy;” more of that “free market” magic. The top ten banks in the world, which include UBS and Credit Suisse (based in Switzerland) as well as Goldman Sachs in the United States, collectively managed roughly $6.4 trillion in offshore accounts for 2010 alone. As the report revealed, “for many developing countries the cumulative value of the capital that has flowed out of their economies since the 1970s would be more than enough to pay off their debts to the rest of the world,” debts which are largely illegitimate as it stands. This trend is exacerbated in the oil-rich states of the world such as Nigeria, Russia, and Saudi Arabia. The report stated: “The problem here is that the assets of these countries are held by a small number of wealthy individuals while the debts are shouldered by the ordinary people of these countries through their governments.” With roughly half of the world’s offshore wealth belonging to the top 92,000 richest individuals, they represent the top 0.001%, a far more extreme global disparity than that which is invoked by the Occupy movement’s 1% paradigm. Henry commented: “The very existence of the global offshore industry, and the tax-free status of the enormous sums invested by their wealthy clients, is predicated on secrecy.”[46] Remember, “free market” means that those who own the market (the global cartel), and free to do anything they please.

A 2005 report from Citigroup coined the term “plutonomy,” to describe countries “where economic growth is powered by and largely consumed by the wealthy few,” and specifically identified the U.K., Canada, Australia, and the United States as four plutonomies. Keeping in mind that the report was published three years before the onset of the financial crisis in 2008, the Citigroup report stated: “Asset booms, a rising profit share and favourable treatment by market-friendly governments have allowed the rich to prosper and become a greater share of the economy in the plutonomy countries,” and that, “the rich are in great shape, financially.”[47] It’s only everyone else that is suffering, which by definition, is a “well functioning” economy. As the Federal Reserve reported, “the nation’s top 1% of households own more than half the nation’s stocks,” and “they also control more than $16 trillion in wealth – more than the bottom 90%.” The term ‘Plutonomy’ is specifically used to “describe a country that is defined by massive income and wealth inequality,” and that they have three basic characteristics, according to the Citigroup report:

1. They are all created by “disruptive technology-driven productivity gains, creative financial innovation, capitalist friendly cooperative governments, immigrants…the rule of law and patenting inventions. Often these wealth waves involve great complexity exploited best by the rich and educated of the time.”

2. There is no “average” consumer in Plutonomies. There is only the rich “and everyone else.” The rich account for a disproportionate chunk of the economy, while the non-rich account for “surprisingly small bites of the national pie.” [Citigroup strategist Ajay] Kapur estimates that in 2005, the richest 20% may have been responsible for 60% of total spending.

3. Plutonomies are likely to grow in the future, fed by capitalist-friendly governments, more technology-driven productivity and globalization.[48]

Kapur, who authored the Citigroup report, stated that there were also risks to the Plutonomy, “including war, inflation, financial crises, the end of the technological revolution and populist political pressure,” yet, “the rich are likely to keep getting even richer, and enjoy an even greater share of the wealth pie over the coming years.”[49]

In February of 2011, Ajay Kapur, the author of the Citigroup report who is now with Deutsche Bank, gave an interview in which he explained that, “the world economy is even more dependent on the spending and consumption of the rich,” and that, “Plutonomist consumption is almost 10 times as volatile that of the average consumer.” He further explained that increased debt levels are a sign of plutonomies:

We have an economy today where a large fraction of the population doesn’t pay federal income taxes and, because of demand for entitlements, we have a system of massive representation without taxation. On the other hand, you have plutonomists who protect their turf and the taxation amounts are not enough to pay for everyone’s demand. So I’ve come to the conclusion that budget deficits are biased toward getting bigger and bigger. Budget deficits are going to become a manifestation of a plutonomy.[50]

The plutonomy is largely characterized by a lack of a consuming and vibrant middle class. This is a trend that has been accelerating for several decades, particularly in North America and Britain, where the middle class population is heavily indebted. The middle class has existed as a consumer class, keeping the lower class submissive, and keeping the upper class secure and wealthy by consuming their products, produced with the labour of the lower class.

The most advanced plutonomies in the world are the most advanced industrial and technological nations, where the major corporations and banks are highly subsidized and protected by the state, as is typical for a state-capitalist society. While the industrial and rich northern state-capitalist societies were able to industrialize and grow rich through highly protectionist measures, the poor south of the world (Africa, Asia, Latin America) were subjected to “free market” policies which opened up their economies to be exploited and plundered by the rich northern nations. No country has ever become an industrial power by implementing free market policies, but rather, by doing the exact opposite: heavy subsidies and state protection for key industries, technologies, and corporate entities.

While the ‘Third World’ was forced to implement “free market” policies in order to get loans, the predictable result took place: mass impoverishment and exploitation. The ‘Third World’ states were run by tiny elites who dominated the countries politically and economically, and who hid their stolen wealth in foreign banks and offshore tax havens. Now, in the midst of the global economic crisis which has been ravaging the world for the past four years, the rich northern countries are themselves implementing the same “free market” policies, though designed to subject their populations to “market discipline” while maintaining — and in fact increasing — the protectionist and subsidized policies for the multinational corporations and banks. It is important to note that “market discipline” and actual “free market” policies are exclusively designed for the general population, not the elite. Workers, students, the elderly, the poor and the many are to be subjected to “market discipline” while the banks and multinational corporations continue to be heavily subsidized (as the largest national welfare recipients) and protected by the state. Thus, just as our banks and corporations have plundered the Third World with rapacious delight over the past three decades, now they will be able to do the same to the populations of the rich nations themselves. The state will transform, as it did in the ‘Third World’, into a typically totalitarian institution which is responsible for protecting the super-rich and controlling, oppressing, or, in extreme cases of resistance, eliminating the ‘problem populations’ (i.e., the people).

Welcome to the global plutonomy in the age of austerity, the result of living under — and tolerating — a global “super-entity” corporate-financial cartel. Truly, one must pause and, if only for a moment, appreciate the ability of this global cartel to function so effectively in spite of its blatant criminal activities, and face almost absolutely no repercussions. Something truly is wrong with a society when a poor black man caught with 5 grams of crack-cocaine goes to prison for ten years, while rich white bank executives admit to laundering billions of dollars in drug money and receive only a fine and a slap on the wrist (maybe).

The lesson is clear: if you are a thief, steal by the billions or trillions, and then no one can do anything about it. If you are in the drug trade: handle only billions (or hundreds of billions) in drug money, and then you will get away with it. If you don’t want to pay taxes, be a member of the top o.oo1% of the world’s super-rich and hide your billions in offshore tax-free accounts. If you want more, create a global economic crisis, demand to be saved by the state to the tune of tens of trillions of dollars, and then, tell the state to punish their populations into poverty in order to pay for your mistakes.

In other words, if you want to indulge your criminal fantasies, lie and steal, profit from death and drugs, dominate and demand, be king and command, become the highly-functioning socially-acceptable sociopath you always knew you could be… think big. Think BANK. Serial killers, bank robbers and drug dealers go to jail; bankers get bailouts and get an unlimited insurance policy called “too big to fail.”

Notes

[1]      Andy Coghlan and Debora MacKenzie, “Revealed — the capitalist network that runs the world,” New Scientist, 24 October 2011:

http://www.newscientist.com/article/mg21228354.500-revealed—the-capitalist-network-that-runs-the-world.html

[2]      Ibid.

[3]      Ibid.

[4]      David J. Lynch, “Banks Seen Dangerous Defying Obama’s Too-Big-to-Fail Move,” Bloomberg, 16 April 2012:

http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-04-16/obama-bid-to-end-too-big-to-fail-undercut-as-banks-grow.html

[5]      Dean Baker, “The eurozone crisis is not about market discipline,” Al-Jazeera, 18 December 2011:

http://www.aljazeera.com/indepth/opinion/2011/12/2011121874651469307.html

[6]      Roger Altman, “We need not fret over omnipotent markets,” The Financial Times, 1 December 2011:

http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/890161ac-1b69-11e1-85f8-00144feabdc0.html#axzz1fnNHC8YP

[7]      Roger Altman, “We need not fret over omnipotent markets,” The Financial Times, 1 December 2011:

http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/890161ac-1b69-11e1-85f8-00144feabdc0.html#axzz1fnNHC8YP

[8]      Rajeev Syal, “Drug money saved banks in global crisis, claims UN advisor,” The Observer, 13 December 2009:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/global/2009/dec/13/drug-money-banks-saved-un-cfief-claims

[9]      Ed Vulliamy, “How a big US bank laundered billions from Mexico’s murderous drug gangs,” The Observer, 3 April 2011:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2011/apr/03/us-bank-mexico-drug-gangs

[10]    Ibid.

[11]    Ed Vulliamy, “Global banks are the financial services wing of the drug cartels,” The Observer, 21 July 2012:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2012/jul/21/drug-cartels-banks-hsbc-money-laundering

[12]    John Paul Rathbone, “Money laundering: Taken to the cleaners,” 20 July 2012:

http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/702a64a6-d25e-11e1-ac21-00144feabdc0.html#axzz2ALt54B7K

[13]    Agustino Fontevecchia, “HSBC Helped Terrorists, Iran, Mexican Drug Cartels Launder Money, Senate Report Says,” Forbes, 16 July 2012:

http://www.forbes.com/sites/afontevecchia/2012/07/16/hsbc-helped-terrorists-iran-mexican-drug-cartels-launder-money-senate-report-says/

[14]    Roberto Saviano, “Where the Mob Keeps its Money,” The New York Times, 25 August 2012:

http://www.nytimes.com/2012/08/26/opinion/sunday/where-the-mob-keeps-its-money.html?pagewanted=all&_r=0

[15]    Dominic Rushe, “HSBC ‘sorry’ for aiding Mexican drugs lords, rogue states and terrorists,” The Guardian, 17 July 2012:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2012/jul/17/hsbc-executive-resigns-senate

[16]    Ed Vulliamy, “Global banks are the financial services wing of the drug cartels,” The Observer, 21 July 2012:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2012/jul/21/drug-cartels-banks-hsbc-money-laundering

[17]    Michael Smith, “Banks Financing Mexico Gangs Admitted in Wells Fargo Deal,” Bloomberg, 29 June 2010:

http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2010-06-29/banks-financing-mexico-s-drug-cartels-admitted-in-wells-fargo-s-u-s-deal.html

[18]    Alexander Eichler, “Mexican Drug Cartel Laundered Money Through BofA, FBI Alleges,” The Huffington Post, 9 June 2012:

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/07/09/los-zetas-laundered-money-bank-america_n_1658943.html

[19]    Jessica Silver-Greenberg and Edward Wyatt, “In Laundering Case, a Lax Banking Law Obscured Money Flow,” The New York Times, 8 August 2012:

http://www.nytimes.com/2012/08/09/business/how-a-lax-banking-law-obscured-money-flow.html?pagewanted=all;

Jessica Silver-Greenberg and Ben Protess, “

Money-Laundering Inquiry Is Said to Aim at U.S. Banks,” The New York Times, 14 September 2012:

http://www.nytimes.com/2012/09/15/business/money-laundering-inquiry-said-to-target-us-banks.html?pagewanted=all&_r=0

[20]    James B. Stewart, “For UBS, a Record of Averting Prosecution,” The New York Times, 20 July 2012:

http://www.nytimes.com/2012/07/21/business/ubss-track-record-of-averting-prosecution-common-sense.html?pagewanted=all

[21]    Matt Taibbi, “The Scam Wall Street Learned From the Mafia,” Rolling Stone, 21 June 2012:

http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-scam-wall-street-learned-from-the-mafia-20120620

[22]    William D. Cohan, “How Wall Street Scams Counties Into Bankruptcy,” Bloomberg, 1 July 2012:

http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-07-01/how-wall-street-scams-counties-into-bankruptcy.html

[23]    “The Libor Scandal: The Rotten Heart of Finance,” The Economist, 7 July 2012:

http://www.economist.com/node/21558281

[24]    Shahien Nasiripour, “Nine more banks added to Libor probe,” The Financial Times, 26 October 2012:

http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/6f4e7960-1f1a-11e2-be82-00144feabdc0.html#axzz2ARAog5NE

[25]    Douglas Keenan, “My thwarted attempt to tell of Libor shenanigans,” The Financial Times, 26 July 2012:

http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/dc5f49c2-d67b-11e1-ba60-00144feabdc0.html#axzz2ARAog5NE

[26]    “The Cartel: Behind the Scenes in the Libor Interest Rate Scandal,” Der Spiegel, 1 August 2012:

http://www.spiegel.de/international/business/the-libor-scandal-could-cost-leading-global-banks-billions-a-847453.html

[27]    Matt Taibbi, “Why is Nobody Freaking Out About the LIBOR Banking Scandal?” Rolling Stone, 3 July 2012:

http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/blogs/taibblog/why-is-nobody-freaking-out-about-the-libor-banking-scandal-20120703

[28]    Raúl Ilargi Meijer, “LIBOR Was A Criminal Conspiracy From The Start,” The Business Insider, 11 July 2012:

http://www.businessinsider.com/libor-was-a-criminal-conspiracy-from-the-start-2012-7

[29]    Steven Swinford and Harry Wilson, “RBS traders boasted of Libor ‘cartel’,” The Telegraph, 26 September 2012:

http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/newsbysector/banksandfinance/9568087/RBS-traders-boasted-of-Libor-cartel.html

[30]    Jill Treanor and Dominic Rushe, “Timothy Geithner and Mervyn King discussed Libor worries in 2008,” The Guardian, 13 July 2012:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2012/jul/13/tim-geithner-mervyn-king-libor

[31]    Mark Gongloff, “New York Fed’s Libor Documents Reveal Cozy Relationship Between Regulators, Banks,” The Huffington Post, 13 July 2012:

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/07/13/new-york-fed-libor-documents_n_1671524.html

[32]    Chris Giles, “Libor scandal puts BoE in line of fire,” The Financial Times, 17 July 2012:

http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/68605a86-d02a-11e1-bcaa-00144feabdc0.html#axzz2ARAog5NE

[33]    Jill Treanor, “British Bankers’ Association to be stripped of Libor rate-setting role,” The Guardian, 25 September 2012:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2012/sep/25/bba-libor-setting-role-stripped-banks

[34]    Liam Vaughan, “Secret Libor Committee Clings to Anonymity Following Scandal,” Bloomberg, 21 August 2012:

http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-08-20/secret-libor-committee-clings-to-anonymity-after-rigging-scandal.html

[35]    David Enrich and Max Colchester, “Before Scandal, Clash Over Control of Libor,” The Wall Street Journal, 11 September 2012:

http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390443847404577631404235329424.html

[36]    Andrew Mayeda, “Canada Regulator Says Has Power to Probe Libor ‘Cartel’,” Bloomberg, 22 June 2012:

http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-06-22/canada-regulator-says-has-power-to-probe-libor-cartel-.html

[37]    Halah Touryalai, “Banks Rigged Libor To Inflate Adjustable-Rate Mortgages: Lawsuit,” Forbes, 15 October 2012:

http://www.forbes.com/sites/halahtouryalai/2012/10/15/banks-rigged-libor-to-inflate-adjustable-rate-mortgages-lawsuit/

[38]    Darrell Preston, “Rigged Libor Hits States-Localities With $6 Billion: Muni Credit,” Bloomberg, 9 October 2012:

http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-10-09/rigged-libor-hits-states-localities-with-6-billion-muni-credit.html

[39]    Andrew Gavin Marshall, “Austerity, Adjustment, and Social Genocide: Political Language and the European Debt Crisis,” Andrewgavinmarshall.com, 24 July 2012:

http://andrewgavinmarshall.com/2012/07/24/austerity-adjustment-and-social-genocide-political-language-and-the-european-debt-crisis/

[40]    Roger Altman, “We need not fret over omnipotent markets,” The Financial Times, 1 December 2011:

http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/890161ac-1b69-11e1-85f8-00144feabdc0.html#axzz1fnNHC8YP

[41]    Ben Polak and Peter K. Schott, America’s Hidden Austerity Program,” The New York Times, 11 June 2012:

http://economix.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/06/11/americas-hidden-austerity-program/;

Jason Cherkis, “A Thousand Cuts: Austerity Measures Devastate Communities Around The World,” The Huffington Post, 17 July 2012:

http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/07/12/austerity-measures-a-thousand-cuts_n_1666309.html;

Editorial, “The Austerity Trap,” The New York Times, 23 October 2012:

http://www.nytimes.com/2012/10/24/opinion/the-austerity-trap.html?_r=0;

Derek Thompson, “American Austerity: Why the States Cutting Spending Are Doing Worse,” The Atlantic, 21 June 2012:

http://www.theatlantic.com/business/archive/2012/06/american-austerity-why-the-states-cutting-spending-are-doing-worse/258825/

[42]    “CEOs Deficit Manifesto,” The Wall Street Journal, 25 October 2012:

http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052970203937004578076254182569318.html?mod=googlenews_wsj

[43]    “Executives Who Signed the Fix the Debt Declaration,” The Wall Street Journal, 25 October 2012:

http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10001424052970203897404578077251928040508.html

[44]    Al Lewis, “Bankers Face the Abyss,” The Wall Street Journal, 21 October 2012:

http://online.wsj.com/article/SB10000872396390444734804578064840879262594.html?mod=googlenews_wsj

[45]    Heather Stewart, “Wealth doesn’t trickle down — it just floods offshore, research reveals,” The Observer, 21 July 2012:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2012/jul/21/offshore-wealth-global-economy-tax-havens

[46]    Heather Stewart, “£13tn hoard hidden from taxman by global elite,” The Observer, 21 July 2012:

http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2012/jul/21/global-elite-tax-offshore-economy

[47]    We’re living in a plutonomy, The Telegraph, 2 April 2006:

http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/2935809/Were-living-in-a-plutonomy.html

[48]    Robert Frank, Plutonomics, The Wall Street Journal, 8 January 2007:

http://blogs.wsj.com/wealth/2007/01/08/plutonomics/

[49]    Ibid.

[50]    Gus Lubin, Deutsche Bank Says The ‘Global Plutonomy’ Is Stronger Than Ever, And That Means 10X More Volatility, Business Insider, 17 February 2011:

http://www.businessinsider.com/ajay-kapur-plutonomy-2011-2

Andrew Gavin Marshall is an independent researcher and writer based in Montreal, Canada, writing on a number of social, political, economic, and historical issues. He is also Project Manager of The People’s Book Project. He also hosts a weekly podcast show, “Empire, Power, and People,” on BoilingFrogsPost.com.

Money Party Wins US Election

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

The same party wins every time. Duopoly power rules. America is a one party state with two wings. Each replicates the other. On major issues mattering most, not a dime’s worth of difference separates them.

The late Gore Vidal explained it as well as anyone. Some of his best comments included:

“Apparently, a democracy is a place where numerous elections are held at great cost without issues and with interchangeable candidates.”

“Any American who is prepared to run for president should automatically by definition be disqualified from ever doing so.”

“By the time a man gets to be presidential material, he’s been bought ten times over.”

“Every four years the naive half who vote are encouraged to believe that if we can elect a really nice man or woman President everything will be all right. But it won’t be.”

“The genius of our ruling class is that it has kept a majority of the people from ever questioning the inequity of a system where most people drudge along, paying heavy taxes for which they get nothing in return.”

“We should stop going around babbling about how we’re the greatest democracy on earth.”

He also said America is “rotting away at a funereal pace. We’ll have a military dictatorship pretty soon, on the basis that nobody else can hold everything together.”

He thought of himself as a modern-day Voltaire. We need a legion of them at perhaps the most perilous time in world history.

Reelecting Obama assures worse than his first term harm. Romney in office would match him blow for blow. Voters likely chose the lesser of two evils. At least they thought they did. In any form, evil is evil. Duopoly power offers no other choice.

Expect four more years of permanent wars, greater economic hardships, growing poverty, unemployment, homelessness, hunger, and human misery, handing more of the nation’s wealth to corporate predators, governing lawlessly, and cracking down ruthlessly on resisters.

Anti-progressivism defines Obama’s agenda. He’s hard-right, reactionary, belligerent, and pro-corporate. He serves wealth, power and privilege at the expense of essential popular needs.

Force-fed austerity will harm millions more than already. Expect human suffering to increase exponentially domestically and abroad. Why anyone would support what they should condemn they’ll have to explain.

It’s true as well about political promises broken every time. IF Stone told aspiring journalists that all governments lie. Nothing they say should be believed.

Obama exceeded the worst of his predecessors. Every major pledge made he broke. He’s a duplicitous con man. He’s a crime boss, serial liar and moral coward. He promised change and delivered betrayal.

He doesn’t fool all the people all the time but enough to matter. Tuesday night he celebrated with supporters. The Chicago Tribune headlined it.

It shamelessly endorsed his reelection. It praised his “decisiveness and intellectual rigor.” It backed the worst of his policies. McCormick Place echoed with “deafening cheers….launching a wild celebration among thousands of his supporters.”

It was subdued compared to 2008. Chicago offices closed early. Tens of thousands packed Grant Park downtown. Word came around 10PM. The celebratory mood felt like New Year’s eve.

Supporters thought Obama could make a difference at a time of deepening economic duress. He made things worse, not better.

This year, McCormick Place erected huge television screens. Victory was announced around 11:20PM. Several thousand inside heard it. They came by invitation only. They were hand picked in advance. Tickets were needed for entry.

City streets were no more active than usual. The celebratory mood four years ago wasn’t repeated. Most people likely went to bed. Obama’s victory speech sounded like more campaigning.

“We are an American family and we rise as one people,” he said.

“Whether I earned your vote or not, I have listened to you, I have learned from you, and you’ve made me a better president. I return to the White House more determined and more inspired than ever.”

“Tonight, you voted for action, not politics as usual. You elected us to focus on your jobs, not ours.”

“(W)e know in our hearts that for the United States of America, the best is yet to come.”

“We want our kids to grow up in a country where they have access to the best schools and the best teachers….(a) global leader….with all of the good jobs and new businesses that follow.”

“We want to pass on a country that’s safe and respected and admired around the world, a nation that is defended by the strongest military on earth….to shape a peace that is built on the promise of freedom and dignity for every human being.”

“We believe in a generous America, in a compassionate America, in a tolerant America open to the dreams of” everyone.

“Our economy is recovering. A decade of war is ending.”

“I return to the White House more determined and more inspired than ever about the work there is to do and the future that lies ahead.”

“And together, with your help and God’s grace, we will continue our journey forward and remind the world just why it is that we live in the greatest nation on earth.”

All of the above was said with forked tongue. Obama and likeminded rogues deplore rule of law principles, other democratic values, and vital social services when they’re most needed.

They prioritize war, not peace. Their agenda threatens humanity. They don’t give a damn about ordinary people. Obama never did. He just pretends. Despite all the harm inflicted on so many, half the country still supports him. Why they’ll have to explain.

Imagine what he plans in term two. Humanity may not survive. More wars are planned. Current ones will continue. Social America is on the chopping block for elimination. Great Betrayal priorities demand it.

Resisters face harsh crackdowns. Anyone can be arrested, imprisoned, and stay there indefinitely uncharged and untried. On Obama’s say alone, people can be marked for death. He’s now judge, jury and executioner.

America hasn’t been fit to live in for years. It’s now dangerous. Ahead it’ll be intolerable. Obama’s mandate is to assure it. Imagine a leader promising better times and delivering what few can tolerate.

Imagine too few realizing that the worst is yet to come. Imagine putting up with what should be challenged and dispatched. Imagine media scoundrels praising what they should condemn.

America’s “newspaper of record” endorsed him for the wrong reasons. Death squad diplomacy was ignored. So were plans for global dominance and human deprivation at home.

The New York Times cited economic recovery at a time it’s worsening. It called his achievements “impressive.” It claimed destructive domestic and foreign policies were successes.

It turned truth on its head. It “enthusiastically” endorsed four more years. On November 6, it headlined “President Obama’s Success,” saying:

Winning showed most people support his “economic policies that stress job growth, health care reform, tax increases and balanced deficit reduction….”

“It was a repudiation….of the politics of fear, intolerance and disinformation.”

Fact check

Obama wrecked the economy to help banks, other corporate favorites, and rich elites. He’s been more a job destroyer than creator. Nearly 25 million remain unemployed. They represent nearly 23% of eligible workers.

Most youths have no futures. Higher education doesn’t help. Increasingly it’s unaffordable. Most getting it end up debt entrapped for years, decades, and in some cases forever.

Obama continued past policies of offshoring high pay/good benefit jobs. Most remaining are low pay/poor or no benefit part-time or temp ones.

He cut corporate taxes. He left Bush-era cuts for the rich in place. He plans more of the same at the expense of public need. He presides over the largest military budget in world history. Increases are planned, not cuts.

He handed America’s healthcare system to corporate predators. Ralph Nader calls it “a pay-or-die system that’s the disgrace of the Western world.”

Costs are shifted to consumers. Most get inadequate or unaffordable care. Corporate provider profits are better than ever. So-called financial reform did the same for Wall Street and other large financial institutions.

Deficit reduction will be done on the backs of ordinary people who can least afford it. Destroying social America is planned to accomplish it.

New York Times editors are well paid. Human deprivation isn’t their concern.

Nation magazine also endorsed Obama. It openly campaigned for him. Defeating him would be catastrophic for progressive politics, it claimed.

Truth was ignored in support of what should have been condemned. Policies too disturbing to discuss are ignored. Obama’s war on humanity and police state repression get no attention. Sophistry and lies substitute. It’s official Nation policy.

It’s been that way throughout its history. It masquerades as progressive. It represents middle-America elites. Ordinary people don’t matter.

On November 7, Nation contributor John Nichols headlined “For Obama, a Bigger Win Than for Kennedy, Nixon, Carter, Bush or Bush,” saying:

He won “a credible, national win….And it was a real victory….And a president who has been comfortably reelected ought not think small. He should ‘spend his capital’ on projects worthy of the trust Americans have afforded him.”

Not a word in Nichols’ article about permanent imperial wars, prioritizing corporate favoritism, US-style fascism wrapped in an American flag, growing unmet people needs, and harsh police state laws targeting resisters.

Nothing either on Democrats perhaps better able to destroy social America than Republicans. In 2008, monied interests chose him to do what Republicans wouldn’t dare. It represented a classic reverse Nixon goes to China moment.

The fix was in. There’s unfinished business. Four more Obama years may complete turning America into the worst of all possible worlds. Backers have that idea in mind.

Nation magazine and other progressive charlatans conceal it. Nichols and contributors like him turn reality on its head.

Most Americans afforded Obama nothing. Most votes for him were likely against Romney. Money power in America chooses candidates and winners. Corporate manipulated and controlled electronic voting machines have final say.

Nichols and likeminded Obama supporters suppress what should be headlined. Ordinary Americans will learn more harsh truths straightaway. Lame duck congressional budget cutting looms.

They’ll be hardest hit. Obama supports it. Monied interests gave him two terms for that purpose. He hasn’t disappointed. Expect lots more pain and suffering ahead.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Families torn apart by Israel’s strict ‘separation policy’

0

Mya Guarnieri |

To Westerners and Palestinians, Gaza “is hell”, says Ali Batha. “It’s a scary place … It’s the last place in the world [people want to go].”

There’s Gaza’s 30 per cent unemployment rate, and the Israeli blockade that restricts imports and exports. Clean drinking water is increasingly scarce. Fuel and electricity shortages cause daily blackouts.

And, according to the United Nations, the Gaza Strip “will not be liveable by 2020” unless the blockade, isolation, and Israeli-Palestinian conflict all come to an end.

Despite the bleak outlook, and despite the fact that Batha, 31, is in the prime of his life, he is planning to leave the West Bank to move to Gaza. It’s the only place where he and his wife, Rehab, can live together.

Because of Israeli restrictions on Palestinian movement, it’s been three-and-a-half years since the two have seen each other.

Batha and Rehab are just one of thousands of Palestinian families who have been torn apart by Israel’s “separation policy”.

“The dominant aspects of it are to disallow travel between Gaza and the West Bank, to prevent Palestinians from Gaza from moving to the West Bank, and to induce or coerce Palestinians from the West Bank to move to Gaza,” says Sari Bashi, executive director of Gisha, an Israeli NGO that advocates for Palestinian freedom of movement.

When asked about the separation policy and its aims, a spokesman from the Israeli Coordinator of Government Activity in the Territories – who requested anonymity – answers that because “terrorist groups in Gaza” seek “to relocate the existing terrorist infrastructure to [the West Bank], Israel has adopted a policy which reduces movements between Gaza and [the West Bank]”.

Love blossoms

Batha and Rehab met in 2000 at Birzeit University in the West Bank, where Batha studied economics and Rehab earned a degree in business administration. “It was in a discussion about mythology,” Batha recalls. “She started to talk and I was like, ‘Oh my god, there is a beautiful girl and she is talking about serious things in an [intelligent] way.'”

The two quickly became friends. After one month, Batha confessed his love to her, adding, “I don’t need an answer from you, just take your time.”

He then embarked on a campaign to win Rehab’s heart. “I did a lot of crazy things,” Batha smiles. He scaled the side of her dormitory to reach her balcony. He also covered the sidewalk to her building with drawings and poetry.

Rehab fell for him and they moved in together.

When Rehab graduated in 2004, the couple struggled to decide whether Rehab should travel to the Gaza Strip to visit her parents.

Although Rehab was born in Lebanon, her family moved to Gaza in the early 1990s, as Israel was beginning to restrict Palestinian freedom of movement. In 2000, Israel blocked Gazans from travelling to the West Bank to study. Rehab was one of the last to receive permission to do so.

Because Rehab worried that she wouldn’t be able to return to the West Bank to complete her studies, she did not visit Gaza while she was earning her degree.

After much discussion, Batha and Rehab agreed that she would spend a month in Gaza with her family. But, just as the couple feared, Israeli authorities refused the travel permit she needed to return to the West Bank.

Painful separation

The couple reunited and married in Dubai in 2007. When they tried to go back to the West Bank a year-and-a-half later, Israeli soldiers refused entry to Rehab because she had a Gaza ID. So the two went to Egypt, where Rehab’s family now lives, and tried to solve the problem from there.

They conferred with high-ranking officials from Fatah and the Palestinian Authority (PA) who, according to Batha, suggested they obtain a referral to a West Bank healthcare facility. Israeli authorities allow a small number of Palestinians to travel from Gaza for medical purposes.

While Palestinians are free to move to Gaza, Israel prevents family reunification in the West Bank, Bashi explains, “unless you are an orphan under the age of 16 with no relatives to care for you in Gaza, an elderly person in need of constant care with no relatives to care for you in Gaza, or a chronically ill person with no relatives to care for you in Gaza”.

Bashi calls the policy “extraordinarily restrictive”, pointing out that it excludes “any healthy adult”.

In addition to recommending that Rehab get a medical referral, PA officials said she might have a stronger case if she were in Gaza. So in 2009 she went alone. As a woman who does not wear a hijab, Rehab found the move to conservative Gaza difficult. But she remained there, without family, for three years before returning to Egypt.

On numerous occasions, the couple submitted the necessary paperwork to the PA, which passes on requests to the Israelis.

“[Our] file has been with the [Palestinian] Ministry [of Civil Affairs] for a long time,” Ali says, adding he has made countless attempts to follow up on the application.

“The Israelis say, ‘We didn’t receive anything from you’ … [The PA] says ‘bring your papers, bring your papers’. I don’t know where [the PA] put the papers. Maybe in the garbage.”

While Batha is angry with the PA for not doing more to help, he blames the Israeli government for the painful separation from his wife, which he likens to “a prison”.

Israel also maintains the Palestinian population registry, which gives it the final say regarding official address changes.

Mother who disappeared

In Nisreen Asaid’s case, this means that Israel decides whether or not the 30-year-old mother of two will be able to live with her children.

Asaid was arrested at an Israeli checkpoint inside the West Bank in 2007 as she tried to travel from Ramallah to Qalqilya. Soldiers told Asaid that her address was registered in Gaza, where she had lived until she was 14.

She was interrogated and then transferred against her will to the Gaza Strip. Asaid was not allowed to say goodbye to her daughter, who was 10 at the time, or her toddler. She has not seen her children, who remain in the West Bank, for more than five years.

Thanks to a 2011 gesture brokered by the Quartet, Asaid has managed to update her address to the West Bank. But she has been unable to get permission from Israel to travel back from Gaza.

Her son doesn’t understand why his mother disappeared from his life and why she can’t come back to Ramallah. When they talk on the phone, Asaid says, he sometimes tells her, “We will bring a car to the Erez checkpoint and we will raise the fence and you can go underneath.”

Another family has a similar problem. A mother who is stranded in Gaza, raising five children on her own, got her address changed to her husband’s home in the West Bank city of Jenin.

Now Israeli officials say she must pick up the new ID in the West Bank. They refuse, however, to issue her the necessary travel permit.

Bashi says Israeli attempts to control Palestinian movement within Gaza and the West Bank violate international human rights law.

“Because Gaza and the West Bank are part of a single territorial unit, Israel is obligated to respect the right of Palestinians to travel freely within the territory and to choose their place of residence within the territory,” she explains.

“Any restriction on that right can only be implemented for security reasons, or out of security concerns about the passage [through] Israel.”

But a spokesman for the Coordinator of Government Activities in the Territories disputes this, saying the Israeli Supreme Court has found “no fault” with the policy.

“There is no legal obligation to allow free movement between Gaza and [the West Bank] … Regarding this specific issue, Gaza and [the West Bank] cannot be declared as a single territorial unit.”

Bashi points out that Israel does not have security claims against any of the families interviewed. “And there is certainly no security reason to prevent these families from being together,” she says.

As the peace process stagnates and the blockade grinds on, Asaid waits and hopes to see her children. And Batha contemplates his next move: “I can go to Gaza, I can go to hell – whatever – just to feel that I can be with her.”

Fox News Slowly Loses Its Mind Over Election Results

0
 |
When Fox News called the election for Barack Obama just before 11:30 p.m., it was the culmination of a night-long sigh by the right-wing network, capped off with a climactic hissy fit steeped in denial, courtesy of Karl Rove. The polls didn’t look good going into the day, but the channel’s well-manicured hosts put on a happy face and crossed their fingers, as they have for weeks now, kicking off Election Night with similar refrains of hope and favorable Internal polling from the Romney campaign, plus predictable mentions of unemployment, Libya, and paths to a win without Ohio. But the excuses started early and then things got weird.

“The white establishment is now the minority,” said a resigned-sounding Bill O’Reilly, long before any swing state had been decided. “And the voters, many of them, feel that the economic system is stacked against them and they want stuff.”

“The demographics are changing,” he added. “It’s not a traditional America anymore.”

O’Reilly also cited Hurricane Sandy as a reason Romney might possibly, maybe lose the election. “If Obama wins, Sandy will have something to do with it,” he predicted. “He got more currency from Sandy than he got negative currency from Libya. That to me is amazing.” But O’Reilly did verbalize the elephant in the room: “If Mitt Romney loses Ohio, the president is reelected,” he dropped with a thud.

Later, plugging the religious vote, Mike Huckabee wasn’t so sure. “Chick-fil-A day was dress rehearsal for today,” he said. “I still think Mitt Romney wins when it’s all over.”

But as the states started to fall – Pennsylvania, Wisconsin, Minnesota – Romney’s path to a win was described as a “tightrope,” and the mood soured noticeably. Outright predictions gave way to minute dissections of specific counties as anchors Megyn Kelly and Bret Baier seemed to brace for the inevitable.

And then went Ohio, and with it, the election – and Karl Rove’s mind. “We have got to be careful about calling things when we have like 991 votes separating the two candidates and a quarter of the vote yet to count,” he said, questioning the network that signs his checks and calling the decision “premature.” Kelly quipped, “That’s awkward,” and then proceeded to march – in an equally awkward scene – away from her desk and into the bowels of the studio to the number-crunching Decision Desk. “We’re actually quite comfortable with the call in Ohio,” one man said, and you could practically hear Rove’s curdled cries in the distance. “There just aren’t enough Republican votes left for Mitt Romney to get there,” another added.

Live from Chicago, where the Obama crowd was losing it, Ed Henry managed to get in another, though it went tumbling into the abyss: “They’re almost nearing pandemonium now,” he said, “despite that unemployment is still hovering near 8 percent.” It wasn’t the end of the network’s bitter mix of denial and rationalization for the night, but it might as well have been.

 

Murdered businessman was MI6 informant

0

A UK businessman murdered by the wife of top Chinese politician Bo Xilai had informed on the couple for more than a year to MI6, the Wall Street Journal reported on Tuesday.

Neil Heywood shared details derived from his unusually close access to the couple, the paper said, citing his friends and current and former UK officials.

The revelation that Heywood was murdered brought down Mr Bo and revealed rifts among top Chinese leaders as they negotiated a once-a-decade power handover, which is set to start this month.

“He had been knowingly providing information about the Bo family to Britain’s Secret Intelligence Service, known as MI6, for more than a year,” the report said. It added that Heywood became close to the family in the 1990s when Mr Bo was mayor of the northeastern city of Dalian. Heywood was found dead in November last year in the southwestern city of Chongqing, which Mr Bo ran at the time.

Heywood drove a silver Jaguar with the licence plate “007”, although people who knew him said he kept a low profile among fellow expatriates, the publication said.

He operated a consultancy that relied on his connections to advise businesses on how to manage Chinese bureaucracy.

After meeting someone in 2009 who later acknowledged being an MI6 officer, Heywood “met that person regularly in China” and provided “information on Mr Bo’s private affairs”, the paper said.

Mr Bo’s wife, who confessed, was given a suspended death sentence in August for poisoning Heywood. Mr Bo was removed from the ruling Communist Party’s top 25-member Politburo and now awaits trial for abuse of power and other charges.

While the murder has dominated headlines internationally, the Communist Party used its control of domestic media to portray Mr Bo’s downfall as proof of its determination to fight runaway corruption within the party, a major cause of public discontent.

Heywood’s links with the family frayed in the last two years of his life. He had not seen Mr Bo for a year when he apparently sought to obtain money which he thought the family owed him as he prepared to leave China, the report said.

The businessman seemed to be stressed, having gained weight and begun smoking more, and feared his e-mail and phone calls were being monitored. When he flew to Chongqing, he feared he was in trouble, a friend said.

However, neither Chinese nor UK officials pointed to Heywood’s spy links as a reason for his murder, it said.

His death was initially attributed to alcohol consumption. Mr Bo’s police chief and four subordinates were jailed in September for attempting to cover up for his wife.

A Chinese foreign ministry spokesman declined to comment on the report.

A spokesman for UK Prime Minister David Cameron said: “We never discuss intelligence matters.”

Source

Arguments in Supreme Court warrantless spying case

0

Tom Carter, WSWS |

On October 29, the US Supreme Court heard oral arguments in a case challenging the power asserted by the Bush and Obama administrations to conduct secret warrantless surveillance around the world without any significant judicial oversight.

The oral arguments were noteworthy for the position, put forward by the Obama administration and supported by right-wing Associate Justice Antonin Scalia, that the case should be thrown out because certain actions by the president are not subject to judicial review.

The case, Clapper v. Amnesty International, was brought by the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) on behalf of lawyers, journalists, human rights activists and others challenging the 2008 amendments to the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) that abolished significant restrictions on National Security Agency (NSA) spying.

At the center of the case is a challenge to NSA spying by lawyers representing overseas clients. These lawyers have no way of knowing whether the government is listening in on their communications without a warrant.

Many such lawyers, who have a duty to protect the confidentiality of their communications with their clients, have been compelled to take extraordinary measures to protect their communications from interception by the government. Journalists, likewise, are concerned that the government is listening in on their communications with confidential sources.

The case brings home the reality of the vast expansion of domestic spying in recent years. Warrantless government spying is not a hypothetical possibility, but a fact of daily life–something that has to be taken into consideration with every phone call, email and text message. With secret electronic monitoring rooms installed in every major telecom facility, it is impossible to know what the government is intercepting and reading.

The Bush and Obama administrations both sought to block the ACLU case with an extraordinary Catch-22 argument. Lawyers for both administrations asserted that the identity of people who are subject to government eavesdropping is a “state secret,” which cannot be discovered or disclosed. At the same time, both administrations argued that challenges to eavesdropping should be dismissed unless the people bringing the lawsuits could affirmatively demonstrate that their individual communications were, in fact, monitored as a result of the 2008 FISA amendments.

The Obama administration has consistently and aggressively attacked all lawsuits challenging the police state infrastructure erected after September 11, 2001 by invoking the “state secrets” privilege and the president’s so-called “commander-in-chief” and “wartime” powers.

In September of last year, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals ruled against the Obama administration in the Clapper case and allowed the ACLU challenge to proceed. The Obama administration appealed, and the Supreme Court in May announced that it would take the case.

Almost immediately after the beginning of oral arguments, Justice Scalia intervened to suggest that the Supreme Court should rule that the case cannot be heard at all for lack of “standing.” In other words, because the ACLU could not show that any of its communications were monitored (because such information is a “state secret”), the ACLU could not demonstrate that it suffered any legally ascertainable injury or harm.

“That’s exactly right, Justice Scalia,” responded the Obama administration’s attorney, Solicitor General Donald B. Verrilli, Jr.

Scalia continued: “[T]hat just proves that under our system of separated powers, it is none of our business.” On behalf of the Obama administration, Verrilli agreed that “the Court’s authority cannot be invoked in that circumstance.”

Underlying Scalia’s invocation of “separated powers” is the so-called “unitary executive theory,” of which Scalia is a well known advocate. Largely alien to centuries of American legal precedent, the theory is borrowed wholesale from fascist jurisprudence.

The “unitary executive theory” stands the concept of separation of powers on its head. Instead of operating as a check on the executive and legislative branches, the judiciary is asserted to have no power to intervene in “wartime” matters and matters of national security, which are deemed to be the exclusive and “separate” province of the executive branch.

The purpose of the doctrine is to detach the executive branch from all historic restraints such as the Bill of Rights, providing a legal rationale for the establishment of a police state. Championed by the Bush administration, this authoritarian doctrine has been embraced and expanded by the Obama administration.

During oral arguments, several justices expressed doubts about the Obama administration position that government spying is completely insulated from judicial review. Associate Justice Sonia Sotomayor asked incredulously, “[Solicitor] General [Verrilli], is there anybody who has standing?”

These justices are no doubt concerned that the Obama administration’s position, taken to its logical conclusion, undermines the raison d’etre of the Supreme Court itself, which is ostensibly to ensure that the activities of the executive and legislative branches are lawful and consistent with the US Constitution.

The FISA system was created in 1978 following exposures by the Senate committee headed by Frank Church of Nixon’s use of warrantless surveillance against his political opponents. The FISA system consists of secret courts that review requests by intelligence agencies for warrants to conduct surveillance. The system was promoted as a mechanism for protecting the public against warrantless surveillance of the kind perpetrated by the Nixon administration, but in practice the FISA courts rubber stamp virtually all of the intelligence agency requests, giving a veneer of legality to previously illegal government spying.

In 2005, the New York Times revealed that the Bush administration was conducting surveillance without even bothering to obtain warrants through the FISA system. Under the Bush administration, intelligence agencies also began illegally colluding without warrants with private telecommunications companies to compile vast amounts of private information concerning ordinary citizens.

In 2008, Congress passed a series of amendments to FISA that in part retroactively justified the Bush administration’s activities and dramatically broadened the federal power to eavesdrop. (See “Obama joins Senate vote to legitimize Bush’s domestic spying operation”)

Most importantly, the 2008 FISA amendments dispense with the requirement that warrants obtained through the FISA system be supported by probable cause and specifically describe the individual subject to the warrant, the facilities targeted, and the communications to be intercepted. Instead, the 2008 amendments permit dragnet acquisition of data, which is then compiled and analyzed by the intelligence agencies.

The warrantless surveillance conducted by the Bush and Obama administration, as well as the 2008 FISA amendments, clearly violate the Fourth Amendment to the US Constitution, which asserts the right to be free from unreasonable searches and requires that the government obtain a warrant from a judge before conducting a search. The Fourth Amendment also prohibits general warrants and requires all warrants to be supported by probable cause.

In the aftermath of 9/11, the Bush administration launched a program of illegal and unconstitutional government spying. Although this spying was clearly illegal for the same reasons that the spying conducted by the Nixon administration was illegal, nobody in the Bush administration has ever been held accountable. On the contrary, the Bush administration program was expanded, codified, and institutionalized by the Obama administration.

Obama has presided over the establishment of “bottomless” databases to house information gathered about ordinary citizens, expanded warrantless wiretapping and monitoring of phone calls and other communications, sent undercover spies and provocateurs to infiltrate dissident political groups, and arranged for the deployment of thousands of military surveillance drones over the US mainland. (See “Obama administration expands illegal surveillance of Americans”)

The Obama administration’s position that its spying activities are not subject to judicial review is especially significant in light of the recent revelations concerning the “disposition matrix,” which is the administration’s extrajudicial procedure for “disposing of” (i.e., assassinating) certain individuals selected by the president.

Obama’s position with regard to extrajudicial domestic spying goes hand-in-hand with his position regarding extrajudicial assassination. Just as the administration asserts the power to kill any person anywhere in the world without judicial review of any kind, it likewise asserts the right to spy on anyone and everyone free from any oversight by the judiciary.

Where the president can spy on or kill a person on his own initiative without judicial review, the Bill of Rights is effectively nullified. Under the Obama administration’s theory, historic democratic legal protections can be invoked only if the president sees fit to allow a case to proceed in the judicial system. Otherwise, they have no effect. The judiciary, rather than being a separate branch of government operating as a check on the executive, is relegated to a mere rubber stamp for executive decisions.

The position taken by the Obama administration in last week’s oral arguments is further confirmation that the US political establishment is moving rapidly toward authoritarian forms of rule.

Marijuana legalized in Colorado and Washington

0

Allison Linn, NBC News |

Voters in Colorado and Washington on Tuesday approved measures allowing adults to use marijuana for any purpose, NBC News projected, marking an historic turning point in the slow-growing acceptance of marijuana usage.

In Massachusetts, voters also approved an initiative allowing people to use marijuana for medicinal purposes, NBC News projected. In Arkansas, a similar initiative failed, according to NBC News projections.

In all, voters in six states were being asked to decide on a wide array of laws around legalizing marijuana for medicinal or recreational purposes.

In three of those states — Colorado, Oregon and Washington — voters were deciding whether to allow people over 21 to use marijuana for any purpose. In Oregon, NBC News projected that the initiative to legalize marijuana had failed.

In Montana, NBC News projected that voters had approved a plan to to revamp an existing medicinal marijuana law to make it more restrictive.

The laws legalizing marijuana for recreational or other purposes could face federal challenges, because marijuana possession is still a federal crime. But so far, the Justice Department has declined to discuss how it might react if the laws pass. Late Tuesday, a spokesman said in an e-mail that they were reviewing the Colorado initiative and had no immediate comment.

Proponents say it’s about time pot was made legal and that it would create new avenues of tax revenue. But opponents say legalization would lead to more drug abuse and concerns about things like driving while impaired.

Opponent Kevin Sabet, a former senior advisor to the Obama administration and an assistant professor at the University of Florida’s college of medicine, said he was expecting legal challenges at the state and federal level.

“This is just the beginning of the legalization conversation, so my advice to people who want to toke up legally or think that they can buy marijuana at a store tomorrow is that we’re a very long way from (that),” Sabet said.

Proponents of the legislation also said they expected some legal wrangling.

“It sets up a clear and obvious challenge with the federal government,” said Allen St. Pierre, executive director of NORML, which has fought for years to legalize cannabis.

But proponents also were celebrating what they saw as a turning point in a long-running battle to make marijuana more available to the general public.

“We are reaching a real tipping point with cannabis law reform,” said Steve DeAngelo, a longtime advocate for legalizing marijuana and the director of the nation’s largest medical cannbabis dispensary, Harborside Health Center in Oakland, Calif.

Colorado Gov. John Hickenlooper acknowledged legal challenges but said the state would work to resolve the conflict between federal and state laws.

“It’s probably going to pass, but it’s still illegal on a federal basis. If we can’t make it legal here because of federal laws, we certainly want to decriminialize it,” he told NBC’s Brian Williams.

Seventeen states and the District of Columbia already have laws allowing for the medical use of marijuana, according to the National Council of Legislatures.

The initiatives in Washington, Oregon and Colorado would take things one step further, explicitly allowing people to smoke pot for more than just medicinal purposes.

The idea of legalizing marijuana has gained acceptance in recent years. A Gallup poll released in October of 2011 found that 50 percent of Americans now favor legalizing pot. A decade ago, only around 34 percent were in favor. Liberals and adults under 29 are the most likely to approve of legalizing use of the drug.

Here’s a look at the states considering marijuana laws Tuesday.

Arkansas: Voters in Arkansas will consider whether to legalize marijuana for medical purposes.

Colorado: Voters in Colorado are being asked to approve a bill that would allow people 21 and over to possess and use a small amount of marijuana for recreational purposes. A similar measure was defeated in 2006.

Massachusetts: Voters in Massachusetts are being asked to vote on whether it’s OK to legalize marijuana for medical purposes.

Montana: In 2004, voters in Montana approved a law allowing marijuana for medical purposes. Then, in 2011, the legislature approved replacing it with a new, more restrictive one. Voters on Tuesday will decide whether to allow those restrictions to be upheld.

Oregon: Voters in Oregon are being asked to decide whether to legalize marijuana use for people who are 21 years or older, and to tax and regulate it in the same way as alcohol.

Washington: The Washington bill would allow people over age 21 to possess a small amount of pot for personal use.

Torturer Lawsuits: Some Good News

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

A previous article titled Good News and Bad said when something good surfaces, reporting it should follow. There’s so precious little around.

Two lawsuits against private military contractors (PMCs) offer encouragement. Both were brought under the Alien Tort Statute (ATS). The Center for Constitutional Rights (CCR) filed them on behalf of tortured and abused plaintiffs.

They were held at Iraq’s notorious Abu Ghraib prison. America mistreats everyone held there. It’s official policy in all US torture prisons.

A confidential settlement resolved Al-Quraishi v. L-3 Services, Inc. CCR sued L-3 Services, Inc. (formerly Titan Corp.) and Adel Nakhla, it former employee.

It was brought on behalf of 72 Iraqi plaintiffs. They charged torture, war crimes, and other forms of abuse. On July 29, 2010, Judge Peter Messittee denied Defendants’ motions to dismiss.

On September 21, 2011, a Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals three-member panel reversed the district court and dismissed the case.

On October 5, 2011, plaintiffs petitioned for rehearing en banc (the full court). On November 8, the Fourth Circuit granted a rehearing.

On November 23, L-3 filed its brief. On December 10, plaintiffs filed their own. On December 19 and 20, amicus briefs supported them.

On January 27, 2012, oral arguments were heard. On May 11, the Court dismissed L-3’s appeal. It remanded the case to the district court for rehearing. On October 10, a confidential settlement was reached.

Although terms aren’t known, plaintiffs won a significant victory. L-3 Services and Nakhla “directed and participated in torture and other illegal conduct.” They did so at Abu Ghraib and other Iraq prisons.

CCR charged defendants with “torture; cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment; war crimes; assault and battery; sexual assault and battery; intentional infliction of emotional distress; negligent hiring and supervision; and negligent infliction of emotional distress.”

Other counts included “civil conspiracy,” as well as aiding and abetting it. Plaintiffs sought compensatory and punitive damages. Acts they were subjected to included:

“rape and threats of rape and other forms of sexual assault; electric shocks; repeated beatings, including beatings with chains, boots and other objects; prolonged hanging from limbs; forced nudity; hooding; isolated detention; being urinated on and otherwise humiliated; and being prevented from praying and otherwise abiding by their religious practices.”

Plaintiff Wissam Abdullateef Sa’eed Al-Quraishi was hung on a pole for seven days. He was also subjected to beatings, forced nudity, electric shocks, humiliating treatment, mock executions, and other forms of torture and abuse.

For over 10 months, plaintiff Mr. Al-Janabi was tortured and abused repeatedly. Treatment included “having his eyes almost clawed out, being stripped naked and threatened with rape, being hung upside down until he lost consciousness, and being deprived of sleep for extended periods of time.”

He and other plaintiffs were released uncharged.

CCR represented four other plaintiffs in Al Shimari v. CACI. They charged torture, abuse, and other illegal treatment at Abu Ghraib.

On March 18, 2009, CACI’s motion to dismiss in part was denied. On September 21, a Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals three-judge panel reversed the district court and dismissed the case.

On October 5, plaintiffs petitioned for an en banc rehearing. On November 8, Fourth Circuit judges ordered it. On November 29, CACI filed its brief. On December 19, plaintiffs filed their own. On December 20, amicus briefs supported them.

On May 11, 2012, the Fourth Circuit ruled for plaintiffs. They remanded their case to the district court for rehearing. On October 11, plaintiffs petitioned to reinstate Alien Tort Statute claims. On November 1, their motion was heard.

Initially, plaintiffs sued L-3 Services, CACI, and its former employee, Timothy Dugan. Both companies conducted interrogation and translation services at Abu Ghraib and other Iraq torture prisons.

L-3 Services and Dugan no longer are defendants. Charges claim CACI “directed and participated in illegal conduct, including torture, at” Abu Ghraib.

CCR filed suit under ATS provisions. Plaintiffs charged:

“torture; cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment; war crimes; assault and battery; sexual assault and battery; intentional infliction of emotional distress; negligent hiring and supervision; and negligent infliction of emotional distress.”

Other counts included “civil conspiracy,” as well as aiding and abetting it. Plaintiffs seek compensatory and punitive damages. They were subjected to:

“electric shocks; repeated brutal beatings; sleep deprivation; sensory deprivation; forced nudity; stress positions; sexual assault; mock executions; humiliation; hooding; isolated detention; and prolonged hanging from the limbs.”

Plaintiffs are innocent Iraqi civilians. They were released uncharged. They still suffer from physical injuries and mental trauma. They demand redress.

Suhail Najim Abdullah Al Shimari was detained from 2003 until 2008. He endured electric shocks, food deprivation, threats by dogs, and nudity while “forced to engage in physical activities to the point of exhaustion.”

Taha Yaseen Arraq Rashid was detained from 2003 until 2005. He was tortured, humiliated, deprived of oxygen, food, and water, tasered in the head, and severely beaten.

Broken limbs and vision loss resulted. Cuffed and shackled to cell bars, he was forcibly subjected to sexual acts by a female. He was also forced to witness a female prisoner’s rape.

Sa’ad Hamza Hantoosh Al-Zuba’e was imprisoned from 2003 – 2004. He endured extremely hot and cold water, beating his genitals with a stick, and detaining him in a solitary cell under conditions of sensory deprivation for almost a full year.

Salah Hasan Nusaif Jasim Al-Ejaili was detained for about four months. He was stripped, kept naked, threatened with dogs, deprived of food, beaten, and kept him isolated under sensory deprivation conditions.

Previous articles discussed private military contractors (PMCs). They’re used tactically as combatants, for training, advice, personal security, technical expertise, intelligence gathering, weapons systems management, transportation, and other non-combatant services.

Those performing security functions are hired gun paramilitaries. They’re unprincipled for a buck. Most often, they’re unaccountable under international and domestic laws. They’re licensed to torture, abuse, and kill with impunity. Exceptions prove the rule.

Abuses are widespread. Prosecutions rarely follow. Instead of restoring order, maintaining peace and security, upholding rule of law principles, facilitating reconstruction and development, providing essential needs, they terrorize populations with impunity.

They operate in dozens of countries. Nearly always, torture, abuse of all kinds, rape, human trafficking, and other crimes go unpunished.

Companies like Blackwater (now Academi), DynCorp, CACI, L-3 Services, and others don’t show up with olive branches. They come to rape, torture, abuse and kill with impunity and be well-paid for it.

Since the 1990s, hundreds of billions of dollars have been spent outsourcing services military personnel used to perform at far lower cost.

Spending is out-of-control. Waste, fraud, and anything goes malfeasance is commonplace. Profiteering results in vast amounts of money thrown away. Black budgets conceal how much. Minimally, it’s in the tens of billions of dollars annually.

Favored companies get no-bid contracts. Oversight is virtually nonexistent. Instead of stopping bad practices, they proliferate. Media scoundrels suppress the worst of what goes on. A culture of impunity combines profiteering with out-of-control criminality.

CCR’s work provides a tiny ray of hope. It’s mostly lost in an ocean of malfeasance of the worst kinds.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Victory for Obama

President Barack Obama handily defeated Republican Governor Mitt Romney and won himself a second term last night after a bitter and historically expensive race that was primarily fought in just a handful of battleground states. Television news networks across America projected that Obama beat Romney after nabbing the crucial state of Ohio.

The Romney campaign’s last-ditch attempt to put blue-leaning Midwestern swing states in play failed as Obama’s Midwestern firewall sent the president back to the White House for four more years.
Obama picked up the swing states of New Hampshire, Michigan, New Mexico, Iowa, Wisconsin, Pennsylvania, Minnesota, and Ohio. Florida and Virginia were still too close to call, but even if he won them, they would not give Romney enough Electoral College votes to put him over the top. The popular vote will most likely be much narrower than the president’s Electoral College victory.
The Obama victory marks an end to a years-long campaign that saw historic advertisement spending levels, countless rallies and speeches, and three much-watched debates.
The Romney campaign cast the election as a referendum on Obama’s economic policies, frequently comparing him to former President Jimmy Carter and asking voters the Reagan-esque question of whether they are better off than they were four years ago. But the Obama campaign pushed back on the referendum framing, blanketing key states such as Ohio early on with ads painting him as a multimillionaire more concerned with profits than people. The Obama campaign also aggressively attacked Romney on reproductive rights issues, tying Romney to a handful of Republican candidates who made controversial comments about rape and abortion.
These ads were one reason Romney faced a steep likeability problem for most of the race, until his expert performance at the first presidential debate in Denver in October. After that debate, and a near universal panning of Obama’s performance, Romney caught up with Obama in national polls, and almost closed his favoribility gap with the president. In polls, voters consistently gave him an edge over Obama on who would handle the economy better and create more jobs, even as they rated Obama higher on caring about the middle class.
But the president’s Midwestern firewall–and the campaign’s impressive grassroots operation–carried him through. Ohio tends to vote a bit more Republican than the nation as a whole, but Obama was able to stave off that trend and hold an edge there over Romney, perhaps due to the president’s support of the auto bailout three years ago. Romney and his running mate Paul Ryan all but moved to Ohio in the last weeks of the campaign, trying and ultimately failing to erase Obama’s lead there.
A shrinking electoral battleground this year meant that only 14 states were really seen as in play, and both candidates spent most of their time and money in those states. Though national polls showed the two candidates in a dead heat, Obama consistently held a lead in the states that mattered. That, and his campaign’s much-touted get out the vote efforts and overall ground game, may be what pushed Obama over the finish line.
Now, Obama heads back to office facing what will most likely be bitterly partisan negotiations over whether the Bush tax cuts should expire. The House will still be majority Republican, with Democrats maintaining their majority in the Senate.
The loss may provoke some soul searching in the Republican Party. This election was seen as a prime opportunity to unseat Obama, as polls showed Americans were unhappy with a sluggish economy, sky-high unemployment, and a health care reform bill that remained widely unpopular. Romney took hardline positions on immigration, federal spending, and taxes during the long Republican primary when he faced multiple challenges from the right. He later shifted to the center in tone on many of those issues, but it’s possible the primary painted him into a too-conservative corner to appeal to moderates during the general election. The candidate also at times seemed unable to effectively counter Democratic attacks on his business experience and personal wealth.

Source

Overreach: America’s Imperial Waterloo?

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Arrogance defines US imperialism. In 1945, America’s economic, political and military dominance stood unchallenged.

In his book titled, “The World in Crisis: The End of the American Century” historian Gabriel Kolko said US decline “began after the Korean War, was continued in relation to Cuba, and was greatly accelerated in Vietnam – but (GW Bush did) much to exacerbate it further.”

Obama exceeded the worst Bush policies. If reelected, he’ll surpass what he’s already done. So will Romney. Will waging war on humanity be America’s Waterloo?

Immanuel Wallerstein also sees US dominance declining. He dates it from the 1970s. Post-9/11, it accelerated. “The economic, political and military factors that contributed to US hegemony are the same (ones) inexorably produc(ing) the coming US decline,” he believes.

Chalmers Johnson wrote extensively on America’s decline. His trilogy covers it in detail:

“Blowback: The Costs and Consequences of American Empire;”

“The Sorrows of Empire: Militarism, Secrecy, and the End of the Republic;” and

“Nemesis: The Last Days of the American Republic.”

They discuss imperial arrogance, hubris, and overreach. Johnson described what he called “arrogant and misguided American policies (that) headed us for a series of catastrophes comparable to our disgrace and defeat in Vietnam or even to the sort of extinction that befell….the Soviet Union (that he believes is) now unavoidable.”

It’s “too late for mere scattered reforms of our government or bloated military to make much of a difference,” he added.

America is plagued by the same dynamic that doomed other empires unwilling to change. Elements include “isolation, overstretch, the uniting of local and global forces opposed to imperialism, and in the end bankruptcy.”

Tyranny and loss of personal freedom follow. It arrived unannounced. It’s wrapped in an American flag. It’ll harden. It’s heading the nation for ruin.

Washington is permanently at war against enemies it creates. Doing so is secretive, unaccountable, intrusive, repressive, and self-destructive.

Duopoly power and diktat executive authority rule. Checks and balances don’t exist. Homeland social decay deepens. Corruption is endemic. It’s too deep-rooted to reverse.

Institutionalized spying and police state laws threaten everyone. Major media mind manipulation substitutes for real news, information and analysis.

Johnson envisioned inevitable dictatorial rule, and decline. The founders founders knew the risks “and tried to create a form of government – a republic – that would prevent this from occurring.”

They failed. Large “standing armies, almost continuous wars, military Keynesianism, and ruinous military expenses have destroyed our republican structure in favor of an imperial presidency.”

America chose the wrong path. It’s too late to change. Permanent wars may prove America’s undoing. Will humanity go down with it?

In mid-September, Der Spiegel headlined “Obama’s Middle East Policy Is in Ruins.”

Issues cited included public rage and violence in dozens of countries after the US anti-Muslim film aired, attacks on American diplomatic missions, and killing ambassador Chris Stevens in Benghazi.

The Berliner Zeitung was quoted saying:

“Four years ago, Obama pledged to seek reconciliation with the Muslim world. Now, it is doubtful whether he has succeeded. The US and its European allies now have to ask themselves how much support they still enjoy in the countries of the (so-called) Arab Spring.”

Die Welt said:

“US President Barack Obama’s Middle East policy is in ruins….Anti-Americanism in the Arab world has even increased to levels greater than in the Bush era. It’s a bitter outcome for Obama.”

Handelsblatt added:

“Three years after Obama’s speech in Cairo, which was supposed to initiate a new beginning in the Middle East, the United States now has even less support in the region than before.”

“That’s not a failure of this president. Instead, it is the consequences of an American foreign policy that for decades favored power over democracy, and a hard line over human rights – and which will suffer from a credibility problem for a long time for precisely those reasons.”

“Naked (anti-US) hatred” rages, said Bild. “When US flags burn, embassies are vandalized, and diplomats are murdered, it is an attack on the West, and not just America.”

Winning friends and influencing people isn’t accomplished by attacking, killing, colonizing, and exploiting them. Imperial arrogance is blind to what others see. Nor will it stop what it’s addicted to continuing. Bad endings follow.

Mindless militarism and belligerence costs trillions of dollars. Vital domestic needs go begging. Occupied Iraq violence persists daily. Afghanistan is America’s longest war. It was lost years ago. No end game looms.

Libya was ravaged and destroyed. Out-of-control violence continues. Installed puppet leaders have no control. In early November alone, one or more rocket propelled grenades struck Tripoli’s intelligence headquarters.

It was set ablaze and looted. Casualties were reported. Merchandise in shops along Zawiya Street was stolen.

Rival militias clashed in the city. It’s a war zone. So are other parts of Libya.

Central Tripoli Hospital was attacked. In Benghazi, a car bomb targeted a police station. Injuries were reported. Days earlier, dozens of Libyans stormed the National General Congress. Voting on new cabinet members was postponed.

According to Libya’s Warriors Affairs Commission, around 250,000 armed men have their own agenda. Some are government militia forces. Others express open opposition.

Weapons are readily available. Armed clashes occur regularly. NATO wants Libya divided into Tripolitania, Fezzan, and Cyrenaica. Washington, Britain, France, and Italy supported this going back decades.

Green resistance fighters want Jamahiriya governance restored. Their struggle won’t end until Libya is liberated. Tass said protesters blocked Libya’s major Zawiya oil refinery.

Fuel shortages are reported. Wounded anti-Gaddafi fighters want promised compensation paid. Washington’s concerned only about its own interests. Expect widespread rage to continue, not subside.

Western-backed conflict ravages Syria. Everything America tried so far failed. Replacing Syrian National Council (SNC) officials with new ones won’t work better than America’s Plan A.

On October 31, Hillary Clinton said, “We’ve made it clear that the SNC can no longer be viewed as the visible leader of the opposition.”

Strategy changes show US plans in disarray. Plan B was crafted in Istanbul. At issue was determining if militia leaders could be more effective. Al Qaeda and Salafists control them. Washington uses them strategically. Empowering them might be too much to tolerate.

On November 4, Clinton met with SNC and new opposition figures in Doha. Four days of talks are planned. Current SNC head Abdel Basset Sayda denounced what he called “efforts to bypass the SNC and numerous attempts to find substitutes.”

Clinton wants an opposition makeover. She wants Riad Seif heading a new government in exile. It’s called the Syrian National Initiative (SNI). Seif’s a former Syrian parliamentarian/dissident now living outside the country.

She hopes he has wide support. Previous efforts to pick leaders fell flat. Don’t expect this time to be different. Seif, in fact, said he won’t lead a government in exile. He’s 66 with health problems.

By November 7, SNC/SNI plan to expand their ranks to over 400. They’ll also elect a new 40 member secretariat. It will choose a new leader.

Washington and key NATO partners hope doing so will work better than previous efforts. Dialogue with Damascus is ruled out.

At her November 2 press briefing, State Department spokeswoman Victoria Nuland was less than forthcoming. She wouldn’t say who was invited to Doha or precisely what’s planned.

She said Washington hopes broader, more representative opposition elements will emerge. Little else was explained. Observers know everything tried so far failed. Perhaps few believe Doha will turn out better.

Washington’s efforts to build an effective opposition resemble failed US/UK mid-1950s plans to subvert Soviet Russia/Nasser/and Ba’ath Party influence.

A second year later scheme proved no more successful. Months later, the United Arab Republic emerged. Things that go around, come around. Syrians have good reason to resent Washington. Another Western defeat may follow.

On November 1, Voice of Russia contributor Dmitry Babich called “US Syrian Policy In Tatters.” Regime change plans haven’t worked.

Washington hoped to depose Assad easily. It took most of last year to oust Gaddafi. Assad’s much more resilient. Multiple plans suggest “chaotic improvisation and not a coherent policy.”

SNC officials say they’re in charge. Clinton wants new leaders. Internal conflicts persisted for months. “The Washington Post reports that Qatar and Turkey continue to support the SNC.”

Unresolved conflict claims scores of new victims regularly. Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov expects continued bloodshed. He condemned US efforts for a new Security Council resolution he said assures intensified conflict if passed. Moscow’s opposition will prevent it.

“If the priority is the change of the regime, then there will be more blood, but if the priority is to save lives, then there is no need for any type of resolutions,” said Lavrov. “We have not yet tried to implement the Geneva accords.”

He added that Western countries want opposition forces united to continue conflict. They won’t dialogue, he said. They bear full responsibility for daily violence.

On November 2, Russia’s Foreign Ministry released a statement saying Washington’s giving anti-Assad forces “direct orders.”

“We heard (about) direct orders (from America on) what the Syrian opposition should do to form a ‘government in exile,’ and about who should join such a government,” it said.

“US representatives are saying that they do not intend to wait for a change in Russia and China’s position. So they are bluntly making clear that they see the Syria conflict being settled exclusively on their terms.”

Lavrov and other Russian officials repeatedly say Syrians should choose their own government and run their own affairs.

Clinton warned Russia about “consequences” if Moscow doesn’t bend to US demands. Since conflict erupted last year, Putin/Medvedev remained firm. Expect no change of policy now.

On November 5, Today’s Zaman headlined “US initiative for Syrian opposition seen as insincere, set to fail,” saying:

Angry SNC figures responded to Clinton’s plan. Some say Washington was never sincere. It’s now trying to hijack Turkey’s role. Ankara from the beginning provided support.

America doesn’t have allies. It has interests. Alliances shift with objectives. Former SNC member, Fawaz Tello, said:

“I don’t believe that the initiative will work as the US never had any real intention of supporting the Syrian opposition on the ground as well as the ones in exile.”

“The US is just trying to steal the role of some countries, including Turkey, Qatar and Saudi Arabia, who have different approaches to the Syrian crisis than the American one.”

Tello stressed Washington’s insincerity. It’s concerned only about its own interests.

Academic Gokhan Bacik said:

Washington “is aware that there isn’t a united opposition to fight against Assad in Syria. So it aims to create such a group under US control.” He believes new efforts won’t work better than earlier ones.

Washington thought ousting Assad would go smoothly. After 20 months of conflict, his support perhaps is stronger than ever. Syrians want no part of Western dominance.

They know who’s responsible for daily violence. They want Syria kept secular. They reject fundamentalist Al Qaeda/Salafist rule. Perhaps Washington bit off more than it can chew.

It’s too early to know. Regime change plans are firm. Bipartisan complicity supports it. The road to Tehran runs through Damascus. Failure to oust Assad and isolate Iran disrupts America’s Greater Middle East agenda.

The fullness of time will determine if Syrians, Iraqis, Afghans, Libyans, Iranians, Palestinians, and others defeat US regional ambitions.

Peace advocates hope for the best. Humanity will have just cause to exhale. All the more so if defeat becomes America’s Waterloo.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Senior police officer ‘telling officers how to vote’ in commissioner elections

0

A senior police figure has been reported for allegedly breaching data protection rules after twice e-mailing officers urging them to vote for his preferred candidate in the upcoming police and crime commissioner election.

Mike Bull, chairman of the Devon and Cornwall police authority, encouraged police officers to vote for Brian Greenslade, who is standing as an independent and has reportedly promised to appoint Mr Bull his deputy if elected.

Exeter Labour MP and former Culture Secretary Ben Bradshaw has referred the matter to the Information Commissioner after claiming he received a “formal complaint” from police officers who were “furious” at the campaigning approach.

Mr Bull said he took advice before sending the message to a number of officers from his own e-mail account on a home computer and denies any wrongdoing whatsoever.

In a letter to the Information Commissioner, Mr Bradshaw said the e-mail raises “serious questions about a possible misuse of police data for the purpose of electioneering and about the security of that data in the first place”.

He also told the Western Morning News there was a “wider moral issue” over how appropriate such contact was, coming from the outgoing chairman.

Mr Greenslade is the former Liberal Democrat leader of Devon County Council but stood down as a member of the police authority to fight the election as an independent.

Mr Bull’s e-mail, the second such message in support of Mr Greenslade, is prefaced by a title in bold print, stating that the message was being sent in a personal capacity and not in his professional role.

It was sent from a personal e-mail address, which he also uses for his police authority work as he says he has never been issued nor wanted a police computer or an official e-mail account.

It states his view that party politics should be kept out of policing and offers advice to voters who agree with him but are struggling to decide between the six independent candidates standing next Thursday.

He describes Mr Greenslade as the only independent with “a realistic chance” of beating the candidates from the major political parties.

“Only one is strong on knowledge of and fully up to date with strategic policing matters,” the e-mail goes on.

“Only one has had full leadership responsibility for managing huge budgets and taking strategic decisions…”

Yesterday, Mr Bull agreed he was “electioneering” but defended his right to support Mr Greenslade, who he said has promised to appoint him as deputy commissioner for Devon.

“I have sent it from a personal computer using a home personal e-mail system using absolutely no police resources whatsoever,” he added.

“It is very clearly marked in bold type and that it is sent in my personal capacity — it is clear as a bell.

“Furthermore I took advice before I started e-mailing police officers, which were only those for whom I have an e-mail address.”

Mr Bull refused to say how many people received his messages, but the mailshot appeared to provoke a response from the deputy chief constable on the force’s intranet site about the need for political neutrality among staff.

David Zinzan revealed he had received “a number of enquiries from staff about action they are allowed to take”.

He said e-mails such as those sent by Mr Bull should not be forwarded to a Devon and Cornwall e-mail account.

In a statement yesterday the force said the first e-mail, which the WMN has not seen, was referred to the chief executive of the police authority with a recommendation that it was referred to the Police Area Returning Officer (PARO).

The force said as the e-mail was sent in a personal capacity, no further action was necessary, adding that it was “considering” whether to refer the second e-mail.

Mr Greenslade said Mr Bull was “clearly an enthusiastic supporter” but not in any way a part of his campaign.

Source

Big Brother Society – spying shame of councils

0

The Courier |

Councils across Scotland have used anti-terrorism powers to spy on their own residents hundreds of times – but just a handful of surveillance operations have led to prosecutions.

Over the past five years, local authorities have used covert surveillance to investigate suspected cases of benefit fraud, anti-social behaviour and even littering, but only around one in 20 cases lead to possible prosecution.

As part of our special investigation this week, The Courier can reveal that – unless a prosecution arises – residents are never told they were put under surveillance. Local authorities are also under no obligation to record the reason surveillance was carried out.

Councils can use directed surveillance, such as CCTV, to target individuals as well as covert human intelligent sources (CHIS), such as undercover officers or public informants, to carry out investigations.

Emma Carr, from civil liberties group Big Brother Watch, is calling on councils to be more open about how they use surveillance powers.

She said: ”It is important that councils begin to publish some details on their surveillance operations, for example how many are pursued each year and for what offences, so the public can have faith that the powers are being used responsibly.”

A Scottish Government spokesman said: ”All public authorities which are able to authorise activity under the Regulation of Investigatory Powers (Scotland) Act 2000 are subject to regular inspection by the independent Office of Surveillance Commissioners.

”These inspections ensure that the use of the act by all relevant public authorities is both necessary and proportionate.”

A COSLA spokesman said: ”The use of surveillance cameras is an operational matter for individual local authorities who best know the needs and requirements of their own areas.”

Remote control murder set to increase

SchNews |

Remote control murder is set to increase over the skies of Afghanistan when the Ministry of Defence unveils it’s new five armed Reaper drones at RAF Waddington on Friday, doubling the 13th Squadron. The ‘standing in ceremony’ also marks the movement of UK drone control to the British Isles for the first time. Currently British drones operate from Creech air base in Nevada, where they are controlled by RAF pilots who are little more than glorified X-box players who’s only combat injuries are RSI and eyestrain.

The UK announced it had ordered the Reapers in a £135 million deal with General Atomics back in December 2010. Around the same time, the government’s Strategic Defence Review claimed the RAF needed to acquire a growing fleet of drones, and mooted the idea of involving BAE Systems. Just how effective drones have been remains shrouded in secrecy, especially in Afghanistan.

The RAF inauguration comes as a 27-year-old Pakistani citizen, Noor Kahn, seeks to implicate the MoD in the death of this father by a CIA drone strike in South Waziristan last year. His lawyers have argued at the High Court in London that if the UK’s communications gathering body, GCHQ, passed on information to the CIA that led to the strike in question (and others) then it could be considered a war crime.

Kahn’s father was murdered along with 40 other people who had gathered to discuss a local mining dispute in March 2011. Unsurprisingly the British government has kept it’s mouth shut about whether or not GCHQ passes information to the CIA for drone operations over Pakistan, and rolled out the usual bollocks that the court hearing risks denting US ties.

Unmanned Areal Vehicles (UAVs) have been operating above Pakistan and Afghanistan since the days of the Bush Administration, but Nobel-Peace Prize winning Barak Obama has increased their use dramatically since taking office four years ago. Thanks to their ability to be controlled remotely the US has been able to wage war in Somalia, Yemen and Libya without any American service personnel returning home in a body bag.

There is one caveat, however — hundreds of people in the Middle East and Africa are being killed because the video stream relayed back to pilots in Nevada is, quite frankly, piss poor. In fact, only one in seven US drone attacks in Waziristan kill militant leaders.

Take the case of Baitullah Mehsud, the much vaunted leader of the Taliban in Pakistan. Before the CIA finally slammed a hell-fire missile into their man as he lay on the roof of his father-in-law’s house (killing everyone inside, including his wife and her parents), they managed to murder between 207 and 321 people in 15 strikes. Why? Because alongside a distinct disregard for life, they just couldn’t get the right intelligence from the drones.

Maybe the CIA simply have a shit aim. The MoD claims that in Afghanistan they have only killed four civilians since they began flying armed Reaper’s over the country in 2007. In almost the same number of strikes in Pakistan, the CIA have killed between 400-800 civilians. Obviously, SchNews is not suggesting one iota that the MoD figures can be trusted.

Ever ready anti-war protesters have vowed to demonstrate at the gates of RAF Waddington, so if you’re in the vicinity (or beyond) then head on over for around midday. There will also be a talk by Chris Cole, who run’s the Drone War UK website, this Saturday at the University of Bradford.

* Those strategic airwave strikers at Radio Free Brigton have recorded an interview with Chris Cole, available here…

Human rights activists slam UK arms sales

Human rights campaigners have criticized British Prime Minister David Cameron who is pushing to sell weapons to repressive regimes in the Middle East during his three-day trip to the region.

Amnesty International UK’s head of policy and government affairs Allan Hogarth said the UK government must exact “watertight guarantees” that its weapons will not be used to violate human rights in countries like Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates (UAE).

David Cameron is seeking do dirty business with Persian Gulf countries of UAE, Saudi Arabia and Oman by selling as many as 100 Typhoon fighter jets worth £6billion to the Arab dictatorships in the Middle East region.

The organization’s head of policy in the UK also warned that in 2009 the Saudi regime’s air force used “UK-supplied Tornado fighter-bombers in attacks in Yemen which killed hundreds -possibly thousands – of civilians”.

Stressing that it’s time for the British Prime Minister to end its “deeply disturbing trade-off”, Hogarth added, “In the past a large Saudi chequebook has apparently meant it could purchase weapons as well as silence over its own dreadful human rights record.”

Earlier in July, the Campaign Against Arms Trade (CAAT) slammed the British government’s hypocrisy on arms trade, saying that the UK supports an Arms Trade Treaty (ATT) while maintaining its extensive weaponry exports to countries which the Foreign and Commonwealth Office classifies as “countries of concern” for their poor human rights records.

iPhones could be disabled during protests

0

Submitted by Anonymous |

The next time you’re at a concert and you whip out your iPhone to record the excitement, you may notice it doesn’t work. During the show you keep trying to turn it on but for some reason it just won’t light-up.

But miraculously when you go outside when the concert is over, your phone all of a sudden works again. This can happen to you at the next concert you attend or maybe inside the next movie theater you go to.

Apple has received a patent that would allow the company to turn off its mobile devices in areas that are deemed inappropriate for recording or taking pictures. The new technology would also have the ability to shut down communication functions in devices, so people couldn’t text or make phone calls if they’re in areas that are considered sensitive.

Here’s what’s written on the patent:

“This policy enforcement capability is useful for a variety of reasons, including for example to disable noise and/or light emanating from wireless devices (such as at a movie theater), for preventing devices from communicating with other wireless devices (such as in academic settings), and for forcing certain electronic devices to enter ‘sleep mode’ when entering a sensitive area.”

Many believe this new patent could be a good thing, as it can remove the power from movie bootleggers or cut off communication from a group of up-to-no-gooders in an airport let’s say, but it could also harm the public’s ability to document wrongdoing.

Citizen journalists

Remember the kids who were pepper-sprayed at the University of California Davis during the Occupy Wall Street rallies? The students were sitting peacefully but were sprayed at close range, while hundreds of smartphones filmed the incident, which was eventually broadcast around the world.

Well, this type of amateur-video journalism could be halted, as certain entities could have the power to abruptly shut off your phone during protest marches, rallies or political gatherings. Those same entities could also just block off satellite signals so you couldn’t get smartphone access in certain places.
The federal government along with Apple could arbitrarily decide what areas or public functions would be considered sensitive or restricted. Some believe the amount of subjectivity that goes into making such a decision is as big as the sea, which is the reason they’re concerned about this new technology.

Although the patent was granted, Apple would still need the okay from the government to implement the technology, but the company is well on its way to using it in the near future.

Some have already expressed concern over not being able to monitor police action, especially during public protests.

Blackout conditions

“Covert police government operations may require complete ‘blackout’ conditions,” said the patent. “The wireless transmission of sensitive information to a remote source is one of the examples of a threat to security. This sensitive information could be anything from classified government information to questions or answers to an examination administered in an academic setting.”

Apple also noted having the ability to shut off smartphones is ideal for professional and some social settings, where devices could easily bother many people at once.

“As wireless devices such as cellular telephones, pagers, personal media devices and smartphones become ubiquitous, more and more people are carrying these devices in various social and professional settings,” it says in the patent.

“The result is that these wireless devices can often annoy, frustrate, and even threaten people in sensitive venues.”

Apple also says smartphones should be disabled within photography darkrooms and biological labs, where light can destroy what’s being worked on.

Apple also says the new technology can help drivers as they attempt to use their devices on the road. The company says the smartphone’s communication function could be temporarily deactivated when entering your car or when you’re driving in certain areas. Devices would be manipulated by GPS signals and satellites.

Now just which entities will have the authority to deem areas sensitive remains to be seen. Whether it’s only Apple, areas of the U.S. government, or local police departments, setting up the technology nationwide is challenging, but extremely doable.

The fact that Apple has already been granted a patent by the governent, shows that having your smartphone manipulated by someone other than yourself could be happening sooner than you think.

Rebel or Perish

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

A previous article discussed what perhaps is the most perilous time in world history. American-led Western societies are waging war on humanity.

Imperial war is a way of life. Social democracies are being eliminated. Freedom is on the chopping block to be crushed. Elections are meaningless and farcical.

America’s are the worst. They mock legitimacy. Money power controls them. It runs the country and most societies. People have no say. They’re ill-served and stomped on by governments in bed with corporatist rogues.

Media scoundrels serve wealth and power interests. Managed news misinformation is featured. Former Wall Street Journal writer Greg Jaffe now writes on military issues for the Washington Post.

His latest article calls the world “safer.” Measured by most relevant statistics, he says, America and the world “have never been safer.”

No legitimate journalist would claim it. No respectable editor would publish it.

At a time Western nations wage permanent war, crack down repressively against dissent, and inflict unprincipled hardships on people, Jaffe claims “global statistics point undeniably toward progress in achieving greater peace and stability.”

He credits massive military spending. He advocates “peace through strength.” He wants more of the same at a time America spends more than the rest of the world combined.

Unprincipled amounts devoted to foreign and domestic militarism make everyone less safe. Humanity may be destroyed to save it. Nuclear war is possible.

The Middle East cauldron could erupt in mushroom-shaped cloud destruction. Nuclear winter could follow. When America and other nuclear powers consider these type weapons king-sized hand grenades, the worst of all outcomes is possible.

When war is a way of life, bad endings happen. Priority one is preventing it. Militarists are power hungry rogues. They’re amoral, unethical, deceitful, and manipulative. They breach social and legal standards.

They never say they’re sorry. They’re callously unconcerned about others. They’re indifferent to human suffering. They’re sociopaths. They’re clinically insane. They threaten humanity.

Bertrand Russell once explained two options. Either we renounce war and live in peace or end the human race. There’s no in between. Survival depends on ending global militarism and belligerence before it’s too late.

Occupy Wall Street is right saying “the only solution is world revolution.” The alternative is what no one should tolerate. Indifference and/or acquiescence aren’t options. Rebel or perish. There’s no in between.

A previous article said vote independent or stay home. Another option is voting with your feet and opting out.

America’s duopoly offers the evil of two lessers. Trends watcher Gerald Celente said voting for Obama or Romney is choosing between two evils. “Lessor or greater, evil is evil.”

Replacing one rogue with another assures permanent rogue governance. Money and power triumph every time. So do institutionalized imperialism, global wars and homeland repression. Ordinary people always lose.

Moral degeneracy defines America. Human lives and welfare don’t matter. Post-election, nothing will change. Ahead expect worse. Bipartisan complicity assures it.

Might over right is policy. So is prioritizing America’s 1% over all others. They want it all. They intend to get it. They’re well on their way. How much poverty, homelessness, hunger, and human misery are tolerable?

How long will people accept global wars over peace? Who’ll volunteer to sacrifice personal welfare so America can run the world?

Who’ll put up with duopoly power in place of societies fit to live in? Who’s willing to accept a global holocaust? Who’ll watch while nations are consumed in war, mass destruction, and elimination of freedom? Who’ll make the ultimate sacrifice for the wrong reason?

Who’s foolish enough to think elections matter? In Venezuela they do. It’s the exception that proves the rule. In America and other Western societies, they perpetuate what no one should tolerate.

George Bernard Shaw was right saying, “Democracy is a form of government that substitutes elections by the incompetent many for the appointment of the corrupt few.”

Obama proved it by governing to the right of George Bush. He wages war on humanity, has looted the nation’s wealth, wrecked the economy, sacrificed people needs, institutionalized tyranny, and presides over a bogus democracy under a repressive police state apparatus. Imagine what he’ll do if reelected.

Prior to his 2008 election, James Petras called him “the greatest con man in recent history.” After nearly four years of globally destructive policies, he still has half the country’s support. Adherents will have to explain.

In his latest article, Petras said Obama surpassed the worst of George Bush. If reelected, expect hugely regressive policies causing greater harm.

People who should know better support him. “(L)iberals have crossed the line,” said Petras. In the process, they “surrender(ed) their integrity” and good sense.

So-called liberal publications lost their credibility long ago.Nation magazine is one of the worst. Editor/publisher Katrina vanden Heuvel masquerades as a progressive. She’s an establishment figure.

She’s a Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) member. She’s welcomed on corporate TV. The Washington Post features her articles.

Her maternal grandfather founded the entertainment conglomerate MCA. Her father was executive assistant to former Thailand ambassador William Donovan. He was involved in the CIA’s creation.

Her father also held other government posts and served as a Farfield Foundation board member. During the Cold War, it was a CIA front group. It’s now defunct.

Vanden Heuvel and other Nation magazine writers unabashedly support Obama. They pretend Democrats differ from Republicans. Their blind idolatry and contempt for truth betray their readers.

After Obama’s 2008 nomination, vanden Heuvel said his “election will open a new era of reform.” His Senate voting record proved otherwise. It was hardline Republican. As president, he exceeded it.Nation magazine still supports him. It misstates, twists and avoids hard truths doing so. It endorses what it should condemn.

Popular social movements under Obama were marginalized. Peace advocacy “virtually disappeared,” said Petras. Obama rewarded adherents with “escalat(ed) military spending” and permanent wars.

Homeland repression escalated. Obama’s kill list threatens everyone everywhere. Legislation he demanded gave him diktat power.

On his say alone, anyone can be imprisoned indefinitely uncharged and untried. Constitutional rights no longer exist. Imagine choosing four more years sure to get worse.

Supporting Obama over Romney is like choosing cyanide over strychnine. Both assure permanent wars, corporate empowerment, greater poverty, unemployment, homelessness, and hunger, as well as harsh crackdowns on resisters.

Neither gives a damn about people needs, rule of law principles or other democratic values. Expect the worst ahead. Living standards will keep eroding. Social benefits will disappear. People most in need won’t be helped.

Mindless adherents of either candidate will have themselves to blame. America’s Green Party says “ANOTHER US IS POSSIBLE — ANOTHER PARTY IS NECESSARY.”

Change depends on ending duopoly power. Ordinary people must do it. No one else will. There’s no other way. Consider the options. Rebel or perish!

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

Israeli Justice Endorses Continued Abuse of Dirar Abusisi

0

Richard Silverstein |

Israeli Mossad agents collaborating with Ukrainian authorities kidnapped Gaza civil engineer Dirar Abusisi on a Ukrainian train nearly two years ago. He was spirited to a Kiev apartment and by some accounts drugged and shipped in a coffin to Israel. There he was imprisoned under sham charges that he was Hamas’ chief “rocket engineer.” He has languished in solitary confinement without trial during that period.

Over the past months, his Israeli attorney, Tal Linoy has appealed to the Supreme Court demanding the right to see all evidence the State has against his client. He has also appealed his isolation from other Palestinian detainees, which is a punitive response to his refusal to agree to a State offer plea bargain which would force him to admit guilt and confine him to prison for a ten-year sentence.

The Israeli regional court last month, approved a six month extension of his prison isolation (the third such extension granted) on the grounds that the State’s evidence, which the defense was denied access to, marked the prisoner as someone who poses a danger to the State. It argued that releasing him into the general prison population would endanger state security, an argument patently fraudulent on its face. Will he use his special engineering skills to build hand-made missiles that will be smuggled from prison on Hamas’ behalf? Or perhaps he’ll build an explosive device that will destroy the prison and allow a mass prison break?

There are those who seek to argue that the Israeli judiciary exists to maintain the rule of law and correct injustices done. Clearly, this claim is unfounded. Israeli justice exists to ratify the worst excesses of the national security state. Keep in mind that what evidence the State has offered has been thoroughly discredited by this blog, a BBC documentary, and an investigative report published in a Kiev newspaper.

All this comes in the midst of an agreement Israel signed with its Palestinian political prisoners which granted them family visits and prohibited the State from placing them in solitary confinement. This agreement applied to everyone…including Abusisi. Yet now the State chooses to ignore this fact and pretend the agreement doesn’t exist. So far, the Israeli justice system refuses to intervene and uphold the agreement.

The detainee suffers from painful kidney stones, dangerously high blood pressure, anemia, and other serious ailments. A year before his detention he suffered a serious heart attack. The Israeli prison service has refused to allow him to be treated by medical specialists and confined him to taking aspirin. Even the service’s psychiatrist has conceded he is suffering from severe depression, a fact which the Shin Bet denied before the judge. A specialist appointed by the defense, after examining the prisoner, found that his medical treatment fell below standards demanded by Israeli law.

In any real democracy where there was rule of law, Abusisi could appeal his treatment and demand release. In Israel, even with its vaunted Supreme Court which supposedly upholds society’s democratic values, Abusisi receives little consideration.

Gaza media note that the Hamas minister for prisoners has appealed to Egypt to adopt Abusisi’s plight and gain his release. Tal Linoy tells me that this appeal is a cynical ploy on the part of Hamas, which has essentially abandoned Abusisi to his fate. The reasons for this are complicated, but were alluded to in Gabriel Gatehouse’s BBC documentary in which a Hamas representative essentially offered Abusisi a cold kiss-off. Hamas’ refusal to support him is evidence alone of the falsity of the Israeli government claims that Abusisi played any role on behalf of the Islamist group. Can you imagine why, for example, in the agreement to release 1,000 Palestinian prisoners in return for Gilad Shalit, Hamas refused to include Abusisi among those it sought to release?

I speculate that Abusisi had been approached while still in Gaza to join Hamas and collaborate with it (he was deputy director of the local power plant at the time). When he refused, he fled Gaza to the Ukraine. To get revenge, Hamas conveyed false information to the Mossad that Abusisi knew the location of Gilad Shalit, who at the time remained imprisoned in Gaza. Thinking they had a sure-fire way to locate Shalit and gain his freedom, they arranged for his kidnapping in Ukraine and forced return to Israel.

When they discovered that they’d been “had” by Hamas, the Shin Bet could not quietly let the matter drop. Saving face is a critical factor not just in “primitive” Arab culture (as Israelis are wont to claim), but in Israel’s national security state as well. The secret police do not generally admit mistakes unless compelled to do so. In this case, the only ones who know the truth aren’t in a position to threaten the prerogatives of those who made this blunder. So Abusisi languishes for years in an Israeli dungeon, abandoned by Israeli justice and by the rulers of his native Gaza who he “betrayed” by refusing to serve them.

Dirar Abusisi is a hero, a proud man who refuses to serve two masters, ones in Gaza and now those in Israel. He will not bend. This is the greatest crime he has committed. He has offended the security services, denied their supremacy, and defied them. In the national security state this is a supreme offense. He may suffer permanent damage to his health. He may not see his six children and wife Veronica for many years. But for him honor and dignity are supreme values. He puts his Israeli torturers and tormentors to shame. He puts the Israeli justice system to shame. He puts all those who betrayed him to shame.

Anonymous marks November 5 with hacks, protests

0

RT |

A worldwide day of protests and cyber attacks against governments, banks and security firms has been launched by Hacker collective Anonymous to mark Guy Fawkes Day. Hundreds of people marched in London, while another rally hit Washington, DC.

Around 200 Anonymous supporters, according to RT’s London Bureau, assembled in London’s Trafalgar Square for Operation Vendetta, a march to the Houses of Parliament. The group itself claims over 9,000 people joined the action.

The demonstrators were carrying banners reading, “We are Anonymous. We are the legion” or “Stop creating imaginary debt!” At the Houses of Parliament they were stopped by police.

Minor scuffles broke out outside parliament as a few protestors attempted to push police lines back, but the bulk of OpVendetta remained peaceful.

The “march, strike and protest” in London, as well as a similar event planned outside of the US White House in Washington are meant to pay homage to the 2005 film V for Vendetta.

“On November 5th 2012 WE THE PEOPLE will march on Washington DC peacefully and unarmed to arrest all members of congress, the president, and all supreme court justices where they will be held without bond until a full independent investigation and trial have been completed. We must re-elect our government within 90 days in order to stave of unrest,” organizers behind the march announced.

A rash of cyber attacks were reported on Monday in line with the the 5th of November “V For Vendetta” inspired hacking spree.

Several Australian government sites were targeted during the global day of protest, while Argentina’s government bank was also reportedly hacked.

An attack on Internet security firm Symantec was originally attributed to the hacktivist collective, but a non-Anonymous affiliated group called @Doxbin later claimed responsibility for taking their site down.

Another anonymous affiliated group claimed to have hacked the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe’s (OSCE) website to “bring attention to election manipulation in the Ukraine.”

Trapwire — the US-developed predictive software which can access closed-circuit cameras around the country to monitor citizens’ movements — and its European analogue INDECT were also the victims of cyber attacks.

Anonymous also claims to have stolen some 28,000 passwords and other confidential information from Paypal. Private paste documents allegedly containing emails, names and passwords from the payment service’s database were reportedly posted online, though the information was quickly removed.

PayPal has disputed the hack took place, saying there is no evidence of a breach.

“We’re investigating this but to date we have been unable to find any evidence that validates this claim,” PayPal president David Marcus wrote on Twitter.

On Sunday several sites for the US TV network NBC were also targeted by a person or group calling identified as “pyknic.” A text block including “REMEMBER, REMEMBER THE FIFTH OF NOVEMBER” and “F**K THE FEDS, 419 IS JUST A GAME” greeted those attempting to access several popular TV shows. Why NBC was targeted remains a mystery, and the sites were quickly restored.

Anonymous tweeted they played no role in the NBC hack or defacement, and also denied rumors they were seeking to take down Facebook.

Pyknic also went after a Lady Gaga fan site, Gaga Daily, eliciting a sympathetic tweet from the pop star on twitter.

A far more serious criminal conspiracy seeking to recreate the films dramatic conclusion was also reportedly planned for Monday.

In October, a YouTube video appeared featuring a masked individual claiming to represent Anonymous warning a large bomb had been planted at a US government building and would be detonated remotely.

Anonymous responded on October 24 that the video “is clearly an attempt to portray ‘Anonymous’ as a violent threat.”

“The YouTube account responsible for uploading the clip was only created six days ago and immediately began uploading other Anonymous videos in an effort to associate itself with the hacktivist collective. You Tube has allowed the video to remain online without taking it down for over two days when far less obscene content is routinely censored within hours.”

November 5 commemorates Guy Fawkes’ failed 1605 Gunpowder Plot to blow up the House of Lords in London. A mask bearing his stylized visage — which featured prominently in V for Vendetta — has been adopted by Anonymous and Occupy Wall Street protesters as a universal symbol against tyranny.

The film’s climax saw the Palace of Westminster destroyed as thousands of Londoners wearing the Guy Fawkes mask looked on.

David Cameron under pressureto reveal “salacious” messages

0

independent.co.uk |

David Cameron will come under fresh pressure this week to reveal the content of “salacious” messages between him and Rebekah Brooks.

The Prime Minister will be obliged to respond formally to a deadline for a Freedom of Information request from a Labour MP seeking the publication of dozens of private messages between himself and the former chief executive of News International.

So far Mr Cameron has refused to publish all of his correspondence with Mrs Brooks — who faces charges of conspiracy to pervert the course of justice and phone hacking — saying he has given all relevant messages to the Leveson inquiry into press ethics.

However, the Labour frontbencher Chris Bryant, who submitted the FoI request, believes that between 130 and 150 text and email messages between Mr Cameron, his former communications chief Andy Coulson, Mrs Brooks and News International have been kept secret.

Mr Bryant — whose phone was hacked by News International — told The Independent last night that if Mr Cameron refused to release the exchanges he would appeal to the Information Commissioner, Christopher Graham, who has the power to force their publication.

Mr Graham has already made plain that messages sent privately by ministers should be publicly disclosed if they relate to government business, ruling in March that the Education Secretary, Michael Gove, must reveal emails sent via his wife’s email account.

Mr Bryant announced his intention to appeal to the Commissioner after a Sunday newspaper published two text messages between Mr Cameron and Mrs Brooks in October 2009, when he was leader of the Opposition.

In one message obtained by the Mail on Sunday, the Conservative leader thanked Mrs Brooks for letting him ride one of her husband’s horses, joking: “The horse CB [Charlie Brooks] put me on. Fast, unpredictable and hard to control but fun.” He signed the message: “DC”.

In the other message, Mrs Brooks told Mr Cameron after his address to the Conservative Party conference: “Brilliant speech. I cried twice. Will love ‘working together’.”

According to the paper, the messages were supplied to Lord Leveson, which did not publish them on the grounds that they were not relevant to his investigation into the relationship between the press and politicians.

In June, the inquiry published one text message to Mr Cameron from Mrs Brooks — who both had homes in the Oxfordshire countryside — when Mrs Brooks suggested they meet soon for a “country supper”. Sent on the eve of his conference speech in October 2009, Mrs Brooks — later arrested by the Metropolitan Police’s phone hacking inquiry — told the Conservative leader: “I am so rooting for you too not just as a personal friend but professionally were [sic] definitely in this together! Speech of your life? Yes he Cam!”

There have been allegations that Mr Cameron’s government covertly assisted News International’s owner, New Corp, in its £7bn bid for BSkyB in exchange for the support of its newspapers at the 2010 general election.

In the Commons, Mr Cameron has persistently refused to give substantial answers to Mr Bryant’s questions about the conversations, saying he had given the Leveson Inquiry everything it had requested.

Following the publication of the new messages, Mr Bryant said: “They show that there was a very intimate relationship between them and Rebekah Brooks certainly thought she and David Cameron were working together in a common endeavour. They also reveal that there is more material and whilst every twist of Cameron on this seems to suggest we have seen it all, it is absolutely crystal clear that we haven’t.”

Saying the 20-day deadline for his FoI request to Downing Street fell this week, Mr Bryant added: “I’m sure these messages will come out one way or another.”

FBI must explain Internet spy plans

RT |

The FBI has been adamant about withholding information about their plans to ensure the government can access any encrypted emails or messages sent over the Internet, but now a federal judge says the agency needs to come clean.

US District Judge Richard Seeborg took the side of the Electronic Frontier Foundation this week in a case that’s been disputed back and forth between Pennsylvania Avenue and Silicon Valley for years. Washington hopes to eventually roll out a program that will see that the FBI and other federal agencies are allowed backdoor access to any and all online communications. So far, though, they’ve managed to make much of the so-called “Going Dark” program a matter that’s shielded from interested parties, namely the EFF and other Internet activists. On Tuesday, Judge Seeborg agreed with the plaintiffs that the Justice Department has been not exactly accommodating with Freedom of Information Act paperwork filed by the San Francisco-based non-profit, and said the FBI and other federal agencies will have to go back and reassess those requests, ordering a “further review of the materials previously withheld.”

The EFF has on at least two occasions filed FOIA requests for info on the secretive surveillance blueprints the FBI has drafted, but the response have been scant at best. Judge Seeborg now rules that the DoJ will have to examine their annals once again for information, as their responses to the requests so far have been insincere.

“T]he Government is directed to conduct a further review of the materials previously withheld as non-responsive. In conducting such review, the presumption should be that information located on the same page, or in close proximity to undisputedly responsive material is likely to qualify as information that in ‘any sense sheds light on, amplifies, or enlarges upon’ the plainly responsive material, and that it should therefore be produced, absent an applicable exemption,” the judge ruled, according to court papers first spotted by CNet.

The two requests in particular that will have to be reassessed relate to the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, a 1994 law that Judge Seeborg says was “designed to aid law enforcement efforts to conduct surveillance of digital telephone networks.” After nearly 20 years on the books, though, the EFF argues that law enforcement officers across the charts have wanted updated additions to the legislation, particularly because FBI Director Robert Mueller has told the US Senate as recently as September, “We must ensure that our ability to obtain communications pursuant to court order is not eroded,” because many companies “are not required to build or maintain intercept capabilities.”

We want to “be able to obtain those communications,” Mueller said during a May hearing on Capitol Hill. “What we’re looking at is some form of legislation that will assure that when we get the appropriate court order that those individuals – individual companies are served with that order do have the capability and the capacity to respond to that order.”

The EFF fears that the Justice Department is asking for amendments to the CALEA that

would “require all services that enable communications – including encrypted e-mail transmitters, social networking websites, and “peer to peer” messaging services – to be technically capable of complying with wiretap orders, including being able to intercept and unscramble encrypted messages.” What they actual are asking for remains up for debate, however, as those FOIA requests have been all but ignored.

When the Criminal Division of the DoJ decided to respond to the EFF, they said they found 8,425 pages of “potentially responsive information.” What they returned, however, was hardly that. “It ultimately released one page in full and 6 pages in part, and withheld 51 pages in full. DOJ also referred approximately 500 pages of potentially responsive information to other agencies for processing and possible production to plaintiff,” Judge Seeborg writes.

Both sides have been given 15 days by the judge to “meet and confer to negotiate a timetable for the FBI to complete”its revisions.

“It’s nice to have a court say the government can’t do that,” EFF staff attorney Jennifer Lynch tells CNet’s Declan McCullagh, adding that the judge’s ruling shows that the Justice Department now is required “to make an effort” to comply with the FOIA.

Being arrested in England is no small matter anymore

0
Robert Henderson |
Being arrested in England means having your DNA and fingerprints placed indefinitely on the National Police Computer regardless of your guilt or innocence. That means innocent people can be investigated or refused jobs in the future simply because they have been arrested.
There was a time when being arrested in England did not matter very much. Before digital technology came of age your fingerprints and mug shot might be taken, but if no charges were laid or, if you were brought to trial, a conviction was not obtained for the alleged offence which had caused your arrest, the chances of the ordinary law abiding person being inconvenienced in the future by the fact that those details were held by the police were small.
There was no Police National Computer (PNC) until 1974 — which was a very rudimentary system in the beginning and for a long period of time afterwards laughably underpowered with what we have now – and the widespread use of personal computers was almost two decades after that.
DNA identification did not come into play until the 1980s and was very cumbersome procedure for years afterwards. Before computers arrived police had to rely on their knowledge of the “usual suspects”, modus operandi and informers to hunt down the guilty. They would look at the records of those suggested by such avenues of inquiry, but had no ready way of searching large numbers of records on spec or of moving their search to the records of other police forces. On spec searches of criminal records for the entire country were out of the question.

Today not only are fingerprints and mug shots taken but DNA samples as well if some is arrested on suspicion of committing a recordable offence ( http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2000/1139/contents/made). Prior to the Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001 ( http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2001/16/section/82) fingerprints and DNA samples would be destroyed if someone was not found guilty. After the 2001 Act samples could be taken without the permission of the suspect at the time of charge. The Criminal Justice Act 2003 ( http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2003/44) allowed samples to be taken on arrest for a recordable offence.

Presently, all records are held indefinitely on the PNC, a database which holds records for the entire country and can be accessed by any police force in the country. Currently, the data is held indefinitely regardless of whether an arrested person is convicted, tried and found not guilty or released without charge. There is the Protection of Freedoms Bill which is still going through Parliament which places some restrictions on the holding of data of those not convicted of a crime, but even if these become law —and they could be amended before the Bill is passed — these still allow considerable opportunity for the storage of fingerprints, DNA and mug shots of the unconvicted, viz:

Protection of Freedoms Bill proposals

The following details relate to the Protection of Freedoms Bill, introduced on the 7 February 2011. As this has not yet been agreed by Parliament, these proposals are subject to change.

What if I am arrested for a minor offence, but not charged or convicted?

The provisions of the Protection of Freedoms Bill as introduced in Parliament provide that in the future these will not be retained at all.

What if I am arrested for, but not charged with a serious offence?

The provisions of the Protection Of Freedoms Bill as introduced in Parliament provide that the police will only be permitted to retain DNA and fingerprints in very tightly controlled circumstances. We will be establishing an independent commissioner to oversee DNA retention and they will make a decision whether retention is necessary, taking into account the age and vulnerability of victim of the alleged offence and their relation to the person arrested.

What if I am arrested for and charged with a serious offence, but not convicted?

The provisions of the Protection Of Freedoms Bill as introduced in Parliament provide that in these cases we propose to retain the DNA and fingerprints for three years, with the option of a single two-year extension by a court.

What if I am convicted of an offence?

The provisions of the Protection Of Freedoms Bill as introduced in Parliament provide that all adults convicted of any recordable offence will have their DNA and fingerprints retained indefinitely.

We are proposing a separate retention regime for those under 18 years of age who are convicted of an offence. Those convicted of a serious offence will have their DNA and fingerprints retained indefinitely. For those under 18 who are convicted of a minor offence their DNA will be retained for five years on a first conviction (plus the length of any custodial sentence) and then indefinitely following a second conviction. ( http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/police/powers/dna-and-fingerprints/)

DNA is especially important, because unlike fingerprints it can be readily deposited by someone else at the scene of a crime or inadvertently picked up by someone committing a crime or by the victim of a crime. In principle this could also happen with fingerprints if someone deliberately or inadvertently picks up something with someone’s fingerprints on it and leaves it at the scene of a crime or a victim does so inadvertently. But the scope for framing someone in that fashion is much less than it would be for DNA because of the difficulty in both obtaining and retaining a clear print inadvertently or leaving something with a clear print on it which could be plausibly seen by the police as being left inadvertently.

Fingerprints obtained in the messy real world encountered by the police are generally a far from certain identifier because of their incompleteness . Even where a clear whole print is available, the identification is not absolutely watertight, not least because the scientific basis of the system has been questioned successfully enough to prevent fingerprint evidence being used in trials in the USA, viz: “U.S. District Court Judge Louis H. Pollak last week ruled that such evidence does not meet standards of scientific scrutiny established by the U.S. Supreme Court, and said fingerprint examiners cannot testify at trial that a suspect’s fingerprints “match” those found at a crime scene. “ ( http://abcnews.go.com/US/story?id=91996&page=1#.UHVvghVZWSo).

It is worth adding that justice systems around the world accept different numbers of “points of similarity” in fingerprint evidence as indicative of a positive match. It is all very messy and unavoidably subjective to a significant degree.

DNA is a different matter, or at least is thought to be a different matter. DNA identification is based not on the subjective judgement of visible differences by humans, but the machine matching of strings of DNA code. This gives them an appearance of scientific rigour. However DNA may be degraded or mixed with someone else’s DNA which can make identification far from certain. Identification is also debatable with the controversial “low copy number” DNA testing which deals with minute samples of DNA ( http://www.mccannfiles.com/id190.html) Moreover, there will always be false positives. The likelihood of those is strong when a database holds millions of individual DNA samples. The numbers would be small but for those involved the results would be traumatic even if no conviction results. The worst case would be a false conviction for a serious crime.

Apart from false positives, there are three ways an innocent man or woman could fall victim to an police investigation based on the DNA. The first is it could have been planted deliberately by someone. This could have been done to either harm the person whose DNA was planted or it might have been an attempt to mislead the police by someone committing a crime. In the latter case the person whose DNA was planted need not have been known to the person doing the planting. They simply pick up something like a cigarette butt or a used tissue which they have either seen someone leave or they simply find after the person has deposited the item and gone.

The second circumstance would be if someone is the victim of a crime and they inadvertently pick up something carrying DNA , for example a lost hair or blood left by someone. A truly disturbing and astonishing example of what can happen involved Mark Minick.

Minick was arrested on suspicion of rape. He had a criminal record for robbery and his DNA matched that taken from a hair found on the victim. The problem was that Minick is white and small (5’6”) and the victim identified her attacker as black and large. Notwithstanding this, the CPS proceeded with the case which was only dropped at the first court hearing where the prosecution offered no evidence ( http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-512980/DNA-farce-My-nightmare-white-man-charged-hunt-black-rapist.html#ixzz28ooimkcD). How did the victim have a hair of Minick’s? He was working as a porter at the hospital at which the girl was treated. Most probably she picked up the hair there. Minick’s case shows emphatically how powerful a grip DNA evidence has on the police and Crown Prosecution Service (CPS): they were both willing to ignore the fact that the victim had identified her attacker as large and black while Minick was small and white because they had a DNA match from a source which could have come innocently and inadvertently into the victim’s possession.

The third opportunity for gratuitous involvement in a police investigation would be the use of near DNA matches as a pointer to who might be involved in a crime. Suppose someone, most probably a near relative, has their DNA on the PNC. The police may investigate the close relatives of that person in connection with a crime, regardless of whether the relatives have a criminal record or there is any evidence that they might be guilty. (section 5  http://www.genewatch.org/uploads/f03c6d66a9b354535738483c1c3d49e4/NationalDNADatabase.pdf). Even if nothing happens beyond an investigation this is a considerable intrusion into their lives. Moreover, even if completely, innocent human nature being what it is, others who know of the police involvement may conclude there is no smoke without fire. Nor, as the Minick case showed, can there be any rational belief that the police and CPS will not allow DNA evidence to drive investigations and prosecutions where there is no other strong evidence of guilt.

The fact that even under the reforms proposed in the Protection of Freedoms Bill considerable numbers of people who have never been convicted of or even charged with a criminal offence will remain for years on the PNC means that tens of thousands of people at least will potentially become suspects in future investigations for anything up to five years despite having a clean bill of legal health. If the Protection of Freedom Act is not retrospective when it is passed , that is, it only applies to new arrests, then the numbers the innocent people involved could be millions. To penalise the innocent is unjust and immoral because it is based on the unethical idea that the greater good of the greater number is reason enough to mistreat individuals. If only the DNA and fingerprints of the convicted were held the risks of gratuitous police investigations of the innocent would be greatly reduced.

Nor is the injustice restricted to those with a clean criminal record. The DNA and Fingerprints of anyone convicted of a recordable crime will be held indefinitely. That means people who have committed minor offences such as common assault or driving without due care and attention without causing an accident (often only once in their lives) will be subject to the same risk of further gratuitous investigation based on false positives and so on as those with no convictions who remain on the PNC. This is disproportionate.

Here is a question which I have never seen publicly posed: why are fingerprints and DNA taken from every person arrested regardless of the suspected crime? It is easy to see that they might be useful in the case of criminals such as murderers, burglars and rapists, but what purpose does it serve for people such as fraudsters and those convicted of dangerous driving? It is very improbable that fingerprints or DNA records will be useful in solving future crimes by people who are convicted of fraud or driving offences if they commit similar offences. It is also a fact that most people, including career criminals, tend to commit the same type of crime if they commit more than one. There is a strong civil liberties case for saying fingerprints and DNA ( or any other future biometrics identifier) should only be taken where they are likely to help solve a crime or series of crimes. If that practice was followed it would also greatly reduce the likelihood of people being harassed unnecessarily by the police.

There is also a broader question of the keeping of data other than fingerprints and DNA, for example, notes of unsubstantiated complaints of crime or even reports of behaviour which might be considered suspicious. These can have profound effects on lives because Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) checks are now required by huge numbers of adults for the purpose of gaining employment or taking part in voluntary activities — the requirements have even been ludicrously extended to parents watching their children take part in school sports or Nativity plays ( http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2210724/Parents-criminal-record-checks-banned-watching-kids-play-school-sport.html).

CRB checks are of two kinds :

-standard CRB check — for certain specified jobs, licences and entry into certain professions

-enhanced CRB check — for those carrying out certain activities or working in regulated activity with children or adults; applicants for gaming and lottery licences; and judicial appointments…

What you’ll find on a criminal record check

Standard CRB checks will contain details of all spent and unspent convictions, cautions, reprimands and final warnings from the Police National Computer (PNC).

The enhanced CRB check will include any information from the PNC and may also search:

-information held by local police forces

-lists of people barred from working with children and adults which are kept by the Independent Safeguarding Authority (ISA) ( http://www.direct.gov.uk/en/Employment/Startinganewjob/DG_195809)

Millions of innocent people could find themselves barred from employment or voluntary activities through no fault of their own. Not only that, where a CRB check is failed, unsubstantiated or simply wrong highly damaging information held by the police will be in the hands of people who know the person who has failed the check and knowledge of a failure to pass a check, even if the details of the failure are not known, will cast doubt over the integrity of the person who has failed the check.

Police records are just part of an ever expanding portfolio of state and private enterprise databases which can affect lives, frequently without the individual even knowing. But police records and the ever swelling reach of the CRB check are by far the most intrusive and controlling of the surveillance apparatus which exists at present in England. They need to be severely controlled.

As a bare minimum we should return to position that no person’s DNA and Fingerprints should be retained if they remain unconvicted and there should be no record kept of their arrests, charges or trials on the national database. The removal of all records of investigations from the national computer is necessary because otherwise innocent people may still be unreasonably investigated simply because they have been arrested, charged or tried but found innocent for a similar crime before.

More broadly, it is pernicious to have information which the
police have received which may not even have led to an arrest or any, indeed, contact with the police being disclosed on CRB checks. They should reveal only convictions and arguably only convictions relevant to job for which the check is made. If someone has, for example, if someone has been convicted of driving without due care and attention when they were 17 and is applying for a teaching job when they are 35 the conviction is scarcely relevant. In fact, there is a good case for doing away with CRB checks, because there is no evidence they have reduced the type of offences they are meant to reduce, most particularly child abuse of one form or another. Their main effects have been to dissuade many people from engaging in voluntary work, increased costs for organisations (especially schools) and creating a general and unhealthy climate of suspicion in Britain.

These authoritarian policies will become ever harder to remove the longer they remain in place and technology improvements make the temptation to expand the surveillance through an ever expanding menu of biometrics irresistible to those with power. We need to act now.

Robert Henderson

Former Obama drug policy adviser warns of backlash against law change

0

Stephen C. Webster, RAW Story |

The Obama administration will not just sit by and watch as up to three states attempt to implement laws legalizing marijuana, one of the president’s former senior drug policy advisers predicted Sunday.

Officially, the Obama administration hasn’t said how it will react if three states legalize marijuana this week, but Dr. Kevin A. Sabet, who spent three years as a senior adviser to Obama’s Office of National Drug Control Policy, thinks he knows.

Speaking to NBC News for a report published Sunday, Sabet warned that voters in Colorado, Washington and Oregon may just bring fire and brimstone down on their heads if they vote for ballot measures that would legalize marijuana under state law.

The Obama administration will not just sit by and watch as up to three states attempt to implement laws legalizing marijuana, one of the president’s former senior drug policy advisers predicted Sunday.

Officially, the Obama administration hasn’t said how it will react if three states legalize marijuana this week, but Dr. Kevin A. Sabet, who spent three years as a senior adviser to Obama’s Office of National Drug Control Policy, thinks he knows.

Speaking to NBC News for a report published Sunday, Sabet warned that voters in Colorado, Washington and Oregon may just bring fire and brimstone down on their heads if they vote for ballot measures that would legalize marijuana under state law.

Supporters also point to similar data that shows teenage drug use went down in Colorado after the state legalized medical marijuana, arguing that requiring an identification to buy the drug is a more effective control than outright prohibition.

Whether any of these arguments will be enough to sway voters remains anyone’s guess, but with only two days remaining before the election, it won’t be long before we find out.

Police forced Hillsborough survivors to alter evidence

0

Mick Meaney, rinf.com |

Fresh allegations of a police conspiracy have come to the surface providing more evidence for a cover-up surrounding the horrific events at Hillsborough, with survivors claiming they were  intimidated by officers, forcing them to change their statements.

West Midlands police had apparently subjected survivors to intense interviews that lasted up to five hours, insisting they change statements to remove any blame directed towards police.

According to Labour MP Maria Eagle, police told one survivor “You can’t say that, you’ve got to say this.”

A report in the The Guardian states that a victims mother, Margaret Aspinall, whose son James died at Hillsborough, had said:

“This shows they were prepared to stop at nothing. To bully the people they were meant to protect at a time when they were so traumatised is a disgrace. People will rightly ask how could this have happened?”

Read the full story.

Maria Eagle has also accused a former chief inspector, Sir Norman Bettison, of South Yorkshire police, of being involved in a black propaganda campaign.

In a letter that was sent to a solicitor for the Hillsborough Family Support Group in 1998, John Barry, who attended business school with Norman Bettison – a middle-ranking police officer at the time, wrote:

“Some weeks after the game, and after I had been interviewed by West Midlands police, we were in a pub after our weekly evening class.

“He told me that he had been asked by his senior officers to put together the South Yorkshire police evidence for the forthcoming inquiry.

“He said that ‘we are trying to concoct a story that all the Liverpool fans were drunk and we were afraid that they were going to break down the gates so we decided to open them’.”

Ms Eagle said:

“Here we have an account of a contemporaneous conversation in which Norman Bettison boasted he is engaged in a South Yorkshire police plot to fit up the Liverpool fans and deflect blame from the force.

“That is indeed what happened subsequently, so what Sir Norman denies in public he boasts about in private conversations.”

On 12 September 2012, the Hillsborough Independent Panel  concluded that police made a:

“Strenuous attempt” to deflect blame for the disaster from themselves onto Liverpool supporters.

It also found that 164 witness statements had been amended and 116 statements that were unfavourable to South Yorkshire Police had been removed.

The actions of the police at  Hillsborough in 1989, and how they were allowed to hide the truth for over 20 years, is a despicable example of how those entrusted with the protection of citizens, can abuse their position of authority and hide the facts with impunity.

Annie Machon: Asymmetric Extradition – The American Way

0

, huffingtonpost |

I blame my partner. There I was having a perfectly nice day off, pootling my way through the Sunday newspapers and finding such intriguing articles as the fact that Britain has invaded all but 22 countries around the world over the centuries (France is the second most prolific invader but also has the dubious distinction of being the country most invaded by Britain, apparently).

Then he has to go and say “well, if the US ignores other country’s laws, why should we be subject to theirs?”. The following is the unavoidable result.

I had made the tactical blunder of sharing two articles with him. The first was an excellent interview in the Independent with news supremo and financial subversive, Max Keiser; the second was an article I found in my Twitter stream from the indefatigable Julia O’Dwyer about her son’s ongoing legal fight in the UK.

The connection? Unfortunately and rather inevitably these days – extradition.

Richard O’Dwyer is the Sheffield student who is currently wanted by the USA on copyright infringement charges. Using a bit of old-fashioned get-up-and-go, he set up a website called tvshack.com, which apparently acted as a sign-posting service to websites where people could download media. Putting aside the simple argument that the service he provided was no different from Google, he also had no copyrighted material hosted on his website.

Richard has lived all his life in the UK, and he set up his website there. Under UK law he had committed no crime.

However, the American authorities thought differently. O’Dwyer had registered his website as a .com and the US now claims that any website, anywhere in the world, using a US-originated domain name (com/org/info/net etc) is subject to US law, thus allowing the American government to globalise their legal hegemony. The most notorious recent case was the illegal US intelligence operation to take down Megaupload and arrest Kim Dotcom in New Zealand earlier this year.

This has already resulted in foreign websites that attract the wrath of the US authorities being taken down, with no warning and no due process. This is the cyber equivalent of drone warfare and the presidentially-approved CIA kill list.

As a result, not only was O’Dwyer’s website summarily taken down, he is now facing extradition to the US and a 10 year stretch in a maximum security prison. All for something that is not even a crime under UK law. His case echoes the terrible 10-year ordeal that Gary McKinnon went through, and highlights the appalling problems inherent in the invidious, one-sided UK/USA Extradition Act.

So how does this link to the Max Keiser interview? Reading it reminded me of an investigation Keiser did a few years ago into the extraordinary rendition of a “terrorist suspect”, Abu Omar, from Italy to Egypt where he was inevitably, horrifically tortured. Since then, 23 CIA officers have now been tried under Italian law and found guilty of his kidnapping (let’s not mince our words here). The Milan Head of Station, Robert Lady is now wanted in Italy to serve his nine-year sentence, but the US government has refused to extradite him.

So let’s just reiterate this: on the one hand, the US demands EU citizens on suspicion that they may have committed a cyber-crime according to the diktats of American law, which we are all now supposed to agree has a globalised reach; on the other hand, US citizens who have already been convicted by the due legal process of other Western democracies are not handed over to serve their sentences for appalling crimes involving kidnapping and torture.

I have written at length about America’s asymmetric extradition laws, but this is taking the system to new heights of hypocrisy.

Just why, indeed, should European countries religiously obey America’s self-styled global legal dominion and hand over its citizens, presumed innocent until proven guilty, to the brutal and disproportionate US legal system? Especially when the US brushes aside the due legal processes of other democracies and refuses to extradite convicted felons?

It appears that the USA is in a hurry to reach and breach Britain’s record for foreign invasions. But in addition to old-fashioned military incursions, America is also going for full-spectrum legal dominance.

America’s bleak human rights record

0
Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |
Far and away, America’s human rights record is the world’s worst. No other nation approaches its unprincipled history. Earlier crimes against humanity were largely internal and regional.

Twentieth century ones went global. New millennium ones elevated atrocities and other human rights abuses to an unprecedented level. It keeps rising. America is guilty of virtually every crime imaginable and then some.

Former dovish US diplomat, advisor, and father of Soviet containment George Kennan explained what reflects America’s post-WWII foreign and domestic policy. His February 1948 “Memo PPS23 ” said:

“(W)e have 50% of the world’s wealth but only 6.3% of its population. (It makes us) the object of envy and resentment. Our real task in the coming period is to devise a pattern of relationships (to let us) maintain this position of disparity without positive detriment to our national society.”

“To do so we will have to dispense with all sentimentality and daydreaming; and our attention will have to be concentrated everywhere on our immediate national objectives. We need not deceive ourselves that we can afford today the luxury of altruism and world benefaction….”

“We should dispense with the aspiration to ‘be liked’ or to be regarded as the repository of a high-minded international altruism.”

“We should (stop talking about) unreal objectives such as human rights, the raising of the living standards, and democratization.”

“The day is not far off when we are going to have to deal in straight power concepts. The less we are hampered by idealistic slogans (ideas and practices), the better.”

Ravaging one nation after another followed. America today wages multiple direct and proxy wars. US military bases infest the world. CIA elements operate everywhere. US special forces perform various military related services globally. Wherever they show up, they’re killers, not protectors.

Domestically, America is more battleground than homeland. FBI, CIA, NSA, FEMA, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), Border Patrol, and other federal agencies work jointly with state and local authorities against the interests of most US residents.

Anyone can be arrested, charged, prosecuted, and imprisoned for any reason or none at all. By presidential diktat, any US citizen at home or abroad can be murdered.

Others can be arrested and detained indefinitely, uncharged in military prisons. Innocence is no defense. State terrorism is the policy at home and abroad. That’s how police states operate.

Freedom, human rights, and other democratic values are non-starters. Supporting what’s right is hazardous. Challenging Washington’s right to dominate globally risks persecution or death. America is unfit and unsafe to live in.

For the past 13 years, China’s State Council Information Office published comprehensive reports on US human rights. Its most recent is titled, “The Human Rights Record of the United States in 2011.”

It said America’s State Department publishes annual human rights reports for over 190 countries. It turns a blind eye to its own appalling record. China explains what Washington and supportive media suppress.

Its latest May 2012 report reveals America’s “true human rights situation….and urges the United States to confront its own actions.” Six topics are covered:

(1) Life, property and personal security;

(2) civil and political rights;

(3) economic, social and cultural rights;

(4) racial discrimination;

(5) women’s and children’s rights; and

(6) human rights violations abroad.

China’s report reveals “a small yet illustrative fraction of the United States’ dismal record on its own human rights situation.”

America’s “tarnished human rights record has left it in no state – whether on a moral, political or legal basis – to act as the world’s human rights justice, to place itself above other countries and release the Country Reports on Human Rights Practices year after year (that) accuse and blame other countries.”

At the same time, it absolves itself through silence, duplicity, and/or bald-faced lies. According to the State Department:

“The protection of fundamental human rights was a foundation stone in the establishment of the United States over 200 years ago.”

“Since then, a central goal of U.S. foreign policy has been the promotion of respect for human rights, as embodied in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.”

“The United States understands that the existence of human rights helps secure the peace, deter aggression, promote the rule of law, combat crime and corruption, strengthen democracies, and prevent humanitarian crises.”

China’s report advised Washington to clean up its own act at home, stop interfering in the internal affairs of other countries, and “cease using double standards on human rights” to advance its own imperial agenda.

Beijing accused Washington of “severe” human and civil rights violations. At the same time, it claims Americans live in the “land of the free.”

Why then were around 1,000 peaceful Occupy Wall Street protesters arrested in the early weeks of their campaign? Police brutality was severe and unconscionable. It continues to reflect despotism, not democracy.

America furthers “international disorder.” It tramples on the rights of global citizens and its own. It operates the world’s largest domestic gulag. It’s also one of the most repressive.

Press freedom is a figure of speech. Dominant media sources produce propaganda and other forms of managed news and information. Truth is a scarce commodity. Constitutional freedoms are denied.

Money power runs America. Predatory capitalism benefits at the expense of most others. Congress is infested with millionaires. Complicit with corporate crooks, they harm ordinary people and wage war on humanity.

America’s 1% benefits at the expense of most others. Social America is eroding en route to disappearing altogether. Resisters face harsh crackdowns.

Poverty is at record levels. So is homelessness, hunger, and overall deprivation. Racism is institutionalized. Basic needs go unmet. Praying to the wrong God is called terrorism. Numerous other human rights abuses reveal a nation unfit to live in.

America’s human rights record is appalling. Political prisoners fill its gulag. Dissent is criminalized. Police state laws target resisters. Torture is official policy. So is permanent war on the world.

Peace, stability and security are four-letter words. Elections are farcical. Duopoly power controls them. Ordinary people have no say.

State Department charges against other nations are mostly uncorroborated. China uses data from the US Justice Department (DOJ), FBI, other US agencies, state ones, think tanks, as well as domestic and international media.

They reveal a far different America than Washington or scoundrel media reflect. Dark truths are exposed to the light of day. They’re in plain sight for anyone to see.

On October 19, RIA Novosti headlined “US Takes Flak Over Human Rights Record,” saying:

Russia’s Foreign Ministry denounced America’s human rights record. It cited “maltreatment of children, breach of privacy, police brutality, secret jails and freedom of expression issues.”

Russia’s lower house State Duma got the report. On October 22, it’ll hold hearings on human rights. A “Duma source privy to the document” told RIA Novosti that “hundreds of thousands of children in the United States are mistreated….”

In 2010 alone, around 1,600 deaths resulted. Special attention was given to how adopted Russian children are treated. Citing US NGOs, Russia’s Foreign Ministry said “about one police officer in 100 has been involved in criminal abuses, including sexual harassment, indecent behavior or rape.”

America has the largest domestic gulag. Numerous secret prisons operate abroad. Internal spying is out-of-control. Privacy is routinely violated.

Last December, another Russian report criticized America’s human rights record. On December 28, Russia Today (rt.com) headlined “US violating human rights at home and abroad: Russian report,” saying:

Russia’s Foreign Ministry discussed numerous US domestic and foreign human rights abuses. On the pretext of fighting terrorism alone, fundamental rights are denied.

“The situation in the United States….is far from the ideals proclaimed in Washington,” the report said. “The incumbent administration continues to apply most of the methods of controlling society and interfering in the private lives of the American people that were adopted… under George Bush on the pretext of combating terror.”

Russia also condemned “the exterritorial application of US legislation (that) seriously harms Russian-US relations.”

Washington-led NATO was accused of appalling human rights abuses. Civilian casualties it’s responsible for “provide a portrait of” military recklessness and lawlessness.

Crimes of war and against humanity define its operations. Eyewitnesses provide damning evidence.

Democracy at home is hypocrisy, not real. It exists in name only. Fundamental freedoms are absent or endangered. Speaking truth to power is hazardous.

The state of America at home and abroad is appalling. Indisputable evidence reveals a record reflecting tyranny. Conditions aren’t improving.

They’re worsening en route to institutionalizing total police state control. It’s fast approaching. No one is safe anymore for good reason. Humanity is at risk.

America’s agenda reflects unchallenged dominance no matter the cost. Truth is the most dangerous disinfectant. Suppressing it is policy. Propaganda wars precede hot ones. Human rights and civil liberties are denied for our own good.

Patriotism means going along or else. Humanity may not survive unless policies this out-of-control are stopped. Awareness enough to do it is sorely lacking. Hopefully something will change before it’s too late.

The electronic architecture of voter suppression

0

The Ohio Secretary of State’s office may be incorrectly removing thousands of legally registered voters from the voting rolls. The Columbus Free Press has obtained suspect election-related software contracts signed by the Ohio Secretary of State’s office. These newly uncovered contracts, signed with Election Systems and Solutions (ES&S) [pdf] and Triad Governmental Services [pdf], may be involved with Ohio Secretary of State John Husted’s office erroneously, undetectably and possibly illegally removing thousands of registered voters from the voting rolls just prior to the presidential election.

“The purpose of this Agreement is to enable each BOE (Board of Elections) to accurately process BMV (Bureau of Motor Vehicles) Match Files,” the contract reads. Under federal law, the so-called “motor voter bill” citizens are allowed to both register to vote and update their voter registration at state BMV offices. The election-related software appears to be built to help move the BMV voter information to 87 of Ohio’s 88 county boards of elections.

Instead, the software seems to be unable to match and update files in any comprehensive way.

Recently, the BMV provided 33,000 voter records that “didn’t match what was in our database,” according to Mathew McClellan, the spokesperson for Husted’s office. The Ohio Secretary of State’s office coordinates a central database with of Ohio’s county BOEs.

Voters who changed their address when renewing their driver’s licenses at the BMV expected that they would also have their voter registrations automatically updated. The new software, installed by ES&S and Triad in all but one county in Ohio, appears to have hindered voter registration renewals.

Both makers of this software, Triad GSI and ES &S, have been connected with previous election irregularities on behalf of the GOP in Ohio. In 2004, Triad came to the attention of the Congressional Judiciary Committee in a sworn affidavit by Sherole Eaton, a Hocking County Board of Elections worker, by providing “cheat sheets” to her just prior to the recount of the election.

The results of this electronic voter suppression are already being documents by voting right activists. The Northeast Ohio Voter Advocates (NOVA) recently began receiving calls from voters who thought they were registered, but had their requests for absentee ballots denied. NOVA Director Norman Robbins contacted Cuyahoga County officials and worked to correct information for 865 voters. These voters had registered correctly, yet the system failed to find them on the first search attempt.

Cuyahoga County’s prompt action was not matched in Franklin County (Columbus). The Franklin County Board of Elections did not respond to Robbins’ query for five days, and only responded after media began reporting the story. NOVA has no direct information on how many voters in other counties have been wrongly deleted, but estimates range in the tens of thousands of voters.

This new defective software, appears deficient in its ability to perform basic functions. In an interview with Robbins on November 2nd, the Free Press asked about the mechanics of what had gone wrong. A slight difference in name or street, for instance spelling “Elliott” with one “t” instead of two or entering “ninth street” instead of “ninth st.” or even “9th street” will cause a registration to not be confirmed. Voters with these problems may well now be forced to cast provisional ballots, which have an usually high rate of being rejected or going uncounted.

When asked about the software’s inability to perform these basic functions, Robbins explained that it will, but only if explicitly forced to. If a board of elections worker does not specifically use “wild card characters” in their searches, the searches will not default to doing so, unlike all modern search algorithms. For example, if searching for the voter “Robert Fitrakis,” a wild card search would also find “Bob Fitrakis” or “Rob Fitrakis.” When asked if this was always the case, Robbins informed the Free Press that it had begun recently. The contract with ES&S and Triad explains exactly when and how.

Responding to these revelations, Husted’s office circulated a memo with suggestions as to how to correctly use the new inadequate database software, rather than directing his staff to make every effort to match a voter to a database record. The last of Husted’s suggestions is to lookup a voter by driver’s licenses number. As a result, thousands of voters who lack driver’s licenses, specifically poor, elderly and disabled voters may be disenfranchised. No provision was made to look up a voter by the last 4 digits of their social security number.

The same software causing database lookup “errors” will also be used to validate the provisional ballots that many thousands of Ohio voters may be erroneously forced to cast on Election Day. Husted’s office is thus implementing a bizarre Catch-22, forcing registered voters to vote provisionally because of inadequate software and then using the same inadequate software to disregard those same provisional ballots. Also, the Wall Street Journal reports that Husted’s office “found” 100,000 voter registration records that were never filed.

Combined with secretly implemented voting machine patches recently exposed by the Columbus Free Press, these newly discovered contracts suggest a deliberate attempt by Ohio Secretary of State Husted to swing the election to Mitt Romney. His new database architecture, which will no doubt result in prevent registered Ohio voters from casting ballots on Election Day was only uncovered when people were turned away at the early voting site. The Secretary of State’s Office refuses to comply with public records requests for lists of all contracts, equipment and vendors involved in Ohio’s statewide election system. The Free Press believes that this is an apparent attempt to stonewall public information protected under Ohio’s public records law.

The Free Press urges employees of the Secretary of State’s office to make public all the information that is being illegally withheld by Jon Husted.

 

*************
Gerry Bello is the chief researcher at the Columbus Free Press. He holds a degree in computer security from Antioch College. Bob Fitrakis is the Editor of the Free Press. He holds Ph.D. in Political Science and a J.D. from the Moritz College of Law at Ohio State University.

Source

DEMOCRACY IN AMERICA IN THE 21ST CENTURY: FRAGMENT OF AN UNFINISHED BOOK BY JOHN CHUCKMAN – PART ONE

0

DEMOCRACY IN AMERICA IN THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY
An exploration of the meaning of democracy and its state in America

John Chuckman

PREFACE AND INTRODUCTION TO THE LIMITS OF DEMOCRACY

When Alexis de Tocqueville wrote the first volume of his famous book, Democracy in America, he noted that the single greatest novelty he observed on his travels was what he called “equality of conditions.” A great deal of his analysis of American society in the Age of Jackson hinges on that observation, but as any informed journalist or economist or observer of the human condition today will know, America now features a great and growing inequality of conditions.

Does this change mean that the democracy de Tocqueville observed is disappearing? This is just one of a number of questions we explore.

De Tocqueville, an aristocrat from an old French family, had observed that there was a general movement in Europe towards the decline of aristocratic power and wealth and the increase of middle-class power and wealth, a kind of “levelling” as he called it. He characterized the phenomenon as an “irresistible revolution.”

After his travels in America, he was convinced that this irresistible revolution had gone further there than anywhere else and wished to explain why this should be so and wished to provide guidance for those shaping the future of France.

What de Tocqueville was accurately observing in Europe were the social and political dimensions of what today we know as economic development, although he did not have the language. Today, we know that steady strong economic growth induces change in every aspect of society, political, social, and all its institutions. It is the story of the modern era, measured roughly from the late middle ages, to see changing technology driving the economy towards growth which, in turn, drives increasing social, political, cultural, and institutional changes.

From the late middle ages into the twentieth century, we see once-powerful monarchs gradually become constitutional figureheads while parliaments and assemblies and congresses of elected officials gradually assume political authority. These changes happened at varying rates in different countries now regarded as democratic, and they took on a character reflecting the history and customs of each country, but the overall trend across nations was the same. De Tocqueville saw this, and we see it today in a place as previously exotic to democracy as China.

The key driving force at work in these centuries of change — something de Tocqueville, at best, only vaguely understood — is gradual growth in the size and wealth of the middle class under conditions of continuous economic growth.

The structure of most early societies resembles a pyramid, with a supreme ruler at the top supported just below by aristocrats and priests and the great bulk of people spread along the bottom. In such a society, there is almost no change in status possible, always excepting a natural genius born at the bottom who comes to be recognized for a special skill valued by those at the top. In such a society, most boys end up doing just what their fathers did, most girls end up doing just what their mothers did, and there is limited opportunity to gain education, in part because there is limited opportunity even to use an education.

But starting in the late Middle Ages, something remarkable started to happen in Europe: the rate of change in applied science, ways and techniques for doing practical things, began to change noticeably. The harnessing of water and wind, the control of waterways and construction of canals, the building of new roads, the breeding of superior horses, and a thousand other changes accumulated in their impact to yield a rate of economic growth not previously known. Modest industries began to emerge, trade at greater distances picked up, and that great driver of economic growth, specialization of tasks, began its rise to dominance in society. We are all used to hearing of the Industrial Revolution, but that event did not, as it were, spring full-grown from the head of Zeus. Going back to Henry VIII’s time, and even before, the foundations were being laid with developments like improved plows, improved wheels and axles, ocean-worthy ships, and the enclosure of agricultural property previously treated as commons shared (inefficiently in economic terms) by all peasants during the Middle Ages.

As growth continued and even increased, it created previously-unimagined opportunities to work, to trade, and to make things for others. Those who were successful at these many tasks became what we now call the middle class, and the classic extreme pyramidal shape of early society began to fatten around the middle while the base narrowed. As a larger and larger group of people became well-off through expanding trade and industry, it came to have little reason to trust that a monarch or even, at a somewhat later stage, a group of aristocrats was capable of protecting and promoting its increasingly complex interests. Indeed, in many cases, the traditional aristocrats, whose wealth derived from the ownership of land, were uneducated people, quite ignorant of how business or trade worked.

With the rise of new wealth, gradually, the value of education began to grow along with the specialization of skills. These new men (for they pretty much were only men in the early modern period) proved not only useful to monarchs and aristocrats as advisors and experts but were skilled in gaining political power over time. The changing realities of wealth made them increasingly necessary to the state for everything from loans for trading voyages to supplying large quantities of new goods like guns or preserved food or textiles. Eventually, even many of the lands which had constituted the wealth of aristocrats over many earlier centuries and almost the sole source of wealth in early society began to change hands. Prejudice concerning the worthiness of birth gave way to recognition of the worth of knowing how to do things, especially things which generated new wealth. Respect for titles slowly gave way to respect for money and know-how.

De Tocqueville’s key explanation for the fact that the “irresistible revolution” had gone further in America than in other countries had to do with the nature of the early settlers. Many of them were puritans, what Americans call Pilgrim Fathers, a people who in their religion had democratic beliefs such as all men being equal before God and the rejection of hierarchies in the church. The puritans fled England and some other European countries because they were greatly disliked for good reasons, Americans always putting the events into terms of seeking religious freedom from persecution, and de Tocqueville has no argument with that. However, we now know that the early puritans were often extremely nasty and intrusive and even destructive. Scholars of the Tudor period give us a picture of puritans running through the ancient (formerly Catholic) cathedrals, smashing statues, slashing paintings, and destroying priceless manuscripts. Some puritan groups actually made a point of attending the services of other Christian groups just to make noise and disturb them. So it is quite understandable that they were disliked without talking about anyone trying to suppress their religious freedom.

De Tocqueville does not discuss any of the puritans’ negative history, but he says the puritans brought with them to the New World a good deal of know-how. And, indeed, they did: puritans were often tradesmen and businessmen, a key part of their religious beliefs including the idea that material success was a sign of God’s blessing. So de Tocqueville sees a young, energetic, and entrepreneurial people, all imbued with notions of equality before God, giving America its great start. De Tocqueville believed strongly that a people always bears the marks of their origin, and he was himself a religious man who was glad to be able to attribute America’s democratic success, in part, to “the spirit of religion”.

Except for the “spirit of religion,” a far less clear concept to my mind than de Tocqueville assumed it is, he was right. There was a role for puritan ideas of equality in influencing society’s political orientation. But it is interesting that often groups who seek a freedom for themselves end up later trying to deny it to others, and that was very much the case with the puritans and religious freedom. They were not tolerant, and many of their spiritual and genetic descendants today in the United States are among its least tolerant of its citizens. They are the people who insist on injecting religion into public life, despite Jefferson’s one unqualified great human-rights achievement of establishing religious freedom in Virginia, something in which the sceptic, for so he was, made agreements with the groups who felt oppressed by matters like the established church to which all previously had to pay taxes. Here is another interesting question about American society: whether freedom of religion can remain intact with the constant encroachments made by religious people everywhere from Washington lobbying groups to taking control of local school boards.

How does democracy work in America? That seems a simple enough question to ask, yet a great many people outside of the United States either do not know the answer or understand it in only the sketchiest fashion, and a surprisingly large number of Americans themselves do not know, for the workings of America’s government are complicated, and at times downright puzzling, despite the country’s elegantly simple founding document, the Constitution. The Constitution, it should be noted, explicitly calls the new nation a republic, rather than a democracy, many of the Founding Fathers having a poor idea of democracy — including such notable figures as Washington, Hamilton, and Morris – but few Americans in general speech today would describe their country as other than a democracy, and the Sunday School lessons regularly bestowed upon the world by the State Department never fail to take credit for being a democracy. We shall have more to say on these matters.

Today, a great part of the world is directly affected by the workings of American government through trade and security and financial issues, and no major American policy or legislation may fairly be said to be America’s private interests: that fact is simply the unavoidable result of having become the center of a global empire with treaties and agreements and trade almost everywhere and a currency used as the world’s reserve currency. Yet in this matter there is great confusion among ordinary Americans who like to believe it is no one else’s business what America does.

You cannot have it both ways — be at the center of the affairs of others while demanding that your own national political affairs are no one’s business outside of America – without implicitly advocating a form of aristocracy in which American voters, a tiny percent of the world’s population, decides internal matters in democratic fashion and external matters as a privileged aristocracy. Yet it is common today to find this peculiar combination of views in America.

It is similar to the thinking we’ve seen working in recent years with horrible places like Guantanamo and the rest of the CIA’s international torture gulag scattered over a number of obscure locations in the world. Somehow many Americans accept that the principles of their founding documents and best laws simply stop having any applicability or even meaning just over the American border, making it acceptable to do in a place like Guantanamo what you would not do inside the United States. It represents a rather odd set of principles whose limits are defined strictly by the extent of the jurisdiction of domestic courts. It is of course highly convenient when you are interested in doing some very unpleasant things.

But the inconsistencies in this thinking do not end there. In recent decades, it has become more common for the American government to apply American laws and the authority of American courts to those who are neither citizens nor residents of America. This went to the extreme of attacking a small country, Panama, whose leader, President Noreiga, had displeased the United States in order to arrest him and try him in an American court on American charges.

These inconsistent modes of thinking and acting demonstrate that democratic values do not consistently govern American instincts. If being a democracy means that citizens and their government always put democratic values first, I think it fair to say America has not arrived.

There is a massive industry in Washington consisting of consultants and lobbyists hired at sensational salaries by both foreign interests and Americans themselves simply to reach the appropriate officials with the right words on any given issue. That fact is perhaps the best evidence of how ungainly and swollen American government has become despite the almost pastoral simplicity of its founding.

But this book is not a guide to the mechanics of American government, something which would be a rather dry reading for most readers. Besides, when we ask the question of how something complex works, we usually mean more than having a book of diagrams or organizational charts, we want to grasp a sense of what happens when the machine or organization is running. We want to understand the nature of American democracy and its effects upon American society, and we want to understand the nature of democratic values as they are understood in America and the state of those values in the society.

For some, it will seem odd to ask whether America is a democracy, as that term is commonly understood and as we shall define it, but it is nevertheless a valid question, because America’s founding documents deliberately use the term republic, a concept which today means very little except that you do not have a monarchy. After all, even the Soviets styled themselves as belonging to republics. Many of America’s Founding Fathers — that late-18th century group in frock coats regarded almost in reverence by many Americans — did not believe in democracy and, indeed, regarded the concept rather the way some today might regard Islamic fundamentalism or communism as something alien and dangerous, dangerous especially to the interests of property. And if indeed, as most people assume, America is a democracy, then just what kind of democracy is it?

When Colin Powell was tilting at the United Nations over support for the illegal and unwarranted invasion of Iraq, acting as the friendly face of an administration much of the world viewed as hostile, uninformed, and arrogant, he responded to France’s Dominique de Villepin’s witty reference to France as an old country — “old Europe” having been used by the Bush government as a pejorative to belittle European opposition to invasion – Powell answered back that he represented the world’s oldest democracy.

Powell, despite the positive reaction of the diplomatic audience to his riposte, was wrong. America, by no stretch of the imagination, started as a democracy, and as far as republics go, quite a number pre-date the United States, including the Dutch and Venetian Republics. De Tocqueville’s use of the word democracy comes in a special context, including both his perspective as an aristocrat and the new momentum of expanding the franchise during the Age of Andrew Jackson, the time of de Tocqueville’s travels.

This work is an effort to analyze some of the strengths and weaknesses of American political society as they have evolved since Alexis de Tocqueville’s famous volumes of 1835 and 1840, and to offer an assessment of the contemporary meaning of American democratic society. It is also an effort to present a lively, and even entertaining, picture of what democracy means today in America. The author’s perspective and approach to democracy in America are different in many ways to those of de Tocqueville. First, the author is an American by birth, having spent both his formative years in the United States as well as a much later extended period plus a good deal of travel, in total nearly half his life, and I suspect there are nuances and meanings of American political society which only someone who has spent many years there may catch and appreciate. Yet, having lived outside the United States for the other more-than-half of his life and having adopted Canada as his home, the author also sees aspects of America with an outsider’s eye, as de Tocqueville did.

Perspective is everything, as we know from the various witnesses in a criminal trial or from the recollections of friends and associates of a dead notable person whose biography is being written. There is also the principle of modern science that some phenomena cannot be completely observed: given one measurement or observation of a sub-atomic particle, other contemporary ones become impossible. I think there is a sense of this principle which applies in human affairs. There is always some incompleteness or ambiguity in human affairs, something which I believe has not been widely enough recognized. This is why there are always alternative explanations possible in history and biography. To understand an important historical character, it is always necessary to read several biographies, but that understanding will still have inherent ambiguities and uncertainties. No less is true of entire societies.

De Toqueville travelled and wrote at the time of Andrew Jackson’s America, a time when the word democracy had become more common than it was at the founding. Of course, Jacksonian Democracy was itself not all that democratic since the majority of the population still could not vote, and important parts of government were not subject to direct election, including the Senate (originally appointed by state governments and made subject to election only in 1913), by far the most powerful branch of the legislature, but even the Presidency itself was subject not to popular votes but those of the Electoral College.

De Tocqueville, saw the young American society with the eyes of a curious and educated European aristocrat, one coming from a country which had experienced revolution, the ascent of an emperor, the restoration of monarchy, and another revolution which overthrew the restored monarchy. He called what he saw in America “democracy,” and indeed wrote of America’s “universal suffrage,” the property requirements for male voters in place since the beginning having been abandoned to a considerable extent (something actually not complete until a couple of decades after de Tocqueville’s travels), earlier religious requirements in some states having been dropped, and despite his being aware that women and slaves and some others could not vote.

Jackson himself favored the franchise covering all white adult men and abolishing the Electoral College, but Jackson also embraced Manifest Destiny, America’s quasi-religious slogan for continent-absorbing imperialism, the patronage or spoils system in government appointments, the arbitrary removal of American Indians from their homes and settled farms in the East to the Western wilderness, and the importance of the executive relative to Congress — not a set of principles we think of today as especially democratic in nature. But democracy, like anything else, must grow and establish itself by steps.

Interestingly, de Toqueville was from an old aristocratic family, and he viewed America with the eyes of a man who intensely disliked France’s July Monarchy which had been established in 1830, a government which essentially represented the rise of the middle class over the aristocrats. That in itself, as any student of the development of democracy in the modern era knows, is one of the basic steps towards democratic government, the growing interests of the middle class, as an economy advances, being far too large and demanding to be adequately represented by aristocrats of an Ancien Régime.

America today, apart from whatever else it may be, is clearly the center of a vast empire. Yet history provides us with no example of a truly democratic state being an empire, and the contradictions and challenges involved in such a situation seem apparent. Great Britain at the height of her influence in the Victorian period certainly had some democratic institutions, but it was hardly a democratic state when you consider the limits on the franchise and the inadequate, still-corrupt structure of parliamentary representation. There are truly great questions and issues around the idea of trying to be at one and the same time Augustan Rome and the inheritors of those who shook off British imperial power in the 18th century.

The author has made no attempt to produce a purely journalistic or academic effort. Footnotes, as in Page Smith’s great multi-volume history of America, are not used. Entertaining anecdotes have their place. Humor and satire are included because the author believes that subtle truths sometimes come out of laughter which cannot always be captured by reportage or analysis. Absurdity is, unfortunately, a part of the human condition, and one observes it in many forms in various societies. America, despite her advanced status in the world, has at least her share of absurdities and, for reasons to be discussed, likely somewhat more than her share. There is no danger readers will fail to distinguish observations and analysis from poking fun, and hopefully, too, they will enjoy the variety in ways of examining the subject. .

Frequently, false and even laughable claims are made for democracy, largely by politicians and generally without defining what it is that they praise. Defining democracy is no easy task, but, still, making great thumping claims for a poorly understood concept is helpful to no one except those in the business of advertising, marketing, or propaganda. When the State Department or the White House embroider statements about international affairs with bromides about democracy, we have every reason to become alert about what it is they actually are trying to say. That use of the word democracy is invariably dishonest and narrowly self-serving, intended to robe in nobility the basest drives and interests.

HOW AN ARISTOCRACY ARISES AND IS MAINTAINED IN AN OSTENSIBLY DEMOCRATIC STATE

De Tocqueville observed that the closest to an aristocracy in America was its lawyers, but he was observing America in something of a golden age, a rather innocent time when people worked hard to improve their worth yet great wealth was relatively unknown. Even in his day, lawyers were disproportionately represented in Congress — today it is sometimes facetiously said that having a law degree is virtually a union card required for working in Congress — and, of course, lawyers were the pool out of which judicial appointments were made. But becoming a lawyer today in America is not a great achievement, there being a huge number of law schools turning out a huge number of lawyers. Day and night, for it is even possible to get an American law degree in night school, and, for all I know, on the Internet. Many of these lawyers do not make a very good living because there are so many of them and so many of them are mediocre talents. So while a law degree today retains advantages it had in de Tocqueville’s day, it hardly marks, in and of itself, entry into an American aristocracy.

De Tocqueville did not believe that anything closer to the European model of aristocracy could emerge under the conditions he saw in America, believing that restrictions on primogeniture and inheritance, some of the mechanisms creating a recurring tendency towards what he called equality in society, would assure something of a middling class of people in America, what we might call Jefferson’s much-idealized class of sturdy yeomen.

In his second book, de Tocqueville does briefly mention the notion of an aristocracy of wealth emerging in America, but he does not develop the idea. It now is clear that, just as once aristocracy grew out of the ownership of land, the primary source of wealth for the Middle Ages, so in a modern democratic state, aristocracy emerges from the newer forms of wealth generated by trade and manufacturing. America’s experience proves that aristocracy and democratic forms of government are not incompatible, that there are forms and practices which can evolve to accommodate this seemingly incongruous situation. I would only make this stipulation: that in the case of something approaching a true democracy, this might not be the case, but America’s government is democratic only in limited aspects, a reality we will examine more closely later.

I believe there is a connection in this to what is commonly observed over time in any modern economy. Early in the life of an industry or enterprise — whether retail drug stores or automobile manufacturing — we often see genuinely competitive circumstances, not the perfect competition of economic theory, but something with enough of its characteristics to be compatible with the theory. Just as recently as the 1950s, there was a drug store on just about every second corner along a neighbourhood’s commercial streets, and many of these were small personal businesses. Going back a little earlier, to the 1930s and 1940s, there was a large number of manufacturers of cars, too, but both of these markets have evolved over the years into what economists call imperfect competition, where only a few large providers of the product or service dominate. And this tendency in markets is actually the typical pattern in a society like America’s: after an early stage of fairly vigorous competitiveness in a new business or industry, a much less competitive market structure emerges. It is a pattern seen in everything from soda pop manufacturers to newspapers.

The people running small drug stores in the 1950s undoubtedly made a fair living and were respectable members of their communities, but the people today owning large corporate drug chains, or large blocks of their stocks if they are public companies, are wealthy people and may even not be associated with a particular community. That phenomenon marks a very great change in the structure of a society over time and over many businesses and industries. The politics and political activities of wealthy people cannot be compared to those of ordinary working people or small businessmen, their very scale representing a change in nature. The inevitable growth in the scale of enterprises — something at work even in such tradition-bound, family-shaped work as farming or fishing — leads to the growth of an aristocracy within even a democratic state, although each citizen retains a single vote.

Other mechanisms are at work too. All laws concerned with restrictions on inheritance and inheritance tax are subject to change over time with the ever-changing face of business and politics. Only recently, Americans saw the Bush government strike down the inheritance tax, and no great waves of protest accompanied the fact, the measure being presented to the public in emotion-loaded and dishonest terms as preserving family farms. The inheritance of huge fortunes or vast on-going enterprises is an essential aspect of aristocracy.

De Tocqueville’s America was well on its way to accumulating truly great fortunes based on the success of new businesses. His “level” or “equal” society was dissolving perhaps at a rate not easily observed in the length of time he travelled. Half a century after his book, during the last part of the 19th century, came the era of the great “Robber Barons,” men whose industrial enterprises had reached immense size and worldwide influence: men like Rockefeller, Carnegie, Vanderbilt, Morgan, and others. Their vast fortunes were based in the previously unprecedented scale of their operations and from the decline of competition in important industries. A little while later, into the early 20th century, more great fortunes rose through the invention and mass production of new products and processes: the work of people like Ford, Edison, DuPont, or Watson. Needless to say, that trend has continued, even accelerated, and today unbelievably large fortunes are generated by computer-related and other high-tech companies which enjoy near or complete monopoly situations over some years, not just in America but indeed often the world.

The families controlling these great fortunes — whether involved with privately-owned companies or important blocks of stock in public companies – are in every respect aristocracies just as were the earls, barons, and marquises of 14th century Europe despite the fact that some of them enjoy wearing blue jeans or tee shirts. I was at an oil industry conference once years ago and was handed a business card from a representative of the U.S. State Department. I was struck by the family name on the card, Pabst-Wurlitzer, presumably a hybrid of the Pabst Beer fortune and the Wurlitzer Organ fortune. Thus, in the late 20th century, we see the names from mass-produced products in America — from Heinz Ketchup to Hershey’s Chocolate — taking on the same kind of psychological weight and presence as the names of earlier noble families, Norfolk or Westminster, names reflecting ownership of places.

America’s modern aristocracy cannot literally own electoral districts or numbers of voters the way earls once owned the peasants on their land or later controlled certain parliamentary constituencies called pocket boroughs. But America has managed to develop a sophisticated system over time which serves the interests of the aristocrats in a democratic society. One of America’s genuinely original contributions to the modern business world is in marketing and advertising, and the principles of marketing and advertising are indispensable parts of modern elections, especially for national office. Except in rare and special circumstances, you cannot run for national office without a great deal of money, money for advertising, marketing, consultants, and travel. That money simply does not come from the average citizen, and although efforts are made periodically to mount special appeals to the public for “grassroots support,” those efforts themselves are costly and time-consuming, and they still leave the need for large donations which come from America’s aristocracy. Indeed, campaign fund-raising is itself a recognized specialty, a form of expertise, in America, one which involves contacts and access to those able to make substantial contributions.

The Supreme Court of the United States has explicitly ruled that money is a form of free speech in politics, and there is no time in the foreseeable future one can expect fundamental change in this view. The success of money in politics much resembles the success of money in advertising consumer products, with a political duopoly sharing the market for votes just as a food duopoly shares the market for hamburgers or soda pop. Money cannot guarantee you will win in every case, but, on average over numbers of elections, it very much is decisive. The arts of skilful marketing and advertising assure that. A clever message repeated over and over produces votes exactly the way a good ad campaign moves product off shelves, and in modern elections the politician’s message often no more represents his true capabilities than an ad fairly represents the claims of an over-the-counter remedy. Indeed, the public has very much been conditioned to expect politicians often will not do what they said they would do when running for office.

Money — often cynically called the mother’s milk of politics in America — greatly increases the chances of being elected, and, once elected, the giving of money assures donors access to those in office. In a large country like the modern United States, it is virtually impossible for most people ever to meet the president or most other high office holders. In most large states, it is virtually impossible to meet even your senator, there being, for example, in California more than sixteen million people for each of two senators. This was not the case historically in the United States. There was a time that it was at least conceivable for anyone to meet a senator or even a president. The presidents indeed once held levees at which the general public could come to the White House, look around, and shake hands. The effects of scale over time have changed the entire nature of the relationship between those who govern and the governed. So, the access which comes with large donations of money truly has become something approaching exclusive, a situation which again parallels the that of old aristocracies vis-à-vis the king or one of his highest officials.

Senators in contemporary America also possess many of the characteristics of aristocracy. There are only a small number of them, the cost of obtaining the office effectively closes access to most, they are not elected in any proportion to population, and they enjoy great power and privilege. Senators approve every important appointment made and treaty signed by a president: simply by the tardiness of their application they may make a president look feeble. They must also approve every piece of legislation passed by the House of Representatives, sometimes called “the people’s house” because it is elected in proportion with population. With the odd exception, especially from smaller states, when you see pictures of American Senators, the images are genuinely patrician in nature. And with good reason because the occupants are either wealthy and influential people or they are dedicated to serving wealthy and influential people, Senate seats do not have a high turnover rate, some of them serving as personal possessions for decades, and the inheritance of seats from father to son is not uncommon.

But the aristocratic nature of the American Senate is not understood just by those facts. The business of the Senate is conducted by committees, and the chairmen of the major committees are extremely powerful people, controlling the flow of legislation and even the discussion of legislation to a considerable extent. The chairmanships are based on seniority in the majority party, and accumulating seniority means some very cosy relationships with powerful families and industries in a district so that the flow of money is large and dependable. Of course, as in life in general, longevity tends to generate conservative principles. Further, we have the privilege of any senator or group of senators to filibuster a bill: they may speak indefinitely to block the passage of legislation. Filibusters may be overcome by a vote of cloture, but this requires three-fifths of senators, sixty senators in today’s senate, a number often extremely difficult to obtain. Thus, legislation in the senate, when there is any opposition to it, requires not just a majority but a supermajority.

AMERICAN DEMOCRACY AND RELIGION

You might think from the speeches of American politicians at gatherings such as Fourth of July picnics that they confuse democracy with an exalted religious state, one in which presumably there can be no sin or error. Representatives of the American State Department frequently speak in similar terms, although theirs is a more diplomatically subdued tone, as they announce the annual list of short-comings of the world’s other governments, apparently having been delegated by a higher power the task of separating the world’s democratic wheat from its chaff.

The humorous suggestion of an association between American democracy and religion is more apt than it may seem at first gloss: the entire collection of the nation’s political rituals and practices has been called the American Civic Religion, and not without good reason. There is a rather remarkable conflation in America of the expected norms of national political expression with those of Christian fundamentalism.

This comes despite the fact that most of the Founding Fathers were not religious men as we usually understand the description. The most eminent founders were men of their time, which in the intellectual capitals of Europe was characterized by the Enlightenment. A couple of centuries of pointless, bloody religious wars and persecutions finally had produced a generation of thinkers about society and government in England and France for whom religious questions were no longer a chief concern and, in some cases, no concern at all. Many of these thinkers were Deists and some were Atheists, and just so the main group of America’s Founding Fathers — Jefferson, Washington, Franklin, Morris, and a number of others included.

Yet, to this day in America, the myth persists that America was founded as a “Christian” nation, or at least a nation “under God.” The very fact that this is possible, in the face of contrary historical fact, points to another association between religion and democracy in America.

THE AMERICAN CIVIC RELIGION

The expression America’s Civic Religion does not refer to simple, natural expressions of patriotism such as the occasional singing of the anthem or to celebrations around the anniversary of the country’s founding but to what are deliberate and seemingly needless personal public displays and declarations. Some of the displays are not personal but made in groups under considerable social pressure and even sometimes legislation.

The seemingly irresistible urge many Americans exhibit for public announcements of their patriotism and political views parallels closely what happens at fundamentalist revival meetings where believers in the congregation are expected to rise one by one during part of the service to give statements, an act typically called witnessing or giving testimony. When Christian fundamentalists do this, they are generally speaking to their own in the congregation, rather than to non-believing outsiders.

As part of America’s secular political religion, we have flags as lapel pins, not unusual for citizens of many countries when travelling abroad, but in America they are worn at home, and they literally are required of every national politician who does not want his patriotism promptly questioned. For some reason President Obama started his campaign for the Democratic Party’s presidential nomination without the daily ritual of a flag pin on the lapel, but a storm of rather irrational arguments soon brought him around.

This wearing of flag pins and other patriotic trinkets while walking the streets of your own town does have some unpleasant past associations. One recalls historical practices such as wearing the tricolor cockade during the French Revolution, a practice which, likely more often than not, had more to do with self-preservation than patriotic fervor. Of course, there is always a war-paint aspect to the wearing of such emblems, and it is an interesting and revealing aspect of America’s democratic society that few Americans would publicly question why war paint should be needed in day-to-day life.

But flag pins are not enough of the dear old Stars and Stripes. Every time a speech is made during a campaign, you might have noticed, it is against a backdrop of a gigantic flag hoisted to the wall, something big enough to cover a large portion of a football field and likely requiring a crane to put up and take down, or at least against a whole row of more normal-sized flags on poles with eagle tops and usually gold fringe, stretching across the stage like soldiers on parade. So lots of flag behind and a flag pin on the lapel are the minimum requirements for every tired puff-piece speech from every high school gym or auditorium from one coast to the other. Surely, there can be no confusion in audiences about the nationality or loyalty of the speakers that requires identification of their nationality, but giving a speech in America without these props would be treated exactly like a priest showing up at mass without vestments and chalice.

THE THREAD OF PARANOIA

But actually there is some confusion over loyalty, and that is part of the explanation for the constant display. There is a genuine thread of paranoid fear in America, likely part of the genetic legacy of Puritan ancestors, which requires assurance and more assurance and over-assurance. Evidence for this is found in many aspects of American life. America has displayed from its origins the need for a demon or enemy, the name of the enemy changing periodically but always pretty much being imbued with the same threatening qualities. It is for this reason, I believe Moby Dick the great early American book, far more so than Huckleberry Finn: the image of Captain Ahab chasing the white whale across the world’s oceans encapsulates a profound truth about America.

In recent years, the enemy has been Islam, all its exoticism and mystery portrayed in earlier Hollywood movies having been transformed into dark things and evil plots. Before that, but actually never really fading away, there was Communism as a world-wide conspiracy of the godless. Merging with that was an earlier paranoid strain focused on Asians. America’s native people certainly had their period of being treated as the fearful other. Previous to America’s Revolution and for some time later, there were waves of paralyzing fear over the possibility of slave revolts. The American Revolution itself came about in large part because many colonists viewed Britain’s mere administrative act of putting them under the Quebec Act as a dire threat from Papism.

In grade schools, there is mandated daily pledging of the flag – this in addition to singing the anthem — the pledge being literally an oath taken in public, something which should be abhorrent to all who respect privacy of beliefs or regard the taking of public oaths as inappropriate. The pledge is given by placing the right hand over the heart, much as a witness in court raises his right hand to swear to the truth of his testimony. The practice, which has the important effect of making each person’s full participation easily observed by the others in the group, does represent some moderation over the one which preceded it, for up to America’s entry into World War II, the standard etiquette was the right hand, arm straight, raised at an angle towards the flag, a virtual duplicate of the Nazi salute.

The pledge does not have a long history. Coming into use at the end of the 19th century, de Toqueville would never have observed it, but it is no coincidence that that timing corresponds to America’s emergence as an imperial power in the world. A series of wars and fights and acquisitions belong to the period, including the forcible acquisition of Hawaii and the Spanish-American War, both in 1898. Interestingly, the original pledge was written by a Baptist minister.

The same hand-over-heart salute also applies to any passing of the American flag or playing of the national anthem, as when, accompanied by the flag, patriotic marching bands pass.

Patriotic marching bands are an American obsession. You might almost compare them to activities like soccer in other countries. Virtually every high school, college, and university in every small or large town is able to field at least one marching band playing bad music in uniforms resembling those favored by the armies of banana republics. The national total of patriotic signs of the cross – if we may so refer to the placing of right hands on hearts – made in America each year thus is likely beyond counting.

Patriotic bands often come accompanied by baton-twirling girls strutting in sequined or satiny outfits with boots, short skirts, and underpants in patriotic colors – the full band experience being a loud blend of showbiz and cheesecake.

Armed “color guards” accompany the flag at even the most humble get-together such as a booze-up for veterans at the American Legion Hall. The rifles carried by the color guard often are decorated – plated with chrome with shiny black stocks and perhaps white leather straps – giving them a visual appeal somewhere between props in a Busby Berkeley number and the shiny vessels raised and lowered by a priest during mass.

There are prescribed rituals around what should be the simple act of raising or lowering an American flag: these are laid out in pamphlets for the general public and in military manuals. I once watched the flag being lowered at the Annapolis Naval Academy where the ceremony reminded me of nothing so much as figures on an antique town-hall clockwork going through a sequence of jerky movements with the striking of the hour.

The flag is not to be left exposed to the dark, so just before sunset is the designated time for the lowering ritual. Why would it matter if a flag were left flying at night? Here superstition clearly plays a role. It is permitted under spotlights, a staging which possibly suggests Francis Scott Key’s vision of it on the battlements under “the rockets’ red glare.” It is all quite melodramatic, but then so are most religious ceremonies.

There is even a prescribed ritual for folding the flag when it is taken down or removing it from the top of a casket at a burial: it is to be folded in a sequence which result in a fat triangular bundle called a “cocked hat” in memory of the military headgear of officers in the late eighteenth century, and with only the blue and the stars showing on the outside. Why an eighteenth century hat? Who knows, but clearly there is the same obsessive, ritualistic quality we find in the prescribed movements of a priest during mass.

You cannot just throw away an old flag either: there are rules for destroying a flag once it has been damaged or has become faded or even has merely touched the ground. It is to be reverently handled by the acolyte who either cuts the blue union from the body of the flag, leaving it safe for disposal then as mere cloth, or the entire flag is respectfully burnt, presumably as though it were a departed loved one being cremated.

Of course, America is a big, brawling, and often extremely messy country, and it includes many who neglect the fine points of some of these official practices, but it is not shady used car dealers, motorcycle gangs, or urban street youth who set the nation’s official tone and rules.

There is a rather scholastic practice common among conservative and militia types of carrying in one’s wallet a folded copy of the American Constitution, leaving the practitioner in a position to settle arguments about rights on the spot. former Congressman Tom DeLay, charged with some very doubtful practices in amassing a fortune in campaign contributions, was a prominent wallet-carrier, always ready to pull it out and start quoting.

There are a good many more testimonials of faith, but I think my favourite is the interminable series of debates in Congress during the last half of the twentieth century on passing an amendment to the Constitution allowing Congress to outlaw desecration of the flag, a so-called flag-burning amendment. The House of Representatives actually several times passed such an amendment, and the Senate came very close to doing so, but in any case long periods of time were spent arguing and posing before cameras over what is surely a trivial issue.

For those unfamiliar, the entire process required to amend the American Constitution is so complex and demanding that only the most deadly serious or politically-charged topics ever are considered. Of course, the catch in the case of flag-burning always is the First Amendment to the Constitution which guarantees freedom of speech. A flag is just a piece of dyed cloth and disposing of it or burning it for some show or protest should be close to indistinguishable from the way you treat an old suit of clothes. But try telling that to a red-blooded patriot, and you could wind up with some extensive bruises for your trouble. How is it that a bit of dyed cloth gets magically transmuted? You might well ask a priest the same question about the wafer and wine.

That whole set of American political behaviors closely mimics religion in its many rituals and in its commandments. What’s more, America’s Civic Religion has its own Holy Writ in the Constitution and Declaration of Independence, its own Twelve Apostles in the Founding Fathers, its panoply of saints from Betsy Ross to General MacArthur, and even its own Judas Iscariot in Benedict Arnold. No wonder many Americans get confused about its being a Christian nation.

AMERICA AS A YOUNG COUNTRY

One argument often heard from more thoughtful Americans trying to explain the seemingly overabundant expressions of patriotism is that the country is a very young one, still uncertain of itself, still awkward in many of its practices. Also, the idea is advanced that the melodramatic expressions are over-reactions to sensitivity around identity. This may have once been the case, but more than two and a quarter centuries after the Revolution seems a bit long to support the argument, at least without raising new issues around a very slow rate of maturing in American society.

There definitely was a time in the 19th century when Americans were self-conscious and ambivalent and over-protective around their identity. A number of American writers went to live in Europe to escape what they regarded as a parochial and rather artistically limiting society. At the same time, other American writers engaged in stubborn efforts to exalt American attitudes and ways in the world’s eyes. During the 19th century a number of important European visitors to American made some fairly tough observations on the state of the society. Apart from the famous, published observations of, for example, Dickens, there were many observations on such day-to-day matters as the practice of chewing tobacco and spitting so common in America that every public building had dozens of spittoons and stained carpets.

THE ATTRACTION OF AUTHORITARIANISM IN AMERICA

Yet another argument, one with a good deal of merit, is that put forward by Conor Cruise O’Brien that America’s excessive patriotic expression serves as a kind of defense against other tendencies in the society which would work against democracy. O’Brien stresses that the one important purpose that all the noise serves, the only welcome and beneficial one for the world at large, is in helping suppress a tendency, easily observable and consistently present through America’s history, towards strong men, often military types, a lack of patience with liberal milksops, and a recurring attraction to authoritarian measures and swift justice and heavy punishment — a tendency, in a word, towards fascism.

That shouldn’t surprise. Deference to authority is a characteristic of fundamentalist religion, whether the authority is understood as the literal words of the Bible or the words of a charismatic religious leader. Characteristic too is the urge for a certain kind of uniformity in human behavior: fundamentalist Christians believe that all people equally require salvation through Jesus and that those who have found that salvation will ever after conduct their lives within certain well-defined rules and standards. Authority and a drive for social uniformity are also, without doubt, fascism’s key characteristics.

The tendency towards fascism in America was observed by the great American journalist, William L. Shirer, around the time of his reporting on Nazi Germany, “Perhaps America will one day go fascist democratically, by popular vote.” Or there is novelist Sinclair Lewis’s line about fascism coming to America draped in the flag and carrying a cross. Influential historical figures like Henry Ford or Frederick Taylor or Charles Linbergh displayed powerful attractions in that direction: Hitler kept Ford’s photo on the wall near his desk in the Chancery and Stalin admired and tried to copy Taylor’s scientific management. This thread in America goes back to John Adams and the Alien and Sedition laws – under which journalists could be, and were, imprisoned for saying the wrong thing – and to the excesses of Thomas Jefferson who one moment could sound like a saintly spokesman for a free society and the next remarkably like an advocate for the opposite. Indeed, Jefferson didn’t just sound that way, he acted that way a number of times in his political career, including his assistance to Napoleon in attempting to put down Haiti’s slave revolt and his imposition, complete with spies and harsh enforcement, of an embargo against trade with Britain which destroyed huge sectors of the New England economy. As well, there was his admiration for the excesses of the French Revolution and all his talk about having to spill blood every twenty years or so for freedom.

WHAT IS DEMOCRACY AND DOES AMERICA HAVE IT?

Of course, democracy is just a set of rules for organizing ourselves into a society of laws, and there are many variations possible in those rules, and even the best sets of rules, carefully considered as to their fairness, may have some unpleasant consequences. But most democratic governments do not regularly scrutinize their rules in order to improve them, and this may be truest of all in the case of the United States, because it has treated as hallowed rules and institutions which were long ago obsolete from a democratic point of view: these include the Electoral College for presidential elections, the cloture rules for the Senate, the very make-up of the Senate in not reflecting population, the way campaigns are financed, and quite a number of equally important matters.

Most democratic governments are organized with sets of rules which are haphazard collections from the past, accumulations of the accidents of history, and most certainly, even rules designed originally with the intention of entrenching privilege and bias.

I use the term democratic government quite deliberately to distinguish the many hybrid forms which may even have less in them of democracy than of other forms of government. Democracy itself, at least at this stage of human development, is always an ideal which remains an ideal in not being too closely defined. In general, we understand by that ideal a set of rules whereby every citizen has the franchise and exercises it to direct the actions of government, or at least the weighty actions of government. The more complications there are in the rules and the more links to go through in order to legislate, the more remote we are from democracy.

Of course, when American politicians speak about democracy, it is not democracy in general whose praises are sung but America’s particular brand. And that is not an unimportant point since America’s system of government, while having many democratic aspects, is, even in the twenty-first century, a considerable way from anything we could fairly call democracy. Early Americans rarely used the word democracy, instead almost always emphasizing the country’s identity as a republic. Now, a republic is little more than a government without a monarch, one represented by some person or persons elected by a group granted the franchise, however small and exclusive that group might be. There were a number of republics before the United States, including the Venetian and the Netherlands, and a republic need not be at all democratic. If only a small and privileged group holds the franchise, then a republic may be no more democratic than a constitutional, or limited, monarchy. Strictly speaking, at the time of America’s founding, the British monarch had lost so much power to Parliament through several centuries of progressive change and civil war and revolution, that Britain was every bit as democratic as the United States. It may even be not far from a monarchy with few constitutional limits, for a small group of privileged people selecting a leader is not so different to a kingdom with a group of powerful lords who may uphold or topple him.

Democracy may be viewed as a special kind of limit in human political society, the kind we find in the mathematics of differential calculus, something we may approach ever more closely but actually never reach. In that sense democracy is always an approximation, but some approximations are close and some are wildly off.

The world’s major democratic governments appear theoretically organized as Burkean democracies, wherein voters periodically choose representatives who are then to exercise judgment over issues during the time they hold office, having the time and resources to gain expertise as they proceed. In the eighteenth century, when parliaments first were exercising great independent strength, political parties as we know them had not taken hold. The individual member mattered, and parliamentary business often resembled a series of temporary alliances, but the gradual emergence of major entrenched parties, both in parliaments and congresses, has changed all that. We also have, during the twentieth century, the emergence in parliaments of a party’s leader demanding close to complete obedience by members in voting and legislation.

Thus prime ministers have emerged as extremely powerful figures, able to behave quite closely to dictatorial figures in foreign or domestic affairs, at least until such time as their party members revolt. The President in American-style government is a comparatively weak figure in domestic affairs because he does not lead the legislature. However because the Constitution made the President Commander-in-Chief, he has a huge authority in military matters.

This naming of the president as commander-in-chief surely represents one of the serious defects of the Constitution. The Founders believed they had a proper balance and division of power in giving only Congress the power to declare war while making the president commander. But that has proved very faulty in the 20th century. Most of America’s wars since the end of World War II, and there have been many, never involved a declaration of war. It’s almost as though the concept of a declaration of war has become outdated, a relic of the 18th century. But the President’s power as commander-in-chief is no relic. That has become immensely important with a gigantic standing armed forces, something most of the Founding Fathers could not have imagined and by which they would likely be horrified. After America’s ghastly debacle in Vietnam, new laws were passed limiting the president’s unilateral powers over the armed forces, but these just slow things up a bit and are no barrier to a determined president, as George Bush demonstrated with the completely illegal invasion of Iraq.

Today, few elected officials anywhere exercise the tough-minded, independent judgment of an Edmund Burke: the day-to-day practice certainly includes checking the political winds in one’s constituency before charting a course on an issue. But more important still are the political winds of the member’s party leadership, for parties dominate most political activity, leaving room only rarely for a member to depart out of consideration for local constituency sensibilities.

Already in that rough sketch we can see how far from democracy we are.

Some countries allow or mandate referendums — either binding or non-binding – for certain limited matters, such referendums, especially binding ones, being as close as we get to the ideal of democracy. While referendums have been used by state governments in the United States, they are not a practice of the national government.

THE WORST FORM OF GOVERNMENT

Winston Churchill gave us one of the definitive comments on democratic government when he said that democracy was the worst form of government except for all the others.

Churchill’s observation is far more than a witty quip, for it certainly identifies one of the fundamental limits of democracy, a tough and seemingly insoluble conundrum. Democracy, as Churchill understood it, is often inefficient, messy, and laggard in dealing with great problems, at least as viewed from the perspective of a person with critical intelligence, brusque personality, and impatience for action — the very kind of man Churchill was. For certainly, a man of Churchill’s exceptional gifts often is able to see an important problem, at least in those areas upon which his interests are focused, before others and often capable of proposing an appropriate solution.

But there have been even more gifted men in history, men who enjoyed power without the constraints of democratic institutions, whose interests focused on matters which brought untold horror to millions – Napoleon readily comes to mind.

Churchill certainly had a claim to authority on the subject of democracy, being an historian of distinction and having served as a genuinely inspiring symbol for the hopes of democratic society during the greatest war in human history.

Yet, as is perhaps not so widely known, Churchill was more than a little doubtful about the most basic component of democracy, the average voter. He was actually savagely cynical on the subject, having once remarked that the best argument against democracy was a five-minute conversation with the average voter.

Of course, further testifying to the ambiguity of Churchill on democracy, we have the fact that at the same time he served as a great symbol to free societies warring against tyrants, he was devoted to the continuation of the British Empire, a devotion which influenced his political behaviour during and after the war.

THE LIMITS OF DEMOCRACY

In their complexity and ambiguity, Churchill’s views perhaps provide the perfect starting point in discussing the limits of democracy, although Churchill was not unique in these views among Western statesmen of his time. One finds similar themes in the thoughts and behaviors of Franklin Roosevelt or Charles de Gaulle. Roosevelt stood against the enslavement of others by fascist dictators, yet he was a happy builder of American empire and a politician who did not interfere in some very dark corners of his own society where it might cause problems with his majority. De Gaulle, much like Churchill, was an admirer of empire, so long as it was French.

Empire and democracy are certainly mutually exclusive concepts if by democracy you include all the actors in the story, and not just those in the “mother country.” But many people do not seem to make this distinction. Americans today, many of them, have little problem regarding the nation’s interventions abroad as legitimate because America itself has democratic government, even though those two concepts surely are non sequiturs.

Americans see their origins as a great revolt against British imperial tyranny, and the British establishment of the 18th century saw their Parliament’s rule in the American colonies as appropriate and even beneficent.

The data on colonial American life expectancy, births, and health of population plus the notable comments of some observers from abroad tend to support the historical British view. Many visitors from abroad commented on the relative freedom of the colonies, the lack of war, the freedom from conscription, and the energetic qualities of the local people. Some insightful people rated the pre-revolutionary colonies as the best known place on earth when all factors were considered.

So why was there an American Revolution, perhaps more accurately named an American Revolt because the colonies were simply throwing off rule from abroad rather than entering into any kind of radical departure in the way society was organized? There were a number of republics before America, and Britain herself was well along the path towards more democratic government despite being a monarchy. Newly-independent America certainly was no more democratic than Great Britain, and many of the thoughts and concepts of government attributed to the “Founding Fathers” were not original, indeed most of them originated earlier with British thinkers and the French philosophes.

Nor was America in any meaningful sense more free after the Revolution. It was free of the sensible Crown rules which had tried to prevent rampaging expansion and exploitation over the Indian territories west of the colonies as in the Ohio Valley, or perhaps that is an overstatement since the colonists regularly had broken those rules seeking quick fortunes, George Washington chief amongst them with his land speculation. America was free of British rules governing imports and tariffs, but then many colonists had studiously ignored those rules, men like John Hancock having made fortunes in smuggling, a major colonial industry. America was freed from the wild, paranoid fears about the Pope taking over which Britain’s institution of the Quebec Act had engendered, a major cause of the rebellion, or perhaps that is even going too far since anti-popery remained a fierce attitude in the colonies, with effigies of the pope

DEMOCRACY IN AMERICA IN THE 21ST CENTURY: FRAGMENT OF AN UNFINISHED BOOK BY JOHN CHUCKMAN – PART TWO

0

 

 

LIMITS TO DEMOCRACY: THE CIA AND KINDRED INSTITUTIONS

Apart from the obvious anti-democratic business of empires or spheres of influence maintained by military force, it is a notable that in all modern democratic societies large parts of the state and its private institutions are organized along lines virtually the opposite to democracy: they are organized along authoritarian lines.

This is remarkably so in the case of the United States. The Pentagon, the C.I.A., thirteen other intelligence agencies at last count, and various national police forces. We might also include major defense contractors working on top secret projects. All these institutions are not only secretive, they are organized on lines of authority little different to those in 16th century societies. Democracy, in any form has no role in these institutions, except presumably to direct their activities at a high level.

It is easy to say that because the national government directing these powerful institutions is itself democratic that the institutions serve democratic principles, but something’s being easy to say does not make it true. Power is power, however granted, and these institutions are centers of great power, and they are not, nor can they reasonably be expected to be, effectively scrutinized and directed by people serving the interests of democracy.

In many cases, perhaps most, such institutions actually enjoy great influence over the democratic government supposedly directing them. Hoover’s FBI springs immediately to mind. Naturally enough with these secretive institutions we never know very much concerning details of their activities, yet there are others instances which have come to light. The CIA’s misleading of a new and inexperienced President John Kennedy about the planned Bay of Pigs invasion was certainly an example.

The oversight committees of Congress must almost by definition be highly ineffective with regard to these complex and secretive institutions. Busy politicians can hardly be expected to keep up with vast resources and cleverness and ruthlessness of major intelligence figures. These powerful agencies include those who can print perfect duplicate currency, manufacture perfect false passports, and generate recordings or photos which are pure fantasy. Any congressman or senator on a committee who did manage to penetrate to some inappropriate truths would hardly be in a position to use the information in any way.

To whom would he turn with his information? Committee chairmen are invariably long-term, often ancient, politicians who, much like the heads of many government regulatory agencies, are closely bonded to the interests of the institution they oversee. To publicly suggest problems with such agencies would open any politician to ridicule, embarrassment, and even reprisals from people who have great resources at their disposal. We recall former CIA Director Richard Helms saying in testimony once that despite being under oath he regarded it as his responsibility not to tell the truth if it revealed secrets.

And, remember, a common activity of the CIA is subsidizing politicians and parties abroad to assure their election prospects against opponents, and who can reasonably doubt that that same nefarious activity may be used against selected American politicians? Of course, there is the infamous case in Britain of Prime Minister Harold Wilson’s sudden retirement in the 1970s. There is substantial reason to believe it was the result of MI6 breaking into Wilson’s office and obtaining some embarrassing documents and recordings.

Besides, as we shall see, the national government itself often acts along undemocratic, and even anti-democratic, lines, so that effective oversight is not only exceedingly difficult, it often does not exist by choice. If you accept the idea, which I happen to believe is impossible to refute convincingly, that these great institutions effectively become a kind of government within a government — an ongoing establishment of careerists with sensitive and powerful jobs and great resources at their command — then we come to a very important set of limits in American democracy or in any democracy so organized.

State secrets are just one aspect of this government within a government, and state secrets, I believe, far more often than not, are classified only because they are embarrassing or compromising to an agency which has blundered or done something generally regarded as unacceptable or even criminal, not because they represent genuine threats to national security. We have, again considering the highly secretive nature of these agencies, a number of the most obvious failures by them in recent history: the assassination of an American president despite known threats; the failure to see the coming collapse of the Soviet Union, an epochal event of the twentieth century; the highly successful and complex attack of 9/11; and a number of terribly damaging spies. None of these events have been explained to the satisfaction of clear-thinking people, they remain surrounded with a deliberately generated fog of nonsense. Who can doubt that countless smaller events are classified only for what they reveal of incompetence, waste, or criminality?

Yet the citizens of every democracy tolerate the ongoing existence of great dark areas in their knowledge labelled as secret. It has been shown, many times, in the United States and other places where the practice of secrets is especially far-ranging, that when some of them finally come to be known decades later, the claim of their importance to national security is often laughable. Indeed, often the reverse is the case: national security in the truest sense is hurt by secrets which do not need to be secret.

Just in my lifetime, there have been examples of the last phenomenon. You do not have to be what is called a conspiracy theorist – sometimes a warranted label for the paranoid extremes of every human society, but too often a way of demonizing those who have honest questions and true observations about great events — to accept that assertion.

Indeed, the mushroom-like growth in size and variety of national security agencies in the United States since WWII is breathtaking. The CIA, for example, was signed into existence by President Truman in the belief that future executive decisions needed the support of sound, unbiased information about the world. It started as a fairly modest enterprise but in a matter of decades was consuming tens of billions of dollars. Since the events of 9/11 when the CIA’s annual budget had been estimated at around 30 billion dollars — the actual numbers are always secret – the size of the CIA’s budget has undoubtedly undergone a massive inflation, as have those of its many sister agencies.

Even during Truman’s term, already there were signs of trouble with the CIA. Truman expressed great concern over the operations side of the CIA versus its purely information-gathering side. Reasons for that concern have only multiplied over the years. Already by Kennedy’s time, CIA was running huge enterprises in secret, such as its anti-Castro operations. At that time, the CIA’s operations in the Southern United States for recruiting, training, arming, and organizing violent anti-Castro activities could be characterized as a gigantic terrorist enterprise, a company of thousands of workers with a budget of millions of dollars, dwarfing what we know of the pathetic little camp of Osama bin Laden in the mountains of Afghanistan.

That vast, secret enterprise engaged in many attempted assassinations, invasion, intimidation of American opposition, spying on Americans, the downing of at least one Cuban airliner, shooting-up Russian ships in Cuban ports, planting bombs in Cuban hotels, and gun-running. If that list of activities doesn’t constitute terror on a grand scale, it’s hard to know what would qualify.

The full story of that time undoubtedly has never been told, but the Church Senate Committee of the 1970s uncovered enough rodent trails to shake the confidence of many in the agency’s integrity. High-ranking CIA employees effectively recruited and worked with elements of the American Mafia towards the goal of assassinating Castro and accomplishing other highly unethical ends. And there was a great deal of confusion, which remains today, over the degree of the president’s knowledge and control of those events.

Following Church’s limited revelations, new efforts were made to reassert control over, and limit, the operations side of the CIA, but it wasn’t long before enthusiasts of operations were given their way under Reagan. Today, following 9/11, operations appear to have a greater role than ever. Where once, for some brief years after the Church Committee, assassination was explicitly forbidden, today we have regular assassinations by missiles fired from computer-controlled drones on the other side of the planet. Dozens of them, people tracked and killed by machines with no charges, no trial, and no evidence, just a technician sitting somewhere in a locked room guiding a death-dealing machine to its human targets. As a matter of fact, many others are routinely killed — neighbors and relatives — each time one of these technicians plays his deadly computer game.

Is it rational to expect that an organization with virtually bottomless resources, one staffed with large numbers of people whose entire careers are dedicated to lying, cheating, and even murder, will behave as an obedient servant when it sees political or social events inside the country moving in directions it regards as unfavourable to its interests? Of course not, and while the tales of such behaviour are likely among the most closely guarded secrets, we do have hard examples adequate to demonstrate the point, a point whose intuitive truth should be clear enough.

LIMITS OF DEMOCRACY: ABRAHAM LINCOLN

Abraham Lincoln reassured Americans about the nature of democratic government in America with his pleasant saying that you can fool some people all the time, and all people some of the time, but you can’t fool all of the people all of the time. It was classic Lincoln as homespun political philosopher.

Lincoln, regrettably, has been proved wrong on all counts. First, to direct or alter the course of elections, it is only necessary to fool all the people part of the time or indeed to fool a good portion all of the time, and we have many instances of both these situations having occurred in American history. The massive private financing of national elections in America is at its heart a mechanism to gain office and the spoils of office by misinforming voters.

Many of America’s “founding fathers” did not trust democracy, and the basis of their mistrust was the belief that citizens of substance had the only stake in society that warranted their receiving the franchise. Equally, they held the belief that a wider franchise offered the opportunity for the mob with no serious stake in society to vote to deprive those who had a stake of their wealth.

The protection against democracy of granting only a small fraction of white males the franchise – those meeting criteria of wealth – was buttressed by a series of Constitutional structures to make strong barriers against democracy. First, the Constitution creating the barriers was itself made excruciatingly difficult to alter. Then the Senate was made an appointed, rather than elected, body, the Senate being the part of the legislature with the great power of approving all presidential appointments and treaties while exercising a veto on acts of the House of Representatives. Further, the direct election of the president was given to a small, privileged group called the Electoral College: the votes of even the limited population who had the franchise being overridden by the still smaller, still more privileged group appointed to the College.

After two centuries of change and evolution in the Constitution, its mechanism of interpretation, and the extension of the franchise, the fears of the founders remain effectively threaded into the fabric of American society. Perhaps the main way – but not the only way, as we shall see later — those fears work today is through the system of campaign financing. In general, those who are best financed will win, but in a duopoly party system, even the party which is less well financed still clearly represents the interests of the people giving all that money.

And it is a great deal of money indeed. It is estimated that an American Senator must spend on average about two-thirds of his or her time chasing campaign funds. A Senate seat in a major state requires on the order of fifteen million dollars for each election. But the amounts just keep growing. Hillary Clinton spent an almost unbelievable $36 million in 2006 for her New York Senate seat, with the total spent by both candidates being $41 million. Races in Pennsylvania and Missouri saw amounts of $38 million and $28 million spent for one seat each. No one but the most dreamy-eyed sentimentalist believes that those amounts are donated through a sense of civic duty or public spirit. If nothing else, substantial contributions buy access, so that political access is rationed in America, as is the case for so many other things, from healthcare to education or legal representation, largely by money.

By Lincoln’s day, the original narrow limits on the franchise had broadened, but nothing which genuinely qualified as democracy had yet emerged, the Senate being still appointed and the President still being elected by a small and elite political group and a minority of voters even being qualified to vote. Lincoln, naturally enough, accepted many of the assumptions and attitudes of his day, including limits on democracy. His words, for example, on extending the franchise to freed slaves were quite guarded and conservative: perhaps, he said, it could be extended to a few of the most intelligent.

Yet I’m pretty sure Lincoln would have dumbfounded by a single national election in which a billion dollars is spent, and spent largely on advertising, polling, marketing research, spokespeople, and artificially-staged rallies. I feel confident that the thoughtful man who debated weighty matters with hand-written words would be horrified by American elections with debates which are nothing more than joint press conferences, featuring candidates sporting blow-dried hair, capped perfect teeth, and pancake make-up, supported by budgets for vacuous advertising in the hundreds of millions of dollars, teams of political flaks paid to pleasantly lie and insincerely praise, and a cast of carefully rehearsed candidates who never actually answer a question and indeed rarely ever touch a genuine issue.

And Lincoln was certainly not the innocent, intelligent rustic he is often regarded or portrayed. He was a tough, self-made man who went from squalor in a dirt-floor cabin to a handsome, well furnished, two-floor home built to his family’s needs. He was shrewd, anything but naïve, sceptical about many human beliefs, and a man who took less than two years of formal education and made himself a successful corporate lawyer, representing an important company like the Illinois Central.

Of course, what Lincoln truly represents in American history is the hard man who finally welded together a United States that would become a world industrial power, a United States whose regionalism, with institutions such as slavery constantly reinforcing regionalism, could often barely function as a single government. To do this, Lincoln had to ride over the principle of self-determination and launch a great and bloody war. To this day, it is not at all clear that he was justified since an independent Confederacy would certainly have been forced both by social pressures and economic needs to end slavery on its own in a few decades, as happened in many other jurisdictions.

LIMITS OF DEMOCRACY: EISENHOWER AND THE MILITARY-INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX

With the rise of what Dwight Eisenhower aptly called the military-industrial complex, we have an increasingly common situation in which all, or virtually all, the people are being fooled all of the time, at least in some vital areas of knowledge. Indeed, I think Jerome Weisner, former President of M.I.T., put it well when he extended Eisenhower’s warning, “It is no longer a question of controlling a military-industrial complex, but rather, of keeping the United States from becoming a totally military culture.”

The military by its very nature represents the very opposite of democracy: it is hierarchal and authoritarian, its job is control through killing and destruction, and it is always secretive. The rise in the size and influence of great authoritarian institutions like the intelligence establishment at the center of power in the United States parallels the rise in size and importance of the military, which serves the international imperial role demanded of it. huge permanent secret-service establishments, vast subsidized military contractors, and a large permanent military class exist precisely to serve those interests and grow as they grow.

If knowledge is power — a dictum as true as when it first was uttered and one, surely, with a special application to democracy — how can we ignore the backward-flowing power of ultra-secretive agencies over voters who must often cast ballots in blindness or, increasingly, armed with deliberate misinformation?

Just one example of the pernicious effects of ultra-secretiveness upon democratic society, of the scores one could cite, would be American elections leading up to, and during, the Vietnam War. The highly calculated and secretive nature of the American government’s efforts in Vietnam was largely unknown to American voters, starting with elaborate efforts to support continued French colonialism in Indochina during the early 1950s.

One of America’s popular attitudes early in the 20th century was against imperial power. The fact that many ordinary Americans had no sympathy with European imperialism was exploited time and time again by an American establishment keen on its own imperial destiny, most notably the complete assumption of Britain’s role in the world after World War II. The same line had previously been used towards Spain in the lead-up to the Spanish-American War.

So how was it that Americans during the 1950s supported governments which vigorously supported a renewed French imperialism? For the most part, they simply did not know, and that secret activity was to further and further embroil the U.S. into affairs in that part of the world, leading almost inevitably, when all factors are taken into account, to the Vietnam War, that gigantic and pointless waste of life and resources.

When the cause of French imperialism in Indochina was lost, Washington’s establishment worked diligently towards establishing and supporting a rump state of South Vietnam, a place which never possessed any more democratic bona fides than the Communist North: it served as an American imperial foothold in Asia at a time of the rise of communist China.

There was the almost ridiculous casus belli called the Gulf of Tonkin incident – its most generous explanation being a sailor hearing his own ship’s propellers and convincing himself he heard a torpedo – was exploded by an establishment eager for war into an excuse to launch a great army to the other side of the world.

Later, there were the secret bombings and incursions of Cambodia, an activity directly responsible for the fall of a neutral government and the coming of “the killing fields.”

Through all of that, Americans voted largely in blindness over events which would demand many to give up their lives, destroy millions of others in a great holocaust, and consume countless resources, eventually causing the serious depreciation of the currency. And, as if all that were not enough, the war almost ripped American society in two.

I think it fair to say that those are about as high as the stakes could be in elections, yet Americans voted through most of those events with no accurate understanding.

America’s great authoritarian institutions provide continuity in policy, as well as expertise, but their very size, relative independence, access to secrets, virtually limitless resources, and totem-like association with patriotism in a country where patriotism is a round-the-clock exercise not a little like fundamentalists professing Christ give them an inordinate degree of power and authority.

Some readers will at first regard that as an exaggerated claim, but if they will consider just some of the real-world examples of which we are aware, there undoubtedly being many of which we are not, they will likely convince themselves.

After all, what are the main day-in, day-out tasks of the “operations side” of intelligence agencies? In all major countries, they include disrupting other governments or organizations whose views or policies are unwelcome, influencing the rise of selected leaders in many countries, influencing the outcomes of elections, and, in the extreme, limit, overthrowing governments and assassinating leaders.

Even in a “nice,” largely congenial country like Canada, we see such things from what are essentially authoritarian agencies: our fabled RCMP — subject of countless pleasant myths from “always getting their man” to Dudley Do-Right or Sergeant Preston of the Yukon – a few years back, directly interfered in a national election with the announcement that it was investigating certain matters touching one of the political parties. Nothing came of it, but the well-timed public announcement had its effect, much like a well disguised road-side bomb in Afghanistan.

The RCMP had a not well understood role in the days of extremism in Quebec, being caught red-handed in some kind of minor agent provocateur act involving burning a building. Again in the wake of 9/11, the RCMP appears to have been instrumental in America’s disgraceful treatment of Maher Arar, an innocent Canadian of Syrian origin whom American authorities deliberately deported to Syria for a long bout of torture after his plane merely made a stop-over in the United States.

One of Britain’s intelligence services, MI5, almost certainly played a role in discrediting Prime Minister Harold Wilson during his second time in office during the 1970s. MI5 had many materials to manipulate: Wilson was generally regarded as a highly intelligent and crafty man, which indeed he was, but one dedicated to changing many aspects of British society in a progressive direction.

Wilson also had been secretly accused by a Soviet defector, Anatoliy Golitsyn, in 1963 of being a KGB spy. It was the kind of accusation, unsubstantiated to this day, that was a gift to political opponents during the Cold War. The then-influential James Angleton of the C.I.A., among others, accepted the accusation as true and undoubtedly worked towards pressuring British intelligence to act, British intelligence then being highly vulnerable to pressure after the highly successful exploits of the Cambridge circle of spies. Wilson resignation in 1976 surprised the world, and it most likely reflected inappropriate activities by MI5 putting pressure on him.

The creepy, quiet little political terror imposed on America for decades by the FBI’s J. Edgar Hoover, while the subject of several excellent books, remains unappreciated by the average American. Hoover used his privileged position to spy on anyone who had political power, any public figure who either threatened his hold on power or represented values he personally deemed un-American, or indeed to influence the outcomes of elections.

Members of Congress for decades lived in genuine fear of his secret files on their private lives — both real and imagined. Hoover only had to make the most indirect and glancing reference in a private talk to achieve remarkable changes in a politician’s public stance. Hoover unquestionably effectively blackmailed several American presidents — notoriously including John Kennedy — presidents who on paper controlled his appointment. He typically ignored the various Attorneys General, cabinet officials, appointed as his direct bosses.

With the CIA having participated in many coups d’etat abroad — and importantly, coups including a number against democratically elected governments, as those in Iran, Guatemala, and Chile — who is naïve enough to believe to believe that that agency never touches the internal affairs of the United States? I don’t mean violent activity like coups, but the CIA has a huge repertoire of techniques and games that it can play. The CIA regularly works in other countries to influence elections by putting favored figures on secret pensions, by working to discredit politicians not favored, by subsidizing organizations or parties, and by creating with its boundless resources propaganda and disinformation of every description.

Who can trace a secret verbal suggestion from an agency official to an important reporter or editor which serves to give life to a noxious story? And who knows how many reporters or editors are actually closet agency personnel? Only fairly recently we had the notorious case of Judith Miller working at the much-vaunted New York Times, effectively helping to discredit those who worked against the invasion of Iraq.

During the Kennedy years, the CIA was so deeply involved in anti-Cuban activity, it ran a giant, secret terrorist operation with camps in places like Florida which made Osama bin Laden’s redoubt in the mountains of Afghanistan resemble a boy scout camp. Thousands were trained, millions spent, warehouses of weapons and explosives supplied, assassinations and terrorists acts planned — all on American soil, all paid for by American taxpayers.

Yes, that ghastly operation was approved by the highest levels of the American government, but who can possibly maintain tight control on such vast and secret operations and resources? Clearly, the American government then could not, because mysteries around those times were still being revealed more than a decade later by the Church Senate Committee, and the mystery around Kennedy’s assassination remains a mystery to this day.

When you have a two-party system, it is unavoidable that you have what economists call bundling applying to politics. A vote for a candidate or party represents a vote for a bundle of policies and views. Most voters have one or a few policies for which they care deeply, and they accordingly vote on that basis. But that means that on many, or even most, other policies the voter’s views are not represented.

The effect of bundling in voting is that a national government may often speak with democratic legitimacy while in fact saying things which do not represent a majority of voters’ views. On minor issues, this essentially undemocratic result may not be regarded by most people as a difficult result, but on important issues, this result can be highly disturbing.

Of course, what is important to American voters at any given time will itself reflect the impact of other democracy-distorting influences, including most notably the great impact of campaign contributions upon the size and reach of every candidate’s advertising and the impact of what is stressed day by day in the corporate media where most busy people obtain their sense of what is happening in the world.

These two influences are immensely important.

Where once in America, the press was somewhat competitive, today there can be no doubt that it is concentrated into relatively few hands, and this change towards great concentration is characteristic of the world’s press. Economists know that industries which often begin as fairly competitive — at least roughly approximating the theoretical concept of perfect competition which underlies all generalized predictions of the role of competitors in markets – over time tend to become imperfectly competitive or even quasi-monopolies.

This pattern has occurred in many industries from car manufacturing to candy-bar companies. There are a number of reasons for this common phenomenon, but it is closely related to the concentration of capital in the functioning of a business; huge plants for huge markets and huge distribution and marketing systems create advantages of economies of scale which gradually render smaller competitors impotent. The high capital costs of entering such an industry act effectively as what economists call barriers to entry against new competitors.

The effects of this process have been underway for decades in the press and broadcasting. Who could hope to compete with the cost structure of one of the world-scale “media” companies in any given market? Indeed, once this stage of concentration is reached in any industry, we have not only the natural barrier to entry of capital costs but others which come into play.

Such a large company can do many things to hurt upstart competition, including dropping the rates of its local advertising — effectively subsidizing them with revenue from other markets — long enough to drive its small, far less flexible competitor out of business. It may also use advertising and marketing promotions, which it again is able effectively to subsidize from other operations, to help drive upstart companies out of business.

Clearly, the editorial judgements and views of gigantic national, and even international, corporations — themselves, we must remember, being anything but democratic institutions – are not likely to take an open and liberal (in the best sense of the word) view of issues, even in the rare case where they do not have close ties with a party. Moreover, what we increasingly find in such companies is a centralized direction of editorial material and news policy. In one large Canadian media company, editorials for its various local papers are actually largely the product of corporate headquarters, much the way the mix of ingredients in a Big Mac anywhere in the world are determined in Oak Brook, Illinois.

Such concentrated situations in a market do not last indefinitely, but they last long enough to serve defined interests extremely well for a considerable time. What Joseph Schumpeter called “creative destruction,” the death of old industries displaced inevitably by new ones, comes into play, although not necessarily over any short time horizon.

What really is behind creative destruction is the constant flow of changing technology, and when the technology for doing something changes significantly, the costs of doing it also change. When you change the technology enough, you actually change the nature of the market itself. The automobile displaced horses and wagons, but it did more than displace them: the market for automobiles is different and more complicated than was the historical one for horses and wagons.

Personal computers and the Internet clearly today are eroding the revenues of traditional newspapers — in such historically lucrative areas as classified advertising — while enjoying the much lower costs of electronic production and distribution. However, it is not at all clear that the new set of great changes underway are going to result in a more democratic press. Too many things are happening at the same time to safely predict the outcome, but there ultimately be the same pattern of development in Internet communication of information as has happened in the printed or broadcast versions.

The contemporary trend only more deeply entrenches A. J. Liebling’s clever aphorism about freedom of the press being guaranteed only to those who own one.

Bias however is not new to the press: it has always been part of the fabric of newspapers going back to the beginnings of the American Republic. Each political party has its “own” newspapers, that is papers which favor the party’s views or policies, which may even be owned by people influential in the party.

Early on in America, parties showed little shame in controlling newspapers on their behalf. Indeed, the newspapers they controlled showed little shame in their often vicious and name-calling attacks on political opponents. Thomas Jefferson, for example, hired a couple of pretty unscrupulous fellows, Philip Freneau and James Callender to write attacks on the Federalist administration. Incidentally, Jefferson, no slouch himself at unscrupulous behaviour, had no qualms in his role of Secretary of State at putting Freneau on the government payroll as a translator while his important function was as attack dog of the Washington government under which Jefferson himself served.

Churchill’s second remark is an extension of the first, but it is also something more: it brings us face-to-face with the age-old problem of who is qualified to vote in a democracy. For example, one of the oldest and most powerful objections to allowing large parts of a population vote is the question of how an uneducated electorate can vote about issues it does not understand?

All countries which are today democratic in one degree or another started down the historical path of development in the modern era from forms of authoritarian government with monarchs and great lords beginning to share some authority with members of the rising business class. The new wealth of businessmen, so different in nature to the wealth of an ancient landed aristocracy, was the ticket for a seat at the table where decisions of state were made. It was a long and drawn out process with more than a few instances of old landed aristocrats objecting to sharing any power or privileges with upstarts.

Gradually, the new men of substance, assumed greater and greater powers within government, and the mechanism for putting them there — the franchise for electing them to whatever parliament or congress had emerged in each country — also spread to a larger and larger pool of people. Quite simply, democracy derives from the emergence of a middle class, and the larger that middle class becomes — hence the importance of strong economic growth — the more widely is the franchise granted and the larger becomes the pool of people eligible to participate in government.

A large and growing middle class has many interests which cannot possibly be served by a king and great lords or, for that matter, any other form of authoritarian government over the long term. Some of these interests will not even be understood by authoritarian figures of an old regime, such as needs for laws governing business and trade or for special economic policies. The middle class, too, as it grows, assumes a greater and greater portion of the total wealth in a country, and, today no less than in the past, wealth always is accompanied with privileges and power. After all, the basis for the authority of kings and great lords of the past was the land which they had inherited and owned, the land being understood earlier as the only real source of wealth, so much so that those who owned the land often owned the people who worked it too.

The modern era — that is, roughly the time since the beginnings of the Renaissance — has seen this process repeated many times in many places, with variations in its pattern which reflect local conditions, wars, economic setbacks, and the degree of strength of the local old order. It may be taken as the general rule for the birth of democracy, and special claims to bringing democracy to the world, from whole cloth as it were, a not uncommon notion in the United States even among educated people – may be treated for what they are, chauvinistic claims to being something special apart from the experience of others.

At various stages of the evolution of modern democracies, there were powerful arguments by privileged groups against sharing the franchise with people in general, the arguments focusing at one time or another on the lack of education, the lack of a real stake in society (i.e. property), inherent inferiority (the American South right into the 1960s), religious preferences distorting votes (an idea which lingered still in the United States in 1960, and one that had played a major role in the onset of the American Revolution, or more accurately, revolt against British authority and the hated Quebec Act), or indeed a combination of such factors as with the resistance against granting the franchise to women well into the 20th century.

Relatively few Americans appreciate that this was just as much the case in America as, say, in the United Kingdom. The early government of the United States called itself a republic, to distinguish itself from a kingdom, but the distinction was largely one without a meaning. Only a very small group of Americans could vote in the early republic. An estimate for the eligible voters of Virginia, for example, puts them at one percent of the population.

Except in the words used, the early American reality was little different to the reality in George III’s Britain. One European writer aptly characterized the American Revolution as an event which replaced a group of foreign-born aristocrats by local ones. Indeed, in modern China, the membership of the Communist party, the only people whose votes really do mean something, is roughly that same percent of the total population as those with the franchise in Virginia after the Revolution. Most of America’s chief founders not only were not democrats, they disliked the word “democracy” in very much the same way prominent American politicians regarded the word “communist” in 1955, indeed a repugnance in the latter case which remains to this day in subdued fashion.

I shall return later to that aspect of democracy in America. For now, we’ll continue with general limits to democracy.

THE ROLE OF HONESTY IN A DEMOCRACY

One does not usually think immediately of honesty playing a role in democratic government, but it does indeed play a great role. The most elementary example of its importance is in vote fraud, the honesty in counting the votes. People associate vote fraud with third-world countries or totalitarian regimes, but the practice has played an important role in American political history and continues to do so today.

When I was a young man growing up on the south side of Chicago, it was widely accepted that the Democratic machine controlling city politics used vote fraud. There were regular newspaper stories and personal tales about names from cemeteries being registered as voters, of ballot counters with pieces of lead stuck under fingernails to invalidate ballots by surreptitiously placing an extra mark on them, and about party men accompanying voters into early voting machines to “help” them vote. In general, there was a sense of humorous acceptance instead of anger at an attack on the very legitimacy of an election.

These practices and others were certainly not exclusive to Chicago politics. By all accounts, they have been common in many parts of the country for a long time: other big-city machines run much as the Chicago one plus many rural places where influential landowners or the owner of the only local industry or corrupt officials went unchallenged in much the same way as the patron or godfather went unchallenged by peasants in a third-world place. Every now and then, a new critical biography or history brings to light specific instances. We know, for example, Lyndon Johnson’s first win for Congress in Texas was owing to vote fraud by the local machine. The case of Kennedy’s victory in 1960 is well known, the Democratic machines in Chicago and Texas delivering the required votes in a close election. Vote fraud in Florida played a role in Bush’s victory in 2000, and vote fraud in Florida and Ohio played a role in his 2004 victory.

Vote fraud takes many forms. In Florida, one form it took was the closing of polling places while long lines of voters still had not cast a ballot. In a number of states, vote fraud included deliberately misinforming voters about registration or location of a poll.
The very fact that most Americans are not outraged by such tales tells us a good deal about the state of democratic political culture in the United States.

One of the fundamental problems with election honesty in the United States is that the administration of elections, including the elections for federal offices, is a local responsibility. Of course, the opportunity and incentive to cheat are greatest at precisely the local level where fewer critical eyes are involved and where local attitudes determine election ethics. Local administration of elections also explains why there is no uniformity across the country in the nature of ballots, the rules for registration, and the way polling places are run. Ballots include everything from paper ballots requiring the traditional “x” to voting machines with switches to the infamous stiff paper forms, used in Florida in 2000, that require punching out perforated circles called “chads” next to the names. Apart from dishonest registration and counting, ballots in all forms can be manipulated to some extent just by the way candidates are identified and ordered. Today there is increasing use of computer voting by touch screen, but the systems used have been shown to be subject to manipulation, and in any case, the need for valid registration can still be gamed.

The immense number of barriers to entry, created over many decades, by the two major parties in their respective comfortable fiefdoms. These barriers work to keep American politics running as a duopoly, making it very difficult for new parties to break into the political market, as it were. But they also serve in many cases locally as unfair weights against the opposing major party. There are a great many of these, but one example will serve to highlight

I don’t want to catalogue all the possible ways of cheating at an election, just to make clear that there are many, and with every advance in the technology of voting, new methods of fraud will be devised.

In general, when there is a very large gap in the popularity of two national candidates, vote fraud doesn’t play a role, but most modern Presidential elections tend to be fairly close, in which case, vote fraud can be decisive. With both major parties having absorbed the lesson of “moving to the center” as an election strategy, close elections are likely to be the rule in future.

Another kind of dishonesty is that involved in just getting a candidate’s name on the ballot. America’s neat division into Republican and Democrat is not quite the natural thing it is sometimes made to seem in the popular press, and here again the local administration of elections plays still another role. There is an immense variety of what economists call “barriers to entry” across the fifty states, all carefully crafted over time by local politicians wishing to maintain either their own advantageous position or at least securing the duopoly of power enjoyed by the two parties. The requirements for every state are different, some more complicated than others.

Getting a third party on all the ballots for a national election is a complicated and expensive thing to achieve even for an extremely rich man like Ross Perot who ran as a third-party candidate. The fact that is so again provides insight into the spirit of the democratic political culture in America.

There are other kinds of dishonesty which play an important role in American elections. Since the Supreme Court decided that corporations are not to be limited in their giving, the expense of elections has nowhere to go but up. The mid-term Congressional election just finished at this writing was the most expensive in history. In this way too, an effective barrier to entry is created. Just as very large corporations spending huge amounts on advertising make it close to impossible for new competitors to emerge, so this lavish spending by two parties serves the same purpose in the political sphere.

Of course, the vast spending has many more implications than serving as a barrier to entry. Large contributions buy access, and candidates are reduced to what should be embarrassing activities in seeking large contributions. Bill Clinton set a new level of crassness in seeking contributors by selling things like a night in the Lincoln bedroom.

First, I would cite the ever-increasing role of advertising and marketing. American elections today are run pretty much exactly the way two companies manage the sales of soda pop or hamburgers. A great deal of money is spent on market research – polls, focus groups, etc — so that the “message” of a campaign can be fine-tuned.

There is the role of promises being made during election which are not kept. This practice has become so common that it is the subject of cynical humor, but not all instances of it are the same. Some promises are made carelessly before a candidate appreciates from the perspective of office how difficult or impossible the promise is. In this case, the broken promise is usually credited to inexperience. Another form of

an increasing serious problem with politicians who want to grab voters’ attention and voters who have limited time to inform themselves and question issues and positions.

A DOUBLE PARADOX: A PRESIDENT WHO DOESN’T MATTER AND ELECTIONS PUTTING THE UNELECTED INTO POWER — A TROUBLING DEVELOPMENT IN AMERICAN DEMOCRACY

George Bush’s term as president taught us one remarkable new lesson: that the president, if ignorant enough, lacking in energy, and open to manipulation from powerful people behind him, actually does not matter a very great deal. Few astute observers can doubt that Bush served mainly as a kind of figurehead while the direction of policy was largely determined by Dick Cheney, Donald Rumsfeld, and a few others. He wasn’t in any way forced to be a figurehead: it was the nature of his personality and character that he chose to run understanding his inadequacies after a lifetime of stumbling performance and comfortable with the idea he could go to bed each night at nine o’clock. In effect, America had an unelected government.

You could argue that Cheney was elected, but that would be a purely technical argument because candidates for the virtually meaningless office of vice-president are picked by politicians, bundled with the candidate with whom people actually are concerned, serve with little sense of answering to the electorate, have no defined duties in the Constitution beyond breaking ties in the Senate, and if unsatisfactory may be jettisoned with no recourse to the people for the next election.

Sarah Palin is even a more extreme case of the same thing. The woman is plainly stupid, having demonstrated it dozens of times. Of course, there is no law against stupid or ignorant people running for office, but most people surely have an innate belief that people of no skill or talent will never reach high office. You could say that the nuclear “button” – not really a button but a device which always accompanies the president – is almost a public symbol of faith in this belief.

Of course, money plays just a huge role in Palin’s promotion, as it does in all American politics now, America approaching in many ways something pretty close to a plutocracy.
All Palin has done, since quitting her fairly humble job as governor of a state with about the population of greater Cleveland half-way through its term, is collect millions of dollars for cheerleading, waving her arms and shouting words that never go beyond clichés, slogans, and the odd ghost-written joke. You might dismiss her as the comic relief on the political rubber-chicken circuit, but the phenomenon truly is more serious than that: she is being guided from behind the scenes into being another even more grotesque Bush-like presidential candidate.

Had she an ounce of sense, she’d know she is completely unqualified for high office, but she is as ambitious and egotistical as she is stupid, a dangerous combination indeed.

For the powers that be – the big-money and establishment people behind her – her kind of candidate, gullible and easily manipulated while keeping the public stirred up with empty slogans and dumb rhetoric, is desirable.

Bush was her forerunner, a remarkably mediocre man who let the Cheneys and Rumsfelds actually run things without being elected.

It is a dangerous new development in an American society whose democratic credentials are badly worn.

The world’s only hope is that this woman is so overwhelmingly stupid she will not succeed beyond collecting millions from a minority of people who have more money than they know what to do with.

Police use pepper on activists

0

Press TV |

Several hundred people marched in Northeast Portland in a protest rally that led to a clash with police who used pepper spray.

The Oregonian reports that Saturday afternoon’s protest by a coalition of groups that grew out of last year’s Occupy Portland movement was mostly peaceful.

But police say they responded with pepper spray after a few of the demonstrators used wooden shields to confront officers.

Authorities did not say how many people were sprayed. The Oregonian reported at least 20 were sprayed, but there was no word of any injuries. USA Today

HIGHLIGHTS

Though the protest was mostly peaceful, at least 20 people were pepper-sprayed by police. Several of those pepper-sprayed were high school teens. OregonLive.com

The Portland Police Bureau said in a news release Saturday that the event did not have a permit and organizers did not respond to requests about discussing the intent of the march. Free speech events don’t require a permit, but marches on public streets do require a city permit, the police news release said. Police declined to comment further. OregonLive.com

The pepper-spraying occurred when the group turned left on Northeast 14th Avenue from Multnomah Street. Those fronting the rally were blocked by a line of police, including officers in riot gear and several mounted patrols. OregonLive.com

Protest spokesman Nicholas Caleb says no one at the organization received prior communication about the need for a permit. ABC News

“We thought it was important to have this rally right before the election to get these issues into the public consciousness and begin to organize against austerity measures,” Caleb said. OregonLive.com

“It’s always a possibility that police will insert themselves,” he said. “We try to be peaceful. Protest in Portland is not violent. That they continue to use this much force is pretty unconscionable.” OregonLive.com

U.S. tested chemical weapons on poor and blacks during the Cold War

0

U.S. tested chemical weapons on poor and blacks during the Cold War… On the grounds that they were testing a shield against a Soviet nuclear attack in the city of Saint Louis, the U.S. military sprayed compounds over the local population used in the manufacture of chemical weapons.

In the 1950s and 1960s, the suburbs of St. Louis, Missouri, served as a prototype for testing toxic compounds…

On the grounds that they were testing a shield against a Soviet nuclear attack in the city of Saint Louis, the U.S. military sprayed compounds over the local population used in the manufacture of chemical weapons. That’s what a study conducted by Lisa Martino-Taylor, professor of sociology at Saint Louis Community College who scoured public documents and found cases of cadmium sulfide and zinc poisoning during the 1950s and 1960s.

According to the study, the U.S. military sponsored tests specifically in socially segregated areas of high population density, where there was a predominance of black and low income citizens. In an interview with the local news station KSDK, she said she was “very shocked by the degree of secrecy and deception” of the authorities responsible for operations. “They clearly did their best to deceive people,” she concluded

Tests of chemical weapons on humans have been the product of what Lisa calls the “Manhattan-Rochester Coalition,” a research program of the U.S. government that tried to measure in the context of the Cold War the impact of radioactive reactions in the human body. Similar experiments also have occurred in the city of Corpus Christi, Texas.

The most toxic compounds were poured from planes during flybys over the targets. However, Lisa claims that aerosol sprays were also positioned on top of skyscrapers and meteorological towers in the area. In 1953, there were altogether 16 tests – no less than 35 shots of zinc sulfide and cadmium in Saint Louis. The neighborhood most affected is described by Lisa as “a densely populated slum,” where about 10 thousand low income citizens lived, mostly children.

Clarifications

Surprised with the results obtained by Lisa, state lawmakers sought clarification from the armed forces on Monday (22/10). “The idea that thousands of citizens of Missouri were exposed to toxic materials against their will to determine their effects on health is absolutely shocking. It should be no surprise that these people and their families are demanding answers from government officials,” said Republican state Senator Roy Blunt.

The Democrat, Claire McCaskill, and her colleague Blunt also called for greater clarification from the Secretary of the Army, John McHugh. “Both the Senate and the House conducted investigations throughout the 1990s, but nothing was ever done, explains Lisa Martino-Taylor. For her, the worst mistake was “never really having looked at those who were really affected.”

Radioactivity

The research was unable to conclude with certainty whether there was indeed radioactive compounds through the mixture of cadmium sulfide and zinc. In her interview with KSDK, Lisa says that “there is ample evidence that there were radiological compounds involved in the experiment.”

His main hypothesis is that fluorescent particles were added to this mixture, used to “illuminate” targets and identify them for further tests. There is suspicion that a company called U.S. Radium was involved with this part of the experiment. “U.S. Radium had already been legally liable because of producing a radioactive dye that killed several painters of radioactive tiles,” it is alleged.

Questioned on the future steps of her inquiry, she reveals that the important thing was to have revealed “that all this was a violation of all medical ethics, all international codes and even the entire military regiment of the time.”

Translated from the Portuguese version by:

Lisa Karpova

Lack of fuel threatens New York recovery

0

Severe fuel shortages on Sunday threatened New York’s attempt to recover from superstorm Sandy as cold temperatures added to almost a week of misery exacerbated by flooded homes, limited public transportation and fraying tempers.

But on the bright side, power was restored to nearly all of Manhattan Saturday after flooding plunged the lower half of New York’s most densely populated borough and famous skyline into darkness.

Manhattan will no longer resemble “some sort of ghost town or horror movie,” said Bob McGee, a spokesman for utility company Con Edison.

Crews were also working to restore supplies to schools, set to reopen Monday, and to polling places for Tuesday’s presidential election.

However, 40 percent of those who lost power, or somewhere under 900,000 people, continued to experience widespread outages that could last for as long as another week, New York Governor Andrew Cuomo told reporters.

For many, that meant no heating just as temperatures are dropping in the New York area, with a windy, rainy autumn storm forecast for Wednesday.

On Long Island, 550,000 people are without power, down from 1.2 million people initially, Cuomo said.

Overall, 2.5 million customers remain without power across seven states that were in Sandy’s path, the US Department of Energy said.

As New Jersey police raised the state’s death toll to 22, increasing the overall US total to at least 109, the biggest hurdle to recovery continued to be a severe lack of gasoline.

Huge lines of cars and people on foot clutching canisters snaked back from gas stations, and New Jersey Governor Chris Christie announced rationing.

Starting Saturday, drivers with license plates ending in an even number were only allowed to fill up on even-numbered dates, while those whose plates end in odd numbers had to wait for odd-numbered dates.

Meanwhile, New York officials announced the deployment of military fuel trucks offering 10 gallons (38 liters) of gasoline to drivers free of charge.

Cuomo said the critical situation should ease rapidly since delays in the arrival of fuel ships had been remedied.

“Eight million gallons of fuel have been delivered,” he said. “Twenty-eight million gallons will be delivered over the next two days, so you will see quickly an abatement of the pressure on the fuel system.”

“You don’t have to panic,” he added.

New figures from the federal Energy Information Administration said that 38 percent of gas stations around New York were still out of order, sharply down from 67 percent on Friday.

Relief was slower than hoped for drivers, who were told to stay away from makeshift fuel stations on the first day of the scheme to give priority to emergency vehicles. At one site in the Bronx, the promised fuel tanker had not arrived by late afternoon, according to an AFP correspondent.

But in a piece of good news, the New York subway system was 80-percent up and running. The transit authority ended the suspension of fares that had allowed New Yorkers to ride free during the calamity’s immediate aftermath.

New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg also announced that one million school children would be back in class Monday, although there were 65 schools out of service due to damage or because they were being used as temporary shelters.

The military said it had given emergency officials one million meals to distribute to the needy in New York and New Jersey, and would bring a further million next week.

But frustrations were increasingly boiling over in the worst-hit neighborhoods.

On a visit to the far-flung community of Rockaway Beach, which was severely flooded, Bloomberg got an earful from angry residents.

“When are we going to get some help?” a woman yelled at him repeatedly before being ushered away by police.

Later, the mayor urged patience, telling reporters there were “many people who are worried, and frustrated, and cold.”

In a bid to lift spirits, a New York Police Department spokesman said that statistics showed crime was actually down by 35 percent since the storm, compared with the same period in 2011.

Meanwhile, President Barack Obama, who is on the home stretch of his election campaign, spoke from Air Force One with Governor Chris Christie of New Jersey and Senators Chuck Schumer and Kirsten Gillibrand of New York to discuss the area’s recovery needs, the White House announced.

“In each call, the president made clear that his team remained focused on continuing to mobilize all available resources to support state and local partners, and that he had directed his team to continue to identify and remove any barriers that could slow the deployment of important assets,” said a White House official.

Wednesday’s bad weather was not expected to approach the severity of Sandy, but will still be miserable for people living in already damp and unheated houses.

The Red Cross said Saturday it was accelerating efforts to set up enough warming shelters in time.

“Red Cross’s operational priorities right now are logistics, feeding and preparing for the pending storm,” Red Cross official Charley Shimanski told a news conference.

Throughout the region, “we’re working closely with emergency operations centers to stand up warming facilities, warming shelters, and stocking those with additional blankets, pillows and everything needed to make sure to take care of folks after the storm,” Shimanski said.

Source

US National Archives blocks searches containing ‘WikiLeaks’

0

RT |

The public search engine for the US National Archives appears to be blocked for the term “WikiLeaks”. The whistleblower website has already lashed out at the move, saying the Archives has turned into “Orwell’s Ministry of Truth.”

An error message pops up every time a search is performed with the word “WikiLeaks”.

It’s not entirely clear when the US National Archives decided to block these searches.

However, WikiLeaks’ has already called the whole thing a “farce”.

“The US National Archives has literally turned into Orwell’s Ministry of Truth,” a message on the site’s Twitter account reads, adding “The US state is literally eating its own brain by censoring its own collective memories about WikiLeaks.”

The block is likely to be in line with the “Protecting Cyberspace as a National Asset Act,” a form of internet censorship the US adopted back in 2010.

It did not become law, but it prompted various US government agencies such as the White House Office of Management and Budget and the US Air Force to advise their employees not to read or access classified documents being made available by sites like WikiLeaks.

The Library of Congress went further by blocking access to WikiLeaks content from its server in 2010.

The American Library Association suggested this violated the First Amendment rights of internet users to receive information.

“The Library of Congress’s decision is a violation of the First Amendment and a violation of the American Library Association’s Bill of Rights. Moreover, it is a violation of the professional ethics of librarians to always provide free access to all information,” their statement said.

WikiLeaks exploded on to the global scene back in 2006, since then releasing hundreds of thousands of classified diplomatic cables, including top secret documents from the US Department of Defense, and secret cables from the State Department.

Some of that classified information was seen as damaging the US government’s reputation in a number of incidents.

Recently it was revealed that the US government officially considers WikiLeaks’ and its founder Julian Assange to be enemies of the state.

Declassified US Air Force counter-intelligence documents show that military personnel contacting WikiLeaks could face execution for “communicating with the enemy.”

The fact that WikiLeaks was treated as an enemy of state would have serious implications should Assange be extradited to the US, as he could face military detention.

According to diplomatic cables released over the past months the US Justice Department’s investigation targeting of both Assange and WikiLeaks is real.

Assange himself called the investigation “unprecedented.” His lawyer Jennifer Robinson told RT there are signs that the US has already lodged a sealed indictment to sue Assange, and that his case might outdo the one of Bradley Manning. The corporal is accused of releasing classified information to WikiLeaks.

At the moment Assange is holed up in the Ecuadorian embassy in London as the UK has forcefully asserted that it will deny him safe passage to Ecuador. Ecuador granted Assange political asylum in August over fears that if extradited to Sweden, Assange could be transferred to the US and once there, face execution.

In Sweden, the whistleblower is wanted for questioning over sexual assault allegations, which he denies, although no charges have yet been filed against him.

Assange believes these charges are a pretext to hand him over to the US, where many officials have talked in favor of trying Assange in a court martial as a terrorist and spy.

Britain’s true record on torture

0

, guardian.co.uk |

I am not prone to gasp and nor would I describe myself as naive. But the scale of torture in the British security services, as revealed by Ian Cobain in this admirably researched book, took me aback.

Cobain, an investigative reporter at theGuardian, invites the reader to look at the post-9/11 era in a different way. The so-called war on terror may, through the rendition of suspects to secret locations and the use of Guantànamo Bay, have brought into the public consciousness the brutal activities employed by authorities in the US, UK and elsewhere. But Cobain makes it clear, with devastating effect, that these were nothing new.

The Brits have been torturing for generations. The author could have begun with the Boer war and the concentration camps that have UK copyright. Instead he starts his journey with the interrogation of German prisoners, not just during the second world war but long after it was over. “Unbeknown to the Red Cross, the British were operating interrogation centres at three internment camps, while in Berlin there was a fourth within a former Gestapo detention centre,” he writes.

The retreat from empire did not take place without the odd electrode or kick where it hurts. From Yemen to Kenya to Cyprus, the British did whatever it took to hold their ground and to fend off insurgents. Torture, British-style, receives a brief dishonourable mention in Barack Obama’s memoir, Dreams from My Father. His grandfather, Hussein Onyango Obama, having served in the British army in Burma during the second world war, was accused of being an insurgent. His third wife recounted how “white soldiers” “would sometimes squeeze his testicles with parallel metallic rods. They also pierced his nails and buttocks with a sharp pin, with his hands and legs tied together with his head facing down.”

The further you delve into Cobain’s book, the more depressed you become.

Even as their economic and strategic power waned, the British were seen as global leaders in torture techniques. “Our very simple system is admired,” declared Brigadier Richard Mansfield Bremner, commandant of the British army’s intelligence corps. The “five techniques” combined isolation, sensory deprivation, seemingly self-inflicted pain, exhaustion and humiliation. “It was guaranteed to leave no marks that would result in either official embarrassment or the risk of war crimes prosecutions. It would, however, cause intense pain and terror, plus lasting psychological damage.”

Perhaps in those days it was easier to get away with it: deference was stronger and information was harder to come by. Even Amnesty, according to the author, was briefly happy to connive. Journalists were usually persuaded to turn a blind eye. The author valiantly sticks to the facts. But his absorbingly grim tale would have been enhanced by at least recognition of the competing arguments. That is not a call for moral relativism, but for an acknowledgement that the “do whatever it takes” argument resonates with much of the public.

Labour administrations in the UK and Democrats in the US have been as keen on extra-legal coercive methods as Conservative and Republicans. Rendition was active in the 1990s under Bill Clinton. The author points the finger at ministers and officials in the Blair and Brown governments, who knew torture was illegal, and did everything they could to keep it out of the public eye. “It was to be a dirty little secret,” Cobain asserts, “known only to a select group of men and women. And if necessary, Britain’s use of torture would be concealed through statements by senior political figures that were the direct opposite of the truth.”

The result? Nothing much. The lack of outcry to the issues raised in Cobain’s book speaks volumes.

How the US President is REALLY elected

1

Daya Gamage |

In the United States, a system called the Electoral College periodically allows a candidate who receives fewer popular votes to win an election. In fact, there have been several presidential candidates who won the popular vote, but lost the election because they received fewer electoral votes. In 2000, George W. Bush received fewer popular votes but was elected president because he received majority of the Electoral College votes.

Every four years, on the Tuesday following the first Monday of November, millions of U.S. citizens go to local voting booths to elect, among other officials, the next president and vice president of their country. Their votes will be recorded and counted, and winners will be declared. But the results of the popular vote are not guaranteed to stand because the Electoral College has not cast its vote.

The Electoral College is a controversial mechanism of presidential elections that was created by the framers of the U.S. Constitution as a compromise for the presidential election process. At the time, some politicians believed a purely popular election was too reckless, while others objected to giving Congress the power to select the president. The compromise was to set up an Electoral College system that allowed voters to vote for electors, who would then cast their votes for candidates, a system described in Article II, section 1 of the Constitution.

Each state has a number of electors equal to the number of its U.S. senators plus the number of its U.S. representatives. Currently, the Electoral College includes 538 electors, 535 for the total number of congressional members, and three who represent Washington, D.C., as allowed by the 23rd Amendment. On the Monday following the second Wednesday in December, the electors of each state meet in their respective state capitals to officially cast their votes for president and vice president. These votes are then sealed and sent to the president of the Senate, who on January 6th opens and reads the votes in the presence of both houses of Congress. The winner is sworn into office at noon on January 20th.

Most of the time, electors cast their votes for the candidate who has received the most votes in that particular state. Some states have laws that require electors to vote for the candidate that won the popular vote, while other electors are bound by pledges to a specific political party.

In most presidential elections, a candidate who wins the popular vote will also receive the majority of the electoral votes, but this is not always the case.

In each state, whichever party garners a majority of popular votes, regardless of how narrow the margin, wins all the electoral votes. By forcing residents in each state ultimately to vote as a block, the system is supposed to ensure that small states’ interests are not drowned out by those of larger states.

In all, there are 538 electoral votes and the number given to each state reflects the sum of the representatives and senators it sends to Congress. It takes 270 or more electoral college votes to win the election.The biggest states California (55), New York (31), Texas (34), Pennsylvania (21) have the most impact on the result of the presidential election.

Usually, the result is nearly the same as it would have been if the election were direct. Yet the system has produced presidents who received a minority of the popular vote but a majority of the electoral votes. NOTE: In the elections of Harry S Truman, Woodrow Wilson and Abraham Lincoln, there were more than two candidates and each of the elected Presidents won more popular votes than any of their respective opponents.

President Bill Clinton was also elected in 1992 with only 43 percent of the popular vote, but 370 electoral votes. In his case there was also more than two candidates.

Several times in recent electoral college history, a relatively small shift in voter preference in key states could have reversed election outcomes.

In prior elections, four U.S candidate for President won the popular vote but lost the presidency: Andrew Jackson won the popular vote but lost the election to John Quincy Adams in 1824; Samuel J. Tilden won the popular vote but lost the election to Rutherford B. Hayes in 1876; Grover Cleveland won the popular vote but lost the election to Benjamin Harrison in 1888, and Al Gore won the popular vote but lost the election to George W. Bush in 2000.

Al Gore had over half a million votes more than George W. Bush, with 50,992,335 votes to Bush’s 50,455,156. But after recount controversy in Florida and a U.S. Supreme Court ruling, Bush was awarded the state by 537 popular votes. Like most states, Florida has a “winner takes all” rule. This means that the candidate who wins the state by popular vote also gets all of the state’s electoral votes. Bush became president with 271 electoral votes.

Protest War Criminal Tony Blair at UCL

0

The pro-Thatcherite, monetarist and war criminal Tony Blair is back in London, speaking at University College London. Join the protest on the day of Blair’s visit to make sure his crimes aren’t forgotten. Meet outside the main gates of the UCL campus on Gower Street at 11am on the 13th November.

Tony Blair is back in London on the speaking circuit, this time helping to launch a new department at University College London. In a further attempt to extricate himself from his role in lying about Iraq’s non-existant Weapons of Mass Destruction and his illegal invasion of Iraq – which resulted in hundreds of thousands of civilian deaths – Tony Blair is now billed to speak as an expert on the “difficult issues facing markets and economies” and most bizarrely as one of the most “popular politicians in recent times”. A letter signed by John Pilger, Tony Benn and academics at London universities, including at UCL, has been sent to college management which criticises what is perceived as an endorsement “of Mr Blair [who] took our country to war against Iraq in flagrant violation of the UN Charter and in doing so committed the international crime of aggression”.

– Add your name to the letter to pressure UCL to withdraw Blair’s invitation –  http://bit.ly/R0sgh2
– Join the protest on the day of Blair’s visit to make sure his crimes aren’t forgotten –  http://bit.ly/R0rD7p
– Spread the news of Blair’s visit by sharing the Facebook event – bitly.com/RAfwf

Meet outside the main gates of the UCL campus on Gower Street at 11am on the 13th November.

The situation on the ground may change at short notice. If you would like to be kept up-to-date, please e-mail your mobile telephone number to office@stopwar.org.uk to join our texting circle. We will send out alerts on the day.

To read more about the event Tony Blair is speaking at and UCL’s Institute for Security & Resilience Studies visit – bitly.com/TTUgBp

Denis McShane – Zionist exposed as a crook

0

Gilad Atzmon |

The list of Zionist swindlers never stops expanding.

The shameless Labour MP and former minister Denis MacShane, who made a political career out of chasing and harassing critics of Israel and Jewish power, resigned from Parliament on 2 November after a parliamentary committee found he had submitted 19 false invoices which were “plainly intended to deceive” the legislature’s expenses authority.

MacShane was one of the leading voices within the rabid Zionist Labour Friend of Israel lobby group. I can only hope that the corrupt Labour MP has enough integrity left to admit that opposition to Israel and Jewish power is anything but racist. It is in fact a morally driven attempt to cleanse our public life of people of his ilk. We want our politicians and political life to be liberated of Zionist power. We want our parties to be free of their MacShanes.

MacShane told the Zionist Jewish Chronicle that he remains “committed to work for progressive values, for Britain playing a full part in Europe, and for combating anti-Semitism”.

It is good to learn that a person who has just been exposed as a crook has the stomach to present himself as an authority on “progressive values” and “anti-Semitsm”.

MacShane should look in the mirror. It is actually him and his conduct as an avidsabbath goy — or Jewish stooge — that make opposition to Israel, its lobbies and Jewish power a moral obligation.

[Redress Information & Analysis Editor Nureddin Sabir adds: Denis McShane is no stranger to dishonesty. In 1977 he was sacked by the BBC after using a false name to call the radio phone-in programme he worked on at the time. During the call, he accused leading Conservative politician Reginald Maudling of being a crook, with the MP threatening to sue as a result. One of McShane’s contemporaries said: “There were no calls coming to the show, so MacShane left the studio, went into the next office, rang in as someone else and, in an ‘uncontrolled moment’, got carried away and slagged Maudling off.”]

Trick or Treat Jobs Report

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Friday’s headline number belies dire economic reality. Main Street’s in protracted Depression. Nearly 25 million Americans are jobless.

Real unemployment approaches 23%. On November 6, Americans vote. Neither candidate proposed ways to create jobs. Obama’s done more to destroy them than create them. More on that below.

Hours worked and income gains were missing in Friday’s report. Average weekly hours for production and nonsupervisory workers declined 0.3%. Weekly manufacturing hours dropped by the same amount. So did average weekly earnings.

Aggregate weekly hours represents total labor input. It edged up a meager 0.1% for private sectors workers. At the same time, it fell that amount for production and nonsupervisory ones. Doing so shows weakness, not strength.

Unemployment duration rose to 40.2 weeks. It represents a 10-month high. Moreover, recently laid off workers are hard-pressed to find jobs. Hardest hit are African Americans, Latinos and 20 – 24 year olds.

Sandy’s impact is also adverse. Expect income and spending to suffer. So will job creation. Most affected homeowners have no flood insurance. During hard times, their ability to rebuild and recoup is hampered.

One economist assessed conditions this way. Don’t mistake headline jobs figures for economic health. Productivity, top and bottom line erosion signify decline, not growth.

Economist Jack Rasmus analyzes monthly jobs figures. He questions BLS data accuracy. He told Progressive Radio News Hour listeners that something is very wrong with the numbers.

Each fall and winter, well above trend job gains are reported. In contrast, every spring/early summer gains “collapse. There is indeed something going on with the jobs numbers, though it’s not falsification,” says Rasmus.

At the same time, employers are replacing full-time workers with part-time/temp ones. They’re paid less with lower benefits. In addition, fictitious new business formations exaggerate job creation.

Something indeed is wrong with BLS reports. With elections days away, Friday’s was very suspect. Later downward revisions may erase November 2 gains.

Moreover, Rasmus and other independent economists expect protracted hard times. Layoff notices are increasing. Throughout 2012, business investment declined precipitously.

Q III equipment and software numbers collapsed to zero. Business spending on buildings declined 4.4%. These figures represent rapid deceleration. Nothing ahead looks promising. So-called evidence that housing is recovering is illusory.

Expect consumers to run out of steam. Around 90% of households are maxing out on credit cards and drawing down savings. Watch for that to end ahead. What can’t go on forever won’t.

Moreover, global growth is contracting rapidly. Spillover will impact America. In 2013, expect reality to arrive with a bang. In Q III, US exports declined for the first time in three years.

Global trade overall is contracting. So is US manufacturing. In mid-October, the Global Europe Anticipation Bulletin (GEAB) maintains “Red Alert” conditions.

“Economic shock” could arrive any time, it says. Global conditions are rapidly deteriorating. Western economies, the Middle East, North Africa, East and Central Asia are affected.

GEAB said, “Remember Lehman Brothers….in a few hours the world moved from ‘normal’ to ‘Red Alert’ mode!” Some analysts expect Lehman on steroids ahead. The fullness of time will tell.
Counterproductive Euroland/US policies may hasten its arrival.

Economies don’t prosper by prioritizing militarism over domestic needs, destroying their middle class, denying young workers future opportunities, letting unemployment rise, and substituting low pay/poor benefit/part-time or temp jobs for higher paying/good benefit full-time ones.

Bad policies beget bad results. Substituting short-term gains for what’s vital longer-term assures economies in decline. Prosperity depends on job creation, income growth, and governments serving everyone equitably.

America and Europe are being third-worldized. It may arrive sooner than most expect. Expect conditions ahead to be worse than 2008. China’s heading for a hard landing.

Europe’s in recession. Insolvent banks may collapse. Sovereign crisis conditions make things worse. A potential Euroland breakup may follow.

Money creation madness solves nothing. At most, it creates the illusion of all’s well. Reality always has the last word.

Summing up conditions overall, one analyst said half the world’s in recession, Europe’s in big trouble, and major central banks are running out of bullets. Potentially, a perfect storm awaits.

Greece and Spain are canaries in the coal mine. They’re doing everything wrong and heading for collapse. It’s just a matter of time.

What happens to them affects the continent. As Europe goes, America follows or vice versa. Paul Craig Roberts headlined his latest assessment “The Virtual Economic Recovery,” saying:

Rigged inflation numbers created it since mid-2009. Everyone who eats, drives a car, heat and/or air conditions a home, has health insurance and other medical expenses, pays college tuitions, and travels “knows that low inflation is” illusory.

Based on how calculated in the 1980s, it’s 9%. Coverup suppresses truth, and not just on inflation. “Everything is a lie to serve power-brokers,” says Roberts.

Officially, recession ended in mid-2009. If fact, it continues. Distorted GDP reporting masks it. Reliable economic measures show decline, not recovery. Hard times are worsening.

Official numbers are statistical illusions. Fake inflation numbers create the deception. Media scoundrels report them like gospel. They claim economic recovery instead of explaining a protracted Main Street Depression. More on that below.

“(G)government propaganda produces a make-believe virtual reality that bears no relationship to” what ordinary people experience day to day.

“As long as Americans believe” what Washington tells them, “they are doomed.” Official reports turn reality on its head. Joe Sixpack can explain economic conditions better than talking-head economists.

“Americans are far more oppressed by the power brokers in Washington than statistics display. Moreover, the young are born into the oppressive, exploitative American system and do not know any different.”

“They are fed by the Presstitute media with endless propaganda about how fortunate they are and how indispensable their wonderful country is.”

“Americans are kept in a constant state of amusement, and many never grasp” the true state of things. Eventually it’ll hit home like a hammer. “America is on the path to collapse or tyranny.” Perhaps both.

At the same time, US dominance will wane. People everywhere “will sigh with relief.” It can’t happen a moment too soon.

America’s “newspaper of record” fronts for Obama. It backs the worst of his policies. Instead of condemning what causes so much harm to so many, it praises his domestic and foreign agenda.

On November 2, its editorial headlined “Jobs Are Growing, Not Stagnating.”

Obama “was right (claiming) ‘real progress.’ ”

“In fact, the jobs recovery has not been derailed; it is showing signs of acceleration.”

Fact check

Twenty-five million without jobs say where’s the recovery. Nearly one-fourth of working age Americans without employment signifies decline, not growth. Rotten jobs replacing good ones highlights it.

Waging war on humanity instead of rebuilding America and prioritizing equitable government for everyone accentuates it. Longstanding NYT policy supports wealth, power and privilege. Ordinary people have no friend in Times Square.

Instead of reporting accurately on Obama’s record, The Times claims he “asserted his employment agenda, including school and infrastructure rebuilding and aid to states to hire teachers.”

He also adopted “a responsible approach to deficit reduction, including preserving tax cuts for most Americans while letting the high-end Bush tax cuts expire.”

Fact check

Obama is more jobs destroyer than creator. He appointed corporate predator/GE chairman/CEO Jeff Immelt as Council on Jobs and Competitiveness head.

His idea of jobs creation is corporate and high-end earner tax cuts, more deregulation, and unfair/one-sided “free” trade in return for small numbers of low pay/poor benefit part-time or temp jobs.

Obama’s done nothing to stop massive teacher layoffs. His Race to the Top is a dagger in the heart of public education and harmful fallout from privatizing it.

His notion of deficit reduction is make ordinary people pay. Cut programs they need most. Prioritize military spending, generous corporate handouts and tax cuts, as well as special benefits for America’s rich.

He didn’t let “high-end Bush tax cuts expire.” He extended them. “Romney has no good ideas and Mr. Obama has plenty,” said The Times.

On issues mattering most, not a dime’s worth of difference separates them. Supporting either assures the worst of hard, repressive times. Sandy sufferers got an early taste.

For good reason, another article said vote independent or stay home. There’s no in between.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Former top Tory involved in “systematic abuse” of children

0

The BBC’s Newsnight claimed last night that a former top Tory from the Thatcher government was a child sex pervert.

The programme alleged he was involved in the “systematic abuse” of young boys at North Wales care homes in the 70s and 80s.

But the man, said to have links to Downing Street, was not identified “because there is simply not enough evidence to name names”.

And yesterday insiders warned that the man at the centre of the claims denies any wrongdoing and is threatening to sue.

One of the alleged victims has called for an inquiry — and says he wants a meeting with the Prime Minister.

Steven Messham, who claims he was abused as a boy, said: “David Cameron has made a sweeping statement that abused people need to be believed.

“We haven’t been believed. We’ve been swept under the carpet. It’s time for a full investigation.”

Earlier yesterday TV journalist Iain Overton revealed on Twitter: “If all goes well we’ve got a Newsnight out tonight about a very senior political figure who is a paedophile.”

It prompted an internet frenzy of speculation about the identity of the alleged pervert.

Channel 4’s Michael Crick, who used to work on Newsnight, also took to Twitter to claim he had spoken to the man involved, who had not been contacted by the BBC.

He tweeted: “Senior political figure due to be accused tonight by BBC of being paedophile denies allegations + tells me he’ll issue writ agst BBC.”

The new controversy comes just weeks after the BBC was rocked by revelations that a Newsnight ­investigation into Jimmy Savile’s sick activities was axed last year.

Staff on the crisis-hit BBC2 show were left fuming yesterday over Mr Overton’s tweet, posted many hours before last night’s report was due to be broadcast.

Mr Overton is head of the Bureau of Investigative Journalism — a not-for-profit group set up at City University, London.

Its aim, according to its website, is to “educate the public and the media on both the realities of today’s world and the value of honest reporting”.

It claims to have been involved in up to 50 front page news stories.

The Newsnight investigation follows a shock revelation from Labour MP Tom Watson — reported in the Mirror — that cops overlooked evidence of a suspected paedophile who worked in Downing Street.

He claimed a Number 10 insider was named in files connected to the conviction of child porn smuggler Peter Righton in the early 90s.

A former Tory minister later made incendiary claims that one of Margaret Thatcher’s closest aides was implicated in one of the most infamous child abuse scandals.

Rod Richards, ex-leader of the Welsh Tories, said he had seen evidence linking Sir Peter Morrison to the North Wales children’s homes case.

Morrison, who died in 1995, was Lady Thatcher’s parliamentary private secretary and deputy Tory Party chairman.

Up to 650 children in 40 care homes were sexually, physically and emotionally abused over 20 years.

Mr Richards also linked a second leading Tory grandee — now dead — to the scandals at two homes near Wrexham.

Mr Richards — who helped establish the inquiry that unearthed the scale of the abuse — said bluntly: “What I do know is that Morrison was a ­paedophile. And I know that because of the North Wales child abuse scandal.”

Tom Watson has said that Morrison was not the pervert he was referring to.

Newsnight has been in the firing line because of the botched Savile investigation which saw a team spend six weeks probing allegations that the DJ and TV star abused pupils at a school in Surrey.

Journalists spoke to at least four women who said they were assaulted or knew what was going on but the report was shelved at the last minute by editor Peter Rippon.

He has “stepped aside” pending an investigation. It took an ITV documentary to reveal that Savile had carried out decades of abuse against hundreds of children.

The Corporation also screened a Panorama investigation into Savile’s crimes and the BBC’s reaction, including what happened to the Newsnight report.

New Director General George Entwistle denied a cover-up in a humiliating Commons committee grilling.

Source

Military To Run Elections In New Jersey

Steve Watson, Prisonplanet.com |

With close to two million people in New Jersey without power in the aftermath of hurricane Sandy, and an national election due next week, it has been determined that the best way forward is to hand over the reigns to the Department of Defense.

Many polling stations will have no power and therefore no means of conducting their duties on election day. The deadline for processing mail in ballots has been extended until Friday, however many will still have no means of voting.

The AP reports that in light of this, military trucks are to be parked in the vicinity of polling stations and will be authorized to issue and accept paper ballots

Republican Secretary of State and Lt. Gov. Kim Guadagno said voters will find “a DOD truck with a well-situated National Guardsman and a big sign saying, ‘Vote Here.’”

“There’s no reason not to vote, there’s no reason not to vote today, there’s certainly no reason not to vote on Tuesday, five days from today,” Guadagno said.

Clearly there are concerns with the such plans. Aside from the fact that having armed soldiers in uniform overseeing a democratic voting process is somewhat troubling, the fact that the location of polling stations will be mobile and not announced until the last minute opens up an increased possibility of fraud.

Although Obama was projected to comfortably take New Jersey, Gov. Chris Christie told reporters that an “old school” voting method could mean “some races might be more suspenseful.”

CNN reports that many polling stations in Delaware, New York and Pennsylvania are also struggling to prepare for the election. In Nassau County, ninety percent of the county’s polling stations are currently without power, those that do are running on generators, and many have been damaged by flooding.

Officials also report that they are currently uncertain what to do with electronic voting machines.

“Our biggest problem at this point is getting the machines to the polling places. Nobody’s there to accept the machines,” said Dennis Kobitz, president of the New Jersey Association of Election Officials, noting that many of the them are locked and without power.

“Do I leave [the polling machines at the polling stations]?” Kobitz asked, frustrated with the unknown. “How do I take a chance that the schools will have power?”

“I can’t just deliver 433 machines – there’s no way to do that in one day,” he said.

Leaving such voting machines unattended or running them on generators is a recipe for disaster, especially considering the documented vulnerabilities of the machines and previous widespread occurrences of voting machine fraud.

Reports have already begun circulating in six different states that the machines are flipping votes, or are not calibrated correctly.

Numerous errors with electronic voting machines have become apparent over the last two weeks.

Early voters in Marion County who attempted to vote for Mitt Romney saw the electronic touch screen replace their choice with Barack Obama instead. Joan Stevens had to input her selection three times before it displayed correctly.

“You want to vote for who you want to vote for, and when you can’t it’s irritating,” Stevens told the Marion Star.

Voters in Guilford County, North Carolina experienced the same problem. Every time a vote for Romney was entered, the machine flipped it and counted it as a vote for Obama.

Vote Independent or Stay Home

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Voting for Obama or Romney is like choosing between death by hanging or firing squad. Either way you’re dead.

The same goes for choosing Republicans or Democrats. Each party replicates the other. On issues mattering most, not a dime’s worth of difference separates them.

They’re pro-corporate, pro-war, pro-Israel, anti-populist, anti-civil and human rights, and anti all values real democratic societies cherish.

Post-November 6, nothing will change. Duopoly power assures harsher times ahead. Expect direct and proxy imperial wars to continue. New ones will be launched. War on terror/existential threat deception will justify them.

Waging war on freedom rages domestically. Hypocrisy, not democracy, is policy. Dissent is endangered. Big Brother spying is endemic. Democratic values are fast eroding en route to disappearing altogether.

Torture is official policy. It’s institutionalized at home and abroad. America’s gulag is the world’s largest. Anyone can be arrested, detained, and held uncharged indefinitely for any reason or none at all.

Obama appointed himself judge, jury and executioner. His kill list decides who lives or dies. No one is safe anywhere including US citizens. State-sponsored murder is policy. Death stalks anyone threatening Washington’s imperium.

On November 27, 1941, Franklin Roosevelt issued Proclamation 2524. He declared December 15 Bill of Rights Day. It was done to commemorate its 150th 1791 ratification.

At the time, he hailed “America(‘s) charter of personal liberty and human dignity.” He said it includes “freedom of religion, freedom of speech, freedom of the press, freedom of assembly, and the free right to petition the Government for redress of grievances.”

American freedom always was far less than he claimed. Today it’s vanishing in plain sight. Tyranny is replacing it. Constitutional, statute and international laws don’t apply. Presidential diktats replaced them.

Obama governs that way. Romney won’t change a thing. Due process, civil protections, and judicial fairness are null and void. Police state laws destroyed them. Expect harsher ones to quash freedom entirely.

Third worldizing America is planned. Bipartisan complicity assures it. Poverty, unemployment, homelessness, hunger, inequality, and overall human deprivation are at unprecedented levels or close to them.

At the same time, $4 trillion or more in domestic spending cuts are planned. When help is badly needed, ordinary people will be hurt most. Medicare, Medicaid, and other vital programs are targeted. Ahead they’re on the chopping block for elimination along with Social Security.

Job creation remains moribund. Policies aren’t in place or planned to stimulate them. Layoffs will increase. The greatest divide between rich and poor in US history will widen.

Military spending and generous corporate handouts will rise. Corporate taxes will be cut. No matter who wins, policies Obama’s (Simpson-Bowles) deficit cutting team proposed will be instituted. They include:

ending or capping middle class tax breaks; home mortgage interest deductions and tax-free employer provided medical insurance will be affected;

billions of dollars in Medicare cuts;

substantial Medicaid co-pay increases and steep cuts overall; millions will be denied vital healthcare when they most need it;

raising the Social Security retirement age and cutting benefits by reducing or eliminating cost-of-living increases;

cutting or eliminating welfare benefits; food stamps and other vital programs will be affected; and

other socially destructive policies.

At issue is destroying social America. Corporate bosses and privileged elites demand it. They want it all for themselves.

Obama and Romney agree. So do congressional leaders. It has to go. Eliminating it is planned to further Washington’s imperium, increase corporate empowerment and profits, and benefit super-rich elites already with too much.

America’s ruling class wants everything its own way. Social justice isn’t in its vocabulary. It’s in the way so kill it.

In the 1970s, America began shifting right. Since the 1980s, neoliberalism dominated US politics under both parties. Bush I continued Reagan policies. Clinton hardened them. Bush II went further.

Obama outdid him. He did what supporters thought impossible. He matched Star Trek. He went where no administration went before. Imagine what he’ll do in a second term. Expect Romney to match or exceed him blow for blow. Congressional Republicans and Democrats assure it.

Money power runs America. Corporate bosses demand it. Whatever they want they get. Ordinary people suffer most. Social justice are four-letter words.

So is prosperity for millions losing out entirely. Bad as things are now, expect worse. Expect America’s great divide between rich and poor to widen.

Neoliberal/imperial priorities let essential public needs go begging. It’s baked in the cake. Party leaders are on board. Rhetoric alone differentiates one side of the isle from the other.

America’s democracy is fake. Back room deals decide who rules. Free, fair and open elections don’t exist. They don’t rise to the level of bad fiction. They mock legitimate governance.

No wonder so many people opt out. Maybe one day an election will be held and no one will show up. Something has to give to change things.

America’s duopoly offers no choice. Vote independent or stay home. Support people oriented candidates committed to real democracy of, by, and for everyone fairly and equitably.

Back peacemakers, not rogues wanting to ravage one country after another. Choose wisely for a society worth living in. Do it because it matters. Throwing out bums for new ones never solved a thing and won’t now.

Real change more than ever is needed. Great struggles are won in small steps. Take one on November 6. Boycott America’s duopoly.

Oppose the corporate driven pestilence. It’s destroying personal freedoms and social justice. Have your say. Do it wisely.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Police searches without warrants would be ‘like Soviet Russia’

0

A top QC has described a call by police for the power to search people’s homes without a warrant as “the kind of thing you’d have expected in Soviet Russia”.

Stephen Daisley |

Brian McConnachie QC made the comments after the Association of Scottish Police Superintendents (Asps) said entry and search powers should be made “an operational matter for police” under the Scottish Government’s proposals to reform criminal law and practice.

The Scottish Government said ministers were “happy to listen to views on how to improve and modernise the criminal justice system”.

Chief Superintendent David O’Connor, president of Asps, said: “It is time that police in Scotland were trusted to make such operational decisions and be given the power to do so.

“We do not propose that police be permitted to embark on fishing trips for evidence. We propose that such powers can only be exercised where it is necessary.”

Police can only enter a private property in relation to a crime either with consent or under the authority of a warrant, other than in extreme circumstances. The warrant must be signed off by the procurator fiscal and approved under oath by a sheriff or justice of the peace.

Mr O’Connor said: “Police may need to arrest a person for a serious crime such as a violent assault, have reasonable grounds for suspecting that the person is inside the premises but currently powerless with a warrant to force entry and make that arrest.”

However, leading Scottish lawyers said the proposal was a threat to privacy and judicial oversight.

Mr McConnachie, vice-chair of the Faculty of Advocates Criminal Bar Association, said it was “more like the kind of thing you’d have expected in Soviet Russia than in Scotland”.

He told STV News: “We would all, I suspect, be of the view that it’s not so much a question of trust as one of judgment. We have the sheriff there to be the buffer between the overzealous police officer and the granting of unnecessary warrants.

“I suspect there are not that many instances when police go to a sheriff with reliable information and are refused a warrant.

“They already have powers under the Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act which allow them to certify the use of surveillance on someone. They already have powers to search in an emergency.

“When it’s a search based on information, it’s the right to privacy that’s being engaged in these circumstances. The fear everybody has is that police could interfere with that at will. That’s why the European courts say you can only interfere with that right by a proper legislative scheme.”

Mr McConnachie, who specialises in criminal law and human rights, insisted that the question was not one of trust in the integrity of the police but a matter of safeguarding judicial oversight.

He added: “As I say, it’s not an issue of not trusting the police; it’s one of there already being powers there and the need to have judicial oversight. If you give the police carte blanche in effect to grant their own warrants who knows where it will lead.”

According to Chief Superintendent O’Connor, the warrant “introduces a delay” during which criminals could dispose of stolen goods, guns, drugs or other incriminating evidence, he said.

He added: “This cannot be in the best interests of victims of crime or the law-abiding majority of the public. We believe that sufficient safeguards can be designed in by placing the authority for approving use of such powers at the minimum level of inspector who will ensure that the use of such powers is justifiable in terms of proportionality, necessity and legality.

“These powers have been available to police in England and Wales since 1984.”

Warrant procedure is “outdated and an unnecessary obstacle for operational policing”, he added.

But Niall McCluskey, a human rights advocate at Connarty, also piled criticism on the proposals, saying that, if implemented, they would facilitate “a serious breach of people’s rights and privacy”.

Mr McCluskey, who has experience in the area of judicial oversight, told STV News: “I’m quite alarmed at the proposals. The police already have powers, if there’s an urgency, to search a property without a warrant.

“They seem to be asking to circumvent judicial oversight to make things easier for them and I think we really have to question their motives. This move would acquire more powers for police and make things operationally easier for them.

“However, it is not appropriate for police to have these powers. The whole point of the warrant system is that it acts as a check and balance on the police. That’s why the warrant process has to be overseen by a Justice of the Peace or a Sheriff.

“Judicial oversight is there so police don’t have carte blanche to do as they please and that’s important for citizens’ rights.”

A Scottish Government spokeswoman said: “The Scottish Government is keen to consider what further changes could be made to make the process for warrants simpler and more efficient. We are always happy to listen to views on how to improve and modernise the criminal justice system.

“That’s why we have met with Asps and welcome their contribution to the public consultation on the implementation of the Carloway Review. We will consider it alongside the other responses.”

Poll: Israeli regime biggest threat to Mideast

0
A considerable percentage of the participants in a recent survey think that the Israeli regime is the biggest threat to the Middle East, a report says.

According to a report by Turkey’s Hurriyet daily, the Turkish Economic and Social Studies Foundation (TESEV) and Friedrich Ebert Stiftung conducted the survey between August 3 and August 28 in 16 countries and interviewed 2,800 people.

The chairman of the TESEV Foreign Policy Program, Mensur Akgun, said, “Forty-six percent of the participants think the biggest threat for the Middle East comes from Israel, 21 percent think it is from the US.”

The results of the survey, called “The perception of Turkey in the Middle East,” were published on Thursday.

The poll also showed that the positive outlook toward Turkey in the Middle East dropped from 78 percent in the 2011 edition of the survey to 69 percent in 2012.

Akgun also stated that the participants “consider Saudi Arabia the strongest economic power and Iran the strongest military power” in the region.

The TESEV official added that 42 percent of the participants in the 2012 poll think Turkey “had a positive impact” on the Islamic Awakening, “however this percentage was 56 percent in 2011.”

MKA/HSN

UK on standby to send warplanes to Gulf

0

Britain is considering stationing warplanes in the Persian Gulf as the confrontation with Iran over its nuclear programme continues amid rising tension in the region, The Independent has learnt.

The possible deployment of the Eurofighter Typhoons follows talks with the United Arab Emirates to bolster the UK’s presence in the region at a time when Israel is threatening military strikes against Tehran and much of the Middle-East is in turbulence in the aftershock of the Arab Spring and Syria’s civil war.

The decision on whether to send the planes at such a volatile time will be made by David Cameron, after further talks with the rulers of Dubai and Abu Dhabi, and an announcement is expected to be made in the near future.

The arrival of British aircraft is bound to fuel the Iranian sense of insecurity even if there are assurances that the move is not aimed at them. The Defence Secretary Philip Hammond yesterday said European nations must be prepared to “take a bigger role in relation to North Africa and the Middle East”.
Israel, whose Defence Minister Ehud Barak is in London at the moment with the Iran crisis the main topic of discussion, is said to be “fully aware” and supportive of the discussions over the warplanes.

The British Government has urged Israel to exercise restraint over Iran, pointing out that sanctions are having a crippling effect on the Iranian economy — with the fall-out from the punitive measures making the government of Mahmoud Ahmadinejad increasingly unpopular and creating frictions in the ruling hierachy.

However, at the same time, UK military commanders are looking at the possibility of sending British jets to a base in Abu Dhabi which is currently being used by American and French forces as a confidence building measure but also, crucially, in case there are attempts by the Iranians to block the Strait of Hormuz, the waterway through which 40 per cent of the world’s oil supplies are shipped.

The Ministry of Defence said in a statement: “The UK regularly deploys Typhoon to UAE as part of our routine exercise programme and to demonstrate our military commitment to UAE and the security of the wider region. We have a mutual interest with our GCC [Gulf] partners in ensuring peace and stability in the region, and exercises such as this allow us to practice working together.” The MoD added: “These deployments are not due to our concerns over Iran’s nuclear programme. As we continue to make clear, the Government does not believe military action against Iran is the right course of action at this time, although no option is off the table.”

However, The Independent has learnt from highly senior military and diplomatic sources that the Al Dhafra airbase, 20 miles south of Abu Dhabi, is being looked at as a possible station for the Typhoons. The base is in use by French Mirage fighter-bombers as well as the 380th Air Expeditionary Wing of the US Air Force with jets and Patriot missile batteries and well located for operations in the Gulf.

Tehran has been bitterly critical about the American and French presence in the Gulf saying that it was an attempt to intimidate and that it posed a threat to their national interests.

Mr Barak said in London this week that Iran appears to have pulled back from proceeding full-steam to acquire nuclear weapons. But he reiterated Israel’s determination to carry out a military strike without warning if it felt this was necessary and met senior British military commanders as well as ministers.

One senior British officer said: “We do not think there is any need for military action at the moment. But we are considering all eventualities and where the UK should position itself. The decision on deployment will be made on mutual interest and growing interdependence between the UK and the UAE in the long-term.”

It has not yet been decided which country would pay for the Typhoons’ presence. However, the UAE government picks up the operational costs for the French, which has been variously estimated to be between €20 million and €45 million per year.

The UK has carried out two air exercises with the UAE, one codenamed Al Khanjar in 2010, involving Eurofighter Typhoons, and another one this year, with Tornado GR4s. The Tornados are, however, being phased out by 2019 and BAE has stated that the UAE has “real and genuine” interest in buying 60 of its Typhoons in preference to the French Dassault Rafale.

A massive contract for the Indian Air Force has gone to the the Rafale instead of the Typhoon, but British military commanders insist the Typhoon deployment to Abu Dhabi is guided by strategic rather than commercial considerations.

Weapon of choice: Eurofighter Typhoon

The Eurofighter Typhoon, introduced in 2003, was the result of an ambitious project by the governments of the UK, Germany, Italy and Spain to build the most advanced multi-function fighter jet in the world. Despite coming in almost 75 per cent over budget and being delayed several times, the jet is seen as a technologically advanced modern aircraft with few rivals.

The Typhoon’s performance in the Libyan conflict last year, where it flew over 600 missions, earned it plaudits — and interest from the governments of India and Brazil. With a top speed of 1,320mph and impressive manoeuvrability in the air, the Typhoon has often been compared to the US Air Force’s F-35 fighter jet. In 2007, Saudi Arabia confirmed it had signed a £4.43bn contract for 72 Typhoons.

Source

Imperialists at it again…in Mali

0

Not another goddamn war. This time its not Iran, its not Syria. Its Mali (according to Western diplomats, a war will occur in a few weeks). We already went to 2011 war in Libya which I called “unlawful and unconstitutional” and said there was an “imperialist aspect to the Libyan war.” Then earlier thus year, troops were brought into Uganda and not its another another country in Africa. But why Mali? The Marxist-Leninist Workers World Party says “This planned imperialist intervention is being carried out under the guise of fighting in North and West Africa…The imperialists are using the presence of groups such as Ansar Dine, the Movement for Oneness and Jihad in West Africa, and Al-Qaeda of the Islamic Magreb to justify intervention and occupation…The aims and objectives of the E.U., U.S. and U.N. Security Council are related to the overall imperialist strategy for the African continent, which has oil and other minerals indispensable to the world capitalist market.” One has take their opinion with a grain of salt, but still consider what they are saying. But, obviously, it doesn’t seem to be about Al-Qaeda at all.

One should start with an overview by the CIA World Factbook. They write that landlocked Mali, one of “poorest countries in the world…is…highly dependent on gold mining and agricultural exports for revenue” that “Mali remains dependent on foreign aid.” Then one could consider that gold is the third largest source of exports for the country, that there is unexploited proven reserves of other minerals and that two major South African multi-million dollar multinationals are gold mining in the country: Anglogold-Ashanti and Randgold Resources. But, gold may not be the major driver: black gold seems to have a pull.

A website called “Mbendi” started gives some clues. They write that Mali “has considerable mineral resources” but no “known commercially exploitable oil or gas resources.” This is correct, as the country is not producing any oil as of now, but it doesn’t get to the heart of the matter. Since 2005, the government has been trying to generate interest of multinationals in order possibly extract petroleum from a part of the country, the Taoudeni basin. According to a Wikipedia article on the subject, with the push from the Malian government (pre-coup), oil exploration from Baraka Petroleum, Sonatrach, Eni, Total S.A., Woodside and China National Petroleum Corporation have occurred in the basin, but “the remote location and hostile environment…would make extraction expensive.”

In October 2011, one of the companies involved in oil exploration in the country, Algeria’s Sonatrach said there would be “oil drilling by mid-2012.” That didn’t happen but interestingly enough, the US asked Algeria to join in intervention in Mali! But back in 2011, there were some interesting news, the Prime Minister of Mali said Oil Exploration in the country was “Well Advanced” With all of these factors, oil companies have explored and parceled lots for oil drilling in Northern Mali along with Total S.A. (French) and Qatari Petroleum Corporation. As a result, many commentators in the country see the French as engineering the Tuareg rebellion, since it seems France might be jealous of the resources in the country. Energypedia provides an outline of Mali’s oil blocks which is even more important. They write that “drilling for oil in Mali’s section of the Taoudeni Basin by mid-2012…has been slow in the basin…[because] the area is overrun by gunmen, some of whom are linked to al Qaeda.” That basin happens to be only one of the few places that is drilled in the country. As of 2004, there was 4 oil wells in the country, but the country is “underexplored” and “at the center of Oil & Gas development in Central Africa” since there are five basins in the country that can be explored and exploited for oil. This is according to Baraka Mali Ventures Ltd which could be exaggerating and overestimating but it still could be a factor.

One must also consider other factors at play. For one, Africom (African Command) as Michael T. Klare noted in the movie Blood and Oil has one main purpose: protect African oil. Likely, this command will be involved in this operation, this war. But there is more. Mali’s chief exporter is China and the U.S. may want to counter that perhaps, to curb China’s growing dominance in Africa. Consider what Nick Turse notes, that “three U.S. soldiers were killed in an accident in Mali in April” showing that “U.S. special operations forces were operating in…Mali.” Turse also writes that there has been a “more than 200% increase in U.S. personnel there since 2005” and that “today–official designations aside – the U.S. maintains a surprising number of bases in Africa.”

This time, the intervention would result in more blood for oil no doubt, but also would be for gold, validating what the Workers World Party opined. Consider also gold is used for jewelry, sometimes dentistry, high-end CDs, good electrical conductors, expensive electronics cables, used to connect semiconductor devices, for certain computers, communications equipment, spacecraft, and even jet aircraft engines. Also, gold is very expensive and valuable these days. Earlier this month, “the United Nations Security Council unanimously…passed a French resolution approving an African-led force to assist the army of Mali in combating the Islamist militants.” However, “the resolution does not authorise the deployment of force” and “a second resolution authorising a military deployment “is not expected to happen before the end of the year.” So, the imperialists are gearing up for war perhaps. Since gold, untapped mineral resources and under explored oil in the country is at stake, it seems obvious that this isn’t a PR operation for the Pentagon like Somalia, as Noam Chomsky noted. I implore you to write your senators and congressmen at tell them to not intervene in Mali (just input your zip code and send an electronic letter to your members of congress or a paper letter via this website). America is already in drone wars worldwide in countries such as Pakistan, Somalia and Yemen and the longest war in U.S. history in Afghanistan. Tell them enough is enough, and that they must stand against another imperialist war in Africa.

This was originally posted on HermannView.

Profile of a Police State

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

For years, America has been on a fast track to tyranny. Duopoly power runs things repressively. Government of, by, and for the people never existed and doesn’t now.

Homeland repression is policy. Police state laws target resisters. Elections are farcical, rigged, and illegitimate. People have no say. Corporate controlled electronic voting machines decide for them.
Money power is firmly in charge. Democracy is illusory, not real.

Corporate/party boss-run Commission on Presidential Debates (CPD) members exclude alternative voices. Money power operates secretly with no public oversight. A sham process repeats each electoral cycle.

Alternative party presidential candidates risk arrest for showing up to watch debates. Participation is out of the question.

On October 16, Green Party presidential and vice presidential candidates learned firsthand. Jill Stein and Cheri Honkala were arrested, detained, and held handcuffed uncomfortably to metal chairs in a remote police warehouse for hours.

They were charged with “obstructing traffic.” None at the time was visible. That’s how tyranny works. Challenging authority risks prison or worse. Many are tortured and abused. Some end up dead.

Obama appointed himself judge, jury and executioner. He decides who lives or dies. Romney won’t change a thing. No matter who wins, expect police state America to be more repressive than ever post-election.

If presidential challengers can be arrested and abused, what chance have ordinary people. Step out of line and expect the worst. Stein learned firsthand a second time. Her web site explained.

She supports activists opposing the environmentally destructive Keystone XL (KXL) project. More about it below.

In east Texas, she was arrested and handcuffed for bringing food, Halloween candy, and supplies. She was detained in Wood County jail. Authorities charged her with criminal trespassing. She and others were involved.

“They were not warned of imminent arrests; and the arresting officers did not self-identify as police.” Stein said she’s willing to face arrest in support of blocking KXL.

It’s a controversial 1,661-mile Alberta, Canada to Port Arthur, TX pipeline. Earlier, hundreds of environmental activists protested in front of the White House against it.

If completed, it’ll carry toxic tar sands oil from Western Canada to refineries on America’s Gulf coast. It’ll pass through environmentally sensitive areas in six states.

They include waterways and the Ogallala Aquifer. It’s one of the world’s largest. In America, it supplies about 30% of the nation’s irrigation ground water. It’s also used for human consumption.

Friends of the Earth says Keystone XL “will carry one of the world’s dirtiest fuels: tar sands oil.” Moreover, its route “could devastate ecosystems and pollute water sources, and would jeopardize public health.”

If completed, it’ll double America’s dirty tar sands oil supply. At the same time, environmental toxicity will increase exponentially. No matter the stakes, Big Oil wants it. So do Republicans and many Democrats. Obama once again conceded.

TransCanada Corporation is building it. It’s spill-prone construction record assures trouble. It promised its Keystone I pipeline would leak once every seven years. In year one, it leaked 12 times or once a month on average. It was unprecedented in US pipeline history.

TarSandsBlockade.org asks “Why Oppose KXL?”

For many reasons, it states. NASA scientist James Hansen calls it “a fuse to the largest carbon bomb on the planet.”

All pipelines spill. Avoidance is impossible. Large-scale environmental damage is too great a price to pay. TransCanada said up to 700,000 gallons of tar sands crude could leak without detection. In other words, safeguards are weak and ineffective.

Pipeline construction abuses eminent domain. TransCanada “intimidated landowners” along its route to contractually accede to its demands. In addition, the company “fraudulently steals land from private citizens through eminent domain.”

Water contamination is certain. The Carrizo-Wilcox Aquifer (CWA) is threatened. In March 2011, water resources & environmental engineer/consultant Lawrence Dunbar said CWA spillage would be environmentally disastrous. Human and natural resources would be impacted.

Release of enough tar sands contaminants would make affected water resources unfit for human consumption. CWA “is one of the greatest assets of the East-Central region of Texas. It provides water for agriculture, industry, and human consumption and use.”

It’s far too valuable to contaminate. KXL assures it. Remediation would be hard to impossible to achieve.

According to Cornell University’s Global Labor Institute, KXL will also destroy more jobs than it creates. Its September 2011 “Pipe Dreams?” report said job creation claims lack credibility.

At best up to 4,650 temporary ones will be created. In two years or less they’ll be gone. “KXL will not be a major source of US jobs, nor will it play any substantial role at all in putting Americans back to work.”

Moreover, diverting tar sands oil “now supplying Midwest refineries, so it can be sold at higher prices to the Gulf Coast and export markets (means) Midwest (consumers) could be paying 10 to 20 cents more per gallon for gasoline and diesel fuel.”

Doing so will adversely impact other spending and cost jobs. KXL will also have “a chilling effect on green investments and green jobs creation.”

Thus far, green economic spending generated “2.7 million jobs in the US and could generate many more.”

In addition, “Tar Sands oil and energy independence really do not belong in the same sentence.”

Cornell, the Natural Resources Defense Council and other independent assessments say KXL assures higher gas prices.

Exporting tar sands oil won’t reduce US dependence on foreign supplies. Prioritizing exports is planned. At issue is selling at the highest possible price.

KXL violates tribal sovereignty. The Indigenous Environmental Network’s “Mother Earth Accord” supports and urges opposition to tar sands development. At issue is preserving the integrity of US and Canadian First Nations and tribal lands.

TransCanada won’t disclose an analysis of chemical dilutants used to facilitate transporting tar sands oil through KXL. At issue are human and environmentally destructive substances.

The Pipeline Hazardous Material Safety Administration told Congress that pipeline regulations weren’t crafted with tar sands oil in mind. They’re woefully inadequate and require strengthening. At a time of deregulatory extremism, don’t expect it.

The State Department, not EPA, conducted KXL’s Environmental Impact Statement (EIS). Hillary Clinton has close ties to TransCanada lobbyist Paul Elliot. He was one of her main 2008 presidential campaign officials.

EIS analysis was rigged. Its methodology lacked credibility. Results claimed minimal environmental contamination risk.

KXL’s southern area “Gulf Coast Project” failed to conduct its own environmental assessment. Issues related to the Carrizo-Wilcox Aquifer, wild fires, droughts, and others weren’t examined.

Connect the dots. Omnipotent money power, permanent imperial wars, corporate empowerment, rigged elections, homeland repression, and government of, by, and for the privileged few characterize today’s America.

Even independent presidential candidates challenging a system this corrupt, venal and dysfunctional risk arrest, abuse, and possible imprisonment.

On November 6, consider your options. Boycott America’s duopoly. Vote independent or stay home. Change depends on ordinary people struggling long-term. Nothing else works. Not now! Not ever!

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

SWAT Team Sniper Kills 16yr Old Boy

0

Prisonplanet |

A sensitive and peace-loving 16-year-old boy from an affluent Georgia suburb was fatally gunned down by a police sniper in his own house after he threatened to kill himself following a bad day at school.

Young Andrew Messina cracked after receiving a bad grade and upon returning home he grabbed his parents .357 Magnum and told his mother he wanted to end his life.

Panicked, she called the police to come and talk him down, but instead, an army of deputies, an armoured tank and a sniper arrived at their Towne Lake home who eventually shot the boy dead after he smashed a door window with the handgun.

Speaking out for the first time since the tragic May 1st accident at their Towne Lake home, Andrew’s parents Nick and Lisa said they still struggled to believe the chain of events that led to their boy’s death and the way that police have closed ranks since the fatal shooting.

‘He just got sad and kind of down on himself and talked about running away. And that discussion turned to ending his life. And I wasn’t home,’ Nick Messina said to CBS Atlanta.
‘It just happened so fast, and then he went upstairs. He has the gun in his hand, and he had bullets in the other hand,’ Lisa Messina continued.Making a panicked 911 call, Lisa Messina was more concerned for her son’s safety than her own. http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2224126/They-brought-army-16-year-old…

Romney surrogates manipulating US electoral process

0

Daya Gamage |

Run up to the November 2000 presidential elections in the United States in which Republican George W. Bush and Democrat (vice president) Al Gore were the principal contenders there were widespread reports, facts and startling evidence that Bush’ brother Jebb Bush who was the Republican governor in the State of Florida and his (elected Republican) secretary of state (the chief election officer) Katherine Harris were manipulating in favor of candidate George Bush.

There were five majority-Black counties which were overwhelmingly supporting Al Gore were physically blocked by the State Troopers. Polling stations were abruptly changed confusing the Black voters. The result was a disputed election results that underwent a long re-count and finally to the US Supreme Court which awarded Bush the presidency. It was a 537-vote issue.

In 1982 Sri Lankans faced a similar scenario; a nationwide rigged presidential election. The then jayawardene administration paced the way for a manipulated election in stripping the main opposition contender, Sirimavo Bandaranaike, of her civic rights. Then followed the infamous nationwide referendum of December 1982, widely rigged, to extend the life of the 1977-elected parliament for another five years.

At a reception at the American ambassador’s residence following the referendum gathered by the most distinguished personalities in government, opposition and business sector, the youthful Political Officer of the American embassy who ranked the third in hierarchy of the Mission Kenneth Scott, who was in the earshot of this writer, made a one sentence analysis of the just concluded October presidential election: “The election would have been free and fair had Mr. Banadaranaike been able to contest with full civic rights.”

He made this ‘analysis’ to a group of distinguished personalities one of who was Mr. Manikdivela President Jayawardene’s official secretary and a close confidante.

Political Officer Kenneth Scott was not declared ‘persona non grata’ but was ‘expelled’ frrom Sri Lanka.

A similar scenario has been put in place by states that are governed by the Republican Party in the last year or so curtailing voter registration, disenfranchising a bulk of voters presumed to be Democratic Party supporters and restricting or cancelling early voting.

In 2011 Republicans gained control of both chambers in 26 state legislatures, with 21 of those states also having Republican governors. Republican-controlled legislatures have passed a wide range of new bills that restrict, rather than broaden, access to the voting rights.

The question to any layman is how could they manipulate. The functions of the elections, voter registration, location of polling stations, early voting decisions and other vital decisions connected to the presidential, House and Senate elections are the official responsibilities of the ‘Election Officer’. And who is the ‘Election Officer’? The Secretary of State of the particular state. And, this is an elected position. When the governor, control of the state legislature and the secretary of state are all Republican Party, as all 33 states have with the exception of one or two like the State of Nevada where the secretary of state is a Democratic Party elected official despite the governor post and the legislature are controlled by the Republicans, the Republican Party has all the space to manipulate the electoral process in favor of its own presidential candidate.

The federal government has no responsibility in managing nation-wide elections in the United States.

Republican Governor Jebb Bush, the brother of George W. Bush (the Republican Party candidate in the 2000 election) and Secretary of State Katherine Harris, the republican Party elected official, it was alleged and widely known, manipulated the electoral process in the State of Florida which produced a disputed result that finally denied the presidency to Al Gore.

Even after twelve years, the nation is haunted by the razor-thin (537 votes) dispute that denied the presidency of the United States to Democrat Al Gore in 2000 when Republican candidate Mitt Romney surrogates and his Republican associates nationwide, who are controlling 33 governorships and legislatures out of the 50 states, in the past year have been found manipulating the outcome of the forthcoming November 6 presidential election which most pollsters and political observers believe to be a very close contest as both Obama and Romney are in dead heat.

Since Republicans won control of many statehouses in the November 2010 elections, more than a dozen states have passed laws requiring voters to show photo identification at polls, cutting back early voting periods, imposing new restrictions on voter registration drives or redrawing electoral maps.

At least 180 restrictive bills have been introduced in 41 states since the beginning of 2011. Twenty-five laws and two executive actions have passed in 19 states since the beginning of 2011. Seventeen states have passed restrictive voting laws that have the potential to affect the 2012 election; these states account for 218 electoral votes, or nearly 80 percent of the total needed to win the presidency. These Republican Party-led efforts impose a series of new restrictions on voting: strict, new voter-ID laws, limits on voter-registration drives, and closing early-voting windows, which creates fewer voting precincts and longer lines.

Richard L. Hasen, a professor at the University of California, Irvine, believes the risk of another debacle like the 2000 election is high.

“Elections are not well funded in this country, and the people running them are not professionals,” he said. “There are different rules in every district. When there is a razor-thin election – and we may have one in November – there is room for chicanery.”

Liberal and civic rights groups cite new restrictions on voting periods and voter ID laws aimed at disenfranchising women, the young, the elderly and disabled, as well as minorities and those on low income.

The most recent high-profile fights have been about voter identification requirements and whether they are aimed at stopping fraud or keeping minority group members and the poor from voting.

Republicans in some states liked the ideas that fit their notion of what was wrong – potential for fraud. And Democrats preferred others – increasing voter participation. Little was done.

“This has all become incredibly politicized in recent years,” noted Daniel Tokaji, an election law professor at Ohio State University. “If you go back in our history, you can find voter registration rules used to exclude blacks or immigrants from voting. But since 2000 it seems to have gotten worse. Both parties have realized that election administration rules can make the difference between victory and defeat in a close election. And unlike virtually every other country in the world, our systems are administered by partisan officials elected as candidates of their parties.”

This week, most national and regional pollsters, more than 40 in all, were in a consensus that Mr. Obama is most likely to get 95% of the African American (Black) votes, 70% of the Latino vote, 60% of the Asian-American-Pacific Islanders vote and a majority of the youth vote.

Republican candidate is most likely to get 75% of White voters who are over 65 and 55% of the women votes.

The target of the Republican officials nationwide were the immigrant, Black and youth vote in manipulating the electoral process in this very close election on November 6. Obama is expected to win with a razor thin majority in the popular and electoral college vote. Sensing this, the Republican officials have been working overtime to negate that advantage.

The wave of new voter restrictions and scare tactics being implemented for the 2012 elections — such as voter ID laws, early voting restrictions, threatening billboards, misleading mailers and vigilante poll watchers — could intimidate countless numbers of Americans from exercising their right to vote.

Voting restrictions in a majority of states since 2011, including strict voter ID laws and limits on early voting and voter registration. Though many of the laws have been blunted, confusion about voting requirements could still make it harder for many Americans to exercise their right to the franchise.

Each of these measures is purportedly designed to prevent “voter fraud,” despite no evidence that in-person fraud or double-voting actually exists on a significant scale, and certainly not on a level that could affect the outcome of an election. “It makes no sense for individual voters to impersonate someone,” Rutgers public policy professor Lori Minnite recently told The New Yorker. “It’s like committing a felony at the police station, with virtually no chance of affecting the election outcome.” University of California-Irvine election law professor Rick Hasen told The New Yorker that he “tried to find a single case” since 1980 when “an election outcome could plausibly have turned on voter-impersonation fraud,” but found nothing.

While there is no evidence “voter fraud” has had an impact on any modern election, the new wave of voter restrictions and election intimidation tactics threaten to have an impact on election results in 2012. Earlier estimates suggested as many as 5 million voters could be affected by voter ID laws and limits on voter registration and early voting. Countless others will never go to the polls because of confusing or misleading information, or will turn away when confronted by vigilante poll watchers. Voter registration fraud — which is distinct from “voter fraud” like double voting — could also mean valid ballots will not be counted.

The Brennan Center for Justice at New York University estimates that 25 laws and 2 executive actions have passed in 19 states since the beginning of 2011. This includes voter ID laws (introduced in 34 states and signed into law in eight states, and on Minnesota’s ballot in November), laws requiring proof of citizenship like a birth certificate or passport to register or vote (introduced in 17 states and passed in three), as well as new limits on early voting or voting registration drives. Though not every state will have a voter ID law in place for the November election, an estimated eleven percent of voting-age Americans — over 21 million citizens across the country — do not have the forms of ID required under the voter ID laws, particularly people of color and the elderly, the same populations the forms of ID required under ID law, particularly people of color and elderly, the same populations disproportionately affected by new limits on voting registration and early voting. The Brennan Center has called the wave of laws “the biggest rollback in voting rights since the Jim Crow era.”

Voting is expected to be more contentious this November than in past years because of a running battle over election law pitting conservative groups and Republican state officials against the Obama administration and liberal allies.

The Obama campaign scored a victory in October when the Supreme Court declined to hear an appeal filed by Republican officials in the State of Ohio seeking to limit the state’s early voting program.

In October again in the State of Wisconsin, the state Supreme Court declined to immediately review lower-court rulings invalidating a voter-identification law signed by Republican Gov. Scott Walker.

In Florida, judges stopped attempts to restrict voter-registration drives but allowed measures to reduce days of early voting and to remove non-citizens from voting rolls to stand.
Both sides expect wrangling over voter identification and eligibility to extend to polling places and are recruiting armies of volunteers for Election-Day showdowns.

American civil rights groups have appealed to the world’s biggest election monitoring organisation, the OSCE, over concerns about controversial changes in voter registration ahead of the November 6 presidential poll.

The eight civil rights group expressed their worry that millions, including those on low income as well as minorities, could be excluded from the vote for the presidency and for members of Congress.

They raised the issues during a meeting last month in Washington with representatives from the Organisation of Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE), which represents 56 states in Europe, Central Asia and North America.

New electronic voting machine can be hacked

Rapid advances in the development of cyberweapons and malicious software mean that electronic-voting machines used in the 2012 election could be hacked, potentially tipping the presidential election or a number of other races.

Since the machines are not connected to the Internet, any hack would not be a matter of someone sneaking through cyberspace to change ballots. Rather, the concern is that an individual hacker, a partisan group, or even a nation state could infect voting machines by gaining physical access to them or by targeting the companies that service them.

The 2010 discovery of the Stuxnet cyberweapon, which used a thumb drive to attack Iran’s nuclear facilities and spread among its computers, illustrated how one type of attack could work. Most at risk are paperless e-voting machines, which don’t print out any record of votes, meaning the electronically stored results could be altered without anyone knowing they had been changed.

In a tight election, the result could be the difference between winning and losing. A Monitor analysis shows that four swing states — Pennsylvania, Virginia, Colorado, and Florida — rely to varying degrees on paperless machines.

“The risk of cyber manipulation of these machines is quite real,” says Barbara Simons, a computer researcher and author of “Broken Ballots,” a book documenting e-voting vulnerabilities. “Most people don’t understand that these computer-based voting machines can have software bugs or even election-rigging malicious software in them.”

There are plenty of software vulnerabilities to exploit, says Matt Blaze, a computer scientist at the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia. In 2007, he was on a team investigating touch-screen and other voting systems for California and Ohio. The resulting study concluded “virtually every important software security mechanism is vulnerable.”

The paperless machines, however, stand out as particularly vulnerable.

“If there’s no paper trail, you can have the corrupted software display on the voting-machine screen whatever you want to display — and then after the voter leaves, record something completely different inside,” says Richard Kemmerer, a computer scientist who heads the University of California, Santa Barbara, Computer Security Group.

Enter- International Monitors

United Nations-affiliated election monitors from Europe and central Asia will be at polling places around the U.S. looking for voter suppression activities by conservative groups, (Meaning Republican Party-affiliated groups) a concern raised by civil rights groups.

The Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE) have already deployed a total of 44 European observers across America in response to claims from progressive groups that conservative groups seek to disenfranchise minority voters.

The OSCE, a United Nations partner on democratization and human rights projects, will deploy these observers from its human rights office around the country on Election Day to monitor an array of activities, including potential disputes at polling places. It’s part of a broader observation mission that will send out an additional 80 to 90 members of parliament from nearly 30 countries.

The Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights, the NAACP and the ACLU, among other groups, warned in October in a letter to Daan Everts, a senior official with OSCE, of “a coordinated political effort to disenfranchise millions of Americans – particularly traditionally disenfranchised groups like minorities.”

Neil Simon, director of communications for the OSCE’s parliamentary assembly, agreed the U.N. does not have jurisdiction over U.S. elections but noted all OSCE member counties, which include the United States, have committed since 1990 to hold free and democratic elections and to allow one another to observe their elections.

With 56 States from Europe, Central Asia and North America, the OSCE is the world’s largest regional security organization. It offers a forum for political negotiations and decision-making in the fields of early warning, conflict prevention, crisis management and post-conflict rehabilitation, and puts the political will of its participating States into practice through its unique network of field missions.

The OSCE has a comprehensive approach to security that encompasses politico-military, economic and environmental, and human aspects. It therefore addresses a wide range of security-related concerns, including arms control, confidence- and security-building measures, human rights, national minorities, democratization, policing strategies, counter-terrorism and economic and environmental activities.

All 56 participating States enjoy equal status, and decisions are taken by consensus on a politically, but not legally binding basis.

The OSCE is a leading organization in the field of election observation. It conducts election-related activities across the 56 participating States, including technical assistance and election observation missions.

Election monitors from the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE), an organization created under the United Nations Charter.

The OSCE opened its observer mission in the US on October 9, led by OSCE ambassador Daan Everts. It has 13 international experts based in DC and 44 long-term observers from 23 countries being deployed throughout the country.

Its mission is to assess the election for compliance with international obligations and standards for democratic elections.

In a statement, it said: “The mission will analyze the legislative framework and its implementation and will follow campaign activities, the work of the election administration and relevant government bodies, including voter registration, and the resolution of election disputes.’

Conclusion

This is the most close presidential election since the 2000 debacle which the US Supreme Court declared George W. Bush the winner. The race is for majority of the Electoral Votes (270) to win the presidency than beating the opponent in the nationwide popular vote. The disputed 537 popular votes in Florida was settled by the US Supreme Court in December 2000, a month after the nationwide poll, awarding 24 Electoral Votes to Mr. Bush to get over the 270 required for victory.

All nationwide and state polls, and erudite analyses have predicted a very close battle between r. Romney and President Obama. It is the race for the 270 Electoral Votes. Some have predicted a tie, 269 Electoral Votes for each candidate, in which the newly elected Congress, in both the House and the senate, will have to play the role of electing the president and the vice president under the 12th Amendment to the US constitution. The election is that close.

Sensing this the Republican Party has been working overtime to manipulate the electoral process in favor of its candidate for a considerable long time since the 2010 Congressional elections in which the party took control of the House, 33 State Houses and most importantly the most of the Secretaries of State who are in charge of conducting elections in their respective states.

It is in this scenario that the international observers have descended on the United States, and a widespread belief that the election may not be free and fair due to manipulations by the Republican Party surrogates nationwide.

Could this be a repetition of 2000? In the wee hours of November 6 the world will know.

Facebook censors Navy SEALs

0

RT |

Social media giant Facebook has removed a message by the Special Operations Speaks PAC (SOS), which shed negative light on US President Obama for denying a request for military support in Benghazi before the deadly attack on the consulate.

The message came in the form of a meme, accompanied by an image of Obama, smiling while holding his ears, next to an image of former al-Qaeda leader Osama bin Laden.

“Obama called the SEALs and THEY got bin Laden,” the meme states. “When the SEALs called Obama, THEY GOT DENIED.”

The message sheds light on Obama’s failure to provide backup when the SEALs called for it in Benghazi, shortly before four Americans were killed in an attack that killed the US Ambassador to Libya.

Sources who were present during the six-hour assault claim that military assistance, which was only two hours away, was requested and denied even when the CIA safe house was under attack. The assault has become a controversial topic, with the White House having been unclear about how much it actually knew about the attack and the motivations behind it.

SOS is an anti-Obama group consisting of “veterans, legatees, and supporters of the Special Operations communities of all the Armed Forces,” the Facebook page states. After the page garnered 30,000 shared and 24,000 likes for the meme in just 24 hours, it was deleted by Facebook.

Larry Ward, the administrator of the SOS Facebook page, said he received a message that he had violated Facebook’s Statement of Rights and Responsibilities with out meme.

“So I copied the warning, put it on the meme as a caption, and re-posted the meme to our Facebook page,” he told Breitbart News. But after reposting the image, it was removed again and the SOS account was frozen for 24 hours.

Ward believes the meme was removed because it offended Obama supporters — including, he believes, members of the Facebook staff. It was posted just days before the presidential election, and its high number of shares could have made it influential.

“It looks like Obama’s liberal followers in Facebook HQ are terrified of how damaging the Benghazi scandal is for the President,” said former Navy SEAL Larry Bailey in a press release by SOS. “We understand that Facebook can run their site however they’d like, but when they’re trying to quietly squelch opposition to what is a clear leadership failure that resulted in the tragic deaths of some of our nation’s heroes, they deserve the to be called out on it.”

But Facebook denies that it purposefully censored the message, claiming the two-time deletion was simply a mistake.

“A member of our team accidentally removed something you posted on Facebook,” an e-mail from the social media giant told SOS. “This was a mistake, and we sincerely apologize for this error. We’ve since restored the content, and you should now be able to see it.”

The restored image currently has about 11,000 shares and 7,000 likes.

Valerie Jarrett: Directing the Obama Administration Toward Globalist Agendas

0

Susanne Posel, Occupy Corporatism |

Last week, President Obama was questioned, among other things, about his involvement with Abound Solar, a bankrupt solar energy corporation owned by Valerie Jarrett who is Obama’s senior adviser and assistant to the executive branch on intergovernmental affairs and public engagement.

Kyle Clark, correspondent for the local Denver station KUSA, said that Obama had confirmed that environmental monies allocated $60 million for stimulus were given to Abound Solar which “is out of business and under criminal investigation.”

Obama skirted the direct question by replying: “I think that if you look at our record that these loans that are given out by the Department of Energy for clean energy have created jobs all across the country. … And these are decisions, by the way, that are made by the Department of Energy, they have nothing to do with politics.”

The Office of Public Engagement and Intergovernmental Affairs (PEIA) is a subsection of the White House Office within the Executive branch of the US Presidency. The PEIA facilitate communication between the President and numerous interest groups in a “town-hall” style of allowing the average American citizen to be heard by the President. The PEIA collaborates with the Office of Communications in a subversive form of coercion of the US public to rally around President Obama.

In conjunction with state and local officials, the PEIA influence local elections and makes sure that those seated in office are on-board with the President’s agendas.

arrett also heads the White House Council on Women and Girlsafter creating the agency in an executive order signed in 2009. This EO gave the US government and Jarrett oversight on issues concerning all women and girls in America through doctorial “legislation”. The foundation of this agency is built on international ideals as defined by the UN Commission on the Status of Women(CSW). Through global policy, the CSW endeavors to set global standards on all women across the world that will supersede the law of each individual sovereign nation. The CSW, created by theUN Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC), seeks to control:

– Definitions of women’s rights
– Establish international gender equality standards
– Identify challenges and create policies to promote gender equality

Jarrett, by order of Obama, sits on the Chair of the Council to oversee such federal agency players such as:

– Hillary Clinton
– Timothy Geithner
– Leon Panetta
– Eric Holder
– Ray LaHood
– Janet Napolitano
– Susan Rice

In Chicago, Jarrett and Obama partnered at the Joyce Foundation, which is a “charitable organization” that funds political endeavors such as Michael Bloomberg, Mayor of New York, to begin the Mayors Against Illegal Guns initiative.

Obama’s administration has worked with the Joyce Foundation in socialist schemes such as the creation of the White House Office of Social Innovation and Civic Participation (SICP) that concocts plans to reward those who work with the administration to further particularly pointed agendas that have undermined our Constitutional Republic. SICP manipulates “individuals, non-profits, the private sector, and government” to invest in leadership that demonstrate:

– Effective solutions that suit the current administration
– Implant government intervention into everyday citizen’s lives
– Recruiting leaders to serve a socialist agenda on a local level

Their purpose is to promote service to government as a condition of community so that eventually all Americans will transform into a new generation of citizens concerned with “national priorities”. The use of federal agencies is at the center of this scheme which restructures local markets and resources to the betterment of the whole and not the individual. Using private sector corporations and government grants this enterprise will “create a more effective government by breaking down barriers to innovation.”

According to Jarrett, speaking on her relationship with Obama: “We have kind of a mind meld. And chances are, what he wants to do is what I’d want to do.”
Jarrett has been referred to as “the other side of Obama’s brain. In fact, Jarrett’s close friendship with Obama goes back to his days as a Senator and became a top advisor for his 2008 Presidential campaign.

Michelle and Barack are closely tied to the Jarret network of Chicago elite who influence the social, business and political temperament of the city. Her role in their personal lives and professional careers extends beyond an advisor to the Presidential office and friend of the family.

It is clear that Jarrett has a long history with Obama and now seats one of the most powerful positions in the White House — perhaps even more influential than the presidential office simply because Obama does what Jarrett tells him to do.

Greece Suppresses Free Expression

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Ordinary Greeks face deepening Depression conditions. At a time vital help is needed, force-fed austerity is policy. Corrupt governance mandates it. Severe repression targets resisters. Now they’ve got another woe. Press freedom isn’t tolerated.

A previous article explained. Whistleblower/journalist Costas Vaxevanis faces charges of violating state privacy laws. He’ll be tried for truth-telling. More on that below.

Greece is bankrupt. Vital social services are vanishing. Ordinary people face extraordinary hardships. Corrupt governance makes things harder by punishing them. Human deprivation is more than many can bear.

At the same time, privileged Greeks manage fine and then some. When billions of dollars in aid is needed to keep the economy from collapsing, their wealth is hidden safely offshore in tax havens.

Much of it is questionable. Behind every great fortune lies a great crime. Greeks aren’t exceptions to the rule. Hiding wealth automatically makes it suspect.

Tax avoidance compounds other potential criminality. Government officials ignore it. Doing so makes them complicit. What have they got to hide? Answers needed aren’t forthcoming.

Vaxevanis learned what’s going on and exposed it. Privacy laws weren’t violated. No personal data was revealed. Allegations of criminality weren’t made.

Vaxevanis did what’s expected from all journalists – his job. He justifiably called for an investigation. Doing so got him arrested and bogusly charged with violating state privacy laws.

Revealing potential tax cheats is essential. Doing it in a country reeling from debt problems takes on greater urgency. If convicted, Vaxevanis faces up to two years in prison and a 30,000 euro fine.

Democracy’s birthplace tramples on principles it once embraced. Police state repression, corruption, and indifference to human need replaced it.

In charging Vaxevanis, government officials targeted press freedom. Destroying free expression endangers all other rights. They’re vanishing in Greece, other European countries, America and Israel.

Call it Western civilization’s darkest hour. Disturbing as things are now, expect much worse ahead. Vaxevanis and others like him represent a shot across the bow. Anyone can be arrested for any reason or none at all. That’s how police states operate.

Vaxevanis has supporters. On October 31, Russia Today (rt.com) headlined “Show-stopper: Greek journalists go on strike, alleging state censorship,” saying:

For months, intermittent strikes and street protests challenged austerity harshness. Now “(t)he embattled Greek government faces another strike – this time from journalists.”

State television ones began work stoppages. At issue is challenging government censorship. Greece faces two scandals back-to-back.

“One concerns presenters Marilena Katsimi and Costas Arvanitis.” National Broadcaster ERT suspended them indefinitely. They host a popular current affairs program.

Suspension followed their criticism of right wing interior minister Nikos Dendias. At issue was evidence of his involvement in torturing 15 anti-fascist activists. More on that below.

Katsimi and Arvanitis were suspended for “violat(ing) basic journalistic ethics” and making “unacceptable insinuations (that) didn’t give Dendias a chance to respond.”

In other words, they did their job. Katsimi called accusations against her an attempt to suppress free discussion of political issues on air. At a time of economic crisis, officials want dissent suppressed. She added:

“Everywhere in media people are being fired, but at ERT they are hiring. The government wants people who agree with their position, and they want to hire their friends.”

Arvanitis told the New Statesman:

“The decision made today by the News Department Manager of ERT, is clearly political in nature and based on false excuses that expose the management of the station politically and journalistically.”

“Our answer will be the unanimous decision of journalists and technicians through our unions (to strike till the decision is recalled). This is not the first time the show comes under scrutiny.”

“Top ministers both from Papademos’s government (2011-2012) and the one under Papandreou (2009-2011) targeted the show for axing.”

“The reduction of our airtime from 4 to 2 hours this season, should serve as an indication, especially as it was announced on the station’s twitter account after a direct intervention from the manager of the PM’s office Giorgos Mouroutis, while the leader of the opposition Alexis Tsipras was on air, interviewed in the studio.”

On October 9, the London Guardian reported fascist crackdowns in Greece. It headlined “Greek anti-fascist protesters ‘tortured by police’ after Golden Dawn clash,” saying:

They faced Guantanamo-style treatment. Two dozen others were “arrested after demonstrating in support of their fellow anti-fascists the next day….”

They said they were stripped naked and beaten. Some said they were burned. They described treatment amounting to torture. Greece’s Attica General Police Directorate (GADA) stands accused.

It’s the nation’s Scotland Yard equivalent. It’s more like Hitler’s Gestapo. They collude with Golden Dawn fascists. They’re a neo-Nazi Greek political organization.

They’re racist, xenophobic, and violent. They use Nazi symbolism. Eighteen of their members serve in parliament. Police turn a blind eye to their attacks. Reports say their encourage it.

Based on how police treat street protesters, denying press freedom shouldn’t surprise. Others are targeted like Vaxevanis. Weeks earlier, Golden Dawn extremists got interior minister Dendias to arrest the creator a Facebook group.

At issue was satirizing a noted monk named Elder Paisios (1924 – 1994). Charges included “malicious blasphemy and religious hubris.” Speaking, writing, or broadcasting freely in Greece puts everyone at risk. That’s how police states work.

RT said ERT workers walked out in protest. They said they’ll organize 24-hour rolling strikes until both presenters are reinstated. Perhaps they’ll be suspended, arrested and tortured. Fascism replaced democracy in Greece. It’s spreading dangerously across Europe, in America and Israel.

On October 30, London’s Guardian published Vaxevanis’ op-ed headlined “Greece gave birth to democracy. Now it has been cast out by a powerful elite,” saying:

“An exclusive club of powerful people engages in illegal practices, then pushes through necessary laws to legalize these practices, granting itself an amnesty, and in the end, there are no media to uncover what really happened.”

Earlier, Reuters and other press reports discussed scandals involving Greek banks, he said. Greek media suppressed it.

“For the past two years, the issue of naming people who are assumed to hold bank accounts in Switzerland has poisoned political life in Greece, with political and financial blackmail taking place in the dark rooms of corrupt power.”

At a time suffering Greeks go “through dumpsters for food,” privileged members of society hide their wealth in tax havens. Vaxevanis deserves praise for exposing them. Instead he may be fined and imprisoned.

Free expression in America and across Europe is threatened. On August 7, the London Guardian headlined “Spain’s cowardly purge of the journalists who ask difficult questions,” saying:

“The dismissal of journalists at Spain’s state-funded broadcaster RTVE shows how (prime minister) Mariano Rajoy’s government” silences critics.

RTVE’s “casualty list….reads like a competition for the most popular journalist in the country.” State-controlled media want critics removed. RTVE purges aren’t new. Suppressing truth happened earlier.

Now it’s worse because of high unemployment and force-fed austerity during hard times. “Spain has always struggled with impartiality and objectivity. Impartiality — never taking sides — is neither possible nor desirable in journalism.”

“Politicians in Spain are not used to being contradicted, or even pressed to answer a question. They expect the interviewer to nod sheepishly while they deliver their speech, and most do.”

“The newly jobless represented a new trend in Spanish political journalism: they asked real questions to our political leaders. That’s why they were popular. And that’s why the government, increasingly, is not.”

Much the same is true across Europe. Governments increasingly are hard-right and repressive. Policies instituted mandate austerity when vital aid is needed.

Protesters are beaten and arrested. Journalists reporting accurately are fired. Dissent isn’t tolerated. Democracy is more illusory than real. Hard-right neoliberalism replaced it. Repression goes hand-in-hand with it.

Challengers and truth-tellers aren’t tolerated. Freedom is endangered. What ordinary people value most is vanishing. Saving what’s too important to lose won’t happen without committed resistance. Key is mobilizing and sustaining it.

A Final Comment

On November 1, RT reported on television journalist Spiros Karatzaferis’ arrest. He threatened “to expose damaging information about (Greece’s) economy.”

The hacker group Anonymous sent what it “claimed to prove that the Greek deficit….was fraudulent.”

“Karatzaferis told the Greek Reporter that he was arrested not for possessing the information, but on an unrelated case dealing with libel, after he accused judges of trying to form a para-state outside the government.”

Freelance Greek journalist told RT:

“There is tension between government and journalists. Many people are saying the finance minister should be arrested and not the journalist who revealed the truth.”

Sociologist Panagiotis Sotiris added:

“If we combine government attacks and the fact that major media outlets in Greece are run by big corporations you have a problem when it concerns information. They want to create a set atmosphere that there must be things that should not be made public.”

Journalist Electeros Typos said Greece “used to have a free press. Governments are (now) trying to manipulate the media. Some people see it as a message to the media to stop criticizing the government.”

Unions said they’ll join striking journalists. Don’t expect real involvement that’s needed. Earlier union promises across Europe proved hollow.

Walking out for a few days accomplishes nothing. Only sustained general strike action can work. In May 1968 in France, it almost worked. Even then, unions backed corporate and government power, not their rank and file members.

Workers, students and others acted largely on their own. It was the biggest working class eruption since the 1930s. At its peak, 10 million strong joined students and other protesters.

Sustained strike action was initiated. Factories, universities, and offices throughout the country were occupied. For weeks, France was paralyzed. The de Gaulle government nearly fell.

Activism continued under the slogan, “Be realistic, demand the impossible!” Things could have gone either way. Capitalism was on trial. Transitioning to socialism was possible.

Ordinary people had a chance to have things their way. Revolutionary change was possible. It didn’t happen because corrupt union bosses united against rank and file members.

At the same time, energy waned. What might have been didn’t happen. Modest concessions were gained. They weren’t enough to matter. They’re long gone now.

Remember France 1968. Sustained general strike action works. Key is not yielding short of achieving demands and maintaining energy to keep them if gained.

A better world is possible, but only if committed people fight for it. It’s high they tried again now. And not just in Greece!

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour
posted by Steve Lendman @ 11:51 PM
Profile of a Police State

Profile of a Police State

by Stephen Lendman

For years, America has been on a fast track to tyranny. Duopoly power runs things repressively. Government of, by, and for the people never existed and doesn’t now.

Homeland repression is policy. Police state laws target resisters. Elections are farcical, rigged, and illegitimate. People have no say. Corporate controlled electronic voting machines decide for them.
Money power is firmly in charge. Democracy is illusory, not real.

Corporate/party boss-run Commission on Presidential Debates (CPD) members exclude alternative voices. Money power operates secretly with no public oversight. A sham process repeats each electoral cycle.

Alternative party presidential candidates risk arrest for showing up to watch debates. Participation is out of the question.

On October 16, Green Party presidential and vice presidential candidates learned firsthand. Jill Stein and Cheri Honkala were arrested, detained, and held handcuffed uncomfortably to metal chairs in a remote police warehouse for hours.

They were charged with “obstructing traffic.” None at the time was visible. That’s how tyranny works. Challenging authority risks prison or worse. Many are tortured and abused. Some end up dead.

Obama appointed himself judge, jury and executioner. He decides who lives or dies. Romney won’t change a thing. No matter who wins, expect police state America to be more repressive than ever post-election.

If presidential challengers can be arrested and abused, what chance have ordinary people. Step out of line and expect the worst. Stein learned firsthand a second time. Her web site explained.

She supports activists opposing the environmentally destructive Keystone XL (KXL) project. More about it below.

In east Texas, she was arrested and handcuffed for bringing food, Halloween candy, and supplies. She was detained in Wood County jail. Authorities charged her with criminal trespassing. She and others were involved.

“They were not warned of imminent arrests; and the arresting officers did not self-identify as police.” Stein said she’s willing to face arrest in support of blocking KXL.

It’s a controversial 1,661-mile Alberta, Canada to Port Arthur, TX pipeline. Earlier, hundreds of environmental activists protested in front of the White House against it.

If completed, it’ll carry toxic tar sands oil from Western Canada to refineries on America’s Gulf coast. It’ll pass through environmentally sensitive areas in six states.

They include waterways and the Ogallala Aquifer. It’s one of the world’s largest. In America, it supplies about 30% of the nation’s irrigation ground water. It’s also used for human consumption.

Friends of the Earth says Keystone XL “will carry one of the world’s dirtiest fuels: tar sands oil.” Moreover, its route “could devastate ecosystems and pollute water sources, and would jeopardize public health.”

If completed, it’ll double America’s dirty tar sands oil supply. At the same time, environmental toxicity will increase exponentially. No matter the stakes, Big Oil wants it. So do Republicans and many Democrats. Obama once again conceded.

TransCanada Corporation is building it. It’s spill-prone construction record assures trouble. It promised its Keystone I pipeline would leak once every seven years. In year one, it leaked 12 times or once a month on average. It was unprecedented in US pipeline history.

TarSandsBlockade.org asks “Why Oppose KXL?”

For many reasons, it states. NASA scientist James Hansen calls it “a fuse to the largest carbon bomb on the planet.”

All pipelines spill. Avoidance is impossible. Large-scale environmental damage is too great a price to pay. TransCanada said up to 700,000 gallons of tar sands crude could leak without detection. In other words, safeguards are weak and ineffective.

Pipeline construction abuses eminent domain. TransCanada “intimidated landowners” along its route to contractually accede to its demands. In addition, the company “fraudulently steals land from private citizens through eminent domain.”

Water contamination is certain. The Carrizo-Wilcox Aquifer (CWA) is threatened. In March 2011, water resources & environmental engineer/consultant Lawrence Dunbar said CWA spillage would be environmentally disastrous. Human and natural resources would be impacted.

Release of enough tar sands contaminants would make affected water resources unfit for human consumption. CWA “is one of the greatest assets of the East-Central region of Texas. It provides water for agriculture, industry, and human consumption and use.”

It’s far too valuable to contaminate. KXL assures it. Remediation would be hard to impossible to achieve.

According to Cornell University’s Global Labor Institute, KXL will also destroy more jobs than it creates. Its September 2011 “Pipe Dreams?” report said job creation claims lack credibility.

At best up to 4,650 temporary ones will be created. In two years or less they’ll be gone. “KXL will not be a major source of US jobs, nor will it play any substantial role at all in putting Americans back to work.”

Moreover, diverting tar sands oil “now supplying Midwest refineries, so it can be sold at higher prices to the Gulf Coast and export markets (means) Midwest (consumers) could be paying 10 to 20 cents more per gallon for gasoline and diesel fuel.”

Doing so will adversely impact other spending and cost jobs. KXL will also have “a chilling effect on green investments and green jobs creation.”

Thus far, green economic spending generated “2.7 million jobs in the US and could generate many more.”

In addition, “Tar Sands oil and energy independence really do not belong in the same sentence.”

Cornell, the Natural Resources Defense Council and other independent assessments say KXL assures higher gas prices.

Exporting tar sands oil won’t reduce US dependence on foreign supplies. Prioritizing exports is planned. At issue is selling at the highest possible price.

KXL violates tribal sovereignty. The Indigenous Environmental Network’s “Mother Earth Accord” supports and urges opposition to tar sands development. At issue is preserving the integrity of US and Canadian First Nations and tribal lands.

TransCanada won’t disclose an analysis of chemical dilutants used to facilitate transporting tar sands oil through KXL. At issue are human and environmentally destructive substances.

The Pipeline Hazardous Material Safety Administration told Congress that pipeline regulations weren’t crafted with tar sands oil in mind. They’re woefully inadequate and require strengthening. At a time of deregulatory extremism, don’t expect it.

The State Department, not EPA, conducted KXL’s Environmental Impact Statement (EIS). Hillary Clinton has close ties to TransCanada lobbyist Paul Elliot. He was one of her main 2008 presidential campaign officials.

EIS analysis was rigged. Its methodology lacked credibility. Results claimed minimal environmental contamination risk.

KXL’s southern area “Gulf Coast Project” failed to conduct its own environmental assessment. Issues related to the Carrizo-Wilcox Aquifer, wild fires, droughts, and others weren’t examined.

Connect the dots. Omnipotent money power, permanent imperial wars, corporate empowerment, rigged elections, homeland repression, and government of, by, and for the privileged few characterize today’s America.

Even independent presidential candidates challenging a system this corrupt, venal and dysfunctional risk arrest, abuse, and possible imprisonment.

On November 6, consider your options. Boycott America’s duopoly. Vote independent or stay home. Change depends on ordinary people struggling long-term. Nothing else works. Not now! Not ever!

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

The American Government are listening to your phone calls

0

Sam Clements |

Forget the plague of CCTV cameras that pepper London’s streets like creepy, metal rat-bastards, it’s governments monitoring your emails and tapping your phone calls that should have you more concerned. I know that sounds like I’m sat here in my tin foil hat and anti-CCTV pixel hood, constantly peeking over my shoulder while I type, but it’s a solid fact that authorities have been surveying private conversations between US citizens and foreign contacts for a while now, all targeted at will without any kind of regulation.

As winds and waves crashed against America’s east coast this week, Amnesty International and their associates gathered in the Supreme Court, Washington — not to determine if these government snooping rights are acceptable, but if they even have the right to challenge them at all. A challenge that’s in its fourth year of debate.

“The idea that your conversations are not your own and that your privacy is being intruded upon without your knowledge, for no reason, is frightening,” Suzanne Nossel — Executive Director of Amnesty International USA — told me.

“I think we value a free media and the attorney-client relationship. Those things are well established in US law and I think they’re understood around the world, so interference with those communications — the chilling of those communications — could really interfere with some very fundamental aspects of society.”

The situation boils down to the National Security Agency (NSA) and the use of the 2008 amendments of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act. In the past, the US government had to gain permission from the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court to monitor communications between foreigners and US citizens and explain their need for the information. In post-9/11 hysteria, the Bush administration pushed to skip the court regulation altogether and, in the process, created a gargantuan surveillance initiative over US civilians — all with zero accountability. It’s like fucking 1984 come to life, maaan.

Since those changes, Amnesty International — as well as journalists, lawyers and other activists — have been fighting for the right to challenge the seemingly infinite power of the NSA. On Monday, this all came to a head and the Supreme Court heard the arguments of why (and why not) the surveillance program should be challenged and was met with the full force of the Obama administration.

“The idea that we would be denied the ability to challenge the law really is sort of Orwellian, in that the nature of it is secret surveillance without a warrant, meaning no one would ever know if they were being surveilled. So who would be able to prove that they had the standing to sue? It’s a very convoluted, circular reasoning from the government.”

In an attempt to block judicial review, surely the US government is reflecting the same kind of surveillance power it possesses — authoritarian and unwarranted control. But even in a time under Obama’s authority, which you would expect to be a better time for civil liberties, citizens have seen Obama-pledged policy dashed.

“It’s disappointing. I think there were grave concerns raised about the Bush administration’s over-reach and willingness to trade away civil liberties and human rights in the fight against terror, and I think a lot of hopes invested in the Obama administration that there would be greater respect for both international human rights laws and US constitutional protections,” Nossel said. “What we’re seeing in this case is that they really are towing the line and defining a regime of very broad wire tapping — people who aren’t even suspected of any kind of wrong-doing, without a warrant and then trying to stand in the way of the legal review of it.”

Back in the UK, the widely criticised Communications Data Bill is currently undergoing the scrutiny of Parliament. The bill would require internet service providers to store details of our internet use and allow authorities to access it. Despite criticism, Home Secretary, Theresa May, is pushing forward and expects it to become law by 2014. Always one to please the people, Teresa. The future of the NSA and Amnesty court case is now just a waiting game.

“The case was heard on Monday and it was a pretty vigorous argument with a lot of questions. It’s dangerous to deduce too much from what happened in those arguments because you really don’t know what people are thinking and how they’ll come out. We’re certainly pleased there was the opportunity to air the issues, so now we wait for a decision on if this challenge can proceed. It’s a bit of a waiting game; we’re at their mercy.”

Follow Sam on Twitter: @sambobclements

Court ruling: DNA profiles can be kept indefinitely

0

The Ohio Supreme Court ruled unanimously Thursday that if the state legally obtains DNA from a suspect, investigators can keep the DNA profile indefinitely, whether or not the suspect is found guilty.

The case involved a Cleveland man who was acquitted of a rape but later linked by DNA to a murder.

The Supreme Court’s ruling upholds the aggravated murder conviction of Dajuan Emerson. Emerson was accused of raping his girlfriend’s 7-year-old daughter in February 2005. A DNA profile was created for him and eventually entered in a state database. Seminal fluid was found on the girl, but it contained no identifiable DNA. Emerson was acquitted of the charge and did not seek to erase the profile.

In July 2007, Cleveland police were investigating the murder of Marnie Macon, 37, and found blood on a door handle that was not Macon’s. Macon’s had been stabbed 74 times in her head, neck and torso and her body had been sanitized from the waist down in an effort to destroy DNA evidence.

Police sent the blood to a DNA analyst, and in August 2008 a report from the state determined the DNA matched Emerson’s profile. Emerson, who was arrested on multiple charges including aggravated murder, tried unsuccessfully to suppress the DNA evidence under the Fourth Amendment, which prohibits unreasonable search and seizure. He was found guilty and sentenced to 25 years to life in prison.

Brian Moriarty, Emerson’s attorney, could not be reached for comment. In a court brief, he raised the issue of privacy, noting that law enforcement officials must file a search warrant before obtaining a DNA sample.

“There can be no question that one has a privacy interest in one’s own DNA,” the brief said.

Justice Robert R. Cupp, who wrote the court’s opinion, said a DNA profile is different from a DNA sample because it is a work product of the government. Therefore, suspects have no ownership or privacy right to their profiles.

Cupp also wrote that there is no legislative requirement for DNA profiles to be deleted.

Brian McDonough, an assistant Cuyahoga County prosecutor, said that about 40 other states have issued similar decisions that support maintaining DNA records.

“This is the type of evidence that can convict someone, and at the same time, it’s the most powerful evidence that can prove somebody’s innocence,” he said. “We love DNA evidence, and we want to keep maintaining that in the database.”

Kate Irby is a fellow in Ohio University’s Scripps School of Journalism Statehouse News Bureau.

Source

ISP Blocks Access to Alternative News Websites

0

Mick Meaney, rinf.com |

At least one ISP in the UK has taken it upon themselves to ban alternative news websites from their mobile network – without a court order.

Mobile operator O2 has blocked access to at least two alternative news websites, including RINF and What Really Happened.

Outrageously, O2 customers who attempt to view these websites are greeted with a pay-wall demanding they confirm their age through a £1 credit card charge.

According to a recent study, 28% of UK adults now access the Internet via a mobile phone.

Customers have been up in arms about increasing levels of O2 censorship for years, and have complained on the companies support forum. One poster said:

“Is that some kind of scam? If it’s O2 really doing this, is such censorship even legal outside China!?”

Both alternative news websites are listed as “hate” sites.

RINF News blocked and listed as a hate site:

What Really Happened also blocked and listed as a hate site:

But this is not the first time O2 has been accused of censoring websites.

The network also blocked access to Torproject.org, which allows users to protect their privacy and surf the web anonymously.

In 2010, O2 blocked access to image hosting site, IMGUR, but quickly reversed the decision when Internet users complained.

At the time an O2 spokesperson said:

“The technology behind the service is more far reaching than anticipated and on occasion a site which should not be blocked may be.”

Speaking to RINF about the censorship, an O2 employee stated:

“It [RINF] shouldn’t be blocked. Tell your friends and family to click continue to change the policy. The more request the sooner it’ll be unblocked.”

This seems to be the only way to get O2 to investigate, and possibly reverse the decision.

Telefónica, which owns O2 and has been accused of running a global monopoly on communications,  has received several fines due to convictions over unfair competition, abuse of its position as dominant provider, and antitrust violations through the Commission of Telecommunications, European Commission, and Spanish tribunals.

To send a message to O2 and to reverse the decision they’ve made to block alternative media, follow these quick steps:

  1. Go to http://urlchecker.o2.co.uk – type in http://rinf.com, http://whatreallyhappened.com & other sites you support, then click continue.
  2. When you see “If you think this website needs a different policy” click continue.

If you run a blog or website, check your URL to see if you’ve been blocked, if you have then contact me and I will help you to get the word out.

Dutch plans to ban foreigners from cannabis coffeeshops ditched‏

0

Chris Bovey |

NORML UK welcomes the announcement that Dutch cities are to ditch their proposed Wietpas (“WeedPass”) scheme, which would have allowed only Dutch nationals to buy cannabis in the country’s famous coffeeshops. At least one and a half million of the city’s seven million visitors a year go to a coffeeshop.

The measure proposed by the previous Christian Democrat government would have forced the coffeeshops to become private members’ clubs, limited to only 2,000 members each and open only to Dutch residents, thereby banning sales to foreigners. The scheme had already been introduced in some parts of southern Holland, where critics say it has already lead to increased street dealing.

Dutch authorities in cities such as Haarlem and Amsterdam were vehemently opposed to the scheme. They claimed it would push the dealers onto the streets, and damage the local tourist industry. Millions of visitors flock every year to visit the famously liberal coffeeshops where the sale and consumption of small amounts of cannabis is permitted.

Although the new cabinet is formally pressing ahead with the scheme, it now says enforcing the ban will be carried out together with local councils, and taking local policy into account. In reality, this means local authorities will seek to protect their tourist industry and refuse to implement the scheme. The mayor of Amsterdam, Eberhard van der Laan, said “Tourists can continue to use Amsterdam’s 220 cannabis cafes, even if they are not resident in the Netherlands.”

Coffeeshop entrepreneur and long time cannabis campaigner, Nol van Schaik, welcomed the death of the Weedpass. Mr van Schaik has been one of the most vocal opponents of the Weedpass in The Netherlands.

“We do not need a Weedpass, we need to pass weed,” he said.

NORML UK Executive Director, Des Humphrey, himself a medicinal cannabis consumer, also welcomed the news.

“As a regular visitor to The Netherlands, I’m glad this ridiculous scheme is not going to see the light of day.

“Anybody who knows how successful the coffeeshop system is always knew the Dutch would probably never introduce the Weedpass scheme and I’m delighted to learn that this is the case.

“The only reason the previous Dutch government sought to restrict the coffeeshops was because of pressure from neighbouring governments who did not like successful Dutch policies showing up their failed policies of prohibition.

Mr Humphrey also suggested: “Rather than lobby the Dutch to change their liberal policies towards cannabis, it would be better if other European countries took a leaf out of their book and copied their successful coffeeshop model, which allows the commercial sale of cannabis to adults in a taxed and regulated market,” said Mr Humphrey.

NORML UK is the British branch of the world’s oldest and largest cannabis lobby group, who are campaigning to reform cannabis laws in the UK.”

TSA screener arrested for raping boy

0

Paul Joseph Watson, Propaganda Matrix |

A TSA agent from Cleveland has been arrested for allegedly raping a young boy, just the latest example of an employee of the federal agency being accused of child molestation while carrying out pat downs of children on the job.

Returning from Germany, the TSA screener, who remains unnamed until he is charged, was arrested on a warrant at Newark Airport in New Jersey.

The man was arrested on suspicion of sexually molesting a young boy from Northeast Ohio.

The TSA worker was a former mentor with the Big Brothers Big SIsters organization in Cleveland, which allowed him to get access to children including his victim. The organization said it was aware of the case but refused to make any further comment.

The alleged rape took place last year, after which the TSA screener went to Germany to continue working for the federal agency. What the man was doing working in Germany when he is an employee of an agency of the U.S. government has not been divulged.

According to 19 Action News, the rape incident traumatized the boy to such an extent that he seriously contemplated suicide.

This is just the latest incident involving a TSA screener, many of whom are tasked with conducting invasive pat downs of children at airports, being charged or accused of child molestation.

As a report earlier this year by Tennessee Congresswoman Marsha Blackburn highlighted, the fact that TSA agents are so routinely caught engaged in criminal behavior is by no means an aberration but stems “from TSA’s hiring practices and insufficient use of background checks.”

This includes the TSA’s recruitment policy which, instead of representing an “intelligent risk-based organization,” actually fails to conduct criminal and credit background checks on many of its employees while advertising “for employment at the Washington Reagan National Airport on pizza boxes and on advertisements above pumps at discount gas stations in the D.C. area.”

Back in May it emerged that a Catholic priest who had been defrocked over allegations of child sex abuse was subsequently hired by the TSA to work at Philadelphia International Airport.

This is just one of a number of examples of TSA agents being accused or charged with crimes related to the sexual abuse of minors or child pornography.

A mother was found guilty of disorderly conduct by a court in Tennessee last month after she complained about TSA agents conducting a pat down on her 14-year-old daughter.

Infowars is launching the national Opt Out and Film Week during Thanksgiving, November 19-26. Click here for more details or click here for the campaign’s Facebook page.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

Predicting protracted hard times

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

It works the same way every time. Bad policies assure bad results. Prioritizing short-term profits jeopardizes long-term gains.

Force-fed austerity when stimulus is needed is madness. So is harming economies, communities, and ordinary people to save banks.

Chickens eventually come home to roost. We’ll know when they arrive. Perhaps it’ll be sooner than imagined.

Money power in private hands assures it. The Fed and other major central banks bear full responsibility for monetary madness.

The late Bob Chapman warned about easy money, market manipulation, reckless speculation, counterproductive fixes, and unsustainable debt causing today’s crisis.

He predicted an eventual house of cards collapse. Only its timing remained uncertain. He’s not around to see what won’t be pleasant when it arrives.

It’s too early to know for sure, but monetizing debt/excess money printing may have hit a wall. One economist suggests Bernanke can’t do much more in the mortgage market.

He’s harming banks more now than helping them. Net interest margins “face the mother of all squeezes.” The Fed’s beginning to lose influence.

Production is down. Hiring plans are weakening. Layoff announcements suggest many more to come. Main Street America has been in Depression since 2008. Reality for most people is dire. Things aren’t improving. They’re worsening.

On October 17, economist Paul Craig Roberts headlined “America RIP: Death of the Middle Class, Offshoring of American Jobs,” saying:

New millennium opportunity “disappeared. Middle class jobs are scarce. Indeed, jobs of any kind are” hard to get. Most are low wage, few or no benefit ones. Households need two or more to get by.

“The lack of jobs, especially high value-added, high productivity jobs, is the reason real median household income has declined and the distribution of income has worsened. Without rising real household income, there cannot be a consumer economy.”

Roberts repeated his earlier prediction that America is being third-worldized. A decade ago he expected it in 20 years. It might arrive sooner than he thought.

The combination of militarism and permanent wars, prioritizing imperial dominance, and shifting wealth mindlessly to corporate favorites and America’s 1% at the expense of people needs assures a future best lived elsewhere. “A country so poorly led can do nothing but decline.”

What about an entire continent cratering. Financial analyst Graham Summers explained what few of his peers will touch. European banking problems are huge.

The Eurozone’s largest banks are insolvent. On average, they’re leveraged 26 – 1. Lehman was at 30 – 1 when it collapsed.

European nations are bankrupt. Debt to GDP including unfunded liabilities is 875% for Greece, 549% for France, 418% for Germany, 364% for Italy, and 244% for Spain.

For the EU overall it’s 434%. For America it’s 400%. “(B)ankrupt banks (operate) in bankrupt countries,” says Graham. “The entire financial system is based on the assumption that European sovereign bonds are still risk free.”

“So you have bankrupt nations selling bonds to insolvent banks, which then” lever 26 – 1. It’s madness and ignored by mainstream observers.

Europe is doomed, believes Graham. It can’t “get out of this mess unless the entire union (grows) at over 10% for a decade.”

Now’s the time to prepare for trouble, he stresses. Central banks may have no magic bullets left. They’re scared to death but won’t admit it.

He adds that Spain is way beyond saving. Collapse is coming. The euro is doomed. The EU will eventually break up. Reality may arrive within a few months or less after America’s elections. It makes no difference who wins.

Neither party advocates growth stimulating policies. Bipartisan complicity assures worse times ahead. Why voters elect these scoundrels they’ll have to explain.

Other analysts also forecast impending market trouble. Some think 2008 will pale in comparison. The late Bob Chapman predicted it years ago. He said expect protracted/unprecedented hard times. Don’t bet against him being right.

What’s coming only time will tell. Hindsight provides the best insight. Advisor Perspectives Doug Short says prepare for up to a 51% financial market decline.

Profits are being squeezed for the first time in three years. Revenues are on a similar glide path. Perhaps they’re precursors of things to come.

Euro Pacific Capital’s Peter Schiff says what happened in 2008 “wasn’t the real crash.” The “real (one) is coming.”

Economist Robert Wiedemer warned about 2008. He’s alerting people now to expect worse.

Financial author Harry Dent expects up to a 60% market decline. “We have the greatest debt bubble in history. We will see a worldwide downturn. And when you are in this type of recessionary environment stocks should be trading at five to seven times earnings.”

Before the 2008 crash, hedge fund manager John Paulson made about $20 billion shorting the US housing market. Now he’s betting heavily against the euro.

Investor Jim Rogers warns about an impending “Financial Armageddon.” He expects it post-US elections. He’s extremely critical of monetary madness. The world is “drowning in too much debt,” he stresses.

The Fed, ECB and Bank of England bear most responsibility. They’ve abused their “license to print money.”

America’s $16 trillion debt comes to over $50,000 for every US citizen. “The solution to too much debt is not more debt. What would make me very excited is if a few people (in government) went bankrupt.”

Obama and Germany’s Merkel especially promote dangerous policies. They create an illusion of economic stability. In reality, they only buy time.

“Mrs. Merkle has an election next year. Mr. Obama has (one) in November. The Americans and the Germans – they want to do everything they can to hold the world up until after” electoral season ends.

“It’s going to be bad after the next election.” How bad remains to be seen. An influential economic team expects serious trouble. They discovered a “frightening pattern.” It looks catastrophic.

According to Money Map Press chief investment strategist Keith Fitz-Gerald, “What this pattern represents is a dangerous countdown clock that’s quickly approaching zero. The resulting chaos is going to crush Americans.”

Global economic trend forecaster Chris Martenson also suggests catastrophe, saying:

“We found an identical pattern in our debt, total credit market, and money supply that guarantees they’re going to fail,” he said. “This pattern is nearly the same as in any pyramid scheme, one that escalates exponentially fast before it collapses. Governments around the globe are chiefly responsible.”

“And what’s really disturbing about these findings is that the pattern isn’t limited to our economy. We found the same catastrophic pattern in our energy, food, and water systems as well.”

Everything could implode at the same time, he thinks. “Food, water, energy, money. Everything.”

He also worries about America’s debt level, saying:

“For 30 years – from the 1940s through the 1970s – our total credit market debt was moderate and entirely reasonable. But then in seven years, from 1970 to 1977, it quickly doubled.”

“And then it doubled again in seven more years. Then five years to double a third time. And then it doubled two more times after that.”

“Where we were sitting at a total credit market debt that was 158% larger than our GDP in the early 1940s….By 2011 that figure was 357%.” It’s now around 400% and rising.

Kent Moors is an energy expert. He advises world governments on energy-related matters. He also serves on two State Department energy task forces.

“Most frightening of all is how this exact same pattern keeps appearing in virtually every system critical to our society and way of life,” he said.

“It’s a pattern that’s hard to see unless you understand the way a catastrophe like this gains traction. At first, it’s almost impossible to perceive. Everything looks fine, just like in every pyramid scheme.”

“Yet the insidious growth of the virus keeps doubling in size, over and over again – in shorter and shorter periods of time – until it hits unsustainable levels. And it collapses the system.”

Most Americans are uneasy but don’t understand the true dangers they face. They never do until it hits them hard. For many it’s irreversible.

According to Fitz-Gerald:

“If our research is right, Americans will have to make some tough choices on how they’ll go about surviving when basic necessities become nearly unaffordable and the economy becomes dangerously unstable.”

“People need to begin to make preparations with their investments, retirement savings, and personal finances before it’s too late.”

Few do, and what works best isn’t easy for most people to fathom. Worst still is too few have much, if anything, to sustain them.

On October 28, Global Research published “37 Facts About How Cruel This Economy Has Been to Millions of Desperate American Families.”

It makes grim reading. Millions of households have few, if any, savings. The net worth of nearly one-third is “zero or less than zero.”

Poverty is rising exponentially. America’s middle class is disappearing. Over “41% of all working age Americans are not working.”

Labor force participation declined dramatically because jobs aren’t available. Once unemployed longer-term, workers become non-persons. They’re no longer counted in BLS employment surveys.

One-fourth of working Americans earns sub-poverty wages. America has the highest percentage of workers earning low pay than any other industrialized economy.

Costs are rising dramatically. Earnings haven’t kept pace. Total US consumer debt rose 1,700% since 1971. Student loan indebtedness exceeds a trillion dollars. Millions of Americans can’t afford to retire.

At the same time, homeless shelters and food banks can’t keep up. Demand is growing at a time Washington, states, cities, and smaller communities provide less and plan more cuts.

Bad as things are now, they’re getting worse. When public need keeps growing exponentially, government officials turn a blind eye. Where this ends, who knows. Expect much tougher times ahead.

Washington’s duopoly doesn’t care. Obama scorns human need. Romney matches him blow for blow. Both represent money controlled America. They serve its aristocracy.

It’s corrupt, unprincipled, and contemptuous of democratic values. It preys on ordinary people callously for personal gain. Corporate empowerment, wealth and privilege alone matter.

America under either party is no fit place to live in. Expect the worst of times ahead. Duopoly power plans it. On November 6, vote independent or stay home.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Russian Internet surveillance plan will block political speech

0

On the surface, it’s all about protecting Russian kids from internet pedophiles. In reality, the Kremlin’s new “Single Register” of banned websites, which goes into effect today, will wind up blocking all kinds of online political speech. And, thanks to the spread of new internet-monitoring technologies, the Register could well become a tool for spying on millions of Russians.

Signed into law by Vladimir Putin on July 28, the internet-filtering measure contains a single, innocuous-sounding paragraph that allows those compiling the Register to draw on court decisions relating to the banning of websites. The problem is, the courts have ruled to block more than child pornographers’ sites. The judges have also agreed to online bans on political extremists and opponents of the Putin regime.

The principle of internet censorship is not a new one to the Russian authorities. For five years, regional prosecutors have been busy implementing regional court decisions requiring providers to block access to banned sites. To date this has not been done systematically: Sites blocked in one region remained accessible in others. The Register removes this problem.

The new system is modeled on the one that is used to block extremist and terrorist bank accounts. The Roskomnadzor (the Agency for the Supervision of Information Technology, Communications and Mass Media) gathers not only court decisions to outlaw sites or pages, but also data submitted by three government agencies: the Interior Ministry, the Federal Antidrug Agency and the Federal Service for the Supervision of Consumer Rights and Public Welfare. The Agency is in charge of compiling and updating the Register, and also of instructing the host providers to remove the URLs. If no action by the provider follows, the internet service providers (ISPs) should block access to the site in 24 hours. The host providers must also ensure they are not in breach of current law by checking their content against the database of outlawed sites and URLs published in a special password-protected online version of the Register open only to webhosters and ISPs.

Most importantly, however, the new Roskomnadzor system introduces DPI (deep packet inspection) on a nationwide scale. Although DPI is not mentioned in the law, the Ministry of Communications – along with the biggest internet corporations active in Russia – concluded in August that the only way to implement the law was through deep packet inspection.

“At the end of August, under the chairmanship of Communications minister Nikolai Nikiforov, a working group was held, drawing representatives of Google, SUP Media (the owner of the Livejournal social network), and of all the other big hitters. They discussed how to ensure that the [filtering] mechanism – they used the concrete example of YouTube – how to block a specific video, without blocking YouTube as a whole. And they reached the conclusion that pleased them all,” Ilya Ponomarev, a member of the State Duma and an ardent supporter of the law, told us.

Are we are talking about DPI technology? we asked.

“Yes, precisely.”

Most digital inspection tools only look at the “headers” on a packet of data —- where it’s going, and where it came from. DPI allows network providers to peer into the digital packets composing a message or transmission over a network. “You open the envelope, not just read the address on a letter,” said an engineer dealing with DPI. It allows ISPs not only to monitor the traffic, but to filter it, suppressing particular services or content. DPI has also elicited concern from leading privacy groups over how this highly intrusive technology will be used by governments.

“No Western democracy has yet implemented a dragnet black-box DPI surveillance system due to the crushing effect it would have on free speech and privacy,” said Eric King, head of research at Privacy International. “DPI allows the state to peer into everyone’s internet traffic and read, copy or even modify e-mails and webpages: We now know that such techniques were deployed in pre-revolutionary Tunisia. It can also compromise critical circumvention tools, tools that help citizens evade authoritarian internet controls in countries like Iran and China.”

“There are basically two functions in DPI – filtering and SORM,” added IBM East Europe Business Development Director Boris Poddubny, referring to the Russian government surveillance system for monitoring both internet traffic and phone calls. “There may be devices to copy traffic. DPI helps analyze it. And there will be a detailed log: what is downloaded by whom, and who looked for what on the internet.”

Read more

Canada outlaws masks during protests

0

RT |

Canadian lawmakers weren’t exactly in the Halloween spirit when they approved a new bill on Wednesday. The legislation makes it illegal to wear masks during riots and protests. Guilty parties could face up to 10 years in prison.

Bill C-309 passed with a vote of 153 to 126 in the Canadian Parliament. It will now move on to the Senate.

If it becomes law, mask-wearers at riots face up to 10 years in jail. Those busted wearing a disguise at an unlawful protest could be sentenced to up to five years in the big house.

The sanctions would not apply to those taking part in peaceful demonstrations or protests.

Parliamentarian Blake Richards, who sponsored the bill, says the measure is aimed at targeting the “growing threat” of vandalism and violence.

Lawmakers are particularly targeting the Blak Bloc anarchist group, whose members dress in black and hide their faces with glasses, scarves, and hoods. The group engaged in violence during the Quebec student protests earlier this year.

MPs supporting the bill are unsurprisingly thrilled that it passed through parliament.

“To have the support of the house, to get the bill through, obviously we’re on the way to where we want to be, which is having the opportunity to better protect public safety,” Richards said in a statement.

The legislation was brought forward as a response to the 2011 Stanley Cup riots in Vancouver.

Police documented 15,000 criminal acts during the riots, but were able to make very few charges because they couldn’t identify the people involved.

However, not everyone is so quick to support the bill. Some say it could be the beginning of a slippery slope.

“I don’t think people understand the implications that it has – when does wearing a toque low on your face become a mask? Are we going to ban people from appearing in a protest because they are wearing a burqa? Are we going to say that on a cold day that people can’t wear a mask?” Interim Liberal Leader Bob Rae said in a statement.

Liberal MP Carolyn Bennett said the bill could have unintended consequences by encouraging pre-emptive arrests, which may lead to lawsuits by demonstrators who feel they were unlawfully detained.

Other opposition members say the bill is unnecessary because it merely criminalizes what is already criminal.

It is already illegal to wear a disguise while committing an offense, including rioting. However, unlawful assemblies do not fall under the current law.

Police for sale: Met receive £22.5m in sponsorship

0

BBC |

The Metropolitan Police has received donations and sponsorship worth £22.7m from dozens of organisations over the past five years, the BBC has learned.

The figures were disclosed following a Freedom of Information Act request.

Donations ranged from football shirts provided by Queens Park Rangers and Chelsea, to motorcycles and cars supplied by Land Rover, BMW and Nestle.

Scotland Yard said it had a “long history” of working with different partners to tackle crime.

BBC home affairs correspondent Danny Shaw said the figures provided an insight into some of the less well-known sources of income at Britain’s biggest police force.

Between April 2007 and March this year the force received at least 833 donations, with a number of police stations and units across London being the beneficiaries.

Some of the donations were given to teams working within local communities on crime reduction projects.

An oil security organisation helped pay for a police constable to reduce crime at petrol stations, and record company EMI donated 11 concert tickets.

The biggest donor was the Association of Payment Clearing Services, which later became UK Payments Administration Ltd, which represents members of the financial services industry.

It spent £11.9m in 21 instalments on a fraud investigation unit called the Dedicated Cheque and Plastic Crime Unit.

Officers in the unit work with banking industry fraud investigators and is fully sponsored by the banking industry which invests nearly £5m per year in its operation.

‘Declining budgets’

The figures also show many local businesses across the force’s boroughs have donated patrol mountain bikes to help police in their areas, while BMW and Land Rover UK donated support vehicles for royal protection and Special Branch.

In a statement the Met said funding from organisations was used in several areas of police activity such as the Dedicated Cheque and Plastic Crime Unit.

“Donations and sponsorship over £50,000 must be referred to the deputy mayor for policing and crime for approval.

“Such arrangements are subject to rigorous parameters. They do not make any of the statutory functions of the MPS dependent on this funding nor does it allow for any companies to interfere with the duties of the police.”

The Association of Chief Police Officers says in its guidance that such income generation can “help forces counter the effects of declining budgets and increasing pressure on resources”.

It says sponsorship is subject to a 1% limit of the force’s total annual income, and the acceptance of sponsorship for non-core police activities is intended to extend and enhance the force’s service to the community.

London Assembly Green member Jenny Jones questioned whether it was right for police to accept such donations and called for the Met to “rethink” the policy.

Speaking to BBC Radio 4’s Today programme, she said: “Some of this looks like rent-a-cop policing, which I think the majority of the public would not find acceptable.

“Plus… might the companies think they’re going to have a preferential treatment when they come to perhaps tendering for a contract with the Met?

“At worst, it could distort policing priorities, I don’t think there’s any doubt about that. It’s a very, very dodgy sort of situation and the Met does – I think – need to clean up its act a little bit.”

‘Under public scrutiny’

But Dr Tim Brain, a former chief constable for Gloucestershire Police and a research fellow at Cardiff University, told the programme there was no problem with such donations.

“It’s allowed by law. There’s the transparency that’s shown by the fact that you’ve had this request and all the information is now in the public domain.

“But crucially, it’s important to see it in the financial context. We’re talking £22.5m over five years.

“The Metropolitan Police budget is £3.5bn annually. So this represents a very small part of their business which is under public scrutiny.”

He added there were real “opportunities” to “capitalise on the good will” of local people and organisations, while making sure private hire of policing, sponsorship and donations remain transparent.

Keith Vaz, the Commons Home Affairs Committee chairman, said the Metropolitan police should “consider very carefully” whether any gifts “could be perceived as compromising the force’s position”.

He added: “The Home Affairs Committee is currently holding an inquiry into leadership and standards in the police, and we will be hearing from the commissioner on these matters.”

Big Brother surveillance secrets have practically outlawed privacy

0

SCOTUS and suing over government surveillance secrets is sadly not a question of IF Big Brother should spy on us, but about deciding if Americans even legally have a right to challenge dragnet secret surveillance. In Clapper v. Amnesty International, the government told the Supreme Court that it is paranoid to think you are being spied upon, and if the FISA Amendment Act was struck down, then plaintiffs would still be paranoid.

Despite the wrath of Hurricane Sandy, the Supreme Court heard the ACLU argue for the right of Americans to challenge warrantless wiretapping via the FISA Amendment Act law. Here’s the transcript [PDF] and there are plenty of write-ups about oral arguments suing over surveillance secrets. Sadly, it’s not a question of if Big Brother should spy on us, but about deciding if Americans even legally have a right to challenge dragnet secret surveillance.

The ACLU wrote:

The plaintiffs in the lawsuit, Clapper v. Amnesty, include attorneys and human rights, labor, legal, and media organizations, and their work requires sensitive and at times privileged international communications. The FISA Amendments Act permits the government to conduct dragnet secret surveillance of Americans’ international communications – that is, surveillance that is not limited to a specific person and may go on for up to one year without any court approval. In this way, the FISA Amendments Act of 2008 has created a new surveillance regime that is starkly different from the particularized surveillance of the past.

If Big Brother is recording your phone conversations and reading texts as well as all your emails, instant messages, and direct messages, then it sucks to be you, wrote The Atlantic, explaining why Big Brother and all his surveillance are the new normal since 9/11. If Big Brother is watching your friends, then “you need to watch what you say, or stop talking to those people altogether.”

Let’s stop there for a second to interject this experience. Let’s say I have a reporter friend who often talks to members of Anonymous or various AntiSec groups claiming responsibility for hacking and then dumping the digital dirt on Pastebin. This friend and I talk over Twitter’s direct message system which, in my opinion, is a means of private communication between two people. The first time this person told me that the FBI was watching her, I thought “yikes ’cause now I’ve hit their radar too.” This would not be the first time for that, so after thinking on this situation, knowing she was being watched, I sent a DM, “*Waving* hi to the FBI,” and continued talking. Other DMs may have told the Feeb snoops that she couldn’t hack her way out of a box with a box cutter. She was a reporter, period.

Over the last year or so, this has happened several times due to her communications with alleged persons of interest with hacking skills; my private communications with her also get sucked up in the spying. Every time, I sent a DM acknowledging the spying, mentioning the Fourth Amendment, the First Amendment, and generally letting Big Brother know that I don’t appreciate being spied upon at all.

Our DM conversations are usually so dull that we probably put whoever is watching to sleep. Although I could stop talking to her altogether, that idea is almost as offensive as Eric Schmidt’s “if you’ve got nothing to hide” argument and his stance that anonymity has no place on the web; the stupidity of ‘nothing to hide’ almost makes the privacy freak in me foam at the mouth. You might think, Paranoid much? But what if it is more than paranoia? Having seen FBI documents handed over to the court which specifically mention my friend by name and what AntiSec so-and-so members said to her, that’s fact, not paranoid fiction.

The government refuses to disclose whose communications are being intercepted, claiming if you can’t prove your communications are being vacuumed up, then you can’t take it to court. Previously, even though Senator Ron Wyden asked the government how often Big Brother spies on Americans,the NSA claimed it would violate Americans’ privacy to say how many of us it spied on. The NSA has also denied keeping dossiers on American citizens and other NSA whistleblower claims like Drake’s statement that you’re automatically suspicious until proven otherwise. Then again, the government argues it won’t reveal anything about warrantless wiretapping and continually claims it won’t tell us these privileged state secrets because that would endanger national security.

The FISA Amendments Act (FAA) is up for re-authorization at the end of this year and Sen. Wyden will debate it. However, as David Kravets wrote on Threat Level, Wyden also said he’d agree to a ‘short term’ extension as opposed to letting Big Brother’s spy power lapse. “So there you have it, the biggest opponent of the law is willing to reauthorize it rather than see it sunset.”

Now, back to Clapper v. Amnesty International, FAA and Big Brother the spy; the government basically says plaintiffs are paranoid to think Big Brother is watching and will still be “equally paranoid if plaintiffs obtain an order striking down the FAA.” The SCOTUSblog reported, the “government’s top lawyer in the Court, Solicitor General Donald B. Verrilli, Jr., argued that no one should be allowed in court to contest this program unless they can show that the government’s potential overhearing of sensitive legal conversations is close to a certainty.” But some of the Justices “were clearly put off by the prospect that no one would ever be able to sue, not even lawyers who had actually cut back on how they represent their clients out of fear of being monitored.”

University of Baltimore legal scholar Garrett Epps said in The Atlantic article, “Big Brother is watching. Whatever the Court decides, Big Brother will still be watching…Surveillance is the new normal. Sucks to be all of us.” And Kravets wrote, “The game is rigged, the network is bugged, the government talks double-speak, the courts are complicit and there’s nothing you can do about it.”

How completely depressing is it that, in America, we are no longer innocent until proven guilty? Instead privacy is practically outlawed, we are potentially suspicious and spied up just in case someday, in light of the continuing releases of ridiculous you-might-be-a-terrorist-if lists, all that stored communication can prove we are guilty of something.

SCOTUS will decide on Clapper v. Amnesty International next year.

Source

US – Beyond double standards and hypocrisy

Double standards have always been with us, but I wonder if they haven’t reached new heights, along with hypocrisy, in the age of the “war on terrorism,” “humanitarian intervention,” and the proclaimed “responsibility to protect” (R2P), to be implemented by global interventionists who have institutionalized torture (or made it one de facto legitimate policy option), “extraordinary renditions” to torture regimes, the intensive use of drone bombings, including “double-tap” actions, and who have declared the entire earth a U.S. “free fire zone”?

These same drone organizers and apologists also speak almost daily about “our values” as they terrorize and kill, but see themselves as defending human rights and democracy and engaging in “self defense.” George W. Bush attacked Iraq in alleged (but completely contrived) fear of Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction,” but as soon as it became inescapably evident that this was a fraud, and that many thousands had already been killed based on this lie, Bush was allowed to be striving for freedom and democracy in Iraq, but for unknown reasons neglecting Saudi Arabia and Bahrain, and shrinking it in the homeland!

But his opening war-gambit-lie was salable to the New York Times and its colleagues, and to the intellectuals and pundits with influence. For example, on October 9, 2002, the saintly Elie Wiesel said on the Oprah Winfrey Showthat “Anything is better than war. I am not for war. But we have to disarm that assassin”–namely Saddam Hussein, who, according to Bush, Cheney and Judith Miller, and hence Wiesel and Winfrey, possessed these WMD. Thus “War is the Only Option,” in the title of Wiesel’s subsequent commentary inThe Observer (December. 22, 2002).  It helps being a saint to be able to get away with such a blatant contradiction based on a lie.

After the WMD gambit was exhausted we had the gang quickly accepting the new “democracy promotion” objective in Iraq, because Bush said that was so, and was “risking all” in pressing on with it, as asserted by Michael Ignatieff in his New York Times classic, “Who Are the American People to Think That Freedom is Theirs to Spread” (October. 7, 2005). George Packer, writing in the New Yorker back in 2004, agreed with Ignatieff that “it’s clear that, however clumsy and selective the execution, Bush wants democratization to be his legacy. So when his critics, here and abroad, claim that his rhetoric merely provides cynical cover for an American power grab, they misjudge his sincerity and tend to sound like defenders of the status quo.” (“Invasion versus Persuasion, “ New Yorker, December 20, 2004.). So Packer, like Ignatieff, knows that Bush was sincere, but he is not a defender of the status quo and does suggest that we should “hold him to his own talk.”

The “terrorism” double standard has long been institutionalized, with establishment spokespersons internalizing the propaganda rule that we and the Israelis only “retaliate” to the terrorism of enemies and targets. The establishment pundits have been able to swallow a lot, and play dumb on a large scale, to stay with this usage. Thus Luis Posada Carriles, a member in high-standing of the Cuban refugee terror network, guilty of numerous terrorist acts, including the bombing of a Cuban airliner in 1976 with 73 resultant deaths, walks the streets of Miami today and is beyond extradition, whereas the United States is working hard to get Julian Assange extradited to this country for prosecution for whistleblowing on U.S. diplomacy and terrorist-war criminal acts. (His most notorious disclosure was of a U.S. helicopter team in Iraq remorselessly killing civilians and journalists on the ground, a revelation that clearly threatened U.S. national security.)

It should also be noted that while killer Posada is free, the Cuban Five infiltrators of Cuban terrorist groups in Florida who were seized in the United States in 1998 while trying to gain information on terrorist plots against Cuba, and shared some of this information with the FBI, have been imprisoned since 1998, their counter-terrorism efforts transformed into espionage.

These manifestations of a gross double standard, hypocrisy, and serious injustice, are ignored by the mainstream media and don’t interfere with the rule that the United States is fighting a “war on terror.”

The most recent display of the terrorism double standard is the State Department’s September 2012 removal of the Iranian opposition group, the Mujahedin e-Khalq (MEK), from its list of designated terrorist organizations. The MEK worked earlier on behalf of Saddam Hussein and sometimes killed Americans, and reportedly has collaborated with the Israelis in assassinating Iranian scientists, but with the escalated U.S.-Israel low-level warfare against Iran, MEK can be moved into a new, more positive “freedom fighter” category. This has other amusing features. For one thing, MEK has very large amounts of money that it has spent in organizing protests and lobbying in Europe and the United States, the funding suspected to come from the freedom-loving Saudis and other governments hostile to Iran. Even while on the terrorist list, MEK was able to organize, propagandize and lobby in the United States and elsewhere in the West. It has also paid large sums to U.S. notables like Howard Dean, Tom Ridge, Rudy Giuliani, Newt Gingrich and Ed Rendell to write and speak on their behalf. No prosecutions are in prospect for “material aid” to terrorists in this case.

One of the wonders of the war on terror is its massive use of airpower, increasingly drone warfare, and the U.S.’s ability to get this accepted in the West as a response to terror and not a case of terrorism itself. This has, of course, been accompanied by complementary apologetics: notably, that military targets are carefully chosen so that any “innocent” civilian deaths are not deliberate but unintended “collateral damage.” But if civilian deaths are predictable even if the specific victims are not known, the killings are deliberate and war crimes. Furthermore, the claims of care in targeting, and concern, and denials that civilian killings are sometimes quite acceptable, are false, but are taken as true by patriotic pundits and intellectuals (see my “Tragic Errors In U.S. Military Policy: Targeting the civilian population,” Z Magazine, September, 2002).

The long U.S. use of depleted uranium and cluster bombs is testimony to an anti-civilian bias in military operations, as is the long tradition of “we don’t make body counts.” The Iraq war of 2003 was begun with a “shock and awe” bombing program that was openly designed to terrorize the leaders and population and encourage surrender. The same was true of the 1999 escalation of the bombing of Serbia and increased orientation to attacking civilian facilities. But no matter: The United States does not terrorize, by patriotic and power definition.

It is also notable that studies which focus intensively on terrorism from the air are ignored or downplayed by the mainstream media. The fine book by Beau Grosscup on Strategic Terror: The Politics and Ethnics of Aerial Bombardment (Zed Books, 2006) was not reviewed in any mainstream source in the United States. The mainstream may be preoccupied with “terrorism,” but writings on the subject have to stay within the party-line orbit to get a hearing,

A real problem has been presented to the media by the September 2012 report produced jointly by a Stanford Law School and New York University School of Law team entitled Living Under Drones, and based on over 130 interviews carried out in Pakistan. The authors claim that the vast majority of victims of the drone war attacks are civilians, not “militants”–only 2 percent of those killed were identified as known “militants.” The Stanford-NYU authors explicitly deny the official claims of precise surgical strikes by the drones: “This narrative is false.” They also report that an important feature of the drone war is the regular use of a second missile strike shortly after the first strike–the combination euphemistically labelled a ”double tap”–killing many local onlookers and rescue workers coming to the aid of the first-strike’s victims. These secondary strikes “have discouraged average civilians from coming to one another’s rescue, and even inhibited the provision of emergency medical assistance from humanitarian workers.” The Director of the charitable organization Reprieve is quoted in the report as saying:

An entire region is being terrorized by the constant threat of death from the skies…. Their way of life is collapsing… kids are too terrified to go to school, adults are afraid to attend weddings, funerals, business meeting or anything that involves gathering in groups.

This sounds like a really dirty war OF terrorism, but while this is suggested in the London Independent (Jerome Taylor, “Outrage at CIA’s deadly ‘double tap’ drone strikes,” September 25, 2012), the New York Times had not yet mentioned the existence of the Living Under Drones document at the time of writing (September 30, 2012). This is not news fit-to-print rapidly and with prominence, as happens when Secretary of State Hillary Clinton asserts that the government of Bashir Al-Assad would have ”blood on its hands” if it “refuses to allow this life-saving aid [that Clinton promises] to reach civilians” (Steven Lee Myers, “Nations Rebuke Leader of Syria as Assault Rages,” NYT, February 25, 2012. p 1; see also the long NYT article of March 3, 2012 on “Syria Blocks Red Cross From Taking Aid to Devastated Rebel Enclave in Homs”).

This brings us to some other double standard marvels. Iran is under steady attack and threat because of its alleged non-cooperation with the West and its UN instrument, the International Atomic Energy Agency, in their efforts to get Iran to terminate its nuclear program. Meanwhile, the United States can refuse to carry out its NPT promise to work toward the elimination of nuclear weapons, and Israel can build up a sizeable nuclear weapons arsenal with Western collusion outside of any IAEA jurisdiction, and both can threaten Iran on a daily basis, in a double standard that would be hard to surpass.

Similarly, Israel can ethnically cleanse Palestinians on a systematic basis for decades without any penalty from the “international community” which, in fact, gives consistent support to this immoral and illegal process. Only when a U.S. and Western target is accused of ethnic cleansing, as with Serbia in the 1990s, do the Western moralists, officials and their UN agents get aroused and move into action.

The hegemony of the double standard, and its partner, hypocrisy, flows from concentrated power, and their joint success in this modern age that, according to Steven Pinker, is one of the “Long Peace,” “recivilization” and the rise of our “better angels” after an unfortunate period like the 1960s. It is a marvelous illustration of the human capacity for self-deception.

– First published in Z Magazine, November 2012

Edward S. Herman is an economist and media analyst with a specialty in corporate and regulatory issues as well as political economy and the media. Read other articles by Edward.

This article was posted on Thursday, November 1st, 2012 at 8:01am and is filed under (Ex-)Yugoslavia, Crimes against Humanity, Drones, GWB,Iran, Iraq, Israel/Palestine, Media, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Syria,Terrorism (state and retail).

US employs former child soldiers as mercenaries

Sybille Fuchs, WSWS |

The US is increasingly using private security forces to wage its wars and maintain its occupation of countries after the withdrawal of regular troops. Both in Iraq and Afghanistan, thousands of mercenaries and dozens of private security companies are being deployed to this end.

The utterly ruthless and cynical methods employed by American companies and endorsed by Washington were graphically illustrated in a German documentary television program broadcast last week. “Weltspiegel” showed how US companies were recruiting former child soldiers from Uganda to risk their lives as mercenaries for miserly pay in Iraq and other war zones.

The journalists, Marcel Kolvenbach and Daniel Satra, followed the path of young men from Uganda who were hired by Ugandan private security companies. These companies then pass them on to US firms that are commissioned by the American army to guard their camps in Iraq and other areas of the world where the United States is waging war.

In many cases, the young recruits had fought as child soldiers for the Christian fundamentalist rebel group of Joseph Kony against the Ugandan government led by President Museveni. In the course of fighting they have both experienced and committed horrible massacres.

In March of this year there was widespread media hype in the US surrounding the thirty-minute video “Kony 2012.” The video denounced the plight of Ugandan children who were used as soldiers by Kony. As the World Socialist Web Site warned at that time, this campaign was also supported by President Obama campaign in “a cynical attempt to manipulate public opinion in favor of American intervention.”

The reality is that the traumatized child soldiers in Kony’s force are being systematically used by the US as cheap cannon fodder in Iraq. Ugandan security companies and their American partners are quite prepared to exploit the dire and traumatic situation of the child soldiers.

The Ugandan journalist Rosario Achola reported: “Most of these former child soldiers do not know how to make ends meet when the war is over. They cannot find work and find themselves adrift. So a job as a security guard in Iraq or Afghanistan is practically the only choice they have.”

She continued: “It’s ironic that the nations which expressed the most outrage about Kony and child soldiers is now exploiting these former child soldiers to fight their battles and protect them in a war which has nothing to do with Uganda.”

The young men who have learned nothing other than how to kill are required to risk their lives for a few dollars to make profits for local companies operating throughout the country. They are assured they are carrying out a safe job, but once in the field the reality is very different. Many of the returnees report of fatalities or injuries. Many are themselves injured.

On behalf of Weltspiegel, Rosario Achola interviewed Ssali Twaha, a mercenary who was told that he would be carrying out a safe mission in Iraq in the Green Zone. But then a ricochet hit his camp. He recalls: “Suddenly I heard my comrade above breathing heavily and blood dripped down on me through the mattress. It was pitch dark, I thought he had wet the bed. I wanted to wake him up. But when I touched him everything was full of blood with foam coming from his mouth.”

A US attorney reports on the case of a seriously injured Ugandan, paralyzed on one side of his body, who was deported back to his home country and then just left to his fate. “When I met him he had neither a disability pension nor medical care. He was just wasting away.” The attorney took the case to court. A further 60 victims then came forward who had suffered the same fate.

The companies that receive large sums from the US government to insure soldiers against such injuries refused to pay out. “Three of our clients have received death threats–in Uganda and Iraq. They received threatening calls such as: ‘If you do not drop your lawsuit, we will kill you.’ The attorney also reported on another injured soldier who was told by his employer, ‘If you report it you will arrive home in a body bag.’”

One security company that offered the US Army mercenaries for $1,000 per man per month was undercut by another that demanded just $400. As a result the soldiers employed by the first company were forced to return home.

The former child soldier Dibya Moses also had to leave Iraq after an illness and return to Uganda. He was dismissed without any compensation or severance pay. In an interview with Achola, he explained: “The people here are desperate for a job in Iraq because they see it as an opportunity to earn an extra few dollars. In the end it is like modern-day slavery.”

Both the US Defense Department and the State Department refused to comment on this practice. The Ugandan security contractors are not allowed to contact the US authorities. “It is a subcontractor agreement. If the US company finds out that Ugandan companies have contacted the US Defense Department or State Department then their contract will be terminated immediately,” declared an employee of a Ugandan security company. Many now fear for their jobs because the US companies are increasingly recruiting in Pakistan.

For US security firms, the hiring and deployment of mercenaries is a billion dollar business with high profit margins. The US government is prepared to pay out huge sums in order to “outsource” death and injury, thereby reducing the number of US military casualties. Journalist Sarah Stillman has established that currently in Afghanistan, more members of private security companies are killed in action than US soldiers.

Theresa May grilled about web snooping plans

0

Home Secretary Theresa May appeared before peers and MPs in Westminster on Wednesday afternoon to face questions about her proposed communications data bill, which has been almost universally rejected by people outside the security services bubble.

Her Hallowe’en session was the final one to provide evidence on the supposed merits of the draft legislation that could see British citizens’ web activity much more heavily spied upon by spooks and police. The agents of the state would, of course, be acting to protect the public from the threat of terrorism and other criminality.

The cabinet minister’s appearance served as something of a bookend to her grilling by the Home Affairs select committee in April this year when May trotted out similar justifications for increasing the powers of security services and other government bodies on surveillance of the internet.

May, suffering from a heavy cold, was quizzed in a packed session. Politicos expressed clear concerns that the Home Secretary was providing far too much wriggle room within a number of clauses that could, in the Home Sec’s language, “future proof” the government’s powers as technology continues to adapt and develop.

That concept was largely pooh-poohed by the panel, however, who repeatedly asked the minister to provide clear assurances about the Home Office’s intentions by effectively recognising the need to re-draft some aspects of the proposals.

As in April this year, May repeated her belief that some aspects of the planned legislative overhaul had been “misinterpreted” by civil liberties campaigners and reports in the press.

May said in relation to content and not communications data:

“We don’t want to look at the content of these emails – this is sadly one of the myths that has appeared in public.”

The Home Secretary went on to claim that her department had “had a number of discussions with a number of CSPs [communications service providers] about the who, where, when and how”.

She further claimed: “There is limited scope for the data we want to have access to. The bill is not intended to take us any further than that.”

May said that “flexibility” needed to be built into any such legislation to prevent the Home Office having “to constantly come back because of too tight a definition”.

When pushed about the UK potentially becoming the first democracy to collect data via ISPs through Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) probes – colloquially dubbed black boxes – which have only been implemented on a national scale in China, Iran and Kazakhstan to date, the Home Sec was somewhat uncommunicative.

“There’s been quite a lot of discussion about the technicalities … I’m willing to go into more technical detail in writing or for another private session,” she retorted.

The committee’s chair Lord Blencathra agreed to this plan, but asked May to get her facts together “as urgently as possible”.

The Secretary went on to insist that comms data could be separated out from content, though some experts have questioned how such sifting of information on such a large scale might be achieved without revealing some sensitive data to the CSPs who would be required under such a law to retain much more info on their subscribers.

May went on to admit, however, that “at some point in the future if it became the case that you couldn’t divide comms data from content [because of the development of technology] then we’d need to look at that”.

Sadly, at that point the committee failed to ask what this meant for those well-known websites such as Google, Facebook and Twitter that are now moving to encrypt their pages.

The minister was repeatedly pressed about the talks the Home Office has claimed already to have had with CSPs – many of whom have said there has been little or no consultation to date by May’s department on the bill.

She said: “We have had good discussions with a number of CSPs in the run up to this bill being published. Going forward we would expect that to be much more detailed.”

When asked about security concerns relating to the retention of data held by private companies to help police and spooks access information about alleged crims, May appeared relieved to note that such data would not be in the hands of public sector – which has an abysmal track record on data protection.

She added: “CSPs are holding significant amounts of data about people’s communications as we speak. This is not a new concept.”

May further asserted that the concept of corporations ring-fencing such data would “not be changed by the nature of this bill”.

After a break in the session, the Home Sec returned to respond only briefly to questions about cost savings of £6bn over the next 10 years, which was described by the committee’s chair as “fanciful”.

Perhaps unsurprisingly, May struggled to explain how her department had calculated that the proposals would cost £1.8bn from the public purse over the next decade.

She told MPs and peers that the Home Office had not been sitting around “totting up” such figures, and that she would be able to justify the costs in due course.

The chair brought the session to an end by asking May if large parts of the draft bill would have to be rewritten in light of the committee hearings, the evidence gathered and the level of opposition to the current plan.

The Home Sec said she would only comment on that after the cross-parliamentary reports from the sessions had been published. May did concede that elements of the bill – which she claimed had been misinterpreted – would be addressed, however.

She was then dismissed and advised to take a swig of hot water, whiskey and honey to fix that nasty cold. ®

Source

Marijuana Prohibition is Hanging on by its Final Thread

0

Even though I’ve lived west of the Mississippi for half my life, the native New Yorker in me has always been dismissive of reports that my tax dollars are being used to fund black helicopters that are hassling Americans in defense of foreigners, or the UN, or something.

“We have a Constitution,” was my standard tavern line to tipsy ranchers in places like Deming, New Mexico. No Americans are getting invaded by men jumping out of helicopters, I argued. Then I spent a year on the front lines of the war on drugs.

While researching what a post-drug war economy might look like from the producer standpoint — a project spurred in part by the 2011 arrest of the town mayor near my New Mexico ranch on charges that he was a member of a Mexican cartel — I quickly learned to sleep through the roar of helicopter blades that essentially provides the summer soundtrack in American cannabis production country. These choppers are used to seize something like 1% of the domestic cannabis crop. Oh, and sometimes they’re black.

It’s loud and nearly constant, but 40 years of such expensive, constitutionally questionable, cartel-ignoring nonsense has hardly put a dent in supply or demand. How do we know this? Let’s quote the U.S. Department of Justice’s 2009 Domestic Cannabis Cultivation assessment: “The amount of marijuana available for distribution in the United States is unknown…Despite record-setting eradication efforts in the United States, the availability of marijuana remains relatively high, with limited disruption in supply or price.”

Regardless, your tax dollars and mine, by the billions, in a time of fiscal crisis, are going to arrest otherwise law-abiding Americans north of the border. As former Fed chairman Paul Volcker, Ronald Reagan’s Secretary of State George Shultz and even Albert Einstein have pointed out (in 1921 during that early bout of nonsensical Prohibition) this further enriches the murderers south of the border by sustaining a prohibition economy. I don’t know how my neighboring cattle ranchers in the desert knew it, but they’re right: the war on drugs really is being fought for the benefit of foreigners.

Want an example? Just before he and his wife had their Mendocino County, California farm and medical cannabis cooperative destroyed by heavily armed and chainsaw-wielding Drug Enforcement Administration agents last October, a locally permitted, non-profit cannabis farmer and chamber of commerce member named Matt Cohen told me he was confident that he and his fellow American farmers (of America’s far and away number-one cash crop) were on the right side of history.

As we toured the field where his 99 man-sized plants wavered fragrantly in the breeze, the 33-year-old Cohen told me, “By the time alcohol Prohibition ended, on December 5, 1933, 23 states had already enacted laws regulating the alcohol industry.” Yep, he really knew the date. It was kind of his mantra.

In other words, before Congress was forced to wake up 80 years ago, enough states first decided that hysterical zealots telling people what they could or could not ingest was not the way to go, policy-wise. It was no way to run an economy (alcohol taxes at times had provided 70% of federal revenue prior to Prohibition). It was not even a good way to “think of the children,” as the screed still goes. When gangsters control an industry, they don’t ask to see ID. One hundred million Americans have used cannabis, including the last three presidents. “They shouldn’t have to be federal criminals,” Cohen told me last August.

Cohen was not a local criminal. Every plant on his farm wore an expensive, bright-yellow, local permitting “zip-tie” bracelet around its stalk. These represented participation in a new county program started because, in the words of Nobel Laureate free-market economist Milton Friedman in 1991, “Illegality creates obscene profits that finance the murderous tactics of the drug lords.”

Continue

New eavesdropping plan will create a ‘digital fishing net’

0

Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Google+, Pinterest: all of them could be the source of valuable intelligence that the UK’s intelligence agencies want to know about — and now government eavesdropping and security agency GCHQ is developing new tools to sift through them for nuggets of useful data.

The Cheltenham-based organisation is recruiting maths, physics and computing experts to devise groundbreaking algorithms that will automatically extract information from huge volumes of speech, text and image content gathered “across the full range of modern communications media”.

The secretive listening post plans to use the algorithms to help its surveillance systems make sense of human language, training its computers to automatically identify “valuable intelligence” within huge troves of intercepted data. This will enhance the agency’s ability to pick out keywords and phrases from phone calls and emails as they are passing over networks in near real-time, enabling government spies to “find meaningful patterns and relationships” between people deemed a threat, such as suspected terrorists.

The revelation has renewed concern over the government’s recently announced plans to upgrade its internet surveillance capabilities, with one leading civil liberties group warning that users of social networking sites are increasingly considered “fair game” as part of sweeping online monitoring efforts.

Offering a rare glimpse into the GCHQ’s highly classified work, a job vacancy advert posted on its website earlier this month told prospective applicants: “You will be tackling one of the great challenges of our century: how to get computing systems to make sense of human language. Your success will have an immediate impact on our ability to gather and analyse vital intelligence.

“The work involves devising algorithms, testing them and general problem solving in the broad field of language and text processing. This pioneering research work is open to specialist in mathematical/statistics, computational linguists (eg speech recognition and/or language processing) and language engineering.”

It added: “Using data-mining techniques, you will help us to find meaningful patterns and relationships in large volumes of data. We are looking for skills across the following areas: data intensive computing … graph mining (web search, social network analysis), data visualisation and statistical data analysis.”

The technology being developed by GCHQ will draw comparisons with snooping tools allegedly used by its American counterpart the National Security Agency (NSA). The NSA has access to monitoring software capable of sifting out information including watch-listed names, keywords and phrases from electronic communications flowing through America’s networks, according to a sworn statement made by 32-year NSA veteran William Binney as part of a legal case over the spying, recently blocked by the US supreme court.

The role of GCHQ is focused heavily on monitoring overseas communications, gathering intelligence to inform foreign policy and military operations. However, it can intercept domestic communications with ministerial authorisation when doing so is judged to be in the interests of national security, safeguarding economic well being, or to prevent and detect serious crime. GCHQ declined to answer specific questions from the Guardian about whether its projects involve intercepting any communications or analysing social networking profiles of individuals located in the UK, with a spokesman saying only that its analysis techniques “are fully aligned with GCHQ’s functions as described in the Intelligence Services Act 1994”.

Nick Pickles, director of civil liberties group Big Brother Watch, questioned whether GCHQ was effectively trying to “create a search engine” enabling it to go on “massive fishing trips” to mine communications.

“We accept that GCHQ needs power and technology in order to protect the public,” Pickles said. “But there’s a big difference between pursuing investigations using technology and using technology to go on massive fishing trips, in the process treating anyone using a mobile phone or social media sites as fair game to drag through its digital fishing nets.”

In 2009, GCHQ was revealed to have initiated a programme called Mastering the Internet, a £1bn project to help monitor online communications. But analysing massive volumes of data passing through Britain’s networks has proven difficult for the intelligence agency due to advances in internet and mobile technology. In a speech earlier this month, GCHQ director Iain Lobban told an audience at the University of Leeds that its biggest challenges today have come from “the explosion in the volume of communications as well as the relentless increase in new ways of accessing and processing it”.

Representatives from the National Technical Assistance Centre, a sub-unit of GCHQ, have attended recent meetings with telecom firms — organised by industry body the European Telecommunications Standards Institute — where they have discussed how to upgrade surveillance capabilities to keep pace with new technologies. The government is currently conducting pre-legislative scrutiny of its communications data bill, dubbed the “snoopers’ charter” by critics, which is intended to vastly enhance how the authorities are able to monitor internet communications.

GCHQ, which employs more than 5,000 people, has had difficulty finding skilled new recruits as it has struggled to compete with salaries offered in the private sector. The parliamentary Intelligence and Security Committee reported (PDF) in July that GCHQ was “losing critical staff with high-end cyber technology skills at up to three times the rate of the corporate average.” In a bid to attract fresh talent, the agency is taking a more proactive public role. It launched a cybersecurity competition in September, and last week showcased the work of its “young apprentices” at Manchester Science Festival, demonstrating code-cracking cyber games to mark the centenary of second world war codebreaker Alan Turing.

GCHQ declined to comment on how much interest the data mining vacancy had attracted. A spokesman said: “We do not give out information regarding the number of applications for posts.”

Source

Cameron to urged to ‘wipe away stain’ of torture

0

In a personal letter to Mr Cameron, obtained by The Daily Telegraph, Raila Odinga throws his weight behind the “petitions that continue to be made” by victims of Britain’s suppression of the Mau Mau uprising between 1952 and 1960.

Three Kenyans are suing the Foreign Office for compensation for torture they suffered at the hands of British colonial officials. Last month, the High Court ruled that the case could proceed to full trial, although the Government has appealed.

Mr Odinga’s highly unusual intervention will increase the pressure on William Hague, the Foreign Secretary, to reach an out-of-court settlement.

“The Kenyan government is ready to cooperate with your government in reaching a permanent solution to this matter and in resolving these questions that have become a stain in our long and strong relationship,” writes Mr Odinga, who became Kenya’s prime minister in 2008.

In the letter, dated Oct 9, Mr Odinga notes that Britain has been a “vocal advocate of respect of human rights in Kenya”, adding: “The people of Kenya would like to see a similar approach by your government towards accusations of torture against its own officials.”

Mr Odinga urges the British Government to “acknowledge the truth about the conduct of some of its colonial officers and to take responsibility for any harm that was caused”.

Paul Mwangi, the Kenyan prime minister’s legal adviser, confirmed a letter had been sent to Downing Street. He stressed that Mr Odinga was not “finding fault” with the present British Government, but simply wanted Mr Cameron to act out of “humanitarian concern”.

Lawyers representing the Foreign Office have accepted that the three Kenyans were tortured during the “Civil Emergency” in the British colony. Jane Muthoni Mara, 73, suffered sexual torture; Paulo Muoka Nzili, 85, was castrated; while Wambugu wa Nyingi, 84, was beaten and whipped.

A Foreign Office spokesman acknowledged the “pain and grievance felt by those on all sides”, but added: “There are important legal issues at stake and that is why we continue to defend the case. In particular, we do not accept that the present British government is liable for those terrible acts. And we do not believe it is possible to have a fair trial more than 50 years after these events.”

As for an out-of-court settlement, the spokesman declined to comment, but said: “We are committed to resolving this litigation in the best interest of all concerned.”

The Mau Mau uprising was the bloodiest chapter of Britain’s retreat from Empire in Africa, claiming about 25,000 lives, according to David Anderson, professor of African politics at Oxford University and author of “Histories of the Hanged”, a study of the revolt.

The fact that the colonial administration used torture was beyond question, added Prof Anderson, and the “attempts of various people in Britain to minimise this is laughable”.

Prof Anderson warned that if the compensation case goes to trial, “you’re going to get two full weeks every day of detailed descriptions of tortures carried out by British officials”.

But the Mau Mau also carried out atrocities, notably the Lari massacre of 1953 when about 120 African “loyalists”, who sided with the British, were hacked or burned to death. Instead of being a simple anti-colonial rebellion, the insurgency was also a brutal civil war within the Kikuyu tribe.

During the entire uprising, the Mau Mau killed only 32 white settlers – and perhaps 5,000 Africans. Jomo Kenyatta, the first president of independent Kenya, publicly called them “scum”.

Prof Anderson described the Mau Mau as a “disorganised, shabby movement that didn’t have any national base and failed to unite people and, I argue, created a sort of civil war”.

Source

Secret courts plan may breach Human Rights

0

The government’s plans for a new generation of secret courts faced a fresh setback on Wednesday when its own human rights watchdog warned the proposals could be incompatible with the law.

After taking advice from leading counsel, the Equality and Human Rights Commission told MPs and peers it believes that proposals within the controversial justice and security bill are incompatible with the Human Rights Act.

“The government’s proposals to extend the use of secret hearings to civil cases are a departure from this country’s traditions of open justice and fairness,” said John Wadham, the commission’s general counsel.

“The process is incompatible with the Human Rights Act and the principle of a common law right to a fair trial, and there is no real evidence to show how the proposals would improve the justice system.”

The commission issued its verdict on the Bill under its statutory duty to monitor and advise on proposed changes of law to ensure they meet human rights standards.

The bill proposes to extend to civil trials of measures known as closed material procedures (CMPs), which not only exclude the public and media from courtrooms, but allow lawyers representing government ministers to introduce evidence that cannot be seen or challenged by a claimant or their lawyers. This will be permitted even when those ministers are themselves the defendants.

The commission said it had concluded that CMPs are:

– Incompatible with an excluded party’s English common law right to a fair trial.

– In breach of article 6 of the European convention on human rights, which protects the right to a fair trial.

– To be used without any clear definition of the national security concerns they are said to be protecting.

The government claims CMPs are needed to prevent courtroom disclosure of sensitive evidence from causing damage to the so-called “control principle” governing intelligence shared between states.

It argues CMPs would allow more sensitive intelligence information to be heard in court than before, even though it would be heard in secret.

“Courts have found time and again that CMPs can be fair and can bring justice to an area of the law where currently there’s none,” a Cabinet Office spokeswoman said. “It means courts will be able to hear cases — and see all of the evidence — regardless of how much information relating to national security is involved.”

The government says a judge would decide whether the information should be kept secret. However, the bill’s critics say it has been drafted in a way that effectively ties judges’ hands, making it extremely difficult for them to challenge any minister’s claim that information should be kept secret on grounds of national security. The fact that a hearing would be held in secret could itself be kept secret.

There is also concern that the bill is intended not only to protect the control principle, but to conceal evidence of government wrongdoing, particularly during civil claims brought by victims of torture or rendition since 9/11.

Evidence of British collusion in the abuse and rendition of terror suspects to places where they risked being tortured — including evidence of MI6’s role in the rendition in 2004 of two Libyan dissidents into Muammar Gaddafi’s prisons — might not have come to light had the bill been in force.

The commission also said it welcomes the bill’s proposed reforms of the intelligence and security committee, the body of peers and MPs that is supposed to provide oversight of MI5 and MI6, but said they do not go far enough.

Source

Police tase 10 year old boy for refusing to wash car

0

A US policeman is in trouble after he allegedly tasered a ten-year-old schoolboy for refusing to clean his patrol car.

Officer Chris Webb reportedly fired the 50,000-volt weapon at the boy during a career day at Tularosa Intermediate School in New Mexico.

The boy, named only as RD, blacked out and has since suffered post-traumatic stress disorder. He is now taking legal action.

His legal representative, Rachel Higgins, told Santa Fe County Court that the officer’s use of force was completely unreasonable.

According to the complaint: “Defendant Webb asked the boy, RD, in a group of boys, who would like to clean his patrol unit.

“A number of boys said that they would. RD, joking, said that he did not want to clean the patrol unit.”

Webb is accused of responding by aiming his Taser at the child before saying: “Let me show you what happens to people who do not listen to the police.”

He then allegedly stunned RD before pulling out the barbs and taking the boy to the school principal’s office.

The boy’s family are suing both Webb and the New Mexico Department of Public Safety. The case continues.

Source

Police stockpiling phone data from unconvicted suspects

0

Sussex Police is stockpiling information harvested from the mobile phones of suspects, The Argus can reveal.

The data — including text messages, call logs, pictures and contact numbers — is regularly downloaded from mobile phones at the forces one “extraction centre” in Sussex House, Hollingbury, Brighton.

One officer — who asked to remain anonymous — said even people who are arrested and then released without charge have their mobile details kept on file.

This growing database is being likened to the police’s controversial DNA archive, which forces quietly built up over the decades.

The officer told The Argus that information from mobile phones was being retained in case the crime they were initially arrested for needed to be reinvestigated in the future. Details from mobiles can be stored by the force indefinitely.

The officer told The Argus that mobile phones are not routinely seized and are not taken speculatively, but are used if police feel they will help gain evidence in cases.

He said: “We retain data recovered from phones. If we have an interest in seizing a phone as part of an investigation then we will. But it is a judgment in each case.”

He added: “People use their phones lots and they do help in cases. If a suspect pretends they don’t know someone and then they have texts from them, well that tells you something.

“Equally phones can put someone in a location.”

Mobile phone evidence was fundamental in two recent cases. Neale James exchanged numerous text messages with his mother Brenda James, who he killed and dumped in Goodwood, near Chichester, in March 2011.

Sean Iran, his father and brother were placed at the scene of where Stefan Welch’s body was dumped and burnt in Brighton in September 2011.

A Sussex Police spokesman yesterday said: “Police already have lawful authority, under Section 19 of the Police and Criminal Evidence Act, to seize and examine mobile phones of persons arrested if there is reasonable cause to believe that they may contain evidence relating to the case.

“At present in Sussex mobile phones seized in this way are sent to our central mobile phone examination unit for this to be done.”

The spokesman added that retention of “any information is in accordance with the Association of Chief Police Officers’ guidance”.

Civil liberties group Big Brother Watch has condemned the database. It said: “Where someone is not convicted of a crime it is absolutely wrong for the police to hang onto the contents of their phone.”

Source

94% do not want Data Communications Bill

0

Only 6% of UK citizens think the government has made a clear and compelling argument for the Draft Data Communications Bill, a survey has revealed.

In contrast, 71% of more than 1,800 adults polled said they do not trust that the data will be kept secure, according to the survey commissioned by privacy and civil liberties campaign group Big Brother Watch.

The draft legislation, aimed at making it easier for authorities to spy on electronic communications, requires internet and other service providers to retain records of all communications for 12 months, including emails, web phone calls and use of social media.

The government claims the proposals will cost £1.8bn over 10 years from 2012, a figure questioned by experts and those familiar with government IT projects.

Half of those polled online by YouGov said the proposed legislation is bad value for money, with just 12% saying it represents good value.

Fragile trust in the internet could break

With online services critical to economic growth and public service reform, the research also found that the bill could undermine internet use, with 41% of online respondents saying they would be less likely to use websites and online services if the proposed legislation is passed.

“The public have seen through the scaremongering rhetoric and see the snoopers’ charter for the waste of money that it is,” said Nick Pickles, director of Big Brother Watch.

Instead of spending £2bn on another dodgy IT project, the Home Office should be making sure there are enough police officers with the right skills and equipment to investigate online crime, he said.

“While the real criminals take simple steps to hide their activity, the law would require every single person’s emails and messages to be monitored, and the public are right to be concerned that the data won’t be kept secure,” said Pickles.

Big Brother Watch believes the draft Communications Data Bill will hurt growth in the digital economy, undermine British foreign policy, create huge security risks and treat all citizens as suspects.

“The message from the public, technical experts and communications companies is clear: the only place this bill belongs is the bin,” said Pickles.

Data privacy a big concern

The survey comes as home secretary Theresa May is scheduled to give evidence to a special select committee of MPs and peers hearing pre-legislative evidence on the proposed bill.

Since the draft bill was published in May, the home secretary has insisted that the changes are needed to protect citizens from terrorists and paedophiles.

But in testimony to the Parliamentary committee hearing evidence on the bill in mid-October, information commissioner Christopher Graham said the proposed legislation would catch only incompetent criminals and accidental anarchists, but would have little effect on terrorism and serious organised crime.

A week earlier, Wikipedia founder Jimmy Wales said the Draft Data Communications Bill would constitute a security risk. Wales told the RSA Conference Europe 2012 the proposed bill would be useless and quite dangerous if enacted.

“It will force many relatively small companies to hang on to data that they would not otherwise retain, which puts the data at risk,” he said.

In September, Wales raised these and other concerns before the parliamentary select committee.

Source

Workplace surveillance – know your rights

0

With CCTV cameras everywhere you go these days, how likely is it that your employer or client will be keeping an eye on you? Basically, quite likely. Employers can monitor staff through a variety of methods — but it must do so in a way that is consistent with several legal requirements.

Many employers will choose to monitor phone and IT systems usage by their staff, and in some sectors employers will also use CCTV and other methods to monitor their products/goods.

Employers may choose to monitor their staff for any of the following reasons:

  • To safeguard their employees or members of the public (for e.g. health and safety reasons)
  • To protect business interests (prevent crime or misconduct)
  • To ensure quality of customer services (which can also show training needs for their employees)
  • To comply with legal and regulatory obligations

Most large employers now will have a Social Media Policy which may include monitoring of employees usage of networking websites (and so on). Many employers will also have an IT and Communications Policy also setting out how employees can use their systems.

The laws that cover the area of monitoring include:

  • The Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act 2000 (RIPA)
  • The Telecommunications (Lawful Business Practice)(Interception of Communications) Regulations 2000 (LBP)
  • The Data Protection Act 1988 (including the 2003 Code, Monitoring at Work)

The implied legal obligation of trust and confidence that exists between an employer and employee is also relevant.

However, The Human Rights Act 1998 also plays an important role here as it gives individuals’ a right to privacy and the UK’s laws try to recognise that employees may feel that monitoring by their employer at work is intrusive.

Therefore, employers need to find a balance between an employee’s legitimate expectation to privacy and the Employers interests when they monitor their staff, in any way.

Because of the need for this balance, the current UK laws distinguish between:

  • Targeted monitoring (of one individual) and systematic monitoring (where all employees or groups of employees are regularly monitored in the same way)
  • Open and covert monitoring
  • The monitoring of already-accessed communications and the monitoring or intercepting of un-accessed electronic communications (e.g. telephone calls, faxes, emails and internet access). An ‘interception’ happens when the contents of the communication are made available to someone other than the sender or intended recipient. The sender and recipient of the communication must consent to the interception for this to be lawful. ‘Interceptions’ are highly regulated under the RIPA and LBP laws (above).
All these monitoring types can be lawful.

Therefore when Employers set up monitoring systems they must:

  • Tell staff the nature and extent of monitoring that may take place
  • Be clear what levels of privacy an employee can or cannot expect when using their employer’s systems to make personal communications
  • Provide an unrecorded telephone line for employees to use in emergencies if all other telephones are routinely recorded/monitored
  • Be clear what levels of email/internet/phone usage by the employee for personal reasons is permitted and what is not
  • Provide written policy statements about the monitoring
  • Explain how the employer will use the information obtained via monitoring
  • Explain how the information will be stored and processed in accordance with the Data Protection Act

Targeted monitoring

Generally, monitoring should normally be carried out by an employer in an open and systematic way only, unless targeted and/or covert monitoring is justified.

Targeted monitoring will usually only be justified where there are grounds to suspect criminal activity or serious malpractice by the employee in question and the monitoring is necessary to prevent or detect this crime or malpractice. This monitoring would usually then lead to a disciplinary hearing where the employer believes the employee has breached company policies.

Surveillance of staff outside of the workplace may also be acceptable if the employer can demonstrate it was ‘justifiable’ (they have credible reasons to suggest an employee is involved in wrongdoing or breaching company policies) and ‘proportionate’ (the employer did not go any further than was necessary in its use of surveillance).

Basically, any monitoring that is done by the employer must be proportionate to the issue the employer seeks to address.

If you are an Employer and need ongoing professional help with these complicated issues then talk to us at The HR Kiosk (click here) – a Human Resources Consultancy for small businesses — you can retain us for as much time as you need.

Workline is supported by Employment Lawyers Goodman Derrick LLP. Please note that the advice given on this website and by our Advisors is guidance only and cannot be taken as an authoritative interpretation of the law. It can also not be seen as specific advice for individual cases. Please also note that there are differences in legislation in Northern Ireland.

Source

Bank of America sued for $1 Billion in Bad Mortgages

0

Puck Lo, CorpWatch Blog |

Federal prosecutors are suing Bank of America for selling fraudulent loans to Fannie Mae (Federal National Mortgage Association) and Freddie Mac (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation), two government-sponsored mortgage finance companies. The government alleged that the Charlotte, North Carolina-based multinational sold over $1 billion in bad mortgages that led to numerous foreclosures.

Bank of America made these loans via subprime mortgage lenders Countrywide Financial Corporation and Countrywide Home Loans, Inc. that it acquired in 2008. “Through a program aptly named ‘the Hustle,’ Countrywide and Bank of America made disastrously bad loans and stuck taxpayers with the bill,” said Manhattan-based U.S. Attorney Preet Bharara, who filed the suit.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guarantee payments of principal and interest to investors on loans that default, in order to create supposedly low-risk investment options that fuel investment in the housing market.

In early 2007 the market for subprime loans – loans offered to individuals considered high risk for default or who have bad credit – collapsed. (see Center for Public Integrity feature on the top subprime lenders and the banks behind this collapse) Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac began tightening their requirements on purchasing riskier loans.

Countrywide, the largest housing mortgage and subprime lender in the U.S. at the time, switched over to issuing prime loans instead. Unlike Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, it compensated for the lack of eligible borrowers by lowering its standards.

In August 2007 Countrywide initiated a program called the “High-Speed Swim Lane” (nicknamed the “Hustle”) that was “intentionally designed to process loans at high speed and without quality checkpoints,” the lawsuit stated. (Most of the governmentinformation on this internal scheme came from Edward O’Donnell, a whistleblower)

Under the Hustle, verification of documentation and income were removed from the process of approval for all but the riskiest of loans, higher-level positions overseeing and reviewing loans were eliminated in order to expedite the largely automated application process.

“Well aware that [Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac] were increasingly concerned about the quality of loans they were purchasing, Countrywide represented to individuals at bothFannie Mae and Freddie Mac that it had implemented higher underwriting guidelines in the fourth quarter of 2007,” the lawsuit stated.

In fact Countrywide did not even disclose the existence of Hustle to the buyers of its loans, prosecutors said. Subsequently nearly one-third of all single-family residence mortgages Fannie Mae bought in 2007 came from Countrywide.

“Countrywide and Bank of America systematically removed every check in favor of its own balance — they cast aside underwriters, eliminated quality controls, incentivized unqualified personnel to cut corners, and concealed the resulting defects. These toxic products were then sold to the government sponsored enterprises as good loans.”

In one example cited in the suit, a borrower claimed to be self-employed and earn $8,500 a month working at a company that didn’t exist. The property in question was “grossly inflated” by 31 percent, and the documentation on file was inadequate, the lawsuit said. Despite the fact that such a loan would not meet the standards set by the federal mortgage finance firms for resale, Countrywide misrepresented the case to Fannie Mae, who then bought it. The loan defaulted within ten months.

One reason for the large number of such loans was that Countrywide offered junior employees bonuses based on the volume of loans they could make. That led to numerous situations where employees changed numbers in the computerized system, the prosecutors alleged.

In January 2008, Countrywide, which had not yet merged with Bank of America, conducted an internal review that found more than half of its Hustle loans were failing. But “rather than alter or abandon the Hustle model,” the lawsuit said, Countrywide “prohibited [its former executive vice president and whistleblower] Edward O’Donnell’s team from circulating the quality reports.”

“After the merger, the Hustle continued unabated through 2009. At no time did Bank of America take any steps to disclose the Hustle to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac,” the suit stated. “Throughout the Hustle, Countrywide and Bank of America sold thousands of Hustle loans to [Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac] that they knew did not meet their representations and warranties of quality.”

When the housing market collapsed later that year and borrowers defaulted en masse on mortgage payments, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac had to be bailed out by the federal government at the tune of $188 billion in taxpayer money. Both mortgage financiers have been under conservatorship of the U.S. Treasury since September 2008 and have only paid back a fourth of that sum to date.

During the last two years Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have demanded that Bank of America buy back $12 billion of the defaulted loans that it alleges were illegal. The lawsuit claims that “after the loans defaulted, Bank of America has resisted buying many of them back, despite the presence of fraud, misrepresentation, and other obvious violations.”

“The claim that we have failed to repurchase loans from Fannie Mae is simply false,”Bank of America said in a public statement. “At some point, Bank of America can’t be expected to compensate every entity that claims losses that actually were caused by the economic downturn.”

The lawsuit seeks maximum damages of over $1 billion but could be awarded three times the amount of damages if the government can prove that taxpayers were cheated, under the False Claims Act.

This is the first lawsuit brought by the Department of Justice concerning mortgage loans sold to the now-nationalized Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac buys residence mortgage loans from private lenders, insures and resells them on the open market.

However Bharara’s office has brought five other lawsuits against major U.S. banks for “reckless mortgage practices in the lead-up to the financial crisis” in the last 16 months. In February, Citigroup settled such a case for $158.3 million and Flagstar Bancorp Inc settled for $132.8 million. Deutsche Bank AG settled in May for $202.3 million. Cases are pending against Wells Fargo and Allied Home Mortgage.

“This lawsuit should send another clear message that reckless lending practices will not be tolerated,” Bharara said.

Facebook censorship – a new addition to the memory hole

0

Mick Meaney, rinf.com |

In a shocking attempt to censor political views, Facebook has disabled anti New World Order activist Alex Jones’ account, labeling an image he uploaded as “hate speech”.

The image of Osama Bin Laden contained the caption “Al-CIA-da”, to imply that al-Qaeda is, at least in part, funded by the CIA.

That’s quiet an allegation to make, but is it true?

According to a report published in the 1980’s by ABC News, the CIA gave Osama Bin Laden at least $3,000,000,000 ($3 billion):

“In the 1980s, bin Laden left his comfortable Saudi home for Afghanistan to participate in the  Afghan jihad, or holy war, against the invading forces of the Soviet Union – a cause that,  ironically, the United States funded, pouring $3 billion into the Afghan resistance via the CIA.”

Obviously the truth means very little to Facebook, whose actions have outraged supporters of alternative media.

RINF News has been inundated with emails from angry activists, all pointing to a report by Paul Joseph Watson, in which he writes:

Infowars staff were met with a message from Facebook denying access to the account until it was acknowledged that Facebook’s terms had been violated.

“We removed content you posted,” stated the message, underneath which was a black and white image of Osama Bin Laden with the words “Al-CIA-da” emblazoned across it. Facebook removed the image because it “violates Facebook’s Statement of RIghts and Responsibilities.”

A secondary screen then warned that other infringing images should be removed if the account was to remain in good standing.

Watson points out that the image was not copyrighted and he also provides evidence to support the accusation that CIA money has been used to support the terrorist network.

In one email to RINF News, a supporter, under the pseudonym of Jess N, said:

“Is it right that Facebook can decide what the TRUTH is? Is it right that Facebook can decide to hide important information because it goes against the grain?

“This isn’t some ‘out there’ batsh*t crazy conspiracy theory. The CIA has funded al-Qaeda. It’s a fact and only a handful of alternative media sites have the balls to say it.”

She’s right.

I also did a little digging through my research archive and found some interesting facts.

According to the BBC, yes folks you read that correctly, the BBC:

“Born in Saudi Arabia to a Yemeni family, Bin Laden left Saudi Arabia in 1979 to fight against the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan. The Afghan jihad was backed with American dollars and had the blessing of the governments of Saudi Arabia and Pakistan. He received security training from the CIA itself, according to Middle Eastern analyst Hazhir Teimourian.

Forbes also reported that Osama Bin Laden:

“…Received military and financial assistance from the intelligence services of Saudi Arabia, Pakistan and the United States.”

Perhaps ironically, this situation has brought more publicity to the very issue Facebook are trying to censor.

It’s also worth checking out a three part BBC documentary called The Power of Nightmares.

Obama’s Disposition Matrix

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Call it elevating Murder, Inc. to a higher level. A Washington Post Special Report discussed America’s permanent war agenda.

It includes targeted killings, Obama’s secret kill list, global drone wars, and White House counterterrorism adviser John Brennan’s new rules for war playbook.

Established in 2003, Washington’s National Counterterrorism Center (NCTC) provides terrorist related information for America’s intelligence community. Brennan initially ran the agency. It devised Washington’s so-called “disposition matrix.”

If America had a motto it would be war is good, the more wars the better. How else can generals add stars and profiteers cash in big?

Human lives don’t matter. Inviolable rule of law principles are trashed. Wealth, power and dominance alone matter. Imagine national policy wanting to destroy humanity to control it.

Democrat Obama has that in mind and more. Imagine what Romney’s planning. Think about it November 6. Voting either major party ticket assures permanent wars, destroying social America, and cracking down hard on resisters.

On October 23, the Washington Post headlined “Plan for hunting terrorists signals US intends to keep adding names to kill lists,” saying:

Information came from “dozens of current and former national security officials, intelligence analysts and others….” Evolving US counterintelligence policies are examined. Two follow-up articles are planned.

US special forces death squads operate in 120 or more countries. CIA agents kill globally. US citizens may be targeted at home or abroad. No one anywhere is safe.

Summary judgment means rule of law principles don’t apply. Last spring, Obama appointed himself judge, jury and executioner. Extrajudicial authority is official administration policy. Diktats decide who lives or dies.

Anyone can be targeted anywhere in the world for any reason or none at all. Obama usurped the power of life and death. He’s got final kill list authority.

Policy prioritizes killing by drones, death squads, or other means. Only eliminating America’s enemies matter. Whether real or imagined makes no difference.

Targeted victims are people who want to live free from America’s imperium. Washington calls them terrorists. Names go on kill lists.

Those around him say killing comes easy to Obama. Waging war on Islam is policy. So is take no prisoners. Counterterrorism is cover for wholesale or retail slaughter. Collateral deaths don’t matter.

Post writer Greg Smith said for “the past two years, the Obama administration has been secretly developing a new blueprint for pursuing terrorists, a next-generation targeting list called the ‘disposition matrix.’ ”

It contains names of terrorist suspects, covert plans to eliminate them, and in some cases sealed indictments. Officials interviewed said a “database (being compiled) is designed to go beyond existing kill lists, mapping plans for the ‘disposition’ of suspects beyond the reach of American drones.”

Regardless of whether US wars continue or end, killing America’s enemies remains policy. Suspects are guilty by accusation. Due process and judicial fairness are off the table. One unnamed official said:

“We can’t possibly kill everyone who wants to harm us. It’s a necessary part of what we do….We’re not going to wind up in 10 years in a world of everybody holding hands and saying, ‘We love America.’ ”

Smith didn’t say plans are to make sure they don’t. Peace and stability defeat America’s imperium. Violence and instability are essential to advance it.

He also didn’t expose Washington’s bogus war on terror. At issue is inventing global enemies, waging wars against them, and destroying democratic freedoms in the process. At stake is unchallenged dominance no matter how many corpses it takes to achieve it.

Other omissions including failing to explain coverup is policy. So is aggressive killing in multiple theaters. Mostly civilians are killed. Populations are terrorized.

At most, only 2% of victims are high-level combatants. Drone attacks are the recruiting tool of choice for militants, and targeted killings violate fundamental international law.

Like his predecessor, Obama claims success. It’s always in the eye of the beholder. Bin Laden’s alleged killing is cited. No matter that he died naturally in December 2001. Even modern technology can’t kill a dead man. Claiming it was staged hokum.

Big plans are being made. “White House counterterrorism adviser John O. Brennan is seeking to codify the administration’s approach to generating capture/kill lists, part of a broader effort to guide future administrations through the counterterrorism processes that Obama has embraced.”

Strategies to eliminate America’s enemies include “extradition requests, capture operations and drone patrols.” Summary executions are the method of choice. Why bother with protocol or other procedures when spy in the sky drones kill easily and quickly.

Operators in distant command centers work multiple monitors. They’re far from targeted victims. They kill with precision at low cost. For them, remote control killing is like sport. No muss. No fuss. No bloodshed or shredded bodies to view. When work days end, they go home to dinner and relax. Imagine going to work each day for more killing.

The CIA wants many more drones in its fleet. The more available, the more theaters of operations for more targeted killings. Business is better than ever. No shortage of targets exist.

At the same time, counterterrorism experts say relying on them is “self-perpetuating.” Short-term gains obscure longer-term costs. According to former CIA analyst Bruce Riedel:

“The problem with the drone is it’s like your lawn mower. You’ve got to mow the lawn all the time. The minute you stop mowing, the grass is going to grow back.”

In fact, the more enemies eliminated, the greater the number created. Nonetheless, Washington operates multiple drone programs. They include Pentagon and CIA ones. They’re used for surveillance and killings. Expanded operations lie ahead.

Database information includes biographies of targeted subjects, their locations, known associates and affiliated organizations, as well as other relevant information.

Targeted victims, of course, are a closely kept secret. They can be anyone anywhere in the world. They can be ordinary people, distinguished ones, or officials. Their crime is opposing US imperialism.

Smith said “the creation of the matrix and the institutionalization of kill/capture lists reflect a shift that is as psychological as it is strategic.” He omitted explaining its lawlessness. He didn’t say that no one can self-appoint themselves judge, jury, and executioner.

What’s most important, media scoundrels suppress. Nonetheless, he covered a lot of important ground. It’s up to readers to connect the dots. Few take the trouble to do it.

His article was five online pages long. Few seeing it go beyond page one. They’d have missed page four saying:

Kill list “names are submitted to a panel of National Security Council officials that is chaired by Brennan and includes the deputy directors of the CIA and the FBI, as well as top officials from the State Department, the Pentagon and the NCTC.”

Page five added:

“Obama approves the criteria for lists and signs off on drone strikes outside Pakistan, where decisions on when to fire are made by the director of the CIA.”

By presidential diktat, he can order anyone killed anywhere, including US citizens.

“For an administration that is the first to embrace targeted killing on a wide scale, officials seem confident that they have devised an approach that is so bureaucratically, legally and morally sound that future administrations will follow suit.”

It’s shocking that officials anywhere feel this way. It’s worse in one calling itself a democracy.

A Final Comment

On October 24, ACLU’s National Security Project director Hina Shamsi said:

“Anyone who thought US targeted killing outside of armed conflict was a narrow, emergency-based exception to the requirement of due process before a death sentence is being proven conclusively wrong.”

“The danger of dispensing with due process is obvious because without it, we cannot be assured that the people in the government’s death database truly present a concrete, imminent threat to the country.”

“What we do know is that tragic mistakes have been made, hundreds of civilian bystanders have died, and our government has even killed a 16-year-old U.S. citizen without acknowledging let alone explaining his death.”

“A bureaucratized paramilitary killing program that targets people far from any battlefield is not just unlawful, it will create more enemies than it kills.”

ACLU has two outstanding lawsuits to enforce FOIA requests for targeted killing information. Another filed jointly with the Center for Constitutional Rights challenges its constitutionality.

ACLU Deputy Legal Director Jameel Jaffer said:

“It has become the norm for government officials to disclose cherry-picked information about ostensibly classified programs while insisting to the courts that the programs are too secret to be discussed or defended in court.”

“This practice deprives the public of complete and accurate information about important government policies, compromises the integrity of the classification system and suggests a disturbing contempt for the judicial process. The courts should reject the government’s effort to transform FOIA into a dead letter.”

Washington proves itself morally and politically bankrupt multiple ways. Perhaps enough Americans one day will decide they’ll no longer let policies this monstrous persist. They’ll have to for anything to change. They better or their futures are grim.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Google harassed and threatened bartender

0

RT |

After one of Google’s new, top-secret smartphones was left in a San Francisco bar, the bartender was harassed and threatened with arrest by the company if he didn’t turn over the Nexus 4.

Jamin Barton was offered a free Google phone if he promised not to go to the media with details. Barton denied the offer and instead sent pictures of the Nexus 4 to Wired.

The bartender, who is also a musician, found the phone at the 500 Club in San Francisco’s Mission District. After the phone was held by the cash register for a day, no one had come to claim it.

“We find about 20 a week. Most people come back for them in 15 minutes,” the bartender told Wired. But as the phone remained unclaimed at the bar, Barton began to think that this one was different from most. The Nexus was locked and had no sim card to activate it, making it impossible to contact the owner. On the back of the phone was a “not for sale” sticker and a Google logo.

A tech-savvy friend of the bartender identified the phone as a Nexus 4, which was due to be released on Oct. 29. The friend then contacted Google to verify the authenticity of the Nexus, only to become alarmed.

“Dave sort of freaked out,” Barton said of his friend’s reaction. “’Google lost a phone,

he told me. ‘You just got a guy fired… The Google police are coming.’”

Sure enough, a Google employee showed up at the 500 Club to retrieve the device. Barton was not present, but the Brian Katz, global investigations and intelligence manager at Google, allegedly threatened other employees of the bar. The security officer referred to Barton as an “accessory to a crime” and threatened to have the man arrested if the phone was not returned.

“Katz was like a disappointed mom when I told him Jamin wasn’t here,” said bartender Don Hodge. “He was little but really push, like military… He said he wanted to keep me out of trouble — like I was in any kind of trouble — keep the bar out of trouble. They could file criminal charges, he said.”

Once Barton did give back the Nexus, Brian Katz, global investigations and intelligence manager at Google, offered the bartender a free phone if he agreed not to speak to the media.

Barton had intented to turn the phone in to police, but Katz’s despair to have it back convinced him otherwise.

“He was desperate [to get that phone],” said Ragi Dindial, a friend of Barton’s.

Police investigated in private data scandal

0

KENT Police is under investigation over claims it is storing personal information on everyone arrested, even if no charges are brought.

The force is said to be one of six in England and Wales that uses special software to “interrogate” private mobile phones belonging to members of the public.

Details harvested can include calls and messages sent and received, internet activity, photographs and personal memos.

Data gathered from smartphones can also be used to find out where the owner was on a given date and time.

Privacy body the Information Commissioner’s Office has now confirmed it is looking into the claims, and any decision to take action against Kent Police will be taken by information commissioner Christopher Graham.

The deputy director of civil liberties campaign group Big Brother Watch, Emma Carr, said: “The courts have clearly said indefinitely retaining personal information is not acceptable and it appears that police forces are flagrantly disregarding the law with this technology. Where someone is not convicted of a crime it is absolutely wrong for the police to extract and then retain the contents of their phone.”

Pointing out the ICO was right to be concerned about the “frequent” use of the technology being used, she added: “It is simply unacceptable for the police to introduce a back-door surveillance scheme so they can store details of the private communications of people never convicted of a crime.”

The ICO refused to confirm which of the 44 forces in England and Wales it was looking into, but did confirm an investigation was underway.

But according to a report in The Sunday Times last weekend, they are Kent, Surrey, Bedfordshire, Devon and Cornwall, Thames Valley and British Transport Police.

An ICO spokesman said: “If police forces are examining the content on mobile phones and are wanting to use that information, this would need to comply with the Data Protection Act.

“The ICO is currently looking at this issue and will be considering whether any action is necessary to help ensure compliance with the Data Protection Act.”

A spokesman for the Home Office said: “Information about a suspect or their associates has always been crucial in the fight against crime.

“Police should only be extracting and retaining data relevant to criminal investigations or for other permitted purposes.”

Source

 

Lawyers, human rights groups, journalists challenge eavesdropping law

0

The U.S. Supreme Court on Monday considered who has a right to challenge government eavesdropping on conversations between people in the United States and outside the country in a case touching on federal efforts to fight terrorism.

Since the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks, the Supreme Court has been reluctant to intervene in national security and intelligence-gathering procedures of the country’s executive branch, and the government has said it needs flexible surveillance power to help prevent strikes by foreign militants.

Lawyers, journalists and human rights groups including Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch said the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) – the law allowing the surveillance – is too broad and could subject millions of people to monitoring without a warrant.

They said this violated the protection against illegal searches and seizures under the Fourth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution.

Arguments heard by the court on Monday addressed not the monitoring itself, but whether the objectors had the right to sue at all.

“Is there anybody who has standing?” Justice Sonia Sotomayor asked Solicitor General Donald Verrilli, who argued on behalf of the government to uphold the law. “If there was a constitutional violation in the interception … no one could ever stop it until they were charged with a crime, essentially.”

Last year, the 2nd U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals in New York let the case go forward, based on the plaintiffs’ fear of surveillance and the cost of trying to avoid it.

But in its appeal, the government said that because the surveillance is secret, the challengers could not show current harm or that future harm was “certainly impending.”

 

‘CASCADE OF SPECULATION’

“They are asking you to invalidate a vitally important national security statute” over claims that “depend on a cascade of speculation,” Verrilli said.

Adopted in 1978, FISA required the government to submit a surveillance application to a special court for each person outside the country who it was targeting.

After the Sept. 11 attacks, President George W. Bush authorized the National Security Agency’s use of warrantless wiretaps to find people with ties to the al Qaeda network and other groups.

He ended that program in 2007, but Congress the next year reinstated parts of it. The government may now seek court permission to conduct mass surveillance, without identifying specific targets, merely by saying it plans to monitor foreigners outside the country to gather foreign intelligence.

Jameel Jaffer, arguing on behalf of the statute’s challengers, said the law effectively allows “dragnet surveillance” that forces people who are in touch with potential government surveillance targets to avoid using phones and email to communicate, and resorting to more expensive means.

Some justices suggested that the harm to the challengers might not be so great. “The question is whether or not your clients’ conversations can be picked up in an incidental way,” Chief Justice John Roberts told Jaffer.

Justice Samuel Alito expressed skepticism over Jaffer’s position, saying it could lead to a “bizarre” outcome in which a suspected top terrorist could escape surveillance by hiring American lawyers who can use the statute’s protections.

Jaffer said he did not mean to suggest that scenario, but that the government’s position required special steps.

“If all the government were to do, at this point, is to say secretly to a judge, ‘We’re not actually going to use this against plaintiffs,’ plaintiffs would have to take the same measures they’re taking right now,” Jaffer said. “And they would be injured in exactly the same way.”

Six former U.S. attorneys general submitted a brief supporting the government, fearing a floodgate of litigation that would risk exposing state secrets.

A decision is expected by the end of June.

The case is Clapper et al v. Amnesty International et al, U.S. Supreme Court, No. 11-1025.

Source

And You Still Think They Work For You?

0

On 23rd September the Orwellian sounding UN Regional Information Centre for Western Europe announced that:

For the first time the European Parliament will be represented at the UN General Assembly opening next Tuesday in New York … Parliament’s inclusion in the official EU delegation “shows the honest commitment of European Heads of State and Government to further democratisation and parliamentarisation of the European Union” … the official EU delegation will also include European Council President Herman Van Rompuy, European Commission President Jose Manuel Barroso, and EU High Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy, Baroness Catherine Ashton.

What a hypocritical statement from the EU evidenced by the fact that democracy has been hijacked by the likes of Van Rompuy, Barroso and Ashton who were never been directly elected by the voters of the EU in the first place. We all know from past experience that rather than deliver on their promises politicians from both the UK and EU deliver the exact opposite. Who could possibly forget their demonstrated contempt for the will of the people evidence by their total disregard of previous results of various referenda.

The UN news release also made reference to the fact that ‘Othmar Karas, Vice President of the European Parliament will focus on access to justice, the rule of law and the essential role that parliaments play in it at Wednesday’s meeting of the Inter-Parliamentary Union (IPU), on the occasion of the high-level meeting of the United Nations General Assembly on the rule of law’. We, at the UK Column, suggest to our readers that they really mean is LESS access to justice and a shift away from the rule of law.

The Inter Parliamentary Union (IPU)

Inter Parliamentary Union building

The IPU is the international organization of Parliaments. It was created in 1889 on the initiative of two parliamentarians, William Randal Cremer (United Kingdom) and Frédéric Passy (France). In June 1889 the founding act of the Inter-Parliamentary Conference of the Union was signed. This provided the origins for today’s form of institutionalised multilateral co-operation and advocated the establishment of corresponding institutions at the inter-governmental level. In 1919 the League of Nations is established some 30 years after the IPU. By 1943 an IPU meeting in London established a European Sub-Committee. This Sub Committee is now known as the 12+ Group within which the British Group Inter Parliamentary Union (BGIPU) operates at Multilateral Assemblies.

Following the end of the second world war, the League of Nations morphed into the United Nations when the UN Charter was signed on 26 June 1945 by the representatives of 50 countries. In September 1975 Her Majesty the Queen addressed the inaugural ceremony of the IPU Assembly in London: In 1992 the Earth Charter also known as Agenda 21 is signed. In 1995 a cooperation agreement between the UN and the IPU is signed. On its website the IPU states that it ‘supports the efforts of and works in close co-operation with the United Nations, whose objectives it shares. The Union also co-operates with regional inter-parliamentary organizations, as well as with international intergovernmental and non-governmental organizations which are motivated by the same ideals’.

Worldwide there are there are currently 162 Members and 10 Associate Members of the Inter-Parliamentary Union.

Since its establishment the IPU has transformed itself from an association of individual parliamentarians into the international organization of the Parliaments of sovereign States. The IPU is financed primarily by its members out of public funds. The site of the Union’s Headquarters is Geneva (Switzerland).

The British Group of the Inter-Parliamentary Union (BGIPU)

The website of the BGIPU tells us that:

The main stakeholders in the work of the BGIPU include the Speakers and senior officials of both Houses of the UK Parliament, all British Parliamentarians, APPGs and Inter-Parliamentary Groups of the British Parliament, particularly the UK Branch of the Commonwealth Parliamentary Association.

For the benefit of readers the APPGs refered to are All Party Parliamentary Groups. These include groups such as the APPG United Nations Group and the APPG for Global Governance.

If you still hold the mistaken belief that the Westminster Parliament represents the will of the British people please take note that:

The BGIPU works closely in cooperation with the IPU Secretary General and the staff of the IPU in Geneva and New York, the Foreign and Commonwealth Office and other governmental and nongovernmental organisations, such as those comprising the United Nations key institutions and agencies. The BGIPU is also very keen to establish links with non-partisan think tanks, charities and membership’ organisations.

The 126th IPU Assembly took place in Kampala on 5 April 2012. One resolution unanimously adopted was entitled ‘REDISTRIBUTION OF POWER, NOT JUST WEALTH: OWNERSHIP OF THE INTERNATIONAL AGENDAS’.

The following extract from that resolution provides a flavour of the thinking and future direction of the IPU.

The 126th Assembly of the Inter-Parliamentary Union

Believes that, notwithstanding the current financial and economic concerns, climate change, by far the greatest challenge facing humanity, should be consistently and effectively addressed through a fair, transparent and equitable process, fully engaging all sections of civil society and respecting the principles of the Framework Convention on Climate Change, in particular equity and common but differentiated responsibilities;

Calls for sustainable development to be given the highest political priority and welcomes the proposal of the Global Sustainability Panel in the context of Rio+20 to create a global sustainable development council;

Strongly encourages compliance with the requirements of equity and renewal of political commitment to sustainable development based on the Rio principles, both of which should be key objectives of Rio+20 and vital components of legitimate global governance;

Members of the UK delegation from the House of Commons included Mr Robert Walter MP Leader of the Delegation Conservative Party, Chairman of The British Group IPU, UK Representative to the 12+ Group; Rt Hon Ann Clwyd MP, Labour Party, Vice-Chair of The British Group IPU Executive Committee; Rt Hon Jeffrey Donaldson MP, Democratic Unionist Party; Mr Nigel Evans MP, Conservative Party, Deputy Speaker of The House Of Commons, UK Representative to the 12+ Group; Lord Faulkner of Worcester, Member of The House of Lords, Labour Party.

Lord Judd

Members of the delegation from the House of Lords included: Lord Popat, Conservative Party; Lord Rennard MBE, Liberal Democrat Party and Lord Judd, Member of The House of Lords, Labour Party

Judd was a member of the Commission on Global Governance. The Commission was established in 1992 with the full support of United Nations Secretary-General Boutros Boutros-Ghali. It produced a report containing many controversial proposals ‘Our Global Neighbourhood’ in 1995. Sitting alongside Lord Judd in the Commission was Maurice Strong. Strong’s appointment as Secretary-General of the UN Conference on Environment and Development–best known as the Earth Summit held in Rio de Janeiro in 1992 had resulted in the UNs Agenda 21 programme being implemented by all states belonging to the UN system of Governance including the UK.

We have repeatedly exposed the covert activities of UN stealth agents Common Purpose within our institutions which include the Civil Service, Local Government, the NHS, The Police, and various Charities & Professional bodies. Through their activities in connection with the IPU our politicians have clearly abandoned their duty to represent the interests of their constituents preferring instead to act in compliance with an almost secret globalist agenda. The silence of our mainstream media signifies their complicity in this deception.

Support for Marijuana legalization highest (pardon the pun) in history

0

Phillip Smith |

A new YouGov poll conducted for the Huffington Post has found that a whopping 59% of respondents nationwide support legalizing marijuana, with 51% saying they want it legalized, taxed, and regulated, and another 8% saying they it legalized — period.Only 26% opposed legalization, while another 15% were uncertain.

The YouGov results show stronger support for legalization than other polls, most famously a Gallup poll that showed support breaking 50% for the first time ever. Other polls in recent months, including ones from CBS News and the Pew Research Center, had support for legalization at 40% and 45%, respectively.

Some of the polling difference may be the result of the question structure. The YouGov poll gave respondents the option of supporting either legalization with taxation and regulation or without, possibly garnering support from respondents concerned about wide-open legalization.

Another difference is that the YouGov poll was conducted online instead of using live interviewers over the phone. This relatively new polling method used a 1,000-person “sample drawn from YouGov’s opt-in online panel that was selected to match the demographics and other characteristics of the adult US population.” The poll has a margin of error slightly larger than most other polls, at +/- 4.2%.

Breaking down the demographics, support for taxed and regulated legalization was remarkably consistent across age groups, from a low of 49% among 45-to-64-year-olds to 53% among those 65 and older, with other age groups coming in between. But support for untaxed and unregulated legalization was more age specific, with the highest levels of support coming from the 45-to-64 age group (13%) and those under age 29 (9%).

By political affiliation, 69% of Democrats supported legalization (either regulated and taxed or not), as did 58% of independents and 47% of Republicans. That latter figure is higher than the figure for Republicans who opposed legalization (44%).

Only 38% of respondents said they had used marijuana, although another 8% refused to answer.

Somewhat surprisingly, support for medical marijuana was only slightly higher than support for legalization, with some 64% saying they supported it and 23% saying they were opposed.

Whether the YouGov poll is an outlier because of its relatively new polling methods remains to be seen, but it appears to be yet another in an increasingly long line of polls showing support for marijuana legalization trending upward.

StoptheDrugWar.org

Web snooping bill could be used to catch minor crimes

0

Sir Paul Kennedy, the Interception of Communications Commissioner, has told MPs that the powers could be justified when investigating incidents such as fly tipping and that setting a “crime threshold” would be difficult.

The Government has proposed new measures that will force internet and phone companies to record and store all activities of their customers for a year.

Ministers have said the move is only to allow the police, the security services and tax officials to tackle terrorism and serious crime.

The proposals will stop local authorities and hundreds of other agencies from accessing such records.

But Sir Paul, whose job is to check such powers are being used appropriately, said the powers should not be limited to law enforcement agencies, and said even “less serious” offences can have very serious impacts on the lives of the victims.

He told MPs: “It raises some (issues) particularly in relation to local authorities. They have a statutory duty to investigate fly tipping.

“It is not a very important crime but if it affects you directly it is very important to you.”

Measures in the draft communications data bill will require communication providers such as phone and internet companies to store details of every activity of their customers for a year.

The records stored will include emails, website visits, phone calls and activity on social networking sites, but not the content of any messages or calls.

The Government argues the move is necessary to allow the police and security agencies to keep up with modern communications and access data of serious offenders.

But civil liberty groups argue it is a huge intrusion in to people’s private lives.

A joint parliamentary committee is currently examining the bill, and Sir Paul gave evidence before it last week.

In additional written evidence, he said: “The powers should not be limited to just police and intelligence agencies.

“Parliament has delegated statutory enforcement functions to a number of other public authorities and as a result they have a clear statutory duty to investigate a number of criminal offences, some of which are their sole responsibility.

“Often the criminal offences that these public authorities investigate are regarded as very important at a local level and provide the public with reassurance and protection.”

He highlighted examples such as “criminals who persistently rip off consumers, cheat the taxpayer, deal in counterfeit goods, and prey on the elderly and vulnerable”.

He said requests from such authorities make up just over one per cent of the total adding: “but this does not mean that such public authorities should not be able to use the powers when they can demonstrate necessity and proportionality”.

He said: “It would be difficult to set a crime threshold for the use of communications data for a number of reasons, even by reference to the gravity of the offence.

“Previous statutory attempts to define serious crime have not produced satisfactory results and some “less serious” offences can have very serious impacts on the victims.

“It is therefore much better to leave it to the authorising officer to decide, in relation to the facts of each individual investigation, whether the application to use communications data to detect it is necessary and proportionate.”

Dominic Raab, the Tory MP, said: “This kind of intrusive surveillance is already shifting too far away from targeting terrorists and serious criminals towards indiscriminately monitoring ordinary citizens.”

Last week, Christopher Graham, the Information Commissioner, said the new powers will only stop “incompetent criminals and accidental anarchists” and not the “really scary people”.

He said terrorists and organised criminals would simply find a way around the tactic and not use established providers or encrypt their messages.

Mr Graham also launched a thinly veiled criticism of the Home Office that he was not being given either the powers or resources to regulate any future system.

Source

Greek police arrest journalist for exposing politicians’ alleged tax evasion

0

RT |

Greek police have arrested one of the country’s top journalists, after his publication Hot Doc released the so-called ‘Lagarde list,’ containing the names of some 2,000 Greeks with funds hidden in Swiss bank accounts.

The police arrested Kostas Vaxevanis, the owner and editor of Hot Doc, during a live radio interview on Sunday.“They’re entering my house with the prosecutor right now. They are arresting me. Spread the word,” Vaxevanis tweeted.

He is due to appear in court on Monday to answer charges of privacy violations from publishing the list of names, which dates to 2007. “Instead of arresting the tax evaders and the ministers who had the list in their hands, they are trying to arrest the truth and free journalism,” Vaxevanis said in an interview.

The speaker of the Greek Parliament, several Finance Ministry employees and a number of business leaders all reportedly had Swiss HSBC bank accounts.

The Hot Doc article revealed that data matched that of Christine Lagarde, the former French finance minister who in 2010 provided her Greek counterpart a list of names of those alleged to have large sums of money stashed away in Swiss banks.

Citing privacy concerns for individuals on the list, Hot Doc said it had redacted exact bank balance figures, but added that some accounts contained as much as 500 million euros.

The Greek government took no action at the emergence of the first ‘Lagarde list.’ Tax evasion has become a hotly contested issue, as the country’s parliament is expected to vote on a new 13.5 billion euro austerity package that most Greeks oppose.

On Friday, the office of former Prime Minister George Papandreou denied accusations that he knew about the list, after a member of the opposition Syriza party asserted that Papandreou had helped arrange a meeting with the chief of the Geneva HSBC branch when he was in power.

Last week, former Finance Minister George Papaconstantinou said that he had asked the country’s financial crimes unit to investigate about 20 Greeks suspected of maintaining large holdings in Geneva, after French authorities forwarded him the list in 2010. He also claimed that the Finance Ministry’s legal adviser had told him that using the list as evidence was problematic, since an HSBC employee had illegally leaked it.

International lenders have long insisted that Greece investigate those suspected of tax evasion before the country be deemed eligible for further bailouts.

The Hot Doc report did not make specific accusations of money laundering. The publication pointed out that it was legal to own a Swiss bank account, but implied that the Greek government has done little to investigate the matter.

Giorgos Voulgarakis, the speaker of parliament from Mr. Samaras’s center-right New Democracy Party, was quick to deny the accusations and responded by accusing Hot Doc of slander. According to the magazine, Voulgarakis’ HSBC deposits dating back to 2003 are not on the speaker’s tax declarations.

A massive social media campaign is now underway asking that all charges against Vaxevanis for his role in the ‘Lagarde list’ leak be dropped.

 

‘Tax immunity for Greece’s rich’

The leading investigative reporter in Greece had been arrested for “effectively serving the public interest,” Yanis Varoufakis, professor of Economics at the University of Athens, told RT.

He says Greek politicians are not keen to expose corruption as the country’s political and business elite have historically been intertwined.

“Let’s not beat about the bush. The great problem with tax evasion in Greece…it is one of the reasons that Greece is being portrayed internationally as a corrupt country, and Greeks on the streets who pay their taxes, work very hard and are suffering are incensed at how they are portrayed internationally,” Varoufakis said.

“The fact is that for the last 30-40 years, the rich in Greece has enjoyed a kind of tax immunity. They’re not really tax evaders, they’re immune from tax because of the cozy relationship that they have with politicians who legislate in a way that makes that tax immunity,” he continued.

He argues that this conflict of interest has made Greek politicians more interested in covering up tax evasion than exposing it.

“Look, for three years now during this crisis while austerity is being imposed, the vast majority of workers have no alternative but to pay their taxes. Politicians of the major parties are pointing moralizing fingers at the weak members of Greek society saying ‘oh, you have not been paying your taxes, you’re a tax evader, this is why we are in such a terrible state.’ So now that the truth is coming about their tax evasion, the fact that tax evasion is played very skillfully by the rich, as it has been done for 30-40 years, now their particularly keen to be idle in the face of such a list.”

Hurricane Sandy emergency checklist – Here’s what you need to get NOW

Natural News |

Called a “monster storm,” Hurricane Sandy is much more than a hurricane. It’s a hybrid monster storm system that weather experts are now warning could cause $1 billion in damage when it strikes the U.S. eastern seaboard early Tuesday morning.

If you’re living anywhere near Philadelphia, Boston, Delaware or surrounding states, you have a very limited window of opportunity to get ready with everything you’ll need to ride out this storm. That’s the purpose of this article: To give you an emergency preparedness checklist for surviving this “monster storm.”

Even if you don’t leave nearby, this storm can serve as an important reminder: We must ALL be prepared for unexpected events, or we can easily be caught empty-handed.

A long-lasting event: 2-3 days of being hammered by Mother Nature

Hurricane Sandy is not some simple hurricane that blows through in one night and then is over. “It’s going to be a long-lasting event, two to three days of impact for a lot of people,” said James Franklin of the National Hurricane Center in Miami. “Wind damage, widespread power outages, heavy rainfall, inland flooding and somebody is going to get a significant surge event.”

Given that it usually takes another 2-3 days for cleaning up city streets after a massive snowfall event, this means the following:

!! You need to have a 6-day food and water supply ready right now! !!

That’s 3 days for the storm and 3 days for cleanup. And that’s if nothing else goes terribly wrong. In a worst case scenario, this could extend to 7 — 10 days in some of the harder-hit areas.

Local grocery stores are already sold out of essential items

Anthony Gucciardi of NaturalSociety.com lives in the area expected to be hit by this super storm. Here’s his firsthand report from earlier today:

Major grocery stores in the area have completely sold out of essential items like batteries, bottled water, and even highly processed snack foods that do not require preparation or refrigeration. I personally went to purchase a few minor items for my preparedness kit from a local grocery outlet that is quite large and witnessed completely empty shelves within the aisle that generally contains large amounts of water bottles along with gallon jugs, and various glass sparkling water bottles. The aisle that houses the batteries (particularly the heavy duty kind used for most flashlights) was also almost entirely dry. When shopping I also saw several individuals with the government-approved ‘survival’ checklist, striking off the items one by one as they acquired them.

 

Last year’s hurricane Irene prompted somewhat of a response from locals within the Philadelphia and New York City area in regards to preparation and concern, but this hurricane has generated one that is far more severe. It is conservative to say that by the end of this weekend going into the storm (assuming it does hit as predicted), most if not all local stores will be out of most essential and even non-essential items. And this is just a few days after the news of the storm hit the mainstream media.

See my complete preparedness checklist, below…

Staying warm

Another huge concern with all this is the possibility that the power may be out. As temperatures drop, this could put many people in the position of having to endure very cold indoor temperatures. This lacking of heating could endure for many days, even as long as two weeks in some areas.

The best defense against the cold is, of course, to have good shelter (a roof over your head), warm clothing and extra sleeping bags for all family members.

Do NOT plan on using propane heaters indoors as these are a health hazard and a fire hazard when used indoors. Same story with candles.

Water: Do you have enough?

Imagine a week without tap water. Now you’re starting to get the picture of what may be coming.

If this storm hits as promised, you’re going to be living in third-world conditions for about a week. Most Americans have never lived in a third-world country like I have, so they’ve never really tried to live without running water, electricity, grocery stores, and so on. (It’s no fun, believe me. Nothing like a cold sponge shower to wake you up in the morning, eh?)

You’ll need a MINIMUM of 2 gallons per day, per person, stored in your home or apartment. So if there are two of you living there, and you’re planning for six days without running water, you will need 24 gallons of water stored, got it?

How can you store that much water?

– Fill your bathtub(s) with water.
– Fill empty containers with water and set them aside: Milk jugs, soda bottles, jars, buckets, coolers, etc.
– Buy water storage bags and fill them

Make sure you have a home water filter that doesn’t need water pressure to operate: A gravity filter or hand-pumped filter is best. I like the Katadyn brand for portable water filters.

Is your immune system ready?

If you think about the stresses put on you by a disaster scenario, many of them impact your health:

– Sleep deprivation
– Adrenal gland depletion
– Stress-induced nutrient depletion
– Stress from cold temperatures
– Possible spread of infectious disease
– Anxiety

All of these can be prevented, in part, with immune-boosting nutrition. So this is a time when you really want to boost your intake of superfoods, immune-boosting herbs and nutritional supplements. You want to make sure your body is ready for the stresses and uncertainties it will soon be experiencing.

Remember: Good nutrition will also help you think better, because food affects your brain function. The cleaner your diet, the clearer your thoughts, and the better decisions you’ll make in a crisis.

Staying physically safe

Do you have a fire extinguisher? Fire trucks won’t be able to get to your house during a storm, and indoor fires can rage out of control for hours or days before help arrives. So make sure you have at least one fully-charged fire extinguisher at the ready.

What about physical safety? Do you have a way to defend yourself and your family in case looters start going door to door, demanding money, jewelry and anything else they want? Remember, if the power grid goes down, all the street lights will be off, too, plunging your city and neighborhood into darkness. Criminals love darkness. In their minds, that’s time to “loot and pillage.”

Massachusetts is very much an anti-gun state, meaning only the citizens are disarmed, but not the criminals. When the police are too busy responding to other emergencies, the green light is on for armed criminals to go door to door, robbing (disarmed) citizens at gunpoint. This doesn’t fly in Texas, where the average looter is met with a 12 gauge shotgun shoved in his face, but in Boston, it’s a free-for-all for the criminals.

Even if you don’t own a gun (or can’t legally own one), you can still have bear pepper spray – a large-sized canister of pressurized pepper spray which will strongly dissuade bad guys from hanging around and bothering you. (Check your local laws, please.)

Forget about calling 911. Virtually all emergency services will be tied up dealing with other emergencies. Just because YOU have an emergency doesn’t mean it’s THEIR emergency. By law, fire, police and ambulance services are under no legal obligation whatsoever to respond to your call. Think about that as you plan for preparedness.

For me personally, I don’t call 911 and wait to die. Instead, I call on Mr. Benelli. If you don’t know what “Mr. Benelli” means, here’s a picture that explains why Mr. Benelli instantly stops all looters:
http://www.benelliusa.com/shotguns/benelli-m4.php

Hurricane Sandy “monster storm” survival checklist by Mike Adams, the Health Ranger

I’ve taught preparedness to tens of thousands of people, so I know this subject very well. Here’s my preparedness checklist, and then below it, I link to some of my preparedness courses and solutions if you’re interested in those:

– Minimum 6 days of stored food.
– A way to safely boil water so you can prepare food.
– Non-electric can openers.
– Minimum 6 days of stored water.
– Portable water filter.
– Full fuel tanks in all your vehicles.
– Gasoline and cords for your generator (if you have one).
– Sleeping bags for all family members.
– Flashlights and batteries.
– Minimum 6-day supply of any prescription meds.
– Colloidal silver and other emergency medicine items.
– Cell phones full charged, with spare batteries.
– Minimum one large fully-charged fire extinguisher.
– Plenty of clean laundry with warm socks, undies and heavy clothing.
– Backup power source: large 12V marine (deep cycle) battery with an inverter to charge cell phones and laptops.
– Sponges for cleaning things when there’s no power.
– Cleaning agents: Hand soap, dish soap and bleach.
– Immune boosting herbal tinctures and supplements.
– Topical first aid supplies: Antiseptics, bandages, etc.
– Personal hygiene items, including toilet paper.
– Emergency multi-purpose knife.
– Activities to pass the time when there’s no TV: books, cards, games, etc.
– Copies of your important paperwork and identification documents.
– Two-way radios for you and your family members to communicate.
– Wind-up weather radio so you can tune in to government broadcasts.
– CB broadcasting radio so you can call for help if the cell towers are down.
– Nuclear preparedness: Do you have potassium iodide pills?
– Hiding stuff: Do you have good hiding places in your home in case criminals break in and overpower you?
– Pet preparedness: Do you have enough food and water for your animals?
– Go bag: Do you have a “bug out bag” ready in case you have to evacuate?
– Hiking gear: What happens if you have to leave on foot?
– Cold weather hiking shoes
– Rugged backpack
– A good hat to protect you from the elements
– Local map and compass
– Water carrying containers (and a way to carry them)
– Portable food
– Weather-proof writing notepad
– Flashlights
– Identification
– Portable self defense items

– Security plans for your neighborhood or building: How will you defend against looters?
– Physical barriers to block doors and windows: Are your windows locked?
– Tripwire alert devices and motion alert devices (see course, below).
– Self defense items to defend against possible looters:
– If firearms, double check your ammo, firearm lubrication and sights.
– Have a challenge / response code word with your family members so that you can identify each other in the dark. For example, if you say “Flash” they should say “Thunder” in response.
– Drill all safety procedures in the home. Children should know in advance where a “safe hiding place” is located.
– Emergency whistles for all children or senior citizens so they can call for help.

Does this sound like a long preparedness list? It’s nothing, actually, compared to what many preppers, patriots and survivalists have already accomplished. I’m not afraid to say publicly that my own personal preparedness plans have gone far beyond the list you see above. If a three-day hurricane struck my home right now, I would be completely prepared without even making a trip to the store for supplies.

Emergency readiness products

Here are the best products we’ve put together so far for emergency preparedness:

IMPORTANT NOTE: Most delivery services are shut down Monday and Tuesday across the eastern seaboard, so if you are trying to order these products to have them delivered before Tuesday, that won’t work. UPS, Fedex, and the U.S. Postal Service will all be shut down during the storm.

– Sovereign Silver first aid gel
– Sovereign Silver liquid hydrosol
– 100% organic 40-day survival food supply
– Enerhealth Herbal Medicine Cabinets: Basic | Intermediate | Advanced
– Nascent Atomic Iodine
– Zeotrex (zeolites)
– Emergency ruggedized flashlights and other supplies

Coming soon at the Natural News Store: Storable certified organic food (including chia seeds), chlorella, potassium iodide pills, water filters and more.

Preparedness and survival courses

By now, most Natural News readers are fully aware that I’m well versed in the realm of preparedness. In addition to having in-depth knowledge of herbal medicine and nutritional defenses, I have also been licensed to carry concealed handguns by four different U.S. states, and I’ve been fingerprinted, vetted and approved by the FBI and federal law enforcement agencies. I have trained with U.S. military personnel on hand-to-hand combat, I’ve trained on vehicle evasion and pursuit tactics with local law enforcement, and I have helped teach physical self defense to children, women and senior citizens.

If you want to get a download of my best knowledge on food preparedness, self defense preparedness and emergency survival, here are the three most popular courses I’ve ever produced, and ALL of these are available for instant streaming from Natural News:

Health Ranger LIVE: How to Protect and Defend Yourself

Be Prepared, Not Scared — Food Security

Surthrival with Daniel Vitalis and Mike Adams

Stay safe, folks. Get prepared NOW, even if you’re not in the path of this approaching storm.

Your medical records, lost and sold

The NHS lost track of 1.8million confidential patient records in a single year, the Daily Mail can reveal.

In worrying lapses in data security, sensitive paper records have been dumped in public bins and electronic records found for sale on an internet auction site.

The worst cases include details of terminally ill patients being faxed to the wrong number, and patient records being stolen and posted on to the internet.

The total is the equivalent of nearly 5,000 records going missing every day. But the real figure is likely to be much higher because in some incidents it was not known exactly how many records were lost.

In addition, at present the data protection watchdog relies on hospitals declaring when data has gone missing.

Such is the scale of the problem that the watchdog, the Information Commissioner’s Office, is asking for powers to conduct compulsory audits on hospitals and NHS trusts.

The Information Commissioner, Christopher Graham, has levied fines totalling nearly £1million on NHS bodies in the last six months.

And last night his office warned that more would follow if data protection rules continue to be breached.

The figures were compiled from reports of Data Protection Act breaches filed by the Information Commissioner’s Office in the 12 months from July 2011 in England, Wales and Northern Ireland.

Over the year a total of 1,779,597 records were reported lost in 16 major incidents involving NHS bodies.

In May this year, Brighton and Sussex University Hospitals NHS Foundation was fined £325,000 after an incident involving more than 69,000 patient records found on hard disk drives offered for sale on an internet auction site.

The drives contained an easily readable database with the names, dates of births, occupations, sexual preferences, sexually transmitted disease test results and diagnoses for more than 67,000 patients.

Another database contained the names and dates of birth of more than 1,500 HIV positive patients.

It later emerged that 232 hard drives that should have been destroyed had been sold on the auction site.

They also contained highly sensitive personal data of tens of thousands more patients and staff including test results, medical conditions and children’s reports. Belfast Health and Social Care Trust was fined £225,000 in June after 100,000 confidential paper records were dumped at a disused hospital site.

Trespassers gained access to the site and copies of records — which dated from the 1950s — were posted on the internet.

Central London Community Healthcare NHS Trust was fined £90,000 in April for faxing 59 patient records containing ‘confidential and sensitive’ data to the wrong number so they ended up with a member of the public.

The records belonged to terminally ill patients receiving palliative care and included medical diagnoses, information about patients’ home lives and their resuscitation instructions.

In October last year University Hospital, Coventry was warned after 19 patient records were found dumped in a bin.

A midwife in Poole was warned after her car was broken into and thieves stole patient diaries which contained sensitive personal data about 240 pregnant women in her care.

Hospitals have also been found sending mental health patient records to the wrong patient because he had a similar name.

The worst breach involved a CD containing 1.6million patient records, including personal details, belonging to Eastern and Coastal Kent PCT. The CD was lost when a filing cabinet went missing during an office move.

The trust was not fined, but signed an undertaking with the ICO not to repeat the error.

Other cases around the country have involved unsecured laptops stolen from the home of a staff member.

Nick Pickles, director of privacy campaign group Big Brother Watch, said: ‘These figures may be shocking, but they will come as no surprise to anyone familiar with the NHS’s track record for dealing with patient data.

‘Across the NHS there are some excellent organisations who are addressing this problem well but some of the poor performers are terrifying.

‘There is a real risk that if the NHS doesn’t sort out how it looks after patients’ details people will stop sharing information with their doctor and that could be extremely dangerous for care.’

The Information Commissioner’s Office said: ‘The Health Service holds some of the most sensitive personal information available, so it’s vitally important that patients’ information is being kept secure.’

Source

Video: Rebranding Propaganda, Normalizing Torture, Third Party Censorship

0

On this episode of Breaking the Set, Abby Martin talks about the Third Party Debates that aired live on RT, and talks to Georgetown Professor, Chris Chambers about the total media blackout that keeps alternative voices and third party candidates in the dark. Abby then looks at the NYPD’s continued surveillance of Muslim communities and foiled FBI sting operations, and Obama’s rebranding of the Bush administration’s counter-terrorism policies with an interview with Media Roots Journalist, Robbie Martin.

Are biotech GMO corporations plotting to steal the election on Proposition 37?

0

NaturalNews |

I’m hearing grumblings through the grapevine that an effort may be underway to steal the election against Proposition 37. So far, these are just rumors, but knowing how these evil corporations trying to defeat the ballot measure really operate, there is NOTHING they won’t do to protect their dirty little (agricultural) secrets. Including stealing the election.

Stealing elections is only really possible in close elections, but that’s exactly where Proposition 37 is right now. It’s just barely ahead in the polls: 44% to 42%, with the remainder undecided or neutral. This means Prop 37 is well within the “stealing” range.

How do you steal an election? Use electronic voting machines, of course. And then hack the crap out of them until the numbers come out the way you want. That’s how most clinical trials are conducted, of course, so fudging the numbers is nothing new to the kind of evil corporations that dominate the GMO hellscape.

Electronic voting is a total fraud

Electronic voting machines are being rolled out all across California right now. These machines, as we’ve seen in past elections, are full of bugs and backdoors that allow your vote to be altered at will by whoever owns or influences the voting machine engineers. There is no paper trail, so your electronic vote goes into a vast black hole where it is easily and invisibly altered.

The entire purpose of using electronic voting machines is, of course, to eliminate accurate vote tracking of any kind, thereby allowing elections to be manipulated at will. And if you think evil globalist corporations wouldn’t stoop to this kind of behavior, think again: The “No on 37” campaign has already been caught violating federal law by fabricating fictitious FDA quotes and mailing them out to California voters.

Truthfully, knowing what really goes on behind the scenes, I wouldn’t put it past these people to engage in vote fraud, death threats, extortion, bribery or whatever it takes to defeat Proposition 37. This is the way they routinely conduct business, folks. We are talking about the most evil cabal of demonic, destructive corporations on the planet. Absolutely nothing is out of bounds for them. Think Al Capone… criminal mafia… death threats and professional hackers. That only scratches the surface!

After all, the very products they sell — GMOs, pesticides, Agent Orange — are nothing short of Weapons of Mass Destruction. Stealing an election doesn’t even rank at any level worth noting in their dark, smoky rooms where global domination schemes are hatched and plotted through the use of every evil tactic that has ever been invented.

How you can help prevent Proposition 37 vote fraud

Stealing elections is only possible when the vote results are close, so the best way to ensure evil forces don’t steal the outcome on Proposition 37 is to help us achieve a wide margin of victory at the polls.

This means spreading the word on GMOs and Proposition 37. Visit the YES on 37 website, watch the videos, donate funds and share knowledge with your family and friends. Check out the new music video We Have the Right to Know about GMO, featuring top celebrities and health experts, all commenting on GMOs and singing the song, too. (I contributed background vocals to this song, in case you were curious.)

If you know someone who is into healthy living, honest food and grassroots activism, make sure they get to the polls in California and vote! And make sure they vote YES on 37!

A grassroots victory is within reach

In fact, I personally think the way Californians vote on Prop 37 is far more important than the way they vote for President. Because both Romney and Obama are pro-GMO sellouts who are in bed with big business. Only the People are truly anti-GMO, and that’s why this ballot measure is such an important expression of people power!

Your vote on Proposition 37 is more important than ever! With the biotech criminals running a steady stream of LIES on television, all funded by Monsanto, Dow, Bayer, DuPont and all the other usual suspects, they are managing to trick or confuse a large number of California voters who know nothing about food labeling or GMOs. We’ve got to fight back with sheer numbers!

Together, we can win this vote for food freedom and honest food. It’s the home stretch, folks, and every bit of your effort, donations, activism and good will is needed right now. We are facing off against a terrible, destructive monster, and we are in a position where we can sever its head on November 6th and put an end to its rampage of death and destruction. We must take every opportunity available to achieve victory right now, because another such opportunity may not come along for years.

Spread the word: Vote YES on 37 if you live in California. Defeat GMOs now, at the ballot box, and help overwhelm any attempt by malicious forces to steal the election results via black box voting.

375k told to evacuate NY ahead of storm

New York authorities have ordered mandatory evacuation of hundreds of thousands of residents as Hurricane Sandy closes in on the US east coast.

New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg said on Sunday that some 375,000 people in a number of coastal areas, including Coney Island, lower Manhattan, and parts of the Queens neighborhood, would need to leave their homes ahead of the terrifying megastorm.

“If you don’t evacuate, you are not only endangering your life, you are also endangering the lives of the first responders who are going in to rescue you,” he said, adding, “This is a serious and dangerous storm.”

New York City’s subway, bus, and train services will be suspended on Sunday evening due to the risk of flooding.

Forecasters say the hurricane could be the biggest storm to hit the US mainland.

Federal Emergency Management Administrator Craig Fugate warned that Hurricane Sandy was heading up the Atlantic Coast and was on a collision course with two other weather systems.

Tens of thousands of people along the coast in Delaware, New Jersey, Connecticut, and other endangered zones were also under orders to clear out because of as much as a foot (30 centimeters) of rain, gusty winds of 80 miles per hour (130 kilometers per hour), and a potentially deadly tidal surge of 4 to 8 feet (1.2 to 2.4 meters).

Thousands of flights to and from airports along the US east coast have already been cancelled and thousands more are expected to be grounded on Monday.

At the headquarters of the Federal Emergency Management Agency in Washington, DC, President Barack Obama described the storm as “serious and big” and urged people to listen to their local officials.

“My main message to everybody involved is that we have to take this seriously,” Obama said.

According to the National Hurricane Center in Miami, Sandy was at Category 1 strength, packing 75 miles per hour (120 kilometers per hour) winds, about 250 miles (400 kilometres) southeast of Cape Hatteras, North Carolina, and moving northeast at 14 miles per hour (22.5 kilometers per hour) as of 11 a.m. (1500 GMT) on Sunday.

It has been described as a hybrid “super storm” created by an Arctic jet stream wrapping itself around a tropical storm.

The storm has killed at least 65 people since Wednesday, mostly in Haiti, as it was charging through Caribbean islands.

MN/AS

Chomsky : Who Owns the World?

0

In a recent speech, Chomsky examined topics largely ignored or glossed over during the presidential campaign: China, the Arab Spring, global warming, nuclear proliferation, and the military threat posed by Israel and the U.S. versus Iran.

He reflects on the Cuban missile crisis, which took place 50 years ago this week and is still referred to as “the most dangerous moment in human history.”

He delivered this talk last month at the University of Massachusetts in Amherst at an event sponsored by the Center for Popular Economics. Chomsky’s talk was entitled “Who Owns the World?”

Video: http://www.democracynow.org/2012/10/26/who_owns_the_world_noam_chomsky

NOAM CHOMSKY: When I was thinking about these remarks, I had two topics in mind, couldn’t decide between them–actually pretty obvious ones. One topic is, what are the most important issues that we face? The second topic is, what issues are not being treated seriously–or at all–in the quadrennial frenzy now underway called an election? But I realized that there’s no problem; it’s not a hard choice: they’re the same topic. And there are reasons for it, which are very significant in themselves. I’d like to return to that in a moment. But first a few words on the background, beginning with the announced title, “Who Owns the World?”

Actually, a good answer to this was given years ago by Adam Smith, someone we’re supposed to worship but not read. He was–a little subversive when you read him sometimes. He was referring to the most powerful country in the world in his day and, of course, the country that interested him, namely, England. And he pointed out that in England the principal architects of policy are those who own the country: the merchants and manufacturers in his day. And he said they make sure to design policy so that their own interests are most peculiarly attended to. Their interests are served by policy, however grievous the impact on others, including the people of England.

But he was an old-fashioned conservative with moral principles, so he added the victims of England, the victims of the–what he called the “savage injustice of the Europeans,” particularly in India. Well, he had no illusions about the owners, so, to quote him again, “All for ourselves and nothing for other people, seems, in every age of the world, to have been the vile maxim of the masters of mankind.” It was true then; it’s true now.

Britain kept its position as the dominant world power well into the 20th century despite steady decline. By the end of World War II, dominance had shifted decisively into the hands of the upstart across the sea, the United States, by far the most powerful and wealthy society in world history. Britain could only aspire to be its junior partner as the British foreign office ruefully recognized. At that point, 1945, the United States had literally half the world’s wealth, incredible security, controlled the entire Western Hemisphere, both oceans, the opposite sides of both oceans. There’s nothing–there hasn’t ever been anything like that in history.

And planners understood it. Roosevelt’s planners were meeting right through the Second World War, designing the post-war world. They were quite sophisticated about it, and their plans were pretty much implemented. They wanted to make sure that the United States would control what they called a “grand area,” which would include, routinely, the entire Western Hemisphere, the entire Far East, the former British Empire, which the U.S. would be taking over, and as much of Eurasia as possible–crucially, its commercial and industrial centers in Western Europe. And within this region, they said, the United States should hold unquestioned power with military and economic supremacy, while ensuring the limitation of any exercise of sovereignty by states that might interfere with these global designs.

And those were pretty realistic plans at the time, given the enormous disparity of power. The U.S. had been by far the richest country in the world even before the Second World War, although it wasn’t–was not yet the major global actor. During the Second World War, the United States gained enormously. Industrial production almost quadrupled, got us out of depression. Meanwhile, industrial rivals were devastated or seriously weakened. So that was an unbelievable system of power.

Actually, the policies that were outlined then still hold. You can read them in government pronouncements. But the capacity to implement them has significantly declined. Actually there’s a major theme now in foreign policy discussion–you know, journals and so on. The theme is called “American decline.” So, for example, in the most prestigious establishment international relations journal, Foreign Affairs, a couple of months ago, there was an issue which had on the front cover in big bold letters, “Is America Over?” question mark. That’s announcing the theme of the issue. And there is a standard corollary to this: power is shifting to the west, to China and India, the rising world powers, which are going to be the hegemonic states of the future.

Actually, I think the decline–the decline is quite real, but some serious qualifications are in order. First of all, the corollary is highly unlikely, at least in the foreseeable future. China and India are very poor countries. Just take a look at, say, the human development index of the United Nations: they’re way down there. China is around 90th. I think India is around 120th or so, last time I looked. And they have tremendous internal problems–demographic problems, extreme poverty, hopeless inequality, ecological problems. China is a great manufacturing center, but it’s actually mostly an assembly plant. So it assembles parts and components, high technology that comes from the surrounding industrial–more advanced industrial centers–Japan, Taiwan, South Korea, Singapore, the United States, Europe–and it basically assembles them. So, if, say, you buy one of these i-things–you know, an iPad from China–that’s called an export from China, but the parts and components and technology come from outside. And the value added in China is minuscule. It’s been calculated. They’ll move up the technology ladder, but it’s a hard climb, India even harder. Well, so I think one should be skeptical about the corollary.

But there’s another qualification that’s more serious. The decline is real, but it’s not new. It’s been going on since 1945. In fact, it happened very quickly. In the late 1940s, there’s an event that’s known here as “the loss of China.” China became independent. That’s a loss of a huge piece of the grand area of Asia. And it became a major issue in American domestic policy. Who’s responsible for the loss of China? A lot of recriminations and so on. Actually, the phrase is kind of interesting. Like, I can’t lose your computer, right? Because I don’t own it. I can lose my computer. Well, the phrase “loss of China” kind of presupposes a deeply held principle of kind of American elite consciousness: we own the world, and if some piece of it becomes independent, we’ve lost it. And that’s a terrible loss; we’ve got to do something about it. It’s never questioned, which is interesting in itself.

Well, right about the same time, around 1950, concerns developed about the loss of Southeast Asia. That’s what led the United States into the Indochina wars, the worst atrocities of the post-war period–partly lost, partly not. A very significant event in modern history was in 1965, when in Indonesia, which was the main concern–that’s the country of Southeast Asia with most of the wealth and resources–there was a military coup in Indonesia, Suharto coup. It led to an extraordinary massacre, what the New York Times called a “staggering mass slaughter.” It killed hundreds of thousands of people, mostly landless peasants; destroyed the only mass political party; and opened the country up to Western exploitation. Euphoria in the West was so enormous that it couldn’t be contained. So, in the New York Times, describing the “staggering mass slaughter,” it called it a “gleam of light in Asia.” That was the column written by James Reston, the leading liberal thinker in the Times. And the same elsewhere–Europe, Australia. It was a fantastic event.

Years later, McGeorge Bundy, who was the national security adviser for Kennedy and Johnson, in retrospect, he pointed out that it probably would have been a good idea to end the Vietnam War at that point, to pull out. Contrary to a lot of illusions, the Vietnam War was fought primarily to ensure that an independent Vietnam would not develop successfully and become a model for other countries in the region. It would not–to borrow Henry Kissinger’s terminology speaking about Chile, we have to prevent what they called the–what he called the “virus” of independent development from spreading contagion elsewhere. That’s a critical part of American foreign policy since the Second World War–Britain, France, others to a lesser degree. And by 1965, that was over. Vietnam was–South Vietnam was virtually destroyed. Word spread to the rest of Indochina it wasn’t going to be a model for anyone, and the contagion was contained. There were–the Suharto regime made sure that Indonesia wouldn’t be infected. And pretty soon the U.S. had dictatorships in every country of the region–Marcos on the Philippines, a dictatorship in Thailand, Chun in South–Park in South Korea. It was no problem about the infection. So that would have been a good time to end the Vietnam War, he felt. Well, that’s Southeast Asia.

But the decline continues. In the last 10 years, there’s been a very important event: the loss of South America. For the first time in 500 years, the South–since the conquistadors, the South American countries have begun to move towards independence and a degree of integration. The typical structure of one of the South American countries was a tiny, very rich, Westernized elite, often white, or mostly white, and a huge mass of horrible poverty, countries separated from one another, oriented to–each oriented towards its–you know, either Europe or, more recently, the United States. Last 10 years, that’s been overcome, significantly–beginning to integrate, the prerequisite for independence, even beginning to face some of their horrendous internal problems. Now that’s the loss of South America. One sign is that the United States has been driven out of every single military base in South America. We’re trying to restore a few, but right now there are none.

AMY GOODMAN: MIT Professor Noam Chomsky. Coming up, he discusses global warming, nuclear war and the Arab Spring, in a minute.

[break]

AMY GOODMAN: We’re on the road in Portland, Oregon, part of our 100-city tour. Today, though, we’re spending the hour with world-renowned political dissident, linguist, author, MIT Professor Noam Chomsky. As Election Day comes closer, Chomsky examines topics largely ignored or glossed over during the presidential campaign, including the threat posed to U.S. power by the Arab Spring.

NOAM CHOMSKY: Well, moving on to just last year, the Arab Spring is another such threat. It threatens to take that big region out of the grand area. That’s a lot more significant than Southeast Asia or South America. You go back to the 1940s, the State Department recognized that the energy resources of the Middle East are what they called “one of the greatest material prizes in world history,” a spectacular source of strategic power; if we can control Middle East energy, we can control the world.

Take a look at the U.S-British coup in Iran in 1953. Very important event. Its shadows cast over the world until today. Now that was–it was a pretense that it was a part of the Cold War; it had nothing to do with the Cold War. What it had to do with was the usual fear: independent nationalism. And it wasn’t even concerned with access to oil or profits. It was concerned with control, control of the oil resources of Iran and, in fact, of the region. And that’s a theme that runs right through policy decisions. It’s not discussed much, but it’s very important to have control, exactly as State Department pointed out–advisers pointed out in the ’40s. If you can control the oil, you can control most of the world. And that goes on.

So far, the threat of the Arab Spring has been pretty well contained. In the oil dictatorships, which are the most important ones for the West, every effort to join the Arab Spring has just been crushed by force. Saudi Arabia was so extreme that when there was an effort to go out into the streets, the security presence was so enormous that people were even afraid to go out. There’s a little discussion of what goes on in Bahrain, where it’s been crushed, but eastern Saudi Arabia was much worse. The emirates totally control. So that’s OK. We managed to ensure that the threat of democracy would be smashed in the most important places.

Egypt is an interesting case. It’s an important country, not an oil producer–it is a small one. But in Egypt, the United States followed a standard operating procedure. If any of you are going into the diplomatic service, you might as well learn it. There’s a standard procedure when one of your favorite dictators gets into trouble. First, you support him as long as possible. But if it becomes really impossible–say, the army turns against him–then you send him out to pasture and get the intellectual class to issue ringing declarations about your love of democracy, and then try to restore the old system as much as possible. There’s case after case of that–Somoza in Nicaragua, Duvalier in Haiti, Marcos in the Philippines, Chun in South Korea, Mobutu in the Congo, over and over. I mean, it takes genius not to see it. And it’s exactly what was done in Egypt and what France tried to do, not quite with as much success, in Tunisia.

Well, the future is uncertain, but the threat of democracy so far is contained. And it’s a real threat. I’ll return to that. It’s also to–important to recognize that the decline over the past 50 years is, to a significant extent, self-inflicted, particularly since the ’70s. I’ll go back to that, too. But first let me say a couple of things about the issues that are most important today and that are being ignored or not dealt seriously–dealt with seriously in the electoral campaigns, for good reasons. So let me start with the most important issues. Now there are two of these. They’re of overwhelming significance, because the fate of the species depends on them. One is environmental disaster, and the other is nuclear war.

I’m not going to take much time reviewing the threats of environmental disaster. Actually, they’re on the front pages almost daily. So, for example, last week the New York Times had a front-page story with the headline, “Ending Its Summer Melt, Arctic Sea Ice Sets a New Low That Leads to Warnings.” The melting this summer was far faster than was predicted by the sophisticated computer models and the most recent United Nations report. It’s now predicted that the summer ice might be gone by 2020. It was assumed before that it may be 2050. They quoted scientists who said this is “a prime example of the built-in conservatism of [our] climate forecasts. As dire [the warnings are] about the long-term consequences of heat-trapping emissions … many of [us] fear [that] they may still be underestimating the speed and severity of the impending changes.” Actually, there’s a climate change study program at MIT, where I am. They’ve been warning about this for years, and repeatedly have been proven right.

The Times report discusses, briefly, the severe attack–the severe impact of all of this on the global climate, and it adds, “But governments have not responded to the change with any greater urgency about limiting greenhouse emissions. To the contrary, their main response has been to plan for exploitation of newly accessible minerals in the Arctic, including drilling for more oil.” That is, to accelerate the catastrophe. It’s quite interesting. It demonstrates an extraordinary willingness to sacrifice the lives of our children and grandchildren for short-term gain, or perhaps an equally remarkable willingness to shut our eyes so as not to see impending peril–these things you sometimes find with young infants: something looks dangerous, close my eyes and won’t look at it.

Well, there is another possibility. I mean, maybe humans are somehow trying to fulfill a prediction of great American biologist who died recently, Ernst Mayr. He argued years ago that intelligence seems to be a lethal mutation. He–and he had some pretty good evidence. There’s a notion of biological success, which is how many of you are there around. You know, that’s biological success. And he pointed out that if you look at the tens of billions of species in human–in world history, the ones that are very successful are the ones that mutate very quickly, like bacteria, or the ones that have a fixed ecological niche, like beetles. They seem to make out fine. But as you move up the scale of what we call intelligence, success declines steadily. When you get up to mammals, it’s very low. There are very few of them around. I mean, there’s a lot of cows; it’s only because we domesticate them. When you get to humans, it’s the same. ‘Til very recently, much too recent a time to show up in any evolutionary accounting, humans were very scattered. There were plenty of other hominids, but they disappeared, probably because humans exterminated them, but nobody knows for sure. Anyhow, maybe we’re trying to show that humans just fit into the general pattern. We can exterminate ourselves, too, the rest of the world with us, and we’re hell bent on it right now.

Well, let’s turn to the elections. Both political parties demand that we make the problem worse. In 2008, both party platforms devoted some space to how the government should address climate change. Today, the–in the Republican platform, the issue has essentially disappeared. But the platform does demand that Congress take quick action to prevent the Environmental Protection Agency from regulating greenhouse gases. So let’s make sure to make it worse. And it also demands that we open the Alaska’s Arctic Refuge to drilling–I’m quoting now–in order to take “advantage of all of our American God-given resources.” You can’t disobey God, after all. On environmental policy, the program says, “We must restore scientific integrity to our public research institutions and remove political incentives from publicly funded research.” All that’s a code word for climate science: stop funding climate science. Romney himself says there’s no scientific consensus, so we should support more debate and investigation within the scientific community, but no action, except to act to make the problems worse.

Well, what about the Democrats? They concede that there’s a problem and advocate that we should work toward an agreement to set emissions limits in unison with other emerging powers. But that’s it. No action. And, in fact, as Obama has emphasized, we have to work hard to gain what he calls a hundred years of energy independence by exploiting domestic or Canadian resources by fracking or other elaborate technologies. Doesn’t ask what the world would look like in a hundred years. So, there are differences. The differences are basically about how enthusiastically the lemmings should march towards the cliff.

Let’s turn to the second major issue: nuclear war. That’s also on the front pages daily, but in a way that would seem outlandish to some independent observer viewing what’s going on on earth, and in fact does seem outlandish to a considerable majority of the countries of the world. Now, the current threat, not for the first time, is in the Middle East, focusing on Iran. The general picture in the West is very clear: it’s far too dangerous to allow Iran to reach what’s called “nuclear capability.” That is, the capability enjoyed by many powers, dozens of them, to produce nuclear weapons if they decide to do so. As to whether they’ve decided, U.S. intelligence says it doesn’t know. The International Atomic Energy Agency just produced its most recent report a couple weeks ago, and it concludes–I’ll quote it: it cannot demonstrate “the absence of undeclared nuclear material and activities in Iran.” Now, that is, it can’t demonstrate something which cannot–a condition that can’t be satisfied. There’s no way to demonstrate the absence of the work–that’s convenient–therefore Iran must be denied the right to enrich uranium, that’s guaranteed to every power that signed the Non-Proliferation Treaty.

Well, that’s the picture in the West. That’s not the picture in the rest of the world. As you know, I’m sure, there was just a meeting of the Non-Aligned Movement–that’s large majority of the countries in the world and representing most of the world’s population–a meeting in Tehran. And once again, not for the first time, they issued a ringing declaration of support for Iran’s right to enrich uranium, right that every country has that signed the Non-Proliferation Treaty. Pretty much the same is true in the Arab world. It’s interesting. I’ll return to that in a moment.

There is a basic reason for the concern. It was expressed succinctly by General Lee Butler. He’s the former head of the U.S. Strategic Command, which controls nuclear weapons and nuclear strategy. He wrote that “It is dangerous in the extreme that in the cauldron of animosities that we call the Middle East,” one nation should arm itself with nuclear weapons, which may inspire other nations to do so. General Butler, however, was not referring to Iran; he was referring to Israel, the country that ranks highest in European polls as the most dangerous country in the world–right above Iran–and, not incidentally, in the Arab world, where the public regard the United States as the second most dangerous country, right after Israel. In the Arab world, Iran, though disliked, ranks far lower as a threat–among the populations, that is, not the dictatorships.

With regard to Iranian nuclear weapons, nobody wants them to have them, but in many polls, majorities, sometimes considerable majorities, have said that the region would be more secure if Iran had nuclear weapons, to balance those of their major threats. Now, there’s a lot of commentary in the Western media, in journals, about Arab attitudes towards Iran. And what you read, commonly, is that the Arabs want decisive action against Iran, which is true of the dictators. It’s not true of the populations. But who cares about the populations, what are called, disparagingly, the Arab street? We don’t care about them. Now that’s a reflection of the extremely deep contempt for democracy among Western elites–I mean, so deep that it can’t be perceived. You know, it’s just kind of like reflexive. The study of popular attitudes in the Arab world–and there is very extensive study by Western polling agencies–it reveals very quickly why the U.S. and its allies are so concerned about the threat of democracy and are doing what they can to prevent it. Just take–they certainly don’t want attitudes like those I just indicated to become policy, while of course issuing rousing statements about our passionate dedication to democracy. Those are relayed obediently by reporters and commentators.

Well, unlike Iran, Israel refuses to allow inspections at all, refuses to join the Non-Proliferation Treaty, has hundreds of nuclear weapons, has advanced delivery systems. Also, it has a long record of violence and repression. It has annexed and settled conquered territories illegally, in violation of Security Council orders, and many acts of aggression–five times against Lebanon alone, no credible pretext. In the New York Times yesterday, you can read that the Golan Heights are disputed territory, the Syrian Golan Heights. There is a U.N. Security Council resolution, 497, which is unanimous, declaring Israel’s annexation of the Golan Heights illegal and demanding that it be rescinded. And in fact, it’s disputed only in Israel and in the New York Times, which in fact is reflecting actual U.S. policy, not formal U.S. policy.

Iran has a record of aggression. too. In the last several hundred years, it has invaded and conquered a couple of Arab islands. Now that was under the Shah, U.S.-imposed dictator with U.S. support. That’s actually the only case in several hundred years.

Meanwhile, the severe threats of attack continue–you’ve just been hearing them at the U.N.–from the United States, but particularly Israel. Now there is a reaction to this at the highest level in the United States. Leon Panetta, secretary of defense, he said that we don’t want to attack Iran, we hope that Israel won’t attack Iran, but Israel is a sovereign country, and they have to make their own decisions about what they’ll do. You might ask what the reaction would be if you reverse the cast of characters. And those of you who have antiquarian interests might remember that there’s a document called the United Nations Charter, the foundation of modern international law, which bars the threat or use of force in international affairs. Now, there are two rogue states–United States and Israel–for whom–which regard the Charter and international law as just a boring irrelevance, so, do what they like. And that’s accepted.

Well, these are not just words; there is an ongoing war, includes terrorism, assassination of nuclear scientists, includes economic war. U.S. threats–not international ones–U.S. threats have cut Iran out of the international financial system. Western military analysts identify what they call “weapons of finance” as acts of war that justify violent response–when they’re directed against us, that is. Cutting Iran out of global financial markets is different.

The United States is openly carrying out extensive cyber war against Iran. That’s praised. The Pentagon regards cyber war as an equivalent to an armed attack, which justifies military response, but that’s of course when it’s directed against us. The leading liberal figure in the State Department, Harold Koh–he’s the top State Department legal adviser–he says that cyber war is an act of war if it results in significant destruction–like the attacks against Iranian nuclear facilities. And such acts, he says, justify force in self-defense. But, of course, he means only attacks against the United States or its clients.

Well, Israel’s lethal armory, which is enormous, includes advanced submarines, recently provided by Germany. These are capable of carrying Israel’s nuclear-tipped missiles, and these are sure to be deployed in the Persian Gulf or nearby if Israel proceeds with its plans to bomb Iran or, more likely, I suspect, to try to set up conditions in which the United States will do so. And the United States, of course, has a vast array of nuclear weapons all over the world, but surrounding the region, from the Mediterranean to the Indian Ocean, including enough firepower in the Persian Gulf to destroy most of the world.

Another story that’s in the news right now is the Israeli bombing of the Iraqi reactor in Osirak, which is suggested as a model for Israeli bombing of Iran. It’s rarely mentioned, however, that the bombing of the Osirak reactor didn’t end Saddam Hussein’s nuclear weapons program. It initiated it. There was no program before it. And the Osirak reactor was not capable of producing uranium for nuclear weapons. But, of course, after the bombings, Saddam immediately turned to developing a nuclear weapons program. And if Iran is bombed, it’s almost certain to proceed just as Saddam Hussein did after the Osirak bombing.

AMY GOODMAN: MIT professor and author, Noam Chomsky, continues in a moment. If you’d like a copy of today’s show, you can go to our website at democracynow.org. Professor Chomsky will next look at nuclear weapons race, as this week marks the 50th anniversary of the Cuban missile crisis, often referred to as “the most dangerous moment in human history.” Back in a moment.

[break]

AMY GOODMAN: This is Democracy Now!, democracynow.org, The War and Peace Report. We’re on a 100-city tour, today in Portland, Oregon. I’m Amy Goodman, as we continue our hour today with world-renowned political dissident, linguist, author, and professor emeritus at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Noam Chomsky. His recent talk entitled “Who Owns the World?”

NOAM CHOMSKY: In a few weeks, we’ll be commemorating the 50th anniversary of “the most dangerous moment in human history.” Now, those are the words of historian, Kennedy adviser, Arthur Schlesinger. He was referring, of course, to the October 1962 missile crisis, “the most dangerous moment in human history.” Others agree. Now, at that time, Kennedy raised the nuclear alert to the second-highest level, just short of launching weapons. He authorized NATO aircraft, with Turkish or other pilots, to take off, fly to Moscow and drop bombs, setting off a likely nuclear conflagration.

At the peak of the missile crisis, Kennedy estimated the probability of nuclear war at perhaps 50 percent. It’s a war that would destroy the Northern Hemisphere, President Eisenhower had warned. And facing that risk, Kennedy refused to agree publicly to an offer by Kruschev to end the crisis by simultaneous withdrawal of Russian missiles from Cuba and U.S. missiles from Turkey. These were obsolete missiles. They were already being replaced by invulnerable Polaris submarines. But it was felt necessary to firmly establish the principle that Russia has no right to have any offensive weapons anywhere beyond the borders of the U.S.S.R., even to defend an ally against U.S. attack. That’s now recognized to be the prime reason for deploying missiles there, and actually a plausible one. Meanwhile, the United States must retain the right to have them all over the world, targeting Russia or China or any other enemy. In fact, in 1962, the United–we just recently learned, the United States had just secretly deployed nuclear missiles to Okinawa aimed at China. That was a moment of elevated regional tensions. All of that is very consistent with grand area conceptions, the ones I mentioned that were developed by Roosevelt’s planners.

Well, fortunately, in 1962, Kruschev backed down. But the world can’t be assured of such sanity forever. And particularly threatening, in my view, is that intellectual opinion, and even scholarship, hail Kennedy’s behavior as his finest hour. My own view is it’s one of the worst moments in history. Inability to face the truth about ourselves is all too common a feature of the intellectual culture, also personal life, has ominous implications.

Well, 10 years later, in 1973, during the Israel-Arab War, Henry Kissinger called a high-level nuclear alert. The purpose was to warn the Russians to keep hands off while he was–so we’ve recently learned–he was secretly informing Israel that they were authorized to violate the ceasefire that had been imposed jointly by the U.S. and Russia. When Reagan came into office a couple of years later, the United States launched operations probing Russian defenses, flying in to Russia to probe defenses, and simulating air and naval attacks, meanwhile placing Pershing missiles in Germany that had a five-minute flight time to Russian targets. They were providing what the CIA called a “super-sudden first strike” capability. The Russians, not surprisingly, were deeply concerned. Actually, that led to a major war scare in 1983. There have been hundreds of cases when human intervention aborted a first-strike launch just minutes before launch. Now, that’s after automated systems gave false alarms. We don’t have Russian records, but there’s no doubt that their systems are far more accident-prone. Actually, it’s a near miracle that nuclear war has been avoided so far.

Meanwhile, India and Pakistan have come close to nuclear war several times, and the crises that led to that, especially Kashmir, remain. Both India and Pakistan have refused to sign the Non-Proliferation Treaty, along with Israel, and both of them have received U.S. support for development of their nuclear weapons programs, actually, until today, in the case of India, which is now a U.S. ally.

War threats in the Middle East, which could become reality very soon, once again escalate the dangers. Well, fortunately, there’s a way out of this, a simple way. There’s a way to mitigate, maybe end, whatever threat Iran is alleged to pose. Very simple: move towards establishing a nuclear-weapons-free zone in the Middle East. Now, the opportunity is coming again this December. There’s an international conference scheduled to deal with this proposal. It has overwhelming international support, including, incidentally, a majority of the population in Israel. That’s fortunately. Unfortunately, it’s blocked by the United States and Israel. A couple of days ago, Israel announced that it’s not going to participate, and it won’t consider the matter until there’s a general regional peace. Obama takes the same stand. He also insists that any agreement must exclude Israel and even must exclude calls for other nations–meaning the U.S.–to provide information about Israeli nuclear activities.

The United States and Israel can delay regional peace indefinitely. They’ve been doing that for 35 years on Israel-Palestine, virtual international isolation. It’s a long, important story that I don’t have time to go into here. So, therefore, there’s no hope for an easy way to end what the West regards as the most severe current crisis–no way unless there’s large-scale public pressure. But there can’t be large-scale public pressure unless people at least know about it. And the media have done a stellar job in averting that danger: nothing reported about the conference or about any of the background, no discussion, apart from specialist arms control journals where you can read about it. So, that blocks the easy way to end the worst existing crisis, unless people somehow find a way to break through this.

AMY GOODMAN: MIT Professor Noam Chomsky spoke on September 27th of this year at the University of Massachusetts in Amherst. His talk was entitled “Who Owns the World?”

Mainstream Media Can’t Handle The Truth About David Icke

0

Mick Meaney
RINF Alternative News

In the biggest event of its kind in history, on Saturday the 27th of  October 2012, David Icke presented two decades of his research to a sell out crowd at Wembley Arena, London.

While most of the mainstream media gave little exposure to the event, some have taken notice, and they don’t like what they see.

With theories of reptilian overlords from another dimension who drink our blood and have enslaved us in a holographic prison, Icke made himself an easy target for ridicule, in fact when I first began to ‘connect the dots’ in the 90’s, I ridiculed him too… that is, until I started listening to what he had to say, if only in an effort to debunk him.

However, instead of finding the ravings of a lunatic, I discovered a wealth of solid, credible information that could not be disputed, that explained how the media, the government and corporations are connected, the level of corruption at the top and how the elite control us.

Remove reptilians from the equation and we’re left with some startling facts.

Now, do I agree with everything David Icke has to say?
No.

Do I believe he has uncovered a mountain of vitally important information?
Absolutely.

So much so that from 2005 I agreed to be a frequent guest editor on his website at times when he couldn’t access the Internet.

It’s easy to look at just one aspect of Icke’s research, throw the baby out with the bathwater and call him crazy. Many have, and that’s the easy way out.

That’s the exact route a report on the Independent website took today. The journalist, who turned up to the Wembley Arena event – over two hours late and didn’t stay for the entire talk, took great delight in choosing to report on one aspect of Icke’s presentation – yes, you’ve guessed it, the lizards.

For those who’ve seen one of David Icke’s shows or watched his DVDs, you’ll know the reptilian agenda is a fraction if what he presents and does not give a full nor true representation of his research.

It’s the silver bullet the mainstream media use in an attempt to discredit him,  because, let’s face it, that’s all they have.

Should they do what journalists are meant to do… ah you know, investigate the facts, those investigations might lead to some very uncomfortable places. Perhaps that’s why so many in the mainstream media utterly ignore the 90% of Icke’s research that doesn’t mention extra-dimensional reptilians.

Perhaps they worry too much about what other people will think of them. Maybe it’s laziness or perhaps it’s censorship.

Whatever the reason, the fact remains that his research exposes current and historical corruption and even more surprisingly, many the predictions made in his books, are happening now.

In 1990, he wrote “we can expect the power and frequency of hurricanes to increase after the millennium.”

He also accurately predicted a severe hurricane around the Gulf of Mexico and New Orleans.

In 1998, three years before 9/11, he wrote:

“The plan is to engineer events real and staged that will create enormous fear in the countdown years to 2012. This includes a plan to start a Third World War , either by stimulating the Muslim world into a holy war against the West, or by using China to cause global conflict – may be both.”

In 1999 he wrote:

“Between 2000 and 2002, the United States will suffer a major attack on a large city.”

His predictions for the future are more stark, and yes, they do have a lot of supporting evidence;

The current Big Brother State, evident from the introduction of acts like RIPA and the dramatic increase of CCTV, has turned Britain into the  most surveilled nation on Earth.

He wrote about a New World Order, outlined in a PNAC white paper in September of 2000 called “Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century.”

He also predicted the engineered economic crash of 2008.

And more recently, he was proven right about pedophile Jimmy Savile.

Support him or not, the facts remain and for the last two decades David Icke has revealed how our world is enslaved by private bankers, corrupt politicians and a subservient media.

So, what the hell are we gonna do about it?

Mick Meaney is the editor of RINF Alternative News, founded as a response to the erosion of civil liberties and privacy.

Video Trailer: New Film Exposes Engineered Collapse

0

Infowars.com |

Joel Skousen sits down with Alex Jones and discusses strategies on how to prepare for and survive major disasters. Joel Skousen is a world renowned expert in designing secure homes, geo-political analysis, and strategic relocation.

Preparing food, water, arms, medical supplies and shelter may not be a good enough plan. Large population centers are the biggest threat to survival after any major disaster. Joel Skousen explains his strategy for survival, which includes acquiring all of the essentials, preparing in a safe location and methods on how to avoid a dangerous hungry population and safely arrive at your secure location.

Get your copy today.

US keeps 70 nuclear bombs in Turkey

0

Press TV |

According to a recent report published by the Arabic Nakhel news agency, Turkish sources said the bombs are kept at Turkey’s Incirlik Air Base in Adana province.

The thermonuclear bomb, which is 3.53 meters long and weighs 320 kilograms, is considered as one of the most strategic weapons of the US.

Between 10 to 20 of the bombs were stored at Turkey’s Balikesir and Ekinci airbases before they were transferred to Incirlik, the report said.

Turkey is also home to a controversial NATO radar base manned by US forces, which is part of a larger US-led missile system.

The missile system became operational in Turkey’s eastern province of Malatya in early 2012.

Some leading Turkish politicians and lawmakers have cautioned that the system will not be beneficial to Turkey and will only serve the interests of the Israeli regime.

The stationing of the US-sponsored radar system in Turkey was hailed by American officials as the most significant military cooperation between Washington and Ankara since 2003, when Turkey refused to allow a US armored division to cross Turkish territory to join the military invasion of Iraq from the north.

Trafficking Anti-Iranian Propaganda

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

American media scoundrels honed it to an art form. Britain’s BBC and commercial media regularly feature it. So does a newly licensed anti-Iranian TV channel. More on Raha TV below.

On US and UK television, truth is verboten. Last January, Britain banned Press TV broadcasts. In a disturbing move without valid reasons, the British Office of Communications (Ofcom) pulled the plug disgracefully.

For months it threatened to do so. In January, Press TV was removed from the Sky Platform. High UK officials approved it. Prime Minister David Cameron perhaps had final say.

In October, EU nations followed suit and then some. They lawlessly blocked 19 Iranian television and radio stations. European satellite provider Eutelsat sold its soul. It went along. It agreed to silence them across Europe. Doing so violated its own charter.

Banishing Iranian broadcasters is clear irresponsible censorship. Doing so suppressed truth. European television viewers were deprived of real news, information, commentary and analysis.

Fortunately, they have other options. They can still follow Press TV easily online 24-hours a day.

UK viewers have more propaganda polluting their airwaves. On October 25, Russia Today (rt.com) headlined “EU hypocrisy? Anti-Tehran channel launches in London amid ban on Iranian state TV,” saying:

Britain’s latest propaganda channel “comes just over a week after 19 state-run Iranian TV and radio stations were banned in the EU.”

Raha’s founder, Amir Hossein Jahanshahi, is an Iran expat billionaire businessman. He’s a venture capitalist and property developer. He accumulated much of his wealth in Spain and France. He likely got it the old-fashioned way. Behind every fortune is a great crime.

About a decade ago, he became politically active. His father was Shah Reza Pahlavi’s finance minister.

He told RT he wants to “decapitate the current regime.” UK authorities granted him public airwaves space to spread anti-Iranian hate across Britain. Eutelsat carries him on satellite to pollute all 27-member EU states.

He founded Iran’s so-called “Green Movement.” Following Iran’s June 2009 elections, protests and clashes erupted. Washington very likely was involved. So was Jahanshahi. He’s pro-Western. He wants Iran’s government toppled for his own self-interest. Tehran accused him of sedition.

He claims he’s financing Raha entirely on his own. Perhaps he can do it, but don’t bet UK and other Western interests aren’t involved.

Raha will be commercial free, he says. It’ll be all propaganda, all the time. He wants it to pose “a major challenge to the Iranian government.”

Former Iranian deputy minister for Islamic Orientation, Ali Asghar Ramezanpoor, was recruited to manage Raha. Earlier he worked for BBC Persian Television. He honed his propaganda skills there.

Other involved anti-Iranian expats include Medrdad Khonsari. He also served under the Shah. Journalist Reza Nurizadeh is a militant regime opponent.

Jahanshahi claims he’ll provide viewers with “news and analysis they can trust.” Isn’t that what all propagandists say?

RT said launching an anti-Iranian channel in Britain after banishing Press TV and 18 other state broadcasters “brought calls of British hypocrisy.”

Author/journalist Afshin Rattansi said UK authorities are “glad to welcome a propaganda channel run by the one percentage, while no one in Iran – even those who oppose Ahmadinejad” will support Raha.

After banishing 19 Iranian broadcasters, Eutelsat disgracefully added Raha to its satellite lineup. So much for truth and full disclosure. Only EU-approved propaganda is welcome. Other broadcasters need not apply.

On October 26, Press TV headlined “Raha TV aired in London a ‘Western tool’ to divide Iran,” saying:

“The global media war on Iran has been raging ever since the revolution succeeded in 1979.”

“Persian media outlets in the West, such as BBC Persia and Voice of America, have led an anti-Iran agenda. And now, it’s the turn of Raha TV, a new Anti-Iran channel which began broadcasting from London on Thursday.”

On Israeli TV, Jahanshahi said “victory over Palestine” is assured if the Islamic Republic falls. He endorses sanctions and other ways to topple it.

Most Iranians oppose what he stands for. Press TV asked, “How much funding (does) Raha” get from Washington, Britain and Israel? Bet on plenty perhaps to keep it operating and widely disseminated.

So far, propaganda wars substitute for hot ones. For how long is at issue. Disturbing events suggest something may be brewing not yet official. In days, US elections will be held. All bets are off on what follows. Anything could happen anytime.

Washington has menacing regional military forces. Israel is ready to go to war jointly with America. Britain perhaps is less eager, or maybe timing is on Downing Street’s mind, not policy.

On October 25, the London Guardian headlined “Britain rejects US request to use UK bases in nuclear standoff with Iran,” saying:

UK authorities said “secret legal advice….states that any preemptive strike on Iran could be in breach of international law.”

Inviolable international law isn’t secret. Attacking any nonbelligerent state is naked aggression. Doing it is standard US policy. Britain usually rides shotgun. So why not now?

US “diplomats….also lobbied for the use of British bases in Cyrus, and for permission to fly from US bases on Ascension Island in the Atlantic and Diego Garcia in the Indian Ocean, both of which are British territories.”

So far, UK officials reacted cooly. Iran poses no “clear and present threat,” they said. At the same time, Britain’s Royal Navy has a substantial regional presence. UK and Pentagon officials confer often on military strategy.

A Downing Street spokesperson said Britain and America are involved in “contingency planning. (W)e have in the past cooperated on the use of UK bases.”

However, the Cameron “government does not believe that military action against Iran is the right option at this time, but we are not taking any option off the table.”

The Guardian suggested that Downing Street perhaps is willing to go along once conflicts erupts, but prefers not participating in America’s buildup.

A Foreign Office spokesman said:

“As we continue to make clear, the government does not believe military action against Iran is the right course of action at this time, although no option is off the table.”

“We believe that the twin-track approach of pressure through sanctions, which are having an impact, and engagement with Iran is the best way to resolve the nuclear issue.”

“We are not going to speculate about scenarios in which military action would be legal. That would depend on the circumstances at the time.”

An unnamed State Department official added:

“The US and the UK coordinate on all kinds of subjects all the time, on a huge range of issues. We never speak on the record about these types of conversations.”

Former US national security advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski expressed deep concerns about possible war on Iran and Syria. The idea that Washington can impose “a new order in the Middle East – through the forceful export of ‘democracy’ to both Syria and Iran – is dangerous daydreaming.”

Catastrophic consequences are more likely, he believes. “In this flammable setting, an American intervention in Syria or a military strike against Iran either by Israel or the US would be likely to set off a region-wide explosion.”

Others in America, Europe and Israel share his view. Full-scale war on Syria and/or Iran is madness. At the same time, don’t bet against it not happening.

Winston Churchill once said, ‘We can always count on the Americans to do the right thing after they have exhausted all the other possibilities.”

In this case, it would be shutting the barn door after horses inside bolted. Once milk is spilled it’s too late. Prevention counts most. Don’t bet on it.

America’s permanent war agenda demands ravaging one country after another. Syria and Iran top Washington queue. Post-election, anything is possible. Bet on war, not peace.

A Final Comment

Ahead of the four-day Eid al-Adha period, Assad agreed to suspend military operations. Russia’s Foreign Ministry welcomed the move. Spokesman Alexander Lukashevich called it an important step toward halting violence altogether.

At the same time, he condemned the Al Qaeda-affiliated group Jabhat al-Nasra’s refusal to go along. They’re responsible for numerous bloody attacks.

Iran also expressed appreciation for Assad’s good intentions. Its Foreign Ministry said it’s ready to help reach a solution to the conflict. Doing so, of course, is very much in Tehran’s interest.

If Damascus falls, the Islamic Republic loses its most important regional ally. It makes war on Iran more likely.

It didn’t take long for Western-backed mercenaries to launch attacks. Ceasefire isn’t in their vocabulary. On October 26, the London Guardian headlined “Syria car bomb breaks Eid al-Adha ceasefire,” saying:

Late Friday, a car bomb exploded near a Damascus mosque. Militants use them often. “This bomb hit Daff al-Shouk square, where families were celebrating Eid, on the southern outskirts of the capital.”

So-called Local Coordinating Committees reported numerous other breaches and dozens of deaths.

On October 26, Global Reseach headlined “Syria: US-NATO Sponsored Rebels break Cease Fire,” saying:

“Reported this morning, the cease-fire was broken by the NATO sponsored rebels.”

“Terrorist acts directed against military posts were conducted throughout the country on Friday.”

Anti-Assad forces had no intention of halting violence even after agreeing to do so.

“These attacks were carefully planned and coordinated.”

“The Free Syrian Army rebels are in permanent liaison with NATO. The breaking of the cease-fire was deliberately broken by the Western military alliance.”

At issue is wrongfully blaming breaches on Assad. It’s happened repeatedly throughout the conflict. Blame game rules work that way. In lockstep, media scoundrels dutifully regurgitate state propaganda.

Expect Reuters’ October 27 report to circulate globally. It headlined “Syria bombards major cities, weakening truce: activists.”

“Activists” is code deception for pro-Western elements. They say whatever Washington wants repeated for whatever benefits they derive.

Responding defensively to militant attacks draws spurious headlines like this one. Voice of Russia reported accurately headlining “Syrian opposition violates ceasefire,” saying:

On day one of “a barely-observed truce,” dozens died. State media blamed terrorists for continued fighting. Agreements require good faith on both sides.

Assad called for conflict resolution last year. Most Syrians support him. Peace isn’t possible without a willing partner. Washington planned, directs, and controls everything.

It won’t tolerate peace and stability. Doing so defeats its imperium. Expect no end of conflict ahead. Syria may be ravaged like Libya, Iraq and Afghanistan before it ends.

The entire region is threatened. How much more death and destruction will be tolerated before cooler heads say no more. Their vocal opposition and determination to end fighting is badly needed.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Paul Wellstone: Tenth Anniversary of His Assassination

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

October 25 marked the 10th anniversary of Wellstone’s death. Was it accidental or an assassination to silence a sadly missed principled voice? Convincing evidence suggests foul play. More on that below.

On October 25, 2002, The New York Times headlined “Minnesota Senator Is Among 8 Dead in Crash,” saying:

Wellstone “was killed today when his campaign plane crashed approaching a small airport in a wooded region in the northern part of his state.”

Campaigning for a third term, he “perished along with seven other people when the chartered King Air A100 went down near Eveleth around 10:20 a.m. Central Time, the Federal Aviation Administration reported.”

Weather conditions weren’t abnormal. Light rain mixed with snow was reported. Flights without incident occur normally under these and harsher conditions. Wellstone perished with his wife, one child, three staff members, and two highly experienced pilots.

From the time the news broke, suspicions arose that perhaps what happened wasn’t accidental. Professors James Fetzer and Don “Four Arrows” Jacobs examined the tragedy. They concluded that Wellstone was assassinated.

In 2004, they published “American Assassination: The Strange Death of Senator Paul Wellstone.” More on what they said below.

Like former Congresswoman Cynthia McKinney, Wellstone was a rare exception that proves the rule. He was uncorrupted by money and power ambitions. He left academia to run for office. Explaining why, he said:

“I don’t represent the big oil companies, the big pharmaceuticals, or the big insurance industry. They already have great representation in Washington. It’s the rest of the people that need representation.”

His voting record explained why he was called “the conscience of the Senate.” He opposed the Gulf War and 2002 Authorization for Use of Military Force Against Iraq Resolution.

He was also against NAFTA, oil drilling in Alaska’s National Wildlife Refuge, sending troops to Haiti in 1994 without congressional approval, and bankruptcy legislation benefitting financial giants at the expense of working people.

He supported labor rights, children’s and women’s rights, universal healthcare, public and higher education, good jobs with livable wages, small farmers, campaign finance and lobbying reforms, and retirement security.

He once told his students, “Never separate the lives you live from the words you speak.” He stood for saying what you believe and doing what you say. At a time destructive neoliberalism took hold, he was a living, breathing antidote. His voting record showed it.

He supported progressive activism. He believed in backing principles with action. He battled hardliners supporting anti-populist measures he opposed.

At a fall 1990 White House reception for newly elected congressional members, he urged GHW Bush to spend more time on education and other social issues.

He also advised him against attacking Iraq. Not at all pleased, Bush privately asked an aide, “Who is this chickenshit?” His activism and outspokenness cursed him with the mark of Cain. He’d learn later how hard it stings.

Project Vote Smart covered his voting record from April 1992 – October 2002. Many progressive ones included:

yea for family and medical leave;

yea for homosexuals in the military;

yea for ending military operations in Somalia;

nay on the Comprehensive Terrorism Prevention Act;

nay on space-based lasers;

nay on the Telecommunications Bill letting media giants consolidate to greater size;

nay on harmful welfare reform hurting poor people when they most need help;

nay on Cuba sanctions;

yea on helpful immigration reform;

nay against reconfirming Alan Greenspan;

yea for campaign finance reform;

yea for increasing the minimum wage;

nay for the partial/birth abortion ban;

yea for the Chemical Weapons Convention; it prohibits development, production, stockpiling, and use of these weapons; it also mandates their destruction;

yea for family tax relief;

yea for aiding higher education programs;

nay for banning Cuban travel;

nay for confirming John Ashcroft;

yea for a patients’ bill of rights; and

nay for No Child Left Behind.

His book titled “The Conscience of a Liberal: Reclaiming the Compassionate Agenda” explained his passion for economic and social justice.

In 2002, he ran for a third term. Doing so reneged on a pledge to serve two and leave. He had unfinished business on his mind. He also faced long knives wanting him gone.

Big money was marshaled against him. An aide to his Republican opponent, Norm Coleman, said, “There are people in the (George W. Bush) White House who wake up in the morning thinking about how they will defeat Paul Wellstone. This one is political and personal for them.”

Polls showed him ahead. Reelection looked likely. Potentially controlling the Senate was at stake. Eleven days before November 5, he tragically died on route to a funeral and campaign event in rural Minnesota.

Fetzer and Jacobs say Wellstone’s death was no accident. It wasn’t weather, plane trouble, or pilot error connected. Evidence they uncovered explains otherwise.

Confirmation of the tragedy didn’t come from Wellstone’s office, state police, or Minnesota’s governor. It first came from GW Bush’s ranch. Why was it known there before anywhere else?

FBI agents arrived with suspicious speed. Perhaps they knew in advance and positioned themselves nearby. They prevented fire teams, journalists, and others at the crash site from taking photos.

An AP photographer said he was intimidated, delayed and monitored. Was vital evidence removed or destroyed? NTSB investigators didn’t show up for 10 hours. Why did FBI agents try having things both ways?

On the one hand, they declared the site a “crime scene.” They also said no crime took place. How could anyone know without careful forensic examination?

Fetzer and Jacobs believe Wellstone was killed for political reasons. Coverup followed his assassination. The official story is rife with inconsistencies and willful omissions of key facts. They explained how, why, and who was responsible.

Besides eliminating a powerful progressive voice, Wellstone’s enemies wanted Republican Coleman’s win to help Republicans gain Senate control.

Fetzer and Jacobs explained the following:

Former CIA official Carol Carmody handled NTSB’s crash investigation. She’s a damage-control expert. Coverup is her game. She was also in charge of investigating Missouri Governor Mel Carnahan’s suspicious aircraft crash during his senatorial race against John Ashcroft two years earlier.

NTSB is legally mandated to investigate transportation accidents. Yet it let FBI agents control things. Why it didn’t explain. Mention of the FBI’s involvement was excluded from their final report.

Ahead of the crash, neither Wellstone pilot signaled distress. Why not since they were going down in a remote area perhaps with no help nearby.

Some witnesses heard what sounded like the engines cutting out or stalling. Others reported odd cell phone and automatic garage door phenomena coincidental with the crash.

They included electronic interference and strange noises never before experienced. The auditory pattern appeared consistent with electromagnetic (EM) weapons use.

They were developed to knock out computer systems and harm human subjects. Most Americans know nothing about them. They can disable radio communications and warning systems.

They can alter an aircraft’s flight pattern and cause pilots to lose control. They can make them lose consciousness, incapacitate them in other ways, or kill them.

Fetzer says they can “literally fry the electronic components in an aircraft” the way microwaves heat meals or lightening bolts affect objects struck.

NTSB’s simulations replicated weather conditions, the flight pattern, and overall conditions at the time. Even at abnormally low speeds, they couldn’t down the plane.

NTSB member Richard Healing said he had no idea what caused the crash. Yet he signed the official report giving reasons that didn’t wash. They included pilot error, bad weather, and other preposterous claims. Instead of investigating responsibly, they made stuff up.

Fetzer and Jacobs established compelling prima facie and conclusive evidence to prove Wellstone’s death was no accident.

They called his Beech King-Air A100 the “Rolls-Royce” of small aircraft. Pilot Richard Conry had 5,200 hours of flight experience. His rating was the highest civilian one possible. Two days before the crash, he passed his FAA flight check. He was highly qualified to fly the Beech aircraft.

Co-pilot Michael Guess was also instrument qualified. He was very able to fly the plane on his own under adverse weather conditions. It’s inconceivable that either pilot alone or together fouled up.

According to NTSB’s report, the “airplane descended through the trees wings level and upright on about a 26 degree downward flight path angle on a ground track of about 180 degrees.”

Fetzer called this angle “too steep to suggest anything but a very serious dive, not likely to result from a low altitude stall but from a plane completely out of control very abruptly or all of a sudden.”

NTSB should have stressed this. It didn’t. Why was never explained. If electromagnetic weapons were used, evidence would have clearly showed it. For example, digital clocks would have failed immediately, not at impact.

FBI agents arriving quickly did nothing to stop the fuselage from burning. It continued for hours. By the time NTSB investigators arrived, bodies were charred beyond recognition. Other forensic evidence was destroyed or concealed.

According to Fetzer:

“Dennis Ciminio, a pilot and expert on devices of this kind, has confirmed that the technology to take out the plane has been around for decades and that the intense fire – which burned the fuselage but not the wings, in which the plane’s fuel was stored – was almost certainly intended to destroy the evidence of how it was done.”

“He has explained to me the most likely culprit here to put that kind of power directly onto the plane itself to cause such widespread mayhem would have been an electronically beam-steered-system, such as Raytheon’s BFL (Beam Forming Lens) equipped Army jamming system.”

“That is especially plausible, since Raytheon owns Beechcraft, which makes the Air King A-100 and would know exactly how it could be taken down.”

More than electromagnetic weapons may have been involved. At about the time the plane crashed, “a white van” was seen departing the area at high speed.

“The melted area at the altitude where ice forms, moreover, strongly suggests that the Wellstone plane was taken out using a satellite-mounted laser, which would have had the effect of melting the ice at that level.”

Dick Cheney was running “an executive assassination ring” out of the White House at that time. He did then what Obama is doing now. Wellstone was perhaps one of Cheney’s targets.

He, “Karl Rove, and Donald Rumsfeld may not have executed this hit personally, but they were in a position to make it happen.” Eventually perhaps the full truth will be known. Enough already is clear to say Wellstone’s death was no accident.

Anyone with a powerful public voice supporting principles he embraced could end up targeted for elimination and killed. That’s how rogue states operate. Bucking the system risks life and limb. Wellstone paid the ultimate price.

David Ray Griffin calls Fetzer and Jacob’s book compelling and vitally important. It’s hard not believing that Wellstone was assassinated. Bush administration officials likely ordered it.

Based on all relevant evidence, “we must conclude that the theory that Wellstone was assassinated is far more probable that the official story” that doesn’t wash.

Fetzer and Jacobs agree that “evidence shows beyond a reasonable doubt that Wellstone was assassinated. They have, in my view, made a convincing case.”

In November 2002, investigative journalist Michael Ruppert asked, “Was Paul Wellstone Murdered?” He wrote:

“The day after the crash I received a message from a former CIA operative who has proven extremely reliable in the past and who is personally familiar with these kinds of assassinations.”

“The message read, ‘As I said earlier, having played ball (and still playing in some respects) with this current crop of reinvigorated old white men, these clowns are nobody to screw around with. There will be a few more strategic accidents. You can be certain of that.’ ”

Everyone challenging the system is vulnerable. Wellstone paid with his life.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

America on the Cusp of Fascism

0

I use “fascism” here not as a cliché, but as an historical-structural formation principally rooted in the mature stage of capitalism, in which business-government interpenetration (what the Japanese political scientist Masao Maryuma called the “close-embrace” system) has created hierarchical social classes of wide differences in wealth and power, the militarization of social values and geopolitical strategy, and a faux ideology of classlessness to instill loyalty for the social order among working people.  In fact, each of these factors is already present to a high degree in America—superbly disguised however by the rhetoric of liberalism, as in Mr. Obama’s presidency.

This said, my provocative hypothesis (only slightly tongue-in-cheek) is that in the coming election Romney is preferable to Obama.  Why? In broad terms, we see varying degrees of sophistication in the mad dash across the finish line (i.e., fascism proper, midway between nascent and full-blown), with Romney and Republicans representing plebeian fascism, and Obama and Democrats a sophisticated corporatist form.  Everything charged against Romney may be true, from Social Darwinist beliefs and gut-militarism to cultural intolerance and xenophobia, and perhaps even more so for the party as a whole, though that is a moot point—an overt negation, on all grounds,of what we mean by democracy.  (Not that America has honored or achieved that state of political-economic development through most of its history!)   To pursue the candidacy of Romney involves one in a societal nightmare of unrestrained wealth (and the perks that go with it, from horribly skewed taxation policy to categorical setbacks to unions, wage rates, and an antilabor climate) and severe cuts in the social safety net.  All this is known, predictable, transparent—part of my argument for viewing Romney as preferable to Obama.  Clearly, Trotsky in popularized form is in the back of my mind.

By contrast, Obama is unassailable, enjoying the protective cloak of the state secrets doctrine (which, also as the National Security State, he invokes constantly), the liberal glossing on all policy matters, thanks to the extremely able spinmeisters Axelrod and Rhodes, and an adoring, submissive, uncritical base, in deep denial and for whatever reasons unwilling to examine the administration’s record.  That record confirms the long-term political, economic, and moral bankruptcy of the Democratic party, whose differentiating character setting it apart from the Republicans lies in the magnitude of skilled evasion and/or deception surrounding policies which themselves replicate the central elements in those of their opponents.

Republicans sincerely criticize Obama because they are too ignorant to recognize, in their rush to antigovernment rhetoric, that he takes the same position as they smoothed out to please a base at best composed of pretend-radicalism and, equally, to ward off criticism from those who desperately want to believe his earlier promises.  This comes down to political theater at its cruelest.

The list of actual betrayal is long and virtually covering his public policy without exception.  (A good start can be found in the critical essays inHopeless, a true icebreaker for the uninformed prepared to listen.)  Let me select several obvious examples.  1) Health care, in which Obama savaged the single-payer system, thus preparing the way for the same on the public option, meanwhile silencing, or rather, delegitimating all dissident voices, at the same time as exempting health insurers from antitrust prosecution and favoring Big Pharma; 2) Civil liberties, a good litmus test of democratic governance, in which Obama’s Department of Justice argued against granting habeas corpus rights to detainees, invoked the Espionage Act against whistleblowers, carried surveillance beyond that of previous administrations, with the National Security Agency one of the culprits practicing the black magic of eavesdropping, while renditions and “black holes” continue and even agencies like FDA spy on its employees; 3) militarism, from which foreign policy, including trade policy, cannot be excluded, in which the drone—as Obama’s signature weapon—terrorizes whole populations reeking destruction from the skies, naval power displayed from the South China Sea to the Mediterranean, a whole new generation of nuclear weapons in the pipeline (exempt from potential budgetary sequestration), a military budget itself second to none, and what appears to be a permanent state of war; 4) the omissions, which by their absence speak volumes about the purposes and policies of his administration, in which job creation and foreclosures have not been addressed, climate change, wholly disappeared, gun control, nonexistent, poverty never, never mentioned, and business and banking regulation the compounding of phoniness on phoniness, not unexpected considering Obama’s belief in deregulation and bringing in the Clinton-Rubin crowd of free marketeers.

How much more or worse damage can Romney and the Republicans do? They might fuss about same-sex marriage and contraception, while Obama, in his Pacific-first geopolitical vision and concrete strategy, wants to encircle China, and press for an economic agenda promoting further corporate-wealth concentration.

If Republicans come across as Taliban on cultural issues, Democrats almost surreptitiously advance the financialization of the total economy, with the consequent distortions introduced—loss of manufacturing, increasing wealth concentration, and capitalism’s Achilles heel, underconsumption.  Why Romney?  Because his transparency as a Neanderthal may, just may, bring people into the streets, while under Obama passivity and false consciousness appear almost irreversible.  I for one will stay home.  The lesser-of-two-evils argument is morally obtuse, and dangerous, the first, because it means complicity with policies ultimately destructive, the second, because it induces an undeserved self-righteousness which next time around would yield further compromise.  If the people are gulled and lulled into the acceptance of mock-democracy, courtesy of Goldman Sachs and waterboarding apologist Brennan, with Obama presiding over the bread-and-circuses routine, heaven help us.

Norman Pollack is a Harvard Ph.D. and the author of “The Populist Response to Industrial America” (Harvard) and “The Just Polity” (Illinois), Guggenheim Fellow, and professor of history emeritus, Michigan State University.

New York hospital to be replaced with Israel-backed science facility

0

Terri Ginsberg | 

Despite critical opposition from residents and their supporters, plans are proceeding unimpeded to build a multi-billion dollar campus linking an Israeli and an American university in New York City.

The applied sciences university campus, Cornell NYC Tech, is to be located on tiny Roosevelt Island, a narrow strip of land in the East River dividing Manhattan from three of New York’s outer boroughs.

The Cornell NYC Tech project is jointly overseen by Cornell University and the Israeli Institute of Technology – better known as the Technion – in Haifa and will eventually sit on 12 acres, or 2.1 million square feet, of Roosevelt Island’s south end. A temporary campus will open in January 2013 at Google’s New York headquarters in Manhattan’s Chelsea neighborhood, where the nascent university will operate until 2017, when completion is expected of its first leg of construction, a “net-zero energy” building to be designed by Thom Mayne of Morphosis Architects.

On 15 October, New York City began the seven-month uniform land use review procedure (ULURP) that will initiate a public review of Cornell NYC Tech’s master plan, including an environmental impact statement, by the City Planning Commission.

Cornell NYC Tech will ultimately cost developers $2 billion, including $350 million in start-up costs supplied by Cornell alumnus Charles Feeney, a wealthy philanthropist, and $100 million in New York taxpayer funds allocated freely last year by Michael Bloomberg, the city’s mayor (“Cornell alumnus is behind $350 billion gift to build science school in City,” The New York Times, 19 December 2011).

Feeney is often praised in the mainstream media for his philanthropy. This is particularly the case in Ireland, where Feeney has supported the country’s universities, as well as to community groups (“Universities honour their ‘Renaissance man’ Feeney,” The Irish Times, 7 September 2012).

Troubling questions

Critics of the Cornell NYC Tech project surmise that Feeney’s mega-grant helped push through the Cornell-Technion Partnership’s comparatively late bid with the New York City Economic Development Corporation to build the proposed Roosevelt Island campus.

NYCEDC awarded the project to Cornell NYC Tech rather than to Stanford University, in potential partnership with the City College of New York, after Stanford pulled out of negotiations at the last minute.

The circumstances of Stanford’s withdrawal, and of the seeming fast-tracking of a deal involving Cornell and the Technion, remain mysterious and raise disturbing questions about Cornell NYC Tech (see “Alliance formed secretly to win deal for campus,” The New York Times, 25 December 2011). These questions have been made all the more troubling in light of NYCEDC’s recent move to prevent Stanford from making its own bid public (“Why does NYC refuse to allow Stanford University to publicly release details of its withdrawn proposal for Roosevelt Island NYC Applied Sciences & Engineering School?,”Roosevelt Islander, 31 July 2012).

Military links

The Cornell NYC Tech project has been loudly criticized for its institutional implication in international law violations.

The Technion, Israel’s premier high-tech university, is heavily involved in the research and development of drones, weapons manufacture, communications surveillance technology and Caterpillar D-9 bulldozers – the kind used to kill US peace activist Rachel Corrie – and used to demolish many thousands of Palestinian homes and public buildings.

These research areas are directly tied to Israeli military activities which violate international humanitarian charters and resolutions, including the Geneva Conventions, laws against breaches of human rights, and laws againstapartheid and ethnic cleansing. Cornell NYC Tech has already announced that it will engage in dry laboratory manufacturing, mainly robotics, as well as communications development, but the pertinent details have not been released. This is despite claims of transparency from Cornell representatives and some of the project’s supporters, including Nicholas Viest, President of Roosevelt Island’s Community Board 8.

To make way for the new campus, New York City has arranged to demolish Coler-Goldwater Specialty Hospital and Nursing Facility, a 2,000-bed, long-term comprehensive care facility in operation since the Franklin D. Roosevelt era, in January 2014 (“Hospital patients forced out as Roosevelt Island tech campus moves in,” DNAinfo, 3 May 2012).

Plans to move the hospital’s patients to other facilities, some of them still in the proposal stage, have been blocked temporarily by East Harlem area residents, represented by Community Board 11, who are concerned they will not be permitted to live or work in the prospective facilities initially slated to be built – following more demolition and displacement – in their neighborhood.

Should new homes not be found for Coler-Goldwater patients by their mandatory evacuation dates in mid-2013, many of them (those who are US non-citizens holding temporary visas) may face deportation, according to a Coler-Goldwater resident spokesperson.

Cornell NYC Tech is not scheduled for completion until 2037. Until then, Roosevelt Islanders will be faced with 30 years of noise, potentially hazardous dust, and heavy construction traffic as well as a likely, permanent increase in security and police presence on the island. These are conditions which many New Yorkers are greeting with displeasure and concern.

Terri Ginsberg is a film scholar and Palestine solidarity activist based in New York City. A director at the International Council for Middle East Studies in Washington, DC, she is currently active in New Yorkers Against the Cornell-Technion Partnership.

Source

Romney Knows Election Fraud Begins With Investing in eVoting Machines

0

Susanne Posel, Occupy Corporatism |

Mail-in ballots are showed that disillusioned Americans are not thrilled with having just two choices when it comes to the 2012 elections. Forty percent of Americans are considering themselves independents. Some Americans think the bipartisan system of Democrat and Republican is “outdated”.

A speech to the Heritage Foundation, McConnell termed the false flag propaganda war on terrorism rhetoric when he said our democratic voting system is a “threat”. He was citing grassroots efforts that can have a hefty sway when determining a presidential election by way of the popular vote.

McConnell is referring to the sway of swing states, what he terms “disproportionate power”, and the national popular vote that has more power over determining a president’s ability to win an election. States give their Electoral College votes to the popular vote winner, thus attributing more leverage on the outcome of the election. Once a majority of Electoral College votes are attributed, this ensures that the vote is democratic in nature. This means our president elect is the one who received the majority of the popular vote.

Both the Obama and Romney camps have been tracking the social consciousness concerning the up-and-coming elections by spying on social media sites and keeping tabs on users that “like” them on Facebook; while extracting detailed personal data and using that information to better target voters. The National Review has Obama For America and Mitt’s VP are data mining with the use of software. The app user’s name, address, home phone number, and Facebook information is given over during the account process and turned over by the app software. GPS location and access to the phone’s camera, along with audio recording abilities are accessed as well. The software can also extract the smartphone’s contact numbers, call logs and SD Card contents.

The Election Protection Smartphone App has made data mining easier with direct access to “information and resources” just in time for the 2012 elections. With the app, a user can verify:

– Where the voter registered
– Where they voted
– Key rules and regulations for their state
– What type of machine the voter used

Using a smartphone and a free downloadable program called Barcode Director, the data matrix can be scanned and will produce a corresponding number to the one found on the ballot. Anyone with access to county records and open-records laws can trace the ballot to the specific individual and cross-reference the corresponding county. Any ballots containing the data matrix barcode are open to easy source the information obtainable by anyone — including campaign officials who might be interested in knowing who voted for which candidate.

Another way to ensure the election is swayed to produce a pre-determined outcome is to have a private-equity fund which financially supports a voting machine manufacturer. This is thedirection Mitt Romney has taken with regard to his involvement with Solamere.

Although the firm has denied direct or indirect investment in Solamere, Tagg Romney (Mitt Romeny’s son), Spencer Zwick, campaign finance director for Mitt Romney, Ann Romney, and G. Scott Romney (Mitt’s brother) are involved monetarily with Solamere.

Mitt himself has invested $10 million of “seed capital” in Solamere. This initial investment yielded an estimated $1 million in returns for voting stock in Solamere.

Hart InterCivic Systems, (HIC) the 3rd largest manufacturer of voting machines, which will be used in many swing states, is controlled through investments by HIG Capital, a private-equity firm partnered with Solamere.
Gregg Burt, the Chairman of HIC is the former CEO of BuildForge, Inc., and a start-up enterprise software firm that was purchased by IBM in 2006. More employees of HIC have questionable backgrounds:

  • Neil Tuch, managing director, a former Goldman Sachs employee who worked in Mergers and Acquisitions
  • Jeff Bohl, principal capital, former JPMorgan Chase & Co. and Wells Fargo employee in mortgage-backed securities, M&A transactions and consultant for small businesses
  • Amanda Kalin, associate capital, former private equity and investor of banking capital for CitiGroup Banking

The 2012 Presidential race is expected to be close as well as filled with drama. Media outlets have been adding to the political tension by reporting on alleged Obama supporters calling for theassassination of Romney should be election president. Stirring the fears surrounding the elections, Twitter accounts attributed to Obama supports began popping up with messages about how riots will be initiated if Obama loses the election. Knowing that Twitter and Facebook accounts are not only spied on by the federal government, but also created by their network of internet surveillance security teams.

It is clear that this election is heightened with not only propaganda from multiple media outlets adding to the emotional friction, but this election has become a breeding ground for schemes concocted by both political parties. Knowing that this year’s duopoly is really just a changing of the guard because they both are controlled by the same handlers (the Zionist agenda and the technocratic banksters), it may be time for the American public to exercise their right to remain silent and stop complying with this control system.

Strike the vote.

Did Alex Salmond attempt to rig conduct inquiry?

0

TOM PETERKIN |

ALEX Salmond was last night accused of attempting to rig the inquiry into his conduct after one of his investigators said that he has been “stood down” by Scotland’s most senior civil servant.

Lord Fraser of Carmyllie, a former Lord Advocate who is a member of the panel that advises the Scottish Government on the conduct of ministers, said he was called by the Scottish Permanent Secretary Sir Peter Housden and told that he would not be examining the complaint against Salmond.

Last week, Salmond referred himself to the independent panel of advisers after Labour called for an investigation into whether he had breached the ministerial code and suggested he could be guilty of an abuse of power over the row about an independent Scotland’s membership of the European Union.

Speaking to Scotland on Sunday, Fraser, a Tory peer, raised questions about Salmond’s self-referral, saying his view was that the complaint made against the SNP leader was too broad to be dealt with under the terms of the ministerial code.

The First Minister referred himself to the panel after it emerged that the Scottish Government had not sought specific legal advice over whether an independent Scotland could join the EU despite going to the Court of Session to prevent the release of any information.

His move followed the publication of a letter from the Labour MEP Catherine Stihler in which she raised concerns about the First Minister’s behaviour after seeing YouTube footage of an interview conducted by Andrew Neil in March, during which the First Minister appeared to suggest that the government did have legal advice from law officers.

Stihler’s letter called for an investigation into whether the ministerial code had been broken and questioned whether the government’s legal action was an abuse of power.

Salmond’s attempts to draw a line under the controversy by referring himself to the panel has not satisfied Stihler, who described his move as a “smokescreen”.

Last night, in an intervention that will raise yet more questions about the First Minister’s conduct, Fraser said that he agreed with Stihler’s assertion that her complaint fell beyond the ministerial code.

“I agree with the MEP when she argues that it is about an abuse of power. Whereas, my remit had always been the narrower one of ‘was there a breach of the ministerial code?’ I agree with her. It does seem to me to go wider than that [the code],” Fraser said.

Fraser said he had been called by Housden on Thursday to be “stood down” from the inquiry into Salmond.

The decision sparked an ­angry response from Labour. The party’s justice spokesman Lewis MacDonald said: “It is not acceptable for the First Minister to attempt to manipulate this panel and its remit. It would appear Alex Salmond is so desperate to make this crisis go away he is trying to rig the process.”

When Salmond announced to parliament on Thursday afternoon that he was referring himself to the panel for investigation, the First Minister said he was referring Sthiler’s complaint to the “independent panel of advisers on the ministerial code”. Salmond also announced that Housden had advised him to invite Sir David Bell, vice chancellor of Reading University, to “join” and lead the panel.

Bell’s inclusion, Salmond said, was because Fraser and the other panel member, Dame Elish Angiolini, were former Lord Advocates and the complaint “touches on an area of the code that relates to the law officers’ prerogative in terms of the existence and content of legal advice”.

Bell’s membership of the panel led to raised eyebrows given that he is a former permanent secretary in the UK Government’s education department and a former colleague of Housden, who has faced repeated accusations of politicising the Scottish civil service.

A Scottish Government spokesman said: “Given that one of the key issues is the defence of the Law Officers’ prerogatives, it would not be appropriate for any former Law Officer to investigate this complaint given that it would be assumed that they would be unlikely to conclude that this could possibly be a breach of the code. For that reason, Sir David Bell, a respected non-legal figure, has agreed to take forward the independent ­investigation.”

Poll claims majority of Americans racist

0

RT |

The election of Barack Obama failed to usher in a post-racial US, with a new poll showing that 51 percent of Americans hold explicitly anti-black views. That figure is up from 48 percent in 2008, the year America elected its first black president.

Those expressing implicit anti-black attitudes also spiked from 49 percent to 56 percent over the same four-year period, the Associated Press found in a poll released Saturday.

Racial prejudice against blacks cut clearly across America’s left-right political divide, despite perceptions to the contrary. While 79 percent of Republicans willingly expressed racial prejudice when answering questions measuring explicit racism (as opposed to 32 percent among Democrats), the implicit racism test showed that a majority of Republicans (64 percent) and Democrats (55 percent) held implicit anti-black feelings.

According to the survey, political independents were the least racist, with 49 percent exhibiting implicit anti-black feelings. The poll also found that a majority of respondents (57 percent) held implicitly negative views about Hispanics, up 51 percent from an AP poll taken last year.

All of the surveys were conducted online, with research showing that the likelihood of respondents expressing taboo opinions increased when the poll was taken on a computer, as opposed to speaking with an interviewer.

The explicit racism component of the test asked respondents if they agreed or disagreed with a series of statements concerning blacks and Hispanics. The survey also asked how they associated blacks, whites and Hispanics with a range of adjectives including ‘friendly,’ ‘hardworking,’ ‘violent’ and ‘lazy.’

The implicit test entailed showing the same respondents a neutral image of a Chinese character on the screen. The image of a black, white or Hispanic male would flash immediately before the character appeared. Respondents were then asked to rate their feeling towards the Chinese character, with previous research suggesting that people transfer their feelings about the photograph onto the character. The technique is described by psychologists as ‘affect misattribution.’

In this way, researchers believe they can measure racist sentiments the respondent might be harboring, even if they are consciously or unconsciously suppressed.

Further questions regarding the respondents’ age, political views, opinions towards Obama or Republican presidential contender Mitt Romney and other facts were used to determine who the poll-taker was likely to vote for in the upcoming election.

If the poll accurately reflects the state of race in modern-day America, Obama could be facing a five-percentage-point loss of the popular vote come Election Day on November 6. However, pro-black attitudes could give him another three-point boost, resulting in a net two-point loss.

A Washington Post-ABC News national tracking poll released on Wednesday found that November’s election will likely be the most racially divisive since 1988, with Obama lagging behind Romney 38 to 59 percent among white voters. At this stage in 2008, John McCain led Obama by 8 points among whites, with Obama ultimately losing the white vote by 12 percentage points.

Obama’s greatest losses are amongst white men. In 2008, exit polls showed that Obama lost the white male vote by 16 points. This year, Obama trails Romney by 33 percent, over double that margin.

Democratic candidate John Kerry lost white voters to Republican George W. Bush by a comparable margin in the 2004 presidential election — 58 to 41 per cent — which was enough to cost him the election.

The poll results will likely do much to deflate previous hopes that Obama’s election represented the advent of a post-racial stage in American history.

British crime is none of the EU’s business

0

Dominic Raab |

The Government plans to opt out “en bloc” of 135 EU crime and policing measures, and seek cooperation on a selective basis, where it serves British law enforcement. Amid wider calls for Britain to renegotiate a more flexible relationship with the rest of the European Union, EU Justice and Home Affairs policy (JHA) presents a challenge both for Britain and Brussels.

José Manuel Barroso, the EU Commission President, is driving JHA policy towards a pan-European criminal code, decided by majority voting, and enforced by the Commission, the European Court of Justice and a European public prosecutor. Britain, on the other hand, wants to preserve democratic control and its unique common law system. The Lisbon Treaty gave us a block opt-out, and Gordon Brown guaranteed Parliament a right to selectively opt back in to individual measures that help Britain fight crime and terrorism. People will therefore feel conned to hear Yvette Cooper, the shadow home secretary, say, as she did recently: “There is no guarantee that the European Commission and other European countries will actually support us opting back in again.”

Equally, Mr Barroso’s threats to fine Britain for exercising its right is hardly a sound basis for building trust — and conflicts with assurances from Labour’s home secretary Jacqui Smith, in 2008, that the UK would not face financial penalties. Either Labour misled the country then, or the Commission is displaying bad faith now. The British public will reward neither. In any case, we have every right to tailor our approach. As I argue in “Cooperation, not Control”, a report for Open Europe tomorrow, there will be more scope for Britain to be at the heart of operational EU law enforcement cooperation, the less Brussels demands we give up democratic control as the price. Take joint police operations. This is a good idea, but why must we give the ECJ the last word on the powers of foreign police on British soil? Likewise, deciding which drugs to ban, or the balance between hate crimes and free speech, are matters for British law-makers accountable to British voters.

The EU spews out legislation. But how much of it does any good? There are six laws on corruption, yet the watchdog Transparency International says EU standards barely improved over the past decade. In fact, corruption got worse in 10 countries. Then there was the push on the quality of criminal justice. Fair Trials International found that violations of pre-trial rights trebled across the EU in the past four years, while unfair trials doubled. Hyperactive supranational legislation has proved a poor substitute for strengthening national institutions, which is what really raises standards of justice for Europe’s citizens.

Sharing criminal records is also valuable. But signing up to sharing data, across Europe, on every ordinary citizen would be reckless. Surveillance in Britain — from DNA records to number plates — soared under Labour, so innocent people would risk being sucked into foreign criminal investigations. Peter Hamkin, a Liverpool barman, was wrongly arrested for murdering an Italian woman, because of a flawed DNA match. He had never even been to Italy. “I had dozens of alibi witnesses,” he said. “But as far as [the authorities] were concerned I was guilty — because the DNA said so.” Britain stores masses of personal information about its citizens, so pan-EU data-sharing would risk a surge in this kind of case. And there are wider concerns: the government in this country has a lousy record of protecting our personal data. But, if it’s not safe in Whitehall, what chance when it’s shipped off to Warsaw?

Many other JHA measures are operationally irrelevant. Britain has never used the 2003 EU asset-freezing regime, nor participated in special joint EU customs investigations. Only the UK and Ireland have implemented mutual recognition of driving disqualifications. Legislating on JHA expands Brussels’ authority. But often its law enforcement impact is negligible.

Sixty of the 135 EU measures benefit UK law enforcement to varying degrees. The agencies Eurojust and Europol provide a valuable service helping to coordinate cross-border investigations. Still, both have been infected by Brussels’s contagious ability to waste money.

EU extradition is vital. But the Metropolitan Police says that scatter-gun firing off of European Arrest Warrants has drained police resources, while British nationals have suffered appalling miscarriages of justice because of corrupt policing and incompetent courts in EU countries. The rough justice of our extradition arrangements with the United States is a drop in the ocean compared with the European Arrest Warrant. No one wants to scrap EU extradition, but shouldn’t we take this opportunity to press for modest reforms to safeguard our innocent citizens?

There is no reason why Britain should have to give up democratic control to the Commission or the European Court in order to fight crime or terrorism effectively. While the Government should assess the operational value of all these measures, one by one, we should also seek alternative models of cooperation, including non-binding memoranda of understanding. Our Serious Organised Crime Agency already collaborates with some of our closest allies in this way, including the US, Australia, New Zealand and Canada. Enhanced cooperation with those allies hasn’t meant sacrificing democratic accountability. Why should it in Europe?

In fact, EU cooperation over external borders offers a precedent of its own. Britain is not a party to these measures, but still cooperates with Frontex, the EU border agency, on issues such as human trafficking. Ilkka Laitinen, executive director of Frontex, points out that the UK is “very active in participating in joint operations”, adding: “in terms of risk analysis and also the joint operations, we do not see any difference between our UK colleagues and the others.” So why not build on this model of cooperation?

There are good reasons for the EU partners to show flexibility with Britain, as they already do with Denmark. The UK has the best intelligence in Europe, and unparalleled law enforcement expertise. We receive a third of all European Arrest Warrants. Our approach to the JHA negotiations should be reasonable — and seek the same in return. If the EU is only prepared to cooperate with us in chasing criminals if we give up democratic control, that is a Faustian bargain we should reject. The JHA negotiations are an appetiser for the wider renegotiation of Britain’s EU membership that most people in this country clearly now favour. If more flexible terms are not on offer, the EU risks pushing the UK out altogether. This is an acid test for Brussels just as much as for Britain.

Source

What Homeland Security doesn’t want you to see

Mick Meaney, rinf.com |

The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) has sued the US government for blocking the public from taking photos and recording video footage at international border crossings.

The ACLU claims the ban violates the Constitution.

The lawsuit was filed as a result of two activists who had their photos deleted by U.S. authorities, when attempting to document possible human rights abuses at California-Mexico border crossings.

Speaking to the L.A. Times, David Loy, legal director of the ACLU in San Deigo said:

“The border is not a Constitution-free zone. Border agents are not above the law, and the law guarantees our right to hold them accountable by documenting their conduct.”

Activists claim that border inspectors have used excessive force and performed humiliating body searches on travelers.

The alleged abuse includes inspectors handcuffing a woman’s ankle to a pole, an inspector striking a man in the face and chaining a man to a wall.

A 42-year-old man, Anastasio Hernandez, died after federal authorities repeadly shot him with a stun gun at San Diego’s San Ysidro border crossing.

The ACLU has provided 11 examples of misconduct at crossings in California, Arizona and Texas and urged Homeland Security to investigate each one.

Sean Riordan, an attorney for the ACLU in San Diego said:

“By no means do we believe we have captured the scope or the depth of the problem. We believe we have barely scratched the surface.”

 

Netanyahu Pledges Continued Lawlessness

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

What else can be expected from Israel’s worst ever leader. He’s a serial lawbreaker. He deplores democratic values. His contempt for non-Jews is palpable. He calls Palestinians sub-humans. It shows in how he treats them.

Under international law, Israeli settlements are illegal. Fourth Geneva’s Article 49 states, “The Occupying Power shall not deport or transfer parts of its own civilian population into the territory it occupies.”

Moreover, in July 2004, the International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled:

“Israeli settlements in the Occupied Palestinian Territory, including East Jerusalem, are illegal and an obstacle to peace and to economic and social development.” In addition, they’ve “been established in breach of international law” on sovereign Palestinian territory.

Netanyahu, past Israeli leaders, and current officials ignore what they’re obligated to obey. On October 23, Haaretzpublished a Reuters report headlined “Netanyahu pledges Israel will continue building in Jerusalem.”

He toured Jerusalem’s Gilo neighborhood. It lies beyond the Green Line. Ahead of Israeli/EU talks, he announced plans for another illegal 800 homes on stolen Palestinian land.

He was defiant like he always is. He has a knack for making enemies. Arrogantly he said, “This is our country. I’ll continue to support building in Jerusalem.”

“United Jerusalem is Israel’s eternal capital,” he added. “We have the full right to build in it. We built in Jerusalem. We are building in Jerusalem, and we will continue to build Jerusalem.”

Mayor Nir Barkat accompanied Netanyahu. He called Netanyahu a “true friend of Jerusalem.” He provides resources and other support. “We will continue to build tens of thousands of apartments throughout the city,” he pledged.

In defiance of international law, Netanyahu calls East and West Jerusalem Israel’s capital. Currently about 2,000 apartments are in various stages of development. They include 800 just announced. They’re planned for Gilo’s Western Slopes.

Last week, Jerusalem’s Local Planning and Building Committee granted approval. Interior Ministry authorization is required. Consider it rubber stamp.

Likud’s position on settlements is hardline, stating:

“The Jewish communities in Judea, Samaria and Gaza (all Occupied Palestine) are the realization of Zionist values. Settlement of the land is a clear expression of the unassailable right of the Jewish people to the Land of Israel and constitutes an important asset in the defense of the vital interests of the State of Israel.”

“The Likud will continue to strengthen and develop these communities and will prevent their uprooting.”

Likud rejects Green Line separation of Israel and Palestine. It incrementally steals Palestinian land. It declared all Jerusalem sovereign Israeli territory.

Likud’s Charter also rejects Palestinian self-determination, saying:

“The Jordan river will be the permanent eastern border of the State of Israel.”

“Jerusalem is the eternal, united capital of the State of Israel and only of Israel. The government will flatly reject Palestinian proposals to divide Jerusalem.”

“The Government of Israel flatly rejects the establishment of a Palestinian Arab state west of the Jordan river.”

Ahead of meeting Netanyahu in Tel Aviv, EU foreign policy chief Catherine Ashton issued a weak-kneed statement, saying:

“The High Representative deeply regrets the decision by the Israeli Ministry of Interior to approve the expansion of Gilo settlement by 797 new housing units….Settlements are illegal under international law and threaten to make a two-state solution impossible.”

It wasn’t worth its paper written on. It was toothless and worthless. Effectively it endorsed what she and other EU policymakers should condemn.

Short of appropriate measures, Israel can continue occupation harshness. It can also steal all valued Palestinian land it wants. It’s done it for decades unaccountably.

Nonetheless, ultranationalist Foreign Minister AvigdorLieberman reacted. He and Netanyahu represent the worst of Israel’s lunatic fringe. He told Ashton and EU states to “mind their own business.”

He accused Ashton of lacking “a basic understanding of the reality in the region.” Criticizing Israel “encourage(s) the Palestinians to persist in their refusal to participate in negotiations and continue to take anti-Israeli actions in the international arena.”

“Gilo is part of Jerusalem and Jerusalem is part of Israel,” he added.

Gilo Community Center director Yaffa Shitrit also reacted. He attributed EU criticism to “a lack of understanding over Gilo’s location. They need to look at the map,” he said. “When they get here, they’ll understand that it’s not a settlement, it’s part of Jerusalem.”

Wherever it is, a settlement on stolen Palestinian land is a settlement.

Tens of thousands of new apartments are needed, Shitrit added. Unsaid was that building them requires stealing more Palestinian land.

At the same time, he and Gilo’s Community Center express concern for how construction destroys forest areas and increases traffic congestion. Throw in more pollution to boot.

On October 22, AP headlined “Former US President Jimmy Carter: Israeli-Palestinian peace is ‘vanishing,’ ” saying:

During a Jerusalem visit, he blamed Israel’s West Bank/Jerusalem settlement project. He called what’s ongoing “catastrophic.” Israel bears full responsibility for making Palestinian self-determination “unviable.”

“We’ve reached a crisis stage,” said Carter. “The two-state solution is the only realistic path to peace and security for Israel and the Palestinians.”

Years ago, two states were possible. No longer. Israel controls over half the West Bank and much of East Jerusalem. More is added daily.

Carter planned 48 hours in Israel. He led a delegation called “The Elders.” In 2007, Nelson Mandela formed it. Its members include noted public figures, human rights advocates, and elder statesmen.

Former Norwegian prime minister Gro Harlem Brudtland and former Irish president Mary Robinson accompanied him. Mandela is now an honorary Elder. At age 94, he’s less active.

Carter said he won’t meet Netanyahu. He was denied earlier meetings. At issue is Carter’s outspokenness and writings. His book “Peace Not Apartheid” made few Likudnik and other hardline friends.

He took direct aim at Israel’s settlement project. On October 23, he and Elders with him left for Egypt. They’ll meet President Mohammed Morsi.

On October 23, Haaretz contributor Merav Michaeli headlined “Contempt for peace.”

She condemned Lieberman’s comments about Ashton and EU states. His “statement may qualify as the world’s most impudent joke,” she said. A week earlier, he praised EU leaders for stiffening sanctions on Iran.

She omitted explaining that all Iranian sanctions are illegal. Arguably they’re acts of war. In Israel, said Michaeli, “we (know) what being at war is like, yet we still have the deepest contempt for peace.”

“We scorn any idea of agreements or cooperation. We disdain all solutions that are proposed. We show no respect for” treaties with Egypt, Jordan, or other peace initiatives. Earlier opportunities for peace with Syria were wasted.

“And we certainly (scorn) peace with the Palestinians.” In January, another Israeli election approaches. Virtually no one mentions peace. Lieberman/Netanyahu comments make it little more than a four-letter word.

Actions, of course, speak louder than words. Ones mattering most suggest conflict. Much more than settlements is at stake. Compared to full-scale war on Syria and/or Iran, they’re little more than a sideshow.

At the same time, they symbolize occupation harshness. With accompanying home demolitions, dispossessions, ethnic cleansing, and related policies, they represent an out-of-control rogue state.

Given what it’s doing to Palestine, imagine how it might harm the whole region. Israel is nuclear armed and dangerous. It’s not shy about flexing its might. Expect the worst. It’s likely coming.

A Final Comment

Netanyahu wages war without declaring it. Bombing and shelling Gaza regularly proves it. So do targeted assassinations, cyber-security attacks, and other subversive acts.

Sudan accused Israel of blowing up a Khartoum arms factory. On October 24, Haaretz headlined “Sudan accuses Israel of role in arms factory blast,” saying:

Four planes attacked the facility. A huge fire erupted. Israel accuses Sudan of smuggling weapons to Hamas. Corroborating evidence is absent.

Israeli officials refused comment on their possible role in the attack. Sudan’s Information Minister Ahmed Belal Osman said:

“Four military planes attacked the Yarmouk plant….We believe that Israel is behind it. The planes appeared to approach the site from the east.”

“Sudan reserves the right to strike back at Israel.” Two civilians were killed. It was partially destroyed. Osman added:

“We are now certain that this flagrant attack was authorized by the same state of Israel. The main purpose is to frustrate our military capabilities and stop any development there and ultimately weaken our national sovereignty.”

 

He said analysis of rocket debris and other material implicated Israel’s involvement.

Prior to the attack, Khartoum communications were disconnected for about an hour. Local journalists confirmed it. City residents had no idea what was going on. Information finally came out and people knew.

Mossad-connected DEBKAfile (DF) claims the plant produced Iranian surface-to-surface Shehab missiles. It pointed fingers at Israel saying its “Air Force has a long record of preemptive attacks (on) an enemy’s long-range missiles in the early stages of a conflict.”

Saying so perhaps suggests something big against Iran is planned. With US elections days away, expect anything anytime once passed electoral priorities.

Last November and December, Sudanese media accused Israel of attacking two alleged Gaza-bound arms convoys. Four deaths and two injuries were reported. Apache helicopters were involved in December.

At the time, Sudan’s military dismissed reports of Israel’s involvement. Israel refused comment. It also was silent about other attacks in January and February 2009 after Cast Lead ended.

One attack attributed to Israel targeted a Sudanese truck convoy allegedly carrying weapons to Gaza. Over 100 deaths resulted. A second attack bombed a Sudanese ship. Weapons smuggling was suggested.

In April 2011, Sudan’s Foreign Minister Ali Karti accused Israel of attacking Port Sudan and killing two people. “This is absolutely an Israeli attack,” he said. A foreign aircraft missile struck a car. Israel neither confirmed or denied involvement.

Former prime minister Ehud Olmert stressed Israel’s “long arm.” Its history reflects numerous false flags, other attacks, targeted assassinations, and other lawless acts abroad and against Occupied Palestine.

Israel’s rogue state credentials are longstanding and well-known. Indeed it may be responsible for attacking the Khartoum plant.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Netanyahu/Lieberman Unite for War

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

American crimes of war and against humanity perhaps exceed all other rogue states in history combined.

Pound-for-pound, however, Israeli lawlessness matches the world’s worst. Long ago, it graduated from a regional menace to a global one.

It enforces barbaric occupation harshness. Its war machine threatens and attacks neighbors. It gets away with murder because world powers don’t intervene to stop it.

It wages intermittent war on Gaza. It murders innocent civilians. It uses illegal depleted uranium, chemical and other weapons. Nuclear missiles and bombs are stockpiled. It plans more war now.

Gazans know they’re vulnerable to Cast Lead 2.0. Iran long ago prepared to defend itself if attacked. Rogue Israeli coalition partner unity makes it more likely. Netanyahu and Lieberman represent Israel’s worst. They’re out-of-control warmongers.

Netanyahu heads Israel’s most extremist ever government. He exceeds the worst of Ariel Sharon and previous hardline leaders. He’s unfit to serve. He spurns democratic values. He deplores peace. He menacingly threatens war.

Lieberman is an ultranationalist extremist. He represents the worst of Israel’s lunatic fringe. Critics call him an embarrassment to legitimate government.

He’s a modern-day Kananist. Kahane headed Israel’s racist Kach Party. In 1988, Israel banned it. It was too extreme to tolerate. In his youth, Lieberman was a Kach Party member. He remains true to its ideological roots.

Israel under Netanyahu/Lieberman assures institutionalized racism in its worst form. Arab hatred is promoted. Rule of law principles and other democratic values are spurned. War for regional dominance is prioritized.

As long as these rogues govern Israel, Palestinians face horrific persecution short of total expulsion or outright extermination. But those possibilities can’t be ruled out.

Other regional states must brace for war. Even if not attacked directly, it may spill across their borders destructively.

On October 25, Haaretz headlined “Netanyahu, Lieberman to unify parties ahead of upcoming Israeli elections,” saying:

“The planned unification could have a far-reaching influence on the makeup of Israel’s next government….” Perhaps other like-minded parties will join them.

Netanyahu may have a “super-party” in mind too strong to unseat. He’ll have more latitude to further his destructive, hardline agenda. Lieberman will be his second in command. Together they menace Arabs, Jews, and others alike.

Netanyahu heads Likud. It’s hardline, anti-democratic, racist and militant. Founded in 1973, it united the right wing revisionist Herut party with Gahal and centrist Zionist parties. Its former prime ministers included Menachem Begin, Yitzhak Shamir, Netanyahu during his 1996 – 1999 tenure), and Ariel Sharon.

In 1999, Lieberman founded Yisrael Beiteinu (Israel is Our Home). It’s ultranationalist and revisionist Zionist. It represents the worst of Israel’s hardline right wing.

Uniting these two parties burnishes Israel’s credentials as an out-of-control menacing rogue state. Not all Likudniks are pleased. Haaretz quoted an unnamed senior party official saying:

“What does Netanyahu think? That he can dictate to us who we run with? We’re repulsed by this partnership with Lieberman. I don’t want to run with a person like (him), with the kind of values he stands for.”

Partnered with Lieberman, Likud will be “committed to advancing such controversial issues as the loyalty-citizenship bills….Why is Netanyahu going for this….It’s a very problematic move.”

Most Likudniks are hardline. They welcome the move or at least don’t object. Perhaps they see it as a way for super-party rule. Their own electoral chances may improve. At least they hope so.

On October 26, Haaretz headlined “With Lieberman at his side, Netanyahu’s war cabinet is on a one-way track to Iran,” saying:

Uniting these rogues “obligates the left-wing and centrist parties to offer an ideological and practical alternative….”

Both men don’t hide their intentions. They prioritize preventing Iran from obtaining nuclear weapons even though they know Tehran has no program to obtain them.

Admitting it would undermine their plan to remove their main regional rival. Bogusly calling Iran an existential threat is red herring cover to enlist support for war.

Likud/Yisrael Beiteinu unity may “dissolve any domestic opposition to war, since after the election, Netanyahu will be able to argue that he received a mandate from the people to act as he sees fit.”

Once US elections decide who’ll be president, and which side of America’s duopoly will be strongest, getting America on board will be prioritized.

“In announcing the merger Thursday, Netanyahu has finally renounced his attempt to portray himself as a centrist….” With Lieberman as number two and potential heir, Likud will be more radicalized and aggressive than ever.

Expect like-minded extremists to fill top cabinet posts. Anti-war officials will be spurned. Domestic policy will also be hardened. Tougher neoliberal measures may follow.

Remaining checks and balances may disappear. Crackdowns will target resisters. Expect the worst. It’s likely coming. October US/Israeli war games may or may not signal war.

They’re allegedly intended to counter potential Iranian, Syrian, Hezbollah, and/or Hamas attacks even though none would occur except defensively in response to Israeli and/or US aggression.

Washington often holds joint exercises. Doing so doesn’t automatically signal war. Nonetheless, the possibility against Iran is real. Plans are longstanding. Updates are made strategically. Israel readies its own. It also prepared for homeland emergencies.

Perhaps it won’t be long before it’s known whether something imminent is planned. Regime change plans are longstanding. Israel wants a regional rival removed. Washington wants unchallenged dominance.

Virtually everything short of war was thrown at Iran unsuccessfully. War is the final option.

Stepped up Israeli attacks on Gaza, bombing a Khartoum weapons plant allegedly producing Shehab missiles for Iran, and very likely killing intelligence head of Lebanon’s Internal Security Forces, General Wissam al-Hasan, aren’t good signs.

Regional war games combined with domestic emergency preparations increase tensions. They weren’t eased by Netanyahu’s comments about attacking Gaza, saying:

“Today we engaged in exchanges against terrorist aggression that comes from our southern border in Gaza, but it actually comes from Iran and a whole terror network that is supporting these attacks.”

He’s itching for war. He wants Washington and Israel acting jointly. Let America lead, and he’ll ride shotgun. Perhaps post-November 6, he’ll get what he wants.

It depends on whether Obama or Romney feel the same way. Nothing’s known for sure, but signs look ominous. Brace for the worst.

A Final Comment

On October 25, Reuters headlined “Iran filling nuclear bunker with centrifuges – diplomats,” saying:

“Enrichment takes Iran closer to potential bomb material.” Western officials claim it’s “potentially boosting its capacity to make weapons-grade uranium if it chooses to do so.”

Activities are concentrated at its fortified Fordo plant. One unnamed diplomat said “I understand that they have installed all the centrifuges there.” Another said piping and other preparations must be completed to operate them.

Reuters cited nuclear experts Olli Heinonen and Simon Henderson saying “Iran may be able to accumulate up to four ‘significant quantities’ of weapons-grade uranium – each sufficient for one bomb – in as little as nine months from now.”

Even though it’s well-known that Iran has no ongoing nuclear weapons program, these, similar comments, and inflammatory headlines irresponsibly heighten tensions for war.

Separately, Ship to Gaza Sweden (Estelle) activists arrived home safely. Israeli commandos lawlessly interdicted their humanitarian mission in international waters.

Participants and crew were tasered multiple times. Some suffered burns and bruises. Others reported being handcuffed and dragged. Everyone was treated harshly.

They were imprisoned for several days. Their vessel, humanitarian cargo, and personal possessions were confiscated. Three Israeli citizens on board potentially may be charged with attempting to breach Gaza’s siege or violating Israel’s 1954 infiltration law.

Home in Canada, former parliamentarian and retired United Church Minister Jim Manly spoke publicly for the first time.

He’s glad to be back home, he said. He thanked everyone who expressed support. He called it “a privilege to be on the Finnish sailing ship, Estelle, as the representative of the Canadian Boat to Gaza and Gaza’s Ark movement and it was good to know that the members of that movement were working night and day to make our voyage a success.”

He explained Israel’s attack and violent treatment of activists on board. He called what happened an “act of piracy.” Israeli commandos “celebrated (it) by taking down the flag of Finland and running up the Israeli flag.”

He said it “replaced the skull and cross bones” for these type Israeli missions. “This pirate action dishonours the Israeli flag.”

It “must make many humanitarian Israelis deeply ashamed of their country. We were taken prisoner, brought into Ashdod, interrogated and taken to prison for three days before being deported for ‘having entered Israel illegally.’ ”

In prison, we “were subjected to indignities,” he added. “We need to put things in perspective. The real story is not our arrest, not even the hijacking of the Estelle in international waters. The real story concerns the death dealing chokehold that Israel holds over the people of Gaza.”

“The voyage of the Estelle and my participation in it was our attempt to rouse the peoples of the world to take action against this evil and to send a message of hope and solidarity to the Palestinian peoples of Gaza letting them know that they are not forgotten.”

“The blockade of Gaza has not yet been lifted, but be assured that we will continue our efforts until it has been and the Palestinian peoples can once again live with freedom and dignity.”

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “How Wall Street Fleeces America: Privatized Banking, Government Collusion and Class War”

http://www.claritypress.com/Lendman.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

How the Supreme Court stacked the deck against economic liberty

0

, Reason |

When it comes to the protection of individual rights by the U.S. Supreme Court, some rights are more equal than others. If a government regulation infringes on freedom of speech or the right to vote, for example, the Court presumes the law to be unconstitutional and forces the government to justify its actions. Lawyers call this approach strict scrutiny.

But if a government regulation infringes on economic rights, the Court takes the opposite tack, presuming the law to be constitutional and therefore requiring the regulated party to shoulder the burden of proving why the law should be struck down. This approach is known as the rational-basis test.

The key text spelling out this bifurcated system is the Supreme Court’s 1938 decision in United States v. Carolene Products Co. At issue was a federal law forbidding the interstate shipment of so-called filled milk, which is basically a milk product made with oil rather than milk fat. Because filled milk looks like normal milk or cream while containing a cheaper non-dairy ingredient, the dairy industry viewed the product as a competitor and lobbied successfully for the restriction. And although the federal regulation seemed to have little to do with protecting the health or safety of the public, the Supreme Court allowed the protectionist rule to stand thanks to the generous terms of the rational-basis test.

When it comes to “regulatory legislation affecting ordinary commercial transactions,” the Court declared in Carolene Products, “the existence of facts supporting the legislative judgment is to be presumed.” As for non-economic rights, the Court added in the case’s fourth footnote, “there may be narrower scope for operation of the presumption of constitutionality.” Thus economic liberty was demoted to second-class status while certain other rights were promised future judicial protection.

The courts have followed this basic approach ever since, although a persistent question remains unanswered: While the rational-basis test is clearly designed to privilege government action, does that make it the functional equivalent of a rubber stamp?

The Supreme Court now has the opportunity to provide a clear answer. Last week the Pacific Legal Foundation, a national public interest law firm based in Sacramento, California, petitioned the Court to grant review in the case of Hettinga v. United States. At issue is a New Deal era federal price-fixing scheme for the sale of milk. Under the terms of the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, minimum milk prices were set for various federal marketing areas around the country. Most of the dairy industry fell under this system, though an exemption was granted for what’s known as “producer-handlers,” essentially dairy farmers who also bottle and distribute their own milk.

In the early 2000s, Sarah Farms, an Arizona-based producer-handler owned and operated by Dutch immigrant Hein Hettinga and his wife Ellen, became successful by selling milk for a lower price than the federally-fixed minimum. In response, the Hettingas’ competitors turned to the government for help. As The Washington Post reported, “a coalition of giant milk companies and dairies, along with their congressional allies, decided to crush Hettinga’s initiative. For three years, the milk lobby spent millions of dollars on lobbying and campaign contributions and made deals with lawmakers, including incoming Senate Majority Leader Harry M. Reid (D-Nev.).”

The result was the Milk Regulation Equity Act of 2005, which, among other things, imposed minimum milk pricing on all producer-handlers operating out of Arizona that distribute at least 3,000,000 pounds of fluid milk per month. Not coincidentally, Sarah Farms is the only producer-handler in the entire state that fits that description. The 2005 law also imposed new minimum price rules on all handlers selling prepackaged milk in California–a provision that also applied to just one existing business, the Arizona-based bottling facility GH Dairy, which also happens to be owned and operated by the Hettingas.

So the family brought suit in federal district court, charging that the new regulations singled their businesses out for abuse and violated their right to equal protection. In response, the federal government invoked the rational-basis test, arguing that the new law was reasonably related to the government’s interest in regulating the sale of milk.

The federal district court accepted the government’s claim of rational basis and dismissed the case. In April of this year, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit affirmed the lower court’s ruling against the Hettingas.

The question now facing the Supreme Court is whether the lower court acted correctly by accepting the government’s mere assertion of rational-basis, or whether the Hettingas are entitled to present their evidence of government malfeasance. As their petition to the Supreme Court puts its, “the rational basis test may be lenient, but a court employing that test must still allow a plaintiff the opportunity to prove his or her case.”

It’s a compelling argument. Indeed, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 6th Circuit has already adopted that very position. In the 2002 case of Craigmiles v. Giles, the 6th Circuit reviewed Tennessee’s requirement that anyone selling coffins in the state first obtain a funeral director’s license, even if those individuals sold coffins exclusively and never once came in contact with a dead body as part of their business. In that case, the court refused to dismiss based solely on the state’s assertion that it had a rational basis for the law, and instead allowed the legal challengers to present evidence to rebut Tennessee’s claims. After reviewing the evidence, the 6th Circuit voided the licensing requirement. “Tennessee’s justifications,” the court declared, “come close to striking us with the ‘force of a five-week-old, unrefrigerated dead fish.’”

The Hettingas seek the same opportunity to prove their case against a misguided government action. Indeed, the central point of the case is not to strike down an economic regulation, it’s to insure that these family farmers and other entrepreneurs like them receive their day in court.

As Justice John Paul Stevens remarked in a 1992 dissent, “deference is not abdication and ‘rational basis scrutiny’ is still scrutiny.” The Supreme Court should heed his words and take the case.

Damon W. Root is a senior editor at Reason magazine.

 

 

DoD employs Blackwater for population stabilization

0

Susanne Posel, Occupy Corporatism |

The Department of Defense (DoD) has announced that conducting stability operations is the crux and meaning of all military missions as defined by theDefense Strategic Guidance (DSG) which lays out the parameters of war, the use of fake revolutions in foreign nations, and the specification of those involved — including private security firms installed to ensure US interests.

Speaking at the International Stability Operations Association Summit (ISOA), James Schear, deputy assistant secretary of defense for partnership strategy and stability operations, explained that the DSG is explicitly directed at “building the security capacity of others.”

Those in attendance of the 2012 ISOA Summit were private security firms, non-governmental organizations and government sector representatives.

The ISOA is a non-profit trade association that was a collaboration of the US government and corporations to support the military industrial complex. They have a specific focus on disaster relief in America; however they have been used to facilitate strategies which pre-determine military influence abroad. Doug Brooks, president of the ISOA expounds that “for almost ten years [the ISOA] have grown as the ethical core of a unique and valuable international resource.”

Founders of the ISOA include:

– William Imbrie, senior director for international programs for DynCorp International 
– Thomas Callahan, chairman and vice-president for government affairs for PAE Inc.
– Academi, formerly Blackwater Worldwide, a military services mercenary contractor

Stability operations are defined as “military operations in civilian environments, include many missions, among them peace operations, combating terrorism, counterdrug operations, population security and nation assistance.” However, they are also known as “crisis initiation” in that they are manufactured operations instilled in foreign nations to destabilize those current governments and replace them with a more US-friendly faction.

The UN Security Council has authorized the use of stability operations in conjunction with military action in Libya to force national combat operations in tandem US interests in the occupied country. NATO Forces are currently exploring unconventional funding for their operations in occupying sovereign nations under the inception of a newly formed task force.

In Syria, stability operations are being used as evidenced by the US-support of the Free Syrian Army (FSA) with a combination of resources such as weaponry provided by Saudi Arabia, telecommunications technology provided by funding from the UK and US, and the use of veteran Blackwater agents. The CIA-trained terrorist faction al-Qaeda is also being engaged to ensure that the FSA is successful in bringing down the Syrian government for the benefit of US interests.

Many oil-producing nations such as Saudi Arabia, the US, the UK, Japan and Kuwait have pledged $165 million to fund an initiative of the World Bank that will prop up countries that have been affected by manufactured Arab Spring uprisings. The World Bank defines “civil society” as being transformed by what they refer to as perfect opportunities to stabilize the economy of a nation in terms of bringing them to the whims of the international community by way of unpayable loans within a volatile revolutionary setting.

In 2011, Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper asserted that international aid to post-revolutionary countries should be facilitated by the central banks in those countries and announced at a G8 summit that Canada would not be directly offering “financial assistance” to those countries implanted with Arab Springs.

UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon has made use of Arab Springs his top priority and is committing the resources of the international community to moving these nations “toward democracy”.

Schear goes on to say that: “While we’re seeking to rebalance toward the Asia-Pacific region while maintaining our emphasis on the Middle East, as we must, we’re also viewing security cooperation as a way to sustain our defense commitments within Europe and partnerships across all regions.”

The DoD is seeking out private sector corporations because they have connections culturally and can be technologically innovative beyond the US armed forces which is a priceless asset when carrying out a stabilization operation.

Expansion of the US military can include association with locals who can lead the soldiers “to operate in diverse cultural environments.” Citing Iraq and Afghanistan, Schear asserts that the US armed forces’ partnering with private sector corporations can pacify the population so that the US State Department and other government agencies can operate without threat of conflict.

With the assistance of the ISOA in Afghanistan, private security firms are used to safeguard US Embassies, international military convoys, non-governmental organizations and media companies. Afghani President Hamid Karzai asserts that these ISOA-sponsored corporations are undermining the Afghani government’s armed forces and breaking the law.

According to the “Afghan Government’s Private Security Company Bridging Strategy” document, the reconstruction of Afghanistan under control of the US and their employed security firms is tantamount to warlords working to ensure that the central governmental power remains under the governance of the US.

In the US State Department Quadrennial Diplomacy and Development Review (QDDR) document,there is a preference for private sector corporation’s deployment to ensure cost-effective assistance to US governmental representatives; as well as “allies and partners will see increasing needs for private-sector expertise and capabilities in areas such as improving governance, monitoring tenuous situations, and providing an immediate-response capability.”

The QDDR outlines how the use of fake revolutions (i.e. Arab Springs) are creating “new opportunities” for elevating US interests under cover of empowering civilians in Middle Eastern nations. Using “civilian power” provides the perfect excuse to utilize private security firms to control conflicts, install “democracy” and create the right conditions for the UN to use the international community to control those nations under mandates and other restrictions.

Hillary Clinton, Secretary of State, said that if the US is going to “lead in this new century, we must often lead in new ways.” Infiltrating with fake revolutions, destabilizing nations, installing mercenary security firms to control the populations of those countries and putting a pre-determined patsy into power is the latest tool in the arsenal of the Zionist-controlled United States.

CIA assets ordered to “stand down” during Libya attacks

0

Mac Slavo, SHTFplan.com |

It’s a month after the incident in Bengzahi, Libya and the Obama administration is still trying to shift blame and responsibility.

First, the President claimed the attacks were nothing more than a riot that got out of control as a result of a video that insulted the religion of Islam. This narrative was shot full of holes almost immediately, because as we know, a CIA safehouse, which no random rioters could have possibly known about, was also attacked.

Then we were told by the State department and others that this was an Al Queda cell that we had no prior knowledge of. Except, of course, the Ambassador, as well as military leaders in the area, called for additional security assistance days and weeks BEFORE the attacks. None was granted.

Finally, we were told that there was no way for anyone to know what was going on at the time of the attacks, a story that Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta is sticking to even today. Except that there were two (2) drones in the air observing the incident in real time. Not only that, but military assets, including the Delta Force special operations teams, were standing by ready to deploy within minutes, yet they were told to wait — for what? — we can’t imagine.

An exclusive report from FoxNews now claims that the situation was much more clear than the administration has made it out to be, and that repeated real-time calls for assistance, while drones surveyed the area, were ignored.

Fox News has learned from sources who were on the ground in Benghazi that an urgent request from the CIA annex for military back-up during the attack on the U.S. consulate and subsequent attack several hours later was denied by U.S. officials – who also told the CIA operators twice to “stand down” rather than help the ambassador’s team when shots were heard at approximately 9:40 p.m. in Benghazi on Sept. 11.

Former Navy SEAL Tyrone Woods was part of a small team who was at the CIA annex about a mile from the U.S. consulate where Ambassador Chris Stevens and his team came under attack. When he and others heard the shots fired, they informed their higher-ups at the annex to tell them what they were hearing and requested permission to go to the consulate and help out. They were told to “stand down,” according to sources familiar with the exchange. Soon after, they were again told to “stand down.”

…

At that point, they called again for military support and help because they were taking fire at the CIA safe house, or annex. The request was denied. There were no communications problems at the annex, according those present at the compound. The team was in constant radio contact with their headquarters. In fact, at least one member of the team was on the roof of the annex manning a heavy machine gun when mortars were fired at the CIA compound. The security officer had a laser on the target that was firing and repeatedly requested back-up support from a Spectre gunship, which is commonly used by U.S. Special Operations forces to provide support to Special Operations teams on the ground involved in intense firefights. The fighting at the CIA annex went on for more than four hours – enough time for any planes based in Sigonella Air base, just 480 miles away, to arrive.

Fox News has also learned that two separate Tier One Special operations forces were told to wait, among them Delta Force operators.

Earlier this week President Obama, when answering a question from a reporter’s 6-year-old son, referred to Governor Romney as a “bullshitter.”

Given what has transpired from the beginning of this President’s election campaign through today, it is clear that the bullshitter here is President Obama.

And for those apologist out there that will claim Mr. Obama was not the one making the decisions surrounding the Bengzahi incident, or that State was in charge, or that Secretary Panetta was making the military calls, we say BULLSHIT.

President Obama is the Commander-In-Chief of  The United States of America. He, and he alone, is responsible for the deaths of the four Americans left to die that day. 

We had live, real-time video of the incident as it occurred. We had live, real-time communications from CIA assets that were within yards of the incident. We had CIA assets lazing targets for air strikes. We had direct requests for military assistance. We had four hours to respond.

And, Secretary of Defense Leon Panetta claims we are all “Monday morning quarterbacks” for calling it like we see it?

We hold the utmost respect for our military and intelligence assets. We can not say the same for the leadership at the executive levels of our government. Four Americans died as a result of the incompetence of this President, and we’re only discussing it because whistleblowers within the military, intelligence community and the administration have felt compelled to provide the American public with information.

Moreover, President Obama recently met with the father of Tyrone Woods, one of the men killed in Bengzahi, and according to the elder Mr. Woods, the President couldn’t even look him in the eye when he spoke to him (apparently with little empathy or care) about the death of his son:

“When [Obama] came over to our little area” at Andrew Air Force Base, says Woods, “he kind of just mumbled, you know, ‘I’m sorry.’ His face was looking at me, but his eyes were looking over my shoulder like he could not look me in the eye. And it was not a sincere, ‘I’m really sorry, you know, that your son died,’ but it was totally insincere, more of whining type, ‘I’m sorry.’”

Woods says that shaking President Obama’s hands at his son’s memorial service was “like shaking hands with a dead fish.”

“It just didn’t feel right,” he says of his encounter with the commander in chief. “And now that it’s coming out that apparently the White House situation room was watching our people die in real time, as this was happening,” Woods says, he wants answers on what happened–and why there was no apparent effort to save his son’s life.

Our suspicion is that countless others have died over the last four years as a direct result of the incompetence of this President and his surrogates, except their stories have been covered up by giant piles of bullshit.

The demonization of dissent in the United States

William Wraithwrite |

On Oct. 3rd, 2012 Wired.Com’s (or Wired Magazine’s) Danger Room came out with Spencer Ackerman’s story of a leaked although unclassified U.S. Army “chart” that lists indicators and behaviors for identifying people who are supposedly becoming radicalized to terrorist potential. But what is so startling about this Army’s presumptively rational analysis (more like propagandic analysis) is its broad categorization of symptoms for identifying those thought alienated enough to become potential terrorist material.

A few responses to this article say you can even be suspected terrorist material if you exude too much of an attitude you love freedom (and granted one or two issue attitudes that, according to this chart, “should elicit observation”, would not by themselves qualify?). But what if you “Complain about bias” (as vaguely stated as one such personality issue listed)? Well heck nobody complains about bias do they? Or what if you visit “extremist” websites or seem to sympathize with radicals? (And surely extremist and radical are words all politically minded people could agree?) And yet these last two indicators are in the second “flag” column, of the three columns in the chart, and second column indicators should “encourage leaders to investigate”. So if you “attend” rallies thought related to a radical cause then you can be investigated.

Or how about if you are “connected to a grievance”–surely that is not something normal people would ever feel associated or polarized? Or you could then be suspected as terrorist material if you care enough, as could a responsible adult, about stuff like Chris Hedges mentioned in his essay “America’s Illiterate” (found on the Internet):

The core values of our open society, the ability to think for oneself, to draw independent conclusions, to express dissent when judgment and common sense indicate something is wrong, to be self-critical, to challenge authority, to understand historical facts, to separate truth from lies, to advocate for change, and to acknowledge that there are other views, different ways of being that are morally and socially acceptable, are dying.

Thus the U.S. Army is itself becoming “extremist” in its over-reach, and this is especially a serious threat to American’s freedom of speech–a liberty long thought to especially epitomize what America was meant to stand for (and what our Government and the mainstream media often, and hypocritically, condemns in other countries, that is when our leaders accuse other foreign leaders of censoring against activists critical to their governments and related power brokers).

Here we have another example of America’s double standard–but this one created by some Army advisory groups’ think-tank version of a conspiracy theory–that posits signs of becoming radicalized to terror tactic level could include people who seem alienated with “mainstream ideologies” (that is stories the mainstream media and politically driven special interests diligently work to propagate for the American mind).

And did I mention you might be suspicious if you “lack” positive identity with this country?

So then by this logic shouldn’t the MSM and right-wingers now condemn the late Senator George McGovern, who just died at the age of 90, for his lack of appreciation for how truly sacred had been America’s path of leadership? Obviously he should not be honored in anyway? Rather he should be called the radical extremist that he was and shunned publicly as un-American.

“…If you are not with us then you are against us…” said the neo-conned president. Plenty of Pentagon’s Neo-Con advisors would agree to this form of McCarthyism of smearing McGovern one more time–so why not publicly announce it rather than hide behind bureaucratic anonymity?

This chart’s issues, flags symptoms, and deal categories are themselves more example of neo-con-art extremism that is willing to create a police state mentality and strongly suggests all skeptics about or government and media bias needs be spied on for not following their Patriotic Code.

Furthermore such descriptions of the “detested” radical presumes mainstream media has been doing its job, which many Americans know they have not–and which is precisely why truth seekers have been driven the Internet.

Also in truth the word “radical” simply means getting to the root of an issue or problem–it doesn’t necessarily mean something evil or bad. But if you have gumption about getting serious about anything then you might be viewed be negatively (definite sign of intellectual and cultural stagnation).

Rule 1: Stick with superficial analyses and solutions so as to never get serious about actually solving problems no matter how serious they might seem.

Besides why would anyone get the least bit passionate on any variety of political topics–especially now if thought passion equals suspiciousness? Or why actually care enough to voice consternation at odds with, say, the corporate ownership and control of herd manipulation that too much characterizes this country’s mainstream ideologies? If you get critical that might and indictment for radical terrorism–but of course the government, military, or NeoCon conspiracy of an advisory group would never think to do any kind of Robespierre intriguing into private life civic association with some Committee for Public Safety program as reactionary Reign of Terror of its own? `

In another words what was once considered your right to think freely, and more importantly your right to share concerns with others, was called the freedom to associate. But how can any person feel free to associate if he thinks he is being spied on and suspected of illegal activity by his own government (or some equally potent and allied force), like when he or she gets on alternative news websites and opinionated blogs–many which host a wide birth of viewpoints (as less censoring)?

One needs to wonder why people in power so afraid of Americans finding things out? Why are certain think tank ideologues heading us into this type of repressive direction? Obviously something very radical and ominous has been happening over the decades within our government here in the United States.

But yet what we are actually witnessing, if you can believe it in the 21st century, is something more archetypal and galvanizing, and that is a new era of the Biblicalization of the American Empire.

Yes we are being conditioned to perceive all manner of dissention against the powers-that be, as to be prejudicially labeled, suspected as enemy combatants, and therefore evil-fied as demonic (now under the rubric of “terrorist” despite any truly, substantiated motives or legally appropriate reasons). One merely need be concerned about how our Government, or the Military, or various Think Tanks, or finance broker networks such as the Fed, and other such tentacles operate, and then if you are willing to try to communicate with others about such concerns, you could be deemed worthy for taxpayer spending revenues allocated to watch you.

So it is important to understand that one reason for the psychological existence of the devil in Biblical myth (and it is myth but instructive nevertheless) was to have outsider scapegoats on which to accuse culpability, guilt and evil intent. Another main reason for the propaganda of the devil was to cover one’s own tracks of wrongdoing while psychologically projecting one’s own guilt onto an enemy as culturally labeled by mainstream ideology (especially those who were becoming aware of wrong doing on the part of the propaganda makers and their disseminators).

You may scoff at this political analysis of Middle Eastern religions, that includes angel lore, to be perceived related to modern Middle Eastern politics as far-fetched, but think about what Satan actually stood for in the Bible? Common crimes he was accused had to do with political violations. And of course it was his accusers who wrote this history into their own religious literature.

Satan was accused of things like making counter-accusations (maybe at the U.N.) against some group thought the-powers-that-be, and accused of lying and being a great deceitful fraud, also of tempting people away from the true way of leadership, of rebellion and stirring up civil war, or of being an obstructionist (in another words realities human peoples and societies commit, and political attitudes and dispositions people adapt whenever there is serious conflict between groups).

This apparition of fallen angel of Biblical myth was not accused of crimes like murder, or stealing wealth, sexual rape, or even torture (although surprisingly Judeo-Christian cosmogony allows his devils to torture in hell to their hearts’ content?). Yet any serious analysis of Lucifer’s bio, sketchy as it was, is about political rebellion–something that happens all the time on planet earth (in temporal situations and not Popish eternal time save Machiavellian politics).

In another words the Bible is used to justify certain political motives (as groups and nations often tend to do), for example, making one’s enemy the “devil” (read terrorist incarnate), while making one’s own illustrious group the very epitome of a Holy Cause. The Bible then has institutionalized political propaganda and war propaganda to the level of sacred creed that even was blessed and commanded by God himself.

This is why an ancient tribal Yahweh would supposedly command war against Moses’ peoples’ enemies to occupy Canaan, or take their young women after battles with various enemies.

And this is equally why our current Presidential political debates reflect an “absolutist” religious reverence to Israel, even if a Zionist theocracy (and even if such rhetoric prevails over all other political considerations including what is important to the majority of Americans who are not Jewish or even religious).

America’s politicians today, such as Mitt Romney and Baruch Obama display more loyalty to Israelis than they do to Americans or our real interests (and this is equally true for most Congress persons as well). One quarter of the last debate on foreign policy was about showing how important are Israel’s needs as over-ranking American needs–

Far too much was what is best for Israel–and this reflects what has happened to our political system on a whole. There was even complaint by Romney Obama did not stop by to visit Israel on a Middle Eastern trip to pay homage to Netanyahu, with retort from Obama he was at least more referential when he did visit there rather than attend donor rallies (Romney illegally took donations from foreigners).

Yet any mediocre philosopher must at least ask himself: “If God’s heaven was so perfect, and his justice so well served for the masses of angels, then why was there any rebellion in the first place up there in that grandiose heavenly history (in which military general Michael the Archangel went to civil war against a rebellious faction led by turncoat named Lucifer)? This myth then reflects God’s heaven to be little more than what common egos and human motives do when they are at odds with each other here on planet earth? They chafe, they complain of bias, they identify with a cause, they sympathize and communicate with others who feel the way they do, etc.

Angel lore stories of the Old Testament hardly suggest something Divine–rather the human capacity to anthropomorphize human and tribal motives onto a humanly created God (presumed sometimes as a monolithic Leviathan authority, but presumptively being so perfectly Holy, all subordinate characters (including Americans) can never question without threat of punishment). This is our current brainwash.

The Bible or Torah evolved out of cultures of war and tribal conflict. The Bible is a peoples’ story (changing with the centuries as it did) that explained and justified a way of life, that included animosities between factions of people and civilizations, over many centuries of time. And as it was re-written and re-interpreted it came to include the psychological underpinnings of institutionalizing the nationalist notion that “our” God is on “our” side (the chosen) while the devil is on the opposition’s side (all enemy’s). By nature it became exclusionary.

Therefore the Bible, in respect to all the very many other things ever claimed about it, institutionalized war and war propaganda claims. And it almost always depicts one’s enemies as the ones who engage in all sorts of unethical and criminal activities (questionable black operations) while one’s own side sticks to ethical rules and dignified manners either expected by law, treaty, or some presumed moral code. (Yes Hilary Clinton of course we believe how you state our goals to spread democracy and how the media dutifully reports it).

It should be duly recognized these angel “stories” evolved before nation states generally separated Church and State, and therefore religious leaders played and important part of political ideology and activity (including mobilizing the masses with political justifications or hailing the glorious leaders as always right and just or demanding justice–whatever that meant).

But what is so dismaying today is too many Americans, even many of America’s leaders and intellectuals, are still gullible enough to accept these ancient religious doctrines (fairy tales that they are) as if they were concretely written in stone and absolutely true (or at most harmless fibs). They are not harmless–they are used to engage political blackmail.

Nevertheless Jonathan Hirsch’s Moses: A Life clearly shows us Moses’ story, a core Zionist belief, was a total myth. And yet to this day, Americans are being subordinated to fight for Israel, explicitly expected to go to war (likely a big war) to back the fairy tale Jewish peoples were given the land of Israel though Moses who claims to have met with this monotheistic God (and therefore they have an eternal and singular right to this territory as strictly a Zionist State).

It must be unconstitutional to require American soldiers to fight for a war with imposed religious stakes and causes that they do not believe in?

And yes surely Jews have historically experienced a great deal of discrimination, pogrom, prejudice, humiliation, hatred, Holocaust, etc. (including and especially by nations composed of many Christians). And yes there needs to be consideration for such realities. These facts have led to the idea of a separate territory where Jewish people could be Jewish and feel free. But this dilemma has come to include enormous political problems and has inserted itself into the foundation of our foreign policy, which is now controlled by Israel, right-wing American Jews as well as right-wing Christians who support this program. And more importantly it is helping change our political system to be less democratic and more police state, in which people are being labeled for their political beliefs if the seem to vary.

We Americans can’t even get a politician elected who doesn’t kowtow to the AIPAC agenda. Instead of Americans voting independently they can only vote for AIPAC allows to be serious contenders (as not marginalized). White House staff is largely composed from a Jewish pool of candidates. This intrusion into our government and obstruction of liberty is going back to the monarchy as Divine Right of King Bibi.

Consequences to 9/11 has completely changed our Middle Eastern foreign policy. We witness how our actual civil society is going more like Israel rather than Israel becoming more like the United States–such as Israel separating Church and State. We are guilt-tripped with accusations of anti-Semitism if we get too critical of actual realities, we are chided into having professors watched on campuses if they get too critical of Israeli influence of our foreign policy, we are expected to assume from propaganda that Muslims should be readily suspected of some evil intent and their gathering monitored, etc.

And this is one reason why so many people here are tired of this charade, and especially of using our blood and money to fight wars that are really designed for Israel. Because the greatest threat to American security is not terrorism per se, or Iran ambitions per se, but Israeli and think tank influence on our American freedom to be independent (of “all” other states). This is exploitation.

Modern societies need to explore and understand WHY there was animosity and distrust between Christians and Jews, and equally between the Old Testament and the New (as well as between various sects within these religions such as between various Christian sects) because Christianity was and still is basically a Jewish religion (and this is equally true).

So not only do we need to ask why white, Christians of Europe and elsewhere were found to be anti-Semitic in social and political practice, or took their justifications from the New Testament, but also why the first Christian (who were mostly Jewish) found animosity enough within themselves to espouse prejudice, grievance, association, and bias, against their more traditional Jewish counterpart practices and mindsets that created animosity in the first place.

The story of Jesus, or Christology as professionals call it, was still a story of his being subordinate to a Judaic God (as he was a Rabbi) and not only subordinate but tortured and sacrificed to some claim, many Americans were religiously instructed to believe, that demanded divine justice by making him a human scapegoat to punish and destroy as living soul (even if Jewish sects seemingly had long before condemned human sacrifice).

Apparently there were many theories about who was, or what was, the nature of Jesus, as many people suffered in believing too passionately in one version or another throughout history. Several centuries of European history were fraught with bloodshed and hysteria and insanity defending one sectarian version or another against so-called daemonic and heretical enterprise (read demonic terrorism).

It was this psychology evolved from the Roman Empire’s expansion we Americans have also inherited (with England’s strong Puritan strains) as from the Old World of European history, that still affects our politics greatly to this very day.

It is far past any sane moment for the modern world to finally wake up and confront the authoritarianism and political terrorism indigenously built into Abrahamic religions (Judaism, Christianity and Islam), and especially the idea that some monotheistic God would resort to using fear and punishment to manipulative his subjects (as with an evolved dogma of eternal torture in hell by devils–but why were those devils not being punished instead?). And how much more terrorist tactic can any institution get than this kind of psychology of torture with its isolationist confinement and no possible opportunity to be freed again?

This cannot be any kind of justice, let alone divine justice–unless one is extremely gullible (but that form of extremism doesn’t matter)? Nevertheless this anxiety of God’s torture system helped a corrupted Catholic Church sell indulgences, as securities for real estate into the next world (that so dissed dissident Luther). Poor people were so god-awfully afraid of going to hell they gave money, really needed to feed their families, to pay for salvation from being damned to such eternal torture (and abided the killing of witches and heretics and other peoples’ thought social evils–some who hinted a few symptoms of radicalization and witch-like craze).

Yes certainly, and centrally, religious paranoia (a phrase we need to hear and see more often) played a great part in why various religious sects were so prejudice against each other and Jews–because Christians were focused on being aligned with the “right” belief system (or else suffer the unimaginable). And to whether Jesus was supposedly killed because of a Sanhedrin court proceeding or mostly Roman intrigue would not have been as significant had he not been made one’s only hope for salvation (from what but terrorism writ large).

And equally of importance is why a so-called God, who supposedly made all things and creature, and was thus responsible for all natural behavior, blamed his creations for them not living up to his arbitrary wishes or demands? What kind of political (power) psychology was that? This could not be about love of subjected peoples “of the book” as they were overtly preached to accept? No one calls it love when one is coerced into believing one must love God or be punished. This is family/tribal dysfunction. We need a social worker and a psychiatrist.

Therefore any true analysis of terrorism, even to this modern age, and especially since plenty originates out of the Middle East, should examine all institutions that potentially inspire extremism and radicalism–including the radicalism of authoritarian religion.

Religious Studies Ivy Leaguers might get off pedestals and apply more political analysis to religions, just like they apply sociological, psychological, anthropological and philosophical analysis to religion. It is time to examine the dark side of religious belief and to understand why modern man is still trapped by these mainstream ideologies.

Meanwhile the western world of Europe as well as U.S. State Department needs to stop living in denial. America should consider our own livelihood about what is good foreign policy for us Americans and worry less about other countries including special relationships. Much of what is now considered radicalizing the American people stems from several costly wars and covert operations in the Middle East (conveniently defined as terrorists).

Examine Benjamin Netanyahu’s 1995 book Fighting Terrorism and you can well realize this man’s mission has been to convince Americans the world’s major problems have to do with Israel’s enemies. This guy, and his considerable coterie, basically wants us gentiles to die for their country but at our own expense. Meanwhile few Israelis really give much of a damn about the average American.

We went to war against Iraq primarily because of backroom manipulations from AIPAC, Israel and the Neo-Cons. Then it was Saddam Hussein who was the Great Satan and inspection obstructionist of that moment.

Now as we are caught in a quagmire of playing an Israeli game, as we can note it is hardly coincidental the God of the Bible could willingly condemn souls to a torturing hell for eternity (of his allowance), with no chance of redemption, and our own nation’s practice of arresting, imprisoning, rendering, torturing of enemy combatants and never allowing them a fair trial or freedom. This is exactly the same political psychology (be religious dogma or political practice) and it spawns from the corruption of war–and the connected need to repress rebellion against those in power even when those in power are corrupt. Only now our government makes these things technically legal by presidential signings (as arbitrary monarchical dictate).

The late Algernon Sidney, who both Jefferson and Adams quoted liberally, wrote in his Discourses Concerning Government: “…Is it possible that he who is instituted for the obtaining of justice, should claim the liberty of doing injustice as a privilege? Were it not better for a people to be without law, than that a power should be established by law to commit all manner of violences with impunity?…”

How can we legally justify pre-emptive and arbitrary wars, rendition torture, and other illegalities in the name of justice and national pride? How do we explain how we have come to destroy our own political system of guaranteed liberties into corporate fascism, militarism, and the fact almost all our elected politicians are vetted by AIPAC as pressured to claim allegiance to Israel more loyal than to our Constitution?

Senator Lindsey Graham is authoring a bill stating the United States will “unconditionally come to Israel’s defense if Netanyahu decides to unilaterally attack Iran (completely denying our own peoples’ concerns about political realities). Could not Graham and Congress people be put on trial for treason as violating its duty to protect our own people?

Meanwhile the Neo-Con camp is actively engaged in creating legislation to co-opt Internet freedoms if policies are criticized. Fifth columnists like Senator Joe Leiberman, who always puts Israel before the people of the United States, thinks fusion centers that spy on Americans are still a great idea–even though they have done little to justify their existence. (And apparently the same indicators the Army uses to identify radical extremists are what Homeland Security uses to identify those who are alienated by various political polemics.

Where is the arena of public debate in the light of day? Why can’t NeoCons defend their skewed positions publicly and take on real criticism? Why the push to more and more censorship?

If Israel wants to continue to be a de facto theocracy well fine–that is there peoples’ and country’s choice: but why should our foreign policy be based on supporting their commitments to their kind of cultural chauvinism–any more than we should be playing favorites of supporting Muslin Islamic theocracies–that are equally atavistic and reactionary?

Even many Jewish intellectuals know the Torah and Bible are based on myths. 17th century rationalist Baruch Spinoza said the Old Testament was for the great unwashed to believe, as they didn’t know any better. Many Jews even question excess sacrifice to a Zionism that people like Mordecai Kaplan would have questioned.

Netanyahu, irrespective of whether he is a great friend of Romney, who wants war and no questions asked, doesn’t give a damn about the American people.

Our American national religion (religion being what you believe and honor) is based on the equality of all people (irrespective of ethnicity and religion). Wars that we fight unnecessarily continue to wipe out tax revenues that creates stress on “all” other budgetary considerations. So why should our State Department demonize Middle Eastern countries because they support Palestinians despite what is Israel’s will and inconvenience? Where was there even one iota of Ron Paulian sense that lingered in the debate between Romney and Obama?

For the last years this “terror” scenario has been played with serious exaggerations regarding Iran being a nuclear threat, as blustering and naïve men as Mitt Romney are too scary to ponder (especially his backup team of NeoCons coming back into power–and this is really the very important reality of a guy who so willingly changes his perspective).

American foreign policy needs new ideas and directions. We cannot win in this web of historical despair. It is impossible, even with good intention, to defend where Israel has been going with their choices. It likely cannot be sustained in the long term without serious repercussions to our livelihood.

Netanyahu assured the world through in his speeches Saddam Hussein absolutely had weapons of mass destruction. Now he unremittingly engages a similar pattern of “accusations” (playing the devil’s game) against Iran and its allies in Syria, and our same mainstream media again plays these distortions to our own American citizenry.

But of course Americans are not supposed to catch a clue of any of this or if they do then they are to be thought terrorist material needing surveillance–not people who want freedom but a threat to a new world order.

We Americans suffer European religiosity of ancient polemics. It was this cultural vulnerability of naiveté that allowed Neo-Cons to attempt to create a “new” age of Christian Crusades against Muslim countries well into this 21st century. But why should we be held hostage to this false and Dark Ages paradigm?

After WW2 many Jewish peoples, and other peoples as well, wondered if it was still possible to believe in Judaism or a God (or even in humanity). Voices argued in different directions. Some argued to double down in a belief why other voices argued it was time to think in new ways.

And yet we note that even modern Jewish intellectual history refers more to general notions of God, the sacred, beliefs and practices, etc., and little in reference to how the God of the Torah was actually described in Old Scripture. The focus is on philosophical and conceptual abstractions like a need for an ethical life–such as a need to care for the downtrodden. Or religion is discussed in terms of how one feels and various mystical elements and right for personal re-interpretation, etc., but such ideas can be applied to many spiritual orientations.

The same thing is true in respect to Christians. There is little political analysis of religion within Christianity–even if crucially needed. Nevertheless Judeo-Christianity is not simply rose-colored with love and mercy. Consider John Shelby Spong’s The Sins of Scripture: Exposing the Bible’s Texts of Hate to Reveal the Love of God. He gives good whiff of how truly human and political are the purported (projected) motives of God, in all its faults and unacceptability to modern sensibilities; but then in his final chapters Spong claims, mostly through subjective speculation, that we can’t just abandon these ancient beliefs (more or less denying everything he had exposed with some pie-in-the-sky hope of new dawn within the same baggage).

John Shelby Spong had a 45-year career with the Episcopal Church up to the status of a bishop. He also claims to have read the Bible cover to cover about 25 times. Certainly his opinions should be worth something. (Meanwhile the politics of religious ethnicity from ancient religions are currently and literally destroying the world with its current geo-political realities.)

Thomas Cahill’s Desire of the Everlasting Hills: The World Before and After Jesus is full of snarky remarks at some naïve beliefs of early Christianity but then he too argues about how we can treasure the humanity Christianity has spawned. He may be correct but that doesn’t mean we can’t see it for what it is–namely human mythology. If people and civilizations die–why can’t religions to be replaced by new ones?

Intellectuals currently and correctly argue mankind needs an authority greater than mankind’s political power that is so easily corrupted. Yes but spiritual sources of religious ethics can come from new ideas and new myths–they don’t have to rely on an outdated house of cards.

Our current uncompromising stances of subordination with whatever Israel wants is creating many problems for our country (including a much increased police state willingness to spy on its own people and including identifying those who are “political enemies” (or Israel’s). Why should local police departments being spy on political groups for the benefit of special interest groups? They have enough to do in their old functions.

Of course America’s problems are not strictly about our relation to Israel or ancient religion, but too much is related when it comes to foreign affairs (and how tax revenues are being squeezed by wars we don’t need to be in). These things need to be confronted if we are to become anything similar to what we were supposed to be living up to in respect to our fore founders. Some now argue the Republic is over and the Rubicon has been long crossed–to what end–to die to an unworthy end? Not so quickly.

There may a God (why not) but it is demonstrably not the God of the Abrahamic religions. Such religions don’t seem capable of matching modern man’s current understanding of reality, ethics and legal or social justice. We are caught in a time warp we cannot afford. Our outlook must change if we are to survive.

Algernon Sidney argued:

We are not…to inquire after that which is most ancient, as that which is best, and most conduing to the good ends to which it was directed. As governments were instituted for the obtaining of justice, and the preservation of liberty, we are not to seek what government was the first, but what best provides for the obtaining of justice, and preservation of liberty.

Sidney was once of the greatest political thinkers of history and a great humanitarian; yet he was falsely charged of treason and condemned to death by hanging. Although his opinions about the Bible were of a different sort his aims were much the same–to stave off authoritarianism. He and John Locke agreed on important principles of our American revolution: all men are created equal, just government rests on the consent of the governed, government is for securing the rights of people, and there is a right to revolution against despotism (and this is the controversy–a right of people to openly communicate symptoms of becoming radicalized–not to terrorism but to self-protection and self-interests).

But if you feel alienated by the idea you are being lied to you then you might be a terrorist. Think about that. Then think about all the despots through history in which dictators engaged in wars on their own people for one reason or another. Is the U.S. really so exceptional?

The American media is playing its citizens a lie–it is claiming the presidential race is close to a tie. In truth no way would 50 % of Americans vote of Mitt Romney including many Republicans. They are about to steal this election. Progressives have finally but too late become concerned. Protests will likely be met with more brutality than what would be expected. The NeoCons don’t care and they are serious about coming back into power. Our only chance will be John Locke’s separation of power in which even the Judiciary branch has become more intellectually and morally corrupt by the year.

Devil deceit has become so commonplace with many politicians they think nothing of it. It has become so institutionalized the great arch-enemy of the Bible can become so modern Syria’s Bashar al-Assad is painted the very epitome of evil agent while dual team Israel/ U.S. are but righteousness angels. And Mahmoud Ahmadinejad is the most Greatest Satanic Terrorist ever to come into our epochal existence (must be time to accuse him of being behind 9/11). He is the “great obstructer” and “great deceiver”. His NPT Treaty country is alleged by a huge propaganda machine to be building nuclear bombs while the U.S., with thousands of nuclear warheads, and Israel with hundreds of such weapons (and not part of NPT Treaty and allows zero inspections of any kind) are given free reign and do as they choose with their own WMD potential.

It is time to square off with the Old World of religious tyranny. It is time for progressives to start challenging religious conditioning of the American people.

Our country is either going to fall further back into a Monarchy of Monotheism and the crudeness of Thomas Hobbes or go back to a tradition of English law as handed down from a more modern sensibility.

This is what is at stake. There is in fact a real clash of cultures going on; but it is not between Muslims and Christians. Rather it is between equality and respect for real law or a backward march to absolute hierarchy and arbitrary players and pundits who think they are Gods and can do whatever they want with impunity.

Leo Strauss and his minions should not prevail with their idea of pushing the big lie and a need to find outside enemies in order to mobilize people within. It may be true that many people do not really know what is within their own real best interest–but it is equally true Neocons do not.

It is time to stop institutionalizing a culture of deceit and creating avenues for rounding up dissidents–and this for the sake of all humanity–including those of the Middle East.

{Note: you may share, email or post this essay for others to read. Feel free to email to friends, representatives, and news organizations, etc.}

Seattle citizens protest against the looming police state

0

Mick Meaney, rinf.com |

The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) has raised concerns about the Seattle Police Department’s intention to use unmanned aerial drones to spy on citizens.

The first community meeting seeking public opinion on the department’s plan was attended by a furious crowd who gathered to protest and speak out against the invasive idea.

According to the Seattle Times, Jennifer Shaw, the deputy director of the ACLU of Washington said:

“‘I’m not really surprised that people are upset.

“It’s a frightening thing to think that there’s government surveillance cameras flying overhead.

“The ways that they say they can use the drones is too broad, they have a list of different emergencies and then a catchall phrase saying the drones can also be used in other situations if they get permission.”

During the meeting a man calling himself General Malaise shouted:

“We don’t trust you with the weapons you do have.”

Emma Kaplan from The October 22 Coalition to Stop Police Brutality said:

“We are not going to tolerate this in our city. This is unacceptable, NO DRONES!”

Another man, Matt. E, pointed out:

“Hasn’t anyone heard of George Orwell’s 1984? This is the militarization of our streets and now the air above us.”

The spy drones will carry a Lumix camera on the front and also has the ability to record infrared images. Assistant Chief Paul McDonagh claims the drones will not be used to record protests.

But as recent history has show, surveillance technology is usually introduced for one reason, but almost always used for another.

Where have All the Profits Gone?

0



Mid September marked the fourth anniversary of the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy, widely viewed as the final trigger of the global economic collapse, a shock that remains the dominant factor in global economic life. Friday, October 19 brought a dramatic drop in US equity values, caused, commentators speculate, by dismal reports of US corporate earnings. The most observant of these commentators did not fail to point out that Friday was also the twenty-fifth anniversary of the largest US one-day percentage drop in stock values. The fact that such an anniversary came to mind reflects a general and widespread fear that more economic turbulence is forthcoming.
The growing gloom overshadows the glowing September report of retail sales released earlier in the week. Despite stagnant or slipping incomes, the US consumer turned to the credit card to boost purchases at retail stores, online, and in restaurants. Signs of an improving housing market also fueled optimism.
Opinions change quickly. A week earlier—Tuesday, October 9—the International Monetary Fund released its World Economic Report. While raising fears of a global downturn, the report cut the probability of a US recession by nearly a quarter from its April forecast!
Taken together, the sentiments of the last two weeks demonstrate widespread confusion and uncertainty.
Big Problems, Little Ideas
Most of the conversation about the global economy, about capitalism, is shaped by ideological bias, academic dogma, distorted history and wishful thinking.
The global economy has never “recovered” from the shock of 2008. Nor does it teeter on the edge of another recession. In fact, it is fully in the grip of a profound systemic crisis, a crisis that has no certain conclusion. In this regard, the crisis is very much like its antecedent in the 1930s. The popular picture of The Great Depression as a massive collapse followed by the New Deal recovery is myth. Instead, like our current economic fortunes, it was like climbing a metaphorical grease pole– repeatedly advancing a few feet and then slipping down. Serious students of the Great Depression understand that its “solution” was World War II, with its state-driven, planned, military “socialism.”
Of course war itself is no solution, but the organized, collective, and social effort that capitalism only countenances for violence and aggressionis a solution. Similarly, the success of the People’s Republic of China in sidestepping the harsh edges of the 2008 collapse is due to the remaining features of socialism–public ownership of banks, state enterprises, and economic planning. Never mind that much of the PRC leadership hopes to jettison these features, the advantages are there for all to see. Yet few see.
Distorted history begets foolish theory. The two ideological poles that dominate economic discussion–classical liberalism and Keynesianism–both owe their claimed legitimacy to favored, but mistaken views of the source and solution to the Great Depression. While expressions of these poles are found across the political policy spectrum, classical liberalism–often called neo-liberalism–is generally associated with the political right. 
Political liberals and the left, on the other hand, often advocate for the analyses and prescriptions of the school associated with the views of John Maynard Keynes.
Since classical liberalism has been the dominant economic philosophy governing the global economy for many decades, common sense would dictate that, after four years of economic chaos and general immiseration, neo-liberalism would be in disrepute. But thanks to the tenacity of ruling elites and the profound dogmatism of their intellectual lackeys, the market fetish of neo-liberalism still reigns outside of Latin America and a few other outliers. 
But Keynesianism–broadly understood as central government intervention in markets–enjoys a growing advocacy, particularly with liberals, leftists, and, sadly, “Marxists.” Centrist Keynesians advocate intervention in markets from the supply side, most often through credit mechanisms and tax cuts that encourage investment and corporate confidence. Liberal and left interventionists argue for stimulating economic recovery and stability by generating consumption and expanding demand from government-funded projects or government-funded jobs.
The panic of 2008 turned most policy makers toward flirtation with supply-side intervention and generally meager demand-based stimulus, a fact that liberal Keynesians like Paul Krugman are fond of pointing out. Only China adopted a full-blown demand-oriented stimulus program. Yet that tact also brought a host of new contradictions in its wake.
Austerity versus Growth
Pundits like Krugman and politicians like Francois Hollande posture the theoretical divide as one between austerity and growth, a choice between rational growth stimulation and the irrationality of shrinking government spending to reduce debt. In an idealized classless world, this point would be well taken–austerity is an enemy of growth. However, it is naïve and misleading to fantasize such a world.
In our era of global capitalism, the idea of cutting government spending and lowering taxes makes all the sense in the world to the ownership class. The resultant transfer of value counts as a significant element in restoring profit growth and expanding accumulation. In a real sense, the popular and apt anti-austerity slogan– “we will not pay for your crisis”– tells only half the story. The other half should be “we will not pay for your recovery.”
In the end, it is profit that determines the success and failure of the capitalist system. Accumulation of economic surplus–the value remaining after the bills are paid–is the engine of capitalism, necessary for its motion and its trajectory. The dramatic drop in the Dow Jones industrial stock averages resulting from poor earnings this past Friday only underscores this point. Those who see consumption as the critical element in growth and recovery should recognize that this loss of momentum is independent of, as well as more decisive than, the September report of strong retail demand. 
The Tendency of the Falling Rate of Profit
The central role of profit, its growth and momentum in understanding capitalism and its recurrent structural crises has been overshadowed, even among most Marxists, by the infection of left thought with Keynes’ crisis theory. Theories of crisis that rest on underconsumption, overproduction, or imbalances reflect this infection and reduce political economy to the study of business cycles and avoidable and terminable economic hiccups–consumption can be expanded, production can be regulated, and balance can be restored. These are the assumptions of social democratic theory and what divides it from revolutionary Marxism.
Marx saw crisis as fundamentally embedded in capitalism’s structure. Processes in the capitalist mode of production unerringly bring on crises. And he locates the most basic of these processes is the mechanism of accumulation, a process that tends to restrain the growth of the rate of profit.
While it is good to see a rebirth of interest in and advocacy of Marx’s law of the tendency for the rate of profit to fall, most of its worthy supporters remain needlessly confined to Marx’s expository formulae that serve well in revealing the anatomy of capitalism, but less so in exposing its disorders.
Yet the intuition behind Marx’s law is easily grasped. When unmediated by the encroachment of working class forces, the capitalists’ accumulation of surplus results in the extreme concentration of wealth, a concentration that reduces the opportunities to gather the expected return in the next and each successive cycle. Whether restrained by the physical limitations of workers, the potential length of the work day, diminished return on physical investment, rapacious competition, super-inflated investment reserves, or the myriad other possible forces or factors, the rate of profit is under constant and persistent duress.
Leading up to the 2007 economic slowdown that presaged the 2008 collapse, the enormous pool of capital available for profitable investment was acknowledged by all reporters. Its sheer volume alone depressed interest and profit rates in the face of limited productive investment opportunities. The desperate search for a rate of return drove investors toward riskier and riskier ventures that generated the financial collapse which has been well documented. It was the pressure on profits–an expression of the tendency–that drove the investor class to a lemming-like indulgence in arcane financial wizardry.
The neglect of Marx’s tendential law since the popularity of Keynes and underconsumption/overproduction crisis theories has retarded Marxist and Communist understanding of capitalist crisis while bolstering reformist policies within the Communist movement. Happily, there is a renewed interest in Marx’s law, though a full and satisfactory understanding of its application to and operation within contemporary capitalism is yet to be given.
At any rate, the decline of earnings now emerging in the latest financial news indicates that counter-crisis and counter-tendency measures are now exhausted in the US. Despite the euphoria of rising consumption spending and housing sales, the profit-driven engine of US capitalism is slowing, likely allowing the US economy to drift closer to the whirlpool already drowning the European economies.
Tough times are ahead, but a fertile period to plant the seeds of socialism. 
Zoltan Zigedy
zoltanzigedy@gmail.com   

Killer drones: UN to investigate US war crimes

0

Mick Meaney, rinf.com |

The United Nations claims it will probe the legality of American killer drones in Pakistan, Afghanistan, Yemen and Somalia.

A UN special rapporteur on counter-terrorism and human rights, Ben Emmerson, told a Harvard Law School audience he would create a special investigative unit in Geneva to examine the legality of U.S. drone attacks.

In his speech Emmerson said:

“If the relevant states are not willing to establish effective independent monitoring mechanisms… then it may in the last resort be necessary for the UN to act.

“Together with my colleague Christof Heyns, [the UN special rapporteur on extra-judicial killings], I will be launching an investigation unit within the special procedures of the [UN] Human Rights Council to inquire into individual drone attacks.

“Other forms of targeted killing… in which it is alleged that civilian casualties have been inflicted.

“The global war paradigm has done immense damage to a previously shared international consensus on the legal framework underlying both international human rights law and international humanitarian law.

“It has also given a spurious justification to a range of serious human rights and humanitarian law violations.

“The [global] war paradigm was always based on the flimsiest of reasoning, and was not supported even by close allies of the US. The first-term Obama administration initially retreated from this approach, but over the past 18 months it has begun to rear its head once again, in briefings by administration officials seeking to provide a legal justification for the drone program of targeted killing in Pakistan, Yemen and Somalia.

“[It is] alleged that since President Obama took office at least 50 civilians were killed in follow-up strikes when they had gone to help victims and more than 20 civilians have also been attacked in deliberate strikes on funerals and mourners. Christof Heyns … has described such attacks, if they prove to have happened, as war crimes. I would endorse that view.”

The unit will be created early next year.

So far, President Obama has issued almost 300 strikes in Pakistan, bringing the total number of strikes to 350, since 2004.

The  Bureau of Investigative Journalism reports that at 474 — 885 civilians, including 176 children have been killed as a result, injuring a total of 1,248-1,397 people.

Of the 41-51 strikes in Yemen since 2002, 60-163 civilian have been killed, including 24-34 children.

Somalia which has been under attack since 2007 is the least effected, with 10-23 strikes killing 11-57 civilians and 1-3 children.

But let’s face it. For the United States to kill just 1 innocent civilian, is 1 too many.

Genocide in Bani Walid

0

Stephen Lendman, rinf.com |

Washington bears full responsibility for waging multiple wars on humanity. It planned, initiated and controls direct and proxy conflicts across North Africa, the Middle East and Central Asia.

Bani Walid made headlines for three weeks. Genocide threatens its residents. Obama’s dirty hands are all over this crime of war and against humanity. Media scoundrels ignore it. More on this below.

America’s proxy war on Syria continues. Washington’s directly responsible for recruiting, arming, funding and directing Syrian death squads.

On October 24, Voice of Russia reported that Russian Armed Forces chief General Nikolai Makarov said:

“The General Staff has information that the militants, who are fighting against Syrian government troops, are armed with the portable air defence systems of various countries, including the Stinger of U.S. production.”

Disclaimers notwithstanding, Washington is directly responsible for supplying them. Makarov added:

“The US denies this fact. They say that they did not deliver anything to them (Syrian militants). However, we have reliable information that Syrian militants are armed with foreign portable air defence systems, including U.S. air defence systems.”

They didn’t arrive out of thin air. Voice of Russia said an “informed Syrian source” said “the US had made a decision to hand over a consignment of MANPADS to (anti-Assad) militants that are fighting against Damascus.”

Man-portable air defense systems (MANPADS) are shoulder-launched surface-to-air missiles (SAMs).

On October 24, Russia Today (rt.com) headlined “US blocks Russia’s draft statement in UN on peaceful resolution of Bani Walid violence,” saying:

Russia’s UN envoy, Vitaly Churkin, said the move “can’t be serious. Blocking a draft statement that called (for) solv(ing) the country’s political problems without violence is very strange.”

Not at all when Washington plans genocide to assert control. Churkin knows it but used diplomatic language. Russia’s statement called for “tak(ing) urgent steps to resolve the conflict by peaceful means and to preserve the rights of all Libyan citizens.”

On October 23, Russia Today (rt.com) headlined “Bani Walid civilians bombed with gas,” saying:

A Libyan national with family in Bani Walid told RT that pro-government militias “intercept food, fuel and medicine and use grad rockets and (poison) gas weapons against Bani Walid” residents.

Daily shelling threatens the city with genocide. It’s been ongoing throughout most of October. Bani Walid is surrounded and besieged. Many deaths and injuries occurred. One source claimed 600 killed in one day. Another 1,000 were hospitalized.

Fighting rages across the city. Civilian neighborhoods are targeted. Conditions are grave. Everything is in short supply. The hospital was attacked. It “cannot house all the injured, and power only appears for a couple of hours a day.”

A resident told RT that “militias want to eliminate us.” He remained anonymous for his safety. In an extended interview, he said:

“I have got a call from my family. They tell me the situation in Bani Walid is horrible. There is an awful attack with all kind of shooting and bombing everywhere in the city. The civilian buildings are falling down.”

“The situation in Bani Walid hospital is really bad. We don’t have a lot of medicine. We don’t have enough places for wounded civilians. Right now the hospital is keeping wounded people outside.”

“No family would leave Bani Walid. All the people in Bani Walid say the same words: ‘We’ll never go from our land.’ ”

“There are no Gaddafi people (in the city). Even a member of Libya’s National Transitional Council, after visiting Bani Walid, also said there were no Gaddafi people there.”

“What is happening there is a battle between (Bani Walid’s people) and Misrata (militias), which wants to eliminate Bani Walid from existence. They want to do to Bani Walid what they did in Tahoura.”

“There is almost no electricity. It only comes for two-three hours a day. It is three weeks that no food has been able reach Bani Walid as militias that surround the town are blocking the roads. They intercept food, fuel and medicine. There is no food inside Bani Walid, not even milk for kids, no necessities.”

“Two hundred of those militias died yesterday, and the bodies are still there. They even left their wounded people there and Bani Walid hospital is taking care of those wounded people.”

“Militias went inside the city, but they only went a few kilometers before getting kicked out. They used machine guns inside, and from outside they used grad rockets and gas weapons.”

“Actually we found gas masks and the hospital’s reports very clearly say that civilians in Bani Walid have been bombed with (poison) gas.”

“Moreover, when we took over the positions the militias of Misrata had been taking before being kicked out, the people of Bani Walid found there gas masks.”

“There are photos and videos of this. It’s the proof against those militias that they are using (toxic) gas against civilians. Why would you be using a gas mask if you go inside Bani Walid using only machine guns and normal rockets?”

“What Bani Walid is doing is self defense. When Bani Walid first fell during the days of the fight for Gaddafi, (militias) took away everything there was in the city: cars, money, gold….Then the people of the town said ‘It’s a fight for freedom, we have to go out,’ so they went out and their houses were robbed and destroyed. No one cared.”

“Right now the civilians in Bani Walid who are holding guns and fighting, they are fighting for their land which should not be taken from them. They just cannot go away.”

RT added that earlier reports said hospital patients “suffered from symptoms typical of gas intoxication.”

Healthy residents with no history of heart and lung diseases had difficulty breathing. They experienced increased heart rates, and suffered from muscle spasms. They also have blurred vision and intermittently fall unconscious.

Dr. Almahdi Azyadi told RT:

“They’re really bombing. Many are reported to the hospitals because of the gas attacks, and it’s happening almost every day. The gas is toxic, and there are some injuries.”

Chemical weapons use is illegal. Washington and key NATO allies use them regularly. The 1907 Hague Convention banned them. WW I use of poison gas caused 100,000 deaths and about 900,000 injuries.

In the 1920s, Britain used poison gas against Iraqis. As Secretary of State for War, Winston Churchill advocated their use. In a secret memo he said, “I am strongly in favor of using poisoned gas against uncivilized tribes.”

In 1928, the Geneva Protocol prohibited gas and bacteriological warfare.

America uses chemical, biological, and other banned weapons in all its direct and proxy wars. No-holds barred state terror is policy. Body counts don’t matter. Media scoundrels maintain silence. Genocide goes on openly. They ignore it.

In 1989, 149 nations at the Paris Chemical Weapons Conference condemned use of these weapons. After committing itself to non-use, Washington continued development, production, and covert use. Biological and depleted uranium weapons are also used.

In 1997, America ratified the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC). It prohibits development, production, stockpiling, and use of these weapons. It also mandates their destruction.

Washington uses them freely. Huge chemical, biological and nuclear weapons stockpiles are maintained. New more dangerous weapons replace older ones.

CWC mandates non-complying nations be referred to the Security Council for action against them. America’s veto power precludes efforts to deter its lawlessness.

Currently, 188 State Parties are CWC signatories. They include Russia and China. Israel signed it in 1993, but hasn’t ratified it.

Chemical weapons include all toxic ones and their precursors able to cause death, injury, temporary incapacitation or sensory irritation. Munitions and other delivery devices are included.

Toxic substances are categorized as choking, blister, blood or nerve agents. Best known ones include choking chlorine and phosgene, mustard and lewisite blister agents (or vesicants), hydrogen cyanide blood agents, and sarin, soman and VX nerve agents.

Toxic chemicals used industrially are legal, despite their harmful effects. However, when used as weapons, they violate CWC provisions.

CWC’s purpose is to ensure toxic chemicals are produced only for purposes unrelated to weaponry in any form.

On October 24, RT headlined “Siege of Bani Walid, Day 20: ‘Militia committing genocide’ – RT source,” saying:

For three weeks, civilians have been killed “by toxic gas and heavy tank fire….(N)o resolution to the conflict (is) in sight.” Indiscriminate shelling continues.

Footage RT believes is reliable shows dead bodies, “women and children with missing limbs and disfigured faces.” A Libyan national in Egypt with relatives in Bani Walid told RT militias “are committing genocide.”

The city is surrounded and besieged. Essential supplies are blocked. People are starving. Medicines aren’t available to treat patients. Power is mostly off.

Militias “attack the city and are using heavy machinery to demolish houses. They are using internationally banned toxic gases against civilian people, and they bombard the population with tanks.”

They’re ordered “to kill all protesters. The city is blocked from all sides. There is no medicine, food, (or) humanitarian aid. There is nothing inside the city.”

“There is bloodshed in Bani Walid and nobody can hear the people inside the city” cry for help. Militia “guns come from the outside including from” France and Washington.

Major media reports are “lies and forgery. We plead for the humanitarian agencies of the world to help us save our families inside Bani Walid. The people need immediate help and an intervention from the outside.”

The UN did nothing. Washington blocked Russia’s attempt to help. UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon pathetically said “the international community is closely monitoring the situation.”

Instead of condemning Washington-led genocide, he called for peaceful resolution. UN spokesman Martin Nesirky said:

“The Secretary-General reminds all parties of their obligations under international humanitarian law. He calls on all the Libyan authorities and those in Bani Walid to begin immediately a process to resolve the Bani Walid stand-off peacefully.”

“The Secretary-General believes that the situation in Bani Walid can be resolved in a peaceful manner that preserves the rights of all Libyan citizens and permits the state to exercise its responsibilities there.”

What else would a committed imperial tool say. He’s part of the problem, not the solution. The world body does nothing to stop war, mass killing, destruction, and unspeakable human misery.

Late reports on Bani Walid are mixed. Some say fighting continues. Others say militias or government forces control the city. On October 25, RT headlined “Bani Walid’s fate unknown amid conflicting reports of govt, militia takeovers,” saying:

Libyan officials claim they control the city. Militias say they took over. Bani Walid is dying. A local activist called conditions “very difficult. The city is almost completely destroyed. Residents are buried in the rubble.”

Many are children and the elderly. Government officials lied saying toxic gases weren’t used. In southern parts of the city, resistance continues. It’s just a matter of time until enough human life is lost to eliminate remaining remnants.

One day, when Bani Walid’s true story is told, perhaps we’ll learn many thousands died. Many others suffered horrific injuries. Appalling human suffering won’t end soon.

Washington planned it that way. Its genocidal history claimed many millions of lives. Add Bani Walid to its odious resume.

A Final Comment

Mathaba estimates about 100,000 casualties since NATO formally announced its seven month Libyan mission ended last November. It claimed over 100,000 lives. Many more were injured and displaced.

Other disturbing Mathaba estimates include around one million Libyans forced into exile in the past year, and up to 20,000 held incommunicado as political prisoners. Many are subjected to torture and/or death.

Washington-led NATO turned Libya into charnel house hell. Obama bears full responsibility. He committed a Nuremberg level crime. Occupation harshness makes things worse.

A previous article said Jamahiriya Green Resistance remains strong. Frequent battles erupt. Tribes are involved. Local militias have their own agenda. Insurgents battle each other and Green Resistance for control. Government forces serve Washington and key NATO partners.

Libya will be remembered as one of history’s great crimes. Expect protracted killing, destruction and unspeakable human misery before it ends.

Media scoundrels claim Libya was liberated. Nothing is said about America’s imperial ravaging. It’s standard policy in all US direct and proxy wars. Human lives have no value. Dominance alone matters.

National Farmers Union: Making Government Policy Since 1947

0

As has been widely reported, the planned badger cull, a government initiative in response to the alleged rise in Bovine TB in cattle, has been postponed. What is most interesting about the reports is that they highlighted the fact that the decision did not come from DEFRA, but did in fact come from the National Farmers Union, who claim to be a benign organisation that is simply a voice for farmers; not affiliated with any political party.

The Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State, Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, Lord De Mauley, repeated to the House of Lords the following statement that Owen Paterson, Minister for DEFRA, made to the House of Commons: 

Today I have received a letter from the president of the NFU on behalf of the companies coordinating the culls, explaining why they do not feel they can go ahead this year and requesting that they be postponed until next summer. In these circumstances, it is the right thing to do and, as they are the people who have to deliver this policy on the ground and work within the science, I respect their decision. I have placed a copy of the letter in the Libraries of both Houses.

Seems plain enough, even democratic perhaps, that an organisation may make a request of Government and Government should accede. However, the statement ‘I respect their decision’ was perhaps a slip up, since a decision is far more definite than a request and is not reliant upon a response – it goes beyond authority.

Taking a look at the letter that was sent out by the NFU to its members, Peter Kendall, President of the NFU, writes:

Therefore, along with the directors of the companies we have taken the decision not to proceed at this stage and to delay activity until as early as possible next year.

There is no mention of a request to government, or a decision being passed down from government. Peter Kendall is clearly of the belief that he and the directors of the companies involved have taken the decision.

The cull postponement has been attributed to bad weather, excessive populations of badgers, and a legal challenge from the Badger Trust.

Whilst the debate over whether or not a badger cull is necessary is important, what should be glaringly obvious is that more and more power is being exercised by companies and organisations that claim to be independent of government. 

According to ‘Corporate Watch’, the UK government is legally obliged by the 1947 Agriculture Act to consult the National Farmers Union when making policy; a fact confirmed to the UK Column by the NFU. 

It is not mentioned at all in the ‘about us’ section on the NFU Website that the organisation contributes to policy. Having spoken to a number of farmers about this, not one has said they knew the NFU was helping to shape policy directly.

The NFU’s relationship with the Government is further supported by ‘National Archives’, which states, in regards to the NFU’s inclusion in the 1947 Agriculture Act:

The government’s aim was to maintain high levels of agricultural production through a system of guaranteed prices negotiated annually by the Ministry of Agriculture and the National Farmers’ Union.

The unveiling of this close relationship will not surprise those farmers that believe the NFU was ‘pulling the strings’ during the Foot and Mouth disaster in 2001.

The NFU is a much more powerful Union than it appears. It does not change as Parliament changes and is therefore, in effect, much like a branch of the civil service; unelected by the wider public, but which does make and control government policy. How many farmers, or members of the non-farming community for that matter, are aware of this? Apparently not many, since the NFU only has 47,000 members actively farming (of the approximate 96,000 members in total). There are 300,000 or so active farms currently in Britain.

The NFU dubs itself the voice of farming, but how can it be? With little more than 15% of farmers actually members – many ‘ordinary’ farmers complain that they don’t have time to take part, or that they believe the NFU does not represent their interests – if this was a democracy, a meagre 15% of support would not, and should not, allow an organisation to have a say in the making of policy which will effect not only farmers but the wider public as well.

Internally, the NFU appoints its officials to a council that is appointed by the NFU council. When asked how councillors were appointed, the NFU representative explained that councillors worked there way up ‘through the ranks’ of various policy boards, elected by the NFU council.

The NFU does permit farmers a vote, but those votes do not necessarily correlate with the outcome, since it is the NFU council which casts the final and deciding vote. It is not clear whether the council is obliged to represent the opinion of the NFU members, or exactly what the finer details of how the council operates are. The NFU representative suggested that those would be clarified in the NFU’s constitution, but that it is only available to members; a submission confirmed by the NFU website. This in itself is a remarkable admission – it seems that one cannot view the constitution before consenting to it.

It is becoming clear is that our nation is being governed and manipulated by various organisations, companies, quangos and NGOs that, unknowingly to the public — and unelected by the public — are shaping the policies that effect our daily lives. That is not to say that the NFU does act nefariously, but the opportunity is there and as events are demonstrating, power is regularly abused for the benefit of a an individual or small elite. Democracy must be truly representative of the people, or there is no democracy.

Mainstream media, Police & BBC protected Savile since the 80’s

Mick Meaney, rinf.com |

UPDATE: High level arrests are imminent in connection to child abuse within the British establishment. 

—–

In a seemingly never-ending onslaught of allegations, more questions have been raised about how much the BBC actually knew about Jimmy Savile’s  attacks on children in the 70’s and 80’s.

A retired Metropolitan Police officer, Peter Spindler,  has revealed new information about an investigation that took place in the 80’s, when Jimmy Savile attacked a child at the BBC’s Television Center.

The Independent.ie is reporting:

The attack was alleged to have happened in Savile’s caravan at the BBC’s headquarters. It was reported to police but there was “no evidence that would substantiate a prosecution”, said the former officer, Peter Spindler.

He disclosed that a second alleged victim had also contacted Scotland Yard in 2003 to say Savile “touched her inappropriately” in the 1970s. However, she did not want to press charges and simply wanted the Met to know about it so police could use it as intelligence.

Mr Spindler said he did not know if Savile had been interviewed over the allegation. The BBC said the matter was “being dealt with by the police”.

It is now believed that Savile was part of a wider pedophile ring at the BBC, one that has possibly spread across the British establishment.

Earlier this week, the BBC’s Panorama programme confirmed there were rumours surrounding Savile for decades, but high level bosses at the BBC failed to investigate.

The way the BBC protected Savile is sickeningly obvious, but now the police also have to answer some important questions.

The Sun is reporting how the police missed 7 opportunities to stop the sexual predator.

1. In 1980s, indecent assault of girl in his caravan at the BBC TV Centre in West London.

2. In 2003, inappropriate touching dating back to the 1970s.

3. In 2007, indecent assault of girl under 16 at Duncroft approved school, Staines, Surrey, in 1970s.

4. Indecent assault of girl under 16 at Stoke Mandeville Hospital, Bucks, in 1973.

5. Incitement to engage a girl under 16 in a sexual act at Duncroft in late 1970s.

6. Indecent assault on an adult in Sussex in 1970.

7. In 2008, abuse of boy aged ten at Jersey’s Haut de la Garenne children’s home in 1970s.

While The Sun is taking great delight in slamming the BBC, the rest of mainstream media cannot avoid the finger of blame.

Both broadsheet and tabloid editors were also aware of Savile’s exploits – and remained silent.

This week former Fleet Street editor Janet Street-Porter said:

“I was aware of the rumours about Jimmy Savile, I was also aware of rumours about other people.

“There was a culture, and it was a generational thing, in areas of light entertainment behaviour was tolerated.

“I feel that the reason these women never came forward before was nobody would have believed them because Jimmy Savile raised so much money for charity and he used the money that he raised for charity as a bargaining power to buy silence from national newspapers.

“If ever there was a time when someone might have blown the whistle on him, he would threaten those newspapers and those reporters that that charity money would not go to those hospitals.

“A lot of people in the BBC knew what was going on.”

What we are left with is a conspiracy of silence across the British establishment.

Just what else are they keeping quiet about and why has the British establishment been so desperate to protect a pedophile ring for decades?

Surveillance database allowed cannibal cop to select victims

0

Mick Meaney, rinf.com |

A New York police officer has been arrested for allegedly plotting to kidnap, rape, kill and then eat 100 women.

Gilberto Valle was charged with one count of conspiracy to commit kidnapping, following an investigation by the NYPD and the FBI.

Emails and instant messages sent by Valle to an unidentified co-conspirator were intercepted by the FBI.

One alleged document had been named “Abducting and Cooking (Victim-1): A Blueprint.”, and states:

 “I was thinking of tying her body onto some kind of apparatus . . . cook her over a low heat, keep her alive as long as possible.”

“I love that she is asleep right now not have the slightest clue of what we have planned. Her days are numbered . . . She does look tasty, doesn’t she?”

With a response from the unidentified co-conspirator:

“You do know if we don’t waste any of her, there is nearly 75 lbs of food there. What’s your favorite cut of meat?”

Valle, a 6 year NYPD veteran, had used a law enforcement database to gather data on at least 100 women, including pictures, address and description.

The FBI also uncovered correspondence that suggests the police offer intended to kidnap and sell women:

“$5,000 and she’s all yours.”

“No need to worry. She will be alive. It’s a short drive to you. I think I would rather not get involved in the rape,” Valle said according to the complaint. “You paid for her. She is all yours, and I don’t want to be tempted the next time I abduct a girl.”

“I will really get off on knocking her out, tying up her hands and bare feet and gagging her,” he added. “Then she will be stuffed into a large piece of luggage and wheeled out to my van.”

Video: Mike Harris confronted on Bilderberg group

0

In 1996 former Premier of Ontario Mike Harris attended the Bilderberg conference in Toronto Canada. When asked about his attendance and thoughts on the group Harris was candidly honest as he revealed where his allegiance lies.

Justin Trudeau on Bilderberg:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=smjAV1j555Y

http://www.facebook.com/PressForTruth
http://www.youtube.com/weavingspider
https://twitter.com/PressForTruth
http://twitter.com/#!/DanDicksPFT

http://pressfortruth.ca/

Is the world abandoning the U.S. economy?

0

Brandon Smith, Alt Market |

Go to any university, any center of equities trade, any meeting place for financial academia, any fiscal think tank, and they will tell you without the slightest hint of doubt in their eyes that the U.S. economy is essential to the survival of the world. To even broach the possibility that the U.S. could be dropped or replaced as the central pillar of trade on the planet is greeted with sneers and even anger. But let’s set aside what we think (or what we assume) we know about the American financial juggernaut and consider the sordid history of the money powerhouse myth.

Germany, especially in the decade leading up to WWI, was an industrial giant, rivaling Britain in the production of raw commodities like steel, as well as the banking envy of the world. I’m sure very few economists of the era would have given any credence to the idea that the German foundation would in the near future collapse into hyperinflationary ruin. However, that is exactly what it did. In the span of 10 to 15 years, Germany was completely supplanted as the shining beacon of economic prosperity, never to return to a similar glory.

The British Empire from WWII up until the late 1950’s was the primary force in the global trade of oil, and the pound-sterling was dominant in the export and import of raw petroleum between nations. Extreme debt obligations and draining interventions in the Middle East set Britain on the path to currency devaluation, and the loss of its coveted reserve status.

The point is, there is no such thing as an invincible economy, especially if it is predicated on overt debt creation, fiat printing, and reckless foreign policy. When it comes down to the raw data, the American system is just as fragile as any corrupt third world shanty-town nation.

The possibility of a U.S. without financial hegemony is very real. To understand that this possibility exists is one thing; to understand that the process of destabilization has already begun is another. Many analysts with their heads stuck in the mainstream clouds attempt to argue against the “theory” of foreign markets decoupling from the U.S., not realizing that their entire debate platform is pointless because the decoupling is happening right under their noses…

The recent press covering the ongoing plan by BRIC nations (or “BRICS” if you count the latest bilateral agreements with South Africa) to establish their own supranational banking hub merely highlights the fact that developing countries are not simply “talking” about decoupling from the United States, they are taking actions to make it happen:

http://www.bloomberg.com/news…

The response from mainstream financial analysts is, of course, that the project for a BRIC bank will fail. Their argument, however, usually revolves around the assumption that this new central bank is designed to “compete” with the IMF, and is a merely an overreaction to the IMF and World Bank’s failure to give developing nations more inclusion in decision making processes. I see no evidence that the BRICS are trying to create a counter-system which would conflict with IMF control. Instead, it would seem that the BRICS are much more interested in forcing the issue of greater inclusion, and garnering greater favor within the already existing IMF structure:

http://www.reuters.com/article/2012/04/19/imf-idUSL2E8FJ90K20120419

Last year the G20 discussed heightened participation by China and the BRICS in the IMF’s global basket currency, the SDR. French Finance Minister and later “elected” IMF chief Christine Lagarde agreed with the idea while stating that certain conditions, including appreciation of the Yuan’s value, would have to take place:

http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-12905205

Contrary to the belief that the BRICS are building opposition to the IMF, China has on several occasions called for the EXPANSION of the IMF’s power, as well as widespread circulation of the SDR:

http://www.businessweek.com/news/…

How have the MSM talking heads missed this trend? Simply put: Bias, controlled and pre-written talking points from their editors, as well as many half-baked presumptions. The popular belief amongst financial academia is that the IMF is a product of American economic might, and that the organization will do whatever is in the best interests of the U.S. at all times. The reality is that the IMF is fast becoming the central authority of economic operations around the globe, and America just happens to be paying the largest “tithe” to the respective coffers of the banking syndicate. Do you get more control in the operations of the IRS when you pay more taxes?

The IMF’s goal is world centralization of economic control. For them, any sovereign nation is expendable in pursuit of the end game, including the United States. The IMF would not be pushing the issuance of a new world reserve currency to unseat the dollar if they did not intend to follow through, and they certainly would not hobble the greenback if they cared in the slightest about American economic concerns.

Rather than running counter to the IMF, BRIC partners and the newly realized ASEAN bloc are making themselves indispensible to the globalists, ensuring wider partnership in the near future. A BRIC central bank is, I believe, a bargaining chip to be used to open the door to more leadership in the IMF while reducing American influence. To summarize, the BRICS are not in conflict with the IMF, rather, they are in conflict with the U.S., and this conflict is coming to a climax…

Trade amongst BRIC nations continues to climb while exports to the U.S. have diminished. Between 2001 and 2009, exports and imports between BRICS skyrocketed, even amidst the derivatives collapse:

http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-13046521

Last year, ASEAN overtook Japan as China’s third largest trading partner. With the announcement of increased participation by Japan in the ASEAN bloc this year, the economic body looks poised to eclipse the U.S. and perhaps even the EU as China’s primary source of export and import business:

http://www.channelnewsasia.com/…

Meanwhile, overall exports around the world have dropped for five consecutive months in 2012 on slowing demand in the West.  The expectation of a massive resurgence in consumer demand from the U.S. has been proven unfounded, while the recession in the EU is exacerbating the downturn. U.S. exporters, who not long ago held dreams of foreign buyers clamoring for goods in the midst of Federal Reserve inflation and dollar devaluation, have discovered that they are instead floundering:

http://www.nytimes.com/...

The mainstream claim is that this is due to a breakdown in general Chinese demand, but with exponential bilateral trade deals (many of which cut out the U.S. dollar completely as a reserve currency) being made between China and major producing and consuming countries, it is clear that this is not just a demand issue in China; it is an ongoing process of removal of the U.S. from the trading picture. That is to say, China is deliberately reducing purchases of U.S. goods and turning towards BRIC and ASEAN partner countries to fill the void. This may be the reason why China recently surpassed the U.S. as the top sanctuary for foreign investment:

http://online.wsj.com/article/…

A Treasury report on China’s status as a “currency manipulator” already due but now delayed until after the elections may become the catalyst for the final phase of the global shunning of American markets. With China being presented as a primary issue during the presidential debates, it would seem that regardless of who “wins” the election there will be strain applied to Chinese trade relations.

China’s incredible gold buying extravaganzas over the past few years (including an estimated 500 tons in 2011 and another 500 tons so far in 2012) indicate that they are indeed hedging against what they obviously expect will be devaluation in the dollar or multiple currencies around the world including the dollar. India continues its long tradition of gold buying, while Russia is now increasing its reserves by half-a-billion dollars a month. These are the actions of countries getting ready for a break in the financial system, not a recovery, and certainly not a return to the old days of American consumer bliss.

The argument over whether or not the BRICS and the rest of the world can drop the U.S. economy and move onward has, ultimately, been rendered obsolete. Many will claim that a decoupling is impossible, but the fact remains that a decoupling is taking place. The consequences of this fiscal divorce remain to be seen, and the mainstream could very easily predict disaster for the BRICS. The real question they should be asking themselves, though, is which countries are better placed to survive such an event? Is the U.S. economy really built to withstand a loss of the dollar as the world reserve currency? Is the U.S. prepared for plummeting foreign investment and a reduction in its already dismal production capacity (production taking place by Americans on American soil, that is)? Is the U.S. really ready for extreme inflation in imported goods (most of the goods we consume)? Who really needs who more? It is time for the pundits and average Americans alike to set aside their commercialized and subsidized fake patriotism and question how strong our economy truly is. To ignore vast weakness today, is to feel vast pain tomorrow…

You can contact Brandon Smith at: brandon@alt-market.com

Alt-Market is an organization designed to help you find like-minded activists and preppers in your local area so that you can network and construct communities for mutual aid and defense. Join Alt-Market.com today and learn what it means to step away from the system and build something better.

To contribute to the growth of the Safe Haven Project, and to help us help others in relocating, or to support the creation of barter networks across the country, visit our donate page.

UK will launch its own version of the FBI in April

0

Nick Assinder |

The National Crime Agency, dubbed Britain’s FBI, will be up and running in shadow form by April next year and will be formally launched six months later with a full compliment of more than 4,000 staff, according to its first director general, Keith Bristow.

Until then, existing organisations, including the Serious Organised Crime Agency, will continue to lead the fight against the most serious offenders.

The Warwickshire Chief Constable told the Home Affairs Committee: “We are developing shadow arrangements and my ambition is that around April or May next year we will have moved into a set of arrangements that are in effect a shadow National Crime Agency.” Vesting of the NCA should follow on 1 October.

He played down the “British FBI” label, pointing out Britain did not have the same federal and state jurisdictions that existed in the US.

But he said there was plenty the NCA could learn from the FBI and other organisations, adding: “My very strong view is that this is an opportunity to join up the whole law enforcement effort against criminals who do not respect geographic or agency boundaries.

Bristow also rejected criticisms of the outgoing agency, SOCA, by committee member David Winnick who suggested it had “failed to fulfil its promise”.

“I think SOCA has done some very good work and made a very real difference. But let’s be clear, we wouldn’t be making this change if everything we needed to be delivered in a modern context had been delivered. So it’s about a different model .

“SOCA was never given a remit to lead the overall law enforcement response. There was never the breadth of responsibility the NCA will have. Let’s be clear, what I am building is a law enforcement agency that will do all of that to a world class standard.”

Protecting your online privacy

0

Alice Truong |

Not all online privacy tools are created equal, but good ones do exist to safeguard your identity and personal data. The Little Snitch firewall helps savvy Mac users detect new malware on their machines, while HTTPS Everywhere keeps others from snooping on your data. Wickr is a free iOS app that encrypts your iPhone communication.

As celebrities, IT folks and non-Facebook users can attest, you can never have too much privacy. Here are four tools to safeguard your personal details.

Monitor Incoming and Outgoing Traffic

Not all firewalls were made equal. For the people who want to get to the bottom of incoming and outgoing traffic, there’s Little Snitch.

Built by Objective Development, the latest version, Little Snitch 3, makes the firewall easier to use. It’s proved to be invaluable for security die-hards, helping some savvy Mac users detect new malware on their machines.

Little Snitch sees all, acting as an omniscient intermediary between your Mac and hidden connection attempts.

When an application or Web site attempts to connect to a server, it informs you and lets you set rules to temporarily or permanently accept or reject such connections.

Many people have trouble navigating Little Snitch upon installation. The rules and prompts can be intimidating, but the latest version makes it simpler to understand. Little Snitch 3 costs $34.95 for a single license; upgrade licenses begin at $16.95 (free for those who bought the software after May 1). There’s also a free demo mode that expires after three hours but can be restarted an unlimited number of times.

Browse the Web Securely with HTTPS Everywhere

Another useful tool to keep others from snooping on your private data is HTTPS Everywhere, a Chrome and Firefox extension.

A collaborative effort between the Electronic Frontier Foundation and the Tor Project, HTTPS Everywhere encrypts your communication on about 3,000 Web sites. The latest update doubled the number of covered sites and is expected to encrypt at least 100 billion page views within the next year. By rewriting requests so sites use the more secure HTTPS instead of HTTP, the extension provides a safer browsing experience.

How Much Are You Worth to Facebook and Google?

If you’re curious how two of the Web’s biggest sites stack up in online privacy, Privacyfix will lay it all out for you.

The Chrome extension scans your Facebook and Google settings, showing you which cookies are tracking you as you browse. After the initial scan, it will tell you which issues should be fixed (e.g., Facebook likes being used for ads), and alert you to privacy breaches and changes to privacy policies on an ongoing basis.

One of its most interesting features is how much money these sites make off ads from your data. Even though Facebook and Google don’t charge you to use their services, it’s not as free as you might think.

And how does Privacyfix handle your information? Under its frequently asked questions, it spells it out in these lay terms: “We do not receive or store any data associated with your use of Privacyfix unless you voluntarily send it to us. Period.”

Secure Communication: This Message Will Self-Destruct

Now that we have your computer covered, let’s turn our attention to Wickr, a free iOS app, that encrypts your iPhone communication, including text, pictures, audio and video messages.

Using the app to securely talk to other app users will make you feel like a spy. By default, all messages expire within six days, though there are options for them to self-destruct sooner than that. These messages cannot be recovered after they’ve been deleted. Furthermore, the app deletes location, device information and timestamps from media files.

Wickr doesn’t store any unencrypted messages on its servers. In fact, it doesn’t even require you to sign up with an e-mail address.

How the Police copy and keep your phone secrets

0

The police routinely copy and keep the contents of suspects’ mobile phones, according to this week’s Sunday Times.

In under half an hour the police could get from your phone your call history, all your text messages and your whole contacts book and put them into a vast database, the article claimed. And there the information stays, even if you are released without charge after a night in the cells.

The disturbing report claimed that as many as 22 English and Welsh police forces, including the Metropolitan Police and British Transport Police, are using off-the-shelf technology to do this. It claimed that the Metropolitan Police alone have 16 extraction terminals across London with 300 officers trained to use them.

In many ways it is a golden age for detective work. The police can access data from all kinds of sources because smartphones are both incredibly versatile and ubiquitous. Besides the emails and candid snaps from a night out, they can trawl your apps like Facebook or LinkedIn.

The Sunday Times report suggests that British police forces are treating the contents of citizens’ phones like they treated peoples’ DNA. For much of the previous decade British police collected DNA from arrested suspects and kept the samples even after the suspect was acquitted. In this way they collected and stored 1 million samples before the law stopped them.

In 2008 the European Court of Human Rights overturned a House of Lords ruling and decided it is illegal for the police to store innocent citizens’ DNA. The Sunday Times’ argues that ’there is a direct parallel’ between keeping DNA records and ‘keeping the mo0bile phone data of those who have never been convicted of any offence.’

Civil liberties group Big Brother Watch agrees. They are adamant it is outside the law, saying so both to the paper and in a letter sent to Christopher Graham the Information Commissioner in May this year. Recently Graham told a committee of MPs and Peers he is investigating the legality of this mass data storage. He said: ‘This may not only circumvent existing safeguards but also put the personal information of third parties who are not suspected of any wrongdoing into the hands of the police.’

While the authorities argue the legality of this new policing technique users can take steps protect their data.

Certain handsets have sufficient encription to keep some content safe says Rick Ferguson fromcyber security company Trend Micro. The Metropolitan Police is using a product called Aceso made by British company Radiotactics, he told the Bureau.

‘Depending on the handset, you can configure it to reduce the amount that is withdrawn,’ he said.

But ultimately if your device is seized no matter what you do at least some of your data will be exposed.

Source

Orwellian ‘disposition matrix’ could make the War on Terror permanent

, guardian.co.uk |

A primary reason for opposing the acquisition of abusive powers and civil liberties erosions is that they virtually always become permanent, vested not only in current leaders one may love and trust but also future officials who seem more menacing and less benign.

The Washington Post has a crucial and disturbing story this morning by Greg Miller about the concerted efforts by the Obama administration to fully institutionalize — to make officially permanent — the most extremist powers it has exercised in the name of the war on terror.

Based on interviews with “current and former officials from the White House and the Pentagon, as well as intelligence and counterterrorism agencies”, Miller reports that as “the United States‘ conventional wars are winding down”, the Obama administration “expects to continue adding names to kill or capture lists for years” (the “capture” part of that list is little more than symbolic, as the US focus is overwhelmingly on the “kill” part). Specifically, “among senior Obama administration officials, there is broad consensus that such operations are likely to be extended at least another decade.” As Miller puts it: “That timeline suggests that the United States has reached only the midpoint of what was once known as the global war on terrorism.”

In pursuit of this goal, “White House counterterrorism adviser John O Brennan is seeking to codify the administration’s approach to generating capture/kill lists, part of a broader effort to guide future administrations through the counterterrorism processes that Obama has embraced.” All of this, writes Miller, demonstrates “the extent to which Obama has institutionalized the highly classified practice of targeted killing, transforming ad-hoc elements into a counterterrorism infrastructure capable of sustaining a seemingly permanent war.”

The Post article cites numerous recent developments reflecting this Obama effort, including the fact that “CIA Director David H Petraeus is pushing for an expansion of the agency’s fleet of armed drones”, which “reflects the agency’s transformation into a paramilitary force, and makes clear that it does not intend to dismantle its drone program and return to its pre-September 11 focus on gathering intelligence.” The article also describes rapid expansion of commando operations by the US Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC) and, perhaps most disturbingly, the creation of a permanent bureaucratic infrastructure to allow the president to assassinate at will:

“JSOC also has established a secret targeting center across the Potomac River from Washington, current and former U.S. officials said. The elite command’s targeting cells have traditionally been located near the front lines of its missions, including in Iraq and Afghanistan. But JSOC created a ‘national capital region’ task force that is a 15-minute commute from the White House so it could be more directly involved in deliberations about al-Qaeda lists.”

The creepiest aspect of this development is the christening of a new Orwellian euphemism for due-process-free presidential assassinations: “disposition matrix”. Writes Miller:

“Over the past two years, the Obama administration has been secretly developing a new blueprint for pursuing terrorists, a next-generation targeting list called the ‘disposition matrix’.

“The matrix contains the names of terrorism suspects arrayed against an accounting of the resources being marshaled to track them down, including sealed indictments and clandestine operations. US officials said the database is designed to go beyond existing kill lists, mapping plans for the ‘disposition’ of suspects beyond the reach of American drones.”

The “disposition matrix” has been developed and will be overseen by the National Counterterrorism Center (NCTC). One of its purposes is “to augment” the “separate but overlapping kill lists” maintained by the CIA and the Pentagon: to serve, in other words, as the centralized clearinghouse for determining who will be executed without due process based upon how one fits into the executive branch’s “matrix”. As Miller describes it, it is “a single, continually evolving database” which includes “biographies, locations, known associates and affiliated organizations” as well as “strategies for taking targets down, including extradition requests, capture operations and drone patrols”. This analytical system that determines people’s “disposition” will undoubtedly be kept completely secret; Marcy Wheeler sardonically said that she was “looking forward to the government’s arguments explaining why it won’t release the disposition matrix to ACLU under FOIA”.

This was all motivated by Obama’s refusal to arrest or detain terrorist suspects, and his resulting commitment simply to killing them at will (his will). Miller quotes “a former US counterterrorism official involved in developing the matrix” as explaining the impetus behind the program this way: “We had a disposition problem.”

The central role played by the NCTC in determining who should be killed — “It is the keeper of the criteria,” says one official to the Post — is, by itself, rather odious. As Kade Crockford of the ACLU of Massachusettsnoted in response to this story, the ACLU has long warned that the real purpose of the NCTC — despite its nominal focus on terrorism – is the “massive, secretive data collection and mining of trillions of points of data about most people in the United States”.

In particular, the NCTC operates a gigantic data-mining operation, in which all sorts of information about innocent Americans is systematically monitored, stored, and analyzed. This includes “records from law enforcement investigations, health information, employment history, travel and student records” — “literally anything the government collects would be fair game”. In other words, the NCTC – now vested with the power to determine the proper “disposition” of terrorist suspects – is the same agency that is at the center of the ubiquitous, unaccountable surveillance state aimed at American citizens.

Worse still, as the ACLU’s legislative counsel Chris Calabrese documented back in July in a must-read analysis, Obama officials very recently abolished safeguards on how this information can be used. Whereas the agency, during the Bush years, was barred from storing non-terrorist-related information about innocent Americans for more than 180 days — a limit which “meant that NCTC was dissuaded from collecting large databases filled with information on innocent Americans” — it is now free to do so. Obama officials eliminated this constraint by authorizing the NCTC “to collect and ‘continually assess’ information on innocent Americans for up to five years”.

And, as usual, this agency engages in these incredibly powerful and invasive processes with virtually no democratic accountability:

“All of this is happening with very little oversight. Controls over the NCTC are mostly internal to the DNI’s office, and important oversight bodies such as Congress and the President’s Intelligence Oversight Board aren’t notified even of ‘significant’ failures to comply with the Guidelines. Fundamental legal protections are being sidestepped. For example, under the new guidelines, Privacy Act notices (legal requirements to describe how databases are used) must be completed by the agency that collected the information. This is in spite of the fact that those agencies have no idea what NCTC is actually doing with the information once it collects it.

“All of this amounts to a reboot of the Total Information Awareness Program that Americans rejected so vigorously right after 9/11.”

It doesn’t require any conspiracy theorizing to see what’s happening here. Indeed, it takes extreme naiveté, or wilful blindness, not to see it.

What has been created here – permanently institutionalized – is a highly secretive executive branch agency that simultaneously engages in two functions: (1) it collects and analyzes massive amounts of surveillance data about all Americans without any judicial review let alone search warrants, and (2) creates and implements a “matrix” that determines the “disposition” of suspects, up to and including execution, without a whiff of due process or oversight. It is simultaneously a surveillance state and a secretive, unaccountable judicial body that analyzes who you are and then decrees what should be done with you, how you should be “disposed” of, beyond the reach of any minimal accountability or transparency.

The Post’s Miller recognizes the watershed moment this represents: “The creation of the matrix and the institutionalization of kill/capture lists reflect a shift that is as psychological as it is strategic.” As he explains, extra-judicial assassination was once deemed so extremist that very extensive deliberations were required before Bill Clinton could target even Osama bin Laden for death by lobbing cruise missiles in East Africa. But:

Targeted killing is now so routine that the Obama administration has spent much of the past year codifying and streamlining the processes that sustain it.

To understand the Obama legacy, please re-read that sentence. As Murtaza Hussain put it when reacting to the Post story: “The US agonized over the targeted killing Bin Laden at Tarnak Farms in 1998; now it kills people it barely suspects of anything on a regular basis.”

The pragmatic inanity of the mentality driving this is self-evident: as Idiscussed yesterday (and many other times), continuous killing does not eliminate violence aimed at the US but rather guarantees its permanent expansion. As a result, wrote Miller, “officials said no clear end is in sight” when it comes to the war against “terrorists” because, said one official, “we can’t possibly kill everyone who wants to harm us” but trying is “a necessary part of what we do”. Of course, the more the US kills and kills and kills, the more people there are who “want to harm us”. That’s the logic that has resulted in a permanent war on terror.

But even more significant is the truly radical vision of government in which this is all grounded. The core guarantee of western justice since the Magna Carta was codified in the US by the fifth amendment to the constitution: “No person shall . . . be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law.” You simply cannot have a free society, a worthwhile political system, without that guarantee, that constraint on the ultimate abusive state power, being honored.

And yet what the Post is describing, what we have had for years, is a system of government that — without hyperbole — is the very antithesis of that liberty. It is literally impossible to imagine a more violent repudiation of the basic blueprint of the republic than the development of a secretive, totally unaccountable executive branch agency that simultaneously collects information about all citizens and then applies a “disposition matrix” to determine what punishment should be meted out. This is classic political dystopia brought to reality (despite how compelled such a conclusion is by these indisputable facts, many Americans will view such a claim as an exaggeration, paranoia, or worse because of this psychological dynamic I described here which leads many good passive westerners to believe that true oppression, by definition, is something that happens only elsewhere).

In response to the Post story, Chris Hayes asked: “If you have a ‘kill list’, but the list keeps growing, are you succeeding?” The answer all depends upon what the objective is.

As the Founders all recognized, nothing vests elites with power — and profit — more than a state of war. That is why there were supposed to be substantial barriers to having them start and continue – the need for a Congressional declaration, the constitutional bar on funding the military for more than two years at a time, the prohibition on standing armies, etc. Here is how John Jay put it in Federalist No 4:

“It is too true, however disgraceful it may be to human nature, that nations in general will make war whenever they have a prospect of getting anything by it; nay, absolute monarchs will often make war when their nations are to get nothing by it, but for the purposes and objects merely personal, such as thirst for military glory, revenge for personal affronts, ambition, or private compacts to aggrandize or support their particular families or partisans. These and a variety of other motives, which affect only the mind of the sovereign, often lead him to engage in wars not sanctified by justice or the voice and interests of his people.”

In sum, there are factions in many governments that crave a state of endless war because that is when power is least constrained and profit most abundant. What the Post is reporting is yet another significant step toward that state, and it is undoubtedly driven, at least on the part of some, by a self-interested desire to ensure the continuation of endless war and the powers and benefits it vests. So to answer Hayes’ question: the endless expansion of a kill list and the unaccountable, always-expanding powers needed to implement it does indeed represent a great success for many. Read what John Jay wrote in the above passage to see why that is, and why few, if any, political developments should be regarded as more pernicious.

Detention policies

Assuming the Post’s estimates are correct — that “among senior Obama administration officials, there is broad consensus that such operations are likely to be extended at least another decade” — this means that the war on terror will last for more than 20 years, far longer than any other American war. This is what has always made the rationale for indefinite detention — that it is permissible to detain people without due process until the “end of hostilities” — so warped in this context. Those who are advocating that are endorsing nothing less than life imprisonment – permanent incarceration — without any charges or opportunities to contest the accusations.

That people are now dying at Guantanamo after almost a decade in a cage with no charges highlights just how repressive that power is. Extend that mentality to secret, due-process-free assassinations — something the US government clearly intends to convert into a permanent fixture of American political life — and it is not difficult to see just how truly extremist and anti-democratic “war on terror” proponents in both political parties have become.

UPDATE

As I noted yesterday, Afgan officials reported that three Afghan children were killed on Saturday by NATO operations. Today, reports CNN, “missiles blew up part of a compound Wednesday in northwest Pakistan, killing three people – including one woman” and added: “the latest suspected U.S. drone strike also injured two children.” Meanwhile, former Obama press secretary and current campaign adviser Robert Gibbs this week justified the US killing of 16-year-old American Abdulrahaman Awlaki, killed by a US drone in Yemen two weeks after his father was, on the ground that he “should have a far more responsible father”.

Also yesterday, CNN profiled Abu Sufyan Said al-Shihri, alleged to be a top al-Qaida official in Yemen. He pointed out “that U.S. drone strikes are helping al-Qaida in Yemen because of the number of civilian deaths they cause.” Ample evidence supports his observation.

To summarize all this: the US does not interefere in the Muslim world and maintain an endless war on terror because of the terrorist threat. It has a terrorist threat because of its interference in the Muslim world and its endless war on terror.

Over 1400 officers face Hillsborough probe

0

Press TV |

The names of 1,444 former and serving British police officers have been passed to the Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC) over Hillsborough tragedy.

The names have been handed over by police chiefs in South Yorkshire to the IPCC as part of the investigation into the Hillsborough disaster. The list given to the IPCC includes the names of all the officers who were working on the day and those who were involved in the aftermath.

Home Affairs Committee Chairman Keith Vaz told MPs the figure, revealed to him in a letter from South Yorkshire police’s chief constable, was “huge” and more than what they expected.

The government said the “the enormity” of the investigation would not prevent the IPCC to have a thorough look at the case.

However, during a Commons debate on the Hillsborough Independent Panel’s report last night, British MPs said they were concerned the IPCC does not have enough resources to handle the probe on its own.

The Hillsborough disaster was a human crush which resulted in the death of 94 people on 15 April 1989 at the Hillsborough Stadium in Sheffield.

The inquiries on Hillsborough tragedy are conducted into possible crimes committed by police including a huge cover-up of mistakes made during the disaster.

MOS/MOL/HE

Video: ‘Obama, Romney – same police state’

RT | There’s a blackout by the mainstream media and the US political elite on coverage of third parties, but RT covered and broadcast this year’s third-party presidential debate, hosted by Larry King and featuring a panel including our own Thom Hartmann.

On Tuesday night, RT was one of only a handful of media outlets to broadcast the debate, moderated by award-winning broadcast journalist Larry King. Organized by the Free and Equal Elections Foundation, candidates from the Constitution, Green, Justice and Libertarian parties sounded off on the issues facing American voters, without having to worry about towing party lines for the Democrats or Republicans.

The third-party candidates’ debate statements, diverse as they were, were a change of pace for the growing number of Americans who see little substantive difference between Mitt Romney and Barack Obama. Though they often disagreed, there was near unanimity on one general concept: The Democratic and Republican parties represent corporate interests, not the average American.

Speaking to RT, Free and Equal Elections Foundation founder Christina Tobin said, “We’re going to shift the power back to the people, back to the origins of the Constitution, which doesn’t even mention parties or corporations.”

Despite having their voices and positions largely shut out of the two-party system, Libertarian Party candidate Gary Johnson, Green Party candidate Jill Stein, Constitution Party candidate Virgil Goode and Justice Party candidate Rocky Anderson plan to continue their campaigns until Election Day. Largely ignored by the mainstream media, the candidates had few opportunities before this debate to air their positions on critical issues, and their visions for America.

At the outset, the four dove into a set of questions submitted through social media — after the debate’s hosts forgot to allow time for opening statements. The debate went smoothly after that, and the audience breaking into applause after each candidate’s answer. On one occasion, an answer was even met with boos — hardly the stuff of traditional presidential debates.

Before taking the stage, each candidate was interviewed by a panel that included RT’s Thom Hartmann and the event’s organizers.

If you missed RT’s live coverage, make sure to check out our full video of the debate — and our in-depth breakdown of the four candidates and their positions, below.

Rocky Anderson — Justice Party

Representing the newly-formed Justice Party, Ross Carl Anderson served two terms as the mayor of Salt Lake City, Utah. A former Democrat, Anderson focused on income-related issues facing Americans, specifically mentioning the “corrupting influence of money” in American politics. The result, he said, was that American officials end up representing whoever floats them the most cash — instead of their constituents.

As for the two-party system, Anderson was clear: it’s putting a “stranglehold on our democracy.”

Looking at Anderson’s comments as a whole, you see a candidate fighting for lower-income Americans who often fall victim to both financial interests and law enforcement. In that connection, he was adamant that the US must help the students who face crippling debts and working families who face foreclosure while Wall Street gets an unlimited zero-interest credit line from Washington.

As for domestic policy, Anderson said the US Constitution has been “shredded” at home under George W. Bush and Obama, with the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) allowing US presidents to “round up” anyone they want and imprison them for the rest of their lives — without trial or even a charge.

Anderson insisted on the right to education for all Americans, saying “we cannot afford not to provide” the higher learning that leads to “equality of opportunity.” While Washington pushes austerity, he said, Americans must demand prosperity, getting behind the workers and students he says will build the country’s future.

The War on Drugs was a hot topic at the debate. Anderson was clear that he sees it as a waste of national money, and a “source of unbelievable human tragedy.” He noted examples of Americans who will sit in prison for decades simply for selling marijuana, which he said should be legalized. He used the example of alcohol, which was formerly under prohibition, and said drugs should be issues for education and health issues — not law enforcement.

Anderson continued that the US has more people in prison on drug charges that Western Europe has in their prisons on all offenses combined. If elected president, he said, he would immediately pardon anyone in jail on a drug offense that did not include any other charge.

When it came to foreign policy, Anderson told the audience that under both George W. Bush and Obama, the US has engaged in foreign wars based on a “pack of lies.” He noted that while the Pentagon warns that climate change is a bigger threat to national security than global terrorism, American elected officials are “sound asleep” asking for money to beef up weapons systems.

He explained to viewers his stance on foreign wars in greater detail: that the US should have no wars of aggression, and should only attack another country if American soil has been attacked first. Anderson noted that wars of aggression are illegal under the UN Charter — and that the US has lobbied for the prosecution of foreign leaders who commit the same crimes US officials have committed.

Read more

Mirror Group accused of hacking phones

0

James Cusick, Cahal Milmo and Martin Hickman |

Scotland Yard are holding evidence that a senior Mirror Group executive regularly paid a private investigations firm up to £125 a time for mobile phone numbers and private pin access codes at least two years before phone hacking became a routine practice at the News of the World.

Invoices for the service that have been shown to The Independent, name the news executive but today the former Mirror employee — who cannot be identified for legal reasons – said he could not discuss the significance of evidence held by the Metropolitan Police. He said: “All of this should be referred to Trinity Mirror.”

Shares in Trinity Mirror, publisher of the Daily Mirror, Sunday Mirror and People, today plummeted by £20m after it was revealed that four high-profile individuals, including the former England football manager, Sven-Goran Eriksson, had begun legal action claiming their phones were hacked by Mirror newspapers.

The claims filed at the High Court yesterday, which allege “breach of confidence and misuse of private information” relating to illegal mobile phone voicemail interceptions, is the first significant expansion of phone hacking in the UK beyond Rupert Murdoch’s News International titles.

The three other claimants are the Coronation street actress, Shobna Gulati, the former nanny of star footballer David Bekham, Abbie Gibson, and the former captain of Blackburn Rovers, Garry Flitcroft.

The regimes of three Trinity Mirror editors are implicated in the claims, including Piers Morgan who edited the Daily Mirror between 1995 and 2004 and was in charge of the title when it revealed the affair between Mr Eriksson and broadcaster Ulrika Jonsson in a story that is at the centre of the football manager’s complaint. Mr Morgan, now a star interviewer on the US news channel CNN, has repeatedly said he has no knowledge of phone hacking happening during his editorship.

Tonight the lawyer representing the new claimants, Mark Lewis, said that since the news broke of the allegations against the Mirror titles, others had contacted him. “They have raised issues that I will now have to look into,” he said.

Trinity Mirror has consistently tried to distance itself from illegal practices that were adopted inside titles run by Rupert Murdoch’s UK print operation. Today the company repeated assurances given to the Leveson Inquiry earlier this year by its former chief executive, Sly Bailey, stating that “all” its journalists worked “within the criminal law and the Press Complaints Commission Code of Conduct.”

However a former Trinity Mirror journalist who today spoke to The Independent on condition of anonymity, repeated the allegations given to the Leveson Inquiry last year by the Mirror’s former business writer, James Hipwell, who claimed he had personally been shown “how to hack” by the paper’s showbusiness team.

The former journalist, building on Mr Hipwell’s account, said staff were bullied into hacking, that it was common knowledge and that voicemail interceptions took place from the 1990s to well into the 2000s.

The Independent was told “It started off as a cult activity by showbiz reporters. It was a plentiful source of cheap diary stories, but then it became proven that it broke big stories, and the news people started to use it and the showbiz people started to get promoted into news — and they would insist it was used. It became standard practice.”

Backing up Mr Hipwell’s Leveson testimony, the source said they had first-hand knowledge of its use, knew people who “were at it” and that it was done openly in Trinity Mirror titles. They added “It was done with authority. Political decisions [within the offices] were made that this was what people had to do — even if it was against their will.”

Alleging that senior Trinity Mirror management knew of the illegal practice, and were involved in keeping it a secret, could, if proven, be financially damaging for the struggling publishing group.

Being part of the Murdoch-owned News Corp has allowed News International to both mount a robust legal fight-back against phone hacking, while at the same time bowing to the inevitable high-tariff damages that have arisen from scores of settled civil claims. That process is still on-going with NI’s final hacking bill now expected to soar past the £200 million mark.

Trinity Mirror are without such financial muscle. Its share price has fallen 90 percent over the last five years, and at the close of last year was servicing debt of around £220 million.

Company insiders are now saying that Ms Bailey’s decision taken last year not to order an investigation along the lines of NI’s “management standards committee” (MSC) review, could now be reviewed. She explained her decision to Lord Justice Leveson saying that as there was no evidence Mirror Group journalists had hacked phone, there was no need to conduct an investigation.

In place of a detailed investigation, Paul Vickers, the company’s legal director, who is a former barrister, varied out a review of editorial controls and procedures. A company spokesman said Mr Vickers review “had no historical element to it, and simply examined existing practices.”

The spokesman said they would be making no comment on any evidence held by Scotland Yard, and as it had yet to receive any claims from Mark Lewis could add nothing more.

Claimants: The alleged targets

Garry Flitcroft

The former Blackburn Rovers captain became the subject of tabloid interest in 2002 after claims of two extra-marital affairs. He obtained an injunction banning disclosure of his identity, subsequently overturned. Among papers which covered the story were The People and the Sunday Mirror.

Sven-Goran Eriksson

The revelation of an affair between the then England manager and television presenter Ulrika Jonsson was a defining exclusive of Piers Morgan’s editorship of the Daily Mirror. But Eriksson and Jonsson are known to have long wondered how their relationship came to light.

Shobna Gulati

The soap actor, who appeared in both Coronation Street and EastEnders, was the subject of articles in the Sunday Mirror between 2003 and 2005. She was granted core participant status in the Leveson Inquiry during its study of relations between police and newspapers.

Abbie Gibson

The former nanny to the Beckhams hit the headlines in 2005 when she began employment tribunal proceedings against them. The People ran a story wrongly alleging that David Beckham had left angry voicemails on Gibson’s phone. The paper later apologised for the story and paid damages.

Court will decide if NSA snooping went too far

0

Later this month, the Supreme Court will hear a case that could define the government’s ability to monitor innocent Americans’ international communications without a warrant. The lawsuit, Amnesty International v. Clapper, argues that the Constitution bars the National Security Agency from listening to or reading Americans’ international conversations and emails without court oversight, even if Congress blesses the NSA’s actions.

Unfortunately, the government has tried to block the courts from ever reaching that constitutional issue, arguing that unless the plaintiffs can prove they will be monitored (which is impossible, since the list of who is monitored is classified), they cannot sue. Now that threshold question has reached the Supreme Court. Based on our combined six-plus decades of experience working at the NSA, we are sure there is only one just outcome: The justices should let this case proceed, giving the courts the opportunity to determine whether the executive and legislative branches have gone too far.

Part of the Defense Department, the NSA was created to listen to and analyze foreign communications to protect our nation from threats outside our borders. Today, it is bigger than the CIA and FBI combined. For decades, those of us inside the NSA prided ourselves on our respect for the Constitution. Our touchstone was the Fourth Amendment’s protections against unreasonable searches and seizures and its guarantee that warrants could be issued only with probable cause and against specific targets. Whenever we suspected that an American abroad or someone inside the United States might be involved in terrorism or espionage, we carefully gathered the evidence and presented it to the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, which meets in secret to protect classified information. Only if that court gave us permission would we monitor an American’s communications.

Then came the horrific crimes of Sept. 11, 2001, and we lost our moorings. Shortly after that terrible day, President George W. Bush authorized the NSA to wiretap Americans’ international communications without any warrant, suspicion of wrongdoing or court oversight at all. The Bush administration managed to keep this secret for years, but inside the NSA, we knew what was happening. Together with large numbers of our colleagues, we objected to the abandonment of constitutional protections. We were told to mind our own business. But this is exactly the kind of intrusion into our private lives that the Founding Fathers wanted to prevent. We resigned in protest.

The NSA continued to ignore the law and the Constitution until it was outed by media reports in 2006. Initially, Congress cried foul. But two years later, legislators turned their backs on the rule of law and passed a new statute – the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act Amendments Act – to rubber-stamp the warrantless wiretapping program. (Congress is currently considering whether to renew the law, which expires at the end of this year.) The American Civil Liberties Union challenged the law’s constitutionality on behalf of human rights, media and legal organizations that depend on confidential communications to do their work. But more than four years later, the case is still in its initial stages and far from dealing with the real issue: whether the government should be allowed to listen to and read Americans’ conversations and emails without any suspicion that we have done anything wrong – and then store those communications forever.

The NSA cannot be trusted with this power. No agency should be. Since 2001, the NSA has been willing time and again to throw the Constitution overboard and snoop on innocent Americans who are not suspected of any wrongdoing. Using shockingly fast machines called NARUS devices, the NSA can monitor virtually every single phone call, email and text that passes through the United States. The agency can make a mirror image of all those communications, then funnel those copies to massive data vaults. When it wants to, the NSA can then go through and compile a dossier on each and every one of us. That would be well and good if the agency followed the law and tracked only suspected terrorists. But it does not. Under the warrantless wiretapping program and now the FISA Amendments Act, the NSA conducts blanket, dragnet surveillance of Americans’ international communications, even when there is not even a hint that we’ve done something wrong.

The framers established our independent courts to be the final bulwark of liberty. They recognized that the political branches – Congress and the president – cannot be relied on alone to protect our rights, particularly in times of crisis. That is as true today as it has ever been. Threats to national security cannot be an excuse to throw out the very system that has been our nation’s strength for more than 200 years. We cannot allow the rhetoric of fear to justify abandoning our Constitution.

Bill Binney worked at the NSA from 1965 to 2001. J. Kirk Wiebe worked at the NSA from 1975 to 2001.

Source

Police mistake allowed rapist to evade justice for two decades

0

A DAMNING report has revealed the true scale of the police blunders which allowed a Plymouth rapist to evade justice for more than two decades

The conclusions of the Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC) about errors made in using DNA evidence by forces nationwide prompted one former detective to say thousands of sex offenders who should be behind bars could be walking Britain’s streets. Stewart Butler — a retired Detective Sergeant who headed the original Plymouth rape inquiry — fears yesterday’s IPCC report into the way Devon and Cornwall Police handled the case could show every force in the country may have made the same mistakes.

The Herald reported last month how Shaun Harrison was jailed for the rape in 1989 of a teenage girl.

Harrison, 46, of North Prospect, was jailed for eight years last month after being found guilty of two rapes and two indecent assaults. The first was of the teenage girl in a Plymouth car park, the other a woman outside a city nightclub in 1995.

DNA evidence was collected but the Devon and Cornwall force did not update the police database so when Harrison’s DNA was taken after a separate offence several years later the two were not matched. He was only caught after a bizarre false confession by another man two years ago which prompted detectives to re-open the case.

The IPCC found Plymouth police failed to act on repeated requests to “upgrade” DNA evidence.

The IPCC found the force had not instructed the Forensic Science Service (FSS) to load the original DNA onto the database — established in 1995 — despite repeatedly being advised to do so.

Shockingly, when police finally upgraded forensic samples last year, they found three further matches — from 1989, 1990 and 1993. As a result, more rapists were identified and jailed.

The IPCC said all police forces were asked by the FSS in 1996 to update older versions of DNA samples to a newer version.

Two years later the FSS contacted Devon and Cornwall Police highlighting 10 serious sex cases — including the 1989 Harrison rape — held on the older database that were “worthy of an upgrade” onto the new national database.

The force chose two of the 10 — not including Harrison’s rape.

The IPCC said Devon and Cornwall Police had a “number of opportunities” to review the case but had “failed”.

The IPCC noted how the Harrison case acted as a “trigger” for the force to “conduct a comprehensive review of all their undetected serious sex crimes”.

Deputy IPCC chair Deborah Glass said: “Devon and Cornwall Police missed opportunities over the years to review this case.

“This meant that Harrison’s and other DNA samples were not upgraded in line with forensic advancements.”

Now city MP Oliver Colvile and North Devon MP Nick Harvey have called upon the Home Secretary and the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) to demand all police forces ensure they have not made similar errors.

Mr Colvile said he would table Parliamentary questions over the fiasco.

Mr Butler added: “It’s a major, major failure in the system. If other police forces have made the same mistakes then there will be people walking around the streets, serious offenders, who’ve not been identified because of this mistake.

“There could be hundreds of cases out there, if not thousands around the country.”

POLICE RESPONSE

DEVON and Cornwall Police refused to answer questions regarding the IPCC’s report.

But, in a statement, a spokesman said: “We welcome and fully accept the findings of the report, much of which relate to historic practices.

“We have already adopted much of the learning contained within the IPCC report.

“This investigation has highlighted a potential national issue around how historic DNA should be treated.

“However, DNA technology has progressed significantly since 1989 and the way police investigate such offences is now very different.

“Devon and Cornwall Police have proactively sought to identify any such cases and have currently found three related to historic, undeveloped DNA hits.

Source

“All of these cases have been voluntarily referred to the IPCC and have all now resulted in substantial prison sentences for offenders.”

An ACPO spokeswoman added: “ACPO will work with the IPCC in relation to any lessons which may need to be shared with the wider service as a consequence of their investigation into this particular case.”

Ex-CIA agent faces jail for exposing torture

0
An ex- CIA agent and major critic of US torturing of “terror suspects,” who was charged with leaking classified information, has been forced to plead guilty to a single charge in a plea bargain agreement with government prosecutors.

The plea agreement, commonly forced on defendants by US prosecutors to avert controversy and costly legal costs, would oblige the former intelligence officer, John C. Kiriakou, to plead guilty in federal court on Tuesday and send him to prison for up to 30 months for allegedly passing secrets to reporters, The Washington Post reports today.

The conviction of Kiriakou to a single charge of “disclosing the identity of an undercover CIA operative” marked the end of a case that described as “part of the Obama administration’s unprecedented crackdown on leaks.

The 47-year-old agent, according to the report, is most widely recognized for being among the first former agents of premier American spy agency to publicly expose CIA’s secret interrogation program, describing in a 2007 television interview the use of waterboarding – internationally recognized as a torture tactic — on al-Qaeda suspects.

Kiriakou worked undercover for the US Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) for years and reportedly took part in multiple operations that led to the capture of alleged al-Qaeda suspects in Pakistan.

The controversial case was one of six leaks-related prosecutions brought by the US Justice Department since Obama became president, more than all previous administrations combined. The plea deal comes just months following an announcement by the US judiciary that it was closing its investigation of the deaths of foreign An ex- CIA agent and major critic of US torturing of “terror suspects” who was charged with leaking classified information has been forced to plead guilty to a single charge in a plea bargain agreement with government prosecutors.

The plea agreement, commonly forced on defendants by US prosecutors to avert controversy and costly legal costs, would oblige the former intelligence officer, John C. Kiriakou, to plead guilty in federal court on Tuesday and send him to prison for up to 30 months for allegedly passing secrets to reporters, The Washington Post reports today.

The conviction of Kiriakou to a single charge of “disclosing the identity of an undercover CIA operative” marked the end of a case that was described as “part of the Obama administration’s unprecedented crackdown on leaks.”

The 47-year-old agent, according to the report, is most widely recognized for being among the first former agents of premier American spy agency to publicly expose CIA’s secret interrogation program, describing in a 2007 television interview the use of waterboarding – internationally recognized as a torture tactic – on al-Qaeda suspects.

Kiriakou worked undercover for the US Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) for years and reportedly took part in multiple operations that led to the capture of alleged al-Qaeda suspects in Pakistan.

The controversial case was one of six leaks-related prosecutions brought by the US Justice Department since Obama became president, more than all previous administrations combined. The plea deal comes just months following an announcement by the US judiciary that it was closing its investigation of the deaths of foreign inmates in secret CIA prisons overseas without bringing a single charge.

Kiriakou, says the report, had initially pleaded not guilty to all the charges brought against him by the US government, insisting that he had never “knowingly shared classified information or leaked other secrets.” The Obama administration’s case against him was based mostly on e-mail exchanges between Kiriakou and news reporters, as well as his responses when confronted about the disclosures by FBI agents.

The accused agent and his attorney declined to respond to requests for comment. A legal associate, however, cautioned Monday evening that Kiriakou may still change his mind about the plea deal offered by the prosecutors.

As part of the agreement, US government prosecutors are expected to drop four other charges against Kiriakou, including the accusation that “he had illegally shared sensitive national defense information with reporters and had lied to the CIA’s publication review board about the contents of a memoir he published,” the report says.

“The government will say that any guilty plea is a win, and the defense will say they were forced into a corner,” said Steven Aftergood, an expert on classification issues with the Federation of American Scientists. “In some sense, they will both be right.”

Legal experts on leaks crimes emphasize that the government will most likely consider a guilty plea from Kiriakou as a significant victory given the collapse of previous leaks cases, including the attempted prosecution of a former National Security Agency executive, Thomas Drake.

MFB/HMV

FBI recruits and frames young Indian student in phony bomb plot

Susanne Posel, Occupy Corporatism |

Loretta Lynch, US Attonrey from the Eastern District of New York and prosecutor in the case against Quazi Mohammad Rezwanul Ahsan Nafis, who was recruited and set up by the Federal Bureau of Investigations (FBI) in a manufactured bomb plot last week, claims that Nafis came to the FBI agent assigned to frame him and told that agent he wanted to blow up the New York Federal Reserve Bank. Lynch explains: “This case means that there’s still a concerted effort by al Qaeda to insert individuals into the U.S. who will carry out their plan to disrupt the economy and to do great destruction and damage.

Individuals who essentially are not necessarily tied to a larger group but come here looking to recruit other people who share the same views, and look for targets and carry out acts of destruction.”

Nafis was actually approached by the FBI informant assigned to find a young person willing to participate in a bomb plot. The FBI claims that Nafis was enrolled at Southeast Missouri State University (SMSU) on a student visa and pursuing a degree in cybersecurity. However, records show that Nafis is not a student at SMSU.

He was approached by an FBI agent who gave Nafis 1,000-pounds of ammonium nitrate and other materials to build an improvised explosive device (IED). Under watch of the FBI, Nafis assembled the IED at an undisclosed warehouse in New York. The FBI claim that Nafis attempted to detonate the “fake” bomb at a hotel, where he was taken into custody.

The “infiltrating” FBI agent brought Nafis to the warehouse in a van. Nafis allegedly told the agent that his first plan was to blow up the NY Fed. If he was unable to do so, he had a “Plan B”. After coercing from the FBI agent, Nafis also produced a written statement of his intentions where he said that Osama bin Laden was the justification for his impending actions.

The FBI agent made sure to create a video where Nafis admitted to his plans. This recorded statement was to be shown to the American public after the attack. Nafis was recorded on tape saying he wanted to “destroy America.” The FBI was careful to set up the necessary evidence to not only incriminate Nafis as a pasty, but also use the evidence to create a link between al-Qaeda and the nation of India.

Lynch asserts that “the investigation is continuing on a lot of fronts. What is clear is that when he arrived here he had already conceived of the plan to construct a bomb of some sort and of large magnitude and to effect great destruction. What’s also clear is that he had already conceived of the plan to come here and recruit others already in the U.S. to join him and that’s what he set about doing.”

Prosecuting officials refer to the manufactured plot as a “sting operation” and praise those FBI agents assigned to find unsuspecting patsies who can be manipulated into taking materials from undercover agents and allow themselves to be set up for agendas for the US government.

The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) works with al-Qaeda, which is a creation of the US government. Hillary Clinton, US Secretary of State, explained in an interview how the US trained the Mujahedin-e Khalq (MEK) in Afghanistan and renamed them al-Qaeda. Clinton said: “When the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan we had this brilliant idea that we were gonna come to Pakistan and create a force of Mujahideen, equip them with stinger missiles, and everything else and go after the Soviets in Afghanistan. We were successful. We said ‘great’; and we left Afghanistan . . . Leaving these trained people who were fanatical in Afghanistan and Pakistan. Leaving them well armed and creating a mess at the time we didn’t recognize. When you look back today, the people we are fighting today, we were supporting in the fight against the Soviets.”

Last week, an accomplice was implicated and arrested in San Deigo for the NY Fed bomb plot. Howard Willie Carter II happened to have been arrested on unrelated child pornography charges, when it was uncovered that Carter had email correspondence with Yaqueen (an apparent nickname of Nafis).

Lynch maintains that it was Nafis who “came up with his own receipe for this bomb.” She completely disregards the fact that the FBI provided Nafis with the materials and goes on to claim that “it was the suspect that directed the purchase of the materials, how much to buy, what type.”

In May, the underwear bomber, who was set up by the FBI, became a justification of the Obama administration for warrantless surveillance on Americans. However, it soon became apparent that the bomber was actually a CIA employee and that the federal agency manufactured the event so they could “foil” the nefarious plans.

Even Robert Mueller, director of the FBI claimed that the CIA did not manufacture the plot, but rather that Congress should view their operation as proof that more intrusions into US citizen’s privacy was necessary and that “the amendments that are up for passage again – reenactment – at the end of this year [are] absolutely essential in our efforts to address this threat.”

In 2010, The FBI set up a young and impressionable man in Oregon named Mohamed Osman Mohamud with the materials need to create an IED, then encouraged him to attend a tree lighting ceremony at the Portland Pioneer Courthouse Square where thousands of innocent people could be hurt.

The FBI admitted that they had recruited Mohamed by email because they suspected he was involved in terroristic activates in the past. This made him a good candidate to become another US government patsy. The FBI also alluded that they may be able to use Mohamed in another fake terror plot if he were willing to travel to Pakistan and participate in a jihad.

A British citizen who just happened to convert to Islam was thwarted by the FBI on a Northwest Airlines flight in 2011. Thankfully, a doctor was on the same flight and administered a tranquillizer to the “terrorist” after he was held down and tied to a seat.

Interestingly, a female, would-be-bomber assumed to be linked to the CIA-created al-Qaeda was stopped by Scotland Yard in 2004. Officials from the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) claimed no forewarning of a female bomber who had explosives “tucked insider her reproductive region.”

The DHS would later use the shock of “smuggling a bomb onto a plane by this method” to justify future full body searches of all female passengers.

Although the Financial District in New York is heavily guarded with checkpoints, Lynch would have the public believe that Nafis was able to drive a truck with a bomb inside passed the New York City Police Department officers and get to the abandoned warehouse on Long Island where the FBI agent assisted Nafis in assembling the “inert bomb”. It is obvious that Nafis was an unwitting victim in an “elaborate surveillance exercise” to set up and incriminate Nafis for the sake of scaring the American public into thinking al-Qaeda was going attack the US again.

FTC: Companies need to obtain consent before collecting biometric data

0

Grant Gross |

Web companies using facial recognition technology should avoid identifying anonymous images of consumers to someone who could not otherwise identify them, unless the companies have the consumers’ consent, a U.S. Federal Trade Commission report said.

Companies using facial recognition software should also obtain consumer consent before using images or any biometric data in a different way than they originally represented when they collected the data, the FTC said in guidelines for the use of facial recognition software released Monday.

Users of the emerging technology should also develop reasonable security protections for the information they collect and sound methods for determining when to keep and when to dispose of information, the FTC report said.

“Fortunately, the commercial use of facial recognition technologies is still young,” the FTC report said. “This creates a unique opportunity to ensure that as this industry grows, it does so in a way that respects the privacy interests of consumers while preserving the beneficial uses the technology has to offer.”

Facebook, when rolling out its facial recognition feature in mid-2011, said it would help users tag photos of friends and family members. Privacy groups complained that the company was collecting new personal data without asking users for permission.

The use of facial recognition by Web companies, including Facebook, and government agencies, including the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation, has raised concerns from privacy advocates and some lawmakers. In July, U.S. Senator Al Franken, a Minnesota Democrat, said that legislation may be needed to limit the way government agencies and private companies use the technology.

In September, Facebook turned off its facial recognition feature for users in the European Union after privacy regulators there raised concerns.

A Facebook spokesman said the company was examining the FTC report, but didn’t have an immediate comment.

The report recommends best practices for companies using or planning to use facial recognition software, the FTC report said. The best practices, where they go beyond existing legal requirements, are not intended to “serve as a template” for future FTC enforcement actions, the report said.

“If companies consider the issues of privacy by design, meaningful choice, and transparency at this early stage, it will help ensure that this industry develops in a way that encourages companies to offer innovative new benefits to consumers and respect their privacy interests,” the report said.

The commission voted 4-1 to release the report, with Republican Commissioner Thomas Rosch dissenting. The report “goes too far, too soon,” he wrote.

The report suggests companies should first get permission from consumers to use facial recognition software in a “broad swath of contexts,” when opt-in permission may not be necessary, he added.

“I disagree with the adoption of ‘best practices’ on the ground that facial recognition may be misused,” Rosch wrote. “There is nothing to establish that this misconduct has occurred or even that it is likely to occur in the near future.”

Grant Gross covers technology and telecom policy in the U.S. government for The IDG News Service. Follow Grant on Twitter at GrantGross. Grant’s e-mail address is grant_gross@idg.com.

Read more: http://www.pcadvisor.co.uk/news/security/3406409/ftc-companies-should-limit-facial-recognition-in-some-cases/#ixzz2A6spRzWo

Ridiculous: “Voter Fraud is a Felony” billboards removed amid outcry from critics

0

Mac Slavo, SHTFplan.com | In a country where showing your identification is required for everything from opening a gym membership and renting a movie to purchasing a six-pack of beer and placing a wager at a blackjack table, it’s nothing short of ridiculous that the same standards are not required to cast a vote for representatives who we empower to make decisions that include how much we’re taxed, how we’re regulated and who we send to die in wars on our behalf.

What’s even more ridiculous is that those who make the argument for identification requirements at the election polls are usually accused of disenfranchising minorities and seniors, or are often labeled as racists or bigots.

In Ohio and Wisconsin this month a private group of individuals posted 140 billboards across the state highlighting the criminal implications of voter fraud — things like voting in multiple states or fabricating voters, for example.

As you may have guessed, community organizers attacked the message and the messenger like rabid dogs:

More than 140 billboards in Ohio and Wisconsin warning of the criminal consequences of voter fraud will be taken down starting on Monday after the sponsor chose to remove them rather than reveal its identity, the billboard owner said.

…

The sponsor was not identified on the billboards owned by Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings Inc. The company said this was a violation of its policy against anonymous political ads.

After discussions, the sponsor, whom Clear Channel Outdoor has called a “private family foundation” but declined to name, “thought the best solution was to take the boards down, so we are in the process of removing them,” the company said in a statement.

Crews on Monday will begin taking down 30 billboards in Cleveland, 30 in Columbus and 85 in Milwaukee, Jim Cullinan, vice president of corporate communications for Clear Channel Outdoor, told Reuters.

Cleveland City Councilwoman Phyllis Cleveland, one of the most vocal critics of the billboards, told Reuters on Sunday: “Needless to say I’m happy they will be taken down but I want to know who was behind this in the first place.”

In response to the outcry, Clear Channel Outdoor donated 10 billboards around the Cleveland area that read “Voting Is a Right. Not a Crime!”

Reuters

So let’s get this straight: if you want to run a billboard about voter fraud and identification requirements you have to prove your identity, but to cast your actual vote in elections that determine the future direction of our nation no such verification is necessary.

Does this sound bass-ackwards to anyone else?

Major breakthrough for cannabis law reform

0

Mick Meaney |

The British people are finally waking up to the draconian laws surrounding the use of cannabis. A new poll conducted by the BBC has revealed that an astounding 69% of people now support decriminalisation.


Image credit: NORML UK

The Sunday Morning Live Show examined the issues, presenting a fair and balanced view by giving a platform to campaigners on both sides of the debate.

The show was joined by Peter Hitchens, an anti-cannabis journalist for the Mail on Sunday, who claimed that cannabis use can lead to mental illness – a direct contraction to what current scientific research has revealed.

He also showed himself to be uncredible by incorrectly stating that cannabis has already been decriminalised.

James O’brien, Germaine Greer and former government drugs advisor Prof. David Nutt, who was famously fired for speaking the truth, also joined the debate.

Drugs rehab worker, Gary Parker and Multiple Sclerosis sufferer and member of NORML UK, Clark French, were also given a platform to share their views.

Speaking on the NORML UK website, Clark French said:

 “I was incredibly pleased and excited to be invited on BBC1 this morning for a live debate, I had so much to say and so little time to say it, but I am pleased with the points I managed to convey. I hope to build on the current momentum and reach out to more television shows to share my story and campaign for our right to use cannabis as a safer form of medicine and recreation.

“Germaine Greer said ‘the people have spoken’ I hope the government will take note of this poll and change these unjust laws on cannabis, so people like me can get access to the medicine I need.”

The on-air poll asked viewers whether cannabis should be decriminalised or not. The yes vote received a landslide 69% victory with the no vote  and only receiving 31%.

The programme follows on from the announcement made last week that a 6 year study from the UK Drug Policy Commission (UKDPC) found that cannabis should be likened to “moderately risky” gambling or junk food.

However, there is still much confusion in the UK over the legal status of the herb.

In 2004, cannabis had been reclassified from a Class B drug to a Class C, but in 2009 the government reversed its decision.

Cannabis was originally outlawed in 1928, despite being used a medicine for over 4000 years. In fact, while big pharma prescription drugs kill around 100,000 people globally each year, cannabis has no toxicity level.

Research shows that the plant is beneficial to patients with a wide range of medical problems including; Alzheimer’s, Arthritis, Multiple sclerosis and Glaucoma.

Scientific research mainly focuses on 2 components of cannabis, THC and CBD, although it is thought that there are around 70 active ingredients, and the medicinal benefits that are being uncovered from just these two components are astonishing.

THC is the main psychoactive component and relieves pain.

The lesser known CBD has been shown to increase alertness, and is an anti-psychotic – which possibly reduces schizophrenia. It has also been suggested that it may prevent, or completely stop, cancer growth.

This wonder-plant also provides uses far beyond the medicinal. For centuries Hemp has been used as food, paper, fabric, building materials and even as an  environmentally friendly fuel.

When you look at cannabis from this rational point of view, isn’t it obvious how outdated our laws have become?

If you want to do something about this, take a look at the NORML websites:
NORML USA
NORML UK 

The campaign is working to reform cannabis laws and is our best hope of change.

You can watch Sunday Morning Live Show here.

“Deliberate Misinformation”: Fox host Juan Williams debunks his own network on Libya attack

0

In a blow to his own network, Fox News host Juan Williams debunked false narratives that Fox News has frequently pushed since the attack on the U.S. Consulate in Benghazi, Libya.

In an opinion piece for The Hill, Williams offered three “corrections” for what he describes as “deliberate misinformation” from Republicans (and their conservative media mouthpieces) about the Benghazi attack.

Misinformation #1: “U.N. Ambassador Susan Rice lied to the American people in the days after the attack” when she suggested that a viral anti-Islam video sparked violence and wide-spread protests. Fox News hasrepeatedly pushed this narrative to make it seem like the administration was deliberately misleading the American people.

Correction: Williams debunked this false narrative, pointing to the “simple fact” that James Clapper, Director of National Intelligence, “confirmed that Rice told the truth in describing the assessment of the intelligence community at the time of her remarks.” Williams went on to explain that CIA Director David Petraeus briefed the House Intelligence Committee with the same intel Rice used, as did Undersecretary of State for Management Patrick Kennedy in testimony before Congress earlier in October. Furthermore, as Media Matters has previouslyexposed, Williams noted that Rice “stressed that there was an ongoing investigation where conclusions were subject to change.” Indeed, Rice appeared on all major networks and repeatedly stressed that there was an ongoing investigation into the attacks.

Misinformation #2: “[R]equests for extra security in Benghazi were denied by the administration,” coupled with the suggestion that the “attack would have been stopped, and the ambassador still alive, if the requests had been granted.” Fox News pushed this myth on multiple occasions.

Correction: Williams pointed out that requests for extra security were focused on the embassy in Tripoli, not Benghazi, and State Department officials believe that even if the requests had been granted, they would likely not have changed what happened in Benghazi because the consulate would have been ill-equipped to respond to such a large-scale assault (again echoing a previous report by Media Matters):

It is being charged that requests for extra security in Benghazi were denied by the administration.

The suggestion is that the attack would have been stopped, and the ambassador still alive, if the requests had been granted.

But at a hearing of the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee this month, Charlene Lamb, the Deputy Assistant Secretary of State and head of the Bureau of Diplomatic Security, testified that the request was for added security in Tripoli, the capital of Libya, and not Benghazi.

The added manpower would have been based 400 miles away from the violence.

In addition, U.S. security officials report more guards could not have repelled heavy weapons used by the attackers.

Misinformation #3: “[T]he attack on Benghazi is evidence that al Qaeda is resurgent.” Fox News has pushed this myth multiple times, suggesting on October 11 that one of the reasons for violence toward U.S. officials overseas is a “resurgence of Al Qaeda attacks” in the Middle East and North Africa. In another segment on October 12, notorious warmonger John Bolton suggested that the Libya consulate attack shows a “resurgence of Al Qaeda” and “evidence that the War on Terrorism is still very much with us.”

Correction: Williams explained that the Obama administration has successfully diminished Al Qaeda, including the removal of leader Osama bin Laden, with targeted drone strikes and anti-terror policies:

The reality is that missions authorized by the Obama administration have killed the top commanders of the terrorist group, including bin Laden.

In addition, President Obama’s drone strikes targeting al Qaeda members have decimated the remaining members of the group.

Tommy Vietor, a National Secretary Council spokesman, explains the impact.

“Our assessment that we have decimated al Qaeda leadership is unchanged. Dozens of their senior leadership have been taken off the battlefield as a result of the president’s anti-terror policies,” Vietor said.

“We know affiliates like al Qaeda in the Arab Peninsula will seek to target us and that’s why we go after them relentlessly.”

Source

BBC in crisis over Savile cover-up

0

Newsnight editor Peter Rippon is “stepping aside with immediate effect” while the BBC reviews its response to the Jimmy Savile sex abuse scandal, the corporation said.

The BBC said his explanation as to why the show dropped its investigation into the late DJ and TV presenter was “inaccurate or incomplete in some respects” and has corrected his statement.

It said: “The BBC regrets these errors and will work with the Pollard Review to assemble all relevant evidence to enable the review to determine the full facts. In addition, the BBC has announced that Peter Rippon is stepping aside with immediate effect from his post while the review by Nick Pollard, the former head of Sky News, into the management of Newsnight’s investigation, is carried out.”

Mr Rippon’s initial explanation was published on a BBC blog and said there was no evidence that staff at the Duncroft approved school could have known about allegations that Savile abused children.

The correction now states: “In fact some allegations were made (mostly in general terms) that some of the Duncroft staff knew or may have known about the abuse.”

It adds: “The blog says that all the women spoken to by the programme had contacted the police independently already and that Newsnight had no new evidence against any other person that would have helped the police. It appears that in some cases women had not spoken to the police and that the police were not aware of all the allegations.”

The corrected blogpost also said that while no allegations were made that BBC staff “were aware” of Savile’s behaviour, it did hear allegations of “abusive conduct on BBC premises”.

The BBC Trust, the corporation’s governing body, said it was “deeply concerning that there have been inaccuracies in the BBC’s own description of what happened in relation to the Newsnight investigation”.

It comes after excerpts from Monday night’s edition of Panorama highlighted the different explanations given by BBC bosses about the nature of the documentary and why it was dropped.

In the aftermath, BBC director-general George Entwistle wrote to all staff saying that the Newsnight investigation was into “Surrey Police’s inquiry into Jimmy Savile towards the end of 2011”. But producer Meirion Jones immediately emailed Mr Entwistle countering that, writing: “George – one note – the investigation was into whether Jimmy Savile was a paedophile – I know because it was my investigation. We didn’t know that Surrey Police had investigated Jimmy Savile – no-one did – that was what we found when we investigated and interviewed his victims.”

Source

Russia issues critical report on U.S. human rights

0

The Russian Foreign Ministry has issued a critical report on the human rights situation in the United States.

Presenting the report to the State Duma, ministry representative on human rights Konstantin Dolgov said the main human rights issues in the United States were social inequality, racial and ethnic discrimination, the indefinite detention of prisoners without charge, the functioning of prisons outside the legal system, and extreme overcrowding of prisons.

Dolgov also criticized the United States for censorship, violations of voter rights, and restrictions on the Internet.

He said the case of jailed Russian arms dealer Viktor Bout shows U.S. “double standards” when it comes to human rights.

Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Rybkov also slammed the U.S. human rights record in comments to journalists on October 22.

Source

Is freedom of speech dead in Australia?

0

 |

A few months ago I wrote that freedom of speech is dead in Australia. This was prompted by two incidents — the trial of blogger and broadcaster Andrew Bolt, who had had the temerity to suggest that white-looking Australians with only a tiny proportion of aboriginal blood in them might possibly be taking the piss by using their supposed “traditional owner” ethnic status to screw money, influence and sympathy out of Australia’s guilt-ridden welfare system. The other was the report on media regulation by Australia’s answer to Leveson — activist lawyer Raymond Finkelstein — which demanded stringent new codes of practice to ensure that in future all Aussie media outlets looked, sounded and read like the ABC and/or Fairfax group.

Now to this list of shame we can add a third item of gob-smacking imbecility: the consignment of Australia’s most popular broadcaster, Alan Jones, to a political re-education class for having got a factual detail wrong on one of his radio shows. (H/T Warren C Herrick)

The Australian Communications and Media Authority yesterday released a damning report on Jones’ show, finding he breached broadcast rules by falsely claiming Australians contributed just “1 per cent of .001 per cent of carbon dioxide in the air”.

‘The percentage of man-made carbon dioxide Australia produces is 1 per cent of .001 per cent of carbon dioxide in the air,” Jones told his listeners on March 15 last year. “Nature produces nearly all the carbon dioxide in the air.”

2GB told the media regulator Jones had done his own research for the claims, but neither he nor the station could provide any evidence.

University of Melbourne climate change scientist David Karoly said Australians were in fact responsible for .45 per cent of total carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. “Obviously, we would much rather prefer that the comments of people like Alan Jones and Andrew Bolt were, in fact, correct, so it is pleasing to get this ruling from ACMA,” Dr Karoly said.

Interesting use of the word “damning” there in the unusual sense of “trivial, nit-picking and of no significance whatsoever to anyone outside the weird, warped world of left-wing political activism.”

Even more interesting citation of David Karoly, there, as an apparently unimpeachable source of scientific expertise. It was Karoly, of course, who earlier this year was raving about the Aussie climate science equivalent of the Hitler Diaries — a paper he had co-authored with aclimate activist named Joelle Gergis purporting to the show that recent Australian warming was the scariest and most dramatic in at least a millennium.

Naturally — as Jo Nova noted — this shocking story exposing man’s greed, selfishness and wanton refusal to accept the reality of anthropogenic climate change received widespread coverage in all the usual media outlets:

“1000 years of climate data confirms Australia’s warming”said the press release from University of Melbourne. It was picked up by  The Guardian: “Australasia has hottest 60 years in a millennium, scientists find”; The Age and  The Australian led with “Warming since 1950 ‘unprecedented’. The story was on ABC 24  and ABC news where Gergis proclaimed:” there are no other warm periods in the last 1000 years that match the warming experienced in Australasia since 1950.” It was all over the ABC includingABC Radio National, and they were “95% certain“! On ABC AM, “the last five decades years in Australia have been the warmest. ” Plus there were pages in Science Alert,  Campus Daily  Eco news,  The Conversation, Real Climate* andThink Progress.

Problem was the paper was deeply flawed. So flawed that it quickly become known as Australia’s very own Hockey Stick and had to be withdrawn on the grounds of it being completely useless and embarrassing and wrong.

Was the Gergis et al paper’s withdrawal reported with quite the same enthusiasm as its alarmist claims had been? Strangely, not. But you’re not going to hear news outlets like the ABC apologising for having promulgated such egregious untruths any more than you’re going to hear them apologising for or correcting the woefully inaccurate prognostications about rising sea levels and increasing droughts regularly spouted on its airwaves by alarmists such as Tim Flannery.

So why, given that the ABC (and its fellow-travellers in the print media such as the embarrassing and lame Sydney Morning Herald) get it badly wrong on climate change pretty much every time they cover the subject have they not also been hauled up for censorship by the Australian Communications and Media Authority? Why are not their crappy environmental correspondents, their hysterical leftist beardies (that means YOU, Jon Faine) and their vast batteries of union-protected support staff being subjected to a day or two’s lecturing on hard climate science by Ian Plimer or Bob Carter?

Why, silly me for asking. The answer’s obvious: because Alan Jones is a popular right-wing talk show host whose opinions conflict dangerously with the prevailing left-liberal orthodoxy. It goes without saying — as it did with the Bolt affair — that the apparatus of the state must be used to crush all such voices of dissent.

UPDATE — Andrew Bolt sums it up brilliantly here. (H/T Bufo)

Video: Truck driver stands up to unconstitutional checkpoint

0

Paul Joseph Watson, Propaganda Matrix |

A truck driver who passed through an unconstitutional checkpoint 30 miles from the Mexican border stood up for his 4th Amendment rights by refusing to answer questions in another example of how Americans are re-asserting their liberties.

A You Tube video shows the truck driver approaching a checkpoint manned by U.S. Border Patrol agents. The checkpoint is situated in Texas at least 30 miles from the border with Mexico.

After a Border Patrol agent asks the man if he is has any passengers and is a U.S. citizen, the truck driver refuses to answer any questions, only asking, “Am I free to go?”

The truck driver asks if he crossed the border, who which the Border Patrol agent responds, “No, sir.”

The agent repeats his questions and subsequently calls over his superior who starts to become visibly annoyed with the truck driver after he refuses to answer any more questions and pleads the 5th amendment.

“Do you have anything to hide, are you breaking the law right now?,” asks the Border Patrol agent, adding, “Are you hiding anything in there – tell me.”

The Border Patrol agent is forced to back down, telling the man to be “more co-operative” next time he passes through the checkpoint.

“Is being co-operative giving up my rights?,” asks the truck driver as he drives away.

This is just the latest in a series of confrontations caught on video showing Americans standing up to 4th Amendment-violating checkpoints that are creeping further and further inside America, in some cases as much as 100 miles from the border.

Back in July, we reported on the case of Steven Anderson, who refused to show his papers at another Border Patrol checkpoint while traveling through California.

SInce the checkpoints are situated far away from the Mexican border, they are a clearly a violation of the 4th Amendment, which protects, “The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.”

Although the U.S. Supreme Court, which once ruled that black people were slaves, has upheld these “interior checkpoints” as constitutional, the ACLU has dubbed the 100-mile area the “Constitution-free Zone,” noting that 2 out of 3 Americans live within this buffer zone – around 190 million people in total.

Not all Americans who refuse to have their rights violated have been as successful as the truck driver in the video clip. In 2008, retired San Diego social worker Vince Peppard and his wife had their car ransacked after refusing to consent to being searched.

Alex Jones has also encountered similar “interior checkpoints” on numerous occasions, including the incident documented in the video below.

Calls for new powers to probe Hillsborough cover-up

0

Labour will call for powers to compel police officers to give evidence to an inquiry into the alleged Hillsborough cover-up.

Amid fears that the Independent Police Complaints Commission (IPCC) lacks sufficient powers to uncover the truth about the police response to the tragedy, shadow home secretary Yvette Cooper will urge the Government to bring forward emergency legislation.

In the biggest ever inquiry into police action, the IPCC is to investigate serving and former officers over what happened on the day of the tragedy in 1989 and during the alleged cover-up afterwards.

They include the current Chief Constable of West Yorkshire Police, Sir Norman Bettison, who has been accused of supplying misleading information after the disaster and trying to influence the local police authority when he was referred to the IPCC.

It follows a report by the Hillsborough Independent Panel which claimed 164 police statements were altered in the wake of the tragedy, 116 of them to remove or change negative comments about the policing of the match and the ensuing disaster.

Questions have also been raised over whether manslaughter charges should be brought over the deaths, which happened at an FA Cup semi-final at the Sheffield stadium between Liverpool and Nottingham Forest. However, the IPCC cannot force serving police officers to attend interviews if they are not themselves suspected of criminal behaviour or misconduct.

Retired officers cannot be compelled at all – potentially a serious problem for the inquiry given the time that has passed since the events in question. There are also concerns that the IPCC lacks sufficient powers to obtain information from third parties.

In a Commons debate on Hillsborough on Monday, Labour will offer to work with the Government on legislation or any other way of remedying shortcomings in the IPCC’s powers.

Ms Cooper said: “I am concerned that much more still needs to be done to strengthen the inquiry arrangements. For example the inquiry into the cover-up will need to get to the bottom of why so many police statements were altered.”

A Home Office spokesman said Home Secretary Theresa May would invite Labour to discuss their proposals. He added: “The public can have confidence that the necessary people and powers will be made available to investigate all aspects of the Hillsborough Panel’s findings.”

Source

Savile connected to IRA?

0

JIMMY Savile once boasted of having friends in the IRA which he used in threats against his enemies, it has been claimed.

The former presenter of Jim’ll Fix It – who is now suspected of being one of Britain’s most prolific paedophiles – told a journalist that he could have people “done by the IRA”.

In the conversation which he had with the reporter in 2000 – evidence of which has been passed to the multi-agency investigation into Savile’s abuse – he claimed that his Papal blessing had given him direct connection to republican killers.

According to the story published in the Sunday People, Savile quizzed the reporter over rumours that a recently deceased friend had been mugged.

“I want to know names and I can have them waking up in hospital with every bone in their body broken,” he said.

“If someone has done this to ****** that makes them my enemy. And you don’t want to be my enemy.

“I know the IRA, men from the IRA, and you don’t need to ask these guys twice.

“I’m serious. Don’t f*****g think I’m not serious.

“I can get them done – just with a phone call. That’s all it takes, young man.”

When the journalist asked what connection he had to the IRA, Jimmy Savile replied; “You don’t get blessed by the Pope for noting.”

Meanwhile, the BBC is expected to broadcast a Panorama special on Monday night, examining Newsnight’s decision to drop an investigation into Jimmy Savile’s abuse of children.

Source

Former MI6 agent to face ‘rendition’ questions

0

Police will seek to interview Sir Mark Allen, the former head of MI6’s counterterrorism unit, in connection with allegations of British complicity in the rendition to Libya and torture of two Libyan dissidents, Abdel Hakim Belhadj and Sami al-Saadi, during the Gaddafi era. Sir Mark suffered a stroke in July, and it is understood Metropolitan Police detectives were told that he was not fit enough at that stage to be interviewed over the allegations.

The two men, members of the Libyan Islamic Fighting Group, were subjected to years of imprisonment and torture after they were returned to Libya in 2004.

Sir Mark’s health had improved sufficiently for him to address an audience of energy experts at Chatham House, London, last week. A spokeswoman for the British Institute of Energy Economics (BIEE), which organised the event, confirmed that it had taken place but, when asked for further details, stated: “Sir Mark gave a talk, not a presentation, and did not want this [the contents] published.”

A source at BP, where Sir Mark has an office, confirmed: “He had the stroke at the beginning of July and he’s making really good progress.”

Sir Mark’s talk was billed as “his personal reflections on the current situation in the Middle East, the advent of the Arab Spring and considerations about its fallout”.

Coincidentally, BIEE’s president is Lord Howell — a former Foreign Office minister who, in that capacity, fielded questions regarding the rendition scandal and who is now William Hague’s personal adviser on energy and resource security. When The Independent on Sunday broke the news of Sir Mark’s BIEE talk to Scotland Yard last week, a spokesman noted the details but declined to comment.

British police launched an inquiry in January after documents discovered during the Libyan uprising suggested that Sir Mark had conspired in the rendition. The allegations were so serious that the police and Director of Public Prosecutions issued a statement saying: “It is in the public interest for them to be investigated now.”

In one of the documents, a letter sent to Gaddafi’s head of intelligence, Moussa Koussa, in March 2004, Sir Mark states that helping get Mr Belhadj to Libya “was the least we could do for you and for Libya to demonstrate the remarkable relationship we have built over recent years”. Sir Mark added: “I was grateful to you for helping the officer we sent out last week.”

Peter Bouckaert, emergencies director of Human Rights Watch, said: “A man with many secrets has a lot of favours he can call in. I hope he recovers soon enough to reveal some light on a very sordid page of British history. It is time to end the secrecy around Britain’s relationship with Gaddafi, and both the British and the Libyan public deserve some answers.”

Sir Mark is also facing a court battle as a result of a civil legal action that has been brought against him and the former foreign secretary Jack Straw, relating to the rendition and torture allegations. They are cited as key defendants in recently filed court documents that outline the abuse suffered by the two Libyan dissidents after they had been abducted and handed to Gaddafi’s regime with the help of British intelligence.

The documents accuse Mr Straw of misleading MPs about Britain’s role in the rendition and claim that British intelligence officers not only provided Libyan interrogators with questions to ask, but also flew to Tripoli to interview the dissidents.

The Foreign Office, the Treasury Solicitors Department and Burton Copeland, the law firm representing Sir Mark, all declined to comment.

Andrew Tyrie, chairman of the All-Party Parliamentary Group on Extraordinary Rendition, said last night: “Each claim and counterclaim about Britain’s involvement in rendition only serves to illustrate how vital it is to get to the truth as soon as possible, with a full judge-led inquiry.”

Source

As end to Iraq and Afghan wars in sight, private security firms adapt

0

* Iraq, Afghan withdrawal may mean leaner times for contractors

* Shift to guarding private sector’s oil fields and mines

* Some see big shakeout in private security industry

* U.N. member states wary of private security forces

Peter Apps, Reuters |

On a rooftop terrace blocks from the White House, a collection of former soldiers and intelligence officers, executives and contractors drink to the international private security industry.

The past decade – particularly the U.S.-led wars in Iraq and Afghanistan – provided rich pickings for firms providing private armed guards, drivers and other services that would once have been performed by uniformed soldiers.

But as the conflicts that helped create the modern industry wind down, firms are having to adapt to survive. They must also, industry insiders say, work to banish the controversial image of mercenary “dogs of war” that bedevil many firms, particularly in Iraq.

“This industry has always gone up and down,” Doug Brooks, president of the International Stability Operations Association (ISOA), told Reuters on the sidelines of its annual conference in Washington. “What we’re seeing now is that it is becoming much more mature – and much more responsible.”

The free-for-all atmosphere that pervaded the industry, particularly in the early years of the war in Iraq, insiders say, appears gone for good. A string of high profile incidents – often involving armed private guards firing on sometimes unarmed Iraqis – trashed the reputation of firms such as Blackwater, a Virginia-based firm since renamed several times, as well as the wider industry.

Members of the ISOA – which include some but not all of the major contracting firms as well as smaller players – subscribe to a code of conduct that they say helps identify responsible firms.

Despite these efforts, industry insiders and other observers say quality remains mixed. Some firms providing armed guards for merchant ships passing through the Somali pirate-infested Indian Ocean, for example, only hire elite personnel who have served in the Marines or special forces. Others, however, have a reputation for being less discriminating and for unreliable staff and weapons.

In the aftermath of last month’s attack on the U.S. diplomatic mission in Benghazi, which killed the U.S. ambassador to Libya and three other Americans, critics have seized on the hiring of a little-known British private security firm now accused of providing inadequate protection at the mission.

The clear industry aim is to distance itself from groups such as that led by former British soldier Simon Mann, who was captured in 2004 by authorities in Zimbabwe as they apparently headed to Equatorial Guinea to mount a coup.

The word “mercenary,” Brooks makes clear, is simply taboo.

“Calling private security contractors mercenaries is clearly derogatory and serious journalists and academics don’t use the term,” he says.

The most vulnerable firms, many in industry say, may be those who have relied on ongoing U.S. military work that is now drying up as the Pentagon “Operational Contingency Allowance” – the additional funding earmarked for the wars – tapers off.

At its peak, the U.S. Commission on Wartime Contracting, a bipartisan legislative commission established to study wartime contracting in Iraq and Afghanistan, estimated there might have been as many as 260,000 contractors in the two countries.

TIDE GOING OUT?

“At the moment, everyone is looking for work that is not OCA-funded,” one industry executive told Reuters on condition of anonymity, saying he expected an era of mergers and even bankruptcies. “It’s going to be like when the tide goes out at the beach and you suddenly find out who has been naked.”

New Pentagon priorities, many believe, will provide fewer openings for traditional private military contractors. Washington’s strategic “pivot” to the Asia-Pacific region will involve mainly warships or uniformed Marines, with little need for extra hired muscle.

Companies that take a broader approach and also provide logistic, intelligence and other functions, however, could have a much better decade.

“If your definition of a private security contractor is only someone with a gun at a checkpoint in Afghanistan, then yes, you may be seeing a decline,” says David Isenberg, an adjunct scholar at the Cato Institute in Washington.

“But if your definition is of private contractors performing tasks that would once have been done almost exclusively by government and military, it’s a very different picture.”

When it comes to conventional security, many in the industry believe the real growth will come from serving the private sector – particularly the oil, gas and mining industries.

Even with U.S. troops gone from Iraq and the number of government contractors down, some companies say they are finding strong demand from energy firms for protection, particularly around Basra in southern Iraq.

“We are as busy as ever and the need has never been greater,” said Pete Dordal, senior vice president at GardaWorld, a global risk management and security services firm. “I don’t want to say it’s a gold rush, but business is very good.”

Private security firms, insiders say, evacuated the vast majority of the thousands of foreign nationals plucked from Libya as its civil war erupted early last year. Most were contracted by other private firms, although governments also used them heavily. London-based Control Risks told Reuters last year that China hired it directly to fly hundreds of its nationals out by airliner.

STILL CONTROVERSIAL

Some in the industry believe the number of contractors in Afghanistan could even rise with the planned departure of all U.S. combat troops in 2014, as mining companies exploit largely untapped mineral resources.

It’s a similar picture in Africa, where even in war-torn Somalia, a handful of companies are setting up shop. They often work with local tribes and other groups to safeguard visiting journalists, business representatives and prospectors.

Focusing on finding reliable local staff, some say, may ultimately prove both cheaper and more reliable than foreign hired guns. In Libya, some energy firms long turned to local desert tribes to protect their facilities – a tactic that proved remarkably effective during last year’s civil war after foreign security staff were swiftly withdrawn.

The trick may be to avoid having grandiose ambitions.

A handful of British firms in particular have made millions from providing on-board protection teams for Indian Ocean shipping. But those who have tried to go a step further and start their own private navies – hoping to escort merchant ships for cash – have struggled to find sufficient funding.

Within Somalia some credit the hiring of private contractors with Gulf state money to bolster the Coast Guard of the independent enclave of Puntland as being behind recent drops in pirate attacks. But it proved so controversial that funding was eventually pulled, leaving behind half-trained local fighters that some worry could prove a regional security threat in their own right.

Private contractors are increasingly central to operations such as the African Union’s AMISOM peacekeeping mission in Somalia, performing roles such as bomb disposal, logistics and technical support. ISOA and some experts argued they could do much, much more.

The few dozen foreign contractors from the now-defunct British firm “Executive Outcomes,” together with the hundreds of local fighters they trained, are often credited with turning the tide in Sierra Leone’s 2001 civil war.

But after years of discussions at the United Nations, few of the world’s governments appear enthusiastic about the idea of private security firms becoming the norm.

“In some places, contractors might be more effective than some of the troops from contributing nations,” said Edmond Mulet, U.N. Assistant Secretary General for Peacekeeping Operations.

“But the U.N. is simply the sum of its member states and some of them are opposed to the use of contractors in some roles,” he told the conference.

Google faces monopoly abuse probe

0

Agence France-Presse |

Google faces a moment of truth in the coming weeks over a lengthy US probe into potential abuse of its Internet search dominance, amid regulatory woes on both sides of the Atlantic.

The Federal Trade Commission is widely reported to be nearing a decision on whether to pursue Google for monopoly abuses, at the same time European regulators are conducting a similar review.

At least one member of Congress is warning the FTC to be wary of meddling in Google’s business, but some of Google’s rivals are pressing hard for action.

Critics point out that Google controls some 70 percent of the Internet search market – and the advertising that goes along with it – and may exert even more power in the mobile sector by controlling the Android operating system used on two-thirds of smartphones.

“These are practices which drive up prices and drive down competition,” said Ben Hammer, whose Fairsearch.org coalition includes the travel websites Expedia and Kayak, mobile phone maker Nokia, and Microsoft, a company which faced its own antitrust case over a decade ago.

Google is accused of “scraping” content from other services like travel and restaurant reviews while keeping consumers on its own sites.

It is also under fire for allegedly promoting its own services – including travel, restaurant reviews and YouTube videos – in its search results.

Another of Google critics’ concerns is the way the company limits how advertisers can manage ads with Google and competitors.

“They remind me a lot of Microsoft in the 90s: massively arrogant, having the feeling they have the power to do anything they want,” said Rob Enderle, a Silicon Valley consultant and analyst.

“Companies that get this way eventually run afoul of the government, sometimes catastrophically. They haven’t been competing fairly for some time.”

Google’s problems are not limited to Washington.

European data protection agencies have said Google’s new privacy policy does not comply with EU laws and told the US firm to fix it within months or face legal action. Google claims “that our privacy notices respect European law.”

Google has also made proposals to regulators in the EU anti-trust probe into whether the Internet search giant had abused its dominant market position, which officials called “a good basis for further talks.”

But in the US, a case from trade regulators would not be clear cut, say some analysts.

Danny Sullivan, who edits the blog Search Engine Land, said it is problematic for regulators to determine whether a search is “fair.”

Even if Google searches favor its own sites, “it’s probably not wrong,” said Sullivan, who argued that the case offers a test of freedom of expression.

Sullivan said those seeking to impose “neutral” search results suggest a scary type of regulation: “It’s like saying the New York Times algorithm should be decided by a government committee. Nobody should question that the government should stay out.”

Last year, Google chairman Eric Schmidt told a congressional panel he rejected charges that the company “cooks” search results to favor its own services, even though some lawmakers disputed the claim.

Glenn Manishin, a Washington antitrust lawyer who represented plaintiffs in the Microsoft antitrust case, said a case against Google would be “uncharted” legal territory, and markedly different from the Microsoft case.

“There’s a fundamental difference between an operating system which has the ability and technology to exclude rivals from the platform, and Internet search or search advertising,” he said.

“There’s nothing locking users into using Google either for search or for advertising… it’s not a single highway to get to where you’re going. Windows was, because it was on 95 percent of PCs. Other companies can and do enter the search market.”

Manishin said antitrust law is aimed at protecting consumers, not rival companies. He said the FTC could pursue Google administratively for “unfair competition,” but added legal standards are vague and the agency has never won such a case.

“If you ask for the government to intervene, you don’t know what’s going to happen,” the attorney said. “The government may decide it will be the arbiter of what’s fair and unfair, and it may be a slippery slope toward government regulation.”

US Congressman Jared Polis, in an open letter to the FTC, urged the agency not to act to “compromise the important service provided by Google.”

“Competition is only a click away, and there are no barriers to competition,” the lawmaker said.

“The FTC should tread carefully when reviewing Google, Facebook or any other tech company, given the dynamism of our tech industry.”

Many legal experts say Google would lose in the marketplace if it failed to act in consumers’ interest, but Mark Patterson, a Fordham University law professor specializing in antitrust, said consumers lack the information to know how Google operates.

“What you really need to look at is how much can they manipulate their search results without consumers knowing,” he said.

“Yes it’s easy for consumers to switch. It’s not easy for consumers to know why they should switch.”

Christian leaders ask US Congress to withdraw aid to Israel over human rights violations

0

A letter signed by 15 leaders of Christian churches that calls for the US Congress to reconsider giving aid to Israel because of accusations of human rights violations has outraged Jewish leaders and threatened to derail longstanding efforts to build interfaith relations.

The Christian leaders say their intention was to put the Palestinian plight and the stalled peace negotiations back in the spotlight at a time when all of the attention to Middle East policy seems to be focused on Syria, the Arab Spring and the Iranian nuclear threat.

”We asked Congress to treat Israel like it would any other country,” the top official of the Presbyterian Church (USA), the Reverend Gradye Parsons, said. ”To make sure our military aid is … not being used to continually violate the human rights of other people.”

The Jewish leaders called the action a momentous betrayal and announced their withdrawal from a regularly scheduled Jewish-Christian meeting planned for today. The Jewish leaders called the letter by the Christian groups ”a step too far” and an indication of ”the vicious anti-Zionism that has gone virtually unchecked in several of these denominations”.

”Something is deeply broken, badly broken,” said Ethan Felson, the vice-president and general counsel of the Jewish Council for Public Affairs, which helped to convene the meeting. ”We’re certainly not getting anywhere now.”

The Jewish groups have called for the Christian churches to send their top officials to a ”summit” to discuss the situation, an invitation the Christian leaders say they are considering.

The Christian leaders involved are mostly from the historically mainline Protestant churches. Many of these churches have taken up contentious resolutions to divest their stock holdings from companies that sell military and security equipment to Israel. Meanwhile, successive Israeli governments have found stalwart support in conservative evangelical US churches.

The breach is all the more bitter because it involves Jewish groups known for cultivating strong interfaith relationships, including the Reform and Conservative movements, the American Jewish Committee and B’nai B’rith International.

Source

9/11 truth goes mainstream

0

Press TV |

Film industry’s sympathy is now being shown towards the ‘911 Truth’ movement, which believes that the world has been deceived by, not just the U.S. government, but also by the media as to the true events of September 11, 2001.

The most prominent request of this movement is, “to expose the official lies and cover-up surrounding the events of September 11th, 2001 in a way that inspires the people to overcome denial and understand the truth.” It now appears that their demands are being met by some of the film industry’s leading professionals.

Martin Sheen, Woody Harrelson, Ed Asner, Judd Nelson, Director B J Davis & Producer John D. Schofield are some of the team who are joining forces to address unanswered questions regarding the events surrounding the 9/11 attacks in the new film ‘September Morn’. Another team player is the production company Fleur de Lis Film Studios, which has already produced various controversial documentaries.

According to the Fleur de Lis, it seems we can expect to be taken to the heart of the 9/11 Commission and be exposed to the discoveries which were made. In addition, they state that the film will be “addressing a series of questions that have remained unanswered.”

The storyline is also said to be sufficiently enhanced by reports from the CIA, Dept. of Defense officials, architects and scientists and Department of Homeland Security officials.

Martin Sheen voiced his doubts about how the events of 9/11 unfolded and the possible associated conspiracy by saying in 2007. “I did not want to believe that my government could possibly be involved in such a thing, I could not live in a country that I thought could do that — that would be the ultimate betrayal.”

“However, there have been so many revelations that now I have my doubts, and chief among them is Building 7 — how did they rig that building so that it came down on the evening of the day?,” he asked.

Ed Asner’s has his own questions regarding 9/11. “This country — which is the greatest, strongest country that ever existed in the world, in terms of power — supposedly had a defense that could not be penetrated all these years. But all of that was eradicated by 19 Saudi Arabians, supposedly. Some of whom didn’t even know how to fly.”

‘September Morn’ is due to be released in 2013. Filmindustrynetwork.biz

Until now Hollywood has steered clear of claims that the Bush administration, or other elements in the government, may have been behind the 9/11 attacks, in which hijacked passenger planes crashed into the Twin Towers of the World Trade Center, the Pentagon and a field in Pennslyvania. The fourth plane was apparently en route to the Capitol. The Guardian

The corporate media publicizes questions by people such as Rosie O’Donnell and Charlie Sheen, but ignore the people listed on Patriots Question 9/11, which include over 3000 professionals from the military, government, academia, engineering, aviation, architecture, etc., that question the official story. athenstalks.com

In 2006 The Washington Post reported that even members of 9/11 commission suspected deception on the part of authorities. “We to this day don’t know why NORAD [the North American Aerospace Defense Command] told us what they told us,” said Thomas H. Kean, the former New Jersey Republican governor who led the commission. “It was just so far from the truth….It’s one of those loose ends that never got tied”. Examiner.com

In 2009, a research paper was published by several scientists in The Open Chemical Physics Journal in which traces of nanothermite, a military-grade explosive used to cut steel, were found in four separate samples of dust from the World Trade Center site that were analyzed by scientists. Examiner.com

September Morn is also the name of a Neil Diamond album and a painting by the French artist Paul Emile Chabas which hangs in New York’s Metropolitan Museum of Art.

Activist challenges Facebook’s use of personal data

0

To carry on his war against Facebook, Max Schrems figures he needs at least 200,000 euros – about £160,000 – no small sum for a law student scraping by on a government stipend.

But like those he is targeting, Schrems, 25, is a creature of the Internet age. He envisions a fundraising campaign that could go viral: If 10,000 people give 20 euros each, Schrems figures, he will have enough to take the world’s most effective user revolt against Facebook to the next level – in a court of law.

Schrems contends that Facebook collects too much information on its users, keeps it too long and uses it for purposes that violate European privacy laws. As evidence, he points to the 1,222 pages of data the social media company catalogued on him before he formally requested his file from Facebook last year.

The account it offered of his life – every friendship declared, every photo uploaded, every “poke” or comment or invitation sent or received over three years of casual use – sparked an online sensation when he posted it on a website he christened “europe-v-facebook.org.” Within a few months, 40,000 users had requested their own data, overwhelming Facebook’s system for handling requests under what until then had been a little-known provision of European law.

A year later, regulators are engaged, and the social media site has made a series of changes to its privacy controls.

Yet Schrems and his small band of supporters are still bridling for a definitive legal showdown that could lead to sharp new limits on how Facebook and other Internet companies collect and use the personal information of their users, in Europe and beyond. At the core of the fight is one of the overarching questions of our time: Who has rights to the trillions of bits of data users create online every day?

“We’re right now defining what our world is going to look like in 20 years,” said Schrems, who has sandy brown hair and a faint resemblance to Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg.

The issues raised by Schrems speak to the dilemma facing the company as it seeks to meet Wall Street’s demands for greater profitability in the aftermath of a troubled initial stock offering in May. Advertisers want access to more data for better targeting of their messages, but users have rebelled when they think Facebook has gone too far in sharing their information.

The company has disputed the most sweeping of the allegations by Schrems and says it collects only the data it needs to keep the social media site working smoothly. It also has added controls and changed some features, announcing last month that it was blocking a tool in Europe that sought to identify the faces of users whose photos are uploaded to the site.

Facebook officials have met with Schrems personally and had extensive contact with European officials. Richard Allan, the company’s top policy executive in Europe, said the reaction provoked by Schrems shows the responsiveness of the regulatory system.

Facebook has taken steps toward addressing concerns from regulators in Ireland, where Facebook headquarters its European operations, said Gary Davis, the deputy data protection commissioner in Ireland. “They’re highly engaged, there’s no question,” he said. “Facebook wants to be in a position that is in compliance with European law.”

Schrems, however, has not been impressed with Facebook’s concessions or the toughness of the Irish regulators. (Washington Post Co. chairman and chief executive Donald E. Graham is a member of Facebook’s board of directors.)

Not long ago, an aggrieved law student in Vienna would have had few tools for battling regulators in another country, or a big, rich company on another continent. But there are few borders in Schrems’s world.

He can file lawsuits under the umbrella of European law, using money raised online from supporters anywhere in the world. Anyone looking to follow the action need only keep an eye on the group’s website or, yes, on its Facebook page – an irony not lost on the company.

“We’ve created the perfect tools for any campaign to use, including against us,” Allan said.

U.S. technology companies often struggle to adapt to the more expansive privacy expectations in Europe. Schrems said he first noticed the cultural differences during a year as a high school exchange student in Florida, where he was amazed to see that most Americans don’t have the thick hedges favored by Austrians to limit views into their homes.

But it was his second stint in the United States, as an exchange student at Santa Clara University School of Law in Silicon Valley, that focused him on technology issues. When a Facebook official made a guest appearance at a class, he botched a description of European privacy law, Schrems said. That emboldened him to challenge the company – a move he called somewhat un-Austrian.

“Most people would never do that. They’d write a paper about it,” Schrems said. “I totally picked that up in the U.S.”

The first step was requesting data from Facebook, something he knew the company was legally obligated to produce.

He and two friends sent their requests to the corporate offices in Dublin. Schrems then pestered the company with a series of emails – 22 in all, he said – before finally receiving a CD in the mail with a document file. Two of his friends also got files (one was 882 pages, the other 1,142).

Schrems knew Facebook kept large amounts of information on its users, but the sheer volume of his file still amazed him, he said. Pictures uploaded from smartphones included precise global positioning system coordinates, the identities of anyone tagged in the photos and the moment – down to the second – when the shutter clicked. Information that users thought they had deleted survived in Facebook files.

Based on the documents, the German newspaper Taz made a diagram of Schrems’s social life, with distinct clusters around different phases – his time as an exchange student in the United States, his stint as a volunteer with an ambulance corps, his current life as a law student living in an apartment in Vienna.

“That’s basic FBI stuff,” Schrems said. “Thirty years ago, you [would] put up a pin and look for the connections. Now you know in a click.”

As attention grew, Schrems drafted complaints alleging 22 privacy violations by Facebook: keeping messages after senders deleted them, sharing personal data with outside app developers, allowing users to be “tagged” in photos without their permission, and more. Then he sent them to the Irish data protection commissioner. The Irish regulators opened a formal investigation resulting in a 149-page audit. Schrems, meanwhile, became a minor celebrity in Europe. Using little more than his laptop computer, he emailed news releases to hundreds of journalists and also updated his group’s website and Facebook page.

“It’s the only way to be successful in these times,” said Andreas Kezer, 26, who graduated from law school and is part of Schrems’s group. “It wouldn’t make sense to communicate with pigeons.”

One consequence of Schrems’s activism is the ease with which Facebook users can now download data the company has collected about them. It could not easily send CDs to each of the 40,000 people who requested their information as part of his campaign, so it created online tools available to users worldwide.

Allan, the Facebook policy official in Europe, said the volume of data – although startling to some users – simply shows how the service works. Without a record, for example, that a user has “un-friended” another user, there’s no way to keep the service from suggesting the same person as a friend in the future.

The company doesn’t relish the possibility of an ongoing fight with Schrems but says it has worked hard with Irish regulators to address concerns he and others have raised. “There are some critics who we have who will never be happy, no matter what we do,” Allan said.

Schrems doesn’t see himself as a malcontent. European law, he says, requires that information be collected only for particular, explicit purposes approved by users, then deleted as soon as it’s no longer needed. Keeping massive catalogues of personal data for years, he says, is a clear violation.

European law, however, gives Schrems no way to sue Facebook directly. To keep the campaign going, Schrems can appeal the ruling of regulators to a circuit court in Ireland. The case – against the regulators, not Facebook – eventually could reach the European Court of Justice in Luxembourg.

“Europe v. Facebook” as an organization can’t file a suit against regulators; only an aggrieved citizen such as Schrems can. That means that, should Irish regulators prevail, he could be personally liable under European court procedures for all of the legal costs of both sides.

Hence the estimate of 200,000 euros, although Schrems increasingly wonders whether it could be more along the lines of 300,000 euros. It’s a big bet for an aspiring lawyer with few financial resources of his own and, so far, no job at a firm. Last month, he added a yellow “Donate” button to the Web page.

“The problem now is they are enforcing only 20 percent of the law,” he said. “That’s something where you can’t just let it sit there without a decision.”

Source

BP could make billions from oil spill

0

BP, which caused the biggest environmental catastrophe ever seen on U.S. shores, may be poised to receive the biggest tax break in American history as a result of it.

The British oil company already has claimed $10 billion in tax credits from the 2010 disaster, caused when its Deepwater Horizon drilling rig exploded and spewed millions of gallons of oil into the Gulf of Mexico.

Taxpayers could be asked to shoulder billions of dollars more under terms of a settlement currently being negotiated between BP and the federal government. Both sides have incentive to make a deal: The Department of Justice wants to avoid a lengthy court trial, and BP wants to get on with its life.

The total fine paid by BP could reach $21 billion or more — generating a nice headline for the Obama administration. But check the fine print. The settlement could include hidden subsidies that make the true amount substantially less.

Specifically, the agreement may shift more of the penalties into Natural Resource Damages assessments — which are tax deductible — and away from the Clean Water Act, which carries a tax rate of up to 35 percent.

The deal appeared to be on a fast track until an Oct. 1 report by the Press-Register that revealed its potential to shortchange victims of the spill. The agreement stalled after Gulf Coast political leaders expressed outrage over the report, but officials familiar with the negotiations say that talks are ongoing.

Both the Justice Department and BP declined to comment on any potential settlement.

The stakes are high for the Obama administration. A deal ahead of the Nov. 6 election could be a political windfall for the president, particularly in the battleground state of Florida. But the consequences of giving BP a massive tax break could also be severe.

“This should give President Obama pause,” said U.S. Sen. Richard Shelby, R-Tuscaloosa. “In light of the fact that he has bashed tax breaks for Big Oil on the campaign trail, he would have a lot of explaining to do if Big Oil got a huge tax break because his administration siphoned money from oil spill victims.”

Shelby and others said weighting the fines toward NRDA would give the federal government more control over how the money gets spent, since NRDA fines are routed to the U.S. Treasury. Clean Water fines, by contrast, would be routed to the Gulf states under Restore Act legislation signed by Obama in July.

That equals a win for the government and a win for BP. Financial experts said the deduction could be worth billions of dollars to the company.

“It’s hugely significant to BP to structure the settlement this way,” said Thomas Claps, a former trial attorney and legal analyst for New York-based Susquehanna Financial Group who has been closely following the BP negotiations.

The big loser? That would be the taxpayers along the Gulf Coast — the real victims of the catastrophe.

Alabama and Mississippi would get an extra kick in the pants. A settlement weighted toward NRDA would take hundreds of millions of dollars away from the two states and award it to Louisiana, which suffered the brunt of environmental damage from the spill.

Florida could also reap additional funds — but with a twist. A NRDA settlement could steer money away from the Panhandle, which suffered lost tourism business, and toward south Florida, where it could be used for restoration of the Everglades.

Alabama political leaders have vowed to fight any deal that would circumvent the Restore Act, which received rare bipartisan support in Congress.

“Obviously BP prefers to pay it under the fund that is tax deductible, and their lawyers are working to accomplish that,” said U.S. Sen. Jeff Sessions, R-Mobile. “We believe Congress dealt with how the money should go, and that is through the Restore Act.”

A leading government watchdog group said the Justice Department routinely gives corporations a free pass by allowing them to write off fines as a business expense. But that practice actually rewards bad behavior, according to the U.S. Public Interest Research Group.

“When businesses are allowed to shirk financial responsibility for their own wrongdoing, it weakens deterrence to bad behavior in the future,” said Ryan Pierannunzi, spokesman for the Washington, D.C.-based consumer advocacy group. “If BP takes the costs as a tax deduction, taxpayers end up making up for the lost revenue by paying more in taxes or seeing public services cut.”

Gulf Coast citizens, he said, lose twice because they suffered the consequences of BP’s wrongdoing and then have to pick up the tax tab.

U.S. Rep. Jo Bonner, R-Mobile, said the solution is simple: Don’t cave in to BP.

“All (Attorney General) Eric Holder has to do is take that option off the table,” Bonner said.

How a deal that bad ever got on the table is a question that should resonate on the Gulf Coast. It’s the equivalent of allowing bank robbers to deduct the cost of their getaway cars or counterfeiters to write off the cost of their ink.

Worse, it’s a slap in the face to the victims of BP’s criminal negligence.

“How can BP characterize the suffering of my brother’s family as a business expense – one that is entitled to millions of dollars in tax credits?” said Chris Jones, whose brother, Gordon Jones, was one of the 11 men killed on the Deepwater Horizon rig. “We shouldn’t pay for BP’s mistakes.”

George Talbot is state and national political reporter for AL.com. Contact him at 251-219-5623 or gtalbot@press-register.com.

Source

Leaked emails suggest BBC cover-up over Jimmy Savile

0

* Police say will investigate other individuals

* More than 200 potential sexual abuse victims identified

* Police chief says alleged abuse on “unprecedented scale”

* Broadcaster BBC holding two inquiries into claims (Adds detail)

Paul Sandle |

Reuters – British police investigating alleged sexual abuse by BBC presenter Jimmy Savile launched a criminal inquiry on Friday, saying more than 200 potential victims had come forward since accusations he had preyed on children for decades.

Allegations that flamboyant Savile, who died last year, operated unhindered as a paedophile for years have rocked the publicly-funded broadcaster and have opened the floodgates to accusations against other celebrities.

Cigar-chomping Savile, knighted as a “Sir” by Queen Elizabeth, was one of the BBC’s biggest names, and questions have been raised about whether the broadcaster turned a blind eye to his activities.

Rival channel ITV shattered Savile’s reputation as a dedicated charity fundraiser when it broadcast interviews with women who said he abused them when they were as young as 12, sometimes on BBC premises.

London’s Metropolitan Police, had previously said they would conduct only a review into the allegations, as Savile was dead and so that alleged victims could be officially acknowledged.

But the force said on Friday the review had been broadened into a criminal investigation because it had established in the last two weeks that there “are lines of inquiry involving living people that require formal investigation”. Those people were not named, and the force did not elaborate further.

Police Commander Peter Spindler said a “staggering number” of potential victims had come forward to report sexual exploitation during their childhood, with more than 400 lines of enquiry being pursued.

“We are dealing with alleged abuse on an unprecedented scale,” he said.

QUESTIONS FOR BBC

The scandal is an early crisis for the BBC’s new director general George Entwistle, who took charge only last month.

He faces having to explain how the alleged abuse went on unchecked for so long in the organisation, and whether it had later tried to cover up Savile’s activities.

The scandal has also followed his predecessor across the Atlantic. Mark Thompson, the New York Times Co’s incoming chief executive, ran the BBC when it dropped an investigation by its own Newsnight programme into Savile last year.

Newsnight’s editor, Peter Rippon, has said the programme had been looking for evidence of institutional failings by police or prosecutors over the allegations against Savile, rather than the exposure of a dead celebrity, and had not found any.

However, a leaked internal email published in The Times on Friday cast doubt on that explanation, saying that the Newsnight programme was indeed “focusing on allegations of abuse”.

The broadcaster has launched two independent reviews of the allegations; one looking into unlawful conduct by Savile when he was working for the BBC and another to investigate why the Newsnight report was shelved.

A BBC spokeswoman said it would not be appropriate to comment further until the reviews had concluded.

As the allegations against Savile have mounted up, a number of people have come forward to the media claiming they had been targeted by other well-known figures in the entertainment industry. (Reporting by Paul Sandle; Editing by Tim Castle and Pravin Char)

Is this the beginning of the end of Google?

0

Google loses $26 billion due to premature report

RT | Google Inc’s saw its shares crash by 9%, erasing about $26 billion off the company’s market value after its quarterly result, which fell below Wall Street’s expectations, were accidentally released early.

Trading of Google stock was halted after the shares had fallen as much as 10.5%. “We have ceased trading on NASDAQ while we work to finalize the document,” the company said in a statement, stressing it would release its full report “once it’s finalized.”

The third-quarter revenue was about $11.3 billion, short of the average estimate for $11.8 billion, according to Google’s report. It grew 15% to $7.73 billion from the same period a year earlier, less than half the growth Google reported in at the same period in 2011.

The company’s growth has slowed down as the world’s largest seller of online ads struggles to adjust its advertising to tablets and smart phones. The number of advertisers paid each time a user clicks on a advertisement dropped about 15% from a year earlier, and was 3% down from the prior period, according to the report.

Google’s CEO Larry Page apologized for the “scramble” caused by the accidental release. Google blamed financial printing company R.R. Donnelley & Sons for the early release of the earnings report that resulted in a drop in tech stocks across the market, with the Nasdaq Composite falling 1%.

R.R. Donnelley said it’s investigating the issue. “We are fully engaged in an investigation to determine how this event took place and are pursuing our first obligation — which is to serve our valued customer,” the company said in a statement.

CIA begs for more killer drones

0

RT |

The CIA has asked the White House to increase the number of drones it employs to transform it into a paramilitary force, despite recent statistics that show the majority of drone deaths are civilians.

CIA Director David Petraeus submitted a proposal that could add as many as 10 drones to a program that currently ranges between 30 to 35 of the unmanned aerial vehicles. The increase would allow the agency to continue launching lethal strikes in Pakistan and Yemen, as well as target developing terror threats in other regions of the world, according to a report first acquired by the Washington Post.
The White House Counterterrorism Security Group, chaired by John O. Brennan, has not yet made a decision regarding the proposal. But Pentagon officials have previously expressed concern about the CIA’s increasing involvement in targeted killing missions, rather than focusing mainly on gathering information.
If the CIA proposal is accepted, the agency could expand its target areas to include al-Qaeda affiliates in West Africa, particularly in the Islamic Maghreb in Mali, the United Press International reported. The agency would also continue its search in Afghanistan for bin Laden successor Ayman al-Zawahiri.
“With what happened in Libya, we’re realizing that these places are going to hear up,” an anonymous official told The Washington Post. “I think we’re actually looking forward a little bit.”
The CIA and the Pentagon’s elite Joint Special Operations Command have increasingly shared and switched roles in their affairs abroad. While the JSOC more frequently engages in espionage, the CIA has been borrowing military aircraft to carry out even more lethal strikes.
The CIA request for more drones comes as Pakistani Interior Minister Rehman Malik claims that 80 percent of those killed in US drone attacks are civilians. In 336 US-launched drone strikes in Pakistan, about 2,500 to 3,000 people are estimated to have been killed. According to a Stanford and New York University study, only two percent of causalities are top militants.
“The Americans themselves often don’t know who they’ve hit,” campaigner and film-maker Carol Grayson told RT. “And this huge discrepancy over the figures… we’re finding out that a lot more civilians are being killed. But these are the people that the Americans don’t tell you about. And they actually class these people as ‘other.’”
In early October, Malik asked the US to share its drone technology with Pakistan, claiming his government could do a better job at targeting terrorists without using them irresponsibly. But rather than share drones, the CIA wants more for its agency to use.
If the White House grants Petraeus the requested increase, the agency may be found triggering drone attacks all throughout the Muslim world.

French energy plan slammed as Orwellian

0

Heating a French home could soon require an income tax consultation or even a visit to the doctor under legislation to force conservation in the nation’s $46 billion household energy market.

A bill adopted by the lower house this month would set prices that homes pay based on wages, age and climate. Utilities Electricite de France and GDF Suez will use the data to reward consumers who cut power and natural gas usage and penalize those whom regulators decide are wasteful.

“It’s Orwellian,” opposition lawmaker Daniel Fasquelle said by telephone. “The law will create huge inequalities and infringe on people’s individual freedoms. It won’t work.”

Socialist President Francois Hollande is pushing boundaries of privacy and privilege in carrying out a campaign promise to reduce energy costs. France, which built the world’s biggest reliance on nuclear power as other nations buckled under public anxiety over atomic energy, is now seeking support to reward homes for “negawatts,” or not using a kilowatt of power.

The law would be unique to France and is symbolic to the Socialists, a government official who declined to be identified said Thursday. Households bought 35 billion euros ($46 billion) of energy in 2011, including power, gas and other heating fuels.

The legislation drew criticism from trade unions and industry groups. It will add layers of bureaucracy to a power system already attacked in court and antitrust probes for being oppressive for customers and competitors of EDF and GDF Suez, the former state monopolies that still dominate supply, opponents said.

While the government said the changes won’t cut earnings at EDF and GDF Suez, the uncertainty may weigh on their shares that investors have already marked down by 1.2 percent and 2.2 percent, respectively, in the past three months while the Bloomberg European Utilities Index gained 5.2 percent.

The proposed law was adopted by the National Assembly on Oct. 4 and is set for Senate debate later this month. Opposition from Communist members has pushed a Senate commission to postpone its examination until Oct. 23 so some revisions can be made. The draft contravenes the principle of equal access to energy across France and should be completely revised, Communist senators said in a statement late yesterday.

EDF and GDF Suez would be the most exposed because of their dominant positions. EDF supplies power to 28 million household clients in France, while GDF Suez provides gas to 9.4 million customers, giving them respective market shares of 93 percent and 90 percent by volume, according to the regulator.

“It won’t be beneficial for the utilities, it will be neutral at best,” Emmanuel Retif, analyst at Raymond James Euro Equities in Paris, said by e-mail. “If it were to be beneficial, heating bills would have to rise and that’s not what the government is trying to do.”

Investor wariness of the planned progressive and social power rates stems from 4.5 billion euros in payment arrears that have accumulated on EDF’s books as of June 30, mostly because of renewable energy subsidies.

The draft legislation encourages households to use less energy either by changing their habits or insulating their homes. Thrifty energy consumers will be rewarded with lower rates while wasteful ones will have to pay more. The law is supposed to be financially neutral for utilities, according to the draft.

Power and gas bills in France and elsewhere typically vary according to the size of a dwelling, type of heating and whether it’s on a windy Alpine ridge or the warmer Mediterranean coast.

The new French law will add income and the number and age of occupants to the mix. Having a medical condition that requires electricity-powered equipment like respirators or wheelchairs will also enter into the equation.

“The principle is good, but the law raises a whole series of practical problems,” Nicolas Mouchnino, head of energy and environmental issues at French consumer group UFC-Que Choisir, said by phone. “It’s very difficult to tell the difference with any degree of certainty between energy use that is essential and that which may be superfluous.”

The rules could make relations between property owners and renters more antagonistic and open the way for fraudulent claims about energy use, he said.

The law as it stands would create an incentive system for energy use. Households would be granted a base volume of power or gas considered appropriate for the dwelling. This volume would be determined by fiscal and social security authorities from tax returns and other documents such as income statements, studies of local weather and medical records.

Households meeting certain criteria could be among 4 million – a fourfold increase under the planned law – that will be eligible for reduced “social” rates for energy. The rest will have their prices adjusted according to volumes consumed.

The government and regulator will set the reward and penalty incentives under which households using less than their allotted base volume of energy get rebates while those surpassing the limits pay higher rates. The difference could be as much as 60 euros a megawatt-hour, according to the draft.

This could translate into penalties of 600 euros a year for a home “leaking heat” compared to a well-insulated one, according to opposition lawmaker Antoine Herth. Environmental Minister Delphine Batho told senators the government will provide its own simulations of the effects on household bills, which will be “reasonable” so as to act as an incentive.

Renters will be able to deduct from their monthly payments a part of the higher costs of heating a home deemed to have low energy use efficiency, maybe because it’s poorly insulated, while the elderly or households with certain yet-to-be specified heating installations will get higher base volumes of energy.

“It’s so complicated I don’t think it will ever be implemented,” said Laurent Langlard, a spokesman on energy issues for the Confederation General du Travail. The biggest union in the energy sector backs lower energy rates for consumers, but this plan is “unworkable,” he said.

Source

Video: The Nazis were never defeated

0

TruthJuice Bristol |

Anticipating the defeat of the Third Reich, Reichsleiter Martin Bormann set up 750 corporations in neutral countries, primed as vehicles to receive the liquid wealth of Germany in addition to patents and other proprietary industrial information.

An organizational genius and the real power behind Hitler, Bormann, known as the “Brown Eminence”, successfully fled Europe for South America and administered a “Reich in Exile” in the years following the war. With remnants of the SS as an enforcement arm, former Gestapo chief General Heinrich Mueller as security director, the 750 corporations as a base of economic power and the willing silence and cooperation of the Western Allies, Bormann guided his organization to a position of consummate power. One banker quoted by Manning termed the Bormann Organization, the “world’s most important accumulation of money power under one control in history”. Controlling Germany’s major corporations, the Federal Republic itself and much of Latin America, the Bormann Organization also maintained a formidable circle of influence in the United States. Paul Manning has written the definitive text on the Bormann Organization.

http://spitfirelist.com/books/martin-bormann-nazi-in-exile/

Having plundered, pooled and secreted away the liquid wealth of Europe, the network was in excellent position to realize the von Clausewitz gambit of the post-war, explained below.

Beyond that, the Bormann capital network is more than just the fruit of World War II plunder. The organization’s vast wealth derives from corpo­rate power and the business and political brokers that administer that influence. Heavily invested in major corporations (especially American “blue chip” corporations) the group can exert great pres­sure with little effort.

Of course, when that doesn’t work, the Underground Reich will not hesitate to use deadly force.
The end of battle in 1945 had signalled the start of a new kind of war — a post-war. Germany’s classical military theorist, von Clausewitz, is famous for having declared that “war is the continuation of diplomacy by other means.” In dealing with a Germany which had gone to school with von Clausewitz for generations, we knew that, conversely, a post-war is the continuation of war by other means. Since Bismarck, wars and post-wars have formed a continuous series, changing the quality of the events only slightly from year to year, with no such thing as a clear distinction between heat of battle and calm of peace. This post-war of the German occupation was different from the “cold war” between the United States and Russia, which broke out at about the same time. The latter complicated the diagnosis, like a man get­ting typhoid fever and pneumonia at the same time. . . .

The European Monetary Union is, as we have seen in many programs and articles, the realization of the strata­gem of Pan-German theoretician Friedrich List.

Writing in 1943, Paul Winkler foresaw that Germany would realize its goals through the creation and domination of a German-dominated central European economic union (bearing a striking resemblance to today’s European Monetary Union.) One of the principal influences on List’s thinking was the “continental” concept of Napoleon, who attempted to economically unite Europe under French influence.

A Listian model was put into effect by the Third Reich, as can be gleaned by reading Dorothy Thompson’s analysis of Germany’s plans for world domination by a centralised European economic union. Ms. Thompson was writing in The New York Herald Tribune on May 31, 1940! Her comments are reproduced by author T. H. Tetens.

. . . . The Germans have a clear plan of what they intend to do in case of victory. I believe that I know the essential details of that plan. I have heard it from a sufficient number of important Germans to credit its authenticity . . .

Germany’s plan is to make a customs union of Europe, with complete financial and economic control centred in Berlin. This will create at once the largest free trade area and the largest planned economy in the world. In Western Europe alone . . . there will be an economic unity of 400 million persons . . . To these will be added the resources of the British, French, Dutch and Belgian empires. These will be pooled in the name of Europa Germanica

Police want more tasers despite risk to human rights law

0

A GROUNDBREAKING study has suggested tasers would prove a useful tool to officers in the new Police Service of ­Scotland.

A report, which will go to Strathclyde Police Authority, highlights legal hurdles to their use, but also found they have value.

“In our judgement, the specially-trained officers who took part in the Strathclyde pilot… found tasers to be a tactical ­option which enabled them to bring dangerous situations, in which there were risks of violence of varying degrees, under control,” it said.

However, legal advice, ­obtained by the authority, indicates officers run the risk of breaching article two of the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR) if they use tasers in certain circumstances.

This is because tasers are classified as potentially lethal. CS gas, batons, and officers using their bare hands are all classed as non-lethal.

In his advice to the police authority, Simon Di Rollo QC warned: “It is not proportionate to deploy potentially lethal force where non-lethal force would suffice.”

That means, under the ECHR, tasers could only be used as an alternative to firearms — another lethal weapon — and not to batons or CS gas. However, Mr Di Rollo admitted the risk of killing someone with a taser is “remote”.

The authors of the police authority report believe tests should now be done, comparing it to other police weapons.

“We are not aware of any study which compares the ­potential lethality of taser, with the potential lethality of these other tactical options that are classified as ‘non-lethal’,” the ­report said.

“We suggest that such studies should now be undertaken to give the police service in Scotland, and the public, a clearer understanding of where taser sits on the spectrum of potential lethality.

“It is important to know whether on that scale taser sits closer to firearms than to batons or CS gas. It is also important to know whether there is something that is potentially lethal about taser.”

Source

New breed of CCTV tracks shoppers

0

Douglas Heaven |

ARE you enjoying your shopping experience? Video surveillance systems might soon be answering that question for you. CCTV security cameras are a familiar fixture in shops, but the same cameras can also be used to track and analyse your browsing habits.

Mirela Popa at Delft University of Technology in the Netherlands and colleagues are developing software that can automatically categorise shoppers’ behaviour using video footage from the fisheye cameras that many retail outlets have on their ceilings.

For example, the system can tell if customers appear to be disoriented, are looking around for a specific product, or are heading purposefully towards a particular section. When a customer seems in need of assistance, a member of staff can be directed to them. The aim is to help customers and increase retailers’ profits, says Popa, who hopes the technology will lead to better customer service. “If I don’t find what I’m looking for, I leave the shop,” she says.

“This could be extremely valuable in terms of how to judge when a customer needs help,” says Patrick O’Brien of retail analysts Verdict Research in London, UK. “In a busy shop it’s difficult to know who it would be most productive to help next.”

By installing additional cameras at eye level among shop displays, Popa’s system can also build up a detailed picture of how a shopper interacts with particular products, providing instant feedback for retail analysts. In a mock-up shop in their lab, with volunteers posing as shoppers, the system was able to identify specific browsing behaviours, including what items were picked up or put back, or when shoppers tried clothes on.

The technology is based on motion-detection algorithms that track people’s movements. It then learns patterns, based on what it has observed, that can be used to predict future customers’ behaviour, says Popa.

The team reports an overall accuracy of 85 per cent in categorising customers’ behaviour. They presented the latest version of the work at theInternational Conference on Image Processing in Orlando, Florida, this month.

But even if such technology could lead to a better experience for customers and retailers, will people accept a greater level of intrusion? The team conducted an early trial in a supermarket in Eindhoven, the Netherlands and, according to Popa, people have been positive so far. “I think that life is changing,” she says. “You can’t do anything about that.”

“The real challenge is in turning that data into something of value,” says Tim Denison, director of retail intelligence at Ipsos Retail Performance in Milton Keynes, UK, and co-founder of Retail Think Tank. He believes it is a challenge that’s about to be met.

Within two years, video analysis systems that monitor consumer behaviour could be cost-effective for many retailers. He notes that there are already smart billboards with built-in cameras that use visual cues to guess whether you are male or female, and display a different advert accordingly.

As for privacy, Denison is pragmatic. “If it’s clear both consumer and retailer derive benefit from the technology, then it’s fair game,” he says. “A win-win scenario.”

Benefits to retailers are obvious: more customers, and more profit. Consumers could enjoy better customer service – the system can predict when a shopper appears to be in need of help – and improved shop layouts and displays that make it easier to find products.

Volker Roth at the Free University of Berlin, Germany, is less sanguine: “In general, any work that targets and profiles users, potentially without their consent or awareness, has a significant privacy dimension.” He adds that many of the people being tracked may not value any improvement in customer service above their own privacy.

Obamneycare converts health care into profits

In the guest section there is a new contribution by Dr. Robert S. Dotson. He points out that Obamneycare is two versions of the same thing. A person has to be gullible and uninformed to believe the claims of Obama and Romney that their replacements for Medicare will save money and improve care. What the schemes do is convert public monies into private profits.

The exploding costs described by Dr. Dotson and the rising profits for private corporations are paid for by reducing health care. For example, Betsy McCaughey, former lieutenant governor of New York, writing in Investors Business Daily ( http://news.investors.com/ibd-editorials-perspective/101212-629190-obamacare-medicarecuts-danger-to-senior-citizens.htm?p=full ) reports that “On Oct. 1, the Obama administration started awarding bonus points to hospitals that spend the least on elderly patients.” The result will be fewer knee and hip replacements, angioplasty, bypass surgery, and cataract operations. These procedures transformed aging by allowing the elderly, who formerly languished in wheelchairs and nursing homes, to lead active lives.

Obamacare rolls back the clock. “By cutting $716 billion from future Medicare funding over the next decade and rewarding the hospitals that spend the least on seniors, the Obama health law will make these procedures hard to get and less safe.” Doctors will be paid less to treat a senior on Medicare than to treat someone on Medicaid, a poverty program that is not financed by the payroll tax. McCaughry reports that doctors will be paid only one-third as much for treating Medicare patients as for treating a patient with subsidized private insurance and that Obamacare means that hospitals will have $247 billion less over the next decade to care for the same number of seniors.

According to McCaughey, prior to Obama raiding Medicare in order to subsidize the price of health policies sold by private insurance companies, Medicare was already paying hospitals only 91 cents for every dollar of care provide. The way Obamacare saves money is by cutting back care for the elderly and shortening their lives. As I pointed out in my last article, Obamacare is a death panel.

This doesn’t mean that Romneycare is any better. Conservatives like to pretend that the private sector is always more efficient and less corrupt than the public sector, and that replacing Medicare with vouchers toward the purchase price of a private insurance company will lower costs and improve care.As Romney’s scheme has not appeared in federal legislation, we don’t know all the ways the interest groups would game the voucher system. However, the voucher system would add to costs by adding another level of profits. Unless the private insurance companies are to become administrators for the government and be protected from Wall Street organized takeovers for not earning high enough profits, the policies sold by the insurance companies will have profit in them.

Also, conservatives make a great deal to do about Medicare being unfunded, but what is there to fund Obamneycare except the payroll tax that funds Medicare? Obamneycare depends on the government handing out subsidies or vouchers for the purchase of private insurance policies. Neither scheme is any more funded than Medicare.

Some conservatives seem to think that because private policies are involved that health care becomes funded. What Obamneycare does is to steal from Medicare in order to finance Medicaid and private insurance policies. Both plans raise costs, reduce care for the elderly, and divert tax dollars away from health care to private profits.

Let’s examine the erroneous conservative belief that if health care is provided privately, without any government subsidies, it is funded, whereas Medicare is not funded. To pay the premium on a private policy, a person has to have an income. The premiums are thus funded by the earned income stream. If the person loses his or her job, or becomes incapacitated and cannot work, the person cannot pay the premium and the policy can no longer be funded. If the person is elderly and lacks sufficient retirement income to pay the high cost of private health insurance for the elderly, the person’s health care is no longer funded.

Medicare is funded by the same earned income stream that funds private insurance policies. Instead of paying a premium to a private company, the worker pays a payroll tax that funds his health care regardless of his employment or level of retirement income.

Conservatives claim that under Medicare, the young have to pay for the elderly. However, the young become old in turn, so the intergenerational aspect is simply a part of the human life cycle. It is the same with private medical coverage. The healthy (usually the young) pay for the sick (usually the elderly). Private insurance has an actuarial basis. Actuaries calculate premiums and risk so that the total premiums can accommodate the claims of the percentage of policyholders who become ill. The notion is false that a person with a private policy is paying for his own health care unlike a person on Medicare.

A favorite “cost-saving” scheme is to raise the retirement age for Medicare. As Dave Lindorff points out in CounterPunch (printed edition, Oct. 1-15, 2012), 90% of the cost of the Medicare program each year goes to pay for the care of the oldest 10 percent of Medicare patients. Those aged 65-70 are the most fit and cost the least. Moving the retirement age up doesn’t save any real money. It just violates the contract and takes away the coverage for which people paid during their working life.

Obamneycare takes decisions out of the hands of patients and health care providers. It reduces care for the elderly. It imposes intrusive controls and data collecting and reporting. As care providers witness care withheld and the elderly confined to wheelchairs and nursing homes and early graves, health care providers will have to become as hardened as workers in slaughter houses, or the system will implode.

Already 59% of US doctors say that they prefer a single-payer national health care system to the corporate form of medicine that has turned them into wage slaves who have to ration the time they spend with patients and the amount of care that they prescribe.

If Obama’s subsidies and Romney’s vouchers are not indexed to medical inflation, Obamneycare will provide diminishing care as the years go by. As jobs offshoring has stripped the country of middle class job growth, the incomes earned by waitresses, bartenders, hospital orderlies, and Walmart’s part-time workers will not cover shelter, food, transportation, and health care.

When Obama sold out his supporters to the insurance companies, Obama supporters lined up with the pretense that diverting Medicare money to private profits was an improvement over the current system. Obama supporters have now invested so much emotional capital in Obama’s assault on Medicare that they pretend there is some meaningful difference between Obamacare’s government subsidized private insurance
policies and Romneycare’s government subsidized private medical insurance vouchers.

While the two sides yell and scream at one another, the concrete hardens around the new common policy of shorter lives for the elderly and more profits for private corporations.

Although no one in either party can define the US mission in the seven countries in which the US is conducting military aggression, wars of choice that according to Joseph Stiglitz and Linda Bilmes have already cost US taxpayers $6 trillion in out of pocket and already incurred future costs, there is no discussion of halting the wars and diverting armaments industry profits to the health care of the US population.

Thus, we are left with Dr. Dotson’s conclusion that Americans are governed for the benefit of corporate profits. Americans’ lives, health, incomes, careers, prospects, none of this matters. Only corporate profits.

This article first appeared at Paul Craig Roberts’ new website Institute For Political Economy. Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His Internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. Paul Craig Roberts is 100% independent and DONATIONS are much appreciated.

Spain to make filming police a crime

0

Paul Joseph Watson, Propaganda Matrix |

Following massive protests in Spain over the last couple of months as demonstrators revolt in response to draconian austerity measures imposed by the crumbling European Union, Spain has now moved to make filming police a crime.

“The director general of police, Ignacio Cosidó, announced on Thursday that the authorities are studying the possibility that the next update to the Public Security Law could include an article prohibiting the recording, processing or circulation on the internet of police officers performing their duties, if doing so would endanger them or the operation in which they were engaged,” reports El Pais.

The law would also make it illegal for protesters to cover their faces, undoubtedly an effort to make them easier to identify. Cops who disguise their identity in full riot gear and helmets would not be held to the same standard.

The new law arrives in the immediate aftermath of protests across the country last month which highlighted numerous instances of Spanish police beating demonstrators with batons and using smoke bullets in confined spaces.

Presumably, the government is not seeking to limit such brutality, but rather the ability for such actions to be recorded and later seen by millions on television news and You Tube.

Although police in other countries such as the United Kingdom and the United States routinely attempt to intimidate onlookers and protesters by claiming that filming cops is against the law, every time the issue goes to court it is vehemently underscored that this is not the case.

Judges for Democracy warned that the new Spanish law was of great concern because it is “extremely ambiguous and in no instance should be used to prevent the circulation of excesses on the part of police.”

The new law will also re-define the definition of a “violent attack,” meaning protesters could now be targeted for “any aggression or threats of violence against security forces,” meaning mere threats could carry the same punishment as actual violence.

“These are the same riot cops who typically wear gas masks, and full riot attire and shields precisely to preserve their identity. But facts matter little when the liquidity tide is going out and all the Ponzi schemes are exposed to have been swimming naked. For now, Spain will be happy to little by little strip its citizens first of their rights to free expression, then all other rights, as it slowly but surely sells the country into Troika slavery,” reports Zero Hedge.

Twitter threatened with lawsuit over anti-Semitic tweets

0

Agence France-Presse |

Twitter, a day after saying it blocked a neo-Nazi group’s account in Germany in a global first, faced a new battle Friday in France where Jewish students are taking it to court to force it to remove anti-Semitic messages.

The UEJF Jewish students’ union said it was filing a suit against the micro-blogging site to try to make it remove the offending tweets that have proliferated in recent days in France with the hasghtag #unbonjuif.

The hashtag – which in English means “a good Jew” – has been one of the top trending words on French-language tweets and is often followed by offensive comments such as: “A good Jew can pump up your tyre with his nose.”

“There is a fire that we have to put out. We want to put an end to this outpouring of hatred,” the UEJF’s lawyer Stephane Lilti said.

On Thursday, Twitter said it had blocked a neo-Nazi group’s account at the request of German police.

The move was the first time that the US firm had applied a policy known as “country-withheld content” which allows it to block an account at the request of state authorities.

In a move pitting censorship concerns against national laws on hate speech, Twitter said it had deployed the tool developed only this year to restrict content in a single country rather than simply delete posted comments.

Starbucks made £1.2 billion but pays no tax

0

Surprise of surprises – multinational child-labour exploiting vendors of pissweak crapaccinos, Starbucks, has paid no tax since 2009. Apparently Starbucks has failed to make a profit in all that time, which might sound genuinely surprising to any who have witnessed dozens of cafes full of people up and down the country.

Comrades in arms Radio Free Brighton interviewed Richard Murphy (of taxresearch.org.uk), involved in collating some of the data and helping to publicising it – and who was therefore naturally delighted to explain Starbucks’ legal tax-dodging in detail:

“We [investigators] found that Starbucks has, in the last three years in the UK, made sales of more than £1.2 billion — that’s a heck of a lot of coffee out of 735 shops — and made no money at all; apparently. Well, that’s what they say in their accounts, which means they don’t pay any tax. And yet when you go to their shareholder presentations internationally they say that the UK market is working really well for them, they’re incredibly pleased with the way it’s running, it’s profitable. They are taking the guy who’s been running it back to the US to show everybody else how to run such an efficient organisation, which is delivering so much money for them. And you say hang on a minute, these two stories don’t hang together.

The accounts given to the Revenue are saying that this company is losing money, and the accounts which are being presented to the shareholders say the UK’s doing a great job for you. How can that be? And the answer, when we look at it, comes down to three thing’s fundamentally: one is that Starbucks is paying a significant royalty from it’s UK operation to what we believe is an offshore subsidiary, but we can’t tell you where, we have to admit that, of 6 per cent of it’s total sales, which significantly reduces it’s profit margin.

We can see that it’s buying it’s coffee beans from a Dutch subsidiary, which is owned by a Swiss subsidiary of Starbucks, and it appears there might be some profit movement going on through that mechanism as well. And we can see that it’s funding the UK operation with a very high level of debt, which is tax deductible in the UK but is invariably meaning that the interest is shifted into almost certainly — and I would put my hat on this one without any risk at all — into a low tax jurisdiction subsidiary of Starbucks itself.

So, some significant tax planning going on. All of it legal, all of it within international rules, all of it meaning that a UK operation, which the company itself says is highly profitable, is turning out in their own accounts to be a loss making, non-tax paying company. That’s the sort of problem that we’ve got to challenge. When the tax system is loosing credibility in this way, the profit is not taxed, then we have a real problem. When international companies can actually not pay tax in the UK whilst their next door neighbour, a coffee shop owned by a guy who lives in Brighton and has got one store, is paying tax in the UK then we’ve got something seriously wrong because the whole competitiveness of the UK economy is being undermined as a result, and the whole vibrancy of local communities is being undermined as a result as well. Personally speaking I’d rather go to the local guy but he is going to be forced out of business by Starbucks if they don’t pay tax and he has to.”

And now over to Tom with the weather…

* here’s a not that begrudging link (well its hard data not Op-Ed) to the Guardian, where you too can see graphics and details of a range of international mega-corporations, as well as Starbucks, pay bugger all tax too…

Source

US “killed more people” than alleged 9/11 hijackers

Press TV |

The alleged mastermind of the September 11 attacks, Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, told a courtroom at Guantanamo Bay Wednesday that the United States had killed more people in the name of national security than he is accused of killing on 9/11.

Mohammed addressed the court during a hearing ahead of his trial for coordinating the attacks. Speaking through a translator, Mohammed said that while about 3,000 people were killed on 9/11, the United States has killed thousands or even millions.

He said: “Many can kill people under the name of national security. And to torture people under the name of national security. And detain their children under the name of national security.”

He went on to say: “I don’t want to be long, but I can say that the President can take someone and throw him in the sea in the name of national security. And so well he can also legislate the killings, assassinations, under the name of national security, for American citizens. My only advice to you that you do not get affected by the crocodile tears. Because your blood is not made of gold and ours made of water. We are all human beings.” Democracy Now

FACTS & FIGURES

According to the AE 9/11 for Truth documentary, our lives were forever changed that day: 2,744 lives lost in New York…1 million lives lost in Afghanistan and Iraq…6,000 U.S. troops lost in the war on terror…$4.5 trillion – War on Terrorism cost to US taxpayers. examiner.com

Theorists believe that the World Trade Center buildings were demolished by bombs, phone calls from the planes were made up, and the former President George W. Bush secretly profited from the attacks. newsone.com

The World Trade Center collapse appeared similar to a controlled demolition. Many speculate that the towers were in fact blown down with explosives placed in selected locations. Some witnesses accounted hearing explosions inside the building as they attempted to escape. Many architects and scientists even maintain that a planes fuel cannot produce enough heat to melt the steel frame of the two buildings that collapsed. newsone.com

The explosive story of the 5 suspicious Israelis seen celebrating while filming the attacks on the World Trade Center was first reported nationally in American Free Press shortly after September 11. erichufschmid.net

Assange subject of intelligence exchanges for more than two years

0

Philip Dorling |

WikiLeaks and Julian Assange have been the subject of intelligence exchanges between Australia and the United States for more than two years, the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade has revealed.

The WikiLeaks publisher was also the subject of Australian intelligence reporting from Washington shortly before he sought political asylum in Ecuador’s London embassy.

In a freedom of information decision yesterday, Foreign Affairs confirmed to Fairfax Media the existence of an intelligence report concerning WikiLeaks and Mr Assange cabled to Canberra from Australia’s Washington embassy on June 1.

Mr Assange, who had been unsuccessful in his legal fight to avoid extradition from the United Kingdom to Sweden to face questioning about sexual assault allegations, sought political asylum in Ecuador’s London embassy 18 days later.

Foreign Affairs has also confirmed that US-Australia intelligence exchanges on WikiLeaks date back more than two years by revealing the existence of two intelligence reports sent from Washington to Canberra on August 4 and 25, 2010, in the immediate aftermath of the transparency website’s publication of secret US military reports on the war in Afghanistan.

The secret Washington embassy cables have been withheld from release because they are “intelligence agency documents” that are exempt from disclosure under freedom of information law.

All of Australia’s intelligence agencies are represented in the Washington embassy and liaise closely with their US counterparts

One newly released Australian diplomatic cable also shows that the Washington embassy did receive confidential information concerning the involvement of the US Federal Bureau of Investigation in investigations targeting WikiLeaks as early as 29 or 30 July 2010.

However the details of this exchange have been redacted by Foreign Affairs on the grounds that disclosure of “assessments or comments by foreign officials” would damage Australia’s international relations.

Other Australian diplomatic cables previously released to Fairfax Media reveal that in December 2010 the embassy confirmed the US Justice Department was conducting an “active and vigorous inquiry into whether Julian Assange can be charged under US law, most likely the 1917 Espionage Act”.

US officials told the embassy “the WikiLeaks case was unprecedented both in its scale and nature”.

In another document released by Foreign Affairs, former Foreign Minister Kevin Rudd wrote on November 15, 2011, to seek former Attorney-General Robert McClelland’s view on reports that “the most likely route to a successful prosecution would be to show that Mr Assange had acted as a co-conspirator — soliciting, encouraging or assisting [US Army private] Bradley Manning, to obtain and provide the documents”.

Foreign Minister Bob Carr has repeatedly denied any knowledge of any intention by Washington to prosecute Mr Assange, saying in June: “I’ve received no hint that they’ve got a plan to extradite him to the US … I would expect that the US would not want to touch this.”

The latest freedom of information release to Fairfax Media shows Australian diplomats have continued to attend and report in detail on the pre-trial proceedings for Private Manning who faces 22 charges relating to alleged leaking of classified information to WikiLeaks and, though such disclosures, “aiding the enemy”, a charge that could bring a life sentence.

On June 20, the Washington embassy reported the failure of Private Manning’s defence team to obtain access to records of the US federal grand jury reported to be engaged with the Justice Department’s investigation of espionage and related offences relating to WikiLeaks’ obtaining classified documents.

However related “sensitive” information in the embassy’s report has been redacted, on the grounds once more that release could damage Australia’s relations with the United States.

Ecuador ‘s president Rafael Correa granted Mr Assange political asylum on August 16, saying that if Mr Assange was extradited to Sweden he would be at risk of further extradition to the US to face espionage or conspiracy charges.

Discussions between British Foreign Secretary William Haig and his Ecuadorean counterpart Ricardo Patino, in New York on September 27, failed to break the diplomatic and legal impasse over Mr Assange’s status.

The British Government says it is legally obliged to extradite Assange to Sweden, and that it will not allow him to leave Ecuador’s embassy and travel to the South American country.

Campaign urges activists to keep personal details off police database

0

Netpol have today launched a campaign to limit the gathering of data by the police on political protest. The campaign, don’t be on a database, gives good reasons why protesters should assert their legal rights to keep their personal details private.

Indymedia |

Netpol has observed and reported countless incidents in which the police have tried to obtain names and addresses of protesters, often with some form of coercion. In a number of cases the police have used the threat of arrest to obtain details from protesters who had committed no criminal offence, and made unjustified allegations that people had engaged in ‘anti-social behaviour’.

The police have powers to demand personal data only in very limited situations, such as when they believe a person has committed a criminal offence, or if they are driving a vehicle. In the vast majority of instances, the police have no power to demand this information — yet they routinely do.

Systematic stop and search operations and kettles have often been used as opportunities for data gathering on protesters and protest groups. Details can then be entered on a variety of databases, including stop and search databases, and the wide reaching CRIMINT operated by the Met. All of these databases are searchable by name, so form part of a ‘virtual’ police file.

If names crop up frequently on the database, those individuals may come to the attention of FIT (Forward Intelligence) teams. FIT teams may start to look out for them, to take notes of what they are wearing and who they are with. Many targets of FITs have no record of criminal behaviour, just a record of involvement in protest.

The National Domestic Extremism Unit (NDEU) also profile groups and individuals, track political activity and associations, and retain a great deal of personal information. This happened to John Catt, an 85 year old peace campaigner who would turn up to demonstrations with his daughter, to make sketches. Despite having no criminal record, he found through a Data Protection Act request that the domestic extremism unit held personal data on him and his daughter. This data retention has, incredibly, been found to be lawful by the courts.

In the light of all this, Netpol believe that it is vital that protesters take action to protect their identity on protest. By doing something as simple as asserting their basic civil rights, protesters can make sure that they, their friends and other activists around them, stay off the database.

Don’t be on a database — your name and address is none of their business.

Netpol is a network of legal support and community based groups, including GBC, LDMG, Fitwatch and Newham Monitoring Project.

Google stock plunges: Report shows 21% earnings decline year-over-year

0

Mac Slavo, SHTFplan.com |

Following the trend of shipping company Fedex, the largest advertising venue in the world is showing signs of strain in a weakening global economy.

Google Inc., whose accounting firm mistakenly released their quarterly report prematurely, saw a 9% tumble in the share of their stock today after weaker than expected earnings.

It’s not clear why Google’s results were posted in a regulatory filing early, but the weaker-than-expected top- and bottom-line figures threatened to leave the stock with its steepest one-day decline since the 2008 financial crisis.

The Mountain View, Calif.-based company said it earned $2.18 billion, or $6.53 a share, last quarter, compared with a profit of $2.73 billion, or $8.33 a share, a year earlier.

Year-over-year Google saw a 21% decline in earnings.

While the company indicates more businesses are advertising with them, they are no longer willing to pay as much per click to drive visitors to their web sites:

Google said its paid clicks jumped 33% year-over-year and 6% from the second quarter. However, the average cost per click declined 15% annually and 3% from the second quarter.

We may be able to attribute this to just a single bad quarter, but given that the US economy has more than likely already slid back into recession according to some analysts, it would make sense that Google is starting to feel the pressure of a small business user base that is struggling to survive.

With consumers being more careful about how they spend their money due to concerns about the job market and price inflation that is affecting not only retail customers but manufacturers and distributors as well, Google’s small business customers are no longer able to pay as much for advertising expenditures as they were five years ago.

After Fedex’s poor showing last quarter in which they cited weakening global economic conditions surrounding their global shipping business, and Google’s results now suggesting that advertisers are paying 15% less this year for attracting visitors to their web sites than in 2011, the tell-tale signs of an economy on the brink are becoming more apparent.

Google’s stock just saw its largest one day decline since the meltdown of 2008. Are traders on Wall Street getting nervous and no longer believing the hype about a strong recovery?

It doesn’t take much to cause a Wall Street panic as we’ve seen repeatedly throughout history — and panic is exactly what we saw on Wall Street today.

Is this an isolated incident currently being managed and controlled by the plunge protection team with happy days soon to return? Or is this just the beginning?

Dutch gov can break in and destroy computers

0

Door Ot van Daalen |

On 15 October, the Dutch ministry of Justice and Security proposed powers for the police to break into computers, install spyware, search computers and destroy data. These powers would extend to computers located outside the Netherlands. Dutch digital rights movement Bits of Freedom warns for the unacceptable risks to cybersecurity and calls on other countries to strongly oppose the proposal.

Three new powers: spy, search and destroy

The proposal (Dutch, PDF) would grant powers to the Dutch police to break into computers, including mobile phones, via the internet in order to:

  • install spyware, allowing the police to overtake the computer;
  • search data on the computer, including data on computers located in other countries; and
  • destroy data on the computer, including data on computers located in other countries.

If the location of the computer cannot be determined, for example in the case of Tor-hidden services, the police is not required to submit a request for legal assistance to another country before breaking in. Under the current text, it is uncertain whether a legal assistance request would be legally required, or merely preferred, if the location of the computer is known. The exercise of these powers requires a warrant from a Dutch court.

Hacking proposal poses unacceptable cybersecurity risk

This proposal poses unacceptable risks. If the Dutch government gets the power to break into foreign computers, this gives other governments the basis to break into Dutch computers which infringe the laws of their country. The end result could be less security for all computer users, instead of more. This is even more true with regard to the power to destroy data on foreign computers; it is likely that other governments would be very interested in using such a power against Dutch interests.

Furthermore, providing the government the power to break into computers provides a perverse incentive to keep information security weak. Millions of computers could remain badly secured because the government does not have an incentive to publish vulnerabilities quickly because it needs to exploit these vulnerabilities for enforcement purposes.

In addition, spyware is difficult to control. Research from the Chaos Computer Club demonstrates that, even though spyware from the German police was intended to be used to intercept only Skype calls, it could in practice be extended to take over the entire computer. In addition, the spyware itself could be remotely hacked by criminals as well, allowing them to take over the computer of a suspect.

The risks above do not even touch on the privacy-issues yet. Breaking into a computer infringes the privacy not only of the suspect, but of all non-suspects whose data is also on the computer. And, somewhat related to this, the value of evidence gathered via these methods is at the least less obvious and will be harder to assess in court. The digital nature of the investigation makes it harder to prove that evidence was not fabricated or perhaps destroyed by the police.

International opposition is necessary

A legislative text implementing the highly controversial proposal will be introduced to parliament in the coming months. The law does not only concern the Netherlands: it concerns all countries whose IT-infrastructure may be affected. Bits of Freedom therefore calls on other countries to oppose the proposal. Laws like these make the internet a more dangerous place.

US drones kill up to 80% civilians

0

RT |

The absolute majority of the people killed by American UAVs in Pakistan are innocent civilians, claims Pakistani Interior Minister Rehman Malik. If given the drone technology, Pakistan would do a better job, he argued earlier.

Malik revealed that according to Islamabad’s calculations, the number of drone attacks in recent years totaled 336, of 96 of which were launched from Afghanistan.

There are no exact statistics on the number of people killed in drone strikes in Pakistan. Estimates vary from about 2,500 to over 3,000 victims. As many as 174 of them were reportedly children.

The latest US study claimed that only 2 per cent of drone strike casualties in Pakistan are top militants.

The researchers at Stanford and New York University also claimed that the American drone strike policy in Pakistan has not helped Washington achieve its goal of curbing terrorism in the region. The civilian deaths that mark practically every drone strike on terror suspects in Pakistan’s tribal regions have achieved the opposite goal: locals hate the US because of the unceasing fear that death may come from above at any moment.

Most of the strikes have been made in North Waziristan province, a militant stronghold against which Islamabad is considering a fully-fledged military operation. Civilian deaths resulting from the strikes have regularly been met with a harsh public outcry in Pakistan.

Pakistani authorities have repeatedly demanded that Washington cease conducting drone strikes to no avail.

‘Pakistan can shoot down a drone’

Ahmed Quraishi from PakNationalists Forum told RT that Malik’s accusations are “a major blow” to US diplomacy in the Pakistan.

“The Americans have been trying very, very hard to convince Pakistanis the drone attacks are actually for the betterment of the country…but I think with this kind of statement coming from a senior Pakistani minister [Malik], this just totally destroys the position of the US from inside Pakistan. I’m sure that the American diplomats at the US embassy here in Islamabad are increasingly applying pressure on Washington and their counterparts, especially at the CIA and the Pentagon,” he said.

Quraishi said Pakistan had several viable options to halt drone strikes on its territory, including closing off Pakistani airspace to the United States.

He also said that if the situation further deteriorated, “Pakistan can resort to shooting down one of the drones.” 

“The Pakistani air force and several people connected to [it] have said repeatedly that they have the capability to do this and they are just waiting on a decision from the government,” Quraishi argued.

Saying there is no evidence the drone strikes have helped Pakistan cope with its militant problem, Quraishi says the Pakistani military has historically been very successful in conducting anti-terror operations on its own soil.

“If we now we see a resurgence of the activity of terrorists, it is because safe-havens on what I would call the American side of the border — which is the Afghan side of the border under the watch of the US army — where these terrorists, who were flushed out by the Pakistani army, are maintaining training camps over there. So I think the Pakistani government now is putting the blame, in a way, on the Americans. And I think that would be the gist of the reports published by the Pakistani media today about the..closed door meeting of the Pakistani military commanders,” he concluded.

Report: UK slavery on the rise

Katie Nguyen |

The number of trafficking cases referred to the British authorities rose to 946 last year from 710 in 2010, according to the latest government figures, which show more than two thirds of the victims are women and girls.

The report by a ministerial group on human trafficking said that females accounted for 634 of the people trafficked to the UK in 2011 – mainly for sexual exploitation, labour exploitation and domestic servitude. Of the total, 234 were children.

Most people trafficked to Britain come from Nigeria, China, Vietnam, Romania and Slovakia, said the report released on Anti-Slavery Day.

“Fuelled primarily by those who seek to make a profit from the misery of others, human trafficking is the vilest of crimes and equates to modern day slavery,” the report said.

“Men, women and children from across the world are exploited and forced into performing services or other work against their will … Those who are exploited may face years of sexual abuse, forced labour or domestic servitude, and in many instances never fully recover from their traumatic experience,” it added.

The figures are based on cases referred to Britain’s National Referral Mechanism, an official body set up in 2009 to collect data about victims and ensure they receive help.

The rise in trafficking cases may be explained by improvements in identifying victims. But even so, campaigners say the figure could be much higher, as many people are too afraid to speak out, fearing reprisals from their traffickers or deportation back home.

The report said that, although cases of sexual exploitation were the most common among those referred, there was growing evidence of people being trafficked for labour exploitation and criminal activities such as benefit fraud or street begging.

It also said the UK had encountered its first two cases of trafficking for illegal organ removal. In one case, the intention was to sell the victim’s kidney, and in the other it was to provide that organ for a relative. But in both cases the victims were detected and stopped before the operations were carried out, the report said.

PREVENTION AND PROSECUTION

Organised crime gangs in countries including Nigeria, China, Vietnam, Romania and Slovakia pose the biggest threat to Britain, the government said. It is working with these countries to tackle the problem at source by lobbying for changes to their laws.

The British government also said UK prosecutors have been based in so-called priority countries to help improve their response to traffickers, as well as to train local judges, prosecutors and investigators to deal with offences more effectively, and to gather evidence for prosecutions in the UK.

UK airlines Virgin Atlantic and Thomas Cook are training cabin crew to spot potential traffickers and their victims, and a 24-hour hotline has been set up for crew to report concerns to border officials before a plane lands in Britain.

Immigration Minister Mark Harper was quoted as saying Britain is doing a better job of cracking down on people involved in trafficking, while acknowledging that the number of prosecutions is not high enough.

In 2011, there were eight human trafficking convictions in England and Wales.

“One of the things we do is to prosecute people for the most serious offences we can, and sometimes that’s not a trafficking offence,” Harper told BBC Radio 5 Live.

The report identifies three main areas for improvement: the collection of data on trafficking and intelligence sharing; training of professionals most likely to come into contact with trafficking victims, such as border police; and coordinating activities to prevent trafficking.

According to the report:

  • Nigerian victims are almost exclusively females who are subjected to sexual exploitation and domestic servitude
  • Vietnamese victims are predominantly males exploited for labour and females for sexual exploitation
  • Romanian and Chinese victims are generally trafficked for adult labour exploitation and female sexual exploitation
  • Slovakian and Czech victims are almost exclusively exploited for labour, with Czech victims predominantly male
  • The majority of Ugandan and Albanian victims are females who are exploited for sex,
  • UK victims are mainly female minors exploited for sex and adult males for labour exploitation
  • Eritrean victims are predominantly female, and almost exclusively exploited for domestic servitude

Big Brother cars “Stasi-type secret spy operation”

0

Mick Meaney |

New plans to expand the UK’s controversial ‘spy car’ scheme has been labeled a ‘Stasi-type spy operation’. The plans are to supposedly protect school children from dangerously parked cars.

Essex council leader, Neil Stock stated:

“Why not stop and speak to parents? Kids are not getting run over and this is tackling a problem that does not really exist.”
Source

The North Essex Parking Partnership (NEPP) has agreed to expand the invasive scheme across Essex with a 12 month trial, costing £70,000 per car.

The high-tech surveillance cars are fitted with rotating CCTV cameras and automatic number plate recognition systems, originally introduced it was claimed, to catch illegal parking outside schools.

Image credit

Misuse

However the cars have not only been used to unethically spy on parents, but have also been used to unfairly issue tickets to disabled drivers if their blue badge does not appear on the CCTV footage.

In April, a tribunal ruling decided the spy cars had gone against Government guidance and were not being used correctly. Cars had needlessly been used to issue tickets when traffic wardens could have used to resolve situations instead.

James Richardson, a Traffic Penalty Tribunal adjudicator stated:

“The sensitive nature of evidence gathered by CCTV is specifically considered and addressed by the guidance issued by the Government.

“Recommendation is made that such devices are only used where enforcement is difficult, sensitive or enforcement by wardens is not practical.”
Source

Cash cow

More opponents, including parents, have criticised the scheme, branding it a “Big Brother-like” money-making exercise and an “invasion of privacy”.

The financial rewards being made from the cars are significant.

Cars in Bolton, Lancashire, are currently making the council an extra £250,000 a year in ticket fines.

One outraged parent, Derwent Jaconelli, has spoken out:

“My view is quite simple. I think traffic wardens and police are there to control traffic and give you the opportunity to move along.

“I think the spy cameras and the spy cars are a money-making enterprise. Highway robbery is what it is.

“From a primary school parent point of view, some parents have more than one child so they are going around maybe two or three schools.”
Source

Headteacher Sophia Pardalis of Limes Farm Junior School in Chigwell, supports the idea but admits:

“We have a caretaker at the school who stops people coming along and parking on the zig-zag lines but unless that’s happening cars do sneak in.”
Source

Right now over 20 local authorities outside London are now using “remote enforcement” vehicles, and that number is set to increase.

Campaign Big Brother Watch slammed the scheme:

“The CCTV car represents a very dangerous escalation in Britain’s surveillance society. These vehicles are sent out to catch people and make money, with road safety only an afterthought.”
Source

Perhaps more disturbing still is the fact that councils have gone to extreme lengths to steal from the population, calling in  bailiffs to take fines from hundreds of motorists.

One rule for us

The scheme is also hypocritical.

Earlier this year the Stoke-on-Trent council was accused of double standards when it emerged that spy cars are exempt from traffic rules.

Spy cars have been spotted parking illegally on double yellow lines and loading-only bays.

Ian Tamburello, the city council’s strategic manager for enforcement, said:

“Enforcement vehicles are exempt from restrictions on highways when they are carrying out enforcement duties.”
Source

One frustrated motorist, Sabrina Lillie, said:

“It’s not fair if they’re going to fine someone for driving offences and then go and do it themselves. If they want to be taken seriously, they should abide by their own rules.”
Source

Protest groups have sprung up that aim to combat this aspect of the surveillance society by following spy cars and warning motorists when the cars are approaching.

Member of one group, Steve Baker, said:

 “We are not stopping the cars from doing their job. In fact, we are encouraging and helping them.

“If drivers are not parking illegally, then they won’t get caught.

“We are simply helping the spy car fulfil what the Secretary of State said in 2008, which was to get 100 per cent compliance, with no penalty charges.

“We also observed the cars to make sure they were not committing any offences themselves when they were out.”
Source

With spy drones in the sky, spy cars on our roads and streets, facial recognition CCTV and police illegally installing cameras in people’s homes, just how far is Big Brother Britain willing to go?

Mick Meaney is the editor of RINF News, created as a response to increasing levels of control, distortions and lies from the government, corporations and the media.

Israeli envoy calls “Estelle” a provocation

0

Ann Wright |

Calling the latest sailing of a boat to challenge the Israeli naval blockade of Gaza a “provocation”, Israel’s ambassador to the United Nations Ron Prosor, called on the UN Secretary-General, the Security Council, and all responsible members of the international community to take immediate action to end this provocation.”

Prosor added, “I want to stress that Israel is not interested in confrontation, but remains determined to enforce its naval blockade of the Gaza Strip – and will take all lawful actions to this end. Their clear provocation raises tensions and could easily spark a serious escalation of the conflict.”

Seven parliamentarians from 5 European countries are on sailing on the sloop “Estelle” to break the Israeli Blockade of Gaza. Among the 20+ passengers are parliamentarians fromGreece, Norway, Spain, Sweden, and a retired parliamentarian from Canada.

Over 80 Irish Parliamentarians have signed a petition of support for the “Estelle’s” mission and 70 Greek Parliamentarians have also signed their petition.

Passengers from Canada, Finland, Greece, Israel, Italy, Norway, Spain and Sweden are on the “Estelle.”

All onboard are peaceful civilians who have received refresher non-violence training.

The “Estelle” carries a cargo of aid to the Israeli blockaded Palestinian population of Gaza, and a cargo of solidarity. It also carries an anchor and communication equipment needed for the construction of Gaza’s Ark (see www.gazaark.org).

The “Estelle” is expected to reach Gaza by this weekend.

About the Author: Ann Wright served in the US Army/Army Reserves for 29 years and retired as a Colonel. She was also in the US Diplomatic Corps for 16 years and resigned in 2003 in opposition to the Iraq war. She has traveled to Gaza four times since the Israeli attack on Gaza that killed 1440, wounded 5,000 and left 50,000 homeless. She was an organizer for the 2009 Gaza Freedom March that brought 1300 persons from 55 countries to Cairo in solidarity with the people of Gaza and was on the 2010 and 2011 Gaza Freedom Flotillas. She is an organizer for Gaza’s Ark.

U.S. and Israel try to provoke Iran

0

Spencer Ackerman, Wired |

Just in time for a presidential election in which both candidates compete to be besties with Israel, the U.S. and Israeli militaries are holding a big, high-profile exercise to practice shooting Iranian missiles out of the sky. Only neither country wants to say the exercise is about either Iran or presidential politics.

Starting in late October, the U.S. and Israel will spend three weeks jointly testing the abilities of their Patriot missile batteries, Aegis ships, networked command systems and newer interceptors to prevent everything from rockets to armed drones to long-range ballistic missiles from hitting Israel from multiple locations. It’ll be the closest operational look the U.S. has gotten thus far to Israel’s new Iron Dome system to protect against short-range missiles and rockets. About 3,500 U.S. troops will participate in what Lt. Gen. Craig Franklin, commander of the U.S. Third Air Force, called “the largest exercise in the history of the longstanding military relationship between the U.S. and Israel.”

The joint tests, dubbed “Austere Challenge 2012,” are part of a series of missile-defense drills that the U.S. and Israel schedule every two years. Only this year, there’s a contextual difference that’s hard to ignore: the prospect of an Israeli strike on Iran, which is likely to prompt retaliation from Iran and its terrorist proxies on Israel’s borders; and persistent tension between President Obama and Prime Minister Netanyahu, which has become an issue in the politics of both countries. On a conference call with reporters, Franklin and his Israeli colleague, Brig. Gen. Nitzan Nuriel refused to address either issue. The exercise “doesn’t look at any particular threat” and is “not related to national elections,” Franklin insisted.

 

But that’s hard to believe. The exercise was supposed to happen in the spring, before Israel abruptly requested a rescheduling, prompting a minor media freakout that the U.S. and Israel couldn’t even agree to drill together in the face of the Iranian threat. The rescheduled exercise will feature a smaller number of U.S. troops, which Nuriel characterized as a lighter logistics and support footprint.

Hovering in the background: forthcoming elections in both countries in which bilateral cooperation is an issue. Mitt Romney has made Israel and Iran central to his foreign-policy critique of Obama, contending the president has “thrown Israel under the bus” and vowing to keep any disagreement with Jerusalem over a possible joint Iran strike private. In Israel, former premier Ehud Olmert is considering a challenge to Netanyahu “on a platform accusing Mr. Netanyahu of spoiling Israel’s relations with the United States,” as The New York Times reported Monday. And now Austere Challenge will proceed as Americans go to the polls.

Senior U.S. military officials might have misgivings about attacking Iran, but not to helping Israel repel a missile assault from either Iran or its proxies. The test will be more simulation than live-fire, Franklin and Nuriel said, but will test what Franklin called “new technologies” to stop incoming enemy fire. Those include Israel’s Iron Dome short-range missile and rocket defense system, a piece of hardware that claims an 80 percent success rate against rounds that impact in as little as 12 seconds. The Pentagon helped bankroll it, but doesn’t quite understand how it actually works. And they’ll also practice defending against missiles fired from drones, a drill that has some urgency now that Hezbollah claims responsibility for a drone flown into Israel over the weekend (and which Israel shot down).

Franklin ducked a question about the message Iran should take away from the exercise. Nuriel was blunter. “Everybody can get any type of message he wants from this exercise,” the Israeli general said. “The fact that we are practicing together and working together is a strong message by itself.” And one that might be directed at Americans and Israelis as much as Iranians.

Clinton takes partial responsibility for the murder US Ambassador Stevens

Susanne Posel, Occupy Corporatism |

Hillary Clinton timed her public acceptance of creating the perfect situation which resulted in the murder of US Ambassador J. Christopher Stevens at a rented villa in Benghazi, leased by the US State Department to the second presidential debate between President Obama and Republican candidate Mitt Romney.

David Axelrod, member of Obama’s cabinet, said that the Romney camp was “working hard to exploit the issue” for political gain.

Senators John McCain, Lindsey Graham and Kelly Ayotte are decrying Obama “bears the full responsibility” for the failure of proper security at Benghazi.
Clinton said, in an interview with Margaret Brennan, that she takes “responsibility” for the events on September 11th “to avoid some kind of political gotcha.” She explained that she was confused after the attack and the initial demonstrations which appeared to be an unraveling of Obama’s foreign policy, and that “the president and the vice president wouldn’t be knowledgeable about specific decisions that are made by security professionals.”

She has admitted that the executive branch of government is not involved in security decisions. Clinton continues: “Nobody wants to get answers more than I do. These were people who I care deeply about. I knew Chris Stevens. I asked him personally to be in Benghazi during the revolution. I personally nominated him to be ambassador because I couldn’t think of a better person to represent the United States: Somebody who understood what was at stake for Libya what was at stake for U.S. I saw how these revolutions could be so positive or hijacked. He understood that. He was instrumental in working with Libyans. I care deeply about what happened that night.”

Initially, when confronted with being called to the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee by House Representative Darrell Issa, Clinton asked for more time before speaking to the Committee about her involvement in Benghazi. Clinton suggested that Issa’s investigation be held off until after the November presidential elections or even pushed back into the early part of 2013 because witnesses were being questioned at the State Department’s Office of Legislative Affairs.

Last week, Clinton said that the US State Department was working with the Federal Bureau of Investigations (FBI) in an internal investigation that would analyze the details of the attack in Benghazi.

One month after the planned attack at Benghazi, Clinton sent Patrick Kennedy, Under Secretary for the US State Department to speak at the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee meeting. Kennedy, reading from a prepared written statement, asserted that it was the stance of the US State Department that the Obama administration was at fault for Stevens’ death.

Regarding Clinton’s denial of more security for Stevens after he formally made the request, Kennedy said: “The Department of State regularly assesses risk and allocation of resources for security; a process which involves the considered judgments of experienced professionals on the ground and in Washington, using the best information available. The assault that occurred on the evening of September 11, however, was an unprecedented attack by dozens of heavily armed men.”

Less than a week after the attack, Susan Rice, US Ambassador to the UN, made publicly stated that there was no US intelligence warning of the pending attack in Benghazi.

However, at the Committee hearing, Official Eric A. Nordstrom, regional security officer who served in Libya for 6 weeks from September 2011 to July 2012, explained that Benghazi security was weak and there was an increased concern. In fact, when Stevens requested that the State Department provide more security for him in Libya, he was denied. Since Hillary Clinton, US Secretary of State, is ultimately responsible for providing diplomatic security, she would have had to refuse that request.

In fact, hundreds of millions of dollars were cut from US Embassy security over recent years, which was a perfect reason Clinton could claim as to why Stevens could not have the security needed to protect him in Benghazi.

Speaking to Brennan, Clinton claimed that Rice received “the same information that everyone got and I think she very clearly said here’s what we know now but this is going to change. I have to say I know there’s been a lot of attention paid to who said what when but I think what happened is more important. We were attacked and four brave Americans were killed. … Everybody in the administration has tried to say what we knew at the time with the caveat that we would learn more and that’s what’s happened. … I think its part of what the fog of war causes.”

Clinton admitted that she was aware of extremist militant groups in the area that were operating in Libya, yet she failed to say that her direct knowledge of the Salafis who were tied to the Muslim Brotherhood were employed by the National Transitional Council (NTC) and Saudi Arabian government to enact the “hit” on Stevens.

In Benghazi, Stevens was working with the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) gathering information on militia groups who were employed by the NTC to fill in the gaps of the defacto governmental military. The NTC became aware of Stevens work with the CIA and threatened that he stop monitoring operations in Libya where known terrorists groups have aligned with state-sponsored extremist governments for the benefits of US interests.

Stevens “diplomatic missions involved arms deals with the NTC who support the Salafi militants in Saudi Arabia, as well as selling arms to the Muslim Brotherhood.

Creating a political agenda for re-election around the death of Stevens is part of the theatrical distraction from the real issue. When the facts before, during and after the attack at Benghazi are reviewed, it becomes clear that Stevens became involved in dangerous dealings with known radical terrorists. When he asked the US State Department for protection, he was denied. This decision made by Clinton, set the stage for his death.

The real issue is why Clinton allowed the NTC to use Salafi and Muslim Brotherhood militants to murder Stevens?

Police taser blind man

0

MSN |

A “terrified” blind man was hit with a 50,000 volt taser gun after police mistook his white stick for a Samurai sword.

Stroke victim Colin Farmer, 61, collapsed to the ground in shock after he was hit in the back with the gun while walking down the street in Chorley, Lancs.

Police had received reports of a man walking through the town armed with the deadly martial arts weapon and raced to the scene to hunt down the offender.

Meanwhile Mr Farmer, who has suffered two strokes and walks at a “snail’s pace”, was on his way to the pub to meet friends for a drink and did not realise anything was afoot. He had no idea a police officer had mistaken his thin white stick for a machete and ordered him to stop before pulling the trigger on the taser gun.

Mr Farmer cried out, “I’m blind! I’m blind!” while collapsed on the floor but was still handcuffed by the officer from Lancashire Police.

“The whole thing was like being trapped in a nightmare,” he told the Chorley Guardian.

Mr Farmer said he heard shouting on the street but did not know what it was about and thought he was about to be “attacked by some hooligans”. He was then struck by the taser and fell to the ground, dropping his white stick on the floor before a policeman handcuffed him. He was taken to Chorley Hospital for treatment and was later released following the incident last Friday.

Chief Superintendent Stuart Williams, from Lancashire Police, said: “We received a number of reports that a man was walking through Chorley armed with a Samurai sword and patrols were sent to look for the man. One of the officers believed he had located the offender. Despite asking the man to stop, he failed to do so and the officer discharged his taser.

“It then became apparent this man was not the person we were looking for and officers attended to him straight away. He was taken Chorley Hospital by officers who stayed while he was checked over by medics. They then took him to meet his friends in Chorley at his request.

“Lancashire Constabulary deeply regrets what has happened. We have clearly put this man through a traumatic experience and we are extremely sorry. We have launched an urgent investigation to understand what lessons can be learned and the matter has also been referred to the Independent Police Complaints Commission.”

BBC covered up Savile sex attacks for decades

0

PJ Media |

Most Americans will have never heard of Jimmy Savile, the flamboyant disc jokey, television presenter and charity campaigner who, by the time of his death last year at the age of 84, had become a legend in the field of what we Brits call ‘light entertainment’. Savile was best known for the long-running BBC show Jim’ll Fix It, in which he would arrange for the wishes of youngsters to come true.

Savile was also famous for his gaudy costumes, his jewellery, his mane of silver hair, his cigars and his numerous catchphrases. He was a bachelor, and managed on the whole to keep his private life private. Perhaps inevitably given his ‘unusual’ lifestyle, and the fact that much of both his charity and broadcasting work involved him being around children, there were rumors of sexual misconduct, and a couple of allegations of indecent assault. Nothing, however, was proven.

So it did not come entirely as a surprise, when, shortly after his death, new allegations of sexual assaults on teenage girls as young as 14 began to emerge. But the volume of complaints has grown at an astonishing rate. A few days ago, police investigating the claims described Savile as a ‘predatory sex offender’, and said they were pursuing 340 lines of inquiry involving 40 potential victims — including young boys — and were dealing with allegations dating back to 1959.

The fact that Savile was apparently able to get away with committing rapes and other assaults for so long is bad enough. But what’s even more disturbing is that most of the alleged attacks were carried out while he worked for the BBC, and in many cases are said to have taken place in its offices and dressing rooms. It’s claimed that senior figures at the BBC turned a blind eye to Savile‘s behavior over the years, and that of other male stars.

And the cover-up continued after Savile‘s death. When the allegations against the star became widespread the BBC’s Newsnight program began an investigation, but the report was never aired. The BBC is investigating both the decision to pull the investigation, and the allegations against Savile, and senior figures in the corporation are to be quizzed by a parliamentary committee.

There’s a note of irony about the scandal in which the BBC finds itself embroiled. One reason why, at least in the 1960s and 1970s, Savile‘s bosses and colleagues were able to ignore or excuse his behavior was that it was taking place against the backdrop of the sexual revolution, and the advent of the ‘permissive society’, which the BBC played no small part in celebrating and promoting (for more on the prevailing ‘culture’ at the BBC, read this eye-popping account by a female presenter). Nowadays, such is the extent to which the corporation has embraced the modern diktats of political correctness, any male employee who so much as holds the lift door open for a female colleague risks being hit with a sex discrimination complaint.

What makes this affair particularly galling for the BBC is that, while any major organization would rightly be castigated for systemically covering up sexual assaults on young girls, none has appointed itself the arbiter of an entire nation’s morals and tastes to the extent the BBC has. It’s by some distance the most smug and self-righteous institution in Britain; in its fervor to impose its liberal-left worldview on the British people (its influence is also growing worldwide) it puts most religious bodies to shame.

Discovery of new planet rocks the astronomy world

0

RT |

The discovery of a planet in the closest star system to our own has rocked the astronomy world. Orbiting Alpha Centauri B it is just 4.3 light years away from Earth, and has sparked hope of finding others less-hot and potentially habitable planets.

It doesn’t support life, but astronomers are hopeful that others in the area can.

It is just 4.3 light years (25 trillion miles) away and even though it is of similar size to Earth, it is too close to its sun to support life, with a surface temperature estimated at 1,200 degrees Celsius (2,192 Fahrenheit).

The new planet, dubbed Alpha Centauri Bb, is much closer to that star than Mercury is to our sun.

The planet’s orbit is 25 times smaller than ours, so a year on this planet passes in just 3.2 Earth days.

The new find was announced in science journal Nature by Stephane Udry and Xavier Dumusque at the Geneva Observatory

“It’s a landmark discovery because it’s very low mass and it’s our closest neighbor,” Udry told Reuters.

Both the astronomers predict that there are other planets circling the same star a little farther away, where it may be cool enough for water and life.

“Finding in our closest neighbor a one-Earth-mass planet really opens up the prospect for finding planets there in the habitable zone,” Udry told Wired Magazine.

It’s the nearest out of all the exoplanets yet discovered. The term “exoplanet” refers to planets outside our Solar system, and every finding of this kind is of great scientific and potentially practical importance, as it increases the chances of finding life-supporting worlds like our own.

Previously, the closest exoplanet planet discovered to Earth was Gliese 876 d, which is 15 light-years away.

“This is our backyard, so to find out that planet formation occurred there is just extraordinary,” said university of California astronomer Greg Laughlin.

The star Alpha Centauri B that the newly discovered planet is orbiting is a bit smaller, dimmer and more yellow than our sun and it sits in Alpha Centauri system, which contains three stars.

European satellites ordered to drop Iranian channels

0

Danny Schechter, Information Clearing House |

New York, New York: Back in the 1960’s, A British poet, Adrian Mitchell, one of the great bards of that era, wrote a poem that went on to become a stage show in the West End of London. It was called Tell Me Lies about Vietnam and represented one voice among millions in the world then opposing that War

It was addressed, “To Whom It May Concern” and began with words that became its refrain:

“I was run over by the truth one day
Ever since the accident I’ve walked this way
So stick my legs in plaster
Tell me lies about Vietnam”

Years later, before his death, (and I was at the memorial service in London) he kept rewriting the last paragraph into what he called a remix. The poem took on a more global statement

That verse was a play on a children’s song:
“You put your bombers in, you put your conscience out
You take the human being, and you twist it all about “
And then this line:
“Tell me lies about — Iraq, Burma, Afghanistan, BAE Systems, Israel and Iran”

He understood well that Iran was one of the countries his country and others in the West (and their sycophantic media) are telling lies about.

This poem came to mind in the days after the Nobel Prize Committee, for reasons best only known to themselves, decided to sully their Peace Prize by giving it to The European Union, an entity that is very much cheering on the pre-war against Iran with its own draconian sanctions.

These were the same people who, for equally incomprehensible reasons, gave the prize to Barack Obama in the hope it would put him on the path of the peaceful.

It didn’t!

A day later, as more thoughtful minds puzzled over the choice of a bloc of nations that has inspired region-wide protests for its brutal austerity programs, the EU took its first act as a peace maker with media censorship.

It blocked Iran’s ability to communicate with Europeans, even as any one knows anything about how peace is made knows that two- way communications is essential. All parties to a conflict need to know what the other is thinking, need to know how they view the world.

Despite the fact that western media is available in Iran, and western journalists frequently report, or as many Iranians believe, ‘distort’ the news from there, the West now wants to seal off more than Iranian oil.

They want to sanction Iranian ideas and keep their own people from hearing and seeing what Iranian TV channels consider important. In short, they just want to hear their own voices. This is the very essence of a propaganda system posing as a commitment to free press,

Iran’s PressTV had earlier been kicked off British Television where it had built a audience, on the barest of pretences, and now with the connivance, no doubt of Her Majesty’s government, is being barred, along with 18 other Iranian channels, from access to European satellites

Here’s the edict:

“European satellite company Eutelsat says it’s pulled the plug on several Iranian satellite channels following an order by the European Commission.

Eutelsat told Press TV that it asked media services company- – Arqiva, to take Iranian satellite channels off one of its Hot- Bird frequencies on Monday. Arqiva said in a separate statement emailed to Press TV that the decision was made by the E-U Council. The channels include Press TV, Al-Alam, Jaam-e-Jam One and Two, Sahar One and Two, Islamic Republic of Iran News Network, Qur’an TV, and al-Kawthar. European satellite firms had been jamming the Iranian channels for months before the decision was announced. Iran’s Arabic-language news channel, Al- Alam, has been jammed on a daily basis while airing a program on Bahrain. Technical experts say the jamming was carried out by British technicians. Observers are saying the jammings and now the ban show the European Union does not respect freedom of speech and is trying to silence the voice of alternative media.”

So when jamming is not enough by countries who are the first to yell the loudest when their signals are blocked, they resort to outright suppression by, in effect, using their power over the “switch” to turn it off, and not let their own people see it.

Thinking about this affront to many sided global communications, one is reminded of the war Adrian Mitchell first wrote about. In those days, it was Radio Hanoi that was blocked.

When I was in Vietnam, in 1974, I interviewed a radio broadcaster there who was constantly being denounced for calling on American soldiers to resist the war–perhaps because so many did. She was ridiculed as “Hanoi Hannah.”

She, in turn, interviewed me. American spy satellites monitored the broadcast which was about cultural issues. I was later summoned into the American Embassy in what was then Saigon and roundly denounced for talking to the “enemy.”

Years later, it was the American government that was talking to the enemy and suing for peace. The Nobel Peace Prize people then gave their treasured token to US Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, and Vietnam’s negotiator in chief, Le Duc Tho for their role in the Paris Peace Talk.

Le Duc Tho was outraged at this attempt at “balance” between the victim and the victimizer and turned the award down! He stood by his truths. (I met him too!)

Today the US and Vietnam are uneasy allies and trading partners.

Banning PressTv is an act of war against ideas, a misplaced maneuver that will not resolve any conflicts, will not promote peace or lead to more respect for Western ideas of “free speech and press.”

Quite the contrary, it will foster more polarization and tension and charges of hypocrisy. It is also happening on the eve of new talks between Iran and other nations, no doubt to punish Iran further.

The question is: will journalists in the West join me in denouncing this latest “sanction” against values that the West says it upholds. In its Article 19, the Declaration of Human Rights upholds the right to receive and impart information. This black out may violate other laws and agreements as well.

The is also the week that Ben Affleck’s hostage thriller Argo opened in movie theaters accross America. While the movie does criticize the Shah’s brutality, and the overthrow of the nationalist Mosadegh governent by the US and Britain, it also glamorizes the role the CIA played in freeing six hostages who fled the US embassy and sought refugee in the Canadian Ambassador’s home.

The movie is about an off the wall plot to make an imaginary science fiction epic in Iran as a prentense for the escape. It’s very entertaining in putting down Hollywood more than imperialism, but, at the same time, reinforces every stereotype about brutal and robotic Iranian revolutionaries that still mobilize support for US intervention today.

The CIA must love it, just as it wants us to dismiss the allegations of CIA spying in Iran in those years. I visited the former US Embassy in Tehran and can confirm it was an espionage center supporting the despotic Shah. The Iranians didn’t hate Americans for who we are, but for what our government did. You won’t find that story in any detail in Argo.

Lets’ give the last word to the late Adrian Mitchell whose passion was to wake us all up.

“Where were you at the time of the crime?
Down by the Cenotaph, drinking slime
So chain my tongue with whisky
Stuff my nose with garlic
Coat my eyes with butter

Fill my ears with silver
Stick my legs in plaster
Tell me lies about Vietnam”

And, then, may we add, ‘Tell Me Lies About Iran and ourselves?’

News Dissector Danny Schechter blogs at Newsdissector.net. His latest books are Occupy: Dissecting Occupy Wall Street and Blogothan. He hosts a show on Progressive Radio Network (PRN.fm), Comments to dissector@mediachannel.org

UK plans to spy on all web activity a “snooper’s charter”

0

Plans to monitor all Britons’ online activity risk uncovering “incompetent criminals and accidental anarchists” rather than serious offenders, the information commissioner has warned.

Ministers want to strengthen the law on internet data retention to help the police tackle security threats.

Christopher Graham said the “really scary people” could simply avoid detection by changing their behaviour.

But another leading watchdog said the proposed new powers were “essential”.

Under the government’s plans, currently being scrutinised by Parliament, service providers will have to store details of internet use in the UK for a year to allow police and intelligence services to access it.

Records will include people’s activity on social network sites, webmail, internet phone calls and online gaming.

Ministers argue law enforcement agencies need to keep pace with the changing technology used by offenders but critics have called the proposals a “snooper’s charter”.

Question of judgement

Christopher Graham told a committee of MPs and peers set up to scrutinise the legislation that it may end up only applying to the six largest companies – which control about 94% of the market.

Christopher GrahamInformation Commissioner

There was a danger that the most serious criminals, including terrorists, would simply use a smaller provider that permitted encrypted communications and take the view they were “home free”.

“The really scary people will have worked it out for themselves,” he said.

It was up to Parliament to decide on the merits of the proposals, he added, but there were “important data protection principles at stake”, such as the length of time material was retained, the risk of unauthorised access and whether it was fully disposed off at the end of the period.

“There is a judgement to be made between the security community saying ‘we have to have this stuff’ and the civil liberties community which says this is a gross intrusion of privacy and of citizens’ rights.”

The legislation, if approved, should be kept under consistent review to ensure it was working as intended, Mr Graham said.

“It really is for Parliament to keep a watch on these things,” he added. “You can have commissioners to chase up on this and that. But this will not be one to legislate and forget.”

He said there needed to be detailed discussions about how the new compliance regime would work and the information commissioner would need more powers and resources to keep track of all the material stored.

Sir Paul Kennedy, the data interception watchdog, said it was “essential” for the law to be strengthened, although he believed the proposed new powers would be used sparingly.

He told the committee the police and security services could only obtain about 75% of the information they needed to help secure convictions and disrupt potential terrorist activity and this gap was “very dangerous”.

Offenders were far harder to trace than ever before, he added, since they were now communicating through the internet and social media, rather than by phone, and sometimes leaving “no footprint”.

“We are unsighted in one section of the market and we are in a world which is still extremely volatile.

“Against this background, what is now being sought is not about the amount of information in the public domain but it is about requiring service providers to retain certain information – which can only be accessed in a proper way and when it is shown to be necessary and proportionate to access it.”

Sir Paul was asked by Liberal Democrat MP Julian Huppert whether he agreed with recent comments by Chief Constable of Derbyshire Mick Creedon that the powers could be used to corroborate if someone had been sending a text while driving at 80mph.

“I have hesitations about that. I am doubtful about the serious crime frontier if you are in that territory…It\ must depend entirely on the context.”

Source

Obama orders drones and special ops on standby to kill

President Obama has ordered drones to fly over northern Africa and has put special operations strike forces on standby, readied for orders to kill suspects as soon as investigators say they’ve identified those responsible for the attack on the US Consulate in Benghazi, Libya last month.

Based on interviews with current and former officials who were knowledgeable about the plans, the Associated Press reported these preparations show “the White House’s need to demonstrate it is responding forcefully to al-Qaeda,” especially after it having become a campaign issue for the Democrats, who face re-election in November.

“They are aiming for a small pop, a flash in the pan, so as to be able to say, `Hey, we’re doing something about it,’” retired Air Force Lt. Col. Rudy Attalah, the former Africa counterterrorism director for the Department of Defense under President George W. Bush told AP.

But bombing other countries and killing mere suspects in order to look strong and avoid criticism from Republicans is patently illegal.

Indeed, US investigators are saying they have “only loosely linked ‘one or two names’ to the attack,” and they lack all kinds of proof that a threat exists and meets the requirement of imminence to justify the use of force.

The administration officials who leaked the information to the AP said there were concerns about “the risk that such strikes could elevate [al-Qaeda’s] profile in the region.”

Indeed, many Islamists in the region are preparing for a reaction from the US. “If America hits us, I promise you that we will multiply the Sept. 11 attack by 10,” a spokesman for the Islamists in northern Mali told AP.

Source

The insanity of Britain’s drugs policy

0

, The Guardian |

Imagine the Afghan war had run for the past 40 years. Imagine 2,000 deaths a year. The enemy remains 400,000-strong, despite 40,000 being taken prisoner annually. The war costs £1bn a month. Casualties vary from time to time, but there is no hope of victory. Were that the case, I suggest public opinion might be exasperated. Parliament might debate the matter. Ministers might review policy. Yet such is Britain’s fatuously entitled “war on drugs”. Each year governments re-legislate their “war on terror”, despite the minimal threat, but reject any need to revise the 1971 Misuse of Drugs Act. They refuse to see if it is working, and do nothing but waste public money.

Home secretaries trumpet idiotic “drug seizures”. They pass “awareness” budgets, arrest and imprison thousands of citizens for drug possession and sale. The war has failed. But it continues to immiserate countless families and wreck countless lives. It is stupid, knee-jerk British government at its worst.

There is now a small industry of liberals who spend their time saying so. I am probably one of them, having wasted hours on commissions, inquiries, conferences and lobbies. Worthy charities dole out money for fact-finding trips to California, Switzerland, Portugal and the Netherlands, all with lessons, none of which we learn. The British go abroad, as always, to have their prejudices confirmed. If we were investigating terrorism, the death rate would have ministers racing to the Commons in panic. As it is, the victims of the 1971 act die un-atoned.

I sat on Lady Runciman’s Police Foundation inquiry in 2000 which, like her “Runciman Two” this week, reiterated that criminal law had failed to end drug use or reduce harm. It suggested we go easy on cannabis possession and concentrate on treatment for hard drugs. Prison was the wrong place for users or abusers. We dodged the question of supply, as does every drugs report, because that involves discussing manufacture, money and retail. Liberal Britain has always had a distaste for trade.

I hesitate to suggest that Runciman Two is a reprint of Runciman One, but after a decade of inaction I wonder what is different. The police have let up on cannabis possession, as in most countries, largely because they know that the law is unenforceable. This week’s report says that government action is immaterial, drug consumption being unaffected by changes in classification, prison sentencing or education. Drug use seems to ebb and flow with price, fashion and, in the case of ecstasy and skunk, perceived harm. None of this stopped the home secretary, Theresa May, beating her chest and howling her rejection of Runciman from the rooftops.

Britain on drugs is where China is on hanging, Saudi Arabia on beating, Russia on censorship and the Taliban on girls’ education. Drugs policy is the last legislative wilderness where “here be dragons”, a hangover from days when abortion and homosexuality were illegal and divorce expensive. It petrified home secretaries of left and right alike, Jack Straw and Jacqui Smith as much as Kenneth Clarke and Theresa May. So scared was Tony Blair that Alastair Campbell had to order the smothering of the 2000 Runciman report.

Most sane politicians — including David Cameron — advocate reform in opposition, and again after leaving power. A phalanx of Latin American ex-presidents are in favour of cocaine legalisation, the so-called “formers”. Yet fear grips the collective brain when in office. The mere word drugs gives every politician the heebie-jeebies and turns libertarians into control freaks.

As Jonathan Haidt has argued in his book The Righteous Mind, political attitudes on most things, certainly drugs, are irrational, rooted in tribe and upbringing. Politicians who stuff their brains with alcohol, nicotine and amphetamines view ecstasy, cannabis and cocaine as dangerous exotics, like the black death or yellow peril, imported from dusky parts to corrupt the young. They shudder at decriminalisation, relying instead on their favourite legislative juju — “sending a message” and washing their hands.

What should be researched is not drugs policy but drugs politics, the hold that taboo has on those in power, and the thrall that rightwing newspapers have over them. This has nothing to do with public opinion, which is now strongly in favour of reform. Most sensible people find the present regime disastrous and want drugs regulated, rather than the wild west that is the urban drug scene today. It is politicians who think “soft on drugs” implies some loss of potency.

Just as few recreations are harmless so are few recreational drugs. To imply otherwise is silly. But the sheer longevity of marijuana use has embedded it in youth culture alongside alcohol. The menace to public health comes from the failure of government to legalise, test and regulate supply, which is what it should do for all narcotics. Over-prescribing of benzodiazepines is now far worse, and more dangerous, than the over-prescribing of heroin in the 1960s, which led to its disastrous banning and proliferation. No one is proposing to ban legal drugs today, so why leave illegal drugs, and their users, to the tender mercy of crooks?

There is no reason in all this. We are dealing with the darkest of bourgeois taboos. Of all the things on which the world has declared “war” in modern times, self-harming substances must be the daftest. Yet the result has been to destroy millions of lives, expend trillions of dollars, and helplessly corrupt sovereign states, from Afghanistan to Colombia. It is the greatest single failure of modern statecraft. It is the dark ages, and we are still in them.

Government veto protects Prince Charles

0

The government’s decision to veto the disclosure of Prince Charles’ correspondence lobbying ministers was criticised by the Campaign for Freedom of Information.

The Campaign’s director Maurice Frankel said:

“This is the first time the government has vetoed a decision of the Upper Tribunal under the FOI Act. The previous vetoes have applied either to the Information Commissioner or the First Tier Tribunal.

The Upper Tribunal heard from constitutional experts on both sides of the argument. It set out detailed, cogent, clearly argued reasons for its decision over a 65 page ruling. If the Upper Tribunal is wrong, the government would be able to challenge and overturn its decision in the Court of Appeal. It is choosing not to go down this route but to veto the decision instead, which suggests it is not confident of its ability to win the argument in law.

The Upper Tribunal concluded that the Prince’s lobbying on behalf of various charitable causes did not fall under the constitutional convention designed to educate the heir to the throne to become monarch. He is trying to change government policy, not learn about it.

The convention is subject to a strict rule of confidentiality: neither side reveals what has taken place. The Upper Tribunal found that Prince Charles had disclosed information about his lobbying activities for use in Jonathan Dimbleby’s biography of him. It points out that if Prince Charles himself considered these exchanges to be subject to the convention, he would not have disclosed them.

The decision to exercise the veto is judicially reviewable. If the Guardian newspaper goes for judicial review, the government will still have to justify its decision in court.”

The Campaign pointed out that just before the 2010 election the government amended the FOI Act to change the way the exemption for information relating to communications with the Royal Family operated. Until that point, the exemption was subject to the Act’s public interest test. However, the amendment removes the public interest test from information relating to communications with the monarch and the next two in line to the throne. This “absolute” exemption now prevents any access to such information for 20 years or until 5 years after the death of the individual concerned, whichever is later. The public interest test continues to apply to information relating to communications with other members of the Royal Family.

The Campaign said this means that even if the government’s veto is overturned at judicial review, no future request for similar information will succeed until the correspondence is at least 20 years old.
Notes

The case relates to FOI requests made by Guardian journalist Rob Evans in April 2005 for correspondence between Prince Charles and a number of government ministers during the previous 6 months. The departments refused to provide the information. The Information Commissioner upheld their refusals on the grounds that the information was exempt under the FOI exemptions relating to communications with the Royal Family (section 37), personal data (section 40) and information whose disclosure would be a breach of confidence (section 41). Some environmental information was withheld under corresponding provisions of the Environmental Information Regulations.

The Information Commissioner’s rulings were overturned by the Upper Tribunal in a decision published on 18 September 2012. ([2012] UKUT 313 (AAC)). The Upper Tribunal found that the correspondence between Prince Charles and the ministers was not protected by the constitutional convention protecting exchanges between the heir to the throne and ministers for the purpose of educating the heir to be monarch.

The Upper Tribunal concluded:

“Those who seek to influence government policy must understand that the public has a legitimate interest in knowing what they have been doing and what government has been doing in response, and thus being in a position to hold government to account. That public interest is, in our view, a very strong one, and in relation to the activities of charities established or supported by Prince Charles it is particularly strong.”

“…none of the Departments’ contentions persuades us that, in the absence of special circumstances, as regards advocacy correspondence it is appropriate to give correspondence between ministers and Prince Charles greater protection from disclosure than would be afforded to correspondence with others who have dealings with government in a context where those others are seeking to advance the work of charities or to promote views.”

“…They lead us to conclude that in general terms the balance is likely to be not only clearly but also strongly, and sometimes very strongly, in favour of disclosure.”

The Upper Tribunal’s judgment Evans v (1) Information Commissioner (2) Seven Government Departments [2012] UKUT 313 (AAC) is available from – http://www.osscsc.gov.uk/Aspx/view.aspx?id=3542

The Attorney General’s certificate and statement of reasons have been published on the department’s website –http://www.attorneygeneral.gov.uk/NewsCentre/Pages/AttorneyGeneralvetoesreleaseofPrinceofWalescorrespondence.aspx

Video: Chavez vs. corporate media

FAIR TV takes a look at how the U.S. media handled the Venezuelan election, how theWashington Post “greened” fracking and how the New York Times used a time machine to “fix” a headline about Israel/Palestine.

Necrophilia suspicions raised about Jimmy Savile

0

DOMINIC GOVER, IBTimes |

Jimmy Savile may have sexually molested corpses at the hospital for which he raised millions of pounds, it is feared.

Stoke Mandeville Hospital is to probe whether the late children’s television presenter had keys to the mortuary after a 1990 interview with Savile in Q magazine emerged, which raised suspicions about his behaviour.

Savile had his own room at the hospital in Buckinghamshire and allegedly abused child patients in there.

This latest line of inquiry comes after old interviews with Savile revealed his fascination with dead bodies.

The Jim’ll Fix It host worked at the hospital as a volunteer and told Q magazine: “One of my jobs is to take away the deceased. You can look after somebody, be alone with somebody, who has lived a whole lifetime.

“That is a privilege and an honour. Some people get hold of the fact that Jim likes looking after cadavers and say ‘Aha Jim’s a necrophiliac.’ I’m not a necrophiliac.”

A Stoke Mandeville spokesman said: “We have been shocked to hear of the very serious allegations about Jimmy Savile. We continue to cooperate fully with the police.

“We have no record of any complaints of this nature and would have taken swift and decisive action if this had formally been raised with us.

“We will maintain close contact with the police and once they have reported back over the next few weeks we will look at their findings to agree whether we should follow up with our own internal enquiry.

“We are working closely with our staff and will support them in reporting to the police should they have any information.”

Metropolitan Police are pursuing 340 lines of inquiry against Savile, who died in 2011.

One alleged victim said he was molested when he was nine years old and told of how Savile declared himself “King Jimmy” after the assault.

Kevin Cook, now 45, claimed Savile promised him a prized Jim’ll Fix It badge if he would allow the TV host to molest him. It happened after Cook got his wish on the popular 1970s TV show by driving around Brands Hatch race track in a milk float.

Afterwards, they went into a dressing room and Savile made Cook touch him intimately, claimed Cook.

“After I’d done up my shorts Jimmy warned me not to tell.

“He became really scary and said ‘Don’t you dare tell anyone. Don’t even tell your mates. We know where you live.’

“Then he said, ‘Nobody would believe you anyway – I’m King Jimmy’.

“All I feel is hatred for that man,” said Cook. “I wish he was still alive to face up to what he’s done.”

Human rights group probes police rape and torture

0

UPI |

A human rights organization in Cairo said there were reports of torture, rape and other rights abuses during the first 100 days of the Morsi administration.

Demonstrators protested against the government of Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi last week, saying he’s failed to fulfill promises about democracy and social justice.

Morsi, the candidate from the Muslim Brotherhood’s Freedom and Justice Party, took office in June, becoming the first president ever elected by a popular vote in Egyptian history.

The Nadim Center for the Rehabilitation of Torture Victims reported there were more than 100 reports of abuse at the hands of Egyptian police during Morsi’s first 100 days in office, Egyptian newspaper al-Ahram reports.

Magda Adli, the center’s director, was quoted as saying the track record for Egyptian police hasn’t changed with the new civilian administration. The director added there wasn’t much difference between the Muslim Brotherhood leadership and that of ousted President Hosni Mubarak.

In early October report from Amnesty International said there were endemic reports of abuse at the hands of the military and police during the tenure of the Supreme Council of Armed Forces.

SCAF took political control over Egypt following last year’s revolution.

Read more: http://www.upi.com/Top_News/Special/2012/10/16/Cairo-rights-group-probes-police-abuse/UPI-47161350395960/#ixzz29TirNdLj

Greek citizens forced to eat expired foods

0

Mac Slavo, SHTFplan.com |

In just a few years we’ve seen the country of Greece go from being a popular tourist destination in one of the world’s largest economic regions, to being on the brink of complete and utter collapse. With untold billions in private and public sector debt, the situation in Greece (and other debt laden European countries like Spain and Italy) has devolved to such an extent that some EU member nations are mobilizing their military personnel in preparation for full spectrum meltdown across the entire region.

Jobs are so scarce that many have been forced into underground barter economies and family farming to make ends meet. From massive austerity spending cuts that have torn to shreds the government social safety net, to shortages in critical life saving medicines and the near breakdown of the nation’s power grid, Greece is experiencing all of the overt signs of a nation on its last leg.

Now, with food prices rising to unattainable levels for the majority of the Greek population, the government is taking the desperate step of allowing merchants to sell expired foods, presumably at cheaper prices, so that poverty-stricken Greeks have at least something to put on their tables, regardless of the health risks posed:

Voz Populi (Google Translated):

Greece will allow the sale of expired food at a price lower than the original, in a move that the government has not been able to justify but consumer groups have interpreted as evidence of their inability to stop the escalating cost of commodities.

…

The regulations exclude meat and dairy from the list of perishables that can be sold and sets a ceiling dates you can continue marketing. Thus, foods in which the expiration date is indicated by the day and the month, may continue on the shelf for another week. In the event that the “best before” only month and year point, the sale may be extended for one month, and in the event that the date indicated year alone, the sale date may be extended by one quarter.

Though Moraitakis Efe declined to specify the reasons for this decision and merely noted that the legislation already existed, consumer groups and even government agencies have criticized the measure. “Virtually admit their inability to control prices,” Efe reported Tsiafutis Victor Consumers Association ‘Quality of Life’, one of the oldest in Greece.

Food Inflation

In the Greece of the crisis, the wage and pension cuts and rising unemployment, food prices and commodities has not stopped rising. Between August 2011 and August 2012, the price of sugar shot up 15%, the eggs, 6.8% for butter by 3.2% and that of coffee, 5.9%, according to data from the Statistics Authority.

“It is an immoral act,” criticized Tsiafutis. “Instead of taking initiatives to control prices, allow the sale of food past the expiration date.”

Moreover, from the National Food Agency gets even concerned that the measure serves to something. “It is doubtful that these foods are to be sold at low prices, because the price control mechanisms have failed,” said Yannis Mijas, president of this organization linked to the government. Indeed, the measure of how much states must be the initial price reduction, which is at the discretion of the merchant.

To Mijas, selling expired food is also a moral dilemma, to divide consumers into two groups: those who can afford basic food and those who, because of poverty, “are forced to resort to dubious quality food.”

Sourced via Zero Hedge and What Really Happened?

Look to Greece as an example of what we’re going to see in America.

Though not yet as pronounced , we are already experiencing similar effects right here at home.

Amid the never-ending promises of brighter days ahead, each month we add more to our already unsustainable national debt, prices for essential goods like food and gas continue to rise, more people join government support programs, and thousands of jobs are vaporized.

Like Greece, life as we know it in America is on a steady and progressively worsening decline.

UK attacks workers rights

0
A controversial new legislation has been drafted at the UK parliament, under which workers could be given tax-free shares in their respective company in exchange for their rights, local media reported.

The draft, proposed by a Conservative lawmaker and unveiled by the Chancellor, George Osborne, was cursed by the outraged union leaders who considered it as a new attack by employers on the workers’ hard-earned rights. If passed at the parliament, the draft may become mandatory for new staffers.

According to the draft, employees could receive between $3,000 and $80,000 of tax-free shares in their company as early as April 2013 in exchange for forfeiting their rights including flexible working hours, redundancy pay and unjust dismissal.

Workers’ unions deplored the draft and dismissed it as direct attack on workers’ rights. They argued that the proposal was closely similar to the Beecroft proposal, which gave companies the right to ‘fire at will’ without fear of a lawsuit for unjust dismissal. The Beecroft proposal was blocked by the Liberal Democrats.

“We deplore any attack on maternity provision or protection against unfair dismissal,” General-Secretary of the Trades Union Congress (TUC) Brendan Barber told the Independent.

Head of the Unite union Len McCluskey said that Osborne was trying to bring about a return to the bygone Victorian era.

“Osborne has shown just how shameful and despicable he and his government are in trying to strip workers of their rights”, said McCluskey.

Britain’s current economic crisis and the government’s unpopular austerity policies have directly influenced laborers, particularly the young. The workers may prefer to maintain their job, but give up some of their rights as the country is facing an economic nightmare with more than 2.6 million people unemployed.

The new offer will also have a negative impact on prospective mothers, as women on maternity leave would be required to give 16 weeks’ notice before returning to work, rather than the eight weeks currently required.

Meanwhile, Gareth Thomas MP called the plan a con game, since receiving shares in a company does not guarantee profit.

“Why give up rights as an employee for tax relief on a few shares with no more chance to have a voice in key decisions?” he said.

Conservative MPs are planning to rush the new legislation through parliament as soon as possible.

Google lands itself in more trouble with FTC

0

Todd R. Weiss |

Google could become the subject of an antitrust case from the FTC by December in connection with concerns about Google’s business practices.

Google could be hit with an antitrust case in the closing months of this year by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (FTC) as the government continues to probe the company’s operating practices in its search business.

Four of the FTC’s commissioners “have become convinced after more than a year of investigation that Google illegally used its dominance of the search market to hurt its rivals, while one commissioner is skeptical,” according to an Oct. 13 news report from Reuters. “The majority of top decision makers at the FTC believe that an antitrust case should be brought against Google Inc., meaning the search giant could soon be headed into tough negotiations, three people familiar with the matter said.”

Google was first notified of a “formal review” of its business practices in June 2011 by the FTC, after similar reviews began in Europe. At that time, the European Commission launched an investigation into the company’s search practices after vertical search engines such as Foundem, eJustice.fr and Microsoft’s Ciao complained the company favored its own Web services in search results on Google.com over theirs. They argued that this put them at a significant competitive disadvantage in the market.

Google has faced similar accusations in the United States from Texas State Attorney General Gregg Abbott, who asked for reams of info on Google’s ad pricing, shopping search and the ranking of Websites in search results and ad listings.

The initial FTC review in 2011 began after the agency heard complaints from Microsoft, Expedia, TripAdvisor, Yelp and other Websites that Google promotes its own Web services above those of competitors.

Google denied all such allegations at that time, noting that its search algorithms analyze Website quality and popularity based on links for placement as part of its PageRank system.

The FTC declined to comment on the report, according to Reuters. “FTC Chairman Jon Leibowitz said in mid-September that he expected a decision in the case by the end of the year,” Reuters reported. “If the agency finds that Google broke the law, the FTC and Google could hammer out a settlement that resolves the issues or, if settlement negotiations fail, the matter could end up in a lengthy, expensive court fight.”

In July, Google reached a record $22.5 million settlement with the FTC to resolve charges that Google bypassed Apple Safari browser privacy settings that blocked cookies for their users. The settlement was criticized by the Competitive Enterprise Institute, an industry group, as “a dangerously overbroad precedent that will chill Internet innovation and hurt online startups,” the Institute said in a statement at that time.

The FTC charged that for several months in 2011 and 2012, Google placed a certain advertising tracking cookie on the computers of Safari users who visited sites within Google’s DoubleClick advertising network. It charged that Google placed the cookies on consumers’ computers in many cases by circumventing the Safari browser’s default cookie-blocking setting.

Placing the cookies on the computers of Safari browsers violated the terms of an October 2011 settlement between Google and the FTC over deceptive practices related to the launch of Google Buzz, the late unlamented original attempt by Google to compete with Facebook in the social media space. Google later abandoned Buzz and went to work on its successor, Google +, which launched in June 2011.

Interestingly, on the heels of the $22.5 million FTC fine, Google in August began advertising to hire a new privacy engineer for its Privacy Red Team to add an extra layer of scrutiny to its security practices.

In a posting on the Google Jobs Website, Google says it is seeking a new data privacy engineer to “help ensure that our products are designed to the highest standards and are operated in a manner that protects the privacy of our users. Specifically, you will work as a member of our Privacy Red Team to independently identify, research and help resolve potential privacy risks across all of our products, services and business processes in place today.”

A “red team” in enterprise IT typically is a fast-response group that pays extra attention to security and privacy issues at every level, making sure that systems, personnel and practices are secure and battened down.

Whether or not the new job posting is related to July’s $22.5 million FTC fine is sheer speculation, but it is possible that Google is expanding its security and privacy efforts to help it avoid future such incidents.

In April, the Federal Communications Commission fined Google $25,000 after finding the company “deliberately impeded and delayed” an investigation into how it collected data for Google Street View, a technology featured in Google Maps and Google Earth that provides a panoramic view from positions on streets across the world.

After the FCC fine, the Electronic Privacy Information Center (EPIC) wrote a letter to the U.S. Attorney General’s Office requesting an investigation into Google to determine if any laws had been broken.

Police force fined £120,000 for data breach

0

Danny Palmer |

Greater Manchester Police has been fined £120,000 by the Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) for failing to take appropriate measures against the loss of personal data.

An investigation into the force’s data protection practices was launched after a memory stick containing personal details about thousands of people linked to police operations was stolen from an officer’s home in July 2011. Despite the sensitive nature of the data, the device had no password protection.

The ICO discovered that a number of officers across Greater Manchester Police force regularly used unencrypted memory sticks. The USB devices may also have been used to copy data from police computers for officers to access away from the department.

This is despite a similar security breach in September 2010. As a result, the ICO concluded Manchester Police had failed to put restrictions on downloading information and that staff were not sufficiently trained in proper data protection.

The ICO has therefore used powers under the Data Protection Act to impose a Civil Monetary Penalty of £150,000 on Greater Manchester Police. The force paid the fine on Monday, resulting in a 20 per cent early payment discount.

“This was truly sensitive personal data, left in the hands of a burglar by poor data security. The consequences of this type of breach really do send a shiver down the spine,” said ICO deputy commissioner David Smith.

“It should have been obvious to the force that the type of information stored on its computers meant proper data security was needed. Instead, it has taken a serious data breach to prompt it into action.”

“This is a substantial monetary penalty, reflecting the significant failings the force demonstrated. We hope it will discourage others from making the same data protection mistakes,” he concluded.

An ICO report recently concluded that the public sector was behind private organisations when it comes to data protection, a view which won’t have been helped by this incident.

Read more: http://www.computing.co.uk/ctg/news/2217369/police-force-fined-gbp120-000-for-data-breach#ixzz29T0J4iPF
Computing – Insight for IT leaders Claim your free subscription today.

Gary McKinnon’s US extradition blocked

TechCrunch |

It’s been a very long fight but British hacker Gary McKinnon has finally won his battle to avoid extradition to the US under the controversial Extradition Act. The US requested McKinnon’s extradition back in 2002 after McKinnon accessed NASA and Pentagon computers. He has admitted hacking into US government computers but always said he was looking for evidence of UFOs. McKinnon is an Asperger’s sufferer and it’s his medical condition – and the associated suicide risk – that formed the basis for the Home Secretary’s decision to block his extradition.

Announcing the decision today, Theresa May said there is no doubt he is “seriously ill” and the risk of him taking his own life meant it would breach his human rights to allow his extradition. “I have concluded that Mr McKinnon’s extradition would give rise to such a high risk of him ending his life the decision to extradite Mr McKinnon would be incompatible with his human rights. I have therefore withdrawn the extradition order against Mr McKinnon,” she said.

The UK’s Director of Public Prosecutions will now have to review McKinnon’s case to decide whether charges should be brought against him in the UK.

How you’re paying to be secretly monitored

0

GREGORY PATIN, Examiner |

The U.S. government has spent up to $1.4 billion of taxpayer money since 2003 to create “threat fusion centers” under the guise of fighting terrorism. Yet a two-year bipartisan report recently released by the U. S. Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations has found that these “fusion centers,” operating under the control of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in efforts to engage national, state and local intelligence, have not yielded any useful information to support federal counterterrorism intelligence efforts.

Most people who rely on print and TV news probably have never heard of fusion centers. There are as many as 72 of these facilities. 50 state-based and 22 urban centers were set up during the Bush presidency in cooperation between the DHS and the Department of Justice (DOJ).

Fusion centers contain large data warehouses that collect information from all 16 US intelligence agencies, including the CIA, FBI, NSA, the military, state and local police agencies, as well as privately owned corporations and organizations. That information includes the cell phone data and emails of every American citizen. There is one of these facilities in Madison near the Dane county regional airport, at 2445 Darwin Road. (See slideshow or view an interactive map of their locations here).

According to Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF), the DHS described its fusion centers as “one of the centerpieces of [its] counterterrorism strategy” and its database was supposed to be a central repository of known or “appropriately suspected” terrorists. In theory, local law enforcement officers, in conjunction with DHS officials, conduct surveillance and write up a report known as a Homeland Intelligence Report (HIR) for the DHS to review. If credible, the DHS would then spread the information to the larger intelligence community.

The Senate report, however, found that the fusion centers failed to uncover a single terrorist threat and only gathered information that is used for ordinary criminal investigations that local law enforcement agencies are well-capable of doing. Even DHS officials told the panel the fusion centers produce “predominantly useless information” and “a bunch of crap.”

Five centers the Senate studied spent their federal terrorism grant money on “hidden ‘shirt button’ cameras,” cell phone tracking systems and other surveillance tools. They also spent taxpayer money on things like “dozens of flat-screen TVs” and SUVs, sometimes claiming that Chevrolet Tahoes were intended to help “respond to chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and explosive (CBRNE) incidents.”

Here a few more details of what the Senate report reveals:

  • A DHS intelligence officer filed a draft report about a U.S. citizen who appeared at a Muslim organization to deliver a day-long motivational talk and a lecture on positive parenting.
  • An intelligence officer decided to report on two men who were fishing at the US-Mexican border. A reviewer commented, “I…think that this should never have been nominated for production, nor passed through three reviews.”
  • A report was submitted on a motorcycle group for passing out leaflets informing members of their legal rights. A reviewer commented, “The advice given to the groups’ members is protected by the First Amendment.”

And more from the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) which filed a lawsuit against the FBI, DOJ and NSA regarding fusion centers:

  • A DHS analyst at a Wisconsin fusion center prepared a report about protesters on both sides of the abortion debate, despite the fact that no violence was expected.
  • A Texas fusion center released an intelligence bulletin that described a purported conspiracy between Muslim civil rights organizations, lobbying groups, the anti-war movement, a former U.S. Congresswoman, the U.S. Treasury Department and hip hop bands to spread Sharia law in the U.S.
  • The same month, but on the other side of the political spectrum, a Missouri Fusion Center released a report on “the modern militia movement” that claimed militia members are “usually supporters” of third-party presidential candidates like Ron Paul and Bob Barr.
  • In March 2008 the Virginia Fusion Center issued a terrorism threat assessment that described the state’s universities and colleges as “nodes for radicalization” and characterized the “diversity” surrounding a Virginia military base and the state’s “historically black” colleges as possible threats.

Like so many post-9/11 surveillance laws passed under the vague guise of “national security,” these fusion centers violate the civil liberties of ordinary Americans that should be guaranteed by the Bill of Rights and other laws. An entire section of the Senate report is dedicated to Privacy Act violations and the collection of information completely unrelated to any criminal or terrorist activity in the HIRs.

The Senate report and the activity of fusion centers makes it clear that these facilities are designed to spy on American citizens, invading their privacy while doing nothing to stop terrorism. With all the talk in the Presidential campaigns about frivolous spending, perhaps these worthless facilities should be addressed, instead of Medicare or Social Security.

This may sound like a conspiracy theory, but it is reality. In fact, the one episode of “Conspiracy Theory” done by former navy SEAL and Governor Jesse Ventura that dealt with these fusion centers was refused to be aired by TruTV. In that episode he interviews a young woman from Missouri who was put on the terrorism watch list by her local fusion center for supporting Ron Paul in the Republican primary election. (See “banned” video to the left).

This is yet more evidence that America is turning from a democracy or constitutional republic into a corporate fascist state. Just look at the 14 defining characteristics of fascism and decide for yourself.

Sources:

EFF.org

LA Times

Homeland Security and Government Affairs: Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations

Constitution Project

Public Intelligence

Senate report on state and local fusion centers

American Civil Liberties Union

ACLU complaint

Conspiracy Theory — You Tube, banned episode

14 defining characteristics of fascism

Is Google habitually abusing your privacy?

0

Another data protection commissioner slams Google’s intrusive privacy policy

  • – Ignored warnings that privacy policies violate data protection laws

  • – Failed to destroy all data collected by Street View cars

  • – Gmail sued for violating California privacy laws

Image credit Flickr / Luisar

Mick Meaney |

Google has come under more fire from the French data protection commissioner and other European data protection chiefs, over the companies controversial privacy policy.

It has emerged that Google will be forced to revert back to a legal version of the policy, which it changed in March 2012 despite uproar from privacy campaigners and law makers at the time.

The CNIL — one of the more aggressive European data protection commissioners — will tell Google to undo those changes, and recreate the setup that existed before, said Chris Watson, a partner and privacy expert at the London law firm CMS Cameron McKenna.
Source

According to the Guardian, Chris Watson said:

“By putting the CNIL in charge of this, the EU was going for blood.

“It was a declaration of intent. The point is that Google is an international company which is leveraging its power in the browser and its other services in a way that affects national businesses all over the EU. There’s great political importance in the data protection commissioners doing something, because if they think there’s a breach and they don’t do anything about it, what’s the point of having them?”

The new policy takes all the information the company has about you, from each Google service you use, and combines it together into one single user profile.

This means your personal information is being shared across multiple platforms, for instance; the information you share with Youtube is being transferred to Gmail, or any other Google product you use.

The changes are illegal because they did not give users the opportunity to opt out, and reverting back has been likened to “unscrambling an egg”.

Also speaking to the Guardian, a US-based lawyer who specialises in digital privacy law, Bradley Shears,  said:

“Since Google had the technical capability to combine the data of all of its users’ accounts it should have the ability to reinstate the previous barriers that acted like a digital Chinese wall between its services that better protected user privacy.

“Since Google refused to heed the EU’s prior warnings that changing its privacy policies may violate data protection laws it would not surprise me if restrictions are placed on how Google may utilise the user data profiles it has created since the new policies went into effect. This [EU] decision may restrict Google’s ability to fully monetise its users’ personal data across its platforms and may cost Google tens of millions of dollars in lost revenue.”

However, this is just the tip of the iceberg when it comes to Google’s privacy issues.

The company recently admitted that it did not destroy all personal data collected from its Street View cars.

Despite being ordered to destroy the data for the third time in an 18 month period, Google had kept two disks that contained personal information that it obtained by scanning unsecured wi-fi networks.

Australian Privacy commissioner, Timothy Pilgrim, expressed concern:

“I remain concerned that this data still exists, given that Google previously confirmed that all data relating to this issue had been destroyed.

“I have advised Google that it is important that there is no further Street View Wi-Fi data in Google’s possession requiring destruction.”

“I have asked Google for further information about their audit process to allow me to better understand the steps taken during the review of their disk inventory.”
Source

And the revelations don’t stop there.

It was reported  last week that the company is being sued for allegedly breaching the California Invasion of Privacy Act.

The law in question states that “a person” must be intercepting the communication for it to be in violation of the law. The plaintiffs argue back that Google’s machines can be considered “a person” for the purpose of this law. Google says the plaintiff’s claim contorts state law “in ways the California Legislature never intended.”
Source

The  lead plaintiffs Brad Scott and Todd Harrington, believe:

Gmail conducts clandestine scans of emails for words and content, intentionally intercepting private communiqué as a result without obtaining the user’s permission.
Source

Of course Google denies the claims, stating Gmail is using a:

Fully automated processes that involves no human review of any kind.

Mick Meaney is the editor of RINF News, created as a response to increasing levels of control, distortions and lies from the government, corporations and the media.

TSA agents molest radio host

0

Paul Joseph Watson, Propaganda Matrix |

Conservative radio host and Breitbart Editor Dana Loesch had her vagina groped during an advanced screening by the TSA at Phoenix Airport, with Loesch complaining that she is targeted for such treatment almost every time she flies.

The incident, which occurred yesterday, took place in terminal four of the airport after Loesch was told that a swab of her hands had detected potential explosive material.

She was then led against her will into a private room as her husband filmed the encounter. The TSA screeners closed the door on her husband and began the grope down.

“They performed the regular pat-down and then the agent informed me that she would be using the front of her hands to “sweep” my groin. She pressed and swept across my crotch three times horizontally and three times vertically. In any other circumstance this would be sexual assault,” writes Loesch.

“The agents themselves were friendly and smiled, yet I was still denied a public screening and no witness of my own present for the screening itself (a second agent was in the room at the time). I had no reason to be angry with the agents themselves, yet I was angry, and still am, at the regulations which require them to routinely violate men, women, and children in the name of a false sense of security.”

In the video, Loesch complains to the screeners that she is “subjected to this almost every time I fly.” In her You Tube blurb, Loesch links to a previous incident in Providence, Rhode Island, where her husband was molested and had his genitals groped after TSA workers claimed he was covered in “nitrates.”

“After concluding that I wasn’t a terrorist hiding weapons in my vagina, the TSA agents allowed me to go,” concludes Loesch.

Groping travelers’ genitals has now become a routine part of TSA screening procedures.

Hundreds of complaint letters about the TSA’s invasive security procedures which were released last month under the Freedom of Information Act include numerous horror stories about TSA screeners directly touching people’s genitals during pat downs. There have also been numerous cases of public figures having their “junk” touched.

Could Loesch be a routine target of TSA harassment due to her public criticism of the agency?

As we have documented, people who opt out of body scanners or those who simply fail to display the proper level of obedience to TSA screeners are routinely subjected to punishment by means of invasive grope downs or other forms of retaliation.

Journalists who are critical of the TSA have also been singled out for retribution.

CNN reporter Drew Griffin was also put on a TSA watch list immediately after he filed reports critical of the organization back in 2008.

Shortly after he began a series of investigative reports that were critical of the TSA in May 2008, Griffin was placed on a watch list that at the time had swelled to over a million names. The TSA claimed that he was unfortunate enough to share the name with another Drew Griffin who had been legitimately placed on the list, but then denied that he was on the list altogether and blamed the airlines. The airlines responded by saying they were merely following a list provided to them by the TSA.

“Coincidentally, this all began in May, shortly after I began a series of investigative reports critical of the TSA,” said Griffin. “Eleven flights now since May 19. On different airlines, my name pops up forcing me to go to the counter, show my identification, sometimes the agent has to make a call before I get my ticket,” Griffin reported. “What does the TSA say? Nothing, at least nothing on camera. Over the phone a public affairs worker told me again I’m not on the watch list, and don’t even think that someone in the TSA or anyone else is trying to get even.”

The TSA has characterized people who do not fully comply with airport screening procedures, no matter how bizarre or invasive, as “domestic extremists.”

Loesch also points out that conservatives and returning veterans have both been labeled as potential domestic terrorists by the Department of Homeland Security.

Infowars is launching the national Opt Out and Film Week during Thanksgiving, November 19-26. Click here for more details or click here for the campaign’s Facebook page.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a regular fill-in host for The Alex Jones Show and Infowars Nightly News.

Executive order allows seizure of Americans’ bank accounts

0

, The New American |

The latest executive order (EO) emanating from the White House October 9 now claims the power to freeze all bank accounts and stop any related financial transactions that a “sanctioned person” may own or try to perform – all in the name of “Iran Sanctions.”

Titled an “Executive Order from the President regarding Authorizing the Implementation of Certain Sanctions…” the order says that if an individual is declared by the president, the secretary of state, or the secretary of the treasury to be a “sanctioned person,” he (or she) will be unable to obtain access to his accounts, will be unable to process any loans (or make them), or move them to any other financial institution inside or outside the United States. In other words, his financial resources will have successfully been completely frozen. The EO expands its authority by making him unable to use any third party such as “a partnership, association, trust, joint venture, corporation, subgroup or other organization” that might wish to help him or allow him to obtain access to his funds.

And if the individual so “sanctioned” decides that the ruling is unfair, he isn’t allowed to sue. In two words, the individual has successfully been robbed blind.

But it’s all very legal. The EO says the president has his “vested authority” to issue it, and then references endless previous EOs, including one dating back to 1995 which declared a “state of emergency” (which hasn’t been lifted): Executive Order 12957.

EO 12957 was issued by President Bill Clinton on March 15, 1995, which was also obliquely related to the Iran “problem”:

I, William J. Clinton, President of the United States of America, find that the actions and policies of the Government of Iran to constitute an unusual and extraordinary threat to the national security, foreign policy, and economy of the United States, and hereby declare a national emergency to deal with that threat.

Clinton’s EO further delegated such powers as were necessary to enforce the EO to the secretaries of the treasury and state “to employ all powers … as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this order. The Secretary of the Treasury may redelegate any of these functions to other officers and agencies of the United States Government.”

Such EOs are the perfect embodiment of what the Founders feared the most: the combining of the legislative, executive, and judicial functions into one body. Article I, Section 1 of the Constitution says: “All legislative powers herein shall be vested in a Congress of the United States.” As Thomas Eddlem, writing for The New American, expressed it, “then it stands to reason [that] none is left for the president.”

But Joe Wolverton, also in The New American, pointed out the particular piece of language the Founders used to limit the powers of the president which totalitarians have twisted to allow such powers to expand: the “take care” clause, to wit: Article II, Section 3: he [the president] shall take care that the laws be faithfully executed…

With every EO, the president avoids the cumbersome constitutional safeguards spelled out by the Constitution, and uses them to implement policies he “knows” are right. Says Wolverton: “With every one of these … executive orders, then, the president elevates his mind and will above that of the people, Congress and the courts.”

The current administration has had a lot of help in justifying and codifying the legitimacy of executive orders, going all the way back to President George Washington who in 1793 issued his “Neutrality Proclamation,” which declared that the United States would remain neutral in the current conflict between France and Great Britain, and would bring sanctions against any American citizen who attempted to provide assistance to either party. The language of Washington is eerily similar to that used by President Obama in the present case:

I have therefore thought fit by these presents to declare the disposition of the United States to observe the conduct aforesaid toward those powers respectively, and to exhort and warn the citizens of the United States carefully to avoid all acts and proceedings whatsoever which may in any manner tend to contravene such disposition…

I have given instructions to those officers to whom it belongs to cause prosecutions to be instituted against all persons who shall, within the cognizance of the courts of the United States, violate the law of nations with respect to the powers at war, or any of them.

When James Madison protested Washington’s usurpation of powers not intended for the president, Congress acquiesced and passed, retroactively, the Neutrality Act of 1794, validating Washington’s usurpation.

President Lincoln engaged in similar usurpations, using presidential “directives” to run the early months of the Civil War, presenting Congress with, as Todd Gaziano put it,

the decision either to adopt his [directives] as legislation or to cut off support for the Union army.

Within his first two months in office, on April 15, 1861, Lincoln issued a proclamation activating troops to defeat the Southern rebellion and for Congress to convene on July 4.

He also issued proclamations to procure warships and to expand the size of the military; in both cases, the proclamations provided for payment to be advanced from the Treasury without congressional approval.

These latter actions were probably unconstitutional, but Congress acquiesced in the face of wartime contingencies, and the matters were never challenged in court.

President Franklin Roosevelt often overlooked the niceties of constitutional restraints as well. As Gaziano expressed it, “FDR also showed a tendency to abuse his executive order authority and [to] claim powers that were not conferred on him in the Constitution or by statute.”

As far as numbers of executive orders issued, Obama is a piker. At the moment, although the list is growing, his administration has issued only 900 or so executive orders. President Theodore Roosevelt issued 1,006 while President Woodrow Wilson issued 1,791. Even President Calvin Coolidge used the EO “privilege” 1,253 times.

The granddaddy of them all, FDR, issued an astounding 3,728 executive orders, but of course he was in office longer than Obama.

President Bill Clinton issued only 364 executive orders, but he made the most of them, using this extra-legal power to, among other things, wage war in Yugoslavia without congressional approval. Cliff Kincaid collated the numerous EOs issued by Clinton in 1998 and 1999, and concluded:

Clinton waged his war on Yugoslavia through executive order and presidential directive. Clinton used executive orders to designate a “war zone,” call up troops, proclaim a “national emergency” with respect to Yugoslavia, and impose economic sanctions on the Belgrade government.

Clinton claimed war-making presidential authority through his “constitutional authority” to conduct “foreign relations,” as “Commander in Chief” and as “Chief Executive.” Under this self-designated authority, Clinton delegated command-and-control of U.S. forces to NATO and its Secretary-General Javier Solana, who decided when the air war would be discontinued…

The most outrageous executive order of all time was that issued by President Roosevelt that allowed the enforced internment of 120,000 Japanese-Americans: 9066.

Congressman Ron Paul (R-Texas) called EOs patently unconstitutional. When asked about them by Fox News’ Megan Kelly, Paul responded:

The Constitution says that only Congress passes laws. The executive branch is not allowed to pass laws, nor should the judicial system pass laws. So it is clearly unconstitutional to issue these executive orders.

They’ve been done for a long time, both parties have done it, but the Congress is careless. They allow and encourage and do these deals … to get the president to circumvent the Congress. If something’s unpopular and he can’t get it passed, well, let’s just sign an executive order. So I think that is blatantly wrong. I think this defies everything the founders intended. I think it’s a shame that Congress does it, and I think it’s a shame that the American people put up with it.

US cracks down on Anarchists

0

SchNews |

On Wednesday(10th) Leah Lynn Plante, a 24 year old anarchist from Seattle was imprisoned for refusing to cooperate with US law courts.

An operation is under way in the North West of the US investigating anarchists, raiding houses and issuing grand jury subpoenas. This was the third time Leah Plante has appeared before the federal grand jury in Seattle, Washington. The topic of discussion was her political beliefs and political associations. The FBI and Joint Terrorism Task Force have been raiding numerous homes in Portland, Olympia, and Seattle in recent months. The FBI alleges that the operation is an investigation into violent crime. However it is has become clear this is an anarcho witch-hunt. Based on the targets the FBI and JTTF are zeroing in on and interviews with residents it is evident this is part of the agenda to tarnish the Occupy movement and political activists in general.

However Leah Plante is not the only one. Matthew Kyle Duran and Katherine Olejnik were taken into custody earlier in September for refusing to testify. All three have refused to testify and cooperate with authorities, their silence and refusal to rat on other activists has earned them cell time. A statement given from Leah Plante indicates that the FBI agents had raided her house on July the 25th under the pretence of a May Day vandalism case. Since then the political activist discovered through the Freedom of Information Act that this Grand Jury was convened on March the 2nd, that is two whole months before May Day occurred. Leah Plante wrote a compelling statement in anticipation of her incarceration. It ends with this: My convictions are unwavering and will not be shaken by their harassment. Today is October 10th, 2012 and I am ready to go to prison.

 

WRITE TO LEAH:
Leah-Lynn Plante
#42611-086
FDC SeaTac
P.O. Box 13900
Seattle, WA 98198

 

WRITE TO MATTHEW:

Matthew Kyle Duran #42565-086
FDC SeaTac
P.O. Box 13900
Seattle, WA 98198

 

@nti copyright – information for action – copy and distribute!

US, UK illegal war responsible for ‘birth defects in Iraq’

0

RT |

US and UK weapons ammunition were linked to heart defects, brain dysfunctions and malformed limbs, according to a recent study. The report revealed a shocking rise in birth defects in Iraqi children conceived after the US invasion.

Titled ‘Metal Contamination and the Epidemic of Congenital Birth Defects in Iraqi Cities,’ the study was published by the Bulletin of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology. It revealed a connection between military activity in the country and increased numbers of birth defects and miscarriages.

The report, which can be found here, also contains graphic images of Iraqi children born with birth defects. (The images were not published on RT due to their disturbing content.) It documents 56 families in Fallujah, which was invaded by US troops in 2004, and examines births in Basrah in southern Iraq, which was attacked by British forces in 2003.

The study concluded that US and UK ammunition is responsible for high rates of miscarriages, toxic levels of lead and mercury contamination and spiraling numbers of birth defects, which ranged from congenital heart defects to brain dysfunctions and malformed limbs.

Fallujah, around 40 miles west of Baghdad, was at the epicenter of these various health risks. The city was first invaded by US Marines in the spring of 2004, and then again 7 months later. Some of the heaviest artillery in the US arsenal was deployed during the attack, including phosphorus shells.

Shocking findings

Between 2007 and 2010 in Fallujah, more than half of all babies surveyed were born with birth defects. Before the war, this figure was around one in 10. Also, over 45 percent of all pregnancies surveyed ended in miscarriage in 2005 and 2006, compared to only 10 percent before the invasion.

In Basrah’s Maternity Hospital, more than 20 babies out of 1,000 were born with defects in 2003, 17 times higher than the figure recorded in the previous decade.

Overall, the study found that the number of babies in the region born with birth defects increased by more than 60 percent (37 out of every 1,000 are now born with defects) in the past seven years. This rise was linked to an increased exposure to metals released by the bombs and bullets used over the past decade.

Hair samples of the population of Fallujah revealed levels of lead in children with birth defects five times higher than in other children, and mercury levels six times higher. Basrah children with birth defects had three times more lead in their teeth than children living in areas not struck by the artillery.

The study found a “footprint of metal in the population,” Mozhgan Savabieasfahani, one of the lead authors of the report said. Savabieasfahani is an environmental toxicologist at the University of Michigan’s School of Public Health.

“In utero exposure to pollutants can drastically change the outcome of an otherwise normal pregnancy. The metal levels we see in the Fallujah children with birth defects clearly indicates that metals were involved in manifestation of birth defects in these children,” she said.

The study’s preliminary findings, released in 2010, led to an in-depth inquiry on Fallujah by the World Health Organization (WHO), the results of which will be released next month. The inquiry is expected to show an increase in birth defects following the Iraq War.

According to the WHO, a pregnant woman can be exposed to lead or mercury through the air, water and soil. The woman can then pass the exposure to her unborn child through her bones, and high levels of toxins can damage kidneys and brains, and cause blindness, seizures, muteness, lack of coordination and even death.

US and UK ‘unaware’ of rise in birth defects

US Defense Department responded to the report by claiming that there are no official reports indicating a connection between military action and birth defects in Iraq.

“We are not aware of any official reports indicating an increase in birth defects in Al Basrah or Fallujah that may be related to exposure to the metals contained in munitions used by the US or coalition partners,” a US Defense Department spokesperson told the Independent. “We always take very seriously public health concerns about any population now living in a combat theatre. Unexploded ordnance, including improvised explosive devises, are a recognized hazard.”

An UK government spokesperson also said there was no “reliable scientific or medical evidence to confirm a link between conventional ammunition and birth defects in Basrah. All ammunition used by UK armed forces falls within international humanitarian law and is consistent with the Geneva Convention.”

Judge considers blocking Gitmo prisoners from revealing CIA treatment

0

BEN FOX |

GUANTANAMO BAY NAVAL BASE, Cuba – A U.S. military judge is considering broad security rules for the war crimes tribunal of five Guantanamo prisoners charged in the Sept. 11 attacks, including measures to prevent the accused from publicly revealing what happened to them in the CIA’s secret network of overseas prisons.

Prosecutors have asked the judge at a pretrial hearing starting Monday to approve what is known as a protective order that is intended to prevent the release of classified information during the eventual trial of Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, who has portrayed himself as the mastermind of the terror attacks, and four co-defendants.

Lawyers for the defendants say the rules, as proposed, will hobble their defense. The American Civil Liberties Union, which has filed a challenge to the protective order, says the restrictions will prevent the public from learning what happened to Mohammed and his co-defendants during several years of CIA confinement and interrogation.

The protective order requires the court to use a 40-second delay during court proceedings so that spectators, who watch behind sound-proof glass, can be prevented from hearing — from officials, lawyers or the defendants themselves — the still-classified details of the CIA’s rendition and detention program.

“What we are challenging is the censorship of the defendant’s testimony based on their personal knowledge of the government’s torture and detention of them,” said Hina Shamsi, an ACLU attorney who will be arguing against the protective order during the pretrial hearing at the U.S. base in Cuba.

The protective order, which is also being challenged by a coalition of media organizations that includes The Associated Press, is overly broad because it would “classify the defendants own knowledge, thoughts and experience,” Shamsi said in an interview.

“It’s a truly extraordinary and chilling proposal that the government is asking the court to accept,” she said.

Protective orders are standard method in civilian and military trials to set rules for handling evidence for the prosecution and defense. Military prosecutors argue in court papers that the Sept. 11 trial requires additional security because the accused have personal knowledge of classified information such as interrogation techniques and knowledge about which other countries provided assistance in their capture.

“Each of the accused is in the unique position of having had access to classified intelligence sources and methods,” the prosecution says in court papers. “The government, like the defense, must protect that classified information from disclosure.”

Ex-military chiefs could be banned from contact with MoD

0

John Ingham |

FORMER military chiefs could be barred from contact with ministers and Ministry of Defence officials after several were secretly filmed allegedly saying they could help secure lucrative contracts for arms firms, Defence Secretary Philip Hammond said.

Reporters from a Sunday newspaper posed as representatives of a South Korean weapons manufacturer seeking to recruit them to help sell pilotless drone aircraft to the UK Government.

Among those targeted were Lieutenant General Sir John Kiszely, ex-head of the Defence Academy and now president of the Royal British Legion, former MoD procurement chief Lieutenant General Richard Applegate, Admiral Sir Trevor Soar, commander-in-chief fleet of the Royal Navy until earlier this year, and ex-head of the Army Lord Dannatt.

All deny breaking any rules.

But Mr Hammond said rules appeared to have been broken and could need a tougher enforcement.

“There are many reasons why it is sensible for the MoD to maintain contact with retired officers. They are often asked (by the media) to comment on things that are going on in the defence area,” he told BBC1’s Andrew Marr Show.

“But if they are abusing that access for commercial purposes then we will have to tighten it up or maybe even shut it down. That is something we will now look at.”

Last night Lord Dannatt strongly denied any wrongdoing. He said he was “surprised and offended” by suggestions that he was “planning to break procurement rules”.

He added: “Of course, it would not occur to me to act in that way. I have never been asked to lobby and have no intention of lobbying. In my experience lobbying is invariably counter-productive.”

Numberplate scanning set to soar in the UK

0

Bill Ray, The Register |

UK car parks are now reading number plates to ensure everyone pays their due, with payments deducted from the account and unregistered parkers getting a ticket while everyone gets tracked.

The system is called SwishPARK and already operational in eleven car parks, six in Welwyn Garden City, the rest scattered around England. The companies involved are planning a rapid expansion.

The charging is handled by paythru, who already provide mobile billing for car parks – enabling registered users to pay for parking by texting the car-park code to paythru – but now even that stage is removed with SwishPARK which just reads the number plate as one enters a parking area and deducts the cost when one leaves, spotting unregistered parkers at the same time.

The technology is nothing new, but this launch significantly increases the spread of numberplate scanning by bundling it all into a publicly-available package. Ranger Services provides the automatic number plate recognition (ANPR) tech here while Parkeon has the spaces and paythru collects the cash.

Every car which enters a SwishPARK site has its number plate read, the details being run though the paythru database to identify the account. If there’s no account then the driver is given a little time to pay by other means (paythru can take registrations though a .mobi site) but eventually a fine will be issued which can be served via the DVLA details linked to the plate.

As one account can be used to park in any car park, paythru gains lots of useful demographic data about where people are going and when, but the company told us it has no plans to do anything with that information despite the way it encourages car parks to make use of the location-specific data they’ll be provided with.

Paythru is very excited about the potential for that data, and provided an example: a case of mysteriously-packed car parks which turned out to be down to the opening of the Twilight movie nearby, which definitely begs some privacy questions.

Seeing Twilight is certainly something one would want to keep quiet about, unless one is a teenage girl, but given one’s credit card company, mobile operator and the cinema itself will soon know then any chance of keeping such a foul deed under one’s hat would seem minimal. Should the car park really be a worry then travel by motorcycle, as SwishPARK admits that the lack of front plate makes two-wheeled transport invisible to them. ®

UK drug policy not based on evidence

0

ITV |

The UKDPC called for Parliament “to revisit the level of penalties applied to all drug offences and particularly those concerned with production and supply”, but stopped short of calling for the decriminalisation or legalisation of most drugs.

The report, titled A Fresh Approach to Drugs, said:

We do not believe that there is sufficient evidence at the moment to support the case for removing criminal penalties for the major production or supply offences of most drugs.

But the commission said policy makers were failing to deal effectively with drugs – amid the rapid creation of new substances. The report added:

Seeing all drug use as invariably problematic can reduce the cost-effectiveness of policy. Just like with gambling or eating junk food, there are some moderately selfish or risky behaviours that free societies accept will occur and seek to limit to the least damaging manifestations, rather than to prevent entirely. Taking drugs does not always cause problems, but this is rarely acknowledged by policy makers.

Dame Ruth Runciman, the UKDPC chairwoman, said while Government programmes to reduce the damage caused by drug problems, like needle exchanges and investment in treatment for addicts, “much of the rest of drug policy does not have an adequate evidence base.”

She added:

We spend billions of pounds every year without being sure of what difference much of it makes.

A fellow commission member, the former chief executive of the Medical Research Council Professor Colin Blakemore, added:

Medicine has moved past the age when we treated disease on the basis of hunches and received wisdom. The overwhelming consensus now is that it is unethical, inefficient and dangerous to use untested and unvalidated methods of treatment and prevention. It is time that policy on illicit drug use starts taking evidence seriously as well.

Avoiding the truth about war

0

Lesley Docksey |

Some years ago, back in the days when we were all campaigning about the very illegal invasion of Iraq, I met a nice young officer from the Royal Engineers. He and his men had done a tour of duty in southern Iraq and he described how they had not been fighting the Iraqis, but rather improving their lot by rebuilding bridges and other infrastructure. I asked him if he and his men ever thought about who had destroyed the bridges they were rebuilding (the answer being, of course, the RAF). I have never forgotten his reply: “We tried not to think about that.”

It seems there is an awful lot we try not to think about, especially where war is concerned. In the space of two days it was announced that 7 Royal Marines were under arrest, suspected of murdering an ‘insurgent’ in Afghanistan; David Cameron, always Prime Ministerial (or so he hopes), announced that a sum of £50 million pounds would be devoted to events commemorating the centenary of the First World War; and the European Union was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize.

I hate the way the word ‘insurgent’ is used by the politicians, military and media. The implication is that this is a terrorist, a thug, a person wholly outside the law and fully deserving of any death meted out to him by the US, the UK, NATO and ISAF — in other words by us, the West, the ‘bringers of freedom and democracy’. But an insurgent is simply someone who is in active revolt against a government in power, the government in Afghanistan’s case being one imposed on the country by the West after another fairly illegal invasion, and justified by some extremely fraudulent elections. Any Afghan insurgent, whether Taliban or not, is someone who wants the foreign invaders (that’s us) out. He has far more right to be there than any number of Royal Marines. But we try not to think about that.

Nor are the Taliban all they are made out to be by the West, even though the West is indirectly responsible for their creation. In order to get the Soviets out of Afghanistan the US helped in the formation and funding of the Mujahideen, a truly violent collection of fighters. The Soviets gone, the Mujahideen descended into vicious internal warfare and the people of Afghanistan suffered both from the violence and the rampant corruption. The Taliban movement grew out of the desire to protect the people from this corruption (for an informative retelling of this period, read James Fergusson’s excellent book Taliban). And, despite methods and an ideology we wouldn’t approve of, defeat the corruption they did. They would have eradicated the poppy production too, had we not interfered. But we try not to think about that.

How did the West end up conducting a long and bitter war against a state and its government that had not threatened the West nor posed any real danger to us? We’ve been given many spurious reasons — ending the opium production, defeating Al Qaeda, ‘stabilising’ the country and so on. We could add reasons like a gas and oil pipeline or minerals. Perhaps it was just sour grapes. How else could you justify a full-scale invasion of a country purely because you failed to capture or kill one man — Osama bin Laden, the US’s original target? Who the West at one time supported, whose family were favourites of the US administration? You can’t send armies after a small terrorist organisation, and small is what Al Qaeda has always been. The one thing the US and the UK won’t face, the huge elephant in the room, is that, despite greater numbers equipped with far superior technology, the whole sorry exercise is a failure. We’ll try very hard indeed not to think about that.

But — Royal Marines murdering an Afghan insurgent — how appalling! And, as so many pro-military commentators pointed out, how very rare. The great British (US, NATO, ISAF) soldiers are so disciplined, so mindful of the rules of combat, this simply never happens. Except that it does. They just hope the public has forgotten the last occasion, and the one before that and maybe they won’t find about all the unreported unlawful killings either. Never taken into account is that, regardless of the ‘proud military tradition’, the first casualty of war is the death of humanity in those who fight it. Men who are trained to kill will kill, regardless of their nationality. Nor do we consider that those who fight and kill for a living often end up with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). PTSD, now unfortunately common among both veterans and the serving military, is caused not just by what the sufferer has experienced but by what he/she has done — like killing people. But, because it is our brave boys we are talking about, we try not to think about that.

In his speech at the Imperial War Museum announcing the plans for the WWI commemorations, Cameron said, (the Museum, it should be remembered by our politicians, was formed to record the terror and futility of war rather than its celebration) that he wants the Museum to be enlarged so that it is even more ‘incredible’. The only incredible thing is that humanity is still allowing itself to be dragged into war instead of confining war itself to the Museum. “It is absolutely right that these commemorations should be given such priority,” he said. “Our duty with these commemorations is clear; to honour those who served; to remember those who died; and to ensure that the lessons learnt live with us for ever. And that is exactly what we will do.” And, considering that WWI led fairly directly to WWII and that there have been too few years since 1918 when UK forces weren’t fighting a war somewhere in the world, what lessons are those exactly, Mr Cameron? But we try not to think about that.

Instead, let’s distract ourselves by celebrating Europe being awarded the Nobel Peace Prize — and may I as a European go and collect the award and get my share of the prize money? I thought not. Eric Heffermehl in his book The Nobel Peace Prize: what Nobel really wanted shows quite clearly just how far the Nobel committee has strayed from the terms of Nobel’s will, which stated that the Peace Prize should be awarded to ‘the person who has done the most or the best work for brotherhood between nations, for the abolition or reduction of standing armies and for the holding and promotion of peace congresses’.

The EU is not a person nor is it an organisation whose members are all dedicated to working for peace. After World Wars I and II, it was thankfully fairly unlikely (although still not impossible) that Europe would descend into such local aggression again — the EU had little to do with that. If anything, the EU has simply helped Europeans to fight wars together rather than against each other. But Europe has done nothing to get rid of its standing armies — indeed our governments are far more likely to argue for their continuance and funding, despite the austere times we citizens live in. And when did the EU ever promote or hold international peace conferences such as Nobel was familiar with — peace conferences that were aimed at the total abolition of militarism, arms trading and the scourge of war? How pitifully small is the number of Peace Prize recipients who have campaigned for the reduction of standing armies or held truly international peace conferences? But we try not to think about that.

Next month sees the sad anniversary of Armistice Day along with Remembrance Sunday — days awash with red poppies, parading soldiers and sermons about the continuing brave sacrifice of our ‘heroes’. So many wars and so many fallen to be commemorated since the end of ‘the war to end all wars’; except there is no end in sight, not with politicians who love the feel of power and arms traders who love the feel of money. Little mention will be made in all their speeches about the horrendous number of innocent civilians killed and maimed, livelihoods and homes destroyed, cultures vanished and the earth and all its other precious life trashed as we create our fallen heroes, heroes who did not sacrifice themselves but were instead sacrificed by their leaders. No mention will be made of the fact that we call them heroes in order to avoid recognising what they have done in our name. And certainly no mention will be made of all those who were not lucky enough to be killed, but return home with one or three limbs missing and with broken minds, living on our streets or in our prisons, relying on alcohol and drugs and yet more violence as they try to obliterate their memories of war.

Surely on just one day of the year we could be honest with each other and face up to what war is, what it does to people, and most of all, openly recognise the terror and violence our politicians are responsible for when they blithely send armies off to war. But no — we will try very hard not to think about any of that.

Lesley Docksey is the editor of Abolish War, the newsletter of the Movement for the Abolition of War (MAW).

Anonymous drops support for WikiLeaks

0

 |

Anonymous just declared war on their longtime protégé, WikiLeaks. It seems like it was just yesterday that they were the BFFs, leaking documents and trying to get out of rape scandals toppling governments, but alas, that is no more.

So, what’s behind the sudden change of heart? Money, of course! WikiLeaks has decided to take a page from the New York Times’ playbook and put their Global Intelligence files behind a paywall.  That means that next time you try to check out WikiLeaks’ massive cache of internal Stratfor emails, you’ll be met by a banner requiring you to make a donation first. To be fair, you can set your own price, but a paywall is still a paywall, and Anonymous isn’t happy about it.

An angry exchange between Wikileaks and Anonymous supporters over Twitter led to the paywall being briefly removed, but the next day it was back, prompting Anonymous  to say that they will drop all support of WikiLeaks and Julian Assange because of the incident:

Regardless of any workarounds, the fact remains that a meretricious page is placed for the majority of visitors that cannot be closed. The obvious intention is to force donations in exchange for access. This is a filthy and rotten, wholly un-ethical action – and Anonymous is enraged.

No longer will Anonymous risk prison to defend WikiLeaks or Julian Assange from their enemies. No longer will Anonymous risk prison to supply material for WikiLeaks disclosures. Anonymous turns it’s back on WikiLeaks. WikiLeaks has with it’s actions this past 48 hours betrayed Anonymous, and thus has lost it’s biggest and most powerful supporter.

On the up side, Anonymous says that they won’t be attacking WikiLeaks or any of its assets, since it considers them to be media outlets. But why is WikiLeaks risking the loss of one of its biggest supporters over a donation campaign? According to a post written on October 3rd (strangely, it took a while for the paywall to draw Anonymous’ ire), Julian Assange, besides taking credit for ending the Iraq War and creating the Arab Spring, urges supporters to ‘vote with their wallet’ this election by giving their cash to WikiLeaks or Julian Assange’s legal fund.

We’re really not sure how that’s going to affect the election, but maybe topical campaigns are more interesting than the generic ‘give me moneyz?’ At any rate, we’d love to hear your thoughts below, and we can’t wait to see how all of this turns out.

Police staff investigated over alleged IT misuse

0

Daily Echo |

SEVEN members of staff working for Dorset Police have faced disciplinary action in the past year for allegedly misusing the force’s email or internet system, it has been revealed.

In response to a Freedom of Information request submitted by the Daily Echo, Dorset Police confirmed that there were five cases investigated during 2011/12, involving seven members of staff.

One police staff member accused of accessing an inappropriate website resigned before a hearing could be held, the FoI request revealed.

Management action was taken against another police staff member who disclosed information on Facebook.

A police officer received a final written warning for improper use of internal email and management action was taken against a police officer and also against two members of police staff for improper use of internal email.

Another police officer was also investigated for disclosing information on Facebook but it was deemed there was no case to answer upon further investigation.

Police ordered illegal CCTV cameras to be placed in home

0

Max Salsbury, 24Dash |

A council illegally installed surveillance cameras in a home after being told to do so by police, it has emerged.

Cambridge City Council (CCC) installed the cameras in February 2010 after a woman reported suffering domestic violence. The council has since admitted “intrusive surveillance”.

But it has since been discovered that it was police who told the council to install the cameras. Cambridge police are yet to get back to 24Dash regarding the installation of the cameras.

Liz Bisset, CCC’s director of customer and community services, told 24dash: “This was a joint operation between us and the police. It was the police who asked us to install the cameras. The cameras were set up by a number of individuals who did not realise that they were not allowed to.”

She explained that the situation was a misunderstanding and since then a system of checks and balances had been put in place to prevent future breaches.

Nick Pickles, director of privacy and civil liberties campaign group Big Brother Watch, said: “Clearly this raises some serious questions — did the police not understand what powers the council had, or did they wrongly believe they were able to authorise the council without going through any internal approval process? It is legally possible to authorise third parties under RIPA, but if the police believed they were authorising the council then what process was followed by the police and why did the council still think they needed their own internal approval?

“It is clearly a mess and what concerns me is that the questions go beyond the changes to procedure the council has subsequently put in place and go to the heart of how poorly the safeguards in RIPA can be.”

“Serious crime like this is for the police to investigate and not Cambridge City Council. I hope that the Council now undertakes a full inquiry to get to the bottom of this and to hold to account those who have badly failed in their responsibilities.”

Cllr Tim Bick, leader of the city council, said: “The event happened in February 2010 and was carefully reviewed in public a year ago, resulting in the introduction of specific legal supervision any time an application is made for covert surveillance, which the Office of Surveillance Commissioners has expressed satisfaction with.

“This will be reinforced by the new legislation, which as Liberal Democrats we welcome and have championed.”

Will privacy become a luxury only the wealthy can afford?

0

Jon Evans |

Yesterday I walked from Cambodia into Thailand. On the way out of Cambodia, I was fingerprinted; on the way into Thailand, I was photographed. While I waited for the train to Bangkok I read legendary hacker Jamie Zawinski’s tale of how the powers that be “wanted to mandate that I surveil all of my customers, and turn that information over to the Government without a warrant” in exchange for getting a liquor license.

He goes on: “this is a standard condition that SFPD is putting on all new liquor licenses! …when the people and their elected lawmakers unambiguously say ‘no’ on a civil liberties issue, the unelected SFPD and ABC career bureaucrats think they can force a ‘yes’ anyway. It’s disgusting.”

It is. But if you think the war on privacy and the rise of the surveillance state is bad enough in the First World, just imagine how bad it will be in nations where the people are poor, their governments have few checks and balances, and there’s no tradition of civil liberties. And surveillance technology gets cheaper much faster than the world’s poorest get wealthier. It may not be long before privacy – anyprivacy – will begin to feel, seem, and even cost like a luxury.

Worse yet, this may not seem like a bad thing – at first.

About 50 feet from the bustling main drag in Cambodia’s wealthiest town, I stumbled across the school photographed above, a one-room, benches-and-blackboards building straight out of Little House on the Prairie. I’m sure it’s quite nice for what it is, but I couldn’t help but think: “No tech at all? How much better it would be if there were at least some modern technology in every school like this; not thedeluded pointlessness of One Laptop Per Child, but something more like Ten Smartphones Per Teacher. Of course, they’d be so valuable, you’d have to worry about theft…unless you had some central database that tracked their locations, and would disable them when stolen, so they wouldn’t be valuable any more…”

And then I realized I’d just invented a system that centralized government control of smartphones. Would such a system stop at phones in schools? Or would governments insist on extending it to control every smartphone in the country, and their content too? Voila! Centralized repression and censorship straight out of Orwell. Of course they probably would; and of course in most nations there’d be no EFF to try to stop them.

Similarly, corruption is the scourge of the poor world; transparency is the enemy of corruption; and better surveillance technology leads to greater transparency. It is one way, for the most part, so the rich will be able to watch the poor without being watched themselves. But ubiquitous cameras and smaller drones will still bring down more and more small-fry corrupt bureaucrats, the ones who steal thousands…while those who feed on millions can buy enough privacy that their parasitical businesses continue to thrive.

“Hey, that’s fine by the Finn, Moll. You’re only paying by the second.”

They sealed the door behind him and Molly turned one of the white chairs around and sat on it, chin resting on crossed forearms. `We talk now. This is as private as I can afford.’

— William Gibson, Neuromancer

It’s possible that you won’t have to explicitly pay for privacy in the near future. We in the rich world may manage to eke out a win in the legal and regulatory battle against the onrushing panopticon. But even if so, I don’t see how the poor world can succeed. It can’t be long before privacy becomes, like clean water or reliable power, something that only the rich can afford.

Iranian activists refused medical help despite release order

0

Radio Zamaneh |

The Tehran prosecutor’s office is refusing to release jailed human rights activist Hossein Ronaghi Maleki for medical treatment.

The Kaleme opposition website reports that the arrest warrant for Ronaghi Maleki was changed to 500 million rials in bail. His family has already put up the bail and acquired his release order, but Tehran’s prosecutor is refusing to release the jailed activist from Evin Prison, where he is being held.

Ronaghi Maleki, who was already on sick leave from Evin Prison for kidney complications, was arrested when security forces raided a relief camp set up by volunteers for the victims of the deadly earthquake that hit Azerbaijan in August.

The volunteer aid workers were accused of “assembly and collusion against national security goals, threatening public health by distributing unsafe food and disobeying officers.”

Ronaghi Maleki has written to the head of Iran’s judiciary to call for action against the security officers that “assaulted” the arrested relief workers at their camp and the judges who gave “unfair and inappropriate” verdicts in their cases.

Toxic effects still persist 51 years after Vietnam war

Jeanne Mirer and Marjorie Cohn |

There are images from the US war against Vietnam that have been indelibly imprinted on the minds of Americans who lived through it. One is the naked napalm-burned girl running from her village with flesh hanging off her body. Another is a photo of the piles of bodies from the My Lai massacre, where US troops executed 504 civilians in a small village. Then, there is the photograph of the silent scream of a woman student leaning over the body of her dead friend at Kent State University, whose only crime was protesting the bombing of Cambodia in 1970. Finally, there is the memory of decorated members of Vietnam Veterans Against the War testifying at the Winter Soldier Hearings, often in tears, to atrocities in which they had participated during the war.

These pictures are heartbreaking. They expose the horrors of war. The US war against Vietnam was televised, while images of the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq have intentionally been hidden from us. But what was not televised was the relentless ten years (1961-1971) of spraying millions of gallons of toxic herbicides over vast areas of South Vietnam. These chemicals exposed almost five million people, mostly civilians, to deadly consequences. The toxic herbicides, most notably Agent Orange, contained dioxin, one of the most dangerous chemicals known to man. It has been recognized by the World Health Organization as a carcinogen (causes cancer) and by the American Academy of Medicine as a teratogen (causes birth defects).

From the beginning of the spraying 51 years ago, and even today, millions of Vietnamese have died from, or been completely incapacitated by, diseases which the US government recognizes are related to Agent Orange for purposes of granting compensation to Vietnam veterans in the United States. The Vietnamese, who were the intended victims of this spraying, experienced the most intense, horrible impact on human health and environmental devastation. Second and third generations of children, born to parents exposed during the war and in areas of heavy spraying hot spots, suffer unspeakable deformities that medical authorities attribute to the dioxin in Agent Orange.

The Vietnamese exposed to the chemical suffer from cancer, liver damage, pulmonary and heart diseases, defects to reproductive capacity and skin and nervous disorders. Their children and grandchildren have severe physical deformities, mental and physical disabilities, diseases and shortened life spans. The forests and jungles in large parts of southern Vietnam were devastated and denuded. Centuries-old habitat was destroyed and will not regenerate with the same diversity for hundreds of years. Animals that inhabited the forests and jungles are threatened with extinction, disrupting the communities that depended on them. The rivers and underground water in some areas have also been contaminated. Erosion and desertification will change the environment, causing dislocation of crop and animal life.

For the past 51 years, the Vietnamese people have been attempting to address this legacy of war by trying to get the United States and the chemical companies to accept responsibility for this ongoing nightmare. An unsuccessful legal action by Vietnamese victims of Agent Orange against the chemical companies in US federal court, begun in 2004, has nonetheless spawned a movement to hold the United States accountable for using such dangerous chemicals on civilian populations. The movement has resulted in pending legislation HR 2634 hot spots, lawsuit to compensate them, as the unintended victims, for their Agent-Orange-related illnesses. But the Vietnamese continue to suffer from these violations with almost no recognition, as do the offspring of Agent-Orange-exposed US veterans and Vietnamese-Americans.

What is the difference between super powers like the United States violating the laws of war with impunity and the reports of killing of Syrian civilians by both sides in the current civil war? Does the United States have any credibility to demand governments and non-state actors end the killings of civilians, when through wars and drones and its refusal to acknowledge responsibility for the use of Agent Orange, the United States has and is engaging in the very conduct it publicly deplores?

In 1945, at the founding conference of the United Nations, the countries of the world determined:

to save succeeding generations from the scourge of war, which twice in our lifetime has brought untold sorrow to mankind and

to reaffirm faith in fundamental human rights, in the dignity and worth of the human person, in the equal rights of men and women and of nations large and small and

to establish conditions under which justice and respect for the obligations arising from treaties and other sources of international law can be maintained and

to promote social progress and better standards of life in larger freedom.

If we are to avoid sinking once again into the scourge of war, we must reaffirm the principles of the charter and establish conditions under which countries take actions that promote rather than undermine justice and respect for our international legal obligations. The alternative is the law of the jungle, where only might makes right. It is time that right makes might.

August 10 marks 51 years since the beginning of the spraying of Agent Orange in Vietnam. In commemoration, the Vietnam Agent Orange Relief and Responsibility Campaign is urging an observation of 51 seconds of silence at 12 noon, to think about the horrors of wars which have occurred. No one wants to see future images of naked children running from napalm; or young soldiers wiping out the population of an entire village; or other atrocities associated with war, poverty and violence around the world. In the United States, you can sign an orange post card to the US Congress asking it to pass HR 2634, the Victims of Agent Orange Relief Act of 2001.

Only a “terrorist” would investigate cost of surveillance

0

Paul Joseph Watson, Propaganda Matrix |

A 55-year-old disabled veteran was labeled a “terrorist” by three county commissioners after he photographed security cameras at the Elbert County administration building in Colorado as part of an investigation, a designation the man claimed was retribution for him filing multiple open-records requests.

Elbert County resident Don Pippin took pictures of the security cameras back in April as part of an open-records request that sought to discover the cost of the surveillance system. An employee immediately reported Pippin to the commissioners for engaging in suspicious activity.

“After the commissioners met on the issue, “(Commissioner Kurt) Schlegel asked for and received a temporary court order barring Pippin from the building, saying the back of his hair stood up when he saw what he says was footage of Pippin “casing” the building for a possible attack,” reports the Denver Post.

Schlegel called Pippin a “terrorist” and attempted to secure a permanent protection order against him, but a judge threw the request out, noting that Pippin posed no threat to anybody.

Pippin charges that the commissioners were attempting to frame and demonize him as a terrorist as a reprisal for his routine filing of open records requests.

Pippin and his attorney are now seeking $2.4 million in damages from the three commissioners who characterized him as a terrorist, $1 million for emotional distress, $500,000 for loss of enjoyment of life and $900,000 for impairment of future earning capacity.

“It’s been a very emotional thing for him,” Pippin’s attorney, Terry Wallace, told the Denver Post. “When that county judge said, ‘You’ve been accused of being a terrorist – are you aware of that?’ That’s when it set in.”

As we have previously documented, the characterization of people who both film surveillance cameras and those who ask questions of their government as terrorists is rampant in America.

A 2011 Department of Homeland Security PSA depicted photographers who “hang around for no apparent reason” as terrorists and encouraged the public to report them to authorities.

Recent federal training manuals and other documents have characterized those suspicious of government or people who ask questions as potential terrorists.

A recent DHS-funded study produced by the National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism at the University of Maryland characterizes Americans who are “suspicious of centralized federal authority” as “extreme right-wing” terrorists.

Americans “frustrated with mainstream ideologies” were also identified as possible terrorists in a recent U.S. Army training document.

Video: The US is now a Gestapo police state

0

Protests are a Weapon the US Uses for Overthrowing Other Regimes. Another snippet from a longer interview with Paul Craig Roberts.

After 911 Civil Rights have been eroded. The government can even assassinate its own citizens. Demonising supposed muslim terrorists. Ultimately these gocernment weapons will be used against all political opponents. Democracy no longer exists in the US. And theer seems no way to go back to it.

Video: Police beat teenage girls for protesting bailout

0

Daily Bail |

In Madrid Wednesday riot police beat innocent #S25 protesters including teenagers and college students after reports that planted agents had incited earlier violence. This video shows Spanish cops, kept on ice since the Franco era, indiscriminately taking baton shots at their victims who were simply trying to walk away from the uniformed thugs.

Employees who refuse flu jabs threatened with termination

Kimberly Paxton, TheDailySheeple |

Despite mounting evidence that the flu vaccine is completely ineffective at preventing illness, employers across America are threatening employees with termination if they refuse to get the injection.

One such employer is Faith Regional Health Services in Norfolk, Ne. The hospital has told staff they must receive the vaccine as a condition of their employment.  A staff member commented on the mandatory nature of the vaccine. “You can refuse under 2 circumstances. An allergy, which you must get a signed doctor’s note for. Or religious belief, which you must have your clergy sign a note for. In the event that you decline the flu shot with one of these options, you are required to wear a mask for the entire flu season, which is December thru March. ”

The Colorado Board of Health has voted 7-1 that every worker in a healthcare setting will be required to receive the vaccine. This mandate will be phased in over the next three years and employees have an option: get the shot or look for a new job outside the healthcare sector.

Rhode Island has also jumped on the mandatory flu shot bandwagon. Over the objections of health-care workers’ unions and the Rhode Island affiliate of the American Civil Liberties Union, Health Director Michael D. Fine has filed the regulation,  mandating seasonal flu shots for doctors, nurses and other  employees and volunteers who work in  hospitals, nursing homes, home-care agencies and other health-related industries in the state.

The Michigan Department of Community Health is urging all health care facilities to impose a mandatory flu shot policy. Munson Healthcare agrees wholeheartedly and has incorporated this into their policy, meeting a less-than-popular reception from employees:

Medical Center chief operating officer Kathleen McManus tells the Traverse City Record-Eagle that officials decided to make it mandatory because voluntary compliance has never topped 65 percent.

“The people we serve here are very sick,” McManus said. “And I will not put a patient at risk.”

But some employees are up in arms over baring an arm. About 50 turned out for a recent meeting of Michigan Opposing Mandatory Vaccines, a Detroit-area group that promotes vaccine choice. Employees also circulated petitions and hope to get the community behind them.

“I have a really hard time believing I’m going to be forced to do something against my will,” said nursing administrator Dianne Lopez-Wild, who works in an office. “It’s like something out of a sci-fi movie. It’s bizarre to me. It seems so unreal.”

Lopez-Wild said it’s a “civil rights issue.”

The main objection from healthcare workers seems to be the fact that the flu shot simply doesn’t work.  Many of the staffers who are adamantly opposed to taking the shot are not anti-vaccine in general — they are simply anti-flu vaccine.  One nurse commented, “I am not opposed to all vaccinations. I couldn’t wait for the Hep-B vac because it is easy to catch. And I recently received a tetanus booster. I am opposed to the flu vac because it is not effective in preventing flu and many who receive it become sick from it. Am I an expert in vaccinations? Nope. I am only going from my own observations over twenty years of nursing.”

A report released by an independent analysis company backs up what the objectors are saying.  Investigative reporter Jon Rappoport wrote:

“A review from The Cochrane Collaboration, a widely respected research-analysis team, went over all the evidence, and entered its conclusion: In healthy adults, no flu vaccine delivers protection from the flu…But since flu vaccines don’t protect against flu or even stop the transmission of flu viruses from person to person, the so-called “rehearsing” of the immune system is merely somebody’s fancy story.”

Read the full article HERE

The flu vaccine has been proven time and time again not to work. It contains not only live viruses but also, according to the CDC, these potential toxins: ”The following substances are found in vaccines: aluminum,(brain toxin) antibiotics, egg protein, formaldehyde (now listed as carcinogenic), MSG or monosodium glutamate (a known neurotoxin),and thimerosal(neurotoxic mercury).”

Links have been made from the flu shot to paralysis, increased likelihood of Alzheimers, weakened immune system, Dystonia (uncontrollable muscle spasms), and seizures.

A cautionary tale that supports the hesitance of many healthcare workers to take the mandatory vaccine is the case of former long distance runner Desiree Jennings, who suffered a rare but serious side effect to her routine flu shot.

Caught on tape: Obama campaign staffers say it’s “okay” to vote twice

0

Mac Slavo, SHTFplan |

Controversial investigative journalist James O’Keefe (of ACORN  hidden video fame)  is at it again, and this time he’s caught some volunteers and employees of the Democratic National Committee assisting would-be voters with registering and voting in multiple states.

When undercover reporters visited various locations across the country they received the same response from Obama campaign staffers — that it’s basically okay to vote multiple times if you happen to be registered in two or more states.

In Houston, Texas, for example, the Project Veritas reporter made her intentions known, and rather than being rebuffed for her planned illegal activity, she was provided assistance with obtaining the proper forms to be registered in two states and was told to say “I don’t know” if the double-voting ever became an issue.

Similar situations unfolded at other DNC funded community organizations.

In a country where advanced technology is being used to track the most minute activities of its citizens, it is shocking to see just how easily the process of electing the leader of the free world can be compromised.

Obama campaign staffer and DNC Regional Field Director Stephanie Caballero facilitates voter fraud on hidden video:

Reporter: Yea I don’t want to get in any trouble but like I said if no one’s gonna know

Reporter: I don’t have a problem with it.
Reporter: Yea, so anyway — But –
Obama Campaign: Oh my God this is so funny. It’s cool though!

Reporter: But I was gonna see as far as all the registering for Florida –
Obama Campaign: Mhm
Reporter: Where do I get the forms to do that?
Reporter: Or not registering but voting in Florida for the absentee –
Obama Campaign: So what you’ll have to do is you’re going to call in to Florida.
Reporter: Okay.
Obama Campaign: And call — Let me see.
Obama Campaign: Are you going to do what I think you are going to do?
Reporter: Well I mean if no one’s gonna know –
Obama Campaign: Laughter
Obama Campaign: You’re so hilarious!

Obama Campaign: Come up with like — If anyone checks say “I don’t know”.

How many times will you be voting this election season?

Iraq abuse inquiry a ‘whitewash’

0

A Ministry of Defence inquiry has been launched after an official assessing Iraqi detainees’ abuse allegations resigned because her colleagues “just weren’t interested” in justice.

The Telegraph |

Louise Thomas, a former Wren and police officer, worked for six months with the Iraq Historic Allegations team (IHAT) assessing the treatment of former prisoners by British soldiers in Basra.

She alleges that abuse including beatings and extreme sleep deprivation were recorded in more than 1,600 hours of footage, but that her colleagues had commented “Who cares, they’re terrorists?” and “They’re only bombers” when she voiced concern.

As a result, she believes the inquiry is a “whitewash”, she told The Guardian, and alleges that more potentially incriminating footage was deliberately kept from IHAT.

“I saw a really dark side of the British army,” Ms Thomas said. “The videos showed really quite terrible abuses. But some of the IHAT investigators just weren’t interested.”

“They would laugh at me, because I was interested and concerned. They would say ‘Here comes Miss Marple’ when I came by.”

The alleged videos were recorded at an interrogation centre in Basra operated by the Joint Forward Interrogation Team (JFIT), in the South-East of Iraq, between March 2003 and and December 2008.

In November 2010 JFIT was described in the high court by lawyers for the prisoners as “Britain’s Abu Ghraib”.

The MoD said any claims of inappropriate behaviour or lack of attention would be fully investigated.

A spokesman said: “All of these allegations of abuse are known to the Ministry of Defence and Iraq Historical Allegations Team (IHAT) which is why the independent IHAT is already investigating them.

“The MoD has cooperated fully, including the provision of all known evidence.

“We are confident in the IHAT’s abilities and following the outcome of their investigations, action will be considered against individuals where appropriate. Any criticisms about IHAT itself are for the organisation to answer.”

Some of the alleged footage from the JFIT interrogations have already been made public, with graphic scenes of death threats, sensory deprivation, and prisoner complaints of having nothing to eat.

In one video, an interrogator allegedly tells a prisoner who complains he is starving: “Good, I’m f—— glad. I hope you die. I hope your kids die.”

Lawyers for the former prisoners have said that IHAT lacks indepedence from the MoD and the military, and has failed to bring any charges two years after it was established.

7 Marines held in Afghan murder probe

0

Press Association |

Seven Royal Marines have been arrested on suspicion of murder following an incident in Afghanistan during a tour of duty they served last year, the Ministry of Defence (MoD) said.

The Royal Military Police arrested the soldiers, believed to be members of 3 Commando Brigade, in connection with an incident which occurred while they were based in Helmand last year.

The incident was described as “an engagement with an insurgent”, with no civilians involved, and an investigation has been launched by the Service Justice System.

An MoD spokesman said: “These arrests demonstrate the department and the armed forces’ determination to ensure UK personnel act in accordance with their rules of engagement and our standards. It would be inappropriate to make any further comment while the investigation is under way.”

During a six-month tour of duty, which lasted from April to October last year, 3 Commando Brigade saw seven servicemen killed in action, all from 42 Commando.

The tour, Operation Herrick 14, was the unit’s fourth and saw the force score notable successes in capturing explosives from the Taliban.

Brigadier Ed Davis, who commanded Task Force Helmand and led 3 Commando Brigade during the tour, said his men had “interdicted” more than 2.5 tons of home-made explosive by August last year, leading to a 43% drop in enemy attacks.

The rules of engagement, largely derived from the Geneva Convention, dictate under what circumstances British troops are allowed to open fire, whether that is to prevent an attack by the enemy or in direct contact.

The arrests are thought to be the first time UK servicemen have been held on suspicion of such charges during the conflict in Afghanistan.

A Territorial Army soldier was investigated by military officials after shooting dead a suspected Taliban bomber in the Nahr-e-Seraj area of central Helmand in the summer of 2010. Senior officers believed the man may have been an innocent farmer but after an 18-month inquiry no charges were brought against Fusilier Duane Knott, who said he had no regrets over his action.

Iraq’s getting all tooled-up

0

Agence France-Presse |

Iraq and the Czech Republic have made progress in talks on the sale of 28 Czech-made L-159 subsonic fighters to Baghdad, their leaders said in Prague yesterday.

“A certain agreement has been reached,” Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki told reporters after meeting his Czech counterpart Petr Necas in Prague, adding that technical details still needed to be ironed out.

Al-Maliki did not provide further details on the deal, but did say that Iraq also had an offer for U.S.-made F-16 fighters. Necas said the defense ministers of both countries “will now work hard to fine tune the conditions of the transaction.” Czech Defense Minister Alexandr Vondra said talks were focused on 24 one-seat fighters and four two-seaters.

“It is premature to give the value of the deal,” he said before meeting Iraq’s acting Defense Minister Saadun al-Dulaimi. The L-159 fighters, which Prague has been trying to sell for years, are made by Aero Vodochody, the largest Czech aircraft producer controlled by the Czech-Slovak private equity group Penta. Aero is also a sub-contractor for major arms makers including EADS, Saab and Sikorsky, Saab and EADS.

The Iraqi delegation’s visit to Prague comes on the heels of a three-day visit to Moscow, during which Russia announced signing more than $4.2 billion in arms contracts with Iraq. The deal made Russia the violence-torn Middle East nation’s largest weapons supplier after the U.S. Iraq has been scrambling for means to protect its borders ever since U.S. troops withdrew in 2011.

MI6 accused of lying about illegal rendition

0

Steve Swann, BBC |

Two men who claim they were illegally sent to Libya with the help of UK intelligence have accused ex-MI6 chief Sir John Scarlett of misleading MPs.

Abdul Hakim Belhaj and Sami Al Saadi say they were tortured after being handed over to Colonel Gaddafi’s former regime and are suing the UK.

Newly filed High Court papers question Mr Scarlett’s denials to a Commons committee of knowledge about rendition.

Ex-Foreign Secretary Jack Straw had previously denied any UK involvement.

But the new legal documents also claim that Mr Straw – though he “emphatically denied involvement in rendition operations” – knew that the “UK had facilitated and arranged the unlawful rendition of the claimants”.

They also criticise Sir John Scarlett over his evidence to the Commons Intelligence and Security Committee.

They say he gave “incorrect and misleading” evidence when he stated that MI6 “has not assisted any… renditions to third countries, ie renditions to countries other than the US or the detainee’s country of origin”. They say neither of the men’s wives is from Libya.

Police probe

In March 2004 Mr Al Saadi was detained in Hong Kong with his wife and four children. His lawyers claim that the CIA sent a fax to the Libyan security services offering to pay for a charter aircraft in exchange for an assurance that the Al Saadi family “will be treated humanely.”

It is claimed that no assurances were given and that after his rendition to Tripoli Mr Al Saadi was beaten with sticks, flogged with whips and rubber hoses and given electric shocks. Mr Al Saadi says that during his detention in Libya he was interviewed by British officials.

Mr Belhaj and his pregnant wife Fatima Boudchar were detained in Malaysia in February 2004 en route to London.

His lawyers claim that MI6 sent a fax to the Libyan intelligence services informing them of their detention. They say they were subsequently flown to Tripoli, blindfolded, hooded and shackled to stretchers.

Once there, Mr Belhaj alleges that he was hung from a cell wall and beaten with batons. For four years, it is claimed, the Libyans’ treatment of Mr Belhaj “alternated between intense periods of interrogation and torture and periods of virtually complete isolation.”

A letter allegedly sent by Sir Mark Allen of MI6 to the head of the Libyan External Security Organisation appears to congratulate the Libyans for the safe arrival of Mr Belhaj saying “The intelligence about (Mr Belhaj) was British.”

Mr Al Saadi and Mr Belhaj are suing Mr Straw, Sir Mark Allen (who was MI6’s Director of Counter-Terrorism), MI6, MI5, the Foreign Office, the Home Office and the Attorney General for damages for false imprisonment and abuse of public office. The Metropolitan Police are also investigating whether any crimes were committed.

In a BBC radio interview last year Mr Straw said “We were opposed to unlawful rendition. We were opposed to any use of torture or similar methods. Not only did we not agree with it, we were not complicit in it and nor did we turn a blind eye to it.”

German police pay company to monitor social media

0

Loek Essers, PC Advisor |

The German police have been monitoring social media and email services for years, an overview of expenditures by the Federal Ministry of the Interior suggests.

In an answer to questions asked by the Left Party about an eavesdropping tool that in 2011 allegedly was used by the German government to intercept Skype calls, the ministry detailed the expenditures for private service providers.

In the list included in the document, the ministry revealed that it has been paying external contractors for software to monitor Skype and decode Facebook chats, as well as decoding software for emails sent via Gmail, Yahoo and Hotmail, discovered Anne Roth, a researcher for the Privacy and Freedom of Expression program of the Tactical Technology Collective. She found the listing in a recently published English translation of the document.

In 2009, for instance the German police rented hardware and software to monitor Skype for almost ¬30,400 (about US$39,300) from the German company DigiTask. A Skype monitoring system was also rented in 2010, the document shows.

DigiTask has been awarded contracts worth millions of euros by various federal agencies including the Federal Criminal Police Office, the Central Office of the German Customs Investigation Service and the Land Criminal Police Offices.

DigiTask also provided software to decode Google Mail (as Gmail was formerly called in Germany,) MSN Hotmail and Yahoo Mail, according to the documents. The software was ordered twice for approximately ¬12,500.

In 2011, a software module was rented twice from DigiTask to decode Facebook chats. The module was rented for a month at a time. DigiTask was also paid once last year to deliver software used to decode WhatsApp messages. WhatsApp is an SMS alternative that is popular in Europe. All rented surveillance at DigiTask is listed under “material resources for prevention and investigation.”

DigiTask declined to respond to questions for this story, saying that it does not comment on the services it provides to its customers.

European national police departments are more and more interested in online activity, said Joe McNamee, advocacy coordinator for the European digital rights group EDRi. “There is the good, the bad and the ugly,” he said referring to different approaches by national police agencies. “We have seen everything from odd behavior to vast surveillance requested by the police.”

The Dutch police, for instance, operate a virtual police station in Habbo hotel, an online social network for children, said McNamee. This a good example of online police work because it is a friendly approach to assist children, he said.

However, there are also initiatives like CleanIT, a project that was set up to create voluntary guidelines to root out online terrorism. But a leaked document revealed in September that the organization is planning wide-ranging surveillance that could greatly hamper civil liberties to achieve that goal, said McNamee.

Tapping a phone is acceptable in today’s democracy because there are procedures in place for that sort of surveillance, he said. “But we are sort of sleep walking quietly from one level to the next,” he said, adding that surveillance is drifting away from standard practices “and anything that drifts away from standard practices is worrying for anyone in society and for society itself.”

Loek covers all things tech for the IDG News Service. Follow him on Twitter at @loekessers or email tips and comments to loek_essers@idg.com

Crime commissioner candidate wants police state

0

Hardeep Matharu |

Police need to patrol main roads and use automatic number plate recognition to intercept gangs of awayday criminals from London according to a candidate hoping to become Surrey’s first police and crime commissioner.

Nick O’Shea is standing for the Liberal Democrats in the elections for a commissioner who will replace the current police authority on November 15.

Speaking after a raid on Christianes Jewellers, in Bookham High Street last month, when the shop’s staff were threatened with sledgehammers, Mr O’Shea said people in the county are living “in the shadow of raids, burglary and drug crime from London”.

He said: “Surrey’s network of motorways, fast A-roads and excellent railway links to London enable gangs from London easy access to our towns and villages and a rapid and effective escape route once they have raided our shops, burgled our homes or dumped drugs into our streets and schools.

“Surrey Police need to focus on increasing patrols in the areas most affected by this spill-over from London’s crime.

“Surrey’s people have been seen as easy picking by London gangs and criminals for far too long.”

Mr O’Shea said he had seen statistical evidence to support his claims but did not know the details when contacted by the Epsom Guardian.

He said: “The data I have looked at does indicate that where there are crimes which relate to drugs, burglaries of houses and raids, there are people coming in from London, committing these crimes, and going back to London again.

“Surrey is a rich area which has a low level of crime so people who come from London see it as an area which is very attractive.”

Mr O’Shea, a businessman and former Mole Valley councillor, said the police need to conduct more patrols in high risk areas, monitor main roads for known criminals from London, and use surveillance cameras to look out for gang members travelling in Surrey.

He added: “We have a huge network of automatic number plate recognition cameras to monitor vehicles on both main roads and motorways.

“If these are not to be seen as an unnecessary intrusion into people’s privacy, they must be seen to be used to monitor our roads for criminals.”

Police and Crime Commissioner

Elections for Surrey’s Police and Crime Commissioner (PCC) will take place on November 15.

The winning candidate will be responsible for holding Surrey Police to account on the public’s behalf including appointing and dismissing the chief constable.

He will play a vital role in determining how crime is tackled in Surrey, and ensuring the police provide a good service.

The PCC will be elected by the supplementary vote system in which voters will make a first and second choice from the list of candidates.

There will be a second count of second preference if no candidate gets at least 50 per cent of the votes in the first count.

Candidates nominated so far include Nick O’ Shea (Liberal Democrat), Robert Evans (Labour), Kevin Hurley (Independent), Julie Iles (Conservative), Peter Williams (Independent) and Robert Shatwell (UKIP).

Nominations close on October 19.

A spokesman for Surrey Police Authority said this week that it does not have a list of candidates.

FBI destroyed Hunter S. Thompson file

0

RT |

In response to a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request for the file on legendary outlaw journalist Hunter S. Thompson, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) says it destroyed some of the documents in the 1990s.

Argus Leader Media reporter Cody Winchester received 58-pages of documents from the National Archives after the FBI told him that “records responsive to your FOIA request were destroyed on Feb. 1, 1994 and Sept. 1, 1998.”Winchester suspects he could be the first to have acquired what remains of the all pages of a federal investigation into the long-time Rolling Stone correspondent and originator of “gonzo journalism.”

The reason behind the file destruction is unknown, but an examination of the document by South Dakota State University journalism professor Matt Cecil provides insight what he believes to be the FBI’s motives for following Thompson.

“It is apparent from this file that the FBI became interested in Thompson as a result of his Hell’s Angels article in The Nation (and book that followed) along with his subscription to The People’s World,” Cecil says, referring to the weekly paper tied to the US Communist Party.

It’s no secret that Thompson spent time in prison for robbery, failed to finish school and read communist publications. After becoming a journalist, he published an article titled, “The Motorcycle Gangs,” which detailed the life of the outlaws who called themselves the Hell’s Angels. His full-length account of his time with the biker group, “Hell’s Angels: The Strange and Terrible Saga of the Outlaw Motorcycle Gangs,” was later compiled and published as Thompson’s first nonfiction novel years before “Fear and Loathing: On the Campaign Trail ’72” and “Fear and Loathing in Las Vegas: A Savage Journey to the Heart of the American Dream” propelled his career.

Using the access the FBI had to the subscription list, agents collected information about the journalist’s whereabouts, citations in the media and government records. The FBI also questioned those who knew Thompson about his affairs: in one instance, a liquor store clerk was even interrogated about the journalist’s visits to the store.

Thompson was an avid opponent of former president Richard Nixon, and the FBI may have been sent to dig up dirt on the journalist as a result of Nixon’s fear of impeachment, a write-up by Raw Story suggests.

“Some of my best friends have hated Nixon all their lives,” Thompson wrote in Rolling Stone for an article published in 1994. “My mother hates Nixon, my son hates Nixon, I hate Nixon, and this hatred has brought us together.”

What Winchester has received of Thompson’s file does in fact include documents critical of Nixon, including the “Aspen Wallposter” art series, presenting an image of the former president with vampire fangs and a Nazi swastika.

Elsewhere, the FOIA request has returned proof that the FBI investigated Thompson during his unsuccessful run on the “Freak Party” ticket to be the sheriff of Aspen, Colorado. Their investigation also includes information about mail sent to Thompson’s Woody Creek, CO home, as well as the occasional quip from the author, including one instance where he vowed to “disarm the sheriff and his deputies” to keep them from causing riots.

While it remains unclear why the FBI had such a deep interest in the former journalist, the files put together by agents indicates the organization was suspicious of the outlaw, who created a style of experimental journalism titled “Gonzo.”

“The intrusiveness of FBI domestic security investigations is on display here,” Cecil said. “An agent just barged into Woody Creek, Colorado and started asking questions. Obviously, the FBI didn’t care much what conclusions people drew from that. Thompson probably didn’t either. Imagine, however, that you were the subject of a 1960s domestic security investigation and agents came into Sioux Falls and started asking questions about you. What inference would people make?”

Cecil writes to Winchester that he thinks the FBI responded with “a very brief file considering the subject” and suggests additional material will be made public later.

Thompson died from a self-inflicted gunshot wounded to the head at his Woody Creek home in 2005.

Jimmy Carter speaks out against corrupt elections

0

Pete Papaherakles |

Injecting billions of dollars into U.S. politics is a recipe for corruption, says former President Jimmy Carter. Placing the blame squarely on the Supreme Court for endorsing a corporate spending free-for-all in American politics, he said the justices gave unlimited freedom to special interest groups representing corporations and lobbyists to provide campaign funding through third parties that don’t have to disclose their donors.

“We have one of the worst election processes in the world right here in the United States of America,” he said, “and it’s almost entirely because of the excessive influx of money.

“You know how much I raised to run against Gerald Ford?” asked Carter in his latestConversation at the Carter Center. “Zero. You know how much I raised to run against Ronald Reagan? Zero. You know how much will be raised this year by all presidential, Senate and House campaigns? Six billion dollars. That’s 6,000 million.”

Carter did get public funding from the Democratic National Committee but received no money from private donors–corporate or individuals.

In contrast, Romney and Obama are both on their way to possibly raising an astonishing billion dollars each in campaign funds this year. By August 31 Romney had raised $669M while Obama had raised $766M. In the month of August Romney raised $112M and Obama brought in $114M, and the stakes keep getting higher until Election Day. These funds are a combination of public and private funds, with public funds comprising only about a quarter of the total money raised.

The Supreme Court justified its 5-4 Citizens United ruling on the basis that the First Amendment prohibits government from restricting independent political donations by corporations and unions. As a result, special interest groups have taken control of the election process making it “shot through with financial corruption that threatens [America],” according to Carter. He expressed his hope that “the Supreme Court will reverse that stupid ruling.”

The American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) is, of course, the most powerful lobby in Washington. Along with other pro-Zionist lobbies, individuals and corporations, they dominate campaign funding, thus influencing the political platform, including foreign policy, for both candidates.

Carter prefers publicly financed elections, currently used by other countries.

Romney surge rocks UK betting market

0

Paul Joseph Watson, Propaganda Matrix |

Just one week after it looked like Barack Obama would win the presidential election with a landslide, a surge in money being placed on Mitt Romney has caused a massive turnaround in the UK betting markets, traditionally seen as a good indicator of the outcome.

The UK’s thriving betting community responded to Romney’s debate success last week by sending the former Governor of Massachusetts’ odds into free fall.

Last night’s VP debate between Joe Biden and Paul Ryan, which polls suggest Ryan narrowly won, is only likely to fuel Romney’s surge. This follows last week’s presidential face-off which Romney won by the widest margin in Gallup poll history.

“Rarely has the cliche that a week a long time in politics been more apt. Seven days ago, the polls, media consensus and markets all pointed towards an Obama landslide, with the President trading at just 1.2 to win a second term. One bad debating performance and a slew of worrying polls later, Mitt Romney’s odds are in free fall. In the last 24 hours alone, the challenger has shortened from 3.1 to 2.9, with Obama now a 1.52 chance,” writes BetFair’s Paul Krishnamurty, noting how “The polls show an unmistakable shift of momentum.”

However, Krishnamurty sounds a word of warning to Romney, noting how challenger John Kerry comfortably won the first debate back in 2004 yet went on to be defeated by George W. Bush.

If Romney’s momentum continues at its current pace, Krishnamurty predicts that he will be the new favorite within the next week, unless Democrats are able to expose a perceived vagueness in Romney’s fiscal policies and portray him as a “flip-flopper,” a label that severely hindered Kerry’s chances in 2004.

Meanwhile, the In-Trade prediction market still has Obama significantly ahead of Romney despite a recent flip in their trending direction. Obama currently has a 63 per cent likelihood of winning the election compared to Romney’s 37 per cent.

A RealClearPolitics average of national polls shows that Romney is beating Obama for the first time in the 2012 campaign. However, despite recent gains Romney is still struggling in key swing states such as Ohio, where Obama holds a 6 point lead. Polls for three other key swing states, Florida, Colorado and Virginia, show a tie or Obama slightly ahead.

Last week’s surprise fall in unemployment to 7.8 per cent, a figure which several analysts claimed had been manipulated by the Obama administration, went some way to clawing back the points Obama lost after he was crushed in the debate.

UK betting odds across all the bookmakers still clearly have Obama as the favorite, but if Romney continues to build on his momentum there could just be enough time left before November 6 for him to complete an unprecedented turnaround.

That is unless we see an “October surprise,” potentially involving Iran, which could serve to rescue Obama’s geopolitical street cred in the aftermath of the Benghazi attack, a potential twist that has been forecast by the likes of ABC News.

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a regular fill-in host for The Alex Jones Show and Infowars Nightly News.

Is the game rigged?

0

Mike Adams, NaturalNews |

I’ve been pondering this topic for weeks, trying to find the words to communicate the full impact of this realization to which we are all increasingly awakening. Everything is rigged… the stock market, the news, the food, your taxes, public schools, the health care system, and on and on. Even Lance Armstrong’s cycling victories were all apparently rigged (with doping), we’re now finding out.

But what do I mean by “rigged” specifically? All these systems and industries are rigged to cheat you, to suppress you, and ultimately to suppress your human potential.

Think about it. The sick-care system is intentionally engineered to give you cancer, keep you sick, and keep you locked into a medical system that enriches powerful corporations while sacrificing human life.

The financial system is rigged to quietly steal the value of your money through endless monetary creation also known as “quantitative easing.” The more money the Fed prints, the less valuable the money you worked so hard to earn is left remaining.

The political system is utterly rigged to give you the illusion of choice while parading in front of you two puppets of different skin colors who both serve the same masters (the banksters).

The food system is rigged with GMOs that actually poison you while spreading genetic pollution across farms and fields everywhere.

The news is utterly and comprehensively rigged, and this was highlighted yet again by former CNN star reporter Amber Lyon who just went public with scathing accusations about how CNN allowed foreign terror regimes to actually BUY positive coverage on CNN’s broadcasts! This story is absolutely astonishing, and the very best interview of Amber Lyon exposing all this was conducted by Alex Jones and is found on YouTube.com. (Must-see video.) See Amber Lyon’s website at: http://www.amberlyonlive.com

The justice system is ridiculously rigged. A woman was arrested a few weeks ago and charged with a felony crime for drawing on the sidewalk with chalk. Meanwhile, absolute evil-minded criminals like Jon Corzine and Eric Holder go free with no prosecution whatsoever. The criminals run free while the innocent are persecuted.

“Science” is largely rigged. Science journals are all dominated by Big Pharma advertising money, and nearly all the so-called science you see in the news anymore is just a regurgitation of fabricated research from corporate science whores who have sold their integrity for a paycheck. Much of the effort behind “science” today is spent reinforcing a monopoly over medicine by pushing deadly vaccines while disparaging healing plants and nutrients.

Government regulators are completely rigged. The FDA looks out primarily for the interests of Monsanto and drug companies, not the safety of the American people. The USDA is completely beholden to the biotech industry and the meat factory giants, routinely betraying Americans with its decisions.

Private property is rigged. Thanks to unconstitutional property taxes, you never really “own” your land. Instead, you lease it from the government. Don’t believe me? Try not paying property taxes and see what happens. Your property will soon be seized at gunpoint and taken over by the government.

Even WAR is completely rigged. Wars are started with false flag attacks engineered by the imperialist USA, then all the reporting on war is completely censored to shield the American public from the truth of how horrifying it really is. The entire experience of war is sanitized, processed, homogenized… just like the processed cow’s milk you’re (hopefully not) drinking.

How do you beat a rigged system? Don’t play!

With all these systems rigged against you, how do you stand a chance of getting ahead? As every Vegas gambler knows deep down, the only way to beat the house is to not play against the house. Don’t play their game, in other words.

Instead of sending your children to government-run indoctrination centers known as public schools, home school them.

Instead of watching cable news propaganda, turn off the TV and get your news from independent online media like Natural News or one of our fan sites such as Natural News tracker.

Instead of being victimized by toxic GMO food, buy organic and avoid the GMOs.

Instead of falling for vaccines and prescription drugs, say NO to vaccines and dangerous drugs. Turn to nutrition and superfoods instead!

Instead of putting all your savings and investments in the fiat currency known as the dollar, diversify your holdings into precious metals, non-U.S. currencies, farm land and other stores of real value.

Instead of voting for the next presidential puppet, simply don’t vote for any president! The mere act of voting for a presidential candidate legitimizes the corrupt system. (Yes, it’s definitely important to vote for local candidates and ballot measures like Proposition 37 in California.)

The point of all this is that you can’t beat a rigged system. That’s why it’s rigged, of course: to make sure you never come out on top. So stop playing in the rigged system! The house always wins, didn’t you know? That’s how casinos make money, and it’s how nearly everything else works, too.

Levels of awakening

The path to true freedom begins with recognizing just how completely all the systems are rigged against you. Only from there can you withdraw your consent from all the rigged systems that are insidiously working to keep you sick, suppressed, impoverished and ignorant.

From there, focus your power and your effort inward, asking self-empowering questions like how can I become better informed and educated? How can I gain new skills? How can I improve my health and set myself free from the medical enslavement system? In time, these questions will transform to more broad questions such as: How can I contribute something meaningful to the world? What can I do to serve in the defense of life and truth?

These are levels of awareness / awakening. I describe them like this:

Level 0 – “Zombie”
This is the default level of total ignorance at which 90% of the population operates. They have no clue about anything that matters such as how fiat currency systems operate, natural cures for cancer, the true dangers of vaccines, how television manipulates their behavior and so on. (These people are often experts in sports and TV sitcoms, however.)

Level 1 – “Awakened”
This level is achieved when a person realizes something along the lines of “Hey, I’m living in a dream world. I’m being told lies at every turn. What is real? How can I know what is real?” This is where people start asking questions.

Level 2 – “Informed”
A level 2 person is someone who has taught themselves a significant amount of real history and the way the world really works. This person will have knowledge of politics, psychology, world history, economics, natural health, the natural world (water, ecosystems, soils, etc.), basic anatomy, basic science and so on. Not even 1% of the population today qualifies as level 2. Most people operate in a state of wild ignorance of the world around them.

Level 3 – “Mastery”
A level 3 person not only understands a great deal about the real world around them, they have also grasped ways to navigate through that world with great accomplishment and influence. They are innovators, creators and often communicators. Financial achievement is not the purpose here. Rather, it is achieving relevance in a world largely populated by utterly irrelevant people.

Level 4 – “Enlightenment”
This level is only achieved by those of the highest dedication to spiritual awakening. You would typically only find this level of understanding in people who pursue a lifetime practice of prayer, or transcendental meditation, or a similar spiritual practice. At this level of awareness, individuals become withdrawn from the material world and really have no interest in interacting with individuals of lower levels of awareness. Far less than one in a million human beings will ever achieve level 4 “Enlightenment.”

Just to review these levels again, here are some of the keywords and concepts that typically relate to people of each level:

Level 0 – “Zombie” – Football, sports scores, TV sitcoms, processed junk food, vaccinations, playing the lotto, following doctors’ orders, submitting to apparent authority, going along with the status quo.

Level 1 – “Awakened” – Asks questions. Reads ingredients on foods. Questions their doctor. Watches documentaries instead of sports. Attempts to assess information and think rationally. Questions false authority.

Level 2 – “Informed” – Reads books. Explores alternative information. Invests in self-education. Participates in activism. Seeks to make changes in the world around them. Speaks out with friends. Challenges people’s beliefs. Reflects on their own beliefs and is capable of adaptation.

Level 3 – “Mastery” – Has great influence. Creates things. Innovates. Provides solutions. Invents new things. No television. No vaccines. No junk food. Has a very long-term perspective. Understands the “big picture.” Seeks to help others. Has compassion for living things. Recognizes the web of life on our planet.

Level 4 – “Enlightenment” – Realizes the great illusion of life. Embraces immortality of consciousness and the human spirit. Expresses compassion for others but not intervention. Never seeks to “change” others, only to invite them to expand their awareness. Recognizes interconnectedness of all life systems. Sees the human life experience in a humorous light. Is able to tap into higher consciousness. Rarely seeks fame and not interested in financial success. Often abandons all material wealth.

Remember: The rigged systems in place today want to suppress your rise from Level 0 to Level 4. They wish to keep you as dumbed-down as possible so that you never become fully aware of what’s really happening around you. Only by refusing to participate in those systems do you have a real opportunity to move up the levels and achieve the only thing that really matters: High-level consciousness.

If you’d like to learn more on this subject, check out my related website www.DivinityNow.com

Learn more: http://www.naturalnews.com/037508_rigged_awakening_consciousness.html#ixzz295AQltZB

Anti-fascist protesters tortured by police

0

Christoph Dreier, WSWS |

Demonstrators protesting against the fascist Chrysi Avgi (Golden Dawn) party were beaten and tortured after their arrest by Greek police at a demonstration on September 30.

According to the victims, the police used techniques similar to the torture practised in prisons such as Abu Ghraib. Prisoners were beaten, filmed naked and had their skin burned. This was reported on Tuesday by Britain’sGuardian newspaper, which published photographs of the protesters’ wounds.

On Sunday September 30, some 15 young people gathered in the Athens district of Aghios Panteleimon, together with about 150 like-minded protesters who arrived on motor bikes to protest an attack on a Tanzanian community centre. Several members of Golden Dawn appeared on the scene.

Shortly afterwards, scuffles broke out, a large number of police officers stormed into the demonstration from nearby streets and arrested some of the protesters. According to the protesters’ lawyer, they were arrested for “disturbing the peace with covered faces”–that is, they were wearing motorcycle helmets.

Many of those affected said that they were maltreated by police officers at the station who insulted them, hit and spat on them, as well as using them as ashtrays. They were kept awake the entire night, and for 19 hours received neither food nor drink, nor allowed contact with legal representatives. Some reported how their skin was burned using a cigarette lighter.

Police officers filmed them and threatened they would post the pictures on the Internet and give their addresses to the fascists of Golden Dawn.

Two of the women affected complained of sexual insults and violence; one of the men reported that the police had violently splayed his legs and kicked him in the testicles. Another reported that despite an open head wound, he was refused any medical care for hours and was further beaten.

The next day, when a solidarity demonstration for the detainees took place, there were numerous arrests. A group of 25 protesters told the Guardian that they were beaten at the police station and forced to strip naked, bend over and open up their buttocks. They said that many other officers and detainees were also present at this time.

One of the victims said, “He did whatever he wanted with us–slapped us, hit us, told us not to look at him, not to sit cross-legged. Other officers who came by did nothing.”

One of the victim’s lawyers, Charis Ladis, said that violence at police stations had previously been an exception. “This case shows that a page has been turned. Until now there was an assumption that someone who was arrested, even violently, would be safe in custody. But these young people have all said they lived through an interminable dark night.”

The reports are certainly not an exception, but express the reality of the ever closer collaboration between the police and Golden Dawn, which received 6.9 percent of the vote at the last elections, entering parliament for the first time.

Not only did a large number of police officers vote for this party, but they have covered up for the party’s brutal attacks on immigrants and political opponents. There have been many reports of police officers telling people making complaints about alleged criminal activities by immigrants to speak directly to Golden Dawn representatives, who were supposedly responsible for dealing with “problems with immigrants”.

For months, the Greek government has not only been building up the fascist party in this way but has also encouraged xenophobia. In August, the authorities mobilised 4,500 police officers for a mass anti-immigrant raid.

The witch-hunting and persecution of immigrants continues to this day. The aim is to track down so-called illegal immigrants and deport them. The minister responsible for homeland security, Nikos Dendias, is consciously encouraging xenophobia to divert attention away from the social attacks being carried out by the government. He has stated Greece’s “immigrant problem” is bigger than its financial problems.

The use of torture in Greek prisons is no accident. Police are using force to terrorize the population and break up any expression of popular opposition to the reactionary austerity policies of the European Union (EU).

The fact the government has gone from encouraging and covering up for the fascists to torturing political opponents is a clear warning to the entire European working class. Such scenes were last witnessed in Europe after the colonels’ coup in Greece, or under the fascist dictatorships in Spain and Portugal.

They show how far the social conflict has advanced. The government is prepared not only to mobilise the police, but the most backward and depraved layers of society to break the resistance of the working class to the austerity diktats of the EU. While the first blows are aimed at immigrants and anti-fascist protesters, they will be turned next against all Greek workers who dare to oppose social barbarism.

The Greek government is working with the full support of the EU, which has not only encouraged and welcomed the actions against immigrants, but also tolerates the growing police violence and the cooperation with the fascists. Not a single representative of the EU or a European government has so far made a statement about the torture of the protesters. The actions of the Greek police are being accepted in silence.

The images showing the mistreated demonstrators reveal the true face of the EU, which is the most important instrument of the financial elite to destroy the social gains of the working class across the continent. These social attacks, which are most advanced in Greece, are incompatible with democratic rights. The events in Athens demonstrate that the EU elite is quite prepared to encourage fascist gangs against workers rather than make any concessions.

The war on drugs is a war on freedom

0

David Gordon | 

The efforts, spurred by Mayor Bloomberg, to ban large cans of drinks deemed too sugary have been much in the news lately; and a peculiar point in the mayor’s defense of this measure is highly relevant to Laurence Vance’s excellent book. What struck me as odd in the mayor’s comments was that he confined his defense to pointing out the dangers to health posed by the drinks he wished to ban, along with the attendant monetary costs that illnesses that resulted from consuming these drinks might impose.

It never seemed to occur to Mayor Bloomberg that whether an individual decides to consume a harmful substance ought not to come under governmental supervision. The decision is the person’s alone to make. What was odd about the mayor’s comments was not so much that he rejected this view, but rather that he did not deem it worthy of mention. State paternalism for him required no defense.

As Vance reminds us, it is not only libertarians who reject paternalism. To the contrary, the view that the state can address only acts directed against others, not ones that affect immediately just an individual himself, is integral to the classical-liberal tradition. It received its canonical statement from John Stuart Mill:

The only freedom which deserves the name is that of pursuing our own good in our own way, so long as we do not attempt to deprive others of theirs, or impede their efforts to attain it. Each is the guardian of his own health, whether bodily, or mental and spiritual. Mankind are greater gainers by suffering each other to live as seems good to themselves, than by compelling each to live as seems good to the rest. (p. 13, quoting Mill)

Opium and morphine are certainly dangerous, habit-forming drugs. But once the principle is admitted that it is the duty of the government to protect the individual against his own foolishness, no serious objections can be advanced against further encroachments.… And why limit the government’s benevolent providence to the protection of the individual’s body only? Is not the harm a man can inflict on his mind and soul even more disastrous than any bodily evils? Why not prevent him from reading bad books and seeing bad plays, from looking at bad paintings and statues and from hearing bad music? (p. 24, quoting Mises)

Mises applied Mill’s principle to the subject of Vance’s book, drug regulation, in characteristically incisive fashion. To allow regulation of dangerous drugs opens the door to attacks on freedom of speech and of the press:

For Vance, the fundamental issue in drug regulation is individual rights. He does not at all deny that these drugs can cause great harm; but the issue of regulation is not to be settled by balancing the benefits and harms of open access to drugs against the benefits and harms of their regulation or prohibition.

Practical and utilitarian arguments against the drug war are important, but not as important as the moral argument for the freedom to use or abuse drugs for freedom’s sake. The moral case for drug freedom is simply the case for freedom. Freedom to use one’s property as one sees fit. Freedom to enjoy the fruits of one’s labor in whatever way one deems appropriate. Freedom to use one’s body in the manner of one’s choosing. Freedom to follow one’s own moral code. Freedom from being taxed to fund government tyranny. Freedom from government intrusion into one’s personal life. Freedom to be left alone. (pp. 12—13)

This passage illustrates Vance’s force and eloquence, often based, as here, on the repetition of a key phrase.

If consequences are for Vance not the most important consideration in morality, they nevertheless matter. (By the way, it’s a common misconception that supporters of a rights-based morality ignore consequences and that for them these carry no moral weight. To the contrary, almost all supporters of moral rights think that consequences are also morally important. I think that Vance ought not to have contrasted “moral” with “practical and utilitarian” considerations. Both rights and consequences are parts of morality.) Much of the book consists of a concise yet comprehensive account of the bad effects of drug regulation. The war on drugs has led to the highest prison population of any country in the world

The United States leads the world in the incarceration rate and in the total prison population.… Almost twenty percent of the state prison population are incarcerated because of drug charges. Almost half of the federal prison population are incarcerated because of drug charges. There are almost 350,000 Americans in state or federal prison at this moment [November 2011] because of drug charges. (p. 71)

The drug war has had manifold invidious effects on civil liberties.

The war on drugs has destroyed financial privacy. Deposit more than $10,000 in a bank account and you are a suspected drug trafficker.… The war on drugs has provided the rationale for militarizing local police departments.… The war on drugs has resulted in outrageous behavior by police in their quest to arrest drug dealers.… The war on drugs has eviscerated the Fourth Amendment’s prohibition against unreasonable searches and seizures. (pp. 57—8)

In its deleterious effects on freedom, the drug war recalls the worst excesses of Prohibition. For these, the short contemporary account of the revisionist historian Harry Elmer Barnes, Prohibition Versus Civilization: Analyzing the Dry Psychosis (Viking Press, 1932) is well worth seeking out and reading.

These immense costs have not brought with them extensive good results. To the contrary, the drug war has been a manifest failure. “In spite of decades of prohibition laws, threats of fines and/or imprisonments, and massive propaganda campaigns, drugs are available and affordable” (p. 26).

Vance, it is apparent, has launched a remarkable war of his own, conducted with superb generalship, against the drug war; and one of the arguments in his campaign strikes me as an especially effective one. The harms of tobacco and alcohol vastly exceed the ill effects of dangerous drugs, yet there is no call to ban them. Prohibition is recognized by nearly everyone as a failure, not to be repeated. If this is so, how can one justify banning less dangerous substances?

Alcohol abuse and heavy tobacco use are two of the leading causes of death in the United States. It seems rather ludicrous to advocate the outlawing of drugs and not the outlawing of alcohol and tobacco. (p. 11)

Vance writes from a viewpoint that will surprise many readers. He himself does not condone the use of dangerous drugs. To the contrary, he is a Christian and a Bible scholar of considerable note and he regards their use as sinful. “As an adherent to the ethical principles of the New Testament, I regard drug abuse to be a vice, a sin, and an evil that Christians should avoid even as they avoid supporting the government’s war on drugs” (p. 79).

If Vance takes this view of drug use, why is he so adamant that people have the right to consume these drugs? His answer will be of interest to all students of moral theology. He holds that Christians can with perfect consistency uphold the distinction between vices and crimes, with only the latter an appropriate area for forcible suppression.

No Christian would be in favor of criminalizing all sins. Not when the Bible says that “the thought of foolishness is sin” (Proverbs 24:9). Why, then, are some Christians so quick to applaud making some sins criminal just because the state happens to select them and not others? (p. 84)

Vance’s admirable remarks on this topic will I suspect be of great interest even to those who do not share his faith.

The War on Drugs Is a War on Freedom is an outstanding contribution to the contemporary battle for liberty. It has the potential to do great good, and Vance deserves high praise for his magnificent work.

Copyright © 2012 by LewRockwell.com. Permission to reprint in whole or in part is gladly granted, provided full credit is given.

Thousands of American teens locked up in isolation

Press TV |

Young people are held in solitary confinement in jails and prisons across the United States, often for weeks or months at a time, Human Rights Watch and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) said in a report released Wednesday.

The 141-page report, “Growing Up Locked Down: Youth in Solitary Confinement in Jails and Prisons Across the United States,” is based on research in both U.S. jails and prisons in five states ­- Colorado, Florida, Michigan, New York, and Pennsylvania – and correspondence with young people in 14 others.

The isolation of solitary confinement causes anguish, provokes serious mental and physical health problems, and works against rehabilitation for teenagers, Human Rights Watch and the ACLU found.

“Locking kids in solitary confinement with little or no contact with other people is cruel, harmful, and unnecessary,” said Ian Kysel, Aryeh Neier Fellow with Human Rights Watch and the ACLU and author of the report. “Normal human interaction is essential to the healthy development and rehabilitation of young people; to cut that off helps nobody.”

The report is based on interviews and correspondence with more than 125 young people in 19 states who spent time in solitary confinement while under age 18, as well as with jail and/or prison officials in 10 states.

Human Rights Watch and the ACLU estimate that in 2011, more than 95,000 young people under age 18 were held in prisons and jails. A significant number of these facilities use solitary confinement – for days, weeks, months, or even years – to punish, protect, house, or treat some of the young people held there.

Because young people are still developing, traumatic experiences like solitary confinement may have a profound effect on their chance to rehabilitate and grow, the groups found. Solitary confinement can exacerbate short- and long-term mental health problems or make it more likely that such problems will develop.

Young people in solitary confinement are routinely denied access to treatment, services, and programming required to meet their medical, psychological, developmental, social, and rehabilitative needs.

The New York City Department of Corrections, for example, reported that in fiscal year 2012, which ended in June, more than 14 percent of all adolescents were held in at least one period of solitary confinement while detained. The average length of time young people spent in solitary confinement at Rikers Island was 43 days. More than 48 percent of adolescents at Rikers have diagnosed mental health problems.

“Being in isolation to me felt like I was on an island all alone, dying a slow death from the inside out,” said “Kyle B.”, from California, who spent time in solitary confinement while under age 18.

Young people interviewed for the report repeatedly described how solitary confinement compounded the stress of being in jail or prison. They spoke about cutting themselves with staples or razors while in solitary confinement, having hallucinations, and losing touch with reality. Several said they had attempted suicide multiple times in solitary confinement.

Those allowed outside described only being allowed to exercise in small metal cages, alone, a few times a week. Several said they could not get books, magazines, paper, pens or pencils, or attend any classes or programming. For some, the hardest part about solitary confinement was being denied visits and not being able to hug their mother or father.

The solitary confinement of young people under age 18 is itself a serious human rights violation and can constitute cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment under international human rights law, Human Rights Watch and the ACLU said. Conditions that compound the harm of solitary confinement, such as denial of educational programming, exercise, or family visits, often constitute independent, serious human rights violations.

The federal and state governments should ban placing youth in solitary confinement, Human Rights Watch and the ACLU said. They should also prohibit housing adolescents with adults or in jails and prisons designed to house adults, and strictly regulate and monitor all forms of isolation of young people.

“No one believes that locking a teenager in a closet is an effective way to improve either their behavior or their character, much less to protect them long term,” Kysel said. “Young people have rights and needs that are different from adults; jail and prison practices should reflect those differences and promote their ability to grow and change – we should invest in youth, not banish them.” Huffington Post

Iraq steps back from plans to triple oil production

0

AP |

Iraq officially stepped back on Wednesday from its ambitious plans to more than triple its oil production by 2017, but it remains more optimistic than the world’s leading global energy monitor about how fast and how high it can boost output.

Baghdad’s latest targets show that Iraq, which is now pumping some 3.4 million barrels a day, is eager to be a major player on the world energy map despite decades of wars and sanctions. It recently nudged out Iran as OPEC’s second-largest producer, and further production gains would solidify its place behind the bloc’s top producer, Saudi Arabia.

Speaking at a ceremony in Baghdad to mark the release of the International Energy Agency’s less rosy outlook for Iraq’s energy sector, Iraq’s Deputy Prime Minister on energy Hussain al-Shahristani predicted that the country’s oil production will reach 5 million to 6 million barrels per day in 2015. He envisions that rising to 9 million to 10 million barrels per day by 2020, a level that could be sustained for 20 years.

Iraq had previously been targeting production capacity of 12 million barrels per day by 2017. Many experts consider that target unrealistic.

“The conclusion of our studies and those of the independent consultants engaged in the Ministry of Oil are that it is feasible and desirable for Iraq to raise its oil production to about 9 to 10 million barrels per day by 2020,” al-Shahristani added, without giving reasons for adjusting the oil targets.

The Paris-based IEA issued Tuesday a mid-range forecast envisioning oil production of 6.1 million barrels a day by 2020 and 8.3 million barrels a day by 2035.

Encouraged by improvement in the security situation, Iraq started in 2008 to attract international oil companies to develop its vast untapped oil and gas reserves to bring in sorely needed cash for postwar reconstruction. Top among major oil companies are the U.S.’s Exxon Mobil, Anglo-Dutch Royal Dutch Shell, the U.K.’s BP, China’s CNPC and Russia’s Lukoil.

Since then, Iraq has awarded 12 oil deals to develop about 65 percent of its 143.1 billion barrels of proven oil reserves. Three other deals to develop major gas fields were also awarded. As a result, Iraq’s daily production and exports have jumped to levels not seen since the late 1970s or early 1980s.

It is now producing 3.4 million barrels a day, up from nearly 2.4 million a day in 2009, and its daily exports averaged 2.6 million barrels a day last month. Oil revenues make up nearly 95 percent of the budget.

But the IEA said Iraq needed to sort out internal issues in order for its predictions to come true. Among the most troublesome is the lack of oil-related infrastructure like pipeline networks, storages and export terminals. Another is the dispute between Iraq’s central government and the self-ruled northern Kurdish region over rights to develop natural resources.

The IEA report also noted that boosting Iraq’s oil production is crucial for international markets, as Iraq is expected to account for nearly half of the expected growth in global oil output in the current decade. A more pessimistic IEA forecast in the same report sees Iraqi oil output rising to just 4 million barrels a day in 2020 and to 5.3 million barrels in 2035. In its high case, IEA says that oil production could reach 9.2 million barrels in 2020.

The monitor reported that Iraq’s annual revenues from energy exports could double to an average of $200 billion annually over the next 20 years. That optimistic scenario would make Iraq’s economy the same size as that of Saudi Arabia now by 2035.

The IEA is a policy adviser to 28 member countries, mostly industrialized oil consumers. The group’s predictions are important because they are seen as key benchmarks for energy markets.

Private insurers profit by ripping off medicare

0

Common Dreams |

New research by health care experts concludes that privately run insurance plans designed to supplement the Medicare system serve no truly useful purpose and instead of helping seniors receive better care, Medicare Advantage plans actually undermine traditional Medicare’s fiscal health.

By creating conditions where Medicare is overpaying premiums to these private (mostly for-profit) programs, the report–to be published in the forthcoming issue ofInternational Journal of Health Services–found that as much as $282.6 billion dollars has been drained from Medicare since they were first introduced in 1985.

A majority of that waste, however, has been lost in the last eight years, the report says, following changes enacted under the Bush adminstration in 2003 which boosted Medicare payments to private insurers to nearly $85 billion through 2012. Those billions of dollars have taken a heavy toll on taxpayers, seniors, and ultimately–given the well-known impact of rising national health care costs–have helped drag down the entire US economy.

“In 2012 alone, private insurers are being overpaid $34.1 billion, or $2,526 per Medicare Advantage enrollee,” said Dr. Ida Hellander, lead author of the study.

Concluding that the creation of the private programs and subsequent attempts to reform or modify them have all been fiscal failures, co-author Dr. Steffie Woolhandler said: “It’s time we look to proven, cost-effective ways of providing high-quality care to Medicare’s beneficiaries and to the entire population. That means taking a fresh look at the single-payer model of reform.”

The research, which the authors suggest is the first of its kind, comes at a time when lawmakers in Washington, including vice presidential candidate Paul Ryan, have proposed a dramatic expansion of private Medicare plans and criticized the Obama administration for the modest cuts in the overpayments contained in the Affordable Care Act (ACA). However, the administration has also touted the fact that private plans are on the upswing and supports the basic continuation of the public-private partnership.

The report concludes that private insurers profit from Medicare in five basic ways, including: cherry-picking healthier seniors and making it harder for riskier patients to join programs; gaming Medicare’s so-called “risk-adjustment’ schemes; lobbying Congress for mandated payment structures; creating bonus payments schemes that generate no useful improvements in care; and by duplicating payments demands for care never even given by the plan.

“We’ve long known that Medicare has been paying private insurers more than if their enrollees had stayed in traditional free-for-service Medicare, but no one has assessed the full extent of these overpayments,” said Hellander. “Nor has anyone systematically examined the many ways that private insurers have gamed the system to maximize their bottom line at taxpayers’ expense.”

Woolhandler concluded: “It’s clear that having Medicare Advantage programs compete with Medicare doesn’t save us money. In fact the opposite is the case. The private plans only add waste, and the aggregate waste is staggering — enough to be a significant drag on the economy.”

“Unfortunately, recent legislative and technical attempts to reduce Medicare’s overpayments to these insurance firms have had little or no impact,” she said.

Read the full report here (pdf).

Video: Internet control via false flag hacks

0

 |

This movie exposes the false flag hack attacks being used by the controllers to bring about total tyrannical control of the free flow of information on the internet.

9 ways to identify the enemies of freedom

0

Brandon Smith, Activist Post | 

The greatest and most often exploited weakness of any revolution for freedom is the inability of the downtrodden populace to identify the true enemy. History is littered with the shattered remnants of rebellions that were built upon legitimate causes but suffered because of misdirection and faulty assumptions. For centuries, the real culprits of tyranny have found ways to redirect the ire of those they harmed in their quest for power, usually by offering a tempting scapegoat that appeals to the public’s darker impulses; their biases, their prejudices, their fears, etc. Usually, this ends in an even more pervasive totalitarian environment as the insurgents and the scapegoats decimate each other while the elites sit back and enjoy the show.

Even the most successful battles against despotism, like the American Revolution, often only had a distant sense of who they were really fighting against. This is what makes the 21st Century extraordinarily unique in the annals of civilization. For the first time in human record, the common man has all the information necessary to examine and define the real culprits behind his subjugation. The truth is at our fingertips, all we have to do is reach out and take it…

Because of the decentralized nature of information flowing through the alternative web media, our ability to generate opposition to organized elitism has never been greater. However, this also means the stakes have never been higher. The establishment understands well that their criminality is clearly visible, and eventually, they will be personally subject to the rage of the people. The next fight could very well be the last for them.

Their playbook may be old, but the tactics they use can always be applied on a grander and more terrible scale. Not only will they pursue whatever menacing distractions necessary to occupy the attentions of the public, they will also attempt to pose as guiding lights in the darkness they themselves created. They will hide behind broad generalized target groups; fabricated boogie men, branded and prepackaged like franchise coffee shops on every street corner of America’s collective psyche. Terrorists, traitors, saboteurs, whatever ethnic group happens to be convenient at the moment, whoever is easiest to present as a target for our projected malice; false enemies will be rolled out like a nightmare buffet.

If our nation and the rest of the world have any chance of achieving peace and liberty, it will be because those who choose to dissent against the totalitarian tide focus on the authentic virus invading and assimilating our culture. Some call them “elitists”, “collectivists”, “centralists”, etc. They sometimes even refer to themselves as such, but the most prominent and useful label today is that of “globalist”. That said, we must ask what it is that defines these people? What makes them who they are? The following is a list of behaviors and characteristics that have been common to oligarchs through most of history. Regardless of how a political or financial leader presents himself through rhetoric, if he displays these properties in action, he is more likely than not an opponent of individual freedom and an adversary to the principles of honor and conscience that all good men strive for.

1) They Seek Centralization Of Power

Does your favorite political candidate, corporate “guru”, or media shill have a history of promoting globalization, economic harmonization, socialization, etc., sacrificing the protections of sovereignty in the name of some “greater good” that never seems to come? Does every action they take only appear to benefit a select elite? Do they regimentally remove options and choices from the system? Do all of their solutions ultimately lead to the same outcome? Do all the roads they build converge towards less liberty for the masses and more control for government? Is their answer for every crisis to remove checks and balances and borders? Do they constantly claim that sovereign and Constitutional protections get in the way of “progress”? Do they use phrases like “the greater good” or “sustainable development” on a regular basis? Add them to your list of potential mass murderers, and unfriend them on your social media accounts. They do not have your best interests at heart…

2) They Enforce Policies Despite Widespread Disapproval

In any healthy Republic, the political class is supposed to be the servant of the people. Their employment is supposed to be predicated on their willingness to hear and understand the wishes of their constituency. If a bill or policy arises that threatens the civil liberties or financial safety of the people, and they call for a representative to oppose it, that is exactly what he is supposed to do. If he does otherwise, and supports a damaging or unconstitutional bill while fully aware of massive voter resistance, it means he is not in fear for his job, which means his job has not necessarily been secured by our votes, which means he is likely working for somebody else; somebody who will benefit from the bill in question.

Two perfect examples would be the passage of the banker bailout bills, and the indefinite detention provisions of the National Defense Authorization Act. Both were vehemently opposed by a majority of Americans on both sides of the so called political “aisle”, and yet, they were given a majority support by our representatives in government. This reveals an ulterior motivation within our government that is, to put it bluntly, treasonous. If they voted for a liberty killing bill, then cross them off your roster of principled leaders and add them to your list of enemies…

3) They Find Ways To Rationalize Any Behavior

Sociopaths and psychopaths operate on their own personal form of twisted rationalism. The magic of pure cold logic untempered by conscience or intuitive wisdom is that truth can become whatever we want it to become as long as our inner voice remains repressed. For them, any crime can be vindicated as long as a perceived benefit can somehow be derived. For a globalist oligarch, however, psychopathy goes far beyond mechanical moral relativism. They are well aware that their actions are an affront to human conscience, and, they couldn’t care less. Instead, they use rationalism as a way to manipulate the public into accepting their maniacal behavior so that they can continue without interference.

Globalists are so convinced of their own intellectual superiority that they feel no desire for redemption, or to compartmentalize their own evil. They embrace that evil fully as if it were a form of strength. One weakness of this philosophy is that it comes with a strange obsession; a desperate drive to inject moral relativism into all people around the globalist. This exposes an inherent reliance on surrounding environment, and dependency on one’s environment to reinforce a belief system is a significant psychological weakness.

The great power that truth holds over the empire of lies is that the truth is not contingent on mass perception; it exists regardless of how many people believe in it. It is autonomous. The truth has its own soul, and arises from the ashes again and again without the benefit of mass recognition. Lies and perverted rationalizations require an astounding amount of energy and armies of the ignorant in order to exist. A foundation of lies is inferior, and thus, anyone who depends upon the existence of that foundation is also, by association, inferior. Globalist are, therefore, a sub-species, an unnecessary and outdated remnant of social evolution that should be allowed to finally fade out and die away.

4) They Promote Economic Dependency

Anyone who consistently tells you that you need them in order to survive has something to gain by your dependency. A good person or government seeks to make people INDEPENDENT and self reliant, so that they can survive on their own merits and participate in the construction of their own destinies. A manipulative person or government needs people to believe that without the services the despot provides all will come to ruin. Totalitarian control cannot exist unless WE hand that control to them. If the man before you claims that there is no other way to live except through him or his system, no matter how charmingly he phrases it, add him to your list as a danger to your freedom.

5) They Belong To A Think Tank

I am usually apprehensive about using a broad brush to paint any single group or subset as fully criminal and beyond repair. This kind of methodology is used daily by globalists to create rifts in societies and lure people into destroying each other. However, I have tried to the utmost of my ability to find an influential think tank with ties to the government in our modern era that does not display the despicable behaviors listed so far, and for the life of me, I can’t find a single one. From the the CFR, to the Rand Corporation, to the Washington Institute For Near East Policy, you will find the many of the same exact writhing globalist tapeworms and most certainly the same exact philosophies of moral relativism on display. If they belong to a mainstream think tank, they are not a friend to liberty.

6) They Cast No Reflection In The Mirror

Or perhaps I’m thinking of a different kind of monster…

7) They Promote Military Force As The Primary Means To Achieve Their Ideological Objectives

Do they confront the dynamic of every social and diplomatic problem with the use of military force and the death of those who disagree with them? Does every conflict between them and another culture end with the destruction of thousands if not millions? Do they flaunt a distinct kind of “my way or the highway to hell” kind of attitude? Do they seem to crave war to the point that they are willing to manufacture excuses to fire the first missile? If they are a warmonger, then they are your enemy, even when they happen to be trying to kill people you don’t necessarily like at the moment.

8) They Offer Promises They Never Intend To Keep

If a politician promises to end an illegal war and pull American troops from the battlefield if elected to office, and then doesn’t, or, pretends to pull troops out while maintaining permanent bases and shifting private Blackwater-style contractors into the field to take their place, then he is a liar. It’s that simple. If a central banker promises fiat printing and massive stimulus programs will unfreeze credit markets and generate an employment recovery within a couple of years, and the fiscal situation only becomes worse afterwards, then he is a liar. It’s that simple.

If a person in a position of power continuously makes promises that are impossible to fulfill, or that he obviously knows cannot be fulfilled, then he is buying time. But buying time for what? Well, usually, he is buying time so that he can consolidate more power, and he is hoping the public will be duped into giving that power to him in exchange for false hopes and empty dreams. Any entity, corporate or governmental, that is unable to attain the public’s consent without conning them, is an enemy to the welfare of the public, and should be removed like a throbbing tick.

9) You Wouldn’t Leave Your Children Alone With Them

Ask yourself, could you leave your children in a room with this person or group and feel safe about it? If the answer is an honest “No”, then how could you leave your country and your children’s future in their hands instead…?

In the coming years, the American people will face numerous threats; some real, some imagined in the sterile conference rooms of a black-hearted think tanks. But, the most terrifying threat to our cultural roots of free thought, expression, and prosperity is wielded by a very particular and exclusive group of thin-blooded ego-maniacs. Identifying them is not difficult. Hiding their true nature is nearly impossible for a person or institution whose narcissism is so pronounced. They adore their own insanity and wish to share it with the world. If they fit the profile listed above, it is a guarantee that they will wreak havoc upon your life, directly or indirectly, someday. Know who they are, so that when that time comes you know who to blame, and who to bring to justice.

You can contact Brandon Smith at: brandon@alt-market.com

Alt-Market is an organization designed to help you find like-minded activists and preppers in your local area so that you can network and construct communities for mutual aid and defense. Join Alt-Market.com today and learn what it means to step away from the system and build something better.

To contribute to the growth of the Safe Haven Project, and to help us help others in relocating, or to support the creation of barter networks across the country, visit our donate page here:
http://www.alt-market.com/donate

Video: Schools punish students who refuse tracking microchips

0

 |

In Texas Radio Frequency Identification chips are being implemented into San Antonio area schools IDs. The reason for the RFID chipped IDs is to curb the truancy problem in the Northside ISD. School officials claim knowing where every student is at all times will significantly reduced the number of truancy cases,but one student refused to participate and said the mandatory program was against her religion and claimed the RFID chip was the “mark of the beast.” RT’s web producer Andrew Blake gives us more on the controversial program and what it means for students.

Full-scale NATO war on Syria seems likely

0

Stephen Lendman |

Waging war is easy. Instigate provocative incidents. Blame them on targeted countries. False flags work as planned. So do Big Lies repeated enough times to get most people to believe them.

Stoking fear is a common thread. So is claiming good v. evil. Mix well with misinformation and duplicity. Sun Tzu was right saying wars depend on deception. It’s been that way since antiquity. Modern technology makes it easier.

Churchill said lies get halfway around the world before truths get their pants on. Global communication today is instant. Sending hawkish information everywhere is as simple as ready, aim, fire.

Washington and NATO partners are involved in multiple direct and proxy wars. More are planned. Word hasn’t gotten out but it’s coming.

Obama and Romney want war. So does NATO Secretary-General Fogh Rasmussen. He’s a consummate liar. Numerous times he said NATO won’t intervene in Syria. It’s been planned all along.

It’s ongoing. America, Britain, France and Turkey are lead belligerents. They’ve been involved since winter last year. Much goes on covertly.

If NATO didn’t want war, its key countries would be supporting peace. Death squad armies wouldn’t have been recruited. Training, funding, arming, and directing them wouldn’t have been ongoing since conflict erupted in March 2011.

Nor would terrorists be given safe haven in Turkey on Syria’s border. Provocations throw fuel on the fire. Last June, two Turkish warplanes lawlessly entered Syrian airspace low and fast. Doing so showed hostile intent.

One escaped unharmed. Syrian anti-aircraft fire downed the other in its own waters. Assad was blamed for Turkey’s provocation. War could have erupted but didn’t at the time.

The latest cross-border incident makes it more likely. Inflammatory rhetoric increases the possibility. Turkey’s been shelling Syrian territory for six days.

Assad had nothing to do with mortar fire on Turkish territory. Free Syrian Army (FSA) militants are responsible. It doesn’t matter. Only who’s blamed counts. Fingers always point the wrong way. Media scoundrels spread Big Lies. They’re repeated ad nauseam.

Warmongering officials advance the ball for war. Turkish ones play with fire. As one of 28 NATO countries, it’s obligated in ways it wouldn’t be if independent. It also borders Syrian territory.

Prime Minister Erdogan has been hawkish for months. President Abdullah Gul marches with him in lockstep.

“The worst-case scenario is happening in Syria at the moment. Syrian people are suffering and the developments there affect Turkey. We have citizens who have lost their lives,” he said.

“In such a moment, we are always in consultations with our government and chief of General Staff. Whatever necessary is being done, as you know. And it will continue to be done.”

“Sooner or later, a transition will occur. But our wish is (for it to happen) before more blood is shed and before Syria is ruined. I am of the opinion that the international community should actively be involved.”

Did he ask NATO to declare war? What else can international intervention mean? It’s been involved all along short of launching Libya 2.0. Turkey’s role is lead belligerent. Whatever its preference, it’s acquiescent.

Except perhaps for EU admission, it’s hard imagining what it hopes to gain. War on its southern neighbor assures spillover in its own territory. Heavy casualties and destruction will follow.

Most Turks and key opposition parties oppose war. Erdogan and Gul risk their futures for going against the tide. They’re in lockstep with Washington’s agenda. The will of their own people is spurned.

Politically it’s a bad strategy. Maybe they have other aims in mind. Maybe they’re biting off more than they can chew. Maybe they’ll get burned or worse in the process.

They’ve already got enough blood on their hands. So does NATO’s Rasmussen. He’s a war criminal multiple times over. How many more corpses will he tolerate on his conscience?

Ahead of an earlier October Brussels meeting, he said:

“I would add to that that obviously Turkey can rely on NATO solidarity, we have all necessary plans in place to protect and defend Turkey if necessary.”

He did little to cool tensions, adding:

“We hope that all parties involved will show restraint, and avoid an escalation of the crisis. I do believe that the right way forward in Syria is political solution.”

If he believed it, he’d work with other NATO members and to call off their dogs. Since conflict erupted last year, belligerence was prioritized. Alleged humanitarian concerns and fake peace plans were subterfuge for what’s planned.

On October 9, Rasmussen’s rhetoric grew sharper. “We have all necessary plans in place to protect and defend Turkey if necessary,” he said.

Damascus needs defending, not Ankara. Rasmussen commended Turkey for its restraint. Shelling Syrian territory for six days hardly shows it. Clearly it makes war more likely.

“Obviously Turkey has a right to defend herself within international law,” claimed Rasmussen. “I would add….that Turkey can rely on NATO solidarity.”

Rasmussen and Erdogen both sound Orwellian. The NATO chief commends Turkish shelling as restraint. Erdogan practically says the best way to achieve peace is wage war.

Perhaps he also believes freedom is slavery and ignorance is strength. Maybe Turks will get fed up enough to remove him and likeminded warmongers before their country get embroiled over its head.

On condition of anonymity, NATO officials said plans in place are longstanding. In response to Washington’s regime change agenda, perhaps they were readied in the 1990s.

Turkey is a willing client state. It risks its own well-being. Partnering with America’s imperium has consequences. The price of imperial arrogance may be too much to pay.

Syrians paid dearly for months. Thousands died. Dozens more die daily. On October 9, twin blasts rocked a military base near Damascus. Suicide bombers perhaps were involved.

Dozens were reported killed. Many others were wounded. It’s the latest in a series of major attacks. The Al Qaeda-linked Al-Nusra Front took credit. It claimed it was avenging Muslims “oppressed or killed” by Assad.

On October 9, Voice of Russia headlined “NATO invasion of Syria: coming soon, rated X,” saying:

Growing signs suggest it. It’s likely baked in the cake. Perhaps one spark too many will ignite it. They’re easy to create. They’re ongoing now cross-border. Erdogen already got parliamentary approval. Shelling may get more intense.

If Syria responds in kind, all bets are off. Turkey suggests it’s spoiling for war. It moved tanks and other heavy weapons to its southern border. It has 25 F-16s and other aircraft positioned in Diyarbakir. It’s in the country’s Kurdish region.

They attacked four alleged PKK sites in Iraq. It followed a near parliamentary declaration of war on Syria. It barely stopped short. After an earlier in October NATO meeting, the following statement was issued:

“In view of the Syrian regime’s recent aggressive acts at NATO’s southeastern border, which are a flagrant breach of international law and a clear and present danger to the security of one of its Allies, the North Atlantic Council met today, within the framework of Article 4 of the Washington Treaty….”

“In the spirit of indivisibility of security and solidarity deriving from the Washington Treaty, the Alliance continues to stand by Turkey and demands the immediate cessation of such aggressive acts against an Ally.”

At the behest of any member, Articles 4 or 5 can be invoked.

Article 4 calls for members to “consult together whenever, in the opinion of any of them, the territorial integrity, political independence, or security of any” is threatened.

Article 5 considers an armed attack (real or otherwise) against one or more members, an attack against all, and calls for collective self-defense.

Will NATO invoke it next? Will full-scale war follow? Heightened tensions increase the likelihood. If it’s planned, it’s virtually certain. Perhaps another pretext will launch it. As explained above, it’s as simple as ready, aim, fire. Heaven help regional countries if it’s ordered.

A Final Comment

Mossad-connected DEBKAfile’s (DF) October 9 headline added another possible wrinkle of its own. “US, Israel plan October Surprise. Others: Israel can do it alone,” it said.

DF said an Israeli/Iranian war already is ongoing. It cited the UAV Israel downed over its territory days earlier. DF blamed Iran, Hezbollah and Hamas.

This writer called it a likely false flag. No regional country has anything to gain. For Israel, it’s a convenient casus belli. If one scheme doesn’t work, new ones are easy to invent. Israel does it often. So does Washington.

DF points fingers at Iran for practically everything it claims harms Israel. Tehran, of course, is victim, not perpetrator. So are Syria, Hezbollah, Hamas, and other Palestinian resistance groups.

The idea that Israel can go it alone is nonsense. Its capability isn’t up to the challenge. It won’t dare attack Iran without Washington’s approval and support. DF knows it but claims otherwise.

Perhaps it’s playing stalking horse for something else big planned. Full-scale war on Syria seems most likely. If it comes, it won’t be pre-announced. Nor will war on Iran or on any other countries. Targets aren’t given advance notice to prepare.

You’ve been lied to: “Gluten-free” foods contain GMOs

0

NaturalNews |

In the wake of all the recent revelations about the dangers of GMOs, a special warning needs to go out to all those health-conscious consumers buying “gluten-free” foods. As it turns out, most “gluten-free” foods sold in the USA contain genetically modified organisms.

Why is this so? Because the primary ingredient in most gluten-free foods is corn. And most corn-based foods are made with genetically modified corn. Around 85% of the conventional corn grown in the USA is genetically modified corn, and that corn is engineered to produce its own deadly insecticide right inside every grain.

When GM corn is harvested and made into gluten-free foods, the insecticide stays with it and resides in the gluten-free food. As a result, people who are buying gluten-free are often exposing themselves to the risk of toxicity from GM corn.

What are those risks, exactly? No one knows for sure, as GMOs are still a radical agricultural experiment being conducted on the population at large. But French researchers recently found that feeding a lifetime of GM corn to rats caused a huge increase in the risk of developing horrifying, massive tumors and premature death. The rats who were fed GM corn also suffered widespread organ damage.

How to avoid GM corn in gluten-free foods

The only gluten-free foods that don’t contain GM corn are those foods that either don’t use corn as an ingredient or ones that use certified organic corn. GMOs are not allowed under an organic label.

Sadly, there are very few gluten-free foods that are also USDA organic. So gluten-free shoppers have very few choices if they wish to avoid both gluten as well as GMOs.

Even worse, the fact that GMOs are still not labeled on foods turns the act of gluten-free shopping into a mystery minefield of dangerous guesswork. The upcoming ballot measure Proposition 37 would, of course, mandate the labeling of genetically engineered ingredients in all foods sold in California, and that is expected to cause sweeping changes across the entire food industry if it passes.

In the mean time, my advice is to avoid all gluten-free foods unless they are USDA organic. If you don’t, you may be avoiding gluten but ingesting GMO instead, effectively trading one toxin for another. And that’s not what you bargained for, is it?

Check the labels of all gluten-free foods

Do the ingredients include corn? Corn syrup? Maltodextrin? These are all corn derivatives, and if they’re not USDA organic, they’re likely to be genetically modified.

Of course, this is NOT true outside the USA. GMOs are already banned in many countries, and GMO labeling laws exist in prominent nations around the world. This article is written solely for American consumers who remain inundated with genetically modified corn grown from the evil seed of Monsanto and other biotech seed suppliers.

Beware of gluten-free. Do your homework before taking another bite. While avoiding gluten is a wonderful strategy for many people, you don’t want to trade one possible toxin for another possible toxin.

A terrifying new level of censorship emerges

JEROME TAYLOR, The Independent |

Have we got such a debased and demoralised view of freedom that we’re now willing to lock up people for posting angry comments on social media

Another day, another example of how our police and judiciary are criminalising nastiness. Today a young Muslim man who is angry at the UK’s involvement in the ongoing Afghanistan conflict was sentenced for posting angry comments on Facebook stating that British soldiers “should die and go to hell”. Not exactly the nicest of sentiments, but is it really something we should be criminally prosecuting through the courts?

Azhar Ahmed, from Dewsbury, Yorkshire, escaped jail partially because he quickly took down his unpleasant posting and tried to apologise to those he offended. But he will still have to carry out 240 hours community service after he was convicted under section 127 of the Communications Act 2003 for making “grossly offensive comments”.

His sentence came just 24 hours after a 20-year-old Matthew Woods from Lancashire was given three months in jail for posting ill-timed and very unpleasant jokes online about the missing schoolgirl April Jones.

Stupidity

By the looks of it neither Woods nor Ahmed are amiable or eloquent people. But that doesn’t mean we should be locking them up or giving them criminal records for the stupid things they say.

Of course free speech isn’t wholly free. That’s why we have laws banning incitement to violence or encouraging hatred based solely on something a victim cannot change such as their religion, disability or sexual preference.

But in recent years we have increasingly begun to criminalise the offensive, a precedent that should be deeply worrying for anyone who cares about the importance of free speech. It’s problematic because offence — like art, music, comedy or food — is inherently subjective. What one person finds outrageous or disgusting might be hilarious, harmless or tasty to another.

Free speech is not just the right to say nice things to people. It is also the right to be nasty, unpleasant, boring, unfunny and stupid. If you start to criminalise the offensive, you pave the way for both real and self-censorship.

It’s worth taking a look at exactly what Ahmad said to earn his conviction. Two days after six British soldiers were killed by an improvised explosive device in March he wrote on Facebook:

“People gassin [venting off] about the deaths of soldiers! What about the innocent familys who have been brutally killed.. The women who have been raped.. The children who have been sliced up..! Your enemy’s were the Taliban not innocent harmless familys. All soldiers should DIE & go to HELL! THE LOWLIFE F*****N SCUM! gotta problem go cry at your soliders grave & wish him hell because that where he is going.”

Criminal?

It’s neither pleasant, nor eloquent. But criminal? There are plenty of people up and down the country — Muslim and non-Muslim alike — who are deeply uncomfortable about Britain’s foreign policy and its military operations in predominantly Islamic countries. They have a right to be heard and speak out. We might not like what they have to say — or even how they say it — but we shouldn’t be shutting them down.

In sentencing Ahmed, District Judge Jane Goodwin insisted she was not stopping legitimate political opinions being strongly voices. Instead, she said, the test is whether what something which has been written or said is “beyond the pale of what’s tolerable in our society”.

That’s a very slippery slope because what society finds tolerable at any given time changes or evolves. It was only a little more than a century ago that giving women the right to vote was beyond the pale of what society found tolerable.

At the moment there is something sacrosanct about our armed forces. Over the years we have been traumatised by the steady trickle of coffins and injured veterans ferried back from theatres of war in Iraq and Afghanistan. Many of us want to pay tribute to our armed forces. So we are sensitive to criticism of “our boys”, especially if those attacks come from British Muslims.

But our soldiers mustn’t be above criticism especially given that — unlike in some previous twentieth century conflicts Britain fought in — those going to war are volunteers, not conscripts. Like it or not our wars of the last decade have proven deeply unpopular among a large section of the population, not to mention the soldiers fighting them.

The sad fact it that whilst trying to defend Britain from the genuine threat of violent Islamism, British personnel have killed and maimed innocent Muslims. When the rights and wrongs of our wars are debated the conversation is inevitably emotional. People say things in the heat of the moment that are unpleasant, even offensive. But should it be criminal?

Democracy

Many American soldiers returning from Vietnam might have been horrified by what they felt were “grossly offensive comments” made to them about the rights and wrongs of the Washington’s military engagements in South-East Asia. But challenging, radical, even offensive remarks were all part and parcel of the democracy they were supposedly trying to protect.

Defending Woods and Ahmed, however unpleasant or ineloquent they are, is necessary because of the wider ramifications that their prosecutions have on free speech and the broad way in which section 127 of Communications Act and section five of the Public Order Act are being used to criminalise the offensive or unpleasant.

How long before comedians are arrested for making a joke pegged to a recent tragic event which is — so the joke goes – “too soon”? How long before pub arguments are broken up by flashing blue lights after someone says something “beyond the pale”? How long before the next Salman Rushdie is not protected from the mob but thrown to it?

As alarmist as this may sound, that’s the direction we’re headed.

Canada’s secret human rights problem

0

Eric Walberg |

After 10 years in Guantanamo, former child soldier Omar Khadr, the last Western national being held there, was finally repatriated last week after years of mistreatment. The illegality of the procedures used against Khadr from day one means that the Canadian government faces a multi-million dollar law suit for damages. Various court cases against the government failed to convince it to expedite his return, until the US government finally pulled the plug, forcing the Canadian government to take him after his plea of guilty to various charges, clearly made as the only way to end his ordeal and give him hope of eventual release.

At the same time, Egyptian Prosecutor General Abdel Meguid Mahmud has issued arrest warrants for Canadian Egyptians Nader Fawzy and Jacques Attalla of Montreal, claiming they were involved in the production of the film “Innocence of Muslims”, which defames Islam and led to the death of dozens including the US ambassador to Libya, and the closing of Canada’s embassies in Egypt and Libya (since reopened). Of course, both Coptic Christian activists insist on their own “innocence”. Attalla asked for police protection, claiming he and his family in Egypt are now targets of potential violence, calling the arrest warrant issued by the prosecutor general a “fatwa”. As if to confirm his own guilt, Attalla said, “Egypt was exporting civilisation before and now it’s exporting terrorism and killing and hatred.” It will take some doing for the Conservatives to finesse this diplomatic tangle.

To top it all off, there are the ongoing ramifications of the breaking of relations with Iran last month, disrupting the lives of thousands of Iranians in Canada and making it virtually impossible for Canadians to go to Iran. One Canadian who is willing to defy the government action is former chief of Manitoba’s Roseau River First Nation Terrance Nelson, who is travelling to Tehran (via Switzerland) as part of an exploratory mission to discuss resource development and human rights abuses in Canada.

Nelson said Iranians and Canada’s natives have a lot in common as victims of European colonialism. The Indian Act was passed in 1876 by the Parliament of Canada, confirming the expropriation of native lands that had taken place since the first white settlers came, and the relegation of natives to “reserves” under the federal government’s authority. In Iran at that time, Western capitalists were bribing the corrupt Nasser al-Din Shah to allow them to control the entire Persian economy. A century of invasion, subversion and rule by more Western-backed shahs finally ended in 1979, when Western domination came to an abrupt end, but in the process turned Iran into the West’s bete noire, demonized in the mainstream media ever since.

The First Nation leader was grilled by the National Post in a joint interview with Iranian-born activist (and former Miss World Canada) Nazanin Afshin-Jam, who also just happens to be the wife of Defence Minister Peter MacKay. She called Nelson’s trip “a real insult to Iranians, Canadians and the entire international community” and accused Iran of wanting “to use him for the purposes of demonizing Canada in forums such as the UN Human Rights Council”.

When asked to condemn Iran on human rights abuses, Nelson pointed out that there are serious human rights abuses in Canada which are not given prominence in the mainstream media. He complained that the hysteria in the media made it very difficult for him to pursue his efforts to gain recognition for Canada’s native people. “What the western media says is not always true. Nobody gave a damn about half-a-million children dying in Iraq in 1998.”

When it was suggested that the Iranian government would enlist First Nations to perpetrate violence against Canada, he laughed. “When have First Nations people ever bombed anything? The worst we’ve ever done is make the white man late for lunch when we do our protests in the city street.” He accused the West of perpetrating insidious violence against countries it victimizes through sanctions, including against both Iraq in the 1990s and Iran today.

He said his hope was to break down the unjustified bias against Iran. “We know what demonization is all about because we’ve been demonized in our own land.” Nelson praised Tehran for raising the human rights issues of indigenous people in Canada and called for the Non-Aligned Movement, which Iran now presides over, to address the plight of Canada’s aboriginal population.

As for Afshin-Jam’s claim that the Iranian government was using native Canadians to blacken Canada’s reputation at the UN, there is no need, as there is lots of evidence of Canadian government negligence of human rights under the current Conservative regime. At the top of the list is the defunding of five renowned human rights NGOS – the International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development, the Canadian Human Rights Commission, Kairos, Status of Women Canada and the Court Challenges Program – affecting tens of thousands of Canadians and victims of violence around the world. Furthermore, Harper prorogued Parliament twice, becoming the first prime minister ever to be found guilty of contempt of Parliament, and flagrantly ignores freedom of speech by muzzling senior bureaucrats, withholding and altering documents, and launching personal attacks on whistleblowers. There is an ongoing investigation into voting fraud perpetrated by the Conservatives in the last election.

Despite Harper’s notoriety, he was chosen 2012 World Statesman of the Year for his work as a “champion of democracy, freedom and human rights” by the Appeal of Conscience Foundation (set up by Rabbi Arthur Schneier in 1965). He chose to boycott the UN gathering of heads of state taking place just down the street in New York (perhaps afraid of criticism?). Instead, in his address at the Waldorf Astoria, he accused the UN of wooing dictators with an “appalling record of human rights abuse”, implying, of course, the Iranian leadership.

But he should consider his own “appalling record of human rights abuse”. And answer Terrance Nelson’s question: “If the Iranian government is willing to take our case forward, that is fine. Why isn’t the German government, or the American government, or the English government, or the French government doing it? Why hasn’t the Israeli government said anything? Have they condemned Canada?”

Eric Walberg is a journalist who worked in Uzbekistan and is now writing for Al-Ahram Weekly in Cairo. His recently published book is Postmodern Imperialism: Geopolitics and the Great Games. Read other articles by Eric, or visit Eric’s website.

Has Israel’s racism become unstoppable?

0

Stuart Littlewood |

So the Albuquerque Episcopalians got jumpy and ‘disinvited’ the Friends of Sabeel who had booked their cathedral for a conference.

Sabeel is an international peace movement which calls itself the Voice of Palestinian Christians.

Why would one Christian group snub another? The excuse for turning away the conference was concocted by the Dean of the Cathedral, the Very Rev. J. Mark Goodman. “We said our prayers and deliberated thoughtfully and purposefully,” he explained.

It seems he and his Episcopalian colleagues didn’t like the way the conference would be dealing with “a political issue that has polarized people in ways that we felt were unhelpful. We did not want to introduce a polarized issue into the life of the Cathedral that would have the potential to divide rather than unite. Our decision was not based upon anti-Palestinian positions. In fact, many on the Vestry [i.e. the church directors] are very sympathetic to the plight of the Palestinian people, yet they were concerned about the rhetoric of the literature from Sabeel.”

He denied they were put under pressure from Zionists. Nevertheless they had invited a local rabbi to come and speak to the Vestry, a rather odd thing to do when, presumably, they were all acquainted with the endless crimes committed by the Jewish State against the Christian communities in the Holy Land. Do they usually turn to rabbis for advice?

Goodman also said Vestry members had attended his recent Forum classes, after which they had misgivings about serving as conference hosts.

“This summer at General Convention, I served on a committee that dealt in a focused way with resolutions about the conflict between Israel and Palestinians,” he went on. “It was my personal prayer that we would craft resolutions that were balanced and offered a way forward with positive engagement with each side, seeking a way forward that would bring security, dignity and peace to a region that has known strife for too long. I believe we succeeded.”

Note the reliance on “positive engagement”. What exactly does that mean — more interfaith dialogue? “We succeeded”, he says. But how does he measure success? And why is he not pressing for the enforcement of international and humanitarian law and the implementation of UN resolutions, the only route to justice? The Episcopalian approach implies that some sort of equivalence, or level playing field, already exists between the powerful aggressor and the weak victim, the robber and the robbed, the armed occupier and his unarmed dispossessed prisoner.

How did these churchmen, far removed from the rotten reality, become experts on “security, dignity and peace” in the Palestinians’ struggle for freedom? Have they been there, rolled up their sleeves and immersed themselves in the snakepit that the Holy Land has been allowed to become? What makes him and his mates think they’ve found a way forward while Palestine remains under brutal occupation?

The mission statement provided by Goodman’s church says: “The Cathedral continues to honor its responsibility to be a good steward and shepherd in the community and the world.” A huge and worthy commitment indeed. However, the cathedral’s own relatively peaceful community and inconsequential little world have been rudely rocked by scandal following claims that it was headed for bankruptcy and members were deserting. The cathedral accountant blew the whistle and allegations were made about the misuse of collection money, liberal imbibing of expensive wine and Vestry members “trashing the cathedral’s endowment by $2 million through complacency, and of not disciplining the dean”.

The regional bishop moved quickly to hush it up in an operation that local church workers said was “like a quiet version of the Spanish Inquisition”.

If only this sort of tomfoolery were all that Christian churches in the Holy Land had to worry about. Unfortunately the Episcopalians seem pretty confused, or downright ignorant, about the depths of evil to which the Israeli occupation has sunk. This is from their official report ‘Israel-Palestine: Convention supports positive investment – Bishops agree to postpone indefinitely debate on corporate engagement’,

“Bishop John Tarrant of South Dakota urged opposition to Resolution C060 [which calls on the church to engage “in corporate social responsibility by more vigorous and public corporate engagement with companies in the church’s investment portfolio that contribute to the infrastructure of the Occupation”]. He spoke about the town of Rawabi, currently under construction north of Ramallah in the West Bank, that will provide opportunities for affordable home ownership, employment and education. Tarrant said that the project, envisioned by a group of Palestinian businessmen, would inject about $80 million into the Israeli economy.

“‘It gave me the sense that there are Palestinians that understand the importance of mutuality if the two states are going to exist side by side,’ he said.

“He reminded the house of Presiding Bishop Katharine Jefferts Schori’s charge for Episcopalians ‘to go as emissaries…to go into the world of God’s dream’. ‘I believe there are Palestinians and Israelis now that are going into the world with God’s dream.’”

Has Bishop Schori been to the world of God’s dream and seen what’s there?

And why would Bishop Tarrant want to inject all those $millions into the Israeli economy when Israel has been strangling the Palestinian economy to death, seizing its land and water and withholding Palestine’s tax revenues?

Bishop Charles Bennison of Pennsylvania said the movement to support boycotts, divestment and sanctions against Israel was unwise. “We need more, not fewer, economic ties to Israel. The more isolated Israel becomes the more dangerous the situation becomes.”

It turns out that Episcopalians are against boycott and divestment. Instead the bishops have supported a resolution on positive investment in the Palestinian Territories, as if that will do the slightest good while the illegal occupation and blockade continue. Meanwhile they agreed to postpone indefinitely the conversation on corporate engagement.

To them, it seems, going as emissaries into God’s dream involves kicking the can down the road like the rest of wretched Christendom (with a few honourable exceptions). Was anybody at the Convention truly concerned with right versus wrong, good versus evil, the rule of international law versus the rule of the gun-butt, the F-16, the helicopter gun-ship, the tank shell, illegal detention and the hard-to-get permit to go anywhere.

Their Own Bishop Victim of Israel’s Apartheid Policies

The Anglican Bishop in Jerusalem himself is a classic victim of the machinations of the cruel occupation. Suheil Dawani is Bishop of the Anglican Diocese of Jerusalem, which is a part of the Episcopal Church in Jerusalem and The Middle East. This covers Israel, the Palestinian territories, Jordan, Syria and Lebanon. He was installed in April 2007, but in March 2011 Israel cancelled his residency permit making it well nigh impossible for him to carry out his duties. As a non-Israeli he needs a temporary residence permit. The Israelis played fast and loose, granting a permit initially then turning him down.

Here’s the explanation: “The bishop is a native of the Holy Land and has spent most of his life and ministry there, but cannot obtain either citizenship or legal residence in Israel, since he was born in Nablus, in the West Bank, which has been under Israeli occupation since 1967, but has not been annexed to Israel. East Jerusalem, on the other hand, where the Anglican Cathedral and Diocesan offices are situated, was also occupied at the same time, but Israel annexed it and considers it part of its national territory (although no other country in the world recognizes this annexation). Therefore, Bishop Dawani is considered by Israel to be a foreigner who can only visit — let alone live in — East Jerusalem with a special permit, which the Israeli authorities can either grant or deny at their sole discretion.”

Get it?

There’s a religious war going on in the Holy Land and Dawani was wide open to this sort of dirty trick. After six months of aggravation and international pressure, during which Israel’s Interior Ministry accused him of “improper” land dealings on behalf of the church and the Palestinian Authority, the illegal occupiers granted residency permits to the bishop and his family.

But here’s the catch… those permits will have to be renewed when they expire, whenever that may be or whenever the Israelis choose.

So the Israelis have the bishop’s balls in a vice. Keep quiet Dawani and all you Anglicans/Episcopalians while we carry on with our ethnic cleansing. Keep quiet while we trash the Palestinian economy, confiscate their lands and water resources, continue the blockade, erase their culture and humiliate their families, drive out the Christians and Muslims and disrupt the religious life of those who stubbornly remain.

Keep quiet or we’ll revoke your permit again.

The Catholics similarly walk on eggshells and are mercilessly bullied in their homeland. Their priests are harassed and obstructed and often prevented from going about their pastoral duties. Many are ‘imprisoned’ in their parish — if they leave it to visit relatives or holiday in another part of the Occupied Territories or in neighbouring countries like Jordan and Lebanon, the Israelis may not let them back in.

So imagine what it’s like for the Muslims.

The simple truth is that the Jewish State is the world leader in rampant lawlessness and interfaith bullying, while the wet and wimpish Anglicans respond with their clapped-out formula of interfaith dialogue and other verbal diarrhoea. For 64 years it has got us and our Palestinian brothers and sisters precisely nowhere.

The good folks of Sabeel must now be wondering what they’ve done to deserve same-faith friends like the Albuquerque Episcopalians.

– Stuart Littlewood’s book Radio Free Palestine, with Foreword by Jeff Halper, can now be read on the internet by visiting www.radiofreepalestine.org.uk.

Google comes under fire (again) for collecting personal data

0

Out Law |

A committee of EU privacy watchdogs will state their concerns “within days” at the way Google is accumulating users’ personal data following the company’s switch to a new single privacy policy earlier this year, according to a report by a UK newspaper.

The Guardian said that “sources” revealed to it that the Article 29 Working Party, which is made up of the data protection watchdogs from the EU’s 27 member states, has determined that Google is in breach of “privacy laws” over its privacy policy changes.

In March Google replaced over 60 existing privacy policies, covering services such as YouTube and Gmail, with one single all-encompassing policy covering the collection of personal data across all its services.

Privacy campaigners had raised concerns about the plans when Google first detailed its intention to change its policy. In addition the Article 29 Working Party asked Google not to introduce the policy changes until the French data protection regulator could assess what it meant for the protection of individuals’ personal information on its behalf.

However, the internet giant decided to press ahead with the amalgamation of its numerous previously-existing policies into one despite the French data protection authority claiming that the single policy did not comply with EU laws following an initial assessment.

In a letter to Google chief executive Larry Page announcing the investigation, president of the Commission Nationale de l’Information et des Liberties (CNIL), Isabelle Flaque-Pierrotin, said that the company was not being clear enough about what it would actually do with the data it collects.

“Rather than promoting transparency, the terms of the new policy and the fact that Google claims publicly that it will combine data across services raises fears about Google’s actual practices,” she said. “Our preliminary investigation shows that it is extremely difficult to know exactly which data is combined between which services for which purposes, even for trained privacy professionals.”

In a follow-up in May CNIL said that it had reiterated concerns “regarding the combination of data across services” as well as “the purposes and the breadth of these combinations as well as their legal basis”. The regulator said that it wanted clarification from Google about the “actual effects” of the company’s “opt-out mechanisms and their validity as a means to exercise the right to oppose”.

At the time CNIL said that it would “present its report to the Article 29 Working Party” on the issue and that the Working Party would “define its position and the potential improvements Google should bring to this policy to comply with the European data protection framework”. It said Google would be sent “the conclusions of the analysis” before mid-July.

The Article 29 Working Party most recently met in Brussels on 25 and 26 September, although a summary of the meeting does not contain mention of any discussions on the subject of Google and its privacy policy changes.

The UK’s Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) has separately outlined concerns with Google’s privacy policy changes. In March deputy Information Commissioner David Smith told the Guardian newspaper that the single privacy policy was insufficiently detailed to enable users of its services to control the use of their data.

“The requirement under the UK Data Protection Act is for a company to tell people what it actually intends to do with their data, not just what it might do at some unspecified point in future. Being vague does not help in giving users effective control about how their information is shared – it’s their information at the end of the day,” he said.

Smith warned that the ICO could order the company to stop sharing information “in a way which hasn’t been properly explained” or that users had not consented to depending on the findings of an investigation by the French data protection authority.

Google has previously defended the privacy policy changes, claiming that the new policy would present a simpler and easier to understand explanation of how it uses user data. It also said that the policy would enable it to offer more personalised services to those individuals.

Study: Surveillance in the home leaves bad side effects

0

MNT |

Researchers at the Helsinki Institute for Information Technology HIIT finish the first longitudinal study on the effects of ubiquitous surveillance in the home.

To understand the effects of continuous computerized surveillance on individuals, researchers at HIIT instrumented ten Finnish households with video cameras, microphones, and logging software for personal computers, wireless networks, smartphones, TVs, and DVDs. The twelve participants filled monthly questionnaires to report on stress levels and were interviewed at six and twelve months.

The results expose a range of negative changes in experience and behavior. To all except one participant, the surveillance system proved to be a cause of annoyance, concern, anxiety, and even anger. However, surveillance did not cause mental health issues comparable in severity to depression or alcoholism, when measured with a standardized scale. Nevertheless, one household dropped out of the study at six months, citing that the breach of privacy and anonymity had grown unbearable.

The surveillees’ privacy concerns plateaued after about three months, as the surveillees got more used to surveillance. The researchers attribute this to behavioral regulation of privacy. Almost all subjects exhibited changes in behavior to control what the system perceives. Some hid their activities in the home from the sensors, while some transferred them to places outside the home. Dr. Antti Oulasvirta explains:

“Although almost all were capable of adapting their daily practices to maintain privacy intrusion at a level they could tolerate, the required changes made the home fragile. Any unpredicted social event would bring the new practices to the fore and question them, and at times prevent them from taking place.”

The researchers were surprised that computer logging was as disturbing as camera-based surveillance. On the one hand, logging the computer was experienced negatively because it breaches the anonymity of conversations. Oulasvirta explains:

“The importance of anonymity in computer use is symptomatic of the fact that a large proportion of our social activities today are mediated by computers.”

On the other hand, the ever-observing “eye”, the video camera, deprived the participants of the solitude and isolation they expect at home. The surveillees felt particularly strong the violation of reserve and intimacy by the capture of nudity, physical appearance, and sex. Oulasvirta concludes:

“Psychological theories of privacy have postulated six privacy functions of the home, and we find that computerized surveillance can disturb all of them.”

More experimental research is needed to reveal the effects of computerized surveillance. Prof. Petri Myllymäki explains:

“Because the topic is challenging to study empirically, there is hardly any published research on the effects of intrusive surveillance on everyday life. In the Helsinki Privacy Experiment project, we did rigorous ethical and legal preparations, and invested into a robust technical platform, in order to allow a longitudinal field experiment of privacy. The present sample of subjects is potentially biased, as it was selected from people who volunteered based on an Internet advertisement. While we realize the limits of our sample, our work can facilitate further inquiries into this important subject.” 

Pussy Riot shortlisted for ‘freedom of though’ award

0

Martin Banks |

Parliament has included three jailed members of the punk group Pussy Riot on the shortlist of the prestigious prize named after Soviet human rights activist Andrei Sakharov.

The decision was hailed by German deputy Werner Schulz who nominated the band for the award.

“Andrei Sakharov himself would be extremely pleased to see the recognition of these creative and courageous young women,” said Green MEP Schulz.

Their nomination has incensed the Russian authorities who have branded it as “provocative”.

But, on Wednesday, a parliament spokesman said that their sentencing to two years in prison focused “the world’s attention on the unscrupulous restriction of civil rights and the absence of the rule of law in Russia”.

The other finalists are two Iranian opposition figures – Nasrin Sotoudeh, a lawyer, and film director Jafar Panahi — as well as the imprisoned Belarusian human rights defender, Ales Belyatsky.

Pussy Riot members Nadezhda Tolokonnikova, Maria Alyokhina and Ekaterina Samutsevich were sentenced to two years in prison for their “punk prayer” in Moscow’s Christ the Saviour cathedral in February.

They received the “For freedom of thought” nomination from Schulz in September.

The winner of the EU’s main human rights prize will be announced in the Strasbourg plenary on December 12.

The Sakharov Prize, which comes with a €50,000 award, is given to individuals and organisations who have made a special contribution to the protection of human rights.

Nelson Mandela and Soviet dissident Anatoly Marchenko, who died in prison in 1986, were the first to be awarded the prize in 1988.

The prize has been awarded since 1988, and previous winners include former South African President Nelson Mandela, East Timorese leader Xanana Gusmao and Cuban dissident Oswaldo Paya.

Most of the finalists this year are imprisoned.

World can use insects to alleviate food shortages, says expert

0

Allan Finney |

A world expert in entomology says that introducing insects into the world food chain would help to alleviate food shortages and make North American and world food production much more efficient and profitable.

“Millions of tons of low-value or negative value byproducts are produced every day and this could be converted into high protein feed ingredients,” says Dr. Craig Sheppard, a recognized expert in Black Soldier Fly larvae production.
While visions of people ordering up stir-fried larvae are the usual response to raising insects as food, large-scale production of insect larvae would typically be used to feed animals.

“People don’t have to eat these insects directly because they can be used as a high-value animal feed,” he said. “This would make our food production systems much more efficient than they are now.”

“Insects are nature’s ultimate recyclers,” he said. “You can add a production facility to a food processing plant or to a hog barn and convert low-value or negative value organics into usable protein.

Even though the insects feed on byproducts, they have a much better feed conversion ratio than higher-order animals such as chickens or pigs. They can consume twice their body mass per day and are “voracious” feeders, says Dr. Sheppard. “In large-scale numbers, these insects will outperform any farm animal.”

Designs for large-scale production facilities using the Black Soldiery Fly have been developed and manual testing of the systems on a commercial basis has taken place over the last five years.

It is estimated that in the United States alone fully half of all food produced is wasted. By converting this back into usable protein, the investment in the wasted food can be efficiently recovered. Millions of tons of byproducts are available for this process.

Potential feed ingredients include field culls of fruits and vegetables, food processing byproducts, meat and dairy wastes, fish offal, human food wastes, animal manures, brewer’s grains, poultry processing byproducts and other problematic or low-value waste streams. Many of the waste streams suitable for these systems are contributing to environmental problems or wind up in landfills.

“If you looked at a brewery or hog barn, the spent grains or manure can be economically shipped only about 60 miles or less,” he said. “If you converted it into protein with this system you could ship it across the nation or even export it profitably.”

“The process is 100% efficient,” says Dr. Sheppard. “Everything that goes into an insect production plant is converted into usable animal feed products or a high-value soil amendment.” By converting these materials, North American and world food production systems would be much more efficient and much more profitable.

Dr. Sheppard’s company, Organic Value Recovery Solutions, is now looking to automate the system for large scale production and is actively seeking industry or environmental partners.

Fisk: The truth about Syria and Turkey

0

Robert Fisk |

Plucky little Turkey standing up to evil Syria? It’s not as simple as that

The Long View: Turkey is funnelling weapons and armed men across the border into Syria

How the government howled. With the help of a neighbouring state, “terrorists” were trying to destroy the government and its army, blowing up and murdering its supporters. “Terrorists” were crossing the international border, arms were being shipped over the frontier and given to rebels fighting the government, “non-lethal” aid was being sent to the opposition. I couldn’t help remembering this when I crossed that same border four days ago. Not from Turkey into Syria, but from the Irish Republic into Northern Ireland.

There, to the left of the Newry road on a plateau of rock and green grass, lay the broken wire-mesh anti-mortar screen which once guarded the fortress where British troops — so often attacked by the IRA from Dundalk in the Republic — guarded the border. When the British-supported government of Northern Ireland turned on its Catholics in 1969, thousands of Catholic refugees flooded across the border into the Republic. Sound familiar? When British paratroopers were ambushed at Warrenpoint, soldiers fired back across the border at a “terrorist”. He wasn’t a terrorist, but an innocent holidaymaker. The IRA gave press conferences in pleasant Dublin suburbs and, oh my, the British government howled.

Odd how these things get forgotten. Now it is plucky little Turkey, hosting the opposition to the Syrian regime, funnelling weapons and armed men across the border into Syria — encouraging the overthrow of Bashar al-Assad — which is the victim. The IRA’s’ “terrorism” against the occupying Brits has been transmogrified into the valiant Syrian resistance against a vile Alawite-led regime whose Baathist acolytes must be crushed in order to bring democracy to Damascus, etc, etc.

Now the usual caveat — which will be forgotten by those who wish to accuse the writer of being a member of the Syrian intelligence service: Bashar al-Assad is a despot, his regime is awful, its policemen torture on a scale that would stun the RUC thugs who beat up their Catholic prisoners in Castlereagh, and Syrian militias fill mass graves; there were no mass graves in Northern Ireland.

BUT. When it comes to international law, to moral compromise, to sheer hypocrisy, the Western powers take the biscuit. La Clinton raves on about Syrian depravity when Syrian shells slaughter a Turkish woman and her four children — which they did — but gives succour to the gunmen who torture and kill and suicide-bomb the regime’s supporters inside Syria. Clinton’s predecessors at the State Department took a quite different view about Northern Ireland. William Hague rabbits on about our “non-lethal” aid to Syrian rebels; but didn’t the Irish authorities give “non-lethal aid” (bandages, funds, intelligence information) to our political and military enemies in Northern Ireland?

Typically, Al-Jazeera — to which I sometimes contribute my two-pence worth of thought — was the first channel to cover the response of local Turks to the killing of the family in Akçakale: they blamed their own Turkish government for using the village as a jumping off point for rebels entering Syria — and thus turning their town into a target.

And another story that isn’t being told. Syrian shells exploding in Turkey are largely landing in the province of Hatay (Akçakale is further east), but what is not being reported is that until 1939, Hatay was part of Syria — and that Syria still claims this coastal province as Syrian territory. The real story — since it involves Europe and Hitler — should be told. For hundreds of years, this territory was Syrian. Alexandretta (now Iskenderun) was the finest port in Syria. But as the power of Nazi Germany grew in the 1930s, the French, who then held the League of Nations mandate for Syria, decided to hand the whole place over to the Turks — in the hope that Turkey would join the Allied side against Hitler.

A fraudulent referendum was held and the mass of Arabs in the province — tens of thousands of them Alawites, who form the backbone of Assad’s regime today — fled south, along with an almost equal number of Armenians who had survived the 1915 Turkish genocide. Today, the children and grandchildren of those Armenians tacitly support the Assad regime. Turkey, of course, chose to stay neutral until the very end of the Second World War. Visiting Turkish generals were thus hosted on the Eastern Front by the Nazi Wehrmacht and toured the West Wall before the D-Day invasion as guests of Marshal Erwin Rommel. They were treated with trust and respect, they reported back to Ankara.

Don’t expect to hear any of this today. Hatay is Turkish, Hitler is dead. The Newry fortress is long abandoned. The IRA — up to a point — won. Funny thing, history. Here today. Gone tomorrow.